PROCEEDINGS

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1892.

COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION.

John H. Redfield, Edw. J". Nolan, M. D.,

Thomas Meehan, Angelo Heilprin,

Charles E. Smith.

Editor : EDWARD J. NOLAN, M. D.

PHILADELPHIA:
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.

1893.

Academy of Natural Sciencbs of Philadelphia.

February 22, 1893,

I hereby certify that copies of the Proceedings for 1892 have been presented
at the meetings of the Academy as follows : —

Pages

9

to

56

57

to

104

105

to

120

121

to

152

153

to

168

169

to

200

201

to

216

217

to

232

233 to

264

265

to

280

281

to

320

321

to

336

337

to

352

353

to

400

401

to 432

433

to

448

449

to 496

March

1,

1892

March

15.

1892

March

29,

1892.

April

5,

1892

April

19,

1892

May

17,

1892

June

21.

1892

August

23,

1892

September

20.

1892

October

11.

1892

November

15,

1892

November

29,

1892

January

24,

1893

February

14,

1893

February

7.

1893

February

14,

1893

February

21,

1893

EDWARD J. NOLAN,

Recording Secretary.

FKILADBLPHIA I
BINDER A KELLY, PRINTERS.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

With reference to the several articles contributed by each.

For Verbal Communications see General Index.

Banks, Nathan. The Spider Fauna of the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin (Plates

I, II, III, IV, V) , 11

Brown, Amos P. The Development of the Shells in the Coiled Stage of

Baculites compressus Say (Plate IXj 136

Chapman, Henry C, M. D. Observations upon the Brain of the Gorilla

(Plates XI, XIII) 203

Cope, Edw. D. A Contribution to a Knowledge of the Fauna of the Blanco

Beds of Texas 226

The Batrachia and Reptilia of Northwestern Texas 331

Fox, William J. Report on the Hymenoptera Collected in West Greenland. 133

Greene, Edward L. Eclogce Botanicre, No. 1 357

Hoffman, Horace Addison, and David Starr Jordan. A Catalogue of the
Fishes of Greece, with notes on the names now in use, and those em-
ployed by Classical Authors ; 230

Ives, J. E. A new Species of Pycnogonum from California (Plate X) 142

Keller, Ida A., Ph. D. The Phenomenon of Fertilization in the Flowers of

Monarda fistulosa (Plate XV) 452

Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the Life-Histories of Plants No. 7. (On
the Vitality of some Annual Plants; On Self-pollination in Amsonia
Tabernsemontana; On a special form of Cleistogamy in Polygonum acre ;
On the Direction of Growth in Cryptogamic Plants; Tricarpellary
Umbellifers; A Mode of Variation in Stellaria media; On the Sexes
of the Holly; On the Stamens of Ranunculus abortivus; On the
Character of the Stamens in Ornithogalum umbellatum; Note on Bar-

barea in Connection with Dichogamy.) 160

Contributions to the Life-Histories of Plants, No. 8. (Euphrasia offici-
nalis; Notes on Gaura and Oenothera; The Carpellary Structure of
Nympha;a; On the Sexual Characters of Rhus; Rubus chamaemorus;
Dalibarda repens ; On some Morphological Distinctions in the Genera
ofEricacea;; Vitality of Seeds; Lysimachiaatropurpurea; Campanula
rotundifolia ; Cornus Canadensis; Aralia hispida ; Luzula campestris ;
Cakile Americana ; Hypericum ellipticum ; Trifolium hybridum ;
Lathyrus maritimus ; Lonicera coerulea; Raphanus sativus; On the
Nature of the Verrucae in some Convolvulacese; Polygonum cilinode;

Aster tatarica) 366

Notes on Monarda fistulosa 449

<f 2. ^

2-

Peaiy, Robert E. Report of the Operations of the North Greenland Expedi-
tion of 1891-1892 342

Pilsbry, H. A. New and unfigured Unionidj« (Plates VII and VIII) 131

On the Anatomy of Sagda, Cysticopsis, yEgista and Dentellaria (Plate

XJII) 213

Notes on a Collection of Shells from the Stale of Tabasco, Mexico (Plate

XIV) 338

Preliminary Outline of a new Classification of the Helices 387

Rand, Theodore D., William W. Jefferis and J. T. M. Cardeza, M. D. Min-

eral Localities of Philadelphia and Vicinity 174

Rhoads, Samuel N. The Birds of Southeastern Texas and Southern Arizona

observed during May, June and July, 1891 98

Ryder, John A. On the Mechanical Genesis of the Scales of Fishes 219

The Principles of the Conservation of Energy in Biological Evolution :
a Reclamation and Critique 455

Scott, W. B. A Revision of the North American Creodonta, with notes on

some Genera which have been referred to that Group 291

The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the Mammals 405

Skinner, Henry, M. D., and Levi W. Mengel. Greenland Lepidoptera 156

Stone, Witmer. Birds Collected by the West Greenland Expedition 145

Walker, Ernest. The Autosporadic Seeds of Oxalis stricta 288

Wistar, Isaac J. Remarks on the Quantity, Rate of Consumption and prob- ^
able Duration of North American Coal, and the consequence to Air-
breathing Animals of its entire Consumption 82

Wright, G. Frederick. Extra-Morainic Drift in the Susquehanna, Lehigh

and Delaware Valleys 469

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1892.

January 5, 1892.
The President, Gen. Isaac J. Wistak, in the chair.
Three hundred and eighty persons present.

The death of Edward K. Tryon, a member, January 2, was
announced.

The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had
been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: —

On Library. — W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D., Henry C.
Chapman, M. D., Gavin W. Hart, Charles P. Perot and J. Bernard
Brinton, M. D.

On Publications. — John H. Redfield, Charles E. Smith, Angelo
Heilprin, Thomas Meehan and Edward J. Nolan, i\I. D.

On Instruction and Lectures. — Charles Morris, Isaac C.
Martindale, Harold Wingate, Geo. A. Rex, M. D. and J. Bernard
Brinton, M. D.

Standing Committee of Council on By-Laws. — W. S. W.
Ruschenberger, M. D., Theodore D. Rand, Isaac C. Martindale and
Isaac J. Wistar.
2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Mr. H. G. Bryant, by invitation, delivered an address on his
recent journey though Labrador to the Grand Falls. (No abstract).

January 12.

The President, Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Fifty-four persons present.

A paper entitled " Report on the Hymenoptera collected in
West Greenland," by Wm. J. Fox, was presented for publication.

The President, having resigned the chair to Mr. Meehan, read a
paper entitled " Remarks on the quantity, rate of consumption and
probable duration of North American Coal and the consequences
to air-breathing animals of its entire combustion" which was then
presented for publication.

January 19.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair,
Twenty-eight persons present.

January 26.
The President, Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

One hundred and thirty-seven persons present.
A paper entitled " Observations upon the brain of the Gorilla "
by Henry C. Chapman M. D., was presented for publication.

The Rev. R. H. Nassau, by invitation, made a communication
on the natural history of the Gorilla and on the capture of the
specimens in the collection of the Academy. (No abstract).

A resolution was adopted authorizing the sending to Greenland
of a Peary Relief Expedition and appointing Prof Angelo Heilprin
leader of the same.

The following were elected members: — James D. Winsor,
James S. de Benneville, Charlemagne Tower, Jr., H. PI. Furness, Jr.
Theo. P. Matthews, Joseph P. Remington, Thomas C. Price, Charles
Liebeck, Charles W. Johnson, Benjamin Chew Tilghman, Joseph
W. Hawley, J. E. Ives and A. Jahn.

The following were ordered to be printed : —

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

THE SPIDER FAUNA OF THE UPPER CAYUGA LAKE BASIN.
BY NATHAN BANKS.

In the list given below are contained all the species of spiders known
to occur in or near Ithaca. The region examined has no exact
limits. It may best be defined as the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin.
It embraces the country drained by the streams which flow into the
head of the Cayuga Lake. The shores of the Lake have been ex-
amined only for a short distance: on the west side for ten miles to
Traghanic ; on the east about four miles to Burdick's Glen. A
large share of the collecting has been done in the beds of the gorges
and in the swamps. Of these, those most carefully examined are
as follows: of the gorges, Fall, Cascadilla, Six Mile and Buttermilk
Creek ; of the swamps, Inlet Marsh, Beebe Island and South Hill
]\Iardh. Collecting in the other localities has not been so thorough.
The collecting began in the spring of 1888 and has lasted about two
years. From these facts it may be seen that the list is not at all
complete.

The collecting has been done chiefly by myself although others
have occasionally given me specimens. To them I am deeply
indebted, both for the specimens and for the encouragement they
have shown me. Those who have especially aided- me are Mr. G.
Van Ingen, Mr. H. Hicks, Mr. A. D. MacGillivray, Mr. H. W.
Norris and Mr. Brace.

To Prof. L. M. Underwood, of Syracuse University, I am under
the deepest of obligations. Were it not that he kindly lent me
much literature on the subject, this paper could not have been
written. To the Rev. Dr. H. C. McCook, of Philadelphia, I wish
to express my thanks for the work done upon the Epeiridre. To J. H.
Eraerton I am deeply indebted for much help in determining
several species, and to Prof. J. H. Corastock, under whose direction
the paper has been written, for much kindly assistance and en-
couragement.

The country is very diversified, low lands and high hills, marshes,
creeks forming beautiful gorges, bare rocky cliflfe and mud-
bottoms. The climate is as varied as the country. These facts,
with its flora and insect fauna, account for the large number of
spiders. Diversity of country is of course more favorable to ground
spiders than to web-building ones ; so it will be noticed that the pro-

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

portion is greater in the Lycosidje than in the Epeiridse when com-
pared with the New England fauna.

Several bibliographies of American spiders are easily accessible.
The American Naturalist for November, 1887, contains a quite
complete one by Prof. Underwood. Bulletin No. 19 of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture also contains a list of the more important
works. Many of the early descriptions are worthless and may never
be identified. I have not thought Walckenaer's names worth using.
Some of Hentz's species will probably never be determined. Some
later writers have occasionally been careless in describing species.

The list here submitted will compare favorably with others, as
may be seen by the following : —

Cayuga Lake, by Banks, (1890) 363 species

Great Britian, by Cambridge, (1874) 457

Sweden, by AVestring, 308

Italy, 404 "

France, by Simon, (1874) about, 1000 "

Austria, by Doleschal, (1867) 205 "

Prussia, by Ohlert, (1867) 188 "

Tyrol, (1867) 233 "

Vicinity of Prague, by Prach, (1866) 119 "

Spiders of Tren^, by Canestrini, (1875) 243 "

Catalogue of Spiders of Switzerland, by Pavesi, (1875) 285 "

Spiders of Westphalia, by Karsch, (1874) 154 "

South Kussian Spiders, by Thorell, (1875) 303

Emerton has published lists of the New England forms of seven
families ; they compare with the Ithaca ftiuna as follows : —

New England. Ithaca.

Lycosidfe, 33 species. 42 species.

Epeirida?, 51 " 43

Therididw, 137 " 124

Ciniflonidre, 16 " 14

Drassidfe, 34 " 43

Agalenidse, 11 " 17

DysderidiB, 2 " 0

It will be seen from these comparisons that the vicinity of Ithaca
is a very fertile locality for spiders.

Classification is only possible when many links are lost.
Among the spiders as they exist in this locality certain groups are
quite definite, while others are closely related. The Lycosidse
and Attida3 are distinct both from each other and from the
other families. The Thomisidfe ai^e also easily separated. The
Epeiridaj and Therididre can be separated, yet Meta is almost as

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

near to one as to the other. But the Drassidse, Agalenidie and Cin-
iflonidfe are very closely related to each other aud to the Thcrididse.
I have not thought the Ciniflonidse a group of sufficient distinctness
to be recognized as a family. The existence of a calainistrum and
cribelluni in Hijpochilus thorelU shoAvs that this charac ter does not
indicate close relationship. And besides, the Ciniflonid?e comprises
two well-defined sub-families, one of which may be near the Epei-
ridse and the other is very close to the Agalenidoe. So I have
divided the Ciniflonidje and placed them in these two families.

Still it may sometimes be necessary to use artificial characters for
a division. I have separated the Drassidse and Agalenid?e accord-
ing by the number of tarsal claws. Some species which have been
classed as Agalenid?e may, by the division, fall into the Drassidse;
yet the two families are so closely related that such forms will not
mar, to any great extent, thesimiliarity of structure of the Drassid^e.

The Attidas appear to be very high if not the highest. The
Drassidse, I think, are the lowest. The Epeiridse were probably
developed from the Therididie, the Therididse from the Agalenidfe
and these from the Drassidte.

As I have not had access to several imjjortant European works, the
sequence of genera adopted is merely provisional, and I have not
felt at liberty to introduce changes in classification. Not all the
material obtained has been described ; this is especially the case
with certain young forms, which have been left with the hope of
getting the adult stage.

KEY TO FAMILIES.

1. Lung slits four, or two lung slits and two spira-
cles just behind them, 2
Lung slits two, the spiracles not just behind

them ; mandibles articulated vertically, 4

2. Eyes eight, ' 3
Eyes six, Dysderid^,

3. With extra spinning organs, Hypociiilid.e.
Without extra spinning organs, Mygalid^e.

4. Eyes equal or subequal, in two roAvs, 6
Eyes eight, unequal, in three or four rows, 5

5. Eyes in three or four I'ows ; if three rows, two
middle of first row largest, second row smallest ;
if four rows, first row largest, third row

smallest, Attid^.

Eyes in three or four rows, first row of four or

two small eyes, second or third row of large

eyes, Lycosid^.

7
8

Thomisid.t:.

Drassid^e.

Agalenid^.

Epeiridjt:.
Theridid^.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

6. Tarsi with two claws, no web,
Tarsi with three claws, usually a web,

7. Second pair of legs as long or longer than the
fourth, all e3^es diurnal,

Second pair of legs not so long as fourth, only
anterior M. E. diurnal,

8. Hind spinnerets longer than othersand of two
joints' ; or else extra spinning organs and an-
terior eyes equal and the front S. E. colorless,
Hind spinnerets of but one joint ; when extra
spinning organs are present then front S. E. are
smaller than front M. E. and dark in color,

9. Inner angle of maxill?e rounded, else with ex-
tra spinning oi'gans, with an orb web,
Inner angle of maxillse not rounded, with an
irregular web,

DRASSIDJE.

Micaria longipes Em.

Rare. Heustis St. and Fall Creek, Aug.

Micaria formicoides, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 51.

Total length.

Length of cephalothorax 2* m m.
Length of abdomen
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown, with a large V-shaped mark at
end of cephalic portion ; behind this the thoracic part is veined
with golden metallic scales. Cephalic part darker, near eyes cov-
ered with iridescent scales ; hair brownish. Mandibles yellow-
red-brown, lighter at apex ; basal joints of palpi similar, distal
joints light yellow ; mouth parts and sternum red-brown with scat-
tered long white hairs. Coxa3 light yellow-brown, hind ones lightest ;
trochanter similar but with a dark stripe before and behind.
Femora I and II yellow-brown, darkest at base; other joints light
yellow with scattered white hairs and many brown scale-like spines.
Coxae III and IV with a patch of white scales above ; femora red-
brown, other joints lighter. Femur III with three stripes of white
scales one above, one in front, and one behind ; femur IV with one
white stripe above ; patella and tibia III and IV Avith a white stripe
of scales above. Abdomen dark, covered with iridescent scales
above and below ; near base a broadly interrupted band of white,

^This point is difficult to see in Cybceus.

9

4'9mm.

2" mm.

breadth

1* ram.

2-9 mm.

breadth

I'omm.

l*05ram.

' breadth

•7mm.

1-2 mm.

tibia I

1- mm.

1*7 mm.

tibia IV

l-3mm.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

behind this the scales are somewhat golden or dark brown accord-
ing to the light. Near the middle of the abdomen there is on each
side a patch of white, behind this the scales are dark-brown or
golden according to the light. The apical third of abdomen is
black or nearly colorless according to the light. Sides are golden
or brown, with a w'hite oblique band at constriction of abdomen.
Venter with bright colored scales, in certain light the basal ones are
reddish-purple, the apical ones golden. Hairs long, dark, scattered.
Epigynum reddish, spinnerets dark red-brown. Cephalothorax
highest in middle ; sternum sharp-pointed behind, rounded in front,
wndest at second coxje. Abdomen with a deep transverse furrow
somewhat in front of middle, and which does not intersect the upper
side margin ; a slight constriction in the sides at the same points ;
epigynum as figured.

Rare. 14th Sept. Fall Creek on Solidago with reddish ants of
same size, which it greatly resembles.

Thargalia agilis, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 52 and 52a.

Total length 9 9-4mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3'6mm. breadth 2*5mm.

Length of abdomen 6' mm. breadth 3'6mm,

Length of sternum l*9mm. breadth l"3mm.

Length of femur I 2-7mm. tibia I 2- mm.

Length of femur IV 3- mm. tibia IV 2-7mm.

Cephalothorax jet black with a few white plumose hairs; mandi-
bles dark reddish-browni ; sternum brownish-black ; labium and
maxillse reddish-brown, whitish at tips ; palpi reddish-brown ; all
coxae reddish-brown ; all femora darker brown ; other joints of first
and second pairs of legs light yellow-brown ; other joints of hind
two pairs as dark as the femora, except the tarsi which are lighter.
Abdomen black, shining, with scattered whitish plumose hairs, more
reddish beneath with hairs more numerous and less plumose ; spin-
nerets dark. Cephalothorax not much higher in middle than in
front ; rounded in front and behind ; upper row of eyes procurved ;
lower row nearly straight ; INI. E. of upper row nearer S. E. than
each other ; same with lower M. E. ; quadrangle of M. E. higher
than broad ; maxillie convex ; labium * length of maxillje ; epigy-
num as figured ; no spine on front side of fourth hind patellse.

Not uncommon. Six Mile Creek.

Thargalia perplexa, nov. f^p. Plate I, figs. 53, 53a, and 53b.

Total length 9 8- mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3"3mm. breadth 2-3mm.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Length of abdomen 4"6mm. breadtli 2"9nnii.

Length of sternum l*8mm. breadth r2uim.

Length of femur I 2'lnim- tibia I I'Smm.

Length of femur IV 3" mm. tibia IV 2"4mm.

Cephalothorax uniform reddish-brown with a few scattered white
plumose bail's ; mandibles more reddish ; mouth parts light reddish-
brown, whitish at tips, sternum similar to mandibles ; coxaj yellow-
brown, first pair darkest ; palpi brown at base, yellowish towards
apex ; all femora red-brown, those of III and IV with some whitish
hairs; other joints of I and II light; the tibia a little greenish,
tarsus a little brownish ; tibiiB and patellae III and IV similar to
femora, tibia a little lighter at extreme tip ; metatarsus darker ;
tarsus lighter. Abdomen red-brown, with many plumose hairs,
usually black, but two spots and a band at base white, also some
white scattered over middle of dorsum, and an apical band white;
venter red-brown with black hairs not plumose ; spinnerets red-
brown ; epigynum reddish. Upper row of eyes procurved, equal in
size and at equal distances ; lower row almost straight, shorter than
upper, M. E. nearer S. E. than to each other ; the four M. E. make
a quadrangle wider behind than in front and much higher than
wide. Hind legs very long. Male similar in color, much smaller,
6mm. long ; the abdomen narrower than the cephalothorax ; epigy-
num and palpal organ as figured.

Uncommon.

Thargalia fallax, now sp. Plate I, fig. 5i.

Total length $

Length of cephalothorax 3" mm.
Length of abdomen 4* mm.

Length of sternum r2ram.

Length of fumur I 2* mm.

Length of femur IV 3* mm.

Color of cephalothorax a uniform dark red-brown, with a few
plumose yellowish hairs ; mandibles and palpi same color; mouth-
parts red-brown, the tips whitish ; sternum black Avith yellow-
brown hairs ; coxje red-brown, first pair darkest ; femora nearly
black with black hairs; other joints of land II reddish-yellow;
other joints of III and IV red-brown. Abdomen above nearly
black at base, growing more red beyond till near apex it is quite
bright red, with some yellow plumose hairs; sides black; venter

7'2mm

breadth

2-3mm

breadth

2' mm

breadth

r mm

tibia I

l"8mm

tibia IV

27mm

1892.] NA.TURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

red-brown with black hairs ; spinnerets red-brown. E^^es as in T.
perplexa; venter with a large median quadrangular sunken space,
$ palpi as figured.
Two specimens in field below University.

Thargalia bivittata Em.

Frequent in Six Mile Creek often among ants which it resembles,
Sept.
Thargalia crocata Hentz.

Rare, one specimen, in field near the University barn.

Prosthesima rufula, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. bb and 55a.

Total length 9 5-9mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2-45mtu. breadth rTmm.

Length of abdomen 3"5 mm. breadth 2* mm.

A larger 9 total length 7* mm. length of cephalo. 2'5mm.

Cephalothorax nearly uniform reddish, the marginal seam
blackish ; mandibles similar, sternum more yellow in center and
red-brown on sides ; lip red ; maxillse yellowish ; legs red-brownish
yellow ; epigynum red ; under spinnerets light, upper ones nearly
black, abdomen above and below blue-black or blackish ; venter
with two narrow converging white lines. Upper row of eyes
scarcely longer than lower and a little procurved ; the upper M. E.
large and oblique ; a little black around the lower M. E. Head
much narrowed ; body and legs covered with black hairs ; lower
spinnerets the longest.

The cocoon of this species is attached to the under side of stones;
it consists of two circular sheets of silk between which are placed
the eggs. The outer sheet is often covered with dirt or mud so as
to resemble the stone.

Frequent. Sept., Oct., Fall Creek, South Hill, Heustis St.

Prosthesima frigida, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 56, 56a.

Total length 9 4-Gmm.

Length of cephalothorax l'9mm. breadth r8mm.

Length of abdomen 2-7mra. breadth l-5mm.

Male about the same size. Cephalothorax brownish-yellow ;
seam black ; mandibles similar ; a little black around eyes ; a small
V-shaped blackish mark just in front of dorsal groove ; basal joints
of legs and palpi very light, nearly white ; distal joints redder ;
sternum yellowish, darker on sides; epigynum reddish, surrounded
by black ; lower spinnerets lighter than upper ; abdomen above and

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

below blackish ; ventral lines nearly parallel ; body covered with
black hairs. Epigyuum and palpal organs as figured ; eyes as in P.
rufula; cephalothorax widest behind the middle, head much nar-
rowed.

Sev^eral specimens, under a stone near Fall Creek, Feb.

Prosthesima immaculata, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 58 and 58a.

Total length $ (ylnim.

Length of cephalothorax 2omm. breadth 2*8nim.

Length of abdomen 3'8mm. breadth 2*2mm.

Cephalothorax and mandibles brownish-yellow ; legs and palpi-
paler ; sternum yellow, darker on edges; epigynum reddish sur-
rounded by gray ; lower spinnerets longer and lighter colored than
upper ones ; abdomen above and below dark gray ; ventral lines
wanting; body and legs with blackish hairs ; a few white hairs on
abdomen. Upper side of Coxpe with many bristles ; eyes as usual ;.
a little black in lower row ; epigynum as figured.

Rare. Sept., Fall Creek. .

Prosthesima blanda, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 57 and 57a .

Total length $ l' mm..

Length of cephalothorax onim. breadth 2'lmm.

Length of abdomen 4nim. breadth 2" mm.

Cephalothorax browniish-yellow ; mandibles darker; sternum
red brownish-yellow ; lip very dark and maxilhe lighter ; legs and
palpi pale yellowish, brighter toward the tips; abdomen white above
and below ; spinnerets similar ; lung plates yellow ; two ventral
■ lines grayish ; a yellowish spot at base of dorsum ; base of abdomen
densely clothed with stiff bristles ; body and legs with black hairs ;
upper row of eyes straight, no longer than lower ; palpal organ as
figured.

One specimen.

Prosthesima atra Ilentz.

A few specimens which probably belong to this species, from Fall
Creek.

Prosthesima depressa Em.

Not uncommon. Fall Creek, Six Mile Creek, Oct.
Prosthesima ecclesiastica Hentz.

Frequent ; often under bark in winter.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

Prosthesima minima, nov. sp. Plate lY, fig. 69.

Length 9 2-8miii.

Ceplialothorax dull yellowish-brown ; legs pale, a little tinge of
greenish and brownish ; eyes with black rings ; sternum nearly
white, a little brownish, edge with stiff black hairs. Abdomen
above and below^ pure white, with black hairs which arise from
piukisli dots ; epigynnra reddish ; spinnerets white, and projecting
beyond end of abdomen. Cephalothorax widest behind the middle,
narrow in front ; abdomen truncate at base, rounded behind ;
epigynum small as seen in figure.

One specimen under a stone in Six Mile Creek, March 19.

Poecilochroa montana Em.

One specimen, 24 March. Buttermilk Creek.

The cephalothorax nearly black as are the femora of the legs ;
the rest of the legs a much lighter brown. Received from Mr. Mac-
Gillivray.

Poecilochroa bilineata Hentz.

Uncommon ; under stones in Fall Creek.
Gnaphosa brumalis Thor.

Not common.
Gnaphosa conspersa Thor.

Common under stones.
Gnaphosa humilis, nov. sp. Plate T, fig. 59.

Total length 9 lo" mm.

Length of cephalothorax 5"2mn). breadth 3'9mm.

Length of abdomen 7"8mm. breadth 4'7mm.

Length of sternum 2"6mm. breadth 2-lmm.

Cephalothorax reddish brown with long black hair and short
pubescence; mandibles darker; sternum lighter; legs like sternum ;
abdomen colored as usual. Cephalothorax longer than tibia and
patella IV ; two spines at apex of tibipe 1 and II on under side, one
or two on tibia II near the middle ; epigynum as figured.

This may be the G. seudderi Thor. which Emerton considers
identical with G. brumalis Thor. I think my specimens are dis-
tinct from this latter species. Infrequent,

Drassus saccatus Em.

Frequent under stones. Soutli Hill, Six Mile Creek, Sept.,
Oct.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Drassus humilis, nov. sp. Plate I, figs. 60 and 60a.

Total length 9 8-9mm.

Length of cephalotliorax Synini. breadth 2'7nim.

Langth of abdomen 5' mm. breadth 2*5mm.

Cephalothorax and mandibles brownish yellow ; seam black ;
a little black around the eyes ; sternum brownish-yellow in center,
darker on sides ; lip darker; masilli?e yellow-brown; epigyuura red-
dish surrounded by yellow; venter light grayish with black hairs;
spinnerets yellowish ; legs pale yellowish ; dorsum dark gray with
several lighter chevrons and two spots near base, these are most dis-
tinct when wet; dorsum with black hairs; epigynum as figured;
upper row of eyes procurved and longer than lower row which is
straight ; abdomen very low and flat, broadest at middle, pointed
behind ; legs moderately long and slender.

Frequent under stones. South Hill. Aug.

Clubiona obesa Hentz. Plate I, fig. 61.

Length 9 9mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3mm. breadth 2mm.

Cephalothorax pale yellowish ; mandibles darker yellow-brown ;
legs white; sternum pale, with four dark spots on the sides, one at
the base of each of the four hind coxee ; abdomen pale pinkish,
darkest above and with a darker median strij^e which reaches to
the middle of the abdomen ; spinnerets white ; epigynum as figured.

One specimen.

Clubiona tibialis Em. Plate T, fig. 62.

Large 9 , total length 7*7mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3'2mm. breadth 2"lmm.

Length of abdomen 4*5mm. bi'eadlh 2.1mm.

Small 9 i^ (rlmra. long; cephalothorax 3ram. long.

Very similar to Avhat I have called the female of C. crassipalpis
Em. The cephalothorax yellow-brown, black in eye-region and on
clypens ; mandibles and mouth-parts black ; sternum yellowish,
with reddish spots on sides; legs like sternum; venter similar; dor-
sum of abdomen more red-brown, lighter at base. Epigynum very
broad as in figure ; clypeus very low ; mandibles very much pro-
jecting in front of cephalothorax ; eye-region broad and low; body
with white hairs ; legs with both white and black hairs.

Two specimens from Inlet ]\Larsh, Aug. The cocoon consists of
two sheets of silk connecting the edges of a blade of a large grass.
The eggs are placed in an inner case between the two sheets of silk.

The mother watches the cocoon.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

Clubiona crassipalpis Keys. Plate I, fig. 63.

One specimen which I have thought may be the female of this
species.
Clubiona canadensis Em.

Common, often under bark.
Clubiona pygmea, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 64.

Total length 9 3-2mm.

Length of cephalothorax r4mm. breadth T mm.

Length of abdomen rSmm. breadth r2mm.

Similar in appearance to C. rubra Keys. Head a little darker
than in that species ; eye-rows not so long and eyes a little smaller ;
dorsum of abdomen with same spear-shaped mark and beyond this
reddish ; rest white ; legs and sternum and venter paler whitish,
sternum dark-edged; spinnerets darker than venter; abdomen a
little narrower than C. rubra ; epigynum quite different from that
species as seen in figure ; black bristles at base of abdomen not so
prominent as in C. rubra.

One specimen under bark. Nov., Fall Creek.

Clubiona rubra Keys.

One specimen. Fall Creek. Febr.

Clubiona abbotti Koch. Plate I, figs. 65 and 65a.

This si^ecies is very close to C rubra, Keys. The epigynum is
about the same shape, the cavities are quite distinct, more so than
in my specimen of C. rubra ; the $ palpi are also similar to that
species. The coloring is the same, except the cephalothorax is a
little darker and the mandibles sometimes nearly black ; abdomen
in one specimen wholly gray, but usually with the red basal stripe
and the red tip to abdomen. The smallest i? is 4 mm, long ; the
smallest 9 is almost 5 mm. ; others are larger. The femur of the
$ palpus has two spines near the tip as seen in figure.
Frequent. Fall Creek, Inlet Marsh.

Clubiona lenta, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 66.

Total length 9 4- mm.

Length of cephalothorax l*3mm. breadth 9'5mm.

Length of abdomen 2'7mm. bi'eadth l*5mm.

Cephalothorax brownish-yellow, darkest in front; mandibles
similar but darker; legs and palpi whitish-yellow; sternum and
maxillse similar, former witli red-brown edges and joints; lip
darker ; abdomen brownish-drab with a very faint trace of a redder

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

median basal stripe on dorsum ; color made up of darker and
lighter spots; spinnerets yellow; epigynum reddish, two distinct
cavities close together ; eyes occupying almost the whole of the
front of the cephalothorax ; legs Avith black spines and fine black
hairs; abdomen with white hairs; bristles at base of abdomen not
prominent.

One specimen, Fall Creek, Sept.

Clubiona americana Em.

This is the C ornata Em. 1890, which is preoccupied by Thorell
in 1875.

Common, often under bark in cases.

Clubiona excepta Koch.

Frequent, Primrose Cliffs, Beebe Island.
Trachelas tranquilla Hentz [ruber Keys).

Clubiona tranquilla Hentz.

Not uncommon, Cascadilla Creek, Six Mile Creek.
Anyphsena incerta Keys.

Uncommon, Indian Spring, Buttermilk Creek, Fall Creek, Nov.,
Feb., iVIarch.

Anyphsena saltabunda Hentz.

Uncommon, Six 3Iile Creek, Enfield Creek, Sej)t,

Phrurolithus minutus, nov. sp. Plate I, figs. 67, 67a and 67b.

Total length 9 21 mm.

Length of cephalothorax •95mm. breadth •95mm.

Length of abdomen 1^25mm. breadth '1 mm.

Cephalothorax bright yellow with a black stripe each side, which
meet behind, and in front through the eye-region ; extreme margin
also black ; abdomen yellowish white with black chevrons; sternum
and venter yellowish white; legs yellowish, the first tibia and
jjatella black ; epigynum reddish ; cephalothorax as broad as long,
very low; abdomen long; the two cavities of the epigynum are
close together at base and diverge, so that they are much separated
behind, while in P. pugaatus they are closer together at the
caudal part than at cephalic.

Occasional. Fall Creek, Buttermilk Creek, Sept.

Phrarolithus pugnatus Era.

Frequent under stones. Fall Creek.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 23

-Phrurolithus palustris, nov, sp. Plate I, fig. 70.

Total length ? 2-5-2-8mm.

Cephalothorax yellowish, with dark stripe each side connected
behind ; margin black ; eyes on black ; sternum and legs similar to
cephalthorax, first tibia and patella a little darker; abdomen with
blackish gray markings, spots on base of dorsum sometimes run
together, and behind these, chevrons interrupted or sub-interrupted
■on sides ; venter with a few dark spots near spinnerets and two in
front of these; epigynum reddish, as figured ; cephalthorax broad.

Two specimens, Indian Spring.

Phrurolithus alarius Hentz.

Frequent under stones.
Agroeca pratensis Em.

Common in autumn and winter under leaves.
Agroeca ornata, nov. sp. Plate I, figs. 68 and 68a.

Total length 9 4-6mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2" mm. breadth l'7mm.

Length of abdomen 2-6mm. breadth l'4mm.

Cephalothorax light yellowish, with faint blackish lines radiating
from the dorsal groove, 'hem black ; mandibles, palpi, mouth-parts,
sternum and legs, all light yellowish, the sternum a little brownish
on sides. Abdomen light yellow-brown, on hinder part of dorsum
two rows of short transverse brown spots, sides with some brown
spots and short stripes; venter immaculate; epigynum reddish;
spinnerets light; eyes surrounded by black; a faint light-brown
median stripe on basal part of dorsum.

Rare. Buttermilk Creek.

AGALENIDiE.

Agaleninse.

Cybaeus giganteus, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 71. Plate V, fig. 71.

Total length 9 ll-5mm.

Length of cephalothorax 5mm. breadth 3"4mm.

Lenth of abdomen 7mm. breadth 4'9mm.

Cephalothorax dark red-brown, shining; mandibles similar; legs
and palpi a little lighter ; under side of coxte yellow-brown ; ster-
num yellow-brown in center, darker and reddish-brown on sides ;
mouth-parts reddish-brown with tips lighter ; venter gray ; lung-
jilates lighter; epigynum reddish; spinnerets yellowish; dorsum

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and sides dark grayish-black, with a short, median, basal, light
stripe, not reaching to the middle of the dorsum, and each side of
this two oblique light spots. Abdomen covered with short black
hairs. Upper row of eyes nearly straight, lower recurved, so that
the S. E. are closer together than the M. E. ; mandibles strongly
convex and projecting in front of head ; head high and arched ;
median groove short ; from it radiate several grooves to the sides,,
which at the bottom are a little darker than the surrounding
space; lip more than half length of maxillse, truncate at tip;
sternum broad in front, pointed behind between hind coxse;
legs moderately long, with many not very long, appressed, bristly,
black hairs, and longer black spines; four pairs of spines on under
side of tibia I and II ; three pairs on under side of tibia III and
IV ; abdomen large and thick ; widest a little beyond the middle ;
epigynum as figured; hinder spinnerets not longer than front ones
and furnished with tubules only at the tip.
One specimen.

Coelotes medicinalis Hentz.
Not common.

Coelotes fidelis, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 72. Plate V, fig. 72.

Total length 9 lO'Omm.

Length of cephalothorax 4'9mm. breadth 3'2mm.

Length of abdomen 6" mm. breadth 3*9mm.

Total length $ 8" mm.

Very similar to C. lamellosus Keys.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown with radiating lines ; head darker ;
mandibles red-brown ; mouth-parts red-brown, sometimes lighter at
tips; sternum, legs and palpi yellow; sternum with dark edges;
legs with indistinct dark rings on femora ; abdomen nearly white,
with many dark spots and lines most numerous on dorsum, not so
numerous, however, as in C. longitarsus and C. all'dls ; mandibles
not so much projecting as in those species; epigynum and palpal
organs as figured. Many specimens, all very constant in shape of
the epigynum, which is quite different from C. lamellosv.s.

Common in woods.

Coelotes longitarsus Em. Plate lY, fig. 73.

The $ agrees with Emerton's description and figures. What I
take to be 9 is different from his 9 .

Not uncommon under leaves in autumn and winter.

9

8* mm.

3-85mm.

breadth

2*1 mm.

4-2 mm.

breadth

2-5mm.

1892.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

Total length

Length of cephalothorax

Length of abdomen

The coloring is similar to the S ; the epigynum as figured.

Coelotes altilis, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 74. Plate IV, fig. 74a.

Total length 9 13-2mm.

Length of cephalothorax 6* mm. breadth 3'5mm.

Len2:th of abdomen 7"2mm. breadth 4'9mm,

Cephalothorax yellow-brown ; head darker reddish-brown ;
mandibles similar ; cephalothorax with a few radiating darker
stripes ; mouth-parts red-brown, light at tips ; sternum yellow-
brown, darker on edges ; under side of coxse and femora light yel-
low-brown, rest of legs and palpi brighter yellow-brown, distal
joints darkest; epigynum reddish ; spinnerets yellowish; abdomen
light gray, thickly covered above and on the sides with dark spots,
and a few scattered spots on venter; on median line of dorsum the
dark so arranged as to leave several white chevrons ; abdomen with
short black hair; differs from C. montanus in shape of epigynum.

Frequent in autumn and winter under leaves.

Coelotes lineatus, nov. sp.

Total length $ juv. 8'5mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3'8mm. breadth 2" mm.

Length of abdomen 4'8mm. breadth 2'8mm.

One specimen of this carious species which is a young male in
the next to last moult. Cephalothorax yellow, with white stripe on
each side, and extreme margin black ; the radiating bands on
cephalothorax as usual ; the front row of eyes and S. E. of second
row on a black band ; each upper M. E. surrounded by a black
ring ; cephalothorax covered with scattered fine black hairs ; on the
head are five lines of black bristles; two on each side, one arising
from the upper S. E. and one from the upper M. E., these run
caudad and soon disappear ; another arising between the lower
M. E. and passing above between the upper M. E. and then runs
caudad to the dorsal groove, this is very distinct ; mandibles dark
yellow -brown ; mouth-parts and sternum yellowish, latter darker on
edges, both with long black hairs ; legs yellowish, with darker rings
on femora ; legs with long black hairs, sometimes becoming bristles ;
the arrangement of these is very peculiar. A linear space on under
side of coxffi is barren of hairs ; two linear spaces on upper side of
femora and patellse are also bare ; between them the hairs are long
3

26 rROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and bristly ; on hinder side of femora another barren stripe ; near tip
of femora are some short dark lines not of hairs, in one of them is a
very large and long spine; the joints beyond show less trace of lines
and are densely covered with long black hairs which give the ap-
jiearance of being very black in color ; abdomen whitish with
scattered dark spots, very indistinct on venter ; head long and nar-
row and very distinct from the cephalothorax.
One specimen, Summit Marsh, Aug.

Coelotus gnavus, nov. sp.

Total length 9 6-9mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3mm. breadth 2' mm.

Length of abdomen, 4mm. breadth 2"2mm.

Cephalothorax brownish-yellow with a black marginal seam ;
mandibles similar ; legs same but lighter ; sternum darker ; abdo-
men almost wholly covered with black, leaving only numerous small
white spots ; spinnerets yellow-brown ; epigynum reddish ; sur-
rounded by black ; lung plates white: epigynum with a simple oval
opening behind.

This may be what Emerton has called the 9 of C. longitarsiis.

One specimen.

Tegenaria derhami Seop.

Frequent in houses.
Cicurina complicata Em.

One specimen, female. •

Cicurina arcuata Keys.

Common under leaves in autumn and winter.
Cicurina pallida Keys.

Not uncommon under leaves in winter.

Six Mile Creek, Fall Creek.

Cicurina creber, nov. sp. Plate I, figs. T6, 76a, and 76b.

Total length 9 and $

Length of cephalothorax 1.4mm.
Length of abdomen, l"9mm.

Size varies, some larger and some smaller. Cephalothorax pale
yellow-brown, scarcely darker on head ; eyes surrounded by a little
black ; mandibles a little darker yellow-brown ; legs and palpi
light yellow-brown, distal joints brightest ; sternum yellowish ; mouth-
parts darker ; venter whitish with faint traces of darker spots ; spin-
nerets white, surrounded at base by blackish ; epigynum red and

3-3mm.

breadth

1* mm.

breadth

l-2mm.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

very prominent ; abdomen grayish-white with a more or less dis-
tinct medium dark stripe on basal part of dorsum, not reaching to
the middle of abdomen ; behind this several pairs of dark spots
sometimes indistinct or w^anting ; abdomen covered with white
hairs; legs with both white and black hairs and red-brown spines;
sternum with black hairs.

Abundant under leaves in autumn and winter.

Cicurinaplacida, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 77.

Total length 9 5mm.

Very similar to C. ereber ; color and markings the same : some-
times the abdomen has a spot each side of the basal stripe. Differs
from C. ereber chiefly in size and in the shape of the epigA^num,
which is not as prominent as in that species. Cephalothorax some-
times redder than in that species.

Not uncommon under leaves with the other species. Coy Glen,
Buttermilk Creek, Fall Creek.

Hahnia radula Em.

One specimen.
Hahnia b'.maculata Em.

Frequent under leaves in winter.

Fall Creek, Cascadilla Creek, Six Mile Creek.

Hahnia cinerea Em.

Uncommon, under leaves as the other species.
Fall Creek, Buttermilk Creek.

Agalena naevia Bosc.

Abundant and extremely variable.

Amaurobinse.

Dictyna volucripes Keys.

Frequent in grass all summer ; often with young.

Dictyna sublata Hentz,
D. mururia Em.

Common in summer on grass.
Dictyna longispina Em.

Kot uncommon ; summer in grass.
Dictyna minuta Em.

Not uncommon ; summer in fields.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Dictyna cruciata Em. ?

One specimen, probably this species.

Dictyna foxii Marx.l Plate I, figs. 78 and 7Sa.

Total length 9 2mm.

Cephalothorax pale yellow-brown ; darkest in front ; mandibles
similar; eyes surrounded by black ; front M. E. very small; legs
yellowish, growing brighter from behind forward ; sternum a little
yellowish ; abdomen white, with a short median spot on front of dor-
sum black, and behind this several black bands, somewhat in the
form of chevrons, fainter spots on the sides ; spinnerets more or
less surrounded by black.

Two specimens, Oct., Fall Creek.

Dictyna volupis Keys.

Abundant in grass in summer, under bark in winter.
Dictyna frondea Em.

One specimen. South Hill.
Dictyna maxima, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 79. Plats IV, fig. 79a.

Total length 9 4-3mm.

Length of cephalothorax l"5mm.

Abdomen swollen with eggs.

Cephalothorax almost black, shining, only a little space behind
eyes lighter and yellowish ; mandibles black ; palpi and legs white ;
sternum and lip dark red-brown, maxillfe lighter ; abdomen light-
grayish, with many small irregular, silvery spots on sides and dor-
sum ; these leave the appearance of net-work of gray ; in these sj)ots
are many small gray dots ; along each upper side several rusty
brown spots, the basal ones largest, apical ones smallest, sometimes
these are partially connected ; venter with a median red-brown
strii>e ; spinnerets reddish ; epigynum as in figure.

One specimen.

Dictyna decorata, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 81. Plate IV, fig. 81.

Total length 9 2-5-2-9mm.

Cephalothorax dark red-brown ; head and clyj)eus yellowish-red ;
mandibles reddish to yellowish-brown; sternum yellow; maxillte
similar ; lip darker ; legs white to yellowish ; abdomen whitish ;
venter with a few reddish spots, sometimes in form of a central
stripe ; dorsum on each side with a red-brown or nearly black

^This is Prodalia foxii Marx. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1891.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

stripe, sometimes partially divided into spots ; these stripes con-
nected at apical end by a broad irregular band of same color ; some-
times a few small spots in the enclosed space. Prolongations of the
markings often extend down on the sides of the abdomen, especially
posteriorly ; spinnerets light ; the abdomen is somewhat longer and
narrower than usual ; abdomen above with many blackish hairs.
Several specimens. April under bark, and in summer.

Dictyna dubia. nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 82a.

Total length ? 2-7mni.

Cephalothorax dark red-brown, head and clypeus yellowish-red;
mandibles yellow-brown ; legs and palpi whitish ; sternum and lip
yellow-brown; maxillie lighter ; venter yellowish ; dorsum grayish,
covered with yellow spots leaving a gray network, little dots of
gray in the yellow spots ; each side of dorsum an indistinct stripe of
rusty brown, most distinct near base; abdomen elliptical, well
rounded.

One specimen.

Amaurobius silvestris Em.
Common under stones.

Titanoeca americana Em.

Frequent under stones, Fall Creek, Enfield Creek.

Neophanes Marx.

General structure of Dictyna ; eyes six in two groups, three
each side ; calamistrum and cribellum present in both sexes ; lip
triangular; small species.

Neophanes pallidus Marx. Plate III, figs. 86, 86a and 87.

Length 9 and $ I'lmm.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, with a few blackish marks ; the
eyes on two black patches, one each side; mandibles more yellow
than cephalothorax ; legs yellowish, basal part of hind pair more
white ; sternum white, a little tinge of yellow ; lip mure yellow ;
abdomen nearly white, a little grayish.

Structure very peculiar; eyes six in two groups; calamistrum
and cribellum distinct in both sexes ; lip long triangular, a tooth
each side of base ; spinnerets six, separated ; tubules only on adja-
cent surfaces of under pair; palpi and epigynum as figured ; one
specimen a little smaller with a gi*eenish abdomen does not seem

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

different. Found under stones or leaves in holes in the ground
often an inch from the surface.

Not uncommon in Buttermilk Creek, Fall Creek, Six Mile Creek.
Two female specimens agree closely with these typical specimens,
except that the sternum is extremely narrow and the lip broad at
tip as seen in fig. 87. It may be a new species but the epigynum is
the same.

THERIDID^.
Theridinse.

Theridium tepidariorum Koch.

Abundant, in houses and about buildings ; occasionally found on
cliffs in gorges.

Theridium rupicola Em.

Not uncommon, under stones, Six Mile Creek, Dec.
Theridium kentuckyense Keys,

One female ; similar to the male but a little larger ; epigynum as
on Plate V, fig. 43.

Theridium differens Em.

Not uncommon in evergreen trees.
Theridium spiralis Hentz.

More common than the preceding ; in evergreen trees and else-
where.

Theridium murarium Em.

Not uncommon, Six Mile Creek ; evergreen trees.
Theridium punctis-sparsum Keys.

Uncommon, Fall and Cascadilla Creeks, Dec, Feb.
Theridium frondeum Hentz.

Very common in summer.
Mimetus interfector Hentz.

Infrequent, Fall Creek, Six Mile Creek, Freeville, Aug. Sept.
Mimetus epeiroides Em.

One young specimen probably this species. Buttermilk Creek,
Aug.

Ero thoracica Reuss.

One specimen, Inlet Marsh, March.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Steatoda borealis Hentz.

Common often about buildings.
Steatoda marmorata Hentz,

Not uncommon in gorge?.
Steatoda guttata Reuss.

Uncommon, Primrose Cliff, Inlet Marsh ; Nov., Dec.
Steatoda triangulosa Walck.

Two specimens.

Dipoena nigra Em.
Steatoda nigra Em.

Not uncommon, Fall Creek, Six Mile Creek.

Argyrodes trigonum Hentz.

Not uncommon in Linyphia webs in gorges.
Euryopsis funebris Hentz.

One specimen on campus.
Pholcomma hirsuta Em.

Not uncommon, Buttermilk and Fall Creeks; during autumn
and winter.

Erigoninse.

Ceratinella fissiceps Cambr.

Not uncommon in grass in spring and summer.
Ceratinella similis, nov. sp. Plate V, figs. 61, 61a and 61b.

Total length 9 and S l-4mm.

Male sometimes a little smaller than female. Cephalothorax
orange ; eye region black ; legs light yellow-brown ; mandibles and
sternum orange ; abdomen whitish, with a slight grayish-yellow
tinge ; epigynum and spinnerets dark or black ; $ palpi with tarsus
black ; hard spot on male dorsum, orange ; muscular impressions of
female orange and hard, no hard spot on dorsum ; hard spot at
base of venter, and a little spot in front of spinnerets ; head of male
elevated and projecting cephala but not humped ; head of female
normal.

Frequent, Six Mile Creek, South Hill, Sept., Nov., Apr.

Ceratinella minuta Em. Plate 11, fig. 60. Plate IV, fig. 60.
Not uncommon, Fall Creek, Aug.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Ceratinella bulbosa Em. Plate V, fig. 59, 59a.

The female is about the same size as the male, it has no hard
spot on dorsum ; the abdomen in most of my specimens is dark
gray, much darker than in C. fissiceps.

Not uncommon. Round Marshes, Fall Creek near Varna ; upper
part of Six Mile Creek ; Oct. March, Apr.

Ceratinella pygmea Em. Plate II, tig. 57.

The female is about the same size and color as the male with a
hard spot on dorsum.

One male and one female, Fall Creek and Buttermilk Creek,
Oct., Nov.

Ceratinella atriceps Cambr.

Rare, Fall Creek, Inlet Marsh. Feb., March.

Ceratinella nioesta, no v. sji. Plate IT, fig. o>^. Plate X, fig. 58.

Total length S To mm.

Length of cephalothorax 'Tmm. breadth "oSram.

Length of abdomen "Smm. breadth -6 mm.

Cephalothorax very dark and brown ; legs orange, a little
brownish towards the tips, sternum red-brow'u; hard spot on dorsum
dark orange ; rest of dorsum dark gray ; venter still darker ; head
very high ; hard spot on dorsum, not very large, elliptical, distinct;
spinnerets dark.

One specimen. South Hill beyond Buttermilk Creek, Nov.

Ceratinella laetabilis Cambr.

Rare, Cascadilla Creek, Fall Creek near Varna, Febr. March.
Ceratinella brunnea Em.

Uncommon, Cascadilla Creek, Fall Creek, Aug., Feb., March.
Ceratinella micropalpis Em.

Rare, Six Mile Creek, Nov.
Ceratinella placida, nov. sp. Plate II, figs. 54, 54a.

Total length $ l-25mm.

Length of cephalothorax 'OSmm. breadth •45mm.

Length of abdomen '8 mm. breadth •? mm.

Cephalothorax light greenish-brown; legs nearly white; palpi
greenish ; sternum greenish-gray; spinnerets and a spot in front of
them white ; hard spots on dorsum indistinct, a little tinge of
orange ; the basal one yellowish ; abdomen dark gray with a greenish
tinge ; head of male slightly elevated, not humped, but somewhat pro-

1802.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

jecting anteriorly ; dorsal hard spot large, covering nearly all the
dorsum. A female from Cascadilla Creek has a darker abdomen,
and the hard spot is brighter than in male ; sternum is darker on
sides ; cephalothorax is more yellow as is also the legs ; the hard
spot has no distinct limits.

Uncommon, Cascadilla Creek, Burdick's Glen ; Sept., Feb.

Ceratinella formosa, nov. sp, Plate II, figs. 55 and 55a.

Total length 9 l-Smm.

Cephalothorax dark yellow-broAvn ; darkest at cephalic end ; legs
pale brownish-yellow; sternum dark; abdomeu nearly black,
except the upper part of the base, which is covered by a hard spot
extending only a little way on the dorsum ; this is a bright orange-
red color ; head not elevated ; ou apex of dorsum a few faint narrow
chevrons of white ; the four muscular impressions are about over
the middle of the abdomen, the hind pair not much farther apart
than are the front pair ; these are also reddish in color; abdomen
widest somewhat behind the middle.

Rare, Fall Creek, Sept.

Ceratinella annulipes, nov. sp. Plate II, figs. 56, 56a and 56b.

Length 9 TSmm.

Cephalothorax dark chestnut brown ; sternum dark red-brown ;
abdomen dark gray, nearly black above ; legs red-brown, most of
patella and ends of other joints yellowish; no hard spot, ends of
muscles form reddish impressions on dorsum ; head not elevated ;
epigynum as figured.

One specimen.

Ceratinopsis interpres Cambr.

Two specimens, Six Mile Creek and Round Marshes, Oct., Apr.
They are redder than in the description of Emerton.

Ceratinopsis nigriceps Em.

Frequent, Six Mile Creek, Buttermilk Creek, Cascadilla Creek,
Inlet Mai'sh, Sept., Jan.

Ceratinopsis nigripalpis Em.

One young specimen. Buttermilk Creek, Sept.
Ceratinopsis frontatus, nov. sp. Plate V, fig 63.

Length 9 l*5mm.

Cephalothorax dull yellowish-brown ; blacker on head, which is
somewhat raised ; legs a dull orange or brownish-yellow ; sternum

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892..

blackish ; venter whitish ; dorsum a little darkened by small black
patches ; S. E. on tubercles ; epigynum red-brown.
One specimen, Fall Creek, March.

Grammonota pictilis Cambr.

Several specimens, Fall Creek, Sept., March.
Grammonota ornata Cambr.

Two specimens, Fall Creek, near Varna, March.
Grammonota venusta. nov. sp. Plate V, tig 64.

Length 9 2 mm.

Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown, marginal seam black, eyes on
black; indistinct dark lines on cephalothorax; mandibles red-
brown ; sternum nearly black ; legs bright brownish-yellow ; abdo-
men nearly black, witli a pattern of light markings similar to the
other species but smaller; epigynum black ; head a little raised;
lung plates yellowish ; cephalothorax nearly smooth, abdomen very
hairy ; head about one-half the length of cephalothorax, which is
broad in front and not much wider in middle.

Two specimens. Coy Glen, Feb.

Spiropalpus spiralis Em.

One specimen, Freville, Aug.

Corniculftria directa Cambr.

One specimen, Fall Creek, Oct.

Cornicularia communis Em.

One specimen, South Hill, Apr.
Cornicularia indirecta Cambr.

One specimen, Six Mile Creek, Apr.

Cornicularia pallida Em.

One specimen probably this species. Round Marshes, Oct.
Cornicularia formosa. nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 35.

Length 9 2ram.

Cephalothorax bright yellow ; eyes on a black patch ; no dark
seam ; mandibles dusky at tip, rest yellowish ; sternum lemon-
yellow ; legs very pale whitish ; abdomen gray, with a tinge of pink,
many small indistinct darker patches ; epigynum dark ; legs long
and head low.

Two specimens.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

Cornicularia placida, no\ . sp. Plate V, fig. 30.

Length 9 l-9nuii.

Somewhat similar in general appearance to what I have called
C. directa ; but the epigynum is quite difterent, cephalothorax pale
chestnut brown, darker on the head ; abdomen nearly white ; epigy-
num reddish ; legs and sternum brownish-yellow.

One specimen, Fall Creek, Oct.

Lophomma cristata Blk.

One specimen, South Hill, Apr. Probably this species.

Lophocarenum castaneum Em. Plate IV, fig. 3.

Several females which I take to be this species. The cephalo-
thorax is somewhat more yellowish than in the description ; the
abdomen is large and well rounded.

Fall Creek, March.

Lophocarenum tristis, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 1,

Length 9 2-3mm.

Cephalothorax dark red-brown ; legs brownish-yellow ; mandibles
dull reddish-brown, sternum and abdomen very dark gray ; head a
little elevated ; abdomen large oval ; the middle of hind margin of
epigynum is a little raised ; sternum quite convex ; legs not long.

Three specimens. Inlet Marsh, Apr. ; Fall Creek, Oct.

Lophocarenum florens Cambr.

Not uncommon, Round Marshes, Oct. ; Burdick's Glen, Sept.

Lophocarenum unimaculatum, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 2, 2a.

Total length 9 2-4mm.

Length of cephalothorax l'2mm. breadth !• mm.

Length of abdomen l'6mm. breadth l'2mm.

Cephalothorax orange above and below ; eyes surrounded by
black rings; clypeus and mandibles orange; palpi yellow; coxte
yellowish ; base of femora reddish often extending beyond the
middle; patella tibia and metatarsus dark, nearly black; tarsus
lighter ; abdomen orange yellow above and below, with a large
bluish-black spot in centre of dorsum, sjDot rounded behind and
pointed in front.

A pretty species found in Inlet Marsh among leaves, Oct.; and
later in Nov. under bark.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Lophocarenum miniatum, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 4.

Length 9 3mm.

Cephalothorax bright orange red, darker near eyes ; mandibles,
palpi, sternum, coxse and femora of legs orange-red, other joints of
legs lighter ; abdomen dark gray ; in one specimen an oblique light
stripe each side ; spinnerets yellowish ; epigynum reddish ; structure
as usual in the genus.

Two specimens, Freeville, May.

Lophocarenum venustum, nov. sp. Place IV, fig. 5.

Length 9 2*7mm.

Cephalothorax orange brightest on cephalic part ; eyes on black ;
legs lighter and more yellow ; mandibles brownis^h at tips ; sternum
orange, abdomen gray; muscular impressions on dorsum brownish,
the basal pair larger and just about twice as close together as are
the other pair ; as seen from the side, on the caudal edge of the
mandible, about one-third the distance from the base, is a rounded
tubercle.

Two specimens. South Hill beyond Buttermilk ; Freeville, K^ov.,
Aug.

Lophocarenutn montiferum Em.

Several specimens. Six Mile Creek, Apr.
Lophocarenum parvum, nov. sp. Plate IV, figs. 6, 6a and 6b.

Cephalothorax pale yellowish ; a line of black around the head;
marginal seam blackish ; eyes surrounded by black ; size l"5mm.;
legs whitish or nearly colorless; mandibles a greenish-white; ster-
num a yellowish-brown, darker on edges ; abdomen dark gray with
a little tinge of green ; palpal organ reddish; palpi long, especially
the femur, tibia swollen at tip and with teeth ; head elevated ;
groove just behind the S. E., hole in this groove ; legs moderately
long ; cephalothorax widest nearly at hind margin, which is con-
cave.

One specimen, Six Mile Creek, Sept.

Lophocarenum exiguum, nov. sp. Plate V, figs. 7, 7n, 7b.

Length ^ l"5mm.

Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown, darkest at cephalic end;
marginal seam black ; legs bright yellow-brown, distal joints paler ;
mandibles pale ; sternum yellow-brown ; darker than legs ; abdomen
nearly black, with rows of large hairs; head greatly elevated;

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

upper M. E. can not be seen in a front view. The sternum is very-
broad, and the anterior margin is straight. The groove and hole
on head is just above the S. E.
One specimen, Fall Creek, Jan.

Lophocarenum spiniferum Cambr.

One specimen. South Hill, Oct.
Lophocarenum crenatum Em.

Several specimens. Six Mile Creek.
Lophocarenum crenatoideum, nov. sji. Plate lY, figs. 8, 8a and 8b.

Length $ l'5mm.

Cephalothorax brownish-yellow ; eyes surrounded by black ; a
blackish line around head ; legs white or nearly colorless ; steinum
yellowish-brown, quite dark ; mouth-parts and mandibles pale
yellowish ; abdomen shining, dark gray, a little greenish, with long
white hairs ; palj^al organ scarcely colored ; cephalothorax with
sides crenate ; head narrowed at upper M. E., then widened ; a few
cross ridges on middle of cephalothorax ; cephalothorax broadest at
about middle; an elongate groove just behind S. E., hole at
cephalic end of groove.

One specimen. Six Mile Creek, Sept.

Lophocarenum erigonoides Em. Plate IV, tig. 9.

Several specimens. Six Mile Creek, Sept. ; Fall Creek, Feb.
Lophocarenum formosum, nov. sp. Plate lY, fig. 10. Plate V, fig. 10.

Length $ l-2mm. length 9 l'4mm.

Cephalothorax bright browmish-yellow ; head darker ; marginal
seam black; legs paler than cephalothorax; sternum red-brown,
edges nearly black ; abdomen nearly black, lighter on venter of
female ; a line of pale spots on each side of venter ; abdomen long-
haired ; tibia of male palj^us with two black teeth ; head of female
scarcely elevate 3, male considerably raised; hole just behind the
S. E. ; farther caudad near the end of head is a groove.

Several specimens. South Hill, Six Mile Creek, May, Oct.

Lophocarenum arvensis, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 11.

Length 9 2mm.

Cephalothorax and mandibles dark red-brown ; darkest on head,
which is but little elevated, not humped ; palpi red-brown ; legs
bright brownish-yellow ; sternum red-brown ; abdomen nearly

$

l'2ram.

*55mm.

breadth

•5ram.

•75mm.

breadth

•5mm.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

black ; cephalothorax widest in middle, tapering a little and
rounded behind; head broad.

Two specimens, Fall Creek in field, Feb., May.

Lophocarenum longior, nov. sp. Plate IV, figs. 12 and 12a.

Length 9 2mm.

Cephalothorax dull brownish-yellow; darkest on head; eyes on
black rings ; black seam scarcely apparent ; legs and ])?^\\A pale,
scarcely colored ; mandibles brownish-yellow brighter than cephalo-
thorax ; sternum brownish-yellow, blackish on edges ; epigynum
reddish; venter light gray; dorsum darker gray, but still quite
light, lightest at base ; the abdomen is longer than usual in the
genus; mandibles somewhat convex in front.

One specimen, Burdick's Glen, Sept.

Tmeticus unicorn, nov. sp. Plate l\, figs. 13, l.Sa.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax

Length of abdomen

Cephalothorax and legs yellowish ; abdomen gray ; palpi yellow,
organ reddish and black, sternum and venter dark gray; horn
yellow ; legs with many black hairs ; spinnerets white ; head
elevated, no holes; from middle of clypeus projects a slender horn,
somewhat larger at tip than in middle; tip with some stiff hairs;
the tibia of male palpus with a long projection.

One specimen. Six Mile Creek, Nov.
Tmeticus trilobatus Em.

One specimen. Fall Creek, Oct. The palpus is almost the same
as the figure in Emerton, but the tibia seems to have more projec-
tions at the tip.

Tmeticus obscurus, nov. sp. Plate II, figs. 14, 14a.

Length S l"7mm.

Cephalothorax and madibles dull brownish-yellow ; eyes on
black; legs paler; sternum and abdomen dark, latter a little
greenish and lighter above than on venter; head higher than in
most species of the genus, as is also the abdomen ; cephalothorax
broad, widest behind the middle, not much narrowed behind ;
mandibles with a tooth in front; tarsi of palpi gone, tibia enlarged
and with several projections.

One specimen. Six Mile Creek.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

Tmeticus flaveolus, nov. s^p. Plate IV, fig. 15.

Length S l'2mm.

Cephalothorax bright brownish-yellow, with a black seam ; eyes
Avith black rings ; legs yellowish, paler than cephalothorax, first
pair darkest, fourth pair lightest ; sternum blackish-yellow ; abdo-
men pale greenish-gray ; cephalothorax low ; widest behind the
middle ; palpal organ reddish ; tibia enlarged and with several
short projections, not so much . as in T. mcesUis ; palpal organ
smaller than in that species; a large tooth in front on mandibles; a
female, perhaps of this species a little smaller.

One male and one female, South Hill, Oct. ; Fall Creek, Feb.

Tmeticus luxuosus, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 16.

Length ^ 2-2mm.

Cephalothorax a uniform orange ; no dark edge ; mandibles
similar but blackish at tips ; black around eyes ; legs pale yellowish ;
sternum light orange ; abdomen light gray ; no tooth on front of
mandibles ; cephalothorax broad in front, widest at dorsal groove;
abdomen narrow ; palpal organ small ; tibia swollen at tip, with
several projections.

One specimen. Fall Creek, Aug.

Tmeticus rusticus, nor. sp. Plate II, fig. 17.

Length $ l*5mm.

Cephalothorax brownish-yellow; legs somewhat orange, except
patella which is yellow ; sternum blackish-yellow brown ; no teeth
on front of mandibles; abdomen black; head a little higher than
usual ; palpal organ large, dark red-brown, very complicated.

One specimen, Buttermilk Creek, March.

Tmeticus pallidus Em.

Two specimens, Six Mile Creek, Dec.

Tmeticus humilis, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 18.

Length S l'6mm.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, with a black margin ; eyes on
black ; mandibles yellow-brown, no tooth in front ; abdomen nearly
black ; legs yellow brown but paler than cephalothorax, the first
pair darkest ; sternum black ; spinnerets yellowish ; cephalothorax
widest at dorsal groove, narrow'er behind.

One specimen. Inlet Marsh, Nov.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Tmeticus moestus, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 19.

Length S r5rnm.

Cepbalothorax, legs and mandibles broAvnish-3'ellow; eyes on
black ; cepbalothorax with a few dark marks, one large one just
behind head ; and a line each side reaching to the hind 8. E.;
sternum dark gray, abdomen a little lighter than sternum; cepb-
alothorax widest behind the middle ; mandibles large, with a tooth
in front ; legs quite long ; palpi a little longer than usual.

Two specimens, Primrose Cliff, Dec.

Tmeticus debilis, nov. sp. Plate lY, fig. 20.

Length $ and $ l'9mm.

Cepbalothorax brownish-yellow ; eyes on black ; seam black ;
legs lighter than cepbalothorax ; sternum dark brown ; venter
nearly black ; dorsum of abdomen lighter, very hairy ; cepbalo-
thorax widest much behind the middle ; tibia of palpus not much
enlarged.

Several specimens, Inlet Marsh, Primrose Cliff, Buttermilk Creek,
Dec, March.

Tmeticus palustris, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 21.

Length ^ l"9mm. Length 9 l'9mm.

Cepbalothorax yellow ; legs similar but lighter ; eyes on black ;
abdomen dark gray; sternum yellow-brown, darkest on edges;
epigynum reddish-black ; palpal organ reddish ; abdomen of male
no wider than cepbalothorax, in female the abdomen is wider ;
head of male a little raised ; a tooth on front of male mandibles,,
legs moderately long.

Two specimens from Round Marshes in May, with a web in the
throat of the leaves of the Pitcher plant ; one specimen, which
appears to be the same, from Fall Creek, Oct.

Tmeticus distinctus, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 22.

Length . 9 I'Smm.

Cepbalothorax dull yellowish-brown, with faint blackish mark-
ings ; no black seam ; eyes with black rings ; sternum dull yellowish
brown, blacker on edges, abdomen dark to light gray ; legs dull
yeHowish-brown, a little duller than cepbalothorax ; epigynum
reddish ; head low ; cepbalothorax not tapering much at either end ;
legs short.

One specimen, in woods west of Varna, March.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

Tmeticus maculatus, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 23.

Length 9 I'Smm.

Cephalotliorax and legs brownish-yellow, quite bright ; eyes on
black rings ; mandibles and palpi a little brighter than cephalo-
thorax, a narrow black seam ; sternum blackish ; epigynum reddish ;
abdomen gray, darker on venter ; dorsum with several pairs of
transverse indistinct white spots, most clearly seen when wet ; epigy-
num of two flat lobes ; no traces of teeth on front of mandibles.

Two specimens, Coy Glen, Feb.

Tmeticus minutus, nov. sp. Plate II, tig, 24.

Length ^ 1mm.

Cephalothorax pale yellowish, head darkest ; eyes with black
rings ; margin scarcely darkened ; mandibles brighter than ceph-
alothorax ; legs pale, with a little brownish and a little tinge of
red, sternum yellowish ; abdomen greenish-gray with a few paler
spots above ; palpal organ dark red-brown ; spinnerets white ; uo
tooth on front of mandibles ; tibia of palpus not enlarged ; the
front M. E. are much smaller than the others.

One specimen, in woods west of Varna, March.

Tmeticus gnavus, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 44.

Length $ I'omm.

Cephalothorax brownish-yellow, a little darker on edge, with a
black margin ; eyes on black ; mandibles yellowish with a large
tooth in front ; palpi and legs brighter yellow ; sternum dark,
nearly black ; abdomen dark gray almost black ; spinnerets light ;
cephalothorax very low, wide and short ; abdomen narrow ; tibia of
palpus with several projections.

One specimen, Six Mile Creek, Apr.

Erigone longipalpis Em.

One specimen, Inlet Marsh, April.

Linyphinse. "

Linyphia marginata Koch.
Common.

Linyphia communis Hentz.

Not uncommon, Freeville, May.
Linyphia clathrata Sund.

One specimen, Inlet Marsh, Nov.

4

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Linyphia phrygiana Koch.

Co mm on.
L. phrygiana var. annulipes.

A little smaller with distiuct riu^s on tibia, while beyond there
is scarcely any red marks. There are one or two extra dark marks
on the side of the abdomen near the base ; the median stripe on the
cephalothorax is divided into four parts on the head, one running
to each eye.

A few specimens. Fall Creek.

LinypMa mandibulata Em.

Not uncommon. in gorges and elsewhere.

Linyphia variabilis, nov. s]). Plate II, fig. 28.

Total length largest 9 4' mm.

Length of cephalothorax 1 'Omm. breadth "9 mm.

Length of abdomen 2*2mm. breadth r35mm,

Cephalothorax reddish-yellow to red, with a black Hue on
margin, mandibles same as cephalothorax ; mouth-parts and
sternum dark reddish, sternum often jet black ; legs light russet
yellow to greenish-yellow ; venter dark red-brown ; a silvery white
band around the sides just above the edge of the dark venter;
above this a dark red-brown stripe, about same width or wider, this
occasionally sub-interrupted at middle. On dorsum within this last
stripe, the ground color is chocolate or lighter, with small silvery
spots, and when fully developed the ordinary folium like L. mar-
ginata, but usually more or less broken ; spinnerets black. Cephalo-
thoi'ax narrowed just in front of first pair of legs; gradually
elevated toward the eyes ; deeply emarginate behind ; area occupied
by M. E. higher than broad, and broader behind than in front ;
S. E. touching each other ; legs hairy, with few spines ; sj^ecimens
not quite adult of both sexes.

Not uncommon. Round Marshes, Fall Creek, Six Mile Creek,
Oct., Feb.

Linyphia conferta Hentz. Plate II, fig. 38.

Total length 9 and S young 3"3ram.

Length of cephalothorax I'lmra. breadth 'Omra.

Length of abdomen 2" mm. breadth Tlmm.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown ; eyes on black ; a black seam ;
mandibles yellow-brown ; legs pale greenish, sometimes a little
darker at ends of joints ; sternum black ; venter dark red-brown

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 43 .

extending half way up the side; just above this a line of silvery
spots, smaller in size than in X. variabilis; above this a row of
blackish spots ; dorsum reddish or yellowish, with very few small
silvery spots; on middle of dorsum a pair of red-brown spots; be-
hind them another pair, sometimes united to a larger darker spot
at end of dorsum ; base of dorsum with no dark spots ; the end of
abdomen is more like a Jrontina than is that of L. variabilis ; the
tarsus of the male palpus as far as developed, is much more
triangular than that of L. variabilis.

Infrequent, South Hill, Apr. ; Six Mile Creek, Oct. ; Fall Creek,
March.

Stemonyphantes bucculentus Clerck.

Infrequent, Buttermilk Creek, Six Mile Creek, Fall Creek,
South Hill. During autumn and winter.
Diplostyla nigrina West.

Infrequent, Enfield Creek, Sept., Six Mile Creek, Nov. and Apr.
Diplostyla pallida, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 29.

Length $ 2mm. length 9 l-9mm.

Cephalothorax pale greenish ; legs similar or paler ; sternum more
brownish ; mandibles more yellow ; eyes with a little black, abdo-
men grayish above, with several darker, but not black, cross bands ;
sides and venter similar to these cross bands; epigynum nearly
white, with a reddish spot each side ; palpal organ reddish-brown ;
legs very long, head of $ more elevated than in 9 , and with a few
stiff hairs; $ mandibles larger than 9.

Three specimens, Williams Brook, Summit Marsh, Aug.

Diplostyla alboventris, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 31.

Total length 9 2-2mm.

Length of cephalothorax "ymm. breadth •6mm.

Length of abdomen l-6mm. breadth 'Qmrn.

Size varies somewhat more than usual.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, darkest at cephalic end and around
edges ; eye-region blackish ; mandibles, palpi, mouth-parts and
sternum similar to cephalothorax ; legs lighter with a tinge of
green ; abdomen white, cream or grayish, with a broad black stripe
on each side reaching to the spinnerets; above sometimes with a
basal median black spot; behind this four cross-bands, black ; the
first two sometimes divided in the middle ; the fourth often reaches
to the stripe on side, the others do not ; sometimes a trace of a fifth

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

cross-band ; epigynum is part reddish ; legs with a few spines. The
male is sometimes a little larger than female ; colors similar, except
that there is a dark spot at base of venter, which extends caudad in
some specimens and may darken the whole venter; palpal organ
dark reddish ; it is a beautiful structure.

Locally common, exceedingly so on Beebe Island, Fall Creek;
also found in Inlet Marsh ; autumn and winter.

Diplostyla concolor Keuss.

Not uncommon in Inlet Marsh, Sept., Nov.
Drapetisca socialis Sund.

Two specimens, male and female.
Helophora insignis Blk.

Infrequent. Drydeu Lansing Swamp, Sept. ; Six Mile Creek,
Sept. ; Fall Creek, Aug. ; Round Marshes, Oct. Varies in size and
markings.

Bathyphantes minuta Blk.

Inlet Marsh. One specimen, Nov.
Bathyphantes nebulosa Sund.

In houses. Forest Home and Heustis St., March and Nov.
Bathyphantes zebra Em.

Common in autumn and winter under leaves.
Bathyphantes alpina Em.

Frequent, Inlet Marsh, Buttermilk Creek.
Bathyphantes subalpina Em.

Frequent, Cascadilla Creek, Buttermilk Creek.
Bathyphantes decorata, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 41.

Length 9 and J' r9mm.

Cephalothorax yellow with black around eyes ; a black margin ;
sometimes a dorsal median stripe black ; legs with basal joints
yellowish, distal joints paler; sternum dark brown to blackish;
venter and sides of abdomen in S dark, in 9 lighter gray ; sides
with two silvery spots ; dorsum pale with no dark markings or
indistinct ; a middle interrujited dark chevron and two or three,
usually more complete, behind this ; apex dark, a number of silvery
spots in dorsum ; epigynum reddish, as is also palpal organ ; eyes
prominent and projecting, head slightly more raised and projecting
in male than female; legs long; abdomen slender.

Infrequent, Burdick's Glen, Sept.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADEPHIA. 45

Bathyphantes argenteomaculata, nov. sp.

Largest female, youug, 2"3mm.

Cephalotliorax pale yellowish, as are also the legs ; eyes sur-
rounded by black ; margin of cephalothorax dark ; sternum dark ;
abdomen light gray above with many small indistinct brownish
spots and larger silvery spots which form two oblique stripes
each side that approach each other, and several cross-bands on dor-
sum ; legs very long; abdomen as usual.

Several specimens of this pretty species were found in Six Mile
Creek in Sept., all young.

Bathyphantes pallida, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 42.

Length $ l*25mm.

Cephalothorax light yellow-brown ; legs same color, somewhat
brighter ; palpi a little more gray ; sternum gray or dark gray ;
abdomen gray or nearly white on dorsum shading into dark gray
on venter; epigynum red at tip, and considerably projecting as
seen in the figure ; spinnerets light.

Four specimens, Six Mile Creek, Dec, Apr. ; Fall Creek, Oct.

Bathyphantes sabulosa Keys
LinypJiia sabulosa Keys.

Uncommon, Six Mile Creek, Oct.

Bathyphantes zygia Keys.
Erigone zygia Keys.

Not uncommon during autumn and winter under stones and leaves.

Bathyphantes formica Em.

Two specimens, Freeville, Aug.

Bathyphantes umbratilis Keys.
Erigone umbratilis Keys.

In field. May. A few specimens.
Bathyphantes complicata Em. Plate IV, fig. 26.

Uncommon, South Hill, Oct. ; Fall Creek, March, Oct. The
palpal organ agrees pretty closely with Emerton's figure; the color
of the cejjalothorax and legs is, however, yellowish, not orange.

Bathyphantes unimaculata, nov. sp. Plate II, figs. 65 and 65a.

Length $ and 9 l-9mm.

Cephalothorax greenish-gray with small blackish irregular
patches ; eyes on black ; legs brownish-yellow ; sternum black ;
abdomen dark gray ; darkest on venter, almost black ; a pale spot

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

near apex on dorsum, this is plain in both sexes ; the male palpi are
not long, the organ compact, the tarsal hook is very large and pro-
jects out to one side ; epigynum reddish.

Not uncommon, Fall Creek, Six Mile Creek, Feb.

Bathyphantes inornata, nov. sp. Plate Y. fig. 66.

Length (J and 9 l-8mm.

Male a little smaller and narrower.

Cephalothorax and legs yellow-brown, eyes on black ; abdomen
blackish or grayish, often with a greenish tinge, and with many
little whitish dots ; sternum dark brown or nearly black ; epigynum
and palpal organ reddish ; head of male not raised ; abdomen with-
out markings, or at most with a few narrow light cross-lines on dor-
sum near apex.

Common under stones in fields, autumn and winter.
Bathyphantes tristis, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 45.

Length 9 l".5mm.

Cephalothorax and legs dull brownish-yellow, blackish near
margin of cephalothorax ; eyes with black rings ; mandibles
brighter yellow ; sternum blackish ; abdomen dark brown or nearly
black ; epigynum dark red-brown, showing as a roundish projec-
tion ; legs not very long.

Uncommon ; Fall Creek, March ; Six Mile Creek, March ; Inlet
Marsh, Nov.

Microneta viaria Blk.

KSeveral specimens. Fall Creek, Oct., Nov.

Microneta latens, nov. sp. Plate Y, fig. 46.

Length 9 2"lmm.

Young males about the same size.

Cephalothorax brownish-yellow, with a black margin, and dark
rays each side ; eyes on black rings ; legs and palpi yellowish, some-
times with a little tinge of green ; mandibles and mouth-parts
yellow-brown ; sternum dark gray ; abdomen very dark almost
black, sometimes with a tinge of green; epigynum reddish; spin-
nerets light; abdomen widest a little behind the middle; cephalo-
thorax low, broadest behind the middle ; legs long and slender ;
epigynum quite similar to M. qumquedentata.

Common on wet ground, during autumn and winter.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

Microneta quinquedentata Em.

Common in autumn.
Microneta palustris, nov. sp. Plate II, tig. 47.

Length $ . 2-9mm.

Cepbalothorax dark orange brown, shining ; legs brighter, first
pair darkest, tips of legs darker than base ; mandibles as cepbalo-
thorax ; sternum red-brown ; abdomen black, hairy ; legs with long
black hairs; tibia of male palpus small, without teeth, femur long ;
S. E. touching ; upper M. E. larger than lower and a little farther
apart.

Two specimens, Negundo woods, Feb.

Microneta discolor Em.

Several specimens, Fall Creek, Feb.
Microneta cornupalpis Em.

Not uncommon. Fall and Six Mile Creeks, Nov., March, April.
Some females are twice as large as others.
Microneta luteola, nov. sp. Plate II, tig. 48.

Length $ 2-3mm.

Cepbalothorax bright brownish-yellow ; margin scarcely darker ;
eyes with black rings ; mandibles yellowish ; legs lighter than
cepbalothorax ; sternum yellow with dark edges ; venter blackish
gray, with a pale line each side ; dorsum gray, with a whitish band
near apex, and in front of this a number of small indistinct light
spots ; palpal organ dark reddish ; legs very long ; cepbalothorax
very broad and low ; head broad.

One specimen, Fall Creek, Nov.
Microneta flaveola, nov. sp. Plate Y, tig. 49.

Length $ l*2mm.

Cepbalothorax, mandibles, and legs, pale brownish-yellow ; eyes
with black rings ; sternum blackish ; abdomen greenish-gray, lighter
above, somewhat blackish on venter ; palpal organ reddish ; palpi
short ; legs long ; tibia of male palpus small ; abdomen small and
low.

One specimen. Six Mile Creek.

Microneta complicata, nov. sp. Plate II, tig. 50.

Length $ 2"7mm.

Cepbalothorax orange yellow ; eyes with black rings ; mandibles
slender and narrow, yellowish ; legs yellowish, a little lighter than

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

cepbalothorax ; sternum blackish-yellow ; abdomen nearly black ;
spinnerets white ; cepbalothorax low and broad ; male palpi dark
reddish, very large; tarsus with a short but prominent spur and
below it a curved hook ; ])alpal organ extremely complicated.
One specimen, Michigan Hollow Swamp, Apr.

Microneta minutissima, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 27.

Length $ -OSmm.

Cepbalothorax, mandibles and dorsum of abdomen pale
greenish ; legs and palpi still paler, almost colorless ; palpal organ
not much darker ; eyes surrounded by black rings, which almost
touch each other in the upper row, and do unite in the lower row ;
abdomen with scattered long black hairs ; venter and sternum pale
greenish, with a few blackish spots aud lines, which make these
parts appear darker ; legs very long and slender ; cepbalothorax
low, broadest behind the middle, quite broad in front ; abdomen
low and narrow.

One specimen. Fall Creek, Oct.

Microneta frontata, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 51.

Length 9 2'4mm.

Cepbalothorax reddish-yellow ; legs duller and paler ; eyes with
black rings ; sternum yellow, edges more reddish ; epigynum red-
dish, surrounded by yellow ; spinnerets yellow ; abdomen gray ; legs
not very long and stout ; head broad, abdomen low, and not much
longer than cepbalothorax, epigynum large and quite peculiar in
shape.

One specimen.

Microneta gigantea, nov. sy. Plate II, fig. 52.

Length 9 3mm.

Cepbalothorax pale yellowish, blackish on edges, a black central
line on head, and one each side of head ; eyes, except front M. E.,
surrounded by reddish rings; front M. E. much smaller than
other eyes, and on black ; mandibles brighter yellow than cepbalo-
thorax; legs pale yellowish, sternum similar; abdomen gray,
darker above than on venter ; epigynum projecting.

One specimen. Fall Creek, Aug.

Microneta distincta, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 53.

Length ,? 2-9mm.

Cepbalothorax and sternum light orange-red ; legs and mandibles
lighter ; eyes on a black patch ; abdomen black ; clypeus and

1892.] KATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

mandibles retreating ; palpal organ dark, very complicated ; tibia
swollen and with several projections.
One specimen^ Freeville, May.

EPEIRID^.

Epeirinse.
Epeira corticaria Em.

Locally not uncommon, Dryden Lansing Swamp, Sept.
Epeira silvatica Em.

Rare, Fall Creek, Oct.
Epeira nordmanni Thor.

Common, in gorges, Sept., Nov. Several varieties of the species.
Epeira cinerea Em.

Locally common, on cliffs in gorges, Buttermilk and Fall Creeks,
Sept., Nov.

Epeira sclopeteria Clerck.

Common, Aug., Nov.
Epeira patagiata Clerck.

Infrequent, under bark, Inlet Marsh, Nov.
Epeira strix Hentz.

Common, Aug., Nov. and in spring.
Epeira trifolium Hentz.

Common, Sept., Nov.
Epeira marmorea Clerck.

One specimen.
Epeira insularis Hentz.

Common, Aug., Nov.
Epeira thaddeus Hentz.

Not uncommon. Inlet Marsh, South Hill Marsh, Sept., Oct.
Epeira pratensis Hentz.

Not common.
Epeira trivittata Kejs.

Common, Sept., Oct.
Epeira domiciliorum Hentz.

Common, Sept., Oct.
Epeira dispiicata Hentz.

Common, Aug., Oct.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Epeira juniperi Em.

One specimen.
Epeira labyrinthea Hentz,

Common, Sept., Oct.
Epeira globosa Keys.

Rare.
Epeira placida Hentz.

Frequent in wet places. Fall Creek, Round Marshes, June, Sept.
Epeira gibberosa Hentz.

Common in grass, Aug., Sept.
Epeira parvula Keys.

Common, Sept., Oct.
Epeira steHata Hentz.

Infrequent, fields, South Hill, Summit Marsh, Dryden Lansing
Swamp, Round Marshes, Aug.

Epeira ithaca McCook MSS.

Not common.
Cyclosa conica Pallas.

Very common.
Singa variabilis Em.

Not uncommon. Round INIarshes and wet meadows.
Singa maculata Em.

Infrequent, Buttermilk and Fall Creek.
Acrosoma rugosa Hentz.

One male.
Meta menardi Latr.

Infrequent, Fall Creek, Buttermilk Creek, in dark cliffs, Sept.,
Oct.

Argiope riparia Hentz.

Common, Sept., Oct.
Argiope transversa.

Not uncommon, Sept., Oct.
Argyroepeira hortorum Hentz.

Not uncommon in grass and herbs, Fall Creek, Six Mile Creek,
Sept.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

Tetragnatha vermiformis Em.
One specimen.

Tetragnatha extensa Linn.

Not uncommon.
Tetragnatha grallator Hentz.

Very common.
Tetragnatha laboriosa Hentz.

Common.
Tetragnatha straminea Em.

Common.
Tetragnatha caudata Era.

Rare, Inlet Marsh, males and females ; the latter resemble the
former.

Tetragnatha pallida, nov. sp. Plate V, figs. 88, 8Sa.

Total length $ , not including mandibles, 9' mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3" mm. breadth I'Smni.

Length of maudibles o'4mm. fang 2-8mm.

Length of tibia and patella I $ 10' mm.

Cephalothorax, legs, palpi, mandibles, mouth-parts and sternum
yellowish, lip darker, fang reddish, and tip of palpus a little red-
dish ; abdomen gray with many small silvery spots, no other mark-
ings ; abdomen long, slender and cylindrical ; narrower than cei^h-
alothorax ; legs long ; S. E. farther apart than M. E.; lower S. E.
smaller than other eyes ; mandibles very long, a large tooth in front ;
the largest tooth on side is the distal one, fang bent, tibia of palpus
about twice as long as patella. It differs from T. grallator in posi-
tion of eyes and shape of mandibles; from T. vermiformis in shape
of mandibles and length of tibia of male palpus ; from T. straminea
in eyes and mandibles ; from T. extensa in eyes, mandibles and
tibia of male palpus ; from T. laboriosa in eyes, mandibles and
tibia of male palpus ; from T. caudata in eyes, mandibles and shape
of abdomen ; from T. Jiuviatilis in position of eyes ; from T. illin-
oiensis in position of eyes.

Two male specimens.

Pachygnatha brevis Keys.

Not uncommon in marshes, Nov., Dec.
Pachygnatha autumnalis Keys.

Not uncommon, Fall Creek, Round Marshes, Six Mile Creek, Oct.,
Dec.

52

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Pachygnatha xanthostoma Keys.
Rare, one specimen.

Uloboringe.

TJloborus plumipes Lucas.

Rare, Six Mile Creek, Fall Creek, Aug.
Hyptiotes cavatus Ilentz.

Very common.

THOMISIDJE.
Thomisinse.

Xysticus stomachosus Keys. Plate III, fig. 1.
Several specimens.

Xysticus feroculus Keys. Plate Til, figs. 3 and 3a.

A few specimens, not common.
Xysticus distinctus, nov. sp. Plate III, fig. 89.

Total length 9 6-7mm.

Length of cephalothoras 8' mm. breadth 2'9mm.

Length of sternum TSmm. breadth .9mm.

Length of femur I 3* mm. tibia I 2* ram.

Length of femur IV 2" mm. tibia IV 1.6mm.

Distance between epigynum and spinnerets l"5nim.

Cephalothorax a light reddish-brown on sides, growing darker
and containing a large triangular light spot behind, upper edge
straight ; above a broad light stripe, with a median double line ter-
minated behind by a black triangle ; in front each side of this line
a little tinged with brown; eyes black; clypeus white; mandibles
light; legs pale, above mottled with brownish and a few black spots
and with a white line on front pairs, hind legs more distinctly ringed
with black at tip of femur, tip of patella, and base and tip of
tibia ; under side of coxse with a few brown linear markings ; sternum
light with a dark border, interrupted in front, the field with many
dark dots; mouth-parts bi'ownish, abdomen above light brown,
white near the apex ; near base a few black spots ; near apex a
black blotch each side connected by a black line ; in front of these
two narrow transverse black bands, broadly interrupted in the
middle ; in front of each black band a narrow light band ; venter
brown mottled with blackish ; epigynum yellow. The M. E. equal
and equally far apart, the lower nearer the lower S. E. than to each
other ; M. E. form a quadrangle broader than high. Two rows of

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

6-7 spines on under side of tibise and metatarsi, I and II. Abdo-
men broadest behind the middle.

One adult and several young, Indian Spring.

Xysticus brunneus. nov. ?p. Plate III, fig. 4.

Total length 9 8'5mm.

Length of cephalothorax 4" mm. breadth 4" mm.

Length of sternum 2* mm. breadth l"4mm.

Length of femur I 3"2mm. tibia I 2"9mm.

Length of femur IV 2-5mm. tibia IV r9mm.

Distance between epigynum and spinnerets 2'3mm.

Cephalothorax reddish-brown, darker on cephalic part and on
sides ; more yellow behind ; a brighter narrow stripe on the middle ;
clypeus same color ; falces and palpi reddish-brown ; maxillse, lip,
sternum and under side of legs lighter, more yellowish, legs, upper
side reddish-brown ; distal joints darkest. Abdomen above and
below a uniform dark brown, without markings ; spinnerets reddish.
Cephalothorax widest a little caudad of middle, much higher at
middle than in front; clypeus vertical ; eyes in two nearly equally-
bent rows, those of upper row of about equal size and at equal dis-
tances from each other ; the four M. E. form a quadrangle wider
than high ; the lower M. E. scarcely smaller and slightly nearer
each other than the upper M. E.; lower M. E. scarcely nearer
the much larafer S. E. than each other; sternum much longer than
wide ; abdomen rounded ; the epigynum consists of a cavity broader
than long at the bottom of which two dark oblong bodies lie separ-
ated by a septum. On tibiiB I and II two rows of six to seven
spines ; on metatarsi I and II two rows of five to six spines.

One specimen.

Xysticus crudelis, nov. sp. Plate III, figs. 5 and oa.

Total length 9

Length of cephalothorax 3"9mm.
Length of sternum , 2* mm.

Length of femur I 3* mm.

Length of femur IV 2*4mm.

Distance between epigynum and spinnerets

'Cephalothorax yellow, with sides reddish-brown, and above on
head same color; the edges of head white ; a narrow median con-
sisting of two dark lines ; clypeus and eye-region reddish-brown ;
falces, palpi, mouth-parts, sternum reddish-brown ; upper surface of
legs yellowish, thickly mottled with dark brown, distal joints
darker. Abdomen dark brown, lighter around the anterior sides ;

8-3mm.

breadth

3-8mm.

breadth

1-pmm.

tibia I

2-3mm.

tibia IV

l'9mm.

2-7mm.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

sides of dorsum darkest and separated into three parts by light
cross lines; venter dark brown, somewhat reddish in the middle,
spinnerets yellowish, reddish-brown at base. Cephalothorax higher
in middle than in front ; clypeus vertical ; the four M. E. form a
quadrangle as broad as high ; the lower M. E. not smaller, and as
far from each other as are the upper M. E. from each other, and
nearer to the larger S. E. than to each other ; eyes of upper row
at about equal distances, and of nearly equal size. On both tibipe
and metatarsi I and II two rows of five to six spines.
Rare.

Xysticus transversus, nov. sp. Plate III, figs. 6, 6a and 6b.

Total length 9 8- mm.

Length of cephalothorax 8*5mm. breadth o"2mm.

Length of sternum l*7mm. breadth l*2mm.

Length of femur I 3' mm. tibial 2* mm.

Length of femur IV 2'2mm. tibia IV r6mm.

Distance between epigynum and spinnerets 2'7mm.

Cephalothorax light yellowish, with a dark reddish-brown baud
each side terminated by two black oblong spots ; head reddish-
brown, edge white, with a narrow median stripe terminated behind
by a black spot ; clypeus lighter than sides ; base of hills of S. E.
white ; falces, palpi, mouth-j^arts, sternum and under side of legs
light reddish-brown, spotted or striped with darker brown, legs
above light reddish-brown with darker spots ; a white stripe on
femur, patella and tibia I and II. Abdomen brown above, white
on posterior sides, and dark brown on venter; spinnerets white with
a dark band at base; the brown of dorsum darker toward the apex,
and here separated on each side by a few white cross lines into
almost black quadrangles. Cephalothorax much higher in middle
than in front, widest in middle; clypeus vertical; eyes in two rows
about equally curved ; the four M. E. form a quadrangle wider than
high ; the lower M. E. as far from each other as are the upper
M, E. from each other ; the lower M. E. farther from each other
than from the very much larger S. E. ; the eyes of the upper row at
about equal distances from each other ; the upper M. E. somewhat
larger than the lower M. E, and smaller than the upper S. E.;
abdomen rounded, widest caudad of middle ; on metatarsi I and
II two rows of four to five spines, on tibite I and II two rows of
three to four s^jiines.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

Not uncommon, Sept. What I take to be the male is smaller
4mm. long ; the markings and color similar but brighter ; palpus
as figured.

Xysticus lentus, nov. sp. Plate IT, fig. 67.

Total length S 4-5mm.

Length of femur I 3'8nim. tibial 2"2mm.

Cephalothorax as broad as long and shorter than femur I.

Cephalothorax reddish-brown on sides ; with a light stripe in
middle above, a darker somewhat triangular area in front part of
this light stripe terminated behind by a black triangle; a light
band connecting the S. E. ; clypeus and mandibles reddish-brown ;
sternum pale, with many small brown dots ; cox?e lineated with
brown ; underside of legs pale, with a narrow brown stripe and
numerous brown dots; above with darker blotches ; metatarsi and
tarsi pale. Abdomen brown above, with small white and dark
brown transverse spots on hinder part ; edge of abdomen with a
white line ; venter creased with white and brown. The M. E. equal
and form a square ; lower M. E. nearer to the larger S. E. than to
each other, eyes of the upper row at about equal distances. Two
rows of four to six spines on under side of tibiae and metatarsi I and
II. Male palpi with the two horny claws projecting from the
center as in X. triguttatus and X. discursmis.

Two males.

Xysticus triguttatus Keys.

Several males ; one has one of the upper M. E. only about one-
sixth the size of the other.

Xysticus nervosus, nov, sp. Plate III, figs. 8 and 8a. Plate IV, fig. 84.

Total length 9 7- mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3"2mm. breadth o'lmm.

Length of sternum 2- mm. breadth l-5mm.

Length of femur I 3-2mm. tibia I 2-5mm.

Length of femur IV 2-5mm. tibia IV I'Smm.

Distance between epigynum and spinnerets 2' mm.

Cephalothorax light yellowish, sides mottled and veined with
reddish-brown ; a narrow dark-edged stripe on head terminated
behiud by a reddish point ; clypeus reddish-brown, in one case a
light stripe between the two rows of eyes ; falces yellowish, darker
toward the base ; mouth-parts, sternum, under side of coxje, femora
and palpi light yellow, palpi darker above, rest of legs yellowish-
brown, spotted with brown, and with tibia and metatarsi I and II

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

darker toward the tip. Abdomen reddish-brown with many faint
white spots ; sides and venter reddish-brown ; spinnerets light yellow.
Cephalothorax much higher in middle than in front; widest at
middle ; clypeus vertical ; eyes in two curved rows ; the eyes of the
upper row at about equal distances, and about equal in size ; the
M. E. of the lower row, about as close to each other as to the much
larger S. E.; the four M. E. make a quadrangle much wider than
high ; the lower M. E. smaller and slightly closer to each other than
the upper M. E.; abdomen rounded ; two rows of spines on tibise
and metatarsi I and II, five to seven spines in each row ; epigynum
consists of a cavity wider than long, somewhat triangular in outline,
divided by a low septum.

Total length $ 5- mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2'4mm. breadth 2'4mni.

Length of sternum I'lmm. breadth 1* mm.

Length of femur I 3*4mm. tibia I 3' mm.

Length of femur IV 21 mm. tibia IV l'6mm.

Cephalothorax and appendages as in the 9 ; abdomen yellowish-
brown, venter lighter ; three pairs of elongate reddish-brown spots
on caudal part of dorsum ; a white band on the cephalic edge of
each spot ; eyes as in the $ ; abdomen longer in proportion to size
than in 9 .

Net uncommon in meadows. Sept.; taken in copulation,

Xysticus formosus, nov. sp. Plate III, fig. 9. „

Total length $ B-4mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2'8mm. breadtli 2'8mm,

Length of sternum l"4mm. breadth 1' mm.

Length of femur I 3" mm. tibia I 2" ram.

Length of femur IV 2* mm. tibia IV l"3mm.

Distance l)etween epigynum and spinnerets 2' mm.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, darkest on head, with a median
light line ; sides reddish-brown terminated behind by a darker
brown spot ; margin nearly white ; clypeus yellow-brown ; base of
hills of S. E. whitish ; mandibles and palpi reddish-brown ; legs
darker red-brown, base of femora lighter, tarsus darkest ; sternum
yellowish, darker on sides ; venter whitish, sides obliquely striped
with brown; spinnerets reddish, dorsum white, with four pair of
large triangular spots brown, somewhat connected with each other
leaving a median serrated white stripe ; basal spots largest ; quad-
rangle of M. E. broader than high ; four M. E. equally large ;
upper S. E. larger than uj^per M. E. and a little smaller than lower

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

S. E., which are very much larger than lower M. E.; eyes of upper
row at about equal distances, lower row with M. E. closer to S. E.
than to each other ; four pairs of spines on tibia I ; four to five
pairs on metatarsus I ; three pairs on tibia II ; four pairs on meta-
tarsus II.

Rare, two specimens; one from woods west of Varna in March.

Xysticus limbatus Keys.

Two males.
Xysticus quadrilineatus Keys. Plate III, fig. 10.

Infrequent.

Xysticus gulosus Keys. Plate III, figs. 7 and 7a.

Infrequent, Six Mile Creek, Sept.

Xysticus maculatus Keys.

Not uncommon, Sept. This may not be this species; if not it is
new.
Oxyptila georgiana Keys. Plate III, fig. 11.

Not uncommon, Inlet Marsh, Oct.
Oxyptila conspurcata Thor. Plate III, fig. 12.

Rare, Fall Creek in woods west of Varna, under leaves in March,
Coriarachne versicolor Keys. Plate III, fig. 13.

Common, under bark in winter.
Misumena rosea Keys. Plate III, figs. 15, 15a.

Several specimens.
Misumena georgiana Keys.

One specimen.

Misumena foliata, nov. sp. Plate III, figs. 17, 17a.

Total length 9

Length of cephalothorax 2* mm.
Length of sternum 1" mm.

Length of femur I 2'3mm.

Lensrth of femur IV l-2mm.

Distance between epigynum and spinnerets

Cephalothorax white or slightly yellowish, with a light brown
band each side not reaching to caudal margin, the cephalic ends
connected through the eye-region by a broad reddish band, that
frequently covers the whole clypeus ; eyes surrounded by white ;
mouth-parts white with black hairs ; sternum white. Abdomen
whitish, a red horizontal and two oblique bands each side; the
5

Plate II, fig. 3

7.

5" mm.

breadth

2' mm.

breadth

8* mm.

tibia I

l*8mra.

tibia IV

9" mm.

;s

I'Smm.

58

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

latter often faint ; on front of dorsum a red spot ; caudal half of
dorsum with two red stripes converging to meet just above the
spinnerets ; venter and spinnerets light, the latter sometimes with a
red spot at base. Markings on dorsum vary in quantity ; some-
times the red spot on front of dorsum is connected with the two
bands behind ; sometimes the red bands are so wide that the dorsum
appears red with four white bands. Legs whitish, the metatarsi
I and II usually a little darker; tibia I and II frequently with two
red bands. Front of cephalothorax as high as in middle ; widest in
middle ; lower row of eyes more curved than upper ; upper row of
equal size ; M. E. slightly nearer each other than to the S. E. ; lower
row about of the same size and at equal distances; the four M. E.
forma quadrangle just as broad as high ; abdomen widest a little
caudad of middle; sternum heart-shaped, almost as wide in front as
in middle ; body and legs covered with bristles arising from reddish
punctures; two rows of spines on tibise I and II, two to four spines
in each row ; two rows of -five to six spines on metatarsi I and II.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax

Length of sternum

Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Markings similar to the 9

$
l"8mm.

•9mm.
2" mm.
I'lmm.

mm.
■75mm.

4
1

•75mm.
1"8 mm.

•8 mm.

breadth
breadth
tibia I
tibia IV

a little brighter ; the femur I and II

with prominent red spots, patella and tibipe I and II with red

bands.

Common, Se2:)t., Oct.

Misumena vatia Clerck.

Common, May and Sept.

Misumena placida, nov. sp.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax

Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

4'Smm.

breadth

l-9mm.

breadth

•75mm

tibia I

1^8mm.

tibia IV

•6mm.

1^4mm.

9 juv.

•2mm.

!• mm.

2.5mm.

1* mm.

Distance between epigynum and spinnerets

Cephalothorax light yellow, with a band each side of reddish-
yellow, reaching from the anterior margin and not quite to the pos-
terior; at end of head a small projection entad from each band;
eye-region whitish ; clypeus a little reddish ; legs a light gray-yellow,
distal joints a little redder. Abdomen a gray-white above and
below; sternum and mouth-parts white; abdomen with many red-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

dish punctures, each supporting a blackish hair. Area occupied
by M. E. as long as broad, a little broader behind ; eyes of upper
row of equal size, and at about equal distances; the lower M. E.
equal the upper M. E. and are smaller than the lower S. E., to which
they are no nearer than to each other ; abdomen pointed behind ;
two rows of four to five spines on tibia I and II, two rows of six to
seven spines on metatarsi I and II.
One young specimen.

Runcinia aleatorius Hentz. Plate III, figs. 18 and ISa.
Thomisics aleatorius Hentz <? .
Runcinia brendelU Kevs.

Two females, one Avith abdomen white, the other with abdomen
yellow. Aug., on the campus.

Tmarsus caudatus Hentz.

Not uncommon in Sept., on trees and fences.

Philodrominse.
Tibellus oblongus Walck.

Common in sphagnum bogs, May.

Philodromus vulgaris Hentz. Plate III, figs. 23 and 23a.

Common.
Philodromus praelustris Keys. Plate III, fig. 19.

What I take to be this species is not very common ; one speci-
men was taken in a house, Oct.

Philodromus signifer, nov. sp. Plate III, fig. 20.

Total length 9 jiiv. 5mm.

Cephalothorax white or yellowish, dark brown each side ; clyj^eus
light, a brown band extending through the lower row of eyes and
ending in the S. E. of the upper row, here enlarged and extending
around the upper M. E. ; between the upper M. E. arises a short
median brown line, extending a short distance caudad ; a little re-
moved from the caudal end each side is a small brown puncture ;
legs white with brown markings ; several small spots on coxae ; a
band at middle and end of femora ; jjatella suffused with brown;
tibia with a band at each end and some small spots between ; meta-
tarsus and tarsus with spots, the latter often dirty white ; palpi white
with brown spots ; mandibles yellowish-white with a few brown
marks at base ; mouth-parts, sternum and venter white, lip a little
darker ; spinnerets yellowish white. Abdomen white with a dark

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1892.

brown stripe around each side, not meeting either in front or behind ;
above a lighter brown cloud covers nearly the whole dorsum ; on
the anterior part is left two white stripes, which meet at about the
middle of the abdomen ; behind this a few white spots ; at about
the middle of the length of each white stripe is a brown puncture.
Cephalothorax widest behind the middle, truncate behind and
angles rounded ; the clypeus but slightly oblique and rounded ; eyes
all about equal ; all M. E. nearer to S. E. than to each other ; the
upper M. E. nearly as far apart as the lower S. E.; the two S. E.
and one upper M. E. form an equilateral triangle ; S. E. on tuber-
cles; sternum truncate in front and behind; extending between
hind coxse ; abdomen widest behind the middle ; base slightly emar-
ginate ; probably next to last moult. Male young ; same size but
legs longer; same coloration except legs with more brown.
Not uncommon in woods, under bark in winter.

Philodromus gracilis, nov. sp.

Total length
Length of cephalothorax
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV
Distance between epigyn

Cephalothorax yellowish-brown, darker brown on sides ; clypeus
yellowish ; falces yellow ; lip brown ; maxillae and palpi yellow ;
sternum light yellow ; femora and coxse light yellow, spotted with
bi'own ; other joints darker, with brown spots; venter light ; epigy-
num darker ; dorsum of abdomen brown, with many small white
spots, larger toward the base ; near caudal end a few short, narrow,
curved, light cross-bands, best seen when wet. Cephalothorax not
much higher in middle than in front ; upper row of eyes nearly
straight ; lower row curved ; the four M. E. make a quadrangle
wider behind than high, and wider behind than in front ; eyes all
of nearly equal size ; the upper M. E. nearer to S. E. than to each
other ; the lower M. E. also nearer S. E. than to each other ; cly-
peus nearly vertical, a little convex ; abdomen narrower than ceph-
alothorax ; widest a little behind the middle ; basal edge straight,
as are also the anterior sides ; hind angle acute ; two rows of three
spines each on both tibijB and metatarsi I and II ; epigynum con-
sists of a cavity broader than long, a club-shaped body lies across
it.

Two specimens, one from Buttermilk Creek, March.

■late III, fig. 21.

9

6-8mm.

3' mm.

breadth

3* mm.

l'9mm.

breadth

l"5mm.

3- 1mm.

tibia I

2*7mm.

3-6mm.

tibia IV

2- 6mm.

m and spinner

ets

2-3mni.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

Philodromus unicolor, nov, sp.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax

Length of sternum

'fe"

Lenscth of femur I

^»

T

Plate III, fig. 22.

9

4'2mm

r75mm.

breadth

l-8mm

ri mm.

breadth

1* mm

2-1 mm.

tibia I

l'9mm

2" ram.

tibia IV

l-3mm

im and spinnere

its

2- mm

Length of femur Y\
Distance between ej

Cephalothorax and abdomen gray above, the former with a few
brown stripes ; legs liglit gray above, mottled with brown ; falces
and lip gray ; maxillse lighter ; sternum white ; legs whitish on
underside; palpi gray above, light beneath, black at tip; venter
whitish ; spinnerets yellowish ; epigynum reddish. Cephalothorax
flat ; Avidest near caudal end ; clypeus a little oblique ; eyes about
equal ; M. E. of both rows nearer S. E. than to each other ; the four
M. E. make a quadrangle wider behind than high, and twice as
wide behind as in front; abdomen as wide as cephalothorax ; hind
angle slightly acute; three pairs of spines on under side of both
tibiae and metatarsi I and II.

Rare, Sept., on pavement.

Philodromus ornatus, nov. sp. Plate III, figs. 24 and 24a.
Total length

O'

9

4'5mm.

1*5 mm.

breadth

r6mm.

•95mm.

breadth

•9mm.

1"8 mm.

tibia I

l*4mm.

1*9 mm.

tibia IV

I'lmm.

m and sp

innerets

l'75mm

Length of cephalothorax
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV
Distance between epigyni

Cephalothorax yellowish-white, sides brown ; clypeus and eye-
region yellowish-white ; upper edge of side stripes straight and
parallel to each other, falces greenish-yellow ; mouth-parts and
sternum white ; legs and palpi white, distal joints darker, with
scattered dark markings. Abdomen above white ; venter dirty
white ; sides black ; at the middle, an angular pi-ojection of the
black of the side extends into the white above; toward the apex of
the white above some faint dark chevrons ; under spinnerets yellow,
upper ones dark ; epigynum dark. Cephalothorax and spines as
usual ; abdomen one and one half times as wide as cephalothorax ;
hind angle right angled ; eyes about equal in size ; all except lower
M. E. on prominent white hills ; M. E. of both rows nearer S. E. than
each other ; the four M. E. make a quadrangle wider behind, both
than in front and high ; sternum sharp pointed behind not pro-
longed between the hind coxae.

Two specimens.

62

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Plate III, figs.

25 and 26a.

9

3"5mm.

1'5 mm.

breadth

r4ram.

1- mm.

breadth

•9mm.

l*95mm.

tibia I

I'Smm.

1*9 mm.

tibia IV

l-2mm.

m and spiui

aerets

1- mm.

Philodromus placidus, nov. sp.

Total leugth

Length of eephalothorax
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Lengcth of femur IV

Cephalothorax white or dirty white ; the sides dark reddish-
brown, the inner margin of the dark sides not quite parallel ; just
behind each upper M. E. a short brownish stripe ; clypeus dirty
yellowish white ; legs white with dark markings ; one on upper side
of coxae, one at middle and one at end of femora, a few fainter be-
yond ; mandibles dirty yellow-white ; mouth-parts nearly white ;
sternum white. Abdomen and venter white or dirty white ; spin-
nerets reddish ; epigynum red-brown ; on each side of the abdomen
is a dark brown stripe which do not meet in front, but suddenly
narrowing at the middle of their length and growing fainter behind^
meet above the spinnerets ; on anterior dorsum a light brown spear-
shaped mark ; at each side of the middle a little brown puncture ;
on each side of the end a larger oblique imjiression ; behind tliese
some faint light brown curved cross-bands. Cephalothorax widest
behind the middle; truncate behind, hind angles rounded ; clypeus
oblique ; upper row of eyes equal in size and M. E. nearer S. E.
than to each other; lower M. E. smaller and nearer S. E. than to
each other ; the upper M. E. nearer the lower S. E. than to any
other eyes, and nearly as fiir apart as are the lower S. E. ; the up])er
S. E. on prominent tubercles; sternum truncate in front ; prolonged
between the hind cox^, widened behind and truncate; abdomen
emarginate at base, widest slightly behind the middle.

Several specimens.

Philodromus minutus, nov. sp.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax
Length of sternum-
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Plate V, fig. 85.
9

1' mm.

•8 mm.

l'05mm.

3* mm.

breadth

r mm.

breadth

•6 mm.

tibia I

•95 mm.

tibia IV

•6 mm.

1"1 mm.

1' mm.
Distance between epigynum and spinnerets

Cephalothorax white on yellowish-white, the sides reddish-brown ;
legs white or yellowish-white Avith a few scattered dark markings ;
clypeus yellowish ; abdomen dirty white or yellowish ; darker or
brown on the anterior sides, blackish near the apex on each side ;

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

none of the brown extends over into the white dorsum as in
P. oniatus; above on dorsum three somewhat broad brown stripes,
one mesal ending at the middle of the abdomen ; behind this a
broader one on each side extending two-thirds of the way to the
spinnerets ; falces, mouth-parts and sternum yellowish-gray; venter
gray or white; spinnerets darker at tips; epigynum reddish-brown,
eyes on white hills. Abdomen oval, almost twice as long as wide,
not much wider than cephalothorax ; eyes equal, about as usual ;
sternum prolonged between the hind coxte ; anterior angles sharp ;
sides pointed between the coxse II and III ; a series of black dots
around the edge.
Uncommon.

Philodromus minusculus, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 39.

Total length $ 2-9mm.

Cephalothorax white ; brown on each side ; abdomen white above,
black around the sides : legs light Avith faint darker bands toward
the tip ; sternum broad, extending between the hind coxae, concave
in front; abdomen flat ; venter light, falces reddish ; mouth-parts a
little yellowish ; the black along the sides is continuous while in
P. minutus it is interrupted in the middle. Close to P. mbiutus,
but no stripes on dorsum, the white much clearer while in P. minutus
the white is yellowish.

One specimen.

Philodromus exilis, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 40.

Total length 9 3-8mm.

Length of cephalothorax l-4mm. breadth l-4mm.

Length of abdomen 2"4mm. breadth l-2mm.

Lentrth of sternum 'Smm. breadth •6mm.

Cephalothorax light yellow in middle, sides thickly veined Avith
yellow-brown ; clypeus yellowish, mandibles and palpi nearly white ;
sternum whitish, with little punctures most numerous on the sides,
of a lavender color ; lung-plates white ; epigynum reddish-yellow ;
spinnerets yellowish ; venter whitish with lavender punctures, grow-
ing more numerous on the sides and behind ; dorsum and upper
sides of abdomen white washed with lavender, darkest on the sides
and behind ; the plan of markings is similar to P. rufus, a faint
median stripe on front of dorsum ; behind this two darker stripes
-which are indistinctly connected with the side stripe ; coxae
yelloAvish ; legs all broken off; the sternum is much narrower than

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

in p. rujus aud projects farther behind ; eyes similar to P. rufus
but the S. E. are farther from each other than in that species.
One specimen from Freeville, May.

Philodromus rufus Walck. Plate III, fig. 26.

Common.
Philodromus laticeps Keys.

One specimen, $ probably this species.
Philodromus aureolus Clerck.

Three young specimens are probably this species.

LYCOSID^.

Lycosa frondicola Ein.

Common among dead leaves in gorges.
Lycosa nidicola Em.

Common among dead leaves in gorges.
Lycosa kochi Keys.

Not uncommon among dead leaves.
Lycosa communis Em.

Frequent under stones, South Hill, Six Mile Creek, McKinney's
Twin Glens.

Lycosa nigroventris Eqi.

Rare, Summit Marsh, Aug.
Lycosa pratensis Em.

Common in fields.
Lycosa similis, nov. sp. Plate II, fig. 30.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Cephalothorax yellow ; eyes surrounded by black ; a brown stripe
each side, and a brown margin ; the dorsal light stripe is suddenly
narrowed at caudal part of head ; the anterior portion contains a
short dark stripe each side ; mandibles reddish-yellow; mouth-parts
and sternum yellow, the latter with a faint darker spot in middle ;
legs and palpi yellow, no darker markings, finely black haired and
black spined ; venter grayish-yellow ; epigynum reddish, very small ;

9

10-8mm.

4*9mm.

breadth

3' 7 mm.

6* mm.

breadth

3-8mm.

2* ram.

breadth

l'5mm.

3-2mm.

tibia I

2-5mm.

4'lmm.

tibia IV

3- mm.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

spinnerets like venter ; dorsum dark brownish-yellow ; a black
spear-shaped outline on front part and some cross lines behind this ;
some small dark spots on rest of dorsum ; eyes as usual.
Occasional in fields near Indian Spring.

cosa rufiventris, nov. sp.

Plate

Ill, fig. 35

Total length

9

Length of cephalothorax

5*2mm.

Length of abdomen

7" mm.

Length of sternum

2- 5mm.

Length of femur I

3"lmm.

Length of femur IV

3-9mm.

Small female about 10

Imm.

long.

12- miii.

breadth

o'5mm.

breadth

4-4mm.

breadth

r8mm.

tibia I

2'4mm.

tibia IV

o" mm.

tish ; a li

ght median

Cephalothorax red-brown ; eye-region blackish
stripe, widest in front and gradually tapering toward the hind
mai'gin ; a light stripe each side somewhat above the margin, occa-
sionally indistinct ; mandibles darker red-brown ; mouth-parts red-
brown, lighter at tips ; sternum red-brown ; legs and palpi a little
lighter, sometimes with very indistinct darker spots or rings; abdo-
men above and below red-brown like sternum ; epigynum sur-
rounded by jet black hairs; no definite plan of markings, only a
few scattered small darker spots on dorsum which are often indis-
tinct ; abdomen covered with yellow-brown hairs. First row of
eyes not quite as wide as second ; dorsal eyes farther from each other
than are the second row of eyes, and much closer to them than to
each other; the epigynum is much like that of Trochosa avara, but
the species is much larger and no sign of spots on the venter and
scarcely a trace of them on dorsum ; it is difierent from what I have
called T. avara.

Uncommon, Fall Creek, Jan.

Lycosa humilis, nov. sp.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Cephalothorax red-brown, darkest on upper sides but not a dis-
tinct stripe ; eye-region nearly black ; mandibles and sternum red-
brown ; legs light red-brown to yellow-brown, darkest on front
pairs, no markings on them ; palpi like legs ; abdomen brown, no
stripe ; venter lighter brown ; maxillte scarcely tipped with white ;

Plate III, fig. 36.

9

10'5mm.

lorax 5" mm.

breadth

3'lmm.

6' mm.

breadth

3" mm.

2"omm.

breadth

l-8mm.

3"4mm.

tibia I

2'5mm.

4-4mm.

tibia IV

4' mm.

66

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

spinnerets like venter ; epigynum reddish ; legs black haired and
spined ; abdomen with long black and white hairs and shorter
yellowish ones ; sternum with stiff black hairs ; epigynum sur-
rounded by white hairs ; first row of eyes shorter than second ; eyes
of second row more than their diameter apart, and not larger than
dorsal eyes.

One specimen, Round Marshes, May.

Lycosa avara Keys.

Trochosa avara Keys.

Uncommon, Six Mile Creek, March.
Lycosa ocreata Hentz.

Infrequent, Six Mile Creek, Fall Creek, Sept. and Oct.
Lycosa polita Em.

One specimen.
Lycosa scutulata Hentz.

One specimen.
Lycosa vulpina Em.

Two specimens. Six Mile Creek, in holes.
Lycosa crudelis, nov. sp. Plate III, fig. 37.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Cephalothorax red-brown, darker in eye-region ; with three light
stripes, the median one arising from between the second row of eyes
as a fine line, gradually widening and reaching the hind margin,
widest at dorsal groove; the side stripes more than their width
above the edge, and scarcely as wide as the dorsal stripe ; clypeus
dark ; rtiandibles nearly "black ; mouth-parts black, with tips light ;
sternum jet black with many black hairs ; under side of coxae
blackish with black hairs ; femora yellow-brown ; hinder ones
with darker spots; other joints yelloAV-brown, hinder ones with
darker rings, on front ones the rings are scarcely apparent ; legs
with many black hairs; palpi yellow-brown, tip of last joint darker ;
abdomen black, clothed with yellow pubescence ; a black spear-
shaped mark reaching to the middle of the abdomen ; on sides
yellow and black hairs tend to form narrow lines ; venter dark with

9

15* mm.

7-9mm.

breadth

5*6mm.

8-lmra.

breadth

5-7mm.

3"9mm.

breadth

3* mm.

5"2mra.

tibia I

BGmm.

6" mm.

tibia IV

4"7mm.

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

6-

Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

14* mm.

breadth

4*9mm.

breadth

5" mm.

breadth

2'5mm.

tibia 1

3-3mm.

tibia IV

3-8mm.

black and yellow hairs, Avhich form four yellow stripes ; the two
middle ones do not reach beyond the middle of the abdomen, the
others do ; epigyuura reddish, surrounded by black hairs ; spinnerets
brown ; dorsal eyes much farther from each other than are the eyes
of the second row from each other.
One specimen.

Lycosa immaculata, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 38.

Total length $

Length of cephalothorax 6" mm.
Length of abdomen 8* mm.

3" mm.

4'9mm.

5" mm.

Cephalothorax red-brown, with a narrow light stripe arising be-
hind the second row of eyes and reaching the hind margin, slightly
wider in the middle ; on the sides a broader indistinct light stripe ;
mandibles red-brown ; mouth-parts red-brown, lighter at tips ;
cephalic half of sternum dark brown, caudal half yellowish ; legs
yellowish, coxse with black stripes ; femora some brownish, but
without bands ; no bands on other joints ; thickly black haired ; abdo-
men ma)'' not be normal, dark gray, brownish toward the apex ; when
wet, a faint black spear-shaped outline on basal half; venter lighter
yellowish ; epigynum small and reddish ; spinnerets reddish-yellow ;
palpi reddish-yellow ; first row of eyes about as wide as second.

One specimen.

Lycosa exitiosa, nov. sp

Total length

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Small $ is but 14"5 mm. long.

Cephalothorax yellow or reddish-yellow, with a dark stripe each
side, leaving a narrow dorsal stripe of light, which expands to sur-
round the dorsal groove ; the extreme, margin also dark ; a few
small dark spots on the light side stripes ; mandibles black with
light hair ; mouth-parts brownish with black hair ; sternum yellow
or reddish, with a faint darker central mark, and with black hairs ;
legs yellow or reddish ; the metatarsus and tarsus nearly black ;
other joints with dark marks and rings, most distinct on the tibia ;

Plate I, fig. 39.

large S

17' mm.

lorax 9-5mm.

breadth

7' mm.

8"5mm.

breadth

5'4mm.

4'5mm,

breadth

4* mm.

8- mm.

tibia I

7* mm.

^ 9-3mm.

tibia IV

8' mm.

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

under side of coxse with a large brownish-black spot ; tarsus of
jialpus black, rest of palpus yellowish ; abdomen dark brown above,
light beneath ; venter spotted with many small black dots, some-
times forming a band just behind the lung slits ; these small black
spots also on dorsum, but not so prominent ; also a spear-shaped
black outline on front of dorsum ; spinnerets brownish-yellow; legs
with many black spines.
Several specimens.

Lycosa oblonga, nov. sp. Plate III, fig. 40.

Total length 9 20' mm.

Length of cephalothorax 9* mm. breadth 6'8mm.

Length of abdomen 12* mm. breadth 7*4mm.

Length of sternum 4'6mm. breadth 3'5mm.

Length of femur I 7* mm. tibial 5" mm.

Length of femur IV 7* mm. tibia IV 5omm.

Cephalothorax dark brown, with a nari'ow light stripe arising
between the second row of eyes, passing caudad, widening to sur-
round the dorsal groove, then narrowing and reaching the hind
margin. A few light spots on the lower sides but not forming a
stripe; mandibles jet black; mouth-parts and sternum black;
legs and palpi black, with yellowish markings on the femora,
partly rings and partly spots ; on the tibia and patella a ring ; other
joints not distinctly marked. Abdomen dark brown, thickly
covered with short golden-yellow pubescence, on the sides and
venter leaving many small spots of black hairs ; above no mark-
ings ; the hairs are brightest toward the apex of the abdomen ;
spinnerets dark brown ; region of epigynum with many black
hairs ; a spot of yellow hairs on each lung-plate ; a band of black
just caudad of the lung-slits. First row of eyes almost as wide as
second ; dorsal eyes about as those of second row and farther from
each other than the latter ; epigynum very small.

One specimen.

Pardosa lapidicina Em.

Common in gorges among shale.
Pardosa pallida Em.

Uncommon, Six Mile Creek, Fall Creek, Sej)t.
Pardosa annulata, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 41.

Total length 9 5- mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2'4mm. breadth 2" mm.

Length of abdomen 26mm. breadth Iwmm.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

Length of sternum l*4mm. breadth 1* mm.

Length of femur I 2" mm. tibia I l"4mm.

\Leugth of femur IV 3* mm. tibia IV 2* mm.

Cephalothorax with a broad reddish-yellow stripe each side,
above this a broader dark stripe with irregular edges ; exti'erae
margin of cephalothorax somewhat darkened ; on dorsum a reddish-
yellow stripe, widest in front; constricted at end of head and then
tapering caudad ; eye-region black ; clypeus reddish-yellow ; mandi-
bles similar; legs and palpi light reddish-yellow, ringed with black,
rings on femora not always complete ; sternum yellowish, often
with a black stripe extending from the caudal end toward the
middle ; sometimes a few other black marks ; on front of dorsum a
triangular reddish-yellow stripe not reaching quite to the middle of
the abdomen ; rest of dorsum is a brown network, yellow between
the meshes ; the network looks like cross-lines on the meson but at
sides, irregular ; venter lighter ; base yellowish, beyond brownish ;
spinnerets yellowish; front margin ofepigynum raised and dark
colored, the hind part also dark colored, the intermediate part so
light as to be hardly distinguishable.

Uncommon.

Pardosa venusta, nov. sp. Plate I, figs. 42, -t2a.

Length 9 5"8mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2'7mm. breadth l*9mm.

Length of abdomen 3"lmm. breadth l'9mm.

Cephalothorax dark brown, with a few indistinct yellowish spots
near the sides, eye-region black ; a broad central yellowish stripe,
contracted in front of dorsal groove, then enlarging to surround
the groove and again contracting behind it, and reaching the hind
margin ; mandibles yellowish with a brownish spot near base ; legs
and palpi pale with darker rings; sternum black ; venter grayish ;
spinnerets light ; sides and dorsum darker, almost black, with many
pale yellowish spots; a median basal stripe pointed behind, not
quite reaching the middle of dorsum, yellowish ; a spot each side of
this at base yellowish ; at the hind end of this stripe on each side
two yellow spots, the hind pair containing a black dot ; behind this
two pairs of similar,' spots, united on meson, each containing a
black dot ; just above the spinnerets several narrow cross-bands of
yellow; each side of the median markings, there are other yellowish
spots, some quite large, making the abdomen look like a Coelotes ;

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

epigynum quite small ; in what I take to be a young $ the abdo-
men is narrower, but the markings the same.
Several specimens.

Pardosa brunnea Em.
Two specimens.

Pardosa gracilis, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 43. Plate I, fig. 50.

Total length 9 8' mm.

Length of cephalothorax 4" mm. breadth 3* mm.

Length of abdomen 4"4mm. breadth 2'9mm.

Length of sternum 2" mm. breadth l'4mm.

Length of femur I S.onam. tibial 2"5mni.

Length of femur IV 3"5mm. tibia IV 3" mm.

Cephalothorax dark red-brown with a median light stripe gradu-
ally tapering behind ; eye-region blackish ; mandibles and sternum
red-brown ; mouth-parts a little lighter ; legs and palpi red-brown,
with dark spots and rings more distinct on hind pair ; abdomen
above and below red-brown, Avith light brown hair ; markings not
distinct ; a spear-shaped blackish outline on front part of dorsum ;
behind this a few distinct cross-lines, and some small darker spots
each side; epigynum reddish; dorsal eyes almost as close to each
other as to the eyes of second row. In what I take to be the $ the
head is somewhat narrower at the cephalic end ; length 7'5 mm. ;
colors similar to 9 .

Not uncommon.

Pardosa albopatella Em.

Not uncommon, Six Mile Creek.
Pardosa nigropalpis Em.

Several specimens.
Pardosa montana Em.

Two specimens probably this species.

Pardosa moesta, nov. sp. Plate III, fig. 44.

Total length

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Cephalothorax almost uniform reddish-brown, somewhat lighter
in the middle, head nearly black ; clypeus and mandibles yellowish ;

9

5'lmni.

2-5mm.

breadth

2' mm.

2-7mm.

breadth

l-9mm.

l'4mni.

lire ad th

1" mm.

2*1 mm.

tibia I

romm.

2-9mm.

tibia IV

2-2nim.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

sternum black ; legs yellowish, redder toward the tips, no distinct
rings, but some faint darker markings on side of femora; palpi
yellowish ; dorsum of abdomen nearly black, a little reddish tinge ;
venter reddish-brown with a narrow black line each side, and a
broader black stripe in the middle; very slight trace if any of
lighter markings on the dorsum ; dorsal eyes not as close together
as in P. annulata or P. pallida.
One specimen.

Pardosa obsoleta, nov. sp. Plate III, fig. 45.

Length 9 5-3mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2'3mm. breadth 2* mm.

Length of abdomen 3' mm. breadth TQmm.

A larger specimen, apparently the same species is 7 mm. long.
Cephalothorax dark brown ; eye-region black ; with a broad median
rufous stripe, much constricted in front of dorsal groove, then
enlarging to surround the groove and then becoming smaller ;
mandibles reddish-yellow ; sternum black ; legs and palpi yellowish,
with darker incomplete rings, these only apparent on the upper sur-
face of the legs ; epigynum reddish ; venter grayish ; sides and dor-
sum nearly black, with faint, apparently irregular blotches of
yellowish ; the basal stripe not seen ; somewhat similar to P. montana
but the legs paler and less distinctly ringed ; all the markings are
indistinct.

Two specimens.

Pirata piratica Clerck.
Uncommon.

Pirata insularis Em.

Not uncommon.

Pirata montana Em.

Uncommon.

Pirata montanoides, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 46.

Total length 9

3*7mm.

Length of cephalothorax 1*8 mm.

breadth

l-3mm.

Length of abdomen 1*9 mm.

breadth

l"3mra.

Length of sternum •82mm.

breadth

•7mm.

Length of femur I 1*4 mm.

tibia I

1^ mm.

Length of femur IV VI mm.

tibia IV

1^3mm.

Cephalothorax yellow with a dark stripe each side, somewhat
widest behind ; eyes surrounded by black ; a line each side, reaching

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

from dorsal groove toward the second row of eyes ; mandibles,
sternum, mouth-parts, legs and palpi yellow; legs in one specimen
with indistinct darker rings; abdomen yellow above and below;
epigynum reddish ; spinnerets yellow ; a small black mark on
middle of venter ; above on dorsum many irregular black spots
which leave a central yellow stripe divided by dark cross-lines ;
very similar to P. montana; cephalothorax a little narrower than in
that species; epigynum looks like two reddish spots.
Several specimens.

Pirata agilis, nov. sp. Plate I, fig. 47.
Total lenofth

^&^

9

4'5mm.

2-2nmi.

breadth

r6mni.

2-3mm.

breadth

rimm.

1" mm.

breadth

•8mm.

r5mm.

tibia I

r2mm.

2" mm.

tibia IV

l'7mm.

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Length of sternum
Length of femur I
Length of femur IV

Cephalothorax brown, black around the eyes, a yellowish stripe
in middle, widest at cephalic end, gradually tapering to the caudal
margin ; this encloses two lines which extend each side from the
dorsal groove to eyes of the second row ; no side stripes ; mandibles
yellowish ; sternum yellow, with a dark margin ; legs yellow with no
markings, distal joints darker ; abdomen brownish above and
below ; spinnerets yellowish, epigynum blackish ; a light yellowish
stripe above in middle of dorsum, very faint at base, and behind
divided by several blackish cross-lines ; legs with fine black hairs
and long red-brown spines ; epigynum appears as a short transverse
dark spot.

Several specimens, Fall Creek, March.

Pirata minuta Em.

One specimen.

Pirata exigua, nov. sp. Plate T, fig. 48.

Total length 9

Length of cephalothorax l*4mm.

Length of abdomen l*6mm.

Length of femur I 1* mm.

Length of femur IV l'9mm.

Cephalothorax yellowish, with a black stripe each side, widest
toward the caudal end ; the extreme margins of cephalothorax also
black ; eye-region black ; median groove black, from the cephalic end
of which arises two stripes diverging toward the dorsal eyes; man-

3* ram.

breadth

•9mm.

breadth

•9mm.

tibia I

•8mm.

tibia IV

1^4mm.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

dibles brownish-yellow ; legs and palpi yellowish, some dark marks
on femora ; patella tipped with dark, and tibia with two rings ;
sternum yellowish with many small black dots; dorsum of abdomen
black with many small yellow spots ; venter yellowish, with a few
black lines and spots ; epigynum reddish ; spinnerets greenish ;
upper ones darker; lobe of epigynum reddish, sides of lobe darker.
One specimen, Enfield Creek, Sept.

Aulonia aurantica Em.

One specimen.
Ocyale undata Hentz.

Common.
Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz.

Common.
Dolomedes urinator Hentz.

One specimen. Six Mile Creek, Apr.
Dolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz.

Frequent on edge of streams,
Dolomedes scriptus Hentz.

Infrequent, Fall Creek, on edge of stream, Sept.

ATTID^.

Phidippus mystaceus Hentz.

Common ; in cases under stones in winter.
Phidippus albomaculatus Keys.

One specimen, female.
Phidippus rauterbergii Peck.

A few immature specimens agree very well with the description
Fall Creek.

Phidippus mccookii Peck. Plate lY, fig. S3.

One male 10 mm. long probably this species.
Phidippus tripunctatus Hentz.

Common.
Phidippus cardinalis Hentz.

Infrequent.
Phidippus rufus Hentz.

Common.

6

Plate v., figs. 27 and 27a.

9

X 3* mm. breadth
4"9mra. breadth
4-1 2 3.

7-7mm.
2"6mra.
2-9mm.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Phidippus minutus nov. sp

Total length

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Leg formula

Cephalothorax and abdomen black, covered with golden yellow
short hair, and scattered long black and white hairs ; clypeus
whitish yellow ; mandibles dark, somewhat greenish iridescent ;
legs reddish with black rings ; palpi yellowish, with whitish-yellow
hairs ; sternum dark-red brown with light hairs ; venter red-brown
on sides, with yellowish hairs, a broad central light stripe, limited
each side by dark ; epigynum and spinnerets reddish ; dorsum with
a band at base, losing itself on the sides ; another oblique band on
side ; two rows of three sj)ots on caudal part of dorsum, white.
Second row of eyes not quite twice as far from dorsal as from lateral
eyes ; dorsal eyes very prominent ; first pair of legs largest ; tibia I
with three strong black spines at tip ; anterior coxse separated by
almost width of labium ; sternum less than one and one-half times
as long as broad.

One specimen.
Philseus princeps Peck. Plate II, fig. 32.

Three males which may belong to this species.
Philaeus militaris Hentz.

Abundant.
Dendryphantes capitatus Ilentz.

Abundant.
Dendryphantes elegans Ilentz.

One male specimen.
Dendryphantes flavus Peck.

' Not uncommon ; under stones in cases during the winter.
Dendryphantes flavipedes Peek.

Three females, quite similar to the males ; epigynum as on Plate
II, fig. 33.

Dendryphantes insignis, nov. sp. Plate V, figs. 28 and 28a.

Total length 9 4-6ram.

Length of cephalothorax
Length of abdomen
Leg formula

I'Sram.

breadth

l'3ram

2-9mm.

breadth

I'Smm

4-1-3-2.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

Ceplialothorax red, with white pubescence and loug scattered
black hairs ; eyes on a black band ; clypeus with white hairs ; falces
reddish ; palpi light, with white hairs ; legs yellowish, with reddish
at ends of joints, front legs darker ; sternum red-brown. Abdomen
whitish-yellow, with white pubescence and long black hairs ; four
red-brown spots each side on dorsum, more or less connected across
the middle by chevrons, the basal ones connected by a curved line ; a
spot above apex red-brown ; spinnerets and median stripe on venter
red-brown ; sides and rest of venter light ; epigynum dark ; sides with
a faint trace of reddish oblique bands. Sternum broad, truncate in
front ; anterior coxse separated by more than width of labium ; first
legs much the stoutest; first and second pairs of legs as in D.flavi-
pedes.

Not uncommon.

Dendryphantes ornatus, nov. sp. Plate IV, fig. 29; Plate V, fig. 29.

Total length $ 4'9mm.

Length of cephalothorax l*8mm. breadth l'3mm.

Length of abdomen 3"lmm. breadth 2* mm.
Leg formula 4-1-3-2.

Cephalothorax reddish ; eyes on black band ; with short white
pubescence and long scattered white and black hairs ; clypeus with
white hairs; mandibles reddish ; sternum dark red-brown ; legs and
palpi yellowish, the femora of first pair more red-brown ; legs dis-
tinctly ringed with red-brown, and with white pubescence and
longer black hairs. Abdomen whitish-yellow, with short whitish
pubescence and long Avhite and a few black hairs ; dorsum with
red-brown bands more or less connected with an irregular central
stripe; basal band horseshoe-shaped; three others behind it more
straight ; upper side white ; lower side with a broad red-brown
stripe ; venter with a broad median red-brown stripe, constricted
just in front of red-brown spinnerets, and then widened to surround
them. First legs stoutest, but not so large as in some species ;
anterior coxse separated by more than width of labium ; sternum
oblong ; abdomen swollen with eggs.

One specimen.

Dendryphantes exiguus, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 30.

Total length 9 4"4mm.

Length of cephalothorax I'Smm. breadth l*3mm.

Length of abdomen 2*7mm. breadth l"7mm.
Leg formula 4-1-3-2.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Cephalothorax reddish, with reddish pubescence which has a
faint greenish tinge, more green close to the eyes, on sides whiter ;
eyes on black spots ; long black hairs scattered over surface ; long
white hairs on clypeus ; mandibles reddish ; palpi and legs yellowish,
with short white hairs and longer black ones ; no bands on legs,
nor stripes ; first pair more brownish, sternum light red Avith white
hairs. Abdomen red-brown, with pubescence like cephalothorax,
and scattered long black hairs ; a white band at base and anterior
sides ; two rows of small white spots, those behind elongated
obliquely ; a dark spot behind each light one ; two white spots on
each side ; venter with white pubescence and long black hairs ;
spinnerets light ; epigynum dark. First legs stoutest ; anterior
coxiB separated by scarcely width of labium; sternum more con-
tracted in front than in D. insignis.

One specimen.

Attus palustris Peck.

Not rare. Inlet Marsh, May ; Freeville, Aug.

Icius formosus, nov. sp. Plate V, fig, 31.

Total length $ 7" mm.

Length of cephalothorax 3* mm. breadth 2* mm.

Length of abdomen 4"lmni. breadth l*5mm.

Leg formula 1-4-3-2.

Cephalothorax dark red-brown ; eye-region black, bordered be-
hind by a white band ; some patches of white near eyes, and a
narrow stripe just above lower margin ; rest of cephalothorax
probably covered with yellowish, nearly hyaline short hairs;
mandibles dark red-brown ; palpi, first legs and sternum similar ;
other cox?e yellow ; femora nearly black ; other joints yellowish or
reddish ; many strong spines on upper side of all femora. Abdo-
men black, above with a basal white band of hairs, and several
white spots along each side; rest probably covered with yellowish,
hyaline hairs like cephalothorax ; venter gray with white hairs and
a central dark stripe. Anterior coxae not separated by width of
labium ; posterior coxse touching ; second eyes half way between
dorsal and lateral eyes ; first legs longest and strongest ; eye-region
equally wide in front and behind ; cephalothorax widest at middle ;
spinnerets black.

One specimen.

Icius albovittatus Keys.

Several males ; not Wala albovittata Keys.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

Icius palmarum Hentz.

One male ; Fall Creek, Aug,
Icius mitratus Hentz.

Not uncommon, in cases on evergreen trees. Fall Creek, Oct. ;
Six Mile Creek, Sept.

Icius hartii Em. 1892. Plate V, fig. 32.
Icius moestus, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 33.

Length $ 5*1 mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2'.3mm. breadth l-8mm.

Length of abdomen 2'8ram. breadth l*5mm.

Cephalothorax reddioh ; eyes connected by a black stripe ; whole
cephalothorax probably clothed with white hairs ; mandibles and
mouth-parts red-brown ; sternum nearly black ; venter with a broad
reddish median stripe, and light each side, clothed with white hairs ;
all except front coxse yellow ; these are reddish; femur I reddish,
nearly black above ; rest of leg I reddish, tarsus j^ale ; base of patella
pale ; basal half of femora II, III and IV yellow like coxse, rest dark
red-brown ; patella and tibia a little lighter, metatarsus and tarsus
pale, the former with tip red-brown ; claw blackish. Abdomen dark
reddish above and on sides ; badly rubbed ; with a short basal whitish
band ; traces of yellowish spots on dorsum ; two pairs near the apex
are largest, forming incomplete chevrons ; in front of them the spots
more median. First leg much the stoutest ; head projecting over
I)ase of mandibles; mandibles oblique ; palpi red-brown ; three pairs
of large spines near tip of tibia I ; and one pair at middle, and one
at tip of metatarsus I.

One specimen.
Icius elegans Keys.

One young specimen, probably this species, Burdick's Glen, Sept.
Eris octavus Hentz.

One specimen.
Eris nervosus Peck.

One specimen.
Hasarius hoyi Peck.

One young specimen.

Habrocestum latens, nov. sp. Plate V, fig. 34.

Total length 9 5* mm.

Length of cephalothorax 2'5mm. breadth ]"9mm.

Length of abdomen 2'6mm. breadth I'Smra.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Cephalothorax yellow brown ; eye-region covered with black,
indented behind by the yellow-brown, with long black hairs, a few
reddish hairs aronnd eyes; clypeus with son:ie long white hairs;
legs yellowish, without markings, some black hairs and some
shorter colored ones, often red or yellowish ; sternum nearly white,
with edges dark ; mouth-parts, coxse, and under side of femora
nearly white ; dorsum of abdomen very densely covered with some-
what long colored hairs, red, golden-yellow, and white, with three
oblique elongate spots of black each side ; long black hairs scattered
over dorsum ; venter dark gray with white hairs ; epigynum dark;
anterior coxse separated by width of labium ; sternum oblong,
pointed behind ; first leg stoutest.

Not uncommon.

Habrocestum coecatum Hentz.

Uncommon, males ; the spine on the tarsus of the palpus is
larger and longer than in Peckham's figure.

Habrocestum peregrinum Peck.

Not uncommon ; Fall Creek, Sept.
Habrocestum splendens Peck.

Frequent, Fall Creek, Aug. and Sept., Buttermilk Creek.

Saitis pulex Hentz.

Common.
Astia vittata Hentz.

Abundant.
Astia vittata var. niger Peck.

One specimen.
Epiblemum scenicum Clerck.

Common.
Admestina wheelerii Peck.

One female which is probably this species.

Total length 9 4'3mm.

Length of cephalothorax l*4ram. breadth "Omm.

Length of abdomen 2*9mm. breadth l"4mm.

Cephalothorax red-brown, nearly black on head; with white
hairs, a few rusty hairs in the band connecting eyes ; legs pale
yellowish with black marks and rings ; mandibles dark brown ;
abdomen gray with silvery spots, and a broad median dark brown
serrated stripe; several small brown spots each side; spinnerets

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

project beyond the end of abdomen ; pale above and brown
beneath, a brown stripe on each lower side; venter with a few
small brown spots mixed in with the silvery ; epigynum brown ;
sternum brown with white hairs ; abdomen with white hairs ;
cephalothorax low; quadrangle of eyes wider behind ; second row
of eyes half way between lateral and dorsal eyes ; anterior M. E.
very large ; head overhanging the mandibles ; abdomen swollen
witli eggs ; broadest behind the middle ; anterior coxai nearly
touching; posterior coxte touching; sternum widest between coxse II
and III; legs short, first pair stoutest: epigynum as figured on
Plate II, fig. 34.
One specimen.

Marptusa familiaris Hentz.
Common.

Marptusa rupicola Hentz. Plate IV, figs. 49 and 49a.

Total length 9 10-4mm.

Length of cephalothorax 4*5mm. breadth 3*5mm.

Length of abdomen 6" mm. breadth 3* mm.

Male about same size, abdomen a little narrower.

Cephalothorax red-brown ; eye-region black ; hinder sides
brownish, and a brownish angular cross-band behind, leaving only
a yellow-brown spot on hind margin ; mandibles red-brown ; first
leg yellow-brown, much darker at ends of joints; other legs more
yellowish with indistinct darker rings ; sternum yellowish ; anterior
coxre separated, posterior ones touching ; venter gray or yellowish ;
in female with a faint darker median stripe ; epigynum reddish, as
is also the region of the male openings ; spinnerets light; dorsum
and sides dark gray with a light central stripe, the posterior part of
which is made up of chevrons, and contains a more or less distinct
serrated narrow gray stripe ; other light spots and lines are mixed
in with the gray on the sides, especially in the ^ ; body covered
with white hairs; a cluster of stiff black bristles just below and
behind the lateral eyes. Cephalothorax broad and low ; eye-region
a little broader in front than behind, more so in $ than in 9 ;
dorsal eyes look more dorsad than in 31. familiaris.

Resembles the dry cliffs on which it is found ; in Fall Creek and
Six Mile Creek ; three specimens ; the first pair of legs of the $ is
very stout and long ; patella and tibia I measuring 5*5 mm.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Homalattus cyaneus Hentz.

One specimen. ,

Neon nellii Peck.

Not uncommon under leaves in gorges. In winter often
attached to a little case.

Zygoballus bettini Peck.

Several specimens.
Synemosyna formica Hentz.

Two specimens, Six Mile Creek and Fall Creek.
Synageles pioata Hentz.

One specimen.

Explanation of Plates.

Plate I.

Fig. 39, Lycosa exitiosa ; fig. 4 1 , Pardosa annulata ; fig. 42, Par-
dosa venusta; fig. 43, Pardosa gracilis ; fig. 46, Pirata montanoides ;
fig. 47, Pirata agilis ; fig. 48, Pirata exigua; fig. 50, Pardosa gracilis ;
fig. 51, Micaria formicoides ; fig. 52, Thargalia agilis; fig. 53, Thar-
galia perplexa ; fig. 54, Thargalia Jallax; fig. 55, Prosthesima rufula ;
fig. 56, Prosthesima frigida; fig. 57, Prosthesima hlanda; fig. 58,
Prosthesima immaculata ; fig. 59, Gtiaphosa humilis ; fig. 60, Drassus
humilis; fig. 61, Chtbiona obesa ; fig. 62, Cluhiona tibialis; fig. 63,
Clubiona crassipalpis ; fig. 64, Clubiona pygmea ; fig. 65, Cluhiona
abbotti; fig. 66, Clubiona lenta ; fig. 67, Phrurolithus viinutus ; fig.
68, Agrceca oniata; fig. 70, Phrurolithus palustris ; fig. 71, Cyhceus
giganteus; fig. 72, Ccelotes fidelis ; fig. 74, Ccelotes altilis ; fig. 76,
Cicnrina creber ; fig. 77, Gicurina placida; fig. 78, Dictyna foxii ;
fig. 79, Dictyna maxima; fig. 81, Dictyna decorata; fig. 82, Dictyna
dubia.

Plate II.

Fig. 14, Tmeticus obscurus ; fig. 17, Tmeticus rusticus; fig. 24,
Tmeticus mimitus ; fig. 27, Microneta minutissima ; fig. 28, Linyphia
variabilis; fig. 29, Diplostyla pallida ; fig. 30, Lycosa siinilis ; fig.
32, Philceus princeps ; fig. 33, Dendryphantes Jiavipedes ; fig. 34,
Admestina wheeleri ; fig. 37, Misximena joliata ; fig. 38, Linyphia
conferta ; fig. 39, Philodromus viinusculus ; fig. 40, Philodromus
exilis ; fig. 41, Bathypha)ites decorata: fig. 45, Bathyphantes tristis ;
fig. 47, Microneta palustris ; fig. 48, Microneta luteola ; fig. 50,
Microneta complicata ; fig. 52, Microneta gigantea ; fig. 53, Microneta
distincta; fig. 54, Ceratinella j^lacida ; fig. 55, Ceratinella formosa ;
fig. 56, Ceratinella anmdipes ; fig. 57. Ceratinella pygmea; fig. 58,
Ceratinella maesta : fig. 60, Ceratinella mhiuta ; fig. 65, Bathyphantes
unimaculata : fig. 67, Xysticus lentus.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

Plate III.

Fig. 1, Xysticus stomachosus ; fig. 3, Xysticus ferocnlus ; fig. 4,
Xysticus hrunnens ; fig. 5, Xysticus cnuhlis; fig. 6, Xysticus ti-ans-
versus ; fig. 7, Xysticus gulosus ; fig. 8, Xysticus nervosus ; fig. 9,
Xysticus foymosus ; fig. 10, Xysticus quadrilineatus ; fig. 11, Oxyptila
georgiana ; fig. 12, Oxyptila conspurcata ; fig. 13, Coriarachne versi-
■color ; fig. 15, Misumena rosea ; fig. 17, Misumena Joliata ; fig. 18,
Jiuncinia aleatorius ; fig. 19, Philodromus prcelustris ; fig. 20, Philo-
dromus signifer ; fig. 21, Philodromus gracilis ; fig. 22, Philodromus
unicolor ; fig. 23, Philodromus vulgaris; fig. 24, Philodromus
oruatus; fig. 25, Philodromus placidus ; fig. 26, Philodromus riifus ;
fig. 35, Lycosa rufiventris ; fig. 36, Lycosa humilis; fig. 37, Lycosa
■crudelis; fig. 40. Lycosa oblonga ; fig. 44, Pardosa mcesta ; fig. 45,
Pardosa obsoleta ; fig. 86, Neophanes pallidus ; fig. 87, Neophanes
pallidus variety ; fig. 89, Xysticus distinctus.

Plate IV.

Fig. 1, Lophocarenum tristis ; fig. 2, Lophocarenum unimacu-
latum; fig. 3, Lophocarenum castaneum ; fig. 4, Lophocarenum
miniatum ; fig. 5, Lophocarenum venustum; fig. 6, Lophocarenum
parvum ; fig. 9, Lophocarenum erigonoides ; fig. 8, Lophocarenum
crenatoideum ; fig. 10, Lophocarenum formosum ; fig. 11, Lophocar-
enum arvensis ; fig. 12, Lophocarenum longior ; fig. 13, Tmeticus
unicorn; fig. 15, Tmeticus flaveolus ; fig. 16, Tmeticus luxuosus ; fig.
18, Tmeticus humilis; fig. 19, Tmeticus mcestus ; fig. 20, Tmeticus
dehilis; fig. 21, Tmeticus palustris ; fig. 22, Tmeticus distinctus ; fig.
23, Tmeticus maculatus ; fig. 26, Bathyphantes complicata ; fig. 29,
Dendryphantes ornatus ; fig. 49, Marptusa rupicola ; fig. 60, Cerati-
nellaminuta; fig. 69, Prosthesima minima; fig. 73, Coelotes longi-
tarsus ; fig. 74, Coelotes altilis ; fig. 79, Dictyna maxima; fig. 81,
Dictyna decorata; fig. 83, Phidippus_ McCookii ; fig. 84, Xysticus
nervosus.

Plate V.

Fig. 7, Lophocarenum exiguum ; fig. 10, Lophocarenum formosum ;
fig. 27, Phidippus minatus ; fig. 28, Dendryphantes insignis ; fig. 29,
Dendryphantes ornatus; fig. 30, Dendryphantes exiguus ; fig. 31,
Jems formosus, upper fig.; Diplostyla alboventris, lower fig. ; fig.
32, 7ci«s hartii ; fig. 33, Jctus mcesttis; fig. 34, Hahrocestum
latens ; fig. 35, Cornicularia formosa ; fig. 36, Cornicularia
2')lacida ; fig. 38, Lycosa immaculata ; fig. 42, Bathyphantes
pallida ; ^g. 43, Theridium kentuchyense ; fig. 44. Tmeticus gnavus ;
fig. 46, Microneta latens; fig. 49, Microneta flaveola ; fig. 51, Micro-
neta frontata ; fig. 58, Ceratinella mmsta ; fig. 59, Ceratinella bulbosa ;
rig. 61, Ceratinella similis ; fig. 63, Ceratinopsis frontatus ; fig. 64,
Grammonota vennsta ; fig. 66. Bathyphantes inornata ; fig. 71,
Cybceus giganteus ; fig. 72, Ccelotes fidelis ; fig. 85, Philodromus
minutus ; fig. 88, Tetragnatha pallida.

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

REMARKS ON THE QUANTITY, RATE OF CONSUMPTION AND PROBABLE
DURATION OF NORTH AMERICAN COAL. AND THE CONSE-
QUENCE TO AIR-BREATHING ANIMALS OF ITS ENTIRE

COMBUSTION.

BY ISAAC J. WISTAR.

The object of this jDaper is to attempt a calculation of the existing
quantity of available coal in North America, the present and pros-
pective rate of its consumption, its probable duration, and some of
the physical consequences of its entire combustion. As much labor
has been bestowed on the United States Census returns of 1889,.
being the year reported upon in the Census of 1890 ; and as under
legislation of unprecedented stringency its officials have enjoyed an
unusually favorable opportunity of demanding and obtaining a
great number of reports from every quarter of the country, the
figures and concluisions of that Census have been followed where
applicable, though not without grave doubts that its statements
respecting the carboniferous area may be optimistic and excessive,
and regret for its silence on the equally imj^ortant subject of thick-
ness and quantity.

The entire carboniferous area of the United States including the
post carboniferous beds of Virginia and North Carolina, but exclud-
ing the doubtful, much eroded and partly ruined beds of the Eocky
Mountain territory, as to which scarcely an estimate is, or could
now properly be ventured, is given at 219,080 square miles, being
larger than any former estimate. By the carboniferous area is
meant, however, not the area of mineable coal or any ap])roxima-
tion or reference to it, but the whole of that area over which the
rocks of the carboniferous series (excluding the subcarboniferous of
geologists), as indicated by their relative position, petrology and
fossils, come to find constitute the present surfoce or are within
reach of its mining operations. A large proportion of this area
never did contain coal, and another portion has long since lost what-
ever it once contained, the first in consequence of local failures of
the original deposits, and the last because of subsequent foldings
and contortions, followed by the erosion and loss of their upper or
anticlinal folds. In all parts of the coal fields, areas of original
barrenness are extensively interspersed, and in much of the richest
coal district of Pennsylvania, the seat of maximum disturbance, and
to a less extent, in other portions of the field, minor areas are found

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

where large portions, sometimes amounting to more than two-thirds
of the original beds, have been carried bodily away along with their
adjacent protecting rocks, the detritus now resting far out on the
sea bottom, or scattered along the ancient channels of drainage
long since obsolete and covered deep with foreign material.

Again, much of the coal which has escaped this ruin possesses
little or no present or future economic value because of such reasons
as the following :

1. Its crushed and impaired condition, due to repeated and ex-
cessive flexures, overturuings and fractures.

2. Its detached position in small separate residuary basins
caused by erosion and entire loss of the adjacent anticlinals, thus
forbidding the permanent aj^plication of the large amount of
capital required to exhaust such small separate areas.

3. The thinness of many of the beds, which do not, and never
can admit of mining by any process of extraction, without removing
more rock than coal.

Nothing need be said of mere depth, since the article being one
of prime necessity, as it becomes scarcer it will be mined at all
depths, the increased cost being compensated by advanced price.
In England there is no doubt that if the "South Eastern bed"
shall be satisfactorily verified, it will be immediately mined though
its most ardent advocates give it a minimum depth of 3000 feet.

Nevertheless it is evident that large deductions must be made
from the area of the carboniferous measures as these are known to
geologists and adopted in the Census reports, before even an
approximate knowledge can be reached of the extent of actual coal
beds, adapted, as respects separate area and thickness, to supply
remunerative coal at this or any future period. How large such
deductions should be, we possess at present insufficient data for
computing with accuracy, but from the general observations now
possible to make, and from the Avell known tendency of many
property owners to exaggerate the resources and value of their pos-
sessions whether in reports to Census officials or miscellaneous
observers, we may be sure they must be sufficiently large to effect a
very material reduction of the general area of the measures, before
arriving at the actual area of mineable coal.

It would therefore seem quite a liberal estimate if such reductions
were offset against the following items not included in the Census
report, viz :

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

1. The detached basins of the Rocky Mountain region, chiefly
of post carbouifei'ous date, which, though occurring over an exten-
sive territory, are mostly thin, small, widely separated, and often of
indifferent quality.

2. The inaccessible and inconsiderable coal of the Arctic and
tropical regions.

3. The relatively small beds of Nova Scotia and British
Columbia.

After allowing such set off, and accepting the Census statement of
the remaining carboniferous area as equivalent to a veritable area
of mineable coal, we should have the latter fixed for the entire con-
tinent of North America at 219,080 square miles, which most
practical geologists will probably only consent to accept with grave
doubt, especially as no less authority than Professor Dana calcu-
lates the extent of the coal bearing area of the carboniferous measures
exposed in the United States at 190,000 square miles, of which only
120,000 have workable beds of coal; and for the whole of North
America at 208,000.^ It is not desired to intrude here too much
individual opinion, but after enjoying considerable opportunity of
personal observation of the great coal ; fields of the United States,
Nova Scotia and British Columbia, I do not myself believe that the
entire carboniferous exposures in North America contain 150,000
square miles of actual coal beds, including all qualities and thick-
nesses. Nevertheless it should be remarked in this connection, that
though no out-crops or other of the usual external indications have
been found, it is possible — though scarcely probable — that some of
the upper beds of the carboniferous series extending westerly from
the theatre of its greatest development, may underlie the rocks of
later horizon constituting the great western plains. But it is well
known that the lower members of the true coal measures thin out
and disappear in going west from Pennsylvania, until in the first
tier of States west of the Mississippi, only the highest beds in
general remain, and if these should continue to decline toward the
west in any such proportion as they do east of the great river, they
must entirely disappear long before reaching the territory occupied
by the cretaceous and later beds of the Rocky Mountain district.

Of this assumed continental area of 219,080 square miles of coal
bearing territory, the available data for calculating the average
thickness with precision is as yet extremely imperfect. The rocks of

*Manual of Geology, pp. 293.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

the coal measures proper, excluding the lower or Millstone grit
section (generally known in Pennsylvania simply as "the con-
glomerate"), have an aggregate thickness "varying from 100 to
1000 feet in the Interior coal areas, to 4000 feet where greatest in
Pennsylvania, and over 8000 feet in Nova Scotia.t

The general tendencv both of the measures and the interstratified
coal seams, is to thin ofl'from N. E. to S. W. across the entire terri-
tory of the United States, the lower or largest beds gradually dis-
appearing, until in Texas only the top or latest member of the
series is present, showing both at the Gordon and the Strawn mines,
a maximum thickness of but twenty-two inches. General sections
everywhere show thick beds of conglomerates, sand and sometimes
limestones, and slaty shales with comjoaratively thin seams of coal.
An extremely favorable section from Western Pennsylvania, taken
from Lesley by the last quoted authority, shows in 810 feet of aggregate
thickness, a total thickness of coal amounting to 25 feet in eight seams
or beds, of which but two, one of six, the other of eight feet, are
workable. While every proportion exists between the thickness of
the measures and that of the contained coal, as well as betw'een the
coal seams themselves, the above is a fairly illustrative section from
the best carboniferous field in the United States except the anthra-
cite, which in the most valuable portions of the field probably
averages a greater richness. The coal seams themselves though fre-
quently extending continuously and perfectly identified for miles,
vary in thickness from an extreme maximum of thirty feet to noth-
ing, even the largest often thinning out over long distances to a
meagre layer of carboniferous slate or dirt. In the Lykens Valley
Coal Company's operations, for instance, in the lower or Lykens bed
at Short Mountain, an extensive and hitherto reliable seam of ten
feet, suddenly " pinched " out to such a trace, and was followed
through the rock at heavy cost of time and money for over 6000
feet, before it resumed sufficient thickness for mining. These exces-
sive and sudden eccentricities in thickness and value, though occur-
ring to some extent throughout all the coal fields, abound especially
in the anthracite district of Pennsylvania, that being eminently the
region of contortions, faults, foldings and disturbances, which in fact
accompanied or caused the metamorphism by which coal of ordinary
volatility, was refined into anthracite. The general continuity and
identity of coal seams, accompanied by frequent changes in thick-
t Ibid. pp. 3U9.

86 * PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ness and value, is what might have been antecedently expected as
soon as the geological history of coal became certainly known. At
the time of the coal deposits neither the Allegheny nor the Rocky
Mountains existed. South and west of the Green Mountains of
Vermont the continental area Avas flat and low and being without
adequate drainage constituted here a vast swamp, there a succession
of small morasses, constantly enduring slow and slight changes of
elevation ; now for a time and in places sufficiently above water to
permit the growth of the redundant flora incident to such condi-
tions, then sufficiently below to destroy vegetable life and cover its
remains with deposits of sand of varying thickness, sometimes in fresh,
sometimes in sea water. In some places ages elapsed before another
emergence made renewed vegetable growth possible, in others sub-
sidences and emergences succeeded each other with comparative
rapidity, as now evinced by the respective thickness of the carbon-
aceous beds and the intervening sandstones, a-s well as by the succes-
sion of fossil species of plants and animals.

Thus the secular succession and separation of the coal seams, and
the large proportion of those whose thinness deprives them of
economic value is intelligibly explained by the then condition of
land and water over this area, and the repeated though slow and
slight changes in their relative level, while the destruction of a
large part of such seams as were once valuable has been plainly
due first to th*e extensive and violent disturbance of which the con-
dition of the beds themselves supplies ample evidence, and next to
more recent erosion on a stupendous scale.

It is unnecessary to dilate upon these elementary and well-known
circumstances, because they have been for a long time very com-
pletely established and are fully set forth in all standard works on
the subject, but so much seemed essential to remind the reader of
the causes of the preponderance of thin and worthless seams, of the
great irregularity both in thickness and condition of the compara-
tively few workable ones, the injury and even ruin sustained by
many, and finally of the tremendous destruction and loss by
erosion.

While there is a large amount of detached information available
respecting the number and dimensions of workable seams at various
points, there has been no such systematic collation of them as may
serve for any precise generalization susceptible of jDroof, nor is it
probable that such will be possible for some years to come. Never-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

theless by comparing the best verified of these, with personal obser-
vation and the result of individual inquiries, one may venture upon
an approximation subject to correction as time goes on and precise
information becomes more abundant and available. If the jDroblem
were presented to practical American geologists, supposing the
valuable coal remaining in all workable seams weie distributed in
a single bed of uniform thickness extending over the entire area,
not of coal, but of the carboniferous measures, assumed at 219,080
square miles, what thickness should be assigned to it ?, their reply
must, as has been seen, be largely hypothetical. Yet being based
on the several sources of information above referred to, it would
possess value as the opinion of a large body of close and intelligent
observers who have given careful observation and study to the sub-
ject as the most interesting of their lives.

It is the belief of the present writer that the majority of such
observers would assign a thickness considerably less than six feet.
But assuming six feet to be an admissible working estimate, and
assuming the received quantity of 800 tons of 2240 lbs. each,
(about 42 per cent.), as that which is on the average mineable per
level acre per foot of thickness, we should then by a simple
arithmetical process get the following, viz : 219,080 square miles
equal to 140,211,200 acres, multiplied by 6 feet (of thickness) and
by 800, being the available tonnage, per foot of thickness from each
acre, would give the tonnage, which is 673,013 millions of tons.

The same Census report states the production (and therefore the
consumption) during the year 1889, at 141,229,513 short tons of
2000 lbs. each, which is equivalent to 126,097,779 long tons of 2240
lbs. each, and further states the increase of consumption to have
been at the rate of 97.57, or in round numbers 100 per cent, per
decade.

This rate of known actual increase applied to the present annual
consumption for thirty years, then reduced to fifty per cent, per
decade for the next forty years, and further reduced to thirty-three
and a third per cent, per decade for another forty-two years, would
indicate the entire consumption of every accessible ton at the end
of 112 years from the year reported on, or say by A. D. 2001.

Of course the above is a broad generalization of results which
will probably be reached about the same time but in a different
manner. It is probable the rate of annual increase of consumption
would during the first half of the period show a much more rapid

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

acceleration, owing to the increase of population, to exportation,
and to the constant new applications of steam power to old and
new purposes, and that during the last half of the period it would
decline more irregularly, and upon the whole more quickly, in con-
sequence of the completed exhaustion of the more densely popu-
lated coal fields, the increased transportation required to distribute
the fuel from the more distant ones, and the consequent growing
scarcity and higher prices. But take any reasonable rate of
increase we may, based on even a partial continuation of existing
facts, and distribute it how we may over the century, and the
general result will be about the same, viz: practical exhaustion in
little more than three generations.

To such minds as may incline to the acceptance of these conclu-
sions as a fair deduction from facts some of which are known and
others derived from cautious and reasonable estimates, but of which
only a portion are at present susceptible of proof, it will be at once
apparent that certain consequences, both economic and physical,
must ensue of the very highest importance to the human race and
to all animal life : since the latter, except as regards the domesti-
cated and 23rotected species, tends to increase or decline in inverse
proportion to that of man, the universal enemy. The former class
of consequences belongs rather to the province of the statesmen and
the publicist, though it may be pertinent to refer in passing to the
general popular conviction with which such reflections are often
brushed aside, i. e. that some new " force " or " power " of Nature is
likely to be discovered and harnessed into human service long
before the happening of an event that is admitted to be at least a
century distant.

But if on examination it be found that there exists no intelligent
ground for such expectation, then, however agreeable and consola-
tory, it must be taken as mere optimism, ready to find ease in any
baseless and visionary possibility rather than face a fact which a&
all see, must sooner or later deprive our race of its most useful and
effective asset, and materially change all the conditions of civiliza-
tion, including its capacity to sustain population.

Now on attempting any such examination almost the first cir-
cumstance to be noted is, that as no new or jDreviously unknown
" force " has ever yet been discovered, it is very improbable, — if not
demonstrably impossible — that any such force can exist in Nature
without evidence of its presence. The existence and potentialities

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

of all known forces of the kind such as steam and electricity, were
never concealed and have always been knoAvn since the first pot
was boiled or the first savage was struck by lightning.

AVhat has been discovered is not those, or any other " forces," if
we must continue to call them so, but practical and useful methods
of eliminating and applying them to our Avork ; and down to this
present time that can only be accomplished by the combustion of
fuel, without which we know of no way to produce any of them, on
a large and useful scale, and at times and places where they are
required.

On the contrary there are certain weighty reasons for believing
that there can be no considerable unknown power lying concealed
anywhere in Nature. For any such poAver must be either useful or
useless in carrying on Nature's operations. If the latter, it must
long since have ceased to exist, for nothing that is useless
long survives without human protection. But if useful, then
it must be an active and perturbing agent, exerting a useful and
necessary function of some kind in Nature's laboratory and Avork-
shop. But while we can account for, explain and even predict, all
great natural phenomena from the smallest chemical reaction to
the most stupendous electrical, astronomical and meteorological
events, and can even calculate the movements of our earth and all
astronomical bodies, tracing every perturbation or eccentricity to its
cause, there is no evidence of the function or action of any mysteri-
ous or unknown force, no concealed perturber whose mysterious
existence and action disturbs our calculations and frustrates our
predictions. Then none exists ; and all that is left for us to con-
sider is how to reduce to our service those forces that are knoAvn,
Avithout the use of fuel or artificial heat. Steam and decomposed
Avater must be banished from the available category, for both are
simply results of heat, of AAhich, by terms of the supposition, there
would remain no useful supply except as it Avas obtained by the
first brain-deA'eloped anthropoids, directly from the sun.

There remains for consideration electricity, AA'hich may be
obtained in minute quantity from chemical reactions, but its pro-
duction on a useful scale by such methods, is at present inconceiv-
able, unless by the prior production and handling of such vast
masses of expensive material as to rob the result of all economic
value.

7

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

It is even probable that the efiective power obtainable from the
gravitation of water, is not so great as is often assigned it, even in
the most favorable climates. The area of Pennsylvania is 45,000
square miles, or 28,800,000 acres, and the exti'emes of precipitation
on its eastern and western parts may be averaged at 39 inches, of
which at least one-fourth, or ten inches, is lost by evaporation.
The entire amount of its rainfall would therefore amount to 31,-
449,600,000,000 gallons per year, or an average of 86,163,287,671
gallons per day. Hence by the received formula Q = 62.15 A
[I R — E], where Q is the daily supply in gallons, A is the catch-
ment area in acres, E. is the average annual rainfall, and E the loss
by evaporation, both in inches,* is obtained the collectible quantity
in Pennsylvania, viz : 41,526,144,000 gallons f)er day. Assuming
that one-half of that quantity reaches the surface at a useful height
above sea level and could be all converted into effective power with
an average head of 150 feet, the total available power expressed in
horse powers would be 524,320 HP per day, being equal to the
power obtained by the combustion j^er year of 3,075,698 tons of
coal of 2240 lbs. each, which is probably less than one-tenth of the
tonnage actually required and consumed in Pennsylvania to-day.

There are, however, certain conceivable physical results that may
and to some extent must follow the combustion and dispersion
in the atmosphere of all the carbon now fixed in a form available
for fuel, which, though perhaps not at present fully computable, are
of the very highest consequence. It may be safely assumed that
such carbon, as well as that which is fixed in the calcareous or
other carbonates, was for the most part so fixed long after the earth
had condensed to its present form and dimensions and had cooled
sufiiciently to acquire a stable crust. Before that time the greater
part or all of such carbon had existed in atmospheric suspension
and whenever these compounds shall be resolved it must return to
and remain in the atmosphere, until again fixed by the slow and
gradual medium of chemical reaction in one case and the opera-
tions of vegetable life in the other. Since, however, our present
concex'n is with the coal, the end of which, however more or less
remote, we can with certainty foresee, let us endeavor to calculate,
though with much necessary recourse to hypothesis, whether any
appreciable efiect on the atmosphere and on animal life is likely to

* Theory and Practice of Hydro-Mechanics, Inst. C. E. p. 44, cited in Ency.
Erit., article " Water Supply."

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

follow the return to the atmosphere of the carbonaceous constitu-
ents of all accessible coal now and for ages past safely contained in
the storehouse of the earth. The composition and weight of the
existing atmosphere as well as of coal being well known, the first
step necessary for such a calculation is to get a world-wide esti-
mate of the quantity of such accessible coal.

Sir Charles Lyell and the early geologists at first supposed that
the enormous geological destructions and reconstructions of which
they observed the evidences everywhere on the land surfaces of the
globe, had equally affected all surfiices, involving the subsidence of
continents and the corresponding elevation of sea bottoms, in
short a wide and perhaps universal and repeated interchange of
continental and oceanic areas. But it has now long been known
and in fact proved by the researches of the Challenger expedition
and other investigations, that those early views were erroneous, and
that notwithstanding the repeated changes of height and level
everywhere and at all times prevailing over and throughout all
land surfaces, the existing proportions between land and ocean
areas have in the main always been maintained at least outside the
depth line of 1000 fiithoms. The evidence of this important fact is
abundant and conclusive, but as it has recently. been lucidly summed
up in the latest work of Mr. A. R. Wallace,* it need not be repeated
here.

Accepting these better modern views, it is clear that under the
main portions of the ocean, neither derivative rocks nor fossil vege-
tation are to be looked for, and cannot exist in appreciable quan-
tity. But the area of the entire land surface of the earth with its
included waters, bears to the entire oceanic area the proportion of
28 to 72, according to the careful computations of Mr. John
Murray, cited and approved by Wallace, a proportion which, as
shoAvn by Mr. Wallace's map of the 1000 fathom line, would not be
materially modified if the littoral portion of the sea bottom lying
inside that line should be tranferred from the oceanic to the land
area.

Now since, as before observed, we possess accurate knowledge
both of the constituency of the atmosphere as now existing, and
also its weight both as a whole and per square foot of the earth's
surface, we only require to know the quantity of coal existing on 28
per cent, of the earth's surface to compute the quantity of carbon

* Darwinism, pp. 341-349.

92

PR0CEEDINC4S OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

originally taken by it chiefly from the atmosphere, and conversely,
the quantity that will be returned to the atmosphere on the com-
bustion of such coal, making a reasonable allowance in the last case
for such portion of the coal as is inaccessible to man and can there-
fore never be consumed through his agency.

The following computations bearing on this point and graduated
to meet several difierent estimates of quantity, have been made Avith
the assistance of Mr. 'B. C. Tilghraan, an accomplished young
chemist of experience and capacity and a member of this Academy.

The oxygen of the atmosphere, 23 per cent, by weight (or about
21 per cent by volume), if all burned into carbonic acid would pro-
duce 682*56 lbs. per square foot of earth surface. This would cor-
respond to a weight of 185"76 lbs. of carbon in suspension per
square foot of earth surface, and at a specific gravity of 95 lbs. per
cubic foot (the average for anthracite) would correspond to a
stratum of carbon 23*45 inches thick over the entire earth surface or
to 83'71 inches thick on the land surface, assumed at 28 per cent,
of the whole. With the aid of Mr. Tilghman the following tabular
statement has been constructed from these data, which are repeated
in its first horizontal line.

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

Percentage
of a t m os-

Weight of
carbonic acid

Weight of
carbon con-

Percen t age
of present

Thickness of
stratum of

Thickness of
stratum of

pheric oxy-
gen con-
sumed.

produced per
square foot of
all earth sur-
face .

sumed per
square foot of
all earth sur-
face.

weight of at-
m 0 s p h e r e
correspon d-
ing to the
weight of car-

carbon re-
quired over
entire earth
surface.

carbon re-
quired over
land surface
only.

bonic acid in
column 11.

Inches.

Inches.

Pounds CO2

Pounds C.

100

682-56

185-76

31-60

23-45

83-71

2

13-650

3-714

•632

•4690

1-6742

1

6-825

1-857

•316

•2345

•8371

The first horizontal line of the table represents, merely as a basis,
the theoretical results of a total absorption of all free oxygen by
carbonization, for which, however, all the available accumulations
of carbon that we know of are of course inadequate; for the
return to the atmosphere of the carbonic acid formerly subtracted

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

from it and now fixed in such cai-bonates as limestones, marbles,
chalks and corals, cannot be looked for without the recurrence of
such intense heat as there is no longer reason to expect, while on
the contrary, the secular diminution of both solar and internal heat
must tend to increase rather than diminish the stability of those
compounds.

But the lower horizontal lines of the table, or some condition
intermediate between them, approximate so nearly to the actual
quantity of existing and available carbon accumulations assumed
in column VI, that on the entire combustion of such accumulations
nothing less can be looked for than the atmospheric modifications
indicated in the preceding columns. The last line for instance,
shows that assuming all the mineable coal of the earth to equal one
stratum of "SoTl of one inch uniform thickness covering the entire
land surface (this being taken at 28 per cent, of the Avhole) its com-
bustion would abstract one per cent, from the existing twenty-three
per cent, of all atmospheric oxygen and add 'SIB of one per cent,
of its present weight to the atmosphere in carbon dioxide.

We are not Avithout means of verifying to some extent this
assumed thickness of the supposed universal stratum of carbon. In
North America we have seen that the total computed quantity
available is 673,013 million tons, a quantity which, if equally
diff'used over the North American continental area of 7,400,000
square miles, would give a uniform thickness of *924 of one inch.
Since the conditions of the carboniferous period have at one time or
other been common throughout all parts of the land surface of the
globe as proved by the universal diflfusion under similar conditions
of coal or fossil vegetation, it would not seem a violent assumption
to suppose that when we shall be as well acquainted with the other
parts of the world as we now are with North America, it will be
found that coal is not on the whole very unequally distributed, and
that the tolerably well ascertained fact of the equivalent stratum
for North America approximating an inch in thickness, will not be
found materially different in other parts of the earth's land surface,
and may at least be taken at "8371 of an inch as indicated in the
lowest line of the tabular statement, with all the other facts stated
in the same line as appurtenant.

But just as the original abstraction of carbonic acid from the air
by the carboniferous vegetation has certainly once modified to some
extent or other all then existing life and rendered possible the

94 PR0CEEDINC4S OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

evolution of higher forms, so the converse process, though to a less
extent — since all coal is not accessible to the destructive power of
raan — must tend to restore the atmosphere to its precarboniferous
condition and to some extent, however minute, impair or restrict its
capacity for sustaining the higher forms of animal life as now
constituted.

The data and proportions supplied in the table may of course be
applied to such assumption of absolute quantities as may best satisfy
individual minds. But its proportions are correct, and on any
supposition it furnishes proof that some amount of deleterious
influence must be exerted on the atmosphere, and therefore on the
physical constitution and qualities of all air breathing animals and
especially on the higher forms, which, being most specialized, are the
least adaptable.

If it be objected that it is not to be accepted without specific
proof that all of this carbon dioxide was at any one time in atmos-
pheric suspension, then we have to suppose some agency of constant
and steady supply during the enormous vegetable demand of the
prolonged carboniferous i^eriod. This agency could only have
been a vast and long continued amount of internal heat either dif-
fused by steam, or occurring sufficiently near the surface to permit
egress. Such heat would have been necessary to expel it from the
carbonates in which it had been previously fixed, and must have
been at the same time sufficiently intense to fuse and decompose
limestone, and yet of a character consistent with the most profuse
vegetable growth that has at any period occurred on the earth.

Nevertheless the suggestion is not beyond the bounds of possi-
bility. Large quantities of carbon dioxide have always been, and
now are being constantly emitted from the deep recesses of the
earth's mass and constitute an essential part of the existing con-
ditions of respiration ; and it may be conceded that such dissolution
of carbonates and evolution of carbon dioxide may have prevailed
to a greater extent than at present before the earth's crust had
cooled at all points to present temperatures, and may have aided the
supply furnished from the atmosphere. But tliat the process was
sufficient of itself to account for the great quantities that were fixed
in the coal beds during the carboniferous period is not credible, be-
cause not supported either by the comparative absence of such pro-
cess before and after that period, or by such amount of evidence as

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

in that case should have left its traces everywhere among all acces-
sible metamorphosed rocks.

It has been suggested thai such future accession of carbonic acid
to the atmosphere diffused over a century or more, may be met and
counteracted by the consequent increased activity of tropical and
other vegetation. There is no doubt that as long as the earth con-
tinues otherwise fitted to sustain life, we may confidently expect
that in the future as in the past, new creatures will be evolved to
meet new physical conditions. But there is reason to believe that
vegetation, composed as it is of all existing individuals, has fully
adapted itself to present conditions including the actual quantity of
carbon dioxide heretofore and now being supplied from its own
dissolution and decay, and from such sources of natural supply as
the breath of animals, forest, prairie and accidental fires, volcanic
combustion, subterranean decomposition and others of the kind.
The amount of heat and moisture, the principal conditions of vege-
table life, is more likely to decline with the slow diminution of solar
vigor than to increase, and there is no reason for supposing that the
present rate of vegetable growth is in any degree limited or
restricted by the want of carbonic acid. If then the quantity,
already suflicient, continues to be daily augmented by the ever
increasing artificial combustion of coal, its entire absorption by
vegetation would require a new and distinct modification in vege-
table life. But any such adaptation must proceed in accordance
with fixed laws, which never halt or vary to save individuals or
species. On the contrary, their inexorable march even toward
higher forms involves the remorseless extinction not only of indi-
viduals but of whole species, genera and orders, an evolutionary
process which would doubtless have kept even pace with the slow
natural changes of environment, but hardly with the active inter-
ference of human intelligence possessing designs of its own in no
manner subordinated to the slow and gradual processes of natural
development.

Similar considerations apply to the probable eflTect on animal life
of any considerable relative displacement of oxygen from the
atmosphere. We know that any — even the smallest — relative
increase of carbonic acid is injurious to the life-sustaining quality of
air, not necessarily on account of any actively poisonous qualities
of its own, but by its displacement or dilution of oxygen, and that
an atmosphere containing but eighteen per cent, by weight of

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

oxygen, is incapable of supporting combustion and closely assails
the limits of mammalian life.

If an animal possessing a given extent of lung surface and pas-
sages must, as now constituted, transmit through those passages 100
lbs. of air to obtain the necessary 23 lbs. of oxygen, then if some
appreciable quantity, say for example, one per cent, by Aveight of
CO2 be added to the atmosphere, the animal must pass through its
organs 101 lbs. of air to obtain the same rej)aratory result, and so
on, in similar proportion, and this result will be accelerated if such
addition of carbon dioxide be accompanied by the positive abstrac-
tion of oxygen as in the case of the combustion of fixed carbon.
But under the continuing effects of diminishing oxygen and increas-
ing carbon dioxide, there must come a time when the growing
atmos2Dheric modification can no longer be met by adaptation of
individuals, but only by a permanent increase of the rapidity of
respiration, or an established enlargement of the respiratory organs ;
and an animal materially and permanently changed in either
respect would amount to a new form, adapted to the new conditions
but unable to exist in the old, and only producible by the extinc-
tion of existing species no longer fit, and the evolution of favorable
variations into new species.

Hence if it seems probable that existing types of vegetation could
only absorb materially increased quantities of carbon by developing
specific and generic changes, we may with still more confidence con-
clude that animals adapted to prevailing atmospheric conditions,
can only acquire the necessary modifications of their respiratory
and associated organs by means equally radical. As the principal
air-breathing forms, including most reptiles and all birds and mam-
mals, slowly succeeded the atmospheric changes of the carbon-fixing
period, so under the influence of converse modifications it seems
justly inferable that they being the most specialized and least
adaptable as individuals, must in turn give place to specific substi-
tutions.

Of course the extent of modification in cellular surface or rapidity
of respiration to which existing forms can adapt themselves without
such specific destruction and substitution, must chiefly be learned
from actual experiments by competent hygienists.

But whatever may be the value of such speculations upon
ultimate consequences, it is certain that with the large and con-
stantly accelerating increase in the annual rate of production and

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

consumption of coal, and the growth of population stimulated by its
use, it must soon be carefully sought for in every accessible quarter
of the world ; and it cannot be many years before such information
will be possessed as may enable us to dispense with most of the
hypotheses now required, and bring the entire subject of its quantity
and duration more or less within the limits of exact computation.

The present object of this paper scarcely aims at more than the
hastening of such researches, and quickening the interest of more
■competent analysts and naturalists.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

THE BIRDS OF SOUTHEASTERN TEXAS AND SOUTHERN ARIZONA
OBSERVED DURING MAY, JUNE AND JULY, 1891.

BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.

With the idea of investigating the avifauna of the southern border
of the United States, and collectiug a series of the birds of Florida,
Texas and Arizona,^ I left Philadelphia March 26th, 1891, arriving
at Jacksonville, Florida, on the fifth of the following month. A
sojourn of five weeks was made in the southwestern part of the state
and considerable collections obtained. Few facts additional to what
has been already written on the bird life of this region were ascer-
tained, and it is not my intention to treat in detail of this part of the
trip.

I arrived at Corpus Christi, Texas, May 17th, and here a three
weeks' stay was made. I then journeyed westward to Tucson,
Arizona, arriving on the tenth of June, and collecting birds
in the immediate vicinity until the nineteenth. That morning I
took stage for Oracle, a post-hamlet situated in the oak belt forty
miles north ward, among the foot-hills of the Catalina Mountains.
Collecting Avas carried on in that vicinity until July 2nd, Avhen the
mountains were ascended, and I took up my abode for a week in a
lumber camp among the pines of Mt. Lemon at an elevation of
between 7000 and 8000 ft. and about 2000 feet below the summit of
that mountain.

The birds of southern Texas, especially those in the vicinity of
Corpus Christi, have received no small amount of attention from
naturalists. Mr. Beckham enumerates eight publications bearing
directly on this subject, prior to his own, which appeared in 1887.^
Within a few months ]Mr. Chapman has published a paper^ giving the
results of his observations made on exactly the same ground which I
covered three weeks later. In fact, I was conducted by Mr. Priour,
who acted as my guide, to the same collecting grounds in the imme-
diate vicinity of Corpus Christi and along the Nueces River and

1 Mr. Rhoads has generously presented his entire collection, numbering
about one thou.sand skins to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
The Texas series numbers 2(3? specimens and the Arizona collection 398. Owing
to Mr. Rhoads' absence from Philadelphia when preparing this paper, he was un-
able to make a critical examination of the specimens, and at his request I have
added utiles on such as exhibited any peculiarities ; these annotations are followed
by my initials. — "Witmer Stone.

2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 10, p. 683.

^ Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. Ill, No. 3.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 99

Bay, -svliich lie had previously visited with Mr. Chapman. The in-
terval between our visits, however, gave opportunity for a decided
readjustment of the bird fauna, due to migration and the nesting of
resident species.

Mr. Beckham's personal observations of Texan birds terminated
in March, and so far as I can discover, very few, if any, of our ob-
servers have recorded data relating to the early summer birds of
the Corpus Christi region; Dresser's "summer" notes relating
chiefly to the vicinity of San Antonio.

Further description of the region included in the following notes
would be superfluous after all that the aforementioned authors have
written on the subject. Before proceeding with the annotated list,
hoAvever, the following observations may be made.

Though nearly all the non-resident birds had passed through, and
a drouth existed, quite equal in severity to that prevailing during
Mr. Beckman's stay, my experience agrees with that of Mr. Chap-
man— birds were abundant everywhere. Nearly half of the birds
observed were feeding their young before my departure, and in
many cases the full-fledged young Avere procured. This rendered
all the more conspicuous the fact that many boreal species, espe-
cially among the water birds, still lingered. I received corroboration
in various ways that the annual over-stepping of fauual limits by
many species belonging to a more southerly district, and their sub-
sequent disappearance toward the end of the spring migration, is a
marked feature at Corpus Christi. These birds undoubtedly return
in due time to their ancestral haunts in Mexico ere the breeding
season begins. To what extent this movement, due undoubtedly to
the sexual excitability and ignorance of the country exhibited by
birds of the first year, should be held to account for the " faunal in-
osculation " which Beckham speaks of, I am unable t(» prove.
From all that may be proven by and inferred from the observations
of collectors in this region ten years ago, it seems that several
species are now represented in the avifauna of Corpus Christi
which were then strangers to it.

Owing to the position of this territory, forming as it were the
keystone of three great faunal arches, eastern, western and south-
ern, where in time past the birds from their respective regions ap-
proached so nearly, that a slight change in physical or climatic con-
ditions would precipitate more intimate relations. Precisely such
a state of affairs has happened, and the intermingling of races and

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

species on new territory has become permanent. In seeking a cause
for this I am led to the belief that it is due chiefly to the introduc-
tion of cattle. When we remember that the growth of dense
mesquite chaparral, which now forms such a marked feature in the
landscape of southeastern Texas, and is steadily encroaching upon
the tithe of open prairie yet remaining, is directly due to the graz-
ing of immense herds of cattle which have, in their search for sub-
sistence, robbed the prairie fire of its fuel and at the same time dis-
tributed the seeds of mesquite and other arborescent shrubs, this
statement may not appear as paradoxical as it seems. The com-
paratively sudden conversion of many square miles of debatable
ornithological ground from prairie to brush-land in this manner,
would aflbrd just such inducements to arboreal birds in the further
extension of their winter range from the north and their summer
range from the south as now exist. On the other hand, as the true
prairie lands diminish, the more strictly plain-haunting species
must disappear. A comparison of the relative abundance of the
species noted by Beckham as compared with the same observed this
year by Mr. Chapman and myself tends to prove this. Even in
1887, the date of Beckham's observations. Dr. Havard reports the
mesquite as " shrubby " and Beckham characterizes it as " a dreary
waste of cactus," etc. The growth of mesquite in the surrounding
country, even since then, will tally well with the faunal changes re-
corded, for it must be borne in mind that until, say seven years ago,
the overstocking of pasture with cattle and the consequent efiect
upon a previously superabundant pasturage did not aflTect the
country far from city limits ; so that beyond a comparatively small
area surrounding the city, the virgin prairie retained its original
features. For this reason birds were scarce, not so much because
of drouth, but for lack of shelter and food suited to those of arbo-
real habits. Many insectivorous birds are found breeding in locali-
ties where water is unobtainable save in the form of dew, and, owing
to the juicy nature of their food, they can most likely enjoy life indefi-
nitely without the luxury of a drink. It seems therefore probable
that the late increase of passerine birds in this part of Texas is due,
not to an excess of rainfall, or to the absence of droughts in late
years, but to the vast extension of tree-covered areas into the
prairie and the increase of insect and vegetable food resulting from
this cause ; and these conditions apply not only to the increase of

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

individuals among old forms, but equally to the additional species
now ascribed to the Corpus Christi fauna.

The subjoined list includes all birds observed by me; those spe-
cies of which I did not obtain specimens being indicated by an
asterisk. I wish here to acknowledge my grateful indebtedness to
Mr. Witmer Stone, Conservator of the Ornithological Section of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, not only for receiving
and caring for the collection during my absence, but also for inval-
uable aid in the identification of the material and in revising my
notes.

Texas.

1. Larus atricilla Linn. Laughing Gull.

Common, breeding abundantly about Corpus Christi Bay. Nearly
a third of those observed still retained the young, autumnal plumage
of last year.

2. Larus franklinii Sw. & Rich. Franklin's Gull.

Five or six individuals of this exquisite gull were noted and one
male was taken on the first of June. The female which accom-
panied it escaped me. The presence of this species at so late a date
seems to corroborate Mr. Prion r's assertion that a few remain to
breed. The fly-catching habits of Franklin's Gull are noteworthy.
I have seen a pair rise from a sand-bar, and proceeding directly
to the mainland, begin to beat the chaparral in a most systematic
manner for hours at a stretch, keeping meanwhile just out of
gunshot, and leisurely gathering, in company with Henry's Night-
hawk, the superabundant insect food which came in their way.

3. Gelochelidon nilotica (Hasselq.). Gull-billed Tern.

Breeding on the marshes but not common.

••■4. Sterna tschegrava Lepech. Caspian Tern.

Common, but not found breeding in Nueces Bay.

5. Sterna forsteri Nutt. Forster's Tern.

Most abundant of the genus, and like its northern congeners, the
first to proclaim and resent the presence of an intruder on its breed-
ing grounds.

6. Sterna antillarum (Less.). Least Tern.

It is surprising that no one has recorded the Least Tern in
Texas.^ Priour assured me that before the destruction carried on a

1 Merrill and SenneU found it breeding on sand-bars in the Rio Grande.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

few years ago, the " Striker," as he calls it, was abundant. I found
several skins of this species among some thousand millinery pelts
collected in this locality by Messrs. Fancher and Noakes of Corpus
Christi. On one occasion I noted a flock of a dozen flying near the
town, and I rarely went to the bay without seeing three or four.
From the action of these birds I judge they made their headquarters
further south and were breeding.

7. Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis (Gmel.). American Black Tern.

Saw this bird only at the mouth of the Nueces River, where one
Avas secured, a full plumaged breeding male. Saw nearly a dozen
altogether, always singly. This species is also heretofore unre-
corded from the vicinity of Corpus Christi.

8. Rhynchops nigra Linn. Black Skimmer.

Abundant and breeding.

9. Phalacrocorax mexicanus (Brandt). Mexican Cormorant.

An immense flock of these birds was found sitting on the penin-
sular flats around the margin of an old pond. One individual shot
from this flock was a young male of the year. These birds had evi-
dently done breeding but just where they do breed, I was unable to
discover.

10. Anas fulvigula maculosa (Senn.";. Mottled Duck.

This is the commonest representative of its family on Nueces Bay
in June, where it breeds in the marshes.

"■■■11. Spatula clypeata (Linn.). Shoveller.

A few were observed at the mouth of the Nueces River.

72. Ajaja ajaja (Linn.). Roseate Spoonbill.

On the 28th of May, accompanied by Mr. Priour, I sailed down
to the mouth of the Nueces River in search of these birds. At a
distance of two miles a couple of large flocks could be descried as a
dull rosy streak along the water's edge. We approached near
enough to make, with the aid of a glass, an excellent survey
of the flocks in the act of feeding before they noticed our jires-
ence. When within about two hundred yards of them, the
whole company of four or five hundred individuals simultaneously
raised their heads and faced about. On approaching some fifty
yards nearer, the sudden righting about just mentioned was suc-
ceeded by a most interesting series of manoeuvres, consisting of a con-
traction and filling in of all the gaps in the line ; and just as this was

1892.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

completed, with a rush of wiugs aud a glorious burst of color, they
arose. Many other detachments joined them until the entire flock
numbered about six hundred. Most of these alighted some two
miles ofl", while a few returned to their former feeding ground. All
of these birds, including the young, were moulting. The adults
were just shedding their brilliant scarlet patches, and their skins
Avere bristling with pin feathers. Fully one-third were in the whit-
ish plumage of the first year. According to Mr. Priour the Spoon-
bill attains its maximum plumage development some time in Janu-
ary, but he was unable to state whether this was due to a second
moult in December, or whether there is merely a wearing away of
the tips of the feathers as in Agelaius and other birds.

The Spoonbills now leave the vicinity of Corpus Christi the latter
part of February, and though a few stragglers sometimes remain all
the year, none have been known to breed on the Texas coast of late
years. This state of affairs is probably due to their persecution and
to the destruction of the forests between Corj^us Christi and
Brownsville which used to reach nearer the river mouths, afford-
ing this formerly abundant species suitable rookery sites.' It
is probable that most of the flock of birds seen on Nueces Bay were
raised somewhere on the coast south of Brownsville. After rai^^ino-
their young in comparative safety, they return yearly to this spot to
spend the summer and early winter months, arriving in considerable
numbers, even so early as the latter part of April, and attaining
their maximum numbers in the latter part of May. Their evident
attachment to the vicinity of Nueces Bay must be due to the facili-
ties it affords them in the great item of food supply, for the recep-
tion accorded these birds by Corpus Christi gunners is far from en-
couraging.

13. Botaurus exilis(Gmel.). Least Bittern.

How this bird could have been overlooked by former observers I
cannot conceive. Several were flushed in the marshes of Nueces
Bay and two were secured, one of them a female with distended
ovaries.

*14. Ardea herodias Linn. Great Blue Heron.
One seen.

*15. Ardea egretta GmeL American Egret.

Three seen.

^ Merrill and Sennet found a few in a lagoon heronry on the Rio Granie.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

•■■16. Ardea tricolor ruficoUis (Gosse). Louisiana Heron.

One of these birds was seen among the reeds at the mouth of the
Nueces River.

*17. Ardea virescens Linn, Green Heron.

Several seen.
•••18. Nycticorax nycticorax nsevius (Bodd.). Night Heron.

Immense numbers of this species were found in the tali brake at
the Nueces River mouth. The flocks were composed of young and
old in every stage of plumage and had evidently resorted thither
from some distant rookery, as no signs of nests could be found in
the immediate vicinity.

•■19. Rallus elegans Aud. King Rail.

A rail, presumably of this species, was flushed twice in the penin-
sular marsh near the city, but I failed to secure it.

20. Recurvirostra americana Gmel. Avocet.

Pairs and scattered individuals were seen throughout my stay.
Mr. Priour states they breed in the vicinity.

21. Himantopus mexioanus (Miill.). Black-necked Stilt.

This clamorous and uneasy bird breeds abundantly in suitable
places near Corpus Christi. Nests with eggs, but no young, were
found.

22. Tringa maculata Vieill. Pectoral Sandpiper.

Three seen, one of which I secured.

23. Tringa fuscicollis Vieill. White-rumped Sandpiper.

Nearly a dozen of these wary birds frequented the salt ponds on
the mainland shore of Nueces Bay. One was shot. This species
does not appear to have been observed here before.

24. Ereunetes pusillus (Linn.) Semipalmated Sandpiper.

Small flocks were frequently seen and several specimens secured.

25. Tetanus melanoleucus (Gmel.). Greater Yellow-legs.
A pair, evidently mated, were shot.

26. Symphemia semipalmata inornata Brewst. AVestern AVillet.

Two specimens, probably referable to this race, were obtained.
Willets were breeding, in limited numbers, on the city flats.

m

27. Numenius longirostris Wils. Long-billed Curlew.

Three were noted. They seemed to have done breeding.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

28. Charadrius squatarola (Linn.). Black-bellied Plover.

The abundance of this Plover, so late as the seventh of June, in
this neighborhood, is of interest.

29. Aegialitis vocifera (Linn.). Kildeer.
Not abundant.

30. Aegialitis semipalmata Bonap. Semipalmated Plover.
One seen.

3L Aegialitis wilsonia (Ord.). Wilson's Plovei<
Breeding abundantly along the bay-side.

32. Arenaria interpres (Linn.). Turnstone.

My remarks on Charadrius squatarola apply with equal force to
the Turnstone.

33. Colinus virginianus texanus (Lawr.). Texan Bob-white.
Abundant.

•34. Meleagris gallopavo Linn. Wild Turkey.

Although I spent some time in the vicinity where Mr. Chapman
secured his specimens, and visited well known turkey-roosts at night,
I was unable to secure any of these birds.

35. Zenaidura macroura (Linn.). Mourning Dove,

Nowhere in the United States have I found this bird more abun-
dant than in Texas. A dozen to twenty nests could be found in
nearly every acre of chaparral, and frequently two nests would be
found in the same mesquite bush.

•■■36. Cathartes aura (Linn.). Turkey Vulture.

Abundant.
*37. Catharista atrata (Bartr.). Black Vulture.

Saw two.
*38. Parabuteo unicinctus harrisi (Aud.). Harris'Hawk,

The commonest species.

*39. Buteo lineatus (Gmel.). Red-shouldered Hawk.

Found up the Nueces River.

■••■40. Falco sparverius Linn. Sparrow Hawk.

Frequently seen.

•■■41. Polyborus cheriway (Jacq.). Audubon's Caracara.

Comparatively abundant.
8

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

*42. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (Gmel.). American Osprey.

Seen on two occasions near Nueces Bay.
•■43. Syrnium nebulosum (Forst.). Barred Owl.

On the night of my encampment on the upper Nueces, the pecu-
liar hooting of this owl indicated its abundance.

44. Megascops asio mccallii (Cass,). Texan Screech Owl.

Wherever the timber, either in the form of upland " Mottes" or
riverside woodlands, was sufficiently heavy to afford a retreat, this
owl was well represented.

45. Crotophaga sulcirostris Swains. Groove-billed Ani.

A specimen was collected about ten miles west of Corjius by Mr.
Priour just previous to my visit. Another was seen on the second
of June near the same spot.

46. Geococcyx californianus (Less.). Road Runner.

Breeding and common everywhere.

47. Coccyzus americanus (Linn.). Yellow-billed Cuckoo.
Frequently found and breeding.

••■48. Ceryle alcyon (Linn.). Kingfisher.
Saw two.

49. Dryobates scalaris bairdi (Scl.). Baird's Woodpecker.
Abundant but shy.

50. Melanerpes aurifrons (Wagl.). Golden-fronted Woodpecker.

About Corpus Christi this bird is as abundant as the Flicker is in
the east, and invariably builds in telegraph j^oles and high fence
posts. In less settled parts they are rare.

51. Antrostomus carolinensis (Gmel.). Chuck Will's Widow.

A specimen was secured near Corpus Christi in April by Mr.
Priour. I heard none during my stay.

52. Nyctidromus albicollis merrilli (Senn.). Parauque.

This Goatsucker was frequently heard throughout my stay, both
at Corpus Christi and around San Patricio. Its monotonous, whist-
ling " wee-ooo," is generally uttered while the bird is perched on a
fence, though I have often traced it to the ground, both in the narrow
cow-paths of the chaparral and in open glades. A nest, containing a
single egg, nearly hatched, was found near San Patricio, on the first
of June.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

53. Chordeiles virginianus henryi (Cass.). Western Nighthawk.

All the Xigbthawks shot around Corpus Christi appear to belong
to this race. C. texensis finds its southwestern breediug limit
about midway between Corpus Christi and San Antonio ; during
the migrations, however, texensis has been noticed by Priour a few
miles west of Corpus Christi.

*54. Chaetura pelagica (Linn.). Chimney Swift.

This species is another unaccountable omission fi'om Beckham's
li.-t. Though not common, quite a number were seen.

*55. Trochilus colubris Linn. Ruby-throated Humming-bird.

Three individuals seen.

56. Milvulus forficatus (GmeL). Scissor-tail Flycatcher.

Very common l)ut wary. These elegant birds moult in the sum-
mer, and by the first of June their bright colors are faded and the
tail-feathers threadbare. Out of a dozen specimens obtainei, there
were no exceptions to this rule, though the breeding season had just
begun. The worn appearance of the tail is largely due to the nec-
essary switching of it in the devious pursuit of insect prey ; but it
may also be attributed to the fact that the birds are somewhat ter-
restrial in ti)eir habits, as I have observed them for hours gleaning
insects in the open pastures and salt fiats near Corpus Christi,
alighting without hesitation in the short grass to secure or devour
their food. I have also observed the males mounting and gyrating
together in the air after the manner of Kingbirds.

57. Tyrannus tyrannus (Linn.). Kingbird.

The only specimen of this species seen, was obtained near Corpus
Christi on May 30th.

58. Myiarchus crinitus (Linn.). Crested Flycatcher.

Two were noted, one of which was shot near the Nueces Eiver
bottoms, June sixth. Another .specimen, shot at Corpus Christi
April 10th, was obtained from Mr. Priour.^

^ The latter specimen has a distinct dark band on the inner margin of the
qu 11 of the outer tail feathers, about e |ual in width to the entire outer web. East-
ern birds frequenily have a narrow b.ind on the outer webs of the rectrices but
I have never seen one quite so clearly marked as in the Texan example. The color
of the under surface of the body in tins specimen is, moreover, very dark, excetd-
ing the average of eastern specimens in this respect. In connection with the
Tjxin species of Myiarchus, a specimeii of M. cinernscens in the Academv Col-
lection, from Laredo ("Colin. Dr. H. B. Butcher, Au^^ 17, 1866. 9 "j is of in-
ter st as beingthe most eastern record of this species that I have seen, except in
Prof. Cookes' " Bird Migration in the Mississippi Valley" where it is said on the
au hority of H. F. P.rters, to be a summer resident at Bonham, fifty miles north-
east of Dallas.— W. .S.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892,

59. Myiarchus mexicanus (Kaup.). Mexican Crested Flycatcher.

A pair of these birds had a nest and eggs near Priour's house.

60. Contopus borealis (Swains.). Olive-sided Flycatcher.

Two specimens were taken and about half a dozen seen. They
were noticed as late as June 8rd.

61. Contopus vi.rens (Linn.). Wood Pewee.

Common, and judging from its actions, a frequent breeder about
Corpus Christi.

62. Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus (Scl.). Vermilion Flycatcher.

The eastern limit for the occurrence of this species lies about
twenty miles west of Corpus Christi, in a country to all appearances
identical with that nearer the town. The Texan Cardinal (Pyi-rhii-
loxia), a bird of very different habits, confines itself during the
breeding season to exactly the same limits, although it may be found
during the winter and up to the first of May, about Corpus Christi.'

63. Otocoris alpestris giraudi Ilensh. Texan Horned Lark.

Breeds commonly on the Corpus Christi flats. The song of this
species is very deceptive often seeming to come from the ground be-
fore you, Avhile in fact the bird is high overhead.

64. Molothus ater obscurus (Gmel.). Dwarf Cowbird.

Numerous everywhere.

66. Agelaius phoeniceus (Linn.). Red-wing Blackbird.

Breeding abundantly in the marshes around Nueces Bay. Owing
to the scarcity of water on the uplands this bird was rarely seen
there.

66. Sturnella magna (Linn.)- Meadow Lark.

Just as I was leaving Corpus Christi, a lark was brought to me in the
flesh, which undoubtedly belonged to the eastern race. I was unfor-

1 As Mr. Chapman has remarked, tiie Texas and Arizona specimens of Pyro-
cephalus are smaller than those from farther south and have smaller bills. In point
of color there is considerable difference, as is shown in a good series of specimens.
I have already called attention (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1890, p. 2()8) to the
rosy or pinkish-red hue of Yucatan examples, as contrasted with the vermilion sliade
of those from other localities. Indeed, this difference seemed so constant that I
was inclined to separate the former as a subspecies ; an examination, however, of
the material of the U. S. National Museum, which was kindly loaned to me through
Mr. Robert Ridgway, shows that this idea was not supported. In the series of
twenty-nine Mexican and Central American specimens now before me, four Yucatan
specimens are pink, one is vermilion and one intermediate, while there is a bright
pink specimen from Jalapa. Two Honduras birds show patches of orange-yellow
on the breast. — W. S.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

tunately unable to preserve it. I saw only three larks during my stay.
They frequented the meadows of the bay and were excessively wild.
I feel sure they were not neglecta, having on several occasions
heard their song which had the unmistakable quality of magna.
In this respect my experience corroborates that of Hancock whom
Beckham thinks mistaken. The true state of aflftiirs is probably
that during winter the races intermingle, neglecta greatly predomi-
nating. Before the first of May ?ie(7/edffl decamps into the interior
to breed and a few of the true magna remain.

67. Icterus spurius (Linn.). Orchard Oriole.

A few pairs found breeding.

68. Icterus galbula (Linn.). Baltimore Oriole.

None seen. A specimen, shot a few days before my visit, is in the
collection.

69. Icterus bullocki (Swains.). Bullock's Oriole.

Several observed. Nest with young, June 2nd.
*70. Quiscalus quiscula aeneus (Ridgw.). Bronzed (Crackle.

I observed this species industriously feeding its young along the
San Antonio River. None seen nor heard of at Corpus Christi.

71. Quiscalus macrourus Swains. Great-tailed Graekle.

While very numerous at Corpus Christi, this Graekle attained
a far greater abundance in the hack-berry mottes along the road to
San Patricio, about fifteen miles west of Corpus Christi.

72. Ammodramus maritimus sennetti Allen. Texan Seaside Finch.
Found it common on the Nueces Bay flats.

73. Chondestes grammacus (Say). Lark Sparrow.

Breeding commonly. Fresh eggs and full-fledged young procured
the same day, May 30th.

74. Peucaea cassini (Woodh.). Cassin's Finch.

Several found breeding in open pasture a mile from Corpus
Christi.
*75. Melospiza fasciata (Gmel.). Song Sparrow.

A few of these were seen but none secured.

76. Embernagra rufivirgata Lawr. Texas Sparrow.

As Mr. Chapman remarks, this species does not seem to have been
recorded from north of the Rio (3rrande prior to his visit to Corpus
Christi, and I think it most probable that twelve years ago it was

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

not a member of the fauna of this region. That it has become so
since is easily accounted for by the facts already stated regarding
the physical changes that have overspread the country in recent
times. I found the Texas Sparrow thoroughly at home in the
Corpus Christi and San Patricio chaparral, and secured their nests
and fully fledged young.^

77. Cardinalis cardinalis canicaudus Chapm. Gray-tailed Cardinal.

I secured a series of fourteen specimens of this newly described
race, including seven females and five males."

78. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata Bonap. Texan Cardinal.

Though common in the vicinity of the town during winter and
early spring this species retires twenty miles westward to breed.

79. Fasserina ciris (Linn.). Painfed Bunting.

Breeding abundantly everywhere.

80. Piranga rubra (Linn.). Summer Tanager.

Not found at Corpus Christi but several were observed in the
heavy chaparral twenty miles west of it; also seen along the upper
Nueces.

*81. Progne subis (Liun.). Purple Martin,

Common in the vicinity of towns.
82. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say). Cliff Swallow.

Plentiful, in flocks.
*83. Chelidon erythrogaster (Bodd.). Bam Swallow.

Common. Breeding.

84. Clivicola riparia (Linn.). Bank Swallow.

Very abundant.
*85. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.). Rough-winged Swallow.

Observed a few with the preceding species.
*86. Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides (Swains.). White-rumped Shrike.

Scarce.

} The young have the feathers of the head and interscapulum centered with
black and bordered with ochraceous. Beneath, the breast and flanks are tinged w ith
olivaceous and are marked with dark longitudinal markings; belly yellowish-
white.— W. S.

* Two young females have the bills entirely black, as is the tendency in the
young in this genus. There is a female specimen in the Academy's Collection
which agrees exactly with Mr. Rhoads" birds and which was collected by Captain
McCown at " Ringgold Barracks, Texas " in 1857. — W. S.

'&&^

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. Ill

87. Vireo olivaceus (Linn.). Red-eyed Vireo.

A few were observed on the upper Nueces where they breed.

88. Vireo noveboracensis (Gmel.). White-eyed Vireo.
Common around Corpus Christi and elsewhere.

89. Vireo bellii (Aiul.). Bell's Vireo.

Numerous, west of San Patricio where I found it breeding.

90. Dendroica aestiva (Gmel.). Yellow Warbler.

The only specimen observed was shot near Corpus Christi.

91. Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis (Grinn.). Grinnell's Water Thrush.
One specimen was procured.

92. Geothlypis trichas (Linn.). Maryland Yellow-throat.

A female shot was the only one certainly seen. Priour affirms
that it breeds at the mouth of Nueces Bay.

93. Icteria virens (Linn.). Yellow-breasted Chat.

Only one of these birds, a singing male, was found. Merrill and
Sennett found it abundant at Fort Brown, a fact which Beckham
io-nores. Mr. Priour thinks it a very rare summer resident around
Corpus Christi.'

94. Mimus polyglottos (Linn.). Mockingbird.

Abundant breeder.
*95. Harporhynchus longirostris sennetti Ridgw. Texas Thrasher.

Several of these birds were observed and were evidently breeding
in the impenetrable chaparral near the toAvn. I was unable to
secure any.

96. Thryothorus ludovicianus (Lath.). Carolina Wren.

Only observed on the upper Nueces, where they are frequent and
had fledged young.

97. Thryothorus bewickii bairdi (Salv. & Godm.). Baird's AVren.
Very numerous and prolific everywhere.

98. Parus atricristatus Cass. Black- crested Titmouse.

Several seen on the Nueces in large timber.

99. Airiparus flaviceps (Sund.). Verdin.

One specimen of the Verdin was secured. Although many of
their nests were found, the breeding season was over and the old
and young seemed to have left the country.

1 This specimen seems intermediate in character, being quite as gray as the
average longicauda but is little different in size from typical virens. — W. S.

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

100. Polioptila caerulea (Linn.). Blue-graj- Gnatcatcher.

Only one seen.

The following, for various reasons appended, should be mentioned
in this connection : —

Dendrocygna autumnalis (Linn.). IJlack-bcllied Tree-duck.
Dendrocygna fulva ((Jmel.). Fulvous Tree-duck.

Both these are mentioned in Dresser's and Merrill's lists, but not
from any locality north of the Rio Grande. Mr. Priour says that
both breed on the Nueces marshes, but produced no conclusive
evidence.
Columba fiavirostris AVagl. Red-billed Pigeon.

Another bird which Priour assures me straggles as far north as
Corpus Christi in early spring.
Columbigallina passerina pallescens (Baird).

Mr. Priour says this dove breeds in the town.
Strix pratincola Bonap. Barn Owl.

I was shown several burrows in the face of a steep bank rising
from Nueces Bay where this owl is said to breed regularly.

Speotyto cunicularia bypogaea (Bonap.). Burrowing Owl,

The complete disappearance of this common and characteristic
bird from the region of Corpus Christi is directly due to the usurpa-
tion of their prairie domain by the now ubiquitous chaparral.

Ceryle cabanisi (Tschudi.). Texan Kingfisher.

This diminutive species, never common, seems to be growing rarer
yearly. I made especial search for it on the Nueces, in a locality
where it previously occurred, but without success. .
*' Ammodramus maritimus peninsulas ?" Allen. Scott's Seaside-sparrow.

Mr. Chapman's remarks on this race, and the deductions made
therefrom, may be somewhat simplified by the fact that I did not
find any of the " black " Seaside Finches at the spot indicated, nor
anvwhere else in that vicinity, though special search was made. I
am inclined to think Mr. Priour mistaken in his belief that these
dark birds remain during the summer.

APvIZONA.

As already observed, my stay in southern Arizona covered the
period between June 10th and July 12th, the first eight days being
spent in the immediate vicinity of Tucson, the next twelve at Oracle,

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

iu the live-oak belt on the southern slopes of the Santa Catalina
Mountains, forty miles north of Tucson, and part of the remaining
ten days iu the pine-clad region of their summits, which rise some
eight thousand feet above the Tucson level and five thousand above
the elevation at Oracle. The country covered by my rambles in-
cluded the central 2>art of a larger area iu Pima County, explored
by Mr, AV. E. D. Scott during a long residence in the Santa Catalinas.
For a more thorough understanding of the region in question, and
an excellent description of the natural characteristics of this part of
Arizona, I cannot do better than refer to Mr. Scott's introductory
paper " On the Avifauna of Pinal County," etc., published in the
third volume of the " Auk."

As in the previous list, those in the subjoined, indicated by an
asterisk, are not re2)resented in the collection, no sjiecimens having
been secured.

*1. Anas strepera Linn. GadwalL

While exploring the upper waters of the Santa Clara, four miles
from Tucson, I found a duck feeding on the river and shot at it
but failed to kill it. Shortly after it was secured by another gunner
who was shooting in the vicinity and I was enabled to positively
identify it. From Mr. Scott's account, it seems to be a rarity, even
as a visitant, and this makes its occurrence in summer all the more
noteworthy.

■ 2. Ardea herodias Linn. Great Blue Heron.

Kare.

*3. Ardea virescens Linn. Green Heron.

A few noted in the valley.
*4."Gallinula galeata (Licht.). Florida Gallinule.
A pair seen on Silver Lake, near Tucson.

■■5. Fulica americana Gmel. American Coot.

Also seen on the Santa Clara River.
*6. Aegiahtis vocifera (Linn.). Kildeer.

Kot uncommon in the Santa Clara Valley.
7. Callipepla squamata (Vig.). Scaled Partridge.

Wherever found, the Scaled Quail was associated with Gambel's,
both on the mesas and in the lower edge of the oak-belts. One was
shot near the hotel at Oracle, but they rarely attain such an alti-
tude, even in the breeding season, and are probably induced to
wander awa3' from their usual haunts in search of water which is

11-i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

very scarce in June. Around Tucson I saw none of this species
and not until I reached the lower mesa slopes did any appear. At
no time was I sure of finding them nntil fairly below the oak belt.
In numbers they ranked far below C gambeli, not one in ten of all
the partridges seen being squamata.

8. Callipepla gambeli (Nutt.). Gambel's Partridge.

I did not meet with any flocks of this species in the valley.
They are very abundant in the oak belt, ranging as high as the
lower pines and at the time of my visit were leading about their
families of young, which varied in size from the newly hatched chick
to half grown birds. The male bird continues its harsh cry after the
young have left the nest, and for sufficient reasons, too lengthy to
be presented in this paper, I am convinced they are polygamous,
whereas C. squamata is not.

■9. Cyrtonyx montezumae (Vig.). Massena Partridge.

Three " Fool Quails " were noticed on the higher slopes of the
Catalinas, one of them at an elevation of 7000 feet.

The habits of the Massena Partridges are very dissimilar to those
of the genus Callipepla, reminding one strongly of our eastern Bob-
white in their aptness for quick concealment and sudden flight.

••■10. Meleagris gallopavo mexicana (iTould). Mexican Turkey.

Owing to a disastrous fire in the Mt. Lemon region of the Cata-
linas, this bird, once common, has wholly abandoned that part of
the country. I did not see or hear of it elsewhere.

11. Columba fasciata Say. Band-tailed Pigeon.

Found well dispersed throughout the oak and pine belts and
breeding in the latter. All nests examined contained either a sin-
gle young or egg.

•■12. Columbigallina passerina pallescens (Baird). Mexican Ground Dove.

A few seen in the Tucson suburbs.
*'13. Pseudogryphus californianus (Shaw). California Vulture.

I was informed by Mr. Jack Alwinkle, a ranchman at Oracle,
that he shot a " Condor " several years ago, near the summit of
Mount Lemon. It was perched on a huge rock some distance from
their camp, was shot to test the range of his rifle, fell dead, and,
after a careless examination, was thrown away. Besides these facts,
and his assertion that it was "twice as large as a buzzard," my

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

informant added that it was the only one he had seen since leaving
California, where, as a cowboy, he had spent several years.

This statement of an excellent hunter and reliable observer
should entitle this species to a place in the avifauna of Arizona.

*14. Cathartes aura (Linn.). Turkey Vulture.

Fairly common up to 4000 ft.

15. Accipiter cooperi (Bonap.). Cooper's Hawk.

Several couples found breeding and young secured.

16. Buteo borealis calurus (Cass.). Western Red-tail.

Common. A pair found as high as 8000 ft.

17. Buteo abbreviatus Caban. Zone-tailed Hawk.

Some half-dozen noted, one at 9000 ft. elevation.
A nest with two young Avas found in a caiion near Oracle in a
juniper.

*18. Buteo swainsoni Bonap. Swainson's Hawk.

I came suddenly upon a pair of these Hawks sitting on the bank,
at a bend in the Santa Clara, but they escaped before I could
secure them.

•■■19. Aquila cbrysaetos (Linn.). Golden Eagle.

A pair were observed sitting on the crags which overlook the
Caiion DeOro, above the trail to Mt. Lemon.

20- Falco Sparverius Linn. Sparrow Hawk.

Abundant everywhere.

•■■21. Polyborus cheriway (Jacq.). Audubon's Caracara.

Two were seen near Tucson and the species Avas occasionally noted
near Oracle.

■••■22. Syrnium occidentale Xantus. Spotted Owl.

On the opposite side of the Santa Clara valley at a point where
there rises a rocky hill whose precipitous sides front the city of
Tuscon, I found several of these owls. One pair was noticed perch-
ing on some large boulders and though they were in the full glare of the
sun they did not appear at all disconcerted. From the appearance
of the surroundings it seemed that these boulders were their regular
stands, and this was rendered more likely as a nest from which a
brood had evidently been raised was afterwards found in the
recesses of a narrow ledge below where they had been sitting,

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

23. Megascops asio trichopsis (Wagl.). Mexican Screech Owl.

A young bird of this variety about two-thirds grown, was found
in the chaparral near Tucson.

24. Bubo virginianus subarcticus (Hoy). Western Horned Owl.
Frequently heard but rarely seen. They are rare in the low-
lands.

■•■■25. Micropallas whitneyi (Cooper). Elf Owl.

Though said to be numerous, none were met with,
26. Geococcyx californianus (Less.). Road Runner.

Found more abundantly near the oak-belt than in the vicinity of
Tucson. I observed them also at a considerable distance above
Oracle.

•■27. Ceryle alcyon (Linn.). Kingfisher.

Very few noted around Tucson.

28. Dryobates villosus hyloscopus (Cab.). Cabanis" Woodpecker.

Found sparingly at 8000 feet elevation among the pines.

29. Dryobates scalaris bairdi (Scl.). Baird's Woodpecker.

Common in the oak-belt and decreasing as you descend toward
the plain.

30. Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi Ridgw. Califomian Woodpecker.
Found breeding from the oak-belt upwards, to 9000 feet eleva-
tion.

31. Melanerpes uropygialis (Baird). Gila Woodpecker.
Co-extensive with the giant cacti.

32. Colaptes cafer (Gmel.). Red-shafted Flicker.

Only found in the pine woods and rare even there.

33. Colaptes chrysoides (Malh.). Gilded Flicker.

Tolerably numerous in the valley, but none seen elsewhere.
*34. Phalsenoptilus nuttalli (Aud.). Poorwill.
Abundant, and breeding in the oak belt.

35. Cbordeiles texensis Lawr. Texan Nighthawk.

I found these birds abundant in the immediate vicinity of Tucson.
They frequented the niesquite in preference to more open tracts aud
spent much of their time, even during the mid-day hours, in dash-
ing about among the chaparral bushes for food, invariably lighting
when tired in the shade of a bush or cactus. The song of this bird

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELVHIA. 117

has a wouderful resemblance to the distant hollow, rolling
" whooooo " of Megascope. It is uttered by both sexes and whether
they be on the ground or on the wing, the quality of these notes
is so ventriloquial that I actually stumbled over three of the birds
without taking notice of them, in the search for a supposed owl
that I imagined 1 heard in a distant tree. On no occasion did they
make any other sound which would show their intimate relationship
to our C. virginianus.
*36. Micropus melanoleucus (Bairtl). White-throated Swift.

A pair of these birds were certainly breeding in the cliffs where I
found Syrnium occidentale, though I could not, because of the nature
of the ground, make thorough enough search to discover the where-
abouts of their nest.

I saw frequent companies of these birds in various places along
the Santa Clara Valley, skimming the waters of Silver Lake and
again sailing and twittering high in air, reminding one strongly, in
both situations, of the Chimney Swift.

The day of my ascent of Mount Lemon, several of this species
were seen coursing about the summit in company with Violet-green
Swallows.

37. Eugenes fulgens (Swains.). Rivoli Humming-bird.

Soon after my arrival in the Catalina pine-belt I noted a large
hummer, feeding among the yellow columbines of a little canon
near the camp. I did not see it again until the day of my de-
parture from the mountains, when I found it in the same place and
upon shooting it found it to be an adult male of the above species.
This is probably the most northerly record for the Rivoli Humming-
bird and considering the time of its capture it seems quite likely
that it was breeding in the vicinity.

38. Trochilus alexandri Boure. & Muls. Black-chinned Humming-bird.

Very abundant in the Catalinas. One shot at Tucson and one
at Oracle. The love antics of this bird are highly entertaining.
Selecting an open space among the trees in the immediate vicinity
of its nest the male starts from his perch among the willows utter-
ing a shrill, continuous trilling note that bears a strange proportion
in its tone and quickness to the varying rapidity of flight. Having
reached the farthest limits of its chosen pleasure ground, at an
elevation corresponding to that of the nearest tree-tops, it suddenly
describes a headlong, parabolic curve, just grazing the ground and

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

rising with a diminishing cadence of voice and wings to the tree-
tops on the opposite side where it repeats the manoeuvre, regaining
its former position. These evolutions are kept up in rapid succession,
sometimes as many as thirty flights being taken with scarcely a rest.
The geometric exactness of the curves which are traced by the bird
is astonishing.

The nests of the Black-chinned Hummer are easily found, but my
experience agrees with that of Mr. Scott regarding the scarcity of
nests of the other hummingbirds wdiich inhabit the Catalina
Mountains.

39. Trochilus platycercus Swains. Broad-tailed Humming-bird.

A common l)ird, associating with the former. I found a pair
building in an oak tree beside a dry water-course but did not
discover the nest until I had killed the female, whose body con-
tained a well-developed egg.

40. Tyrannus verticalis Say. Arkansas Kingbird.

Found breeding from the plains to within a few hundred feet of
the pines.

41. Tyrannus vociferans Swains. Cassin's Kingbird.

A few seen and two captured in the oaks near Oracle.

42. Myiarchus mexicanus magister Ridgw. Arizona Crested Flycatcher.

This bird Avas not common. It was not seen at an elevation
of a thousand feet above Tucson.

43. Myiarchus cinerascens Lawr. Ash-throated Flycatcher.

Found well distributed and plentiful all the way from Tucson to
t'le lower regions of the pine belt.
41. Sayornis saya (Bonap.). Say's Pliojbe.

As uniforndy distributed as the former thougli more common in
the oak woods.

45. Sayornis nigricans (Swains.) Black I'hcwbe.
Seen only at Tucson and not common.

46. Contopus pertinax Cab. Coues' Flycatcher.

Only noticed in the pine belt where they were the most abundant
Flycatcher.

47. Contopus richardsonii (Swain=.). Western Wood Pewee.
Seen only in the })ine but not common.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIIA. 119

48. Empidonax difficilis Baird. Western Flycatcher.

Two nests with young and several mated jiairs were observed
in the Catalina pines.

49. Empidonax pusillus (Swains.). Little Flycatcher.

A pair were taken in a willow clump on the banks of the Santa
Clara. They evidently had a nest but it was not found.

50. Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus (Scl,). Vermilion Flycatcher.

The greatest altitude at which I secured this Flycatcher was that
of Oracle, nearly 6000 feet They were increasingly abundant as
you neared the jjlains.

51. Otocoris alpestris adusta Dwight. Scorched Horned Lark.

Horned Larks were not abundant, though I frequently observed
small companies on the higher plains and mesas between Tucson
and the oak belt. I succeeded in securing but one, a young bird,
fully fledged.

52. Cyanocitta stelleri macrolopha (Baird). Long-cresttd Jay.

This species was confined strictly to the pine belt during my stay.
Its scolding is a peculiar combination of hiss, snarl and sneer.

53. Aphelocoma woodhousei (Baird). Woodhouse's Jay.

Only three of these wary birds were noted, all within a mile of
Oracle, in the oak belt.

54. Aphelocoma sieberi arizonae Ridgw. Arizona Jay.

The strict coincidence of the range of this abundant species with
the limits of the oak belt is as remarkable as that of the Long-
crested Jay with the pines.

55. Corvus corax sinuatus (Wagl.). American Raven,

Several Ravens visited the water tank and corral at Oracle daily,
and I occa.sionally saw them soaring among the foothills.

56. Corvus cryptoleucus Couch. White-necked Raven.

The above remarks equally apply to this species, with the differ-
ence that the former generally betook themselves to higher altitudes
while the latter departed down the nearest canon toward the San
Pedro.

57. Molothrus ater obscurus (Gmel.). Dwarf Cowbird.
Numerous in the valley and occasional around Oracle.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

58. Agelaius phoeniceus sonoriensis Ridgw. Sonoran Red-wing '!

These Blackbirds were fairly numerous along the water-courses of
the .Santa Clara.^

59. Icterus parisorum Bonap. Scott's Oriole.

Frequently found leading their young among the oaks around
Oracle and 1000 feet higher. A pair were also seen in the
mesquite bordering the oak belt.

60. Icterus cucullatus nelsoni Ridgw. Arizona Hooded Oriole.

' While the range of this species extends from Tucson nearly up to
the lower edge of Catalina pines it was nowhere so abundant as
in the oak belt.

61. Icterus bullocki (Swains.). Bullock's Oriole,

None seen in the Catalina region but abundant in the heavy
chaparral of the Santa Clara Valley, where they breed. By
imitating the cry of a young bird and concealing myself in the
bushes I never foiled to bring a croAvd of these usually timid birds
within easy range.

62. Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis (Say). House Finch.

Very abundant to near the lower pine limit; males singing, and
young in every stage of growth. Some of their call notes, and their
actions and habits in general, are very suggestive of Passer
domesticvs.

63. Spinus psaltria arizonae (Coues). Arizona Goldfinch.

Several rather large flocks were seen about Tucson and a small
one in the oak belt; two specimens were secured.

64. Chondestes grammacus strigatus (Swains.). Western Lark Sparrow.
Found rather s])ariugly in the oak belt but nowhere else.

65. Junco cinereus palliatus Ridgw. Arizona Juneo.

Breeding abundantly in the pine belt.

66. Amphispiza bilineata (Cass.). Black-throated Sparrow.

Ran<j;injr coiiunonlv, and breeding from Tucson to lUOO feet above
Oracle.

1 Mr. Scott makes no allusion to this Blackbird in his paper, the only species
of Agelahis ntientioned being A. giibernator (Auk 18S7, p. 22). Only one spt-ci-
men, an adult male is contained in Mr. Rhoads' collection so that it is difficult to
decide to which race it should be referred. The measurements seem to be nearer
to true///rt'«/V«« rather than to sonoriensis, the wing being 4*80 in. — W. S.

1892.] INTATURAL SCIENCES OF FHILADELPHIA. 121

67. Peucaea arizonae Kiclgw. Arizona Sparrow,

This species frequented the thick bunches of bear-grass just below
the lower edge of the oak belt ; they were breeding and were very
shy. Their habits are eminently terrestrial, and at no time did they
leave the ground save to perch on the lowly bear-grass stems and
utter a rather sweet song. Four individuals were seen, all within a
hundred yards of each other. Three were secured. Nowhere else
did I see or hear this species, though a most careful search was
made in the neighborhood. It is not mentioned in Mr. Scott's
paper.

68. Peucaea ruficeps boucardi (fid.). Boucard's Sparrow.

Sparingly distributed throughout the oak belt and lowest portion
of the pine belt.

69. Melospiza fasciata fallax (Baird). Desert Song Sparrow.

Found breeding only in the near vicinity of Avater in the Santa
Clara Valley.

70. Pipilo maculatus megalonyx (Baird). Spurred Towhee.
Common in the pines and ranging up to the mountain tops.

71. Pipilo fuscus mesoleucus (Baird), Canon Towhee,

Abundant in the forest-clad areas as far up as the oaks reach
into the pines. The resemblance of this bird's song to certain notes
in the Cardinal's repertory is remarkable.

*72. Pipilo aberti Baird, Abert's Towhee.

This species very sparingly replaces the preceding in the neigh-
borhood of Tucson.

73. Cardinalis cardinalis superbus Ridgw. Arizona Cardinal.

One pair of these were secured at Tucson. No other seen.

74. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata beckhami Ridgw. Arizona Pyrrhuloxia.

A few were seen near Tucson in the chaparral of the Santa Clara
Valley.

75. Habia melanocephala (Swains.). Black-headed Grosbeak,

Found breeding abundantly in the Catalina pines up to very
high altitudes.

76. Guiraca caerulea eurhyncha Coues. AVestem Blue Grosbeak.

In the valley of the Santa Clara about Tucson this Grosbeak was
daily seen. I shot a male and female which were carrying building
material intc^a willow thicket on the river bank.

9

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1(S92.

*77. Passerina amceua (Say). Lazuli Finch.

One seen near the railroad station, Tucson.

78. Piranga ludoviciana (Wils.). Louisiana Tanager.

Fairly common in the Catalina pines.

79. Piranga hepatioa Swains. Hepatic Tanager.

In the same locality as the former but less common. Also found
in the upper oak belt.

80. Piranga rubra cooperi Ridgw. Cooper's Tanager.

Ranges between the central portion of the oak belt and the Santa
Clara Valley but is not common.

81. Progne subis hesperia Brewst. Western Martin ?

Abundant in the lowland regions, particularly about Silver
Lake.'
*82. Chelidon erythrogaster (Bodd.). Bam Swallow.

Observed on the foothills but not in the valley.

83. Tachycineta tbalassina (Swains.). Violet Green Sparrow.

Abundant on the Catalina mountain tops where it breeds in holes
like its eastern congener, T. bicolor.

*84. Clivicola riparia (Linn.). Bank Swallow.

83. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.). Rough-winged Swallow.

These two species were found associated along the higher banks
of the Santa Clara in tlie Tucson suburbs, the latter being the more
numerous.

86. Phainopepla nitens (Swains.). Phainopepla.

Uniformly distributed throughout all the region traversed, up to
6000 feet.

87. Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides (Swains.). White-rumped Shrike.
Tolerably abundant from the lowlands upward as far as Oracle.

88. Vireo gilvus (Vieill). Warbling Vireo.

A pair of these birds were found nesting in a maple on Mt.
Lemon at 8000 feet.

89. Vireo solitarius plumbeus (Coues). Plumbeous Vireo.

In the pine belt of the Catalinas I found the Plumbeous Vireo
tolerably abundant. In habits it reminded me of V. solitarius,

* Only one specimen, a young male, was secured by Mr. Rhoads and it is
impossible to determine its affinities with certainty, though it seems to approach
this race.— W. S. J' s ff

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

especially in its fondness for the tops of the highest evergreens.
The song is noticeably different from that of our eastern bird,
despite a resemblance.

*90, Vireo bellii pusillus (Coues). Least \'ireo.

■ The Least Vireo was found sparingly in the chaparral of vacant
lots around Tucson and in similar places in the Santa Clara
Valley. Independently of the taxonomic differences which may
warrant Mr. Ridgway's claim to full specific rank for this Vireo,
there is nothing in its song or habits to support this position.

91. Vireo vicinior Coues. Gray Vireo.

Frequent in the oak-woods and nowhere else,

92. Helminthophila luciae (Cooper). Lucy's AVarbler.

Abundant from Tucson upward to a few hundred feet above
Oracle.

93. Helminthophila virgin! 36 (Baird). Virginia Warbler.

Little companies of this species frequented the deciduous trees in
the lower edge of the Pine-belt, reminding me in their habits of
the Bush Tits and Titmice with which they associate.

*94. Dendroica olivacea (Giraud.). Olive Warbler.

I saw one of these birds in the mountains but failed to secure it.
It was in full view and its peculiar habit of perching on the
large pines branches near the trunk, its deliberate movements and
characteristic markings, examined with a glass at short range, con-
vince me of the correctness of my identification.

95. Dendroica aestiva sonorana Brewst. Sonora Yellow AVarbler.
Plentiful around Tucson in the valley but seen nowhere else.'

96. Dendroica auduboni (Towns.). Audubon's Warbler.

Not rare in the Catalina among the pines.

97. Dendroica graciae Coues. Grace's Warbler.
Abundant in the pines.

98. Dendroica nigrescens (Towns.), Black-throated Gray Warbler.
Abundant in the pines,

1 A young bird of this race in the collection is silky white beneath, with the
lores and sides of the throat light yellow ; above gray, the lesser wing coverts and
rump yellow-olive, greater wing coverts edged with buff, wings and tail as in adults.
The specimen was evidently moulting, as yellow pin feathers are to be seen here
and there on the breast. — W. S.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

99. Geothlypis trichas occidentalis Brewst. Western Yellow-throat.

Sparingly found in the immediate vicinity of running water
around Tucson.

100. Icteria virens longicauda Lawr. Long-tailed Chat.
Abundant in the valley.

101. Setophaga picta (Swains.). Painted Redstart.

This exquisite species was common in the Catalina jiine woods
and the upper edge of the oak belt.

102. Cardellina rubrifrons (Giraud). Red-faced Warbler.

The above remarks apply equally to this species, though its range
does not extend so far up as that of the Redstart.

103. Mimus polyglottos Linn. Mockingbird.

AVithout exception the most abundant bird in the country,
ranging up to 5000 or 6000 feet.

104. Harporhyncus curvirostris palmeri Ridgw. Palmer's Thrasher.

To the best of my recollection Palmer's Thrasher was the com-
monest species of the genus, ranging somewhat lower than the
following.

105. Harporhyncus bendirei Coues. Bendire's Thrasher.
Found abundantly from the plains up to 4000 feet.

106. Harporhyncus crissalis (Henry). Crissal Thrasher.

Equal in abundance and with a similar range to H. hencUrei.

107. Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus (Lafr.). Cactus Wren.
Abounding in all dry situations between Tucson and Oracle.

108. Salpinctes obsoletus (Say). Rock Wren.

Tolerably common in rocky situations within the oak belt. A
pair observed on top of a spur of Mt. Lemon, 8000 feet high.

109. Catherpes mexicanus punctulatus Ridgw. Dotted Cafion AVren.

The first of these enchanting songsters was heard among the rocks
of a hill near Tucson, around which flowed the waters of the Santa
Clara. They were rare in this locality. I next discovered them in
the boulder-covered foot-hills about Oracle and found them breed-
ing in the Santa Catalinas, one pair having located in a pile of
rocks several hundred feet above our camp.

110. Thryotliorus bewickii bairdi (Salv. & Goilm.). Baird's AVren.
Throughout the oak belt and for some distance in the pines this

species was very common. I did not find any at a lower elevation.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

111. Troglodytes aedonaztecus Baird. Western House Wren.

Very common in the pine clad areas of the Catalinas where its
rano-e overlans that of Baird's Wren.

112. Certhia familiaris mexicana (Glog.). Mexican Creeper.

A few were noted in the higher pines on Mt. Lemon 7000 to 8000
feet.

113. Sitta carolinensis aeuleata (Cass.). Slender-billed Nuthatch.

Very common throughout the pines to the highest mountain tops.

114. Sitta pygmaea Vig. Pygmy Nuthatch.

Co-extensive with preceding species and even more abundant.

115. Parus wollweheri (Bonap.). Bridled Titmouse.

Abundant in the oak-belt and lower edge of pine belt.

116. Parus gambeli Ridgw. Mountain Chickadee.

Found on the Catalina mountains in flocks, at and above 7000
feet ; always in the tops of the lofty firs.^

117. Psaltriparus plumbeus Baird. Lead- colored Bush-Tit.
Found every whei'e, within the limits of the oak belt.

118. Auriparus flaviceps (Sund.). Verdin.

While I occasionally saw the Verdin in the fringe of the oak
growth, it became increasingly numerous as I neared Tucson where
it was abundant.

■■•■119, Regulus satrapa olivaceus Baird. Western Golden-crowned Kinglet,

I found a male of this species among the fir tops near the summit
of Mt. Lemon. It continued to utter a sweet song while I watched
it through my glass.

120. Polioptila caerulea obscura Ridgw. Western Gnateateher.

Breeds in the lower edge of the pines, not common.

121. Polioptila plumbea Baird. Plumbeous Gnateateher.

Common everywhere among the foot-hills and higher uplands but
rare in the valleys. In the lower pine belt it is replaced by the
other species.

122. Turdus aonalaschkae auduboni (Baird). Audubon's Hermit Thrush.
These thrushes sang continuously during my ascent of Mount

Lemon, answering each other from the opposing canons with the

same measured cadences and pauses that characterize the song of

1 This species does rot seem to have been previously recorded from this dis-
irict— \V. S.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

pallasii. This was on the first day of July, and from what I
observed, they were abundant and the breeding season was at its
height.

■123. Merula migratoria propinqua Ridgw. Western Robin.
A small number found breeding among the Catalina pines.

124. Sialia mexicana Swains. AVestern Bluebird.

Abundant in the pine belt at all elevations.

The following were accidentally omitted from their proper place
in the list.

Zenaidura macroura (Linn.). Mourning Dove.

Oracle and Tucson.

Melopelia leucoptera (Linn.). White-winged Dove.

Tucson.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

February 2.
The President, General Isaac J. AVistar, in the chair.

Forty-seven persons present.

A paper entitled "The Development of the Shell in the coiled
stage of Baculites corapressus Say," by Amos P. Brown was pre-
sented for publication.

The death of Andrew H. ^Miller a member, January 2H, was
announced.

Drexelia, a Neiv Genus of Spiders. — Rev. H. C. McCook, D. D.
stated that Mr. Cambridge had described, under the name of Epe Ira
tetragnathoides, a species of spiders which without doubt is identical
with Epeira directa of Hentz. The late Count Keyserling in his
manuscript notes as edited by Dr. George Marx, applies the name
of Epeira deludens to the same species, and it is so catalogued, in
litteris, by Dr. Marx in his Catalogue of North American Arane?e.
Specimens in the speaker's collection, which are beyond doubt iden-
tical with Hentz's Epeira directa, have been carefully compared
with specimens in the Marx collection, identified by Keyserling as
his Epeira deludens, and both, again, with the descriptions of E.
tetragnathoides by Cambridge in "Biologia Centrali Americana."

Not only is the specific name of Hentz thus restored, but it
becomes necessary to make this species the tyj^e of a new genus,
which Dr. McCook had named Drexelia, in recognition of the noble
contribution to scientific and industrial education made by our
fellow townsman, Mr. Anthony J. Drexel. Drexelia is separated
sharply from Epeira by the peculiar elongated shape of the sternum,
which is at least twice as long as wide; and further, by the char-
acter of the maxill?e, which are longer than wide; and still further
by the shape of the abdomen, which is long, narrow, straight, and,
especially in the female, somewhat compressed both at the base and
the apex. The legs, too, are less stout than those of the typical
Epeira. In the form of the maxillre Drexelia approaches both
Nephila and Meta, but difl^ers from both and in a more marked
degree from Epeira, in relatively greater length of the sternum. It
differs also from these genera in the form of the abdomen, that of
Nephila being long as in Drexelia, but sub-cylindrical in form ; that
of Meta being a rounded oval, approaching thus the typical Epeira.
In the shape of the abdomen Drexelia somewhat resembles Tetrag-
natha, a fact which doubtless suggested the name given by Cambridge.
It also approaches this genus in the rather slight and feebly armed
character of the legs; but the mouth parts and sternum, to say
nothing of other characteristics, widely divide these two genera.
Drexelia approaches Epeira in the contour of the face and head,

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and resembles examples of the same species in the grouping of the
eyes ; but in all other respects it is so widely divided from the typi-
cal Epeira, that it becomes necessary to separate it from the genus ;
and, as he knew of no other to which it can be relegated without
equal objections, he had deemed it necessary to establish for it this
new genus.
Drexelia directa Hentz.

1847 £/>eira directa, Hentz. Jour. B. S., Nat. Sci., V, PI. 31, fig. 21 ; and U.

S. p. 119, PI. 1-3, fig. 21.
1847 Epeira rttbella Hentz Ibid, fig. 22 ; Ibid, p. 120, fig. 22.

1889 Epeira tetragnathoides Cambridge. Biolog. Cent. Am., Aran. p. 16, PI.
viii. figs. 9, 1(».

1890 Epeira deludens Marx, in Hit, Catalg. p. 544. (Keyserling Die Spinn.
Am. IV, Epeir.)

1890 Singa rubella (Hz.) Mr.rx. Ibid, p. 547.

February 9.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Forty-six persons present.

February 16.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Thirty jjersons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : —

A new Pycnogonum from the West Coast of the United States.
By J. E. Ives.

Birds collected by the West Greenland Expedition of 1891.
By Witmer Stone.

Anatomy of West Indian Helices. — Mr. H. A. Pilsbry stated that
the genital system in the Helices belonging to the genus Cara-
colus is characterized by its simplicity, resembling the North
American genus Folygyra in this respect. It differs from this last
in several points, notably in the presence of a flagellum upon the
penis ; or, to speak more exactly, upon that slender continuation of
the penis which gives rise to both the flagellum and the vas deferens.
In Caracolus rostratus (PI. VI, figs. C, D) the flagellum (fl.) is very
short; the duct of the spermatheca being likewise short. The jaw
(PI. VI, fig. E) is stout, its central portion arching forward like a
beak, with the suggestion of a median prominence to the cutting
edge. It is completely devoid of ribs, although some other forms of
Caracolus which are scarcely distinguishable specifically from this

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCE.S OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

one, are strongly odontognathous, another proof that this character
is worthless for dividing genera or sections among the Helices.

Caracolus (Lucerna) acutus (PI. VI, tig. A.) has a short flagellum,
but much longer than that of C. rostratus. The duct of the sperraa-
theca is long. The jaw (PI. VI, fig. B) has strong, unequal ribs.

Hemitrochus (Placfiopfycha) salvatoris has the same type of jaw
which Binney has described and figured for H. varians the typical
species of Hemitrochus. In the present species, which belongs to the
section Plagioptijcha, the jaw (PI. VI, fig. G) is highly arched, has a
feeble median projection, and a group of faint vertical strise in the
middle. The genital system (PI. VI, fig. F) is complicated by the
presence of a large dart sac, several unequal accessory glands, (a.
gl.) corresponding to the " digitate glands " of the restricted genus
Helix {H pomatia, etc.). The penis (p.) is slender and tAvisted.
It bears a long flagellum of the " whip-lash " type. I found no
retractor muscle attached to the jienis, but I suppo.se that there
is one.

I have not commented on or figured the teeth of these forms, as
Binney has already investigated those of numerous allied species.

These few species serve to show the marked difference existing
between the genital systems of the two main genera of West
Indian Helices: — Caracolus and Hemitrochus.

Explajiation of Plate VI.

A. Genitalia of Caracolus (Liicerna) acutus Lam. drawn from a

specimen collected by Wm. Fox, in Jamaica (Mus. No. of shell,
61,632.)

B. Jaw of the same.

C. Genitalia of Caracolus rostratus Pfr., (Cuba), obtained from a

bunch of bananas.

D. Same specimen, from the opposite side.

E. Jaw of the same specimen.

F. Genitalia, of Hemitrochiis (^Plagioptycha) salvatoris Pfr. Drawn

from a specimen furnished by Wm. H. Dall. (Mus. No. of
shell, 62,941). Wattlings Id., Bahamas.

G. Jaw of the same individual.

(P. penis, /f. flagellum, p. r., retractor penis, r. s. spermatheca, a. gl.
accessory glands.

February 23.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Thirty-two persons present.

The death of Henry Walter Bates, a correspondent, February 17,
was announced.

The following were elected members : —

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Walter Horstmann, Charles S. Boyer, John M. Hutchinson,
S. P]ralen Meigs and Simon J. Martin.

Howard Ayres of Milwaukee was elected a correspondent.
The following were ordered to be printed : —

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

NEW AND UNFIGTJRED UNI0NID3:.
BY H. A. PILSBRY.
Unio Qnintardii Cragin. I'l. Ylf, figs. 1, 2, 3.

This plicate JJnio presents characters which separate it easily
from the numerous Avaved species of the Mississippi basin. The
sculpture consists of a series of superimposed Y-shaped waYes, the
apices of the V's directed towards the beaks. There are some of
the narrow, impressed furrows, crossing the waves at right angles,
which form so prominent a character of the sculpture of Uiiio undv-
lahis Barnes. The cuticle is dark -brown with occasional blackish
streaks, as in other shells of the same group. The beaks are
eroded and the nacre white. Other characters are shown in the
figure, which is drawn from the original type.

This species is from Salt Creek, a tributary of the Deep Fork of
the Canadian river. Sac and Fox Reservation, Oklahoma Territory.

A description of this shell was published by Prof. F. W. Cragin,
in the Bulletin of the Washburn College Laboratory of Natural
History, II, No. 8, p. 6, October, 1887. It has not before been
figured.

Unio Pilsbryi Marsh, Plate YIII, tigs. 7, 8.

Like the last species, this is a member of the plicate group of
L'niones. It is a decidedly compressed, oblong shell, black
in color, having very distinctly marked lines of growth, which
are spaced over the greater part of the disc, but become
crowded on tlie lower margin. It has numerous oblique waves,
which generally bifurcate indistinctly toward the posterior-
lower end. The waves are more or less cut by short impressed
furrows, as in U. undulatus, etc. The nacre is white and very
thick anteriorly, but in the cavity of the valves and posteriorly it is
thin and stained with blue and olive-green. The lateral teeth are
also olive-green. This species was collected by Mr. Elwood Pleas
in the Little Red River, Arkansas. It has been described by Mr.
Wm. A. Marsh in the " Nautilus, " V. p. 1.

Unio Pilsbryi is not closely allied to any other American species.
It has a striking resemblance to Unio Leai Gray of China.

Specimens, including the individual figured, are in the exhibit
of United States shells in the Museum of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Arconaia Provancheriana Pilsbry, PI. \'ir, figs. 4, 5, 6.

This species has already been briefly noticed in these Proceedings,
and a description has been published in the " Xautilus, " IV, p. 127.
It may be compared in the degree and direction of twist to the
variety of Arconaia contorta Lea, figured by Heude on PI. XV, fig.
32, of his " Conchyliologie fluviatile de la Province de Nanking et
de la Chine Centi-ale, " a Chinese species. The locality of this
species is not known positively, but it is supposed to be from China.
The type is No. 63,094 of the collection of the Philadelphia
Academy.

The Arconaia Delaportei of Crosse and Fischer (Journal de Con-
chyliologie, 1876, Pis. X and XI,) differs decidedly from the present
form in outline, and in the winged extremities. A. Provancheriana
may, indeed, prove to belong elsewhere than in Arconaia, as it is
not at all produced at the ends, as are the species hitherto in-
cluded in that genus or subgenus.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

REPORT ON THE HYMENOPTERA COLLECTED IN WEST GREENLAND.

BY WILLIAM J. FOX.

The Hymenoptera enumerated in the present paper were col-
lected by Messrs. Mengel and Hughes, Avho accompanied the
Academy's recent expedition to West Greenland. The larger por-
tion of the collection was made at Disco Island, in lat. 69° 10'
and at McCormick Bay, Lat. 77° 40' while Herbert Island, Lat.
77° 30' contributes one specimen. The species of XemaUis de-
scribed below was forwarded to Mr. C. L. Marlatt of the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, a specialist to whom I am indebted for
the description. My thanks are due Prof. Angelo Heilprin and lo
Mr. E. T. Cresson for the opportunity of studying the collection.

TEREBRANTIA.

Nematus borealis Marlatt, n. sp.

S — Black, including the tegulffi and trophi ; labrum, tip of abdo-
men, tips of femora, tibise, tarsi except tips and posterior pair dull
yellowish or resinous. Antennae moderately long and slightly
flattened; joints three to five, nearly equal ; all coarsely punctured
and faintly pubescent. Head more angular than is commonly the
case in Xematus and resembling in this respect the genus Dolenis
and in Nematus, N. concolor and particularly yapax ; when viewed
from above, sloping regularly and considerably posteriorly ;
sparsely pubescent ; region including ocelli abruptly elevated or
shield-shaped — the posterior ocelli on border of shield and the
anterior ocellus in the wide basin of the shield ; clypeus slightly
emarginate, shining. Scutellum and lateral lobes of the mesothorax
shining. Abdomen with central longitudinal ridge above on pos-
terior half Wings perfectly hyaline, veins dark-brown, including
costal to base ; stigma large, yellow ; second submarginal cell uni-
form in width, i. e., not especially widened at first angle ; distan( e of
first recurrent nervure from base of second cell not twice that of
second from tip. Inner tooth of claw large but somewhat smaller
than outer tooth.

Length '25 inch (6mm.)

Expanse "60 inch (14mm.)

Described from a single $ from Disco Island, This species is
allied to, but readily distinguished from concolor, rapax and labra-
doris.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Ichneumon discoensis n. sji.

A specimen from Disco Island, August lOtli, does not agree with
any of the species heretofore recorded from Greenland or Arctic
America.

The following description will aid in distinguishing it : Black ; the
apical half of the femora, the tibise, tarsi, the apex of the first, the
second and third entirely and the base of the fourth abdominal
segments, above and beneath, and a spot on the scutelkim, reddish
brown ; the tips of fore tibipe and the apical tarsal joints dark ; head
and thorax clothed with short, black pubescence, finely and evenly
punctured ; clypeus truncate ; antennae situated at a point opposite
the middle of the eyes, much shorter than the body, entirely black,
38-jointed, the scape short and stout, hirsute beneath ; wings sub-
hyaline, with a violaceous reflection, the nervures and stigma black ;
metathorax strongly punctured, rugose on the sides, the posterior
face enclosed by a very strong ridge, bicarinated ; the upper surface
bears four ridges, the two inner ones by far the shortest, all four
being connected with the ridge enclosing the posterior face ; at
the top of the metapleurse there is another strong, curved ridge,
which extends nearly to the posterior coxse ; femora finely punct-
ured ; abdomen with fine close punctures, the third segment de-
pressed at base. Length about ll*5mm.

Exolytus ?p. ?

A small species with the head and thorax black, the four anterior
legs except the coxse and trochanters, the hind legs from the apex
of the femora, all brownish.

Disco Island, August 10th.

Cryptus arcticus Schiodte.

Four 9 specimens. Disco Island, August 10th., agree with the
description of this species.

ACULEATA.

Bombus nivalis Dhlb.

Two $ specimens. McCormick Bay, July 27th.

Bombus derhamellus Tllig.

Two $ specimens. Herbert Island, July 24th ; McCormick
Bay, July 27th.

Bombus sp. ?

A specimen in very poor condition from Disco, June 27th, from
present appearances seems to have had the prothorax, scutellum,

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

the first three and last two abdominal segments, dorsally, with
yellow pubescence ; the inner side of first joint of posterior tarsi
with brownish, glittering pubescence ; otherwise black.

Bombus hyperboreus Dhlb. {=arcticus Kirby.)

This species appears to have been the most abundant. In all
four 5 and six $ specimens were obtained. Disco Island, June
27th., three 9 's, August lOth., six ^ 's. One specimen a female,
has the yellowish pubescence much paler than in the other speci-
mens of this sex.

Bombus sp. ?

Two $ specimens. Disco Island, August 10th. I have been
unable to identify these specimens with any of the known species of
Europe and America. The great variation to which representatives
of this genus are subject and the lack of European material at
hand, renders it unsafe to describe these as new.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SHELL IN THE COILED STAGE OF BACUL-

ITES COMPRESSUS SAY.

BY AMOS P. BROWN.

In a former brief communication^ the writer lias noted the
discovery of theyoungof the above species in some Cretaceous marl
from near Deadwood, S. Dak., and has shoAvn that Bacnlites was
coiled in its earlier stages. In the same communication the develop-
ment of the suture is illustrated from a generalized Ceratite stage
to the adult suture of B. compressus, thus fixing the species of
these young forms. Since the above was communicated the writer
has been engaged in the study of the development of the shell in
the coiled stage and the results of these investigations are presented
herewith.

The coiled stage of the shell consists of two to two and one-half
whorls, the diameter of this coiled portion being 0"8to 1" mm. The
shell then passes at once into the straight form, either tangent to
the spiral or somewhat reflexed in certain cases. By breaking the
.shell back from the straight portion to the protoconch, the develop-
ment of the shell was made out and the successive stages in this
development observed. By an examination of the surface mark-
ings of the shell the form and extent of the embryonic shell on leav-
ing the egg — the first n?epionic stage — has been determined with
considerable certainty.

The protoconch appears on a front view broadly elliptical in out-
line, being 0"55 mm. to 0"60 mm. in axial diameter by 0.45 mm. in
vertical diameter; this axial diameter then diminishes in each suc-
ceeding whorl and is not again attained until a length of several
millimeters of the straight portion of the shell has been developed.
Hence the rounded ends of the protoconch may generally be seen
projecting beyond the succeeding whorls when the entire spiral
portion of the shell is viewed edgewise. The suture line of the first
septum is marked by the prominent narrow saddle over the
siphuncle which determines that this form belongs to the Angusti-
sellati of Branco. The remainder of the first septum is rather
simply curved, the lateral saddles of the succeeding septa being per-
haps represented by the slight lateral undulations that exist. Seen
from the side the protoconch has the form shown in PI. IX, fig. 4, while

jProc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1891, pp. 159-160.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

the front view is shown in fig. 3. In this latter the form of the
septum may be readily seen, and also the position of the siphuncle.
It will be noticed that the perforation of the siphuncle is large (0*07
ram. in diameter), this diameter of the perforation remains quite
constant throughout the spiral portion of the shell. The form of
the first septum is lunate, 0'55 mm. broad by 0*15 mm. high
and the lateral extremities reach to near the axis of the spiral.
The next following septa have successively smaller lateral
diameters and larger vertical diameters, so that the successive
whorls become rapidly less and less enveloping. The form of
the septa at the same time is gradually changing; the lunate form
of the first septum gives place to a broadly elliptical form concave
on the inner side ; this in turn passes into a more and more circular
form, until it becomes completely circular in the straight portion of
the shell. Thus Plate IX, fig. 8, shows the fourth septum to be 0-52
ram. broad by 0-21 mm. high, the total vertical diameter of the shell
at this point being 0'56 mm. or about the same as the lateral. The
seventh septum measures 0*47 mm. by 0'23 mm. high ; the thirteenth,
Plate IX, fig. 7, measures 0-45 mm. broad by 0*28 mm. high.
Finally the seventeenth septum, Plate IX, fig. 6, measures 0"50
mm. broad by 0'40 mm. high, showing that the minimum breadth has
been passed, and in fact at about the fourteenth septum the breadth
seems to be least. It will be noticed that the surface of contact
between the inner and outer whorls rapidly diminishes from 0'55
mm. at the first septum to 0"2() mm. at the seventeenth septum, and
thence rapidly to the straight portion which begins somewhere
between the twentieth and twenty-fifth septa. This surface of contact
may be readily traced on the inner whorls of the shell and these
traces are indicated in Plate IX, figs. 6, 7 and 8. In the straight
portion of the shell the form of cross section passes gradually from
a circular to an ovoidal, laterally compressed form and finally in
the adult into a somewhat triangular form, acute ventrally (the
side on which the siphuncle is located) and flattened dorsally. The
cross section of the shell is thus seen to be first lunate, laterally
elongated ; then successively laterally elliptical, circular, laterally
compressed, and finally somewhat triangular. These changes
up to the circular form take place very rapidly ; the succeeding
changes from the circular form to the triangular form are very
gradual. In this respect the shell shows very rapid development in
the spiral stage and gradual development on quite new lines in the
10

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

straight stage. It is also to be noted in this connection that some
other species of Baculites, as J5. ovatus Say, B. aneeps Lam., have a
circular or ovate cross section in the adult stage,and probably pass
through the same changes as the species under discussion in their
earlier stages up to the circular cross section but retain this circular
or ovate cross section in the adult.

An examination of the suture lines as represented in PI. IX, fig.
9, will show quite rapid development here too, but probably not more
than is common to all of the Ammonitidje. As is usual the form
of the second suture is entirely different from that of the first.
The ventral lobe in the second suture is well marked, the first lateral
saddle is here quite broad, the first lateral lobe is acute, and a por-
tion of the second lateral saddle is shown. The ventral lobe of the
third suture is a straight line on the end ; in the fourth the narrow
ventral saddle, which is located over the siphuncle, first appears.
The lateral lobes of the third suture are rounded instead of acute as
in the second suture and in each succeeding suture the lobes and
saddles become more rounded and deeper until they are deeper
than broad. During this period of its development the shell may
be said to be in the Cloniatite stage which persists throughout the
spiral shell and as far as about the 30th septum, when the second-
ary lobes begin to appear at the ends of the lateral saddles and the
shell passes into what might be called the Ceratite stage. This
Ceratite stage then rapidly gives place to the typical Ammonite stage
iu which both the lateral lobes and saddles become divided at their
ends. PI. IX, fig. 9, illustrates the development of the suture
from the initial to the Goniatite stage. Its development in the Cera-
tite and Ammonite stages has been illustrated in my former com-
munication on this species already referred to above. The comple-
tion of the second lateral lobe and dorsal saddle has probably already
taken place on the surface of contact between the protoconch and
the first whorl as early as the second suture, though it does
not appear on the free surface until the sixth suture has
been reached. Owing to the difficulty of handling these exceed-
ingly minute and friable pieces of the shell broken off in displaying
the inner whorls and the protoconch no attempt has been made to
observe the form of suture on this surface of contact between the
inner and outer whorls, but from examining the front view of the
septa as they were successively exposed, it was found that the main
features of the lobes and saddles first develop on this surface of con-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

tact and then appear from the inner .side of the whorl on the
free outer surface, being exposed by the uncoiling of the shell. The
total number of main lobes and saddles of the adult shell is ap-
parently developed at the second septum, and the further develop-
ment of the suture consists in the formation of secondary lobes and
saddles, appearing as complexities of the primary or r^ain ones. Of
these secondary folds of the suture, the first to appear is the narrow
ventral saddle at the fourth suture, and probably also the narrow
dorsal lobe is formed but little later, for both are about equally well
marked when the shell passes into the straight form. The fact that
the adult number of lobes is developed at the second septum is an
evidence of cataplastic development, the adult number of lobes in
the suture being usually developed at a much later stage in the
normal coiled Ammonites. But in other uncoiled and degenerate
forms the niepionic lobes are retained throughout their development
and are not added to in the adult stages.

The outer nacreous shell when preserved is found to be marked
by minute tuberculations of irregular shape; these in turn give
place to the parallel curved lines seen in the adult shell. These
parallel lines first appear about the fourteenth septum, and they
soon completely obscure the tuberculation. Between the first and
second sutures there is apparently an interruption in the growth of the
shell, appearing as a line resembling a suture line, PI. IX, fig.
10. This line seems to be slightly raised above the general shell sub-
stance; it extends over the end of the ventral lobe of the second
suture and back in a simple curve to near the lateral ends of the
first suture. In breaking away the nacreous shell substance to
show the sutures, the break nearly always follows this line, leaving
the protoconch covered by the original shell. Over the area thus
left of the original shell substance the tuberculations are found to
be more circular in outlineaud closer together than in the succeeding
portions of the shell. It is believed that the portion of the shell thus
bounded represents the original embryonic chamber, or protoconch
PI. IX, fig. 5, which would thus extend beyond the point where the
first septum was subsequently developed. A section in the plane of
the spiral, but not quite median, PI. IX, fig, 11, showed the shell
to be composed of successively deposited layers, and the first of these
was seen to extend a short distance beyond the first septum, thus
tending to confirm the above belief. It thus seems probable that
the outer limit of the protoconch lies between the first and second

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

septa, as shown in PI. IX, fig. 10, The edge of this supposed em-
bryonic shell is seen to be finely crenate, but not regularly so, the
crenatures being larger in some parts than in others. On breaking
away the outer shell of the protoconch this line still persists and it
might readily be mistaken for a suture line, if it did not overlap
the lobe of the second suture. The section of the shell in the plane
of the spiral above referred to shows that there is no septum at this
point, but there is apparently a slight thickening of the shell sub-
stance.

The protoconch, as seen in this section in the plane of the spiral,
PI. IX, fig. 11, is quite large and nearly circular, and of the gen-
eral form common to all of the Ammonoidea. The section not being
quite median the siphuncle is not shown, and the septa do not present
exactly the same form as they would in a median section. Only
one such section was ground on account of scarcity of material to
work on, but this one shows the structure to be that of the Ammon-
oidea in general. The septa were equally spaced, or nearly so, up
to the twelfth, from which point they are successively more widely
spaced. It is to be noted that at about this point the lateral con-
traction of the shell ceases and the gradual increase in lateral
diameter begins, apparently indicating a change in the conditions
of the life of the animal.

After considerable investigation I have been unable as yet to
trace the phylogeny of this species. A careful examination of the
development of the shell in the earlier stages of Scaphltes conradi
Morton, a form associated with the young of Baculites in this same
material, showed that the Scaphites must have been derived from a
totally different stock, and cannot be related to Baculites. Nor do the
adult suture lines of the two forms show much resemblance to each
other. An interesting point was developed, hoAvever, in the study of
the young of the Scaphites, which tends to confirm my observation
on the extent of the first embryonic shell as shown in PI. IX, fig.
5. A very successful median section of Scaphites conradi in the plane
of the spiral showed a thickening of the shell at the termination of
the first layer, Avhich is between the first and second septa as in
Baculites, this thickening indicating an interruption in the growth
of the shell such as might be expected on the emerging of the young
from the egg. But this correspondence in the extent of the embry-
onic shell does not indicate a relation between the two forms, it
being a character probably common to all Ammonites. Indeed,

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

judging from the adult characters alone, this Bacxdites is much
more closely related to the forms grouped under the genus Ancy-
loceras, and as far as the young of Ancyloceras has been described
it seems to be closely related to Bacxdites. On comparing the adult
sutures of B. compressus with Ancyloceras jenneyi Whitf, the simi-
larity is very marked. Lack of suitable material has prevented
my examining the young of Ancyloceras, but I would suggest
that to the genera Ancyloceras, Grioceras, and related forms with
completely separate whorls we are to look for the nearest relatives
of Bacidites. These forms, like Baculites, have become uncoiled at
a very early stage; their adult sutures are very similar, and the
main diflerence lies in the degree of straightening of the shell.
Indeed in Baculites the shell is not strictly rectilinear but there is
usually a slight curvature towards the dorsal side. While then the
relations of this form are still in doubt, it is hoped that the facts
presented in this paper may go far towards unravelling the phy-
logeny of Baculites.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Young of Bacuh'fes cor/i/>ressiis S.\y, xh).

Fig. 2. Proioconch seen from above, x45.

Fig. 3. Protoconch front view, x45.

Fig. 4. Protoconch side view, x45.

Fig. 5. Embryonic shell of first mijpionic stage, side view, x45. This is proba-
bly the shell possessed by the animal on leaving the egg.

Fig. 6. Front view at the seventeenth septum, showing cross section of the
whorl, x2o. In this and the two succeeding figures the dotted
lines indicate the extent of the surface of contact between this
portion of the shell and the succeeding whorl.

Fig. 7. Front view at thirteenth septum, x2o.

Fig. 8. Front view at fourth septum, x25.

Fig. 9. The first six suture lines, x35.

Fig. 10. Side view of protoconch and first six septa, showing outline of the first
naepionic stage, x40.

Fig. 11. Cross section of shell in the plane of the spiral showing two septa and
the imbricated layers of growth, xlOO.

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

A NEW SPECIES OF PYCNOGONUM FROM CALIFORNIA.
BY .1. E. IVES,

In a collection of Crustaceans and Echinodernis from San
Diego, California, recently sent to me for determination by Mr.
Frederick Stearns of Detroit, there is an apparently iindescribed
species of Fycnogonu7n. It is of especial interest owing to the fact
that only a single species belonging to the group of the Pantopoda
has been described from the Pacific Coast of North America.^
Although only two species are thus now known from the We^-t
Coast it is probable that it will be found in the future that a number
of species exist on these shores. Professor Edmund B. AVilson- has
enumerated fifteen species from the New England waters, and it is
possible that as many may be found upon the Pacific Coast.

Five specimens were sent by Mr. Stearns. As none of them
possess ovigerous legs I presume they are all females.

The species has been named after the collector. To the liberality
of the same gentleman I am indebted for the preparation for publi-
cation of the accompanying plate.

The species may be characterized as follows :

Pycnogonum Stearnsi n. sp.

Body broad and flat. Lateral processes with scarcely any inter-
val between them.

Proboscis sub-cylindrical, slightly swollen in its anterior half, but
contracting somewhat at its extremity, about one-third the total
length of the body.

Each cephalothoracic segment with a prominent tubercle dorsally
in the median line on the posterior border and a somewhat smaller
tubercle on the outer edge of each lateral process ; first segment
about two-thirds of the length of the proboscis, with a not very
broad, slightly constricted neck ; second, third and fourth segments
respectively equal to about two-thirds of the length of the first ;
posterior borders of the segments slightly elevated.

Oculiferous tubercle bluntly conical ; eyes black, small, nearly
equally spaced ; the posterior pair slightly further apart than the
anterior pair.

'^ Amniothea longicatidata Stimpson, from Puget Sound, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1864, p. 159.)

^Report U. S. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries, 1878 (1880.)

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 148

Abdomen clavate, truncated at its extremity, slightly swollen in
the middle.

Legs stout ; first or basal joint bi'oad, rather broader antero-pos-,
teriorly than the lateral processes of the segments, with the appear-
ance of a dorsal notch on its outer edge due to the close approxima-
tion of two dorsal tubercles ; second joint rather smaller than the
first ; third rather smaller than the second ; the three joints together
in the third ambulatory leg about as long as the proboscis ; fourth
strongly developed, about two-thirds of the length of the proboscis
proximal half of the ventral surface considerably swollen, and a
single rather weakly developed dorsal tubercle at its distal extrem-
ity ; fifth about equal in length to the fourth, but more slender;
sixth rather shorter than the fifth ; seventh very short, sub-triangu-
lar ; eighth about as long as the sixth ; ninth about two-fifths of the
eighth. Fifth, sixth and eighth joints Avithout tubercles ; two or
three bristles upon the distal dorsal surface of the sixth ; a few fine
hairs upon the ventral surface of the seventh, and a few bristles
upon ventral surface of the eighth. No auxiliary claws.

Color in alcohol, yellowish-brown.

Length of body of the largest of the five specimens, from the ex-
tremity of the proboscis to the extremity of the abdomen, H mm.

Three of the type specimens have been given by Mr. Stearns to
the museum of the Academv and two of them are in his own col-
lection.

This species appears to be mostly nearly allied to Pycnogonum
I'Utorale Strom, differing from it among other characters, however,
markedly in the shape of the proboscis, which in the latter species is
conical, and in Pycnogonum Stearnsi sub-cylindrical.

A list of the species o^ Pycnogonum hitherto known is appended.^

P. littorale Strom.

Coasts of the North Atlantic ocean and adjacent seas.^

^In this list Astridium (^Pycnogonuvi) orientale Dana, from Balabac Strait (U.
S. Expl. Exped., vol. xiii, p. 1391, pi. 96, figs. 2 a, b, c,) has not been included,
as it probably represents a distinct genus.

^Philippi's (Archiv. f. Naturg., 1843, ix Jahrg. p. 175) record of this species from
Naples I consider to be exceedingly doubtful, as Professor Dohrn did not find it
there. Philippi probably mistook one of the two species described from that place
by Professor Dohrn for this species. I am also very skeptical in regard to the
species described under this name from Chili by Nicolet (Gay's Historia fisica y
politica de Chili, Zool., T. Ill, p. 308; Atlas, pi. IV, fig. 8). If a species of
Pycnogonutn is found on the coast of Chili it is almost absolutely certain that it
is not P. littorale. If the figure given by Nicolet is correct, it must be a species
distinct from P. littorale.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OK [1892.

Var tentte Slater (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. Ill, p. 283).

Japan.
P. auitrale Grube (Jahresb. der schles. Ges. f. vateri. Cultur, 1869, p. 54.)

Australia.
P. nodulosum Dohrn (Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, III, pp. 203-207,

Tal. XVI, Fig. 1-3, 1881).

Mediterranean (Naples).
P.pusillum Dohrn (Op. cit. pp. 207-210, Taf. XVI. Fig. 4-8).

Mediterranean (Naples.)
P. crassirostre Sars (Den Norske Nordliavs-Expedition, XX, pp. 12-14, 1891.)

Norwegian Coast, Iceland.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Pycnogonum Stearnsi, n. sp., dorsal surface, much enlarged.
Fig. 2. Right side of the trunk.
Fig. 3. Ventral surface of the trunk.

Fig. 4. Postero-dorsal surface of the third ambulatory leg on the left side,
much more enlariie i.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

BIRDS COLLECTED BY THE WEST GREENLAND EXPEDITION.
BY WITMER STONE.

The collection of birds herein described was obtained June 26 to
August 11, 1891, by the West Greenland Expedition under com-
mand of Prof. Angelo Heilprin. The specimens were collected by
Dr. William E. Hughes, Ornithologist of the Expedition, and Dr.
Benjamin Sharp, Zoologist-in-Charge, the principal localities where
collecting was carried on being Disco Island, Duck Island (Lat.
73° 57' N.), Melville Bay, Cape York, and McCormick Bay (Lat.
77° 43' N.).

Twenty-one species are represented in the Greenland collection
which numbers 147 specimens and there are in addition 16 speci-
mens obtained at Sydney, Nova Scotia, Gulf of St. Lawrence and
Strait of Belle Isle.

jNIost of the birds collected w^ere in full breeding plumage and
were undoubtedly on their breeding grounds. In the following list
I have given the results of careful measurements of all the speci-
mens, and notes in regard to peculiarities of plumage, etc.

1. Cepphus grylle ;L). Black Guillemot.

Only one specim.^n of this bird was procured, a male shot on the
Waigat, Disco Island, August 8. The wing measures 6*50 inches
and the culmen 1*44 inches.

2. Cepphus mandtii (Licht) Mandt's Guillemot.

Specimens of Mandt's Guillemot were collected in Melville and
McCormick Bays and the series obtained shows considerable varia-
tion in plumage. One is uniform black while the others are some-
what speckled with white feathers below and have many of the
feathers of the interscapular region tipped with white. The white
wing coverts in these specimens have distinct black tips and some
of them are slightly dusky at the extreme base. These mottled
birds are possibly one or two years old and the uniform black
garb may not be acquired for several years.

Three nestlings, measuring about six inches in length, are in the
collection. They are covered with long and very soft dull black
down. The bills have a small white conical projection near the
extremity of the upper mandible.

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The feet of the adults were briglit red in life, while those of the
you no; were black.

Three adult females measure as follows :'

Acad. Collec.

Length (in flesh.)

Wing.

Culmen.

No. 26,898

1318 ins.

6-30 ins.

114 ins.

26,899

13-37

6-2o

116

26,900

13o0

6-32

110

3. Uria lomvia (Linn). Briinnich's Murre.

Four immature specimens of this species taken in the Strait of
Belle Isle, June 15, measure as follows:

Acad. Collec. Length (in flesh.) Wing. Culmen.

No. 26,887 lo-37 ins. 825 ins. 144 ins.

26,888 16 85 8-00 1-46

26 889 8-50 1 47

26 890 8-25 1-32

Two adult females in breeding plumage taken in Melville Bay,
July 7 and 13 are as follows :

Acad. Collec.

Length (in flesh.)

Wing.

Culmen.

No 26,891

16-75 ins.

8-35 ins.

1-40 ins,

26,892

15-37

7-90

1-38

4. Alle alle (Linn). Little Auk, Dovekie.

A series of forty-seven Little Auks is contained in the collection,
most of which were shot off Cape York, July 22 and 23. The birds
are all in full breeding jjlumage and show scarcely any variations
in markings.

Measurements of forty specimens (19 males and 21 females) give
the following results:

Maximum.
Males. Wing 484 ins.

Culmen -66

Length (in flesh) 9 25
Females. Wing 4-88

Culmen -61

Length (in flesh) 920

5 Stercorarius pomarinus (Temin.) Poraarine Jaeger.

One specimen was shot on the AVaigat, Disco, Aug. 7. The
measurements are as folloAvs: Wing 13-75 inches. Culmen 1-63
inches. Tail 6 inches.

6. Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn). Parasitic J-aeger.

This .species was not noticed by the Expedition, but a dried skin
was procui-ed from the natives at Godhaven which seems referable

'AH measurements of "length" were taken in the flesh by Dr. Hughes, to
whom I am indebted for them. The other measurements were made from the
dried skins, the length of culmen being from its extreme base to tip of upper
mandible unless otherwise stated. All dimensions are in inches and hundredths.

Minimum.

Ave

rage of series.

4-35 i

ins.

4-66 ins.

•55

•59

8-36

8-75

4-42

4-67

•52

•56

8-25

8-56

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

to it. The bill is much heavier than any of the specimens of
S. longicuudns, the plumage above is decidedly more sooty and the
tarsi are entirely uniform in color with the feet. The two species
are, however, very difficult to separate owing to the great amount
of individual variation which they exhibit.

The specimen of S. parasiticus measures as follows: Wing
12-85 inches. Culmen 1-27 inches. Tail 8-05 inches.

7. Stercorarius longicaudus Vieill. Long-tailed Jaeger.

The specimens of Long-tailed Jaegers, all of which were collected
July 16 in Melville Bay, show great variation in plumage and no
two in the series of seven are exactly alike. All have the tarsi
blue-gray strongly contrasted with the black feet, though the light
color sometimes terminates above the small hind toe and sometimes
extends below it to the upper part of the foot.

No. 26,909, (Acad. Coll.), female, appears to be most typical of
the adult bird. The plumage in this specimen is nowhere barred or
mottled; the throat and breast are pure white passing gradually
into slate gray about the middle of the abdomen, and this color
becomes darker on the under tail coverts. On the sides of the
breast the gray reaches forward to the shoulders, while the under
wing coverts are blackish slate. The back is slate gray, darker on
the wings ; the primaries and tail are black.

In No. 26,905, female, the gray reaches farther up on the breast
and the central tail feathers are not so long.

In No. 26,904, female, (du.sky phase ?) the whole lower surface is
suifused with sooty gray, though this color is not uniform, as there
are a considerable number of white feathers scattered over the
breast. The upper surface is mottled with slate-gray and dusky
feathers. The under tail coverts and flanks are transversely barred
with white but the under wing coverts are plain dark slate.

No. 26,903, female, shows distinct traces of dark transverse bars
over the lower breast and abdomen, and has dark shaft lines to the
feathers of the throat. Most of the under tail coverts are barred
with white and the under wing coverts are barred and mottled.

No. 26,907, male, is similar but has the breast pure white while
the barrings on the under wing and tail coverts, sides and flanks
are very distinct. The throat is very strongly marked wdth dusky
shaft stripes while many of the feathers of the back show trans-
verse bars of Avhite.

148 PROCEKDrXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Other specimens are like the mature white-breasted birds but
still have the under wing coverts and axillaries barred.

As none of the specimens above described were birds of the year
it is reasonable to suppose that it takes at least two years for the
species to acquire the full adult plumage. The great variety of
coloration exhibited by these Jaegers makes it difficult to arrange
them in any order which will show the steps in the transition from
young to old. It seems to me most probable that the normal
plumage of the bird of one year is shown by No. 26,907, while the
young "bird of the year" doubtless shows still more barring, per-
haps even on the breast. As this bird appi'oaches the adult stage
(i. e. No. 26,909) the barrings are gradually replaced by uniform
slate gray.

The specimen No. 26,904 may, I think, represent a partial dusky
phase as the suftusion of sooty feathers on the under surface is very
decided, much more so than in any of the young birds, with which
I at first placed it. The dusky feathers moreover, do not form
transverse bands as in the young birds and the under wing coverts
are uniform slate colored like those of the adults. The under tail
coverts are, however, still barred with white.

Iftiiis really represents a dusky phase, it seems to be the first
recorded instance of it in this species, though it occurs regularly in
the closely related iS. parasitmis.

If, however, we consider this as a young bird it would indicate
that the adult plumage is assumed very differently by different
individuals, as there is another specimen which has not a trace of
dusky marks on the breast but which has the under wing coverts
strongly barred.

The measurements of the specimens are as follows :

Acad. Collec.
No. 2(5,905 female

2ti,903
2(i,902
26,90-1
2(i,9(l6
2H.909
26,907 male

8. Gavia alba (Gunn.) Ivory Gull.

A series of eight males of this beautiful species was collected in
Melville Bay, July 6 to 17. Some of the specimens, probably
younger birds, have dusky tips to the primary coverts.

Wing.

Culmen.

Tail.

12-35 ins.

1 10 ins.

10-60 ins

12-20

122

11-35

11-80

115

8-90

12-30

1-13

7-25

12-45

1-30

10 25

1210

1 15

12-25

12-25

115

9-60

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

The nieasuremeuts of the series give the following results:

Maximum.

Minimum.

Average.

Length (in flesh)

20-36 ins.

18-25 ins.

19 36 ins

Wing

13-40

12-70

13-06

Culmen

1-59

1-40

1-52

9. Rissa tridactyla (Linn). Kittiwake,

Two specimens of Kittiwake were collected July 16, in Melville
Bay, Lat. 75° 09' N. They measured as follows:

Acad. Collec.

Length (in flesh.)

Wing.

Culmen.

No. 26,022

16-75 ins.

12-10 ins.

l-3o ins,

26,923

17-00

11-75

1-39

10. Larus glaucus Brunn. GIouoous Gull.
One specimen shot at Disco Island.

11. Fulmarus glacialis (Linn.) Fulm.ir.

Eight Fulmars are in the collection, all obtained in Melville
Bay, July 7 to 13. Five are in the white phase of plumage and
three in the gray phase. They all seem to be typical F. glacialis,
the measurements being as follows :

Acad. Collec.

Length (in

flesh.)

Wing.

Culmen.

No. 26,929 white female

18-00

ins.

12-25 ins.

1-38 ins

201,933

12-70

1-36

26,931 white male

18-62

12-70

1-38

26 930

18-50

12-60

1-40

26.924

19-50

13-10

1-45

26,928 gray female

1800

12 85

1-32

26,925 gray male

19.25

1300

1-37

26,926

19-00

13-20

1-44

12. Somateria mollissima borealis Brehm. Greenland Eider.

Five male Eider Ducks and an equal number of females were
collected at Duck Island, Lat. 73° 57' N., July 2. They appear to
be referable to S. mollissima borealis Brehm, but the measurements
of the bill are rather different from those given in Ridgway's
Manual. In the key to species on page 109 this race is placed in a
division with the true S. mollissima headed "Distance from anterior
point of loral feathering to extremity of naked angle on side of
forehead much greater than from same point to Lip of upper
mandible." In the present series, however, the reverse is the case
or else the two measurements are about equal. As these specimens
were taken in the upper part of Baffin Bay, they represent the
extreme northwestern form of the S. mollissima stock and are
farthest removed geographically from typical S. mollissima.

It is, therefore, not surprising that they should exhibit the greatest
differences from the typical S, mollissima and it is probable that

1,3J PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

specimens from fartlier south will be found to appi'oach true S. mol-
lissima in the dimensions of the bill as well as in other respects, in
proportion as their breeding range approaches that of the latter
race.
The measurements of the five breeding males are as follows :

Naked

Bill from

angle from

Bill from

anterior

anterior

posterior

edge of

edge of

Length (in

end of

loral

loral

Acad. Collec.

flesh.)

Wing.

nostril.

feathers.

feathers.

\o. 26,934

11-56 ins.

1-67 ins.

1.50 ins.

1-36 ins.

26,935

23-38 ins.

11-50

1-60

1-46

1-42

26.936

23-50

11-28

1-52

1-50

1-37

26,942

23-62

11-20

1 46

1-48

1-32

26,943

23-62

1125

1-62

1-55

1-41

13. Somateria spectabilis (Linn.) King Eider.

Three specimens obtained in the vicinity of Disco, June 26 and
28, and August 7.

14. Phalaropus lobatus (Linn.) Northern Phalarope.

Three specimens were j^rocured at Disco Island, June 28 and 29,
and Aug. 11.

15. Tringo maritima Brimn, Purple Sandpiper.

One specimen was shot at Duck Island, July 2, and four more at
Disco, August 9 to 11.

16. Aegialitis hiaticula (Linn.) Ring Plover.
Specimens were procured at Disco and Godhaven.
Measurements of some of the specimens are as follows :

Disco

Acad. Collec.

No. 26,960
26,958
26,954
26,955

June 28.
Aug. 11.
July 8.
Aug. 11.

Wing.

Culmen.

4-50 ins.

•56 in.

4-52

■55

5-06

•56

4-90

•54

17. Lagopus rupestris reinhardti (Brehm.) Greenland Ptarmigan.

A female and three young nearly full grown were collected at
Disco Island, July 8, ana two adult males Avere obtained at the
same place, August 7. All the specimens are in the summer
plumage though one ot the males shows a few^ white feathers on the
upper breast.

18. Falco rusticolus gyrfalco (Linn.) Gyrfalcon.

One specimen obtained from the natives at Disco.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

19. Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn.) Snow Bunting.

There is a series of twelve Snow Buntings in the colleetiou,
including breeding males and females, moulting specimens, and
young in the first plumage. Two young birds were collected at
McCormick Bay, July 29, an adult male at Upernavik, July 1
and the rest at Disco, June 28 and 29 and August 11.

The breeding birds sliow very distinctly the process of moulting
by the wearing away of the brown tips of the feathers. All the
feathers of the back are very much pointed in the middle and cut
away or concave on the sides, all the rusty borders which charac-
terize the winter specimens being worn off. Some specimens, how-
ever, show ragged remains of these borders on the coverts and
tertials.

Two young birds of the year from McCormick Bay are strongly
tinged with buff on the lower back and rump as well as on the
under surface, while a young bird from Disco is much grayer.

Adult birds collected August 11 at Disco are all well advanced
in their moult and the lower mandible is yellow instead of black as
in the breeding bird. The brown edgings to the feathers are rich
chocolate, very distinct from the faded buff brown of winter
examples from Pennsylvania.

It is interesting to note that all but one of the adult birds
collected at Disco, August 11, have the wing and tail feathers com-
pletely grown and have about half the other feathers replaced by
the brown edged plumage, while birds of the year taken at the
same time and place have the wing feathers only partly grown and
have not begun to moult elsewhere. This fact may be of interest to
students of bird migration as it shows that the old birds were at
least ready for the southern journey before the young.

The measurements of the breedins: birds are as follows :

Acad. CoUec.

Wmg.

Culmen

<o. 26,978 male

Disco

June 29

415 ins.

•51 in

26,980

it

" 28

4-20

•49

26,981

Upernavik

July 1

4-38

•50

26,979 female

Disco

June 28

4-10

•48

26,977

C<

" 29

402

•48

20. iJalcarius lapponicus (Linn.) Lapland Longspur.

A series of eight Longspurs was procured at Disco, June 28 and
29 and August 11. Those collected on the last date had advanced
in their moult even farther than the Snow Buntings. The adults
were in complete winter garb with the exception of the tail feathers
some of which were not quite fully grown.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The bills of the breeding males are bright yellow tipped with

black. The measurements of three male specimens procured at

Disco, July 28 and 29 are as follows :

Acad. Collec. Wing. Culmen.

No. 26,970 3-75 ins. -51 in.

26.971 3-70 -ol

26.972 3-78 -51

21. Saxicola oenanthe (Linn.) AVheatear.

One male bird procured at Disco, Aug. 11, has just completed its
moult. The wing measures 4"18 inches and the culmen "53.

The species obtained before the expedition reached Greenland
were as follows :

At Sydney, Nova Scotia, Empidonax jiaviventris Baird., Corvus
americanus Aud., Ammodramus sandwichensis savanna (Wils.),
Melospiza fasciata (Gm.), Melospiza georgiana (Lath.), Chelidon
erythrogaster (Bodd.), Setophaga ruticilla (Linn) and Merula
viigratoria (Linn).

In the Gulf of St. Lawrence the following species came on board
the vessel : Pinicola enucleator (Linn), and Dendroica virens
(Gm.).

There were also several specimens of Uria lomvia (Linn.),,
secured in the Strait of Belle Isle.

1892.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 153

March 1.
Rev. H. C. McCooK, D. D., Vice-President, in the chair.
Twenty-five persons present.

The death of AVm. H. Dougherty, a member, March 1, 1892^
was announced.

March 8.
The President, General Isaac J. AA'istae, in the chair.
Thirty-five persons present.

A New Species of Pachychilus. — Mr. H. A. Pilsbry exhibited and
described a species of fresh-water snail, as follows :

Pachychilus (polygonatus Lea? var.) Rovirosai.

Shell large and heavy, elevated conical, the lateral outlines
straight above, modified by the slight convexity of the whorls below.
Spire more or less truncated at tip, half-grown specimens, PI. VIII,
fig. 9, possessing 8 remaining whorls ; adults, PI. VIII, fig. 10,
having one or two whorls less.

Surface most minutely spirally striated, the stri?e visible only
under a lens. Young and half-grown specimens are otherwise
smooth, except for very slight spiral lirse toward the base. When
a little more than half-grown, there appear coarse, oblique, curved
wave-like folds on the body-whorl, extending to the periphery but
not below it. Simultaneously with these undulations, begin spiral
spaced lirse crossing them, which are slightly more prominent on
the crests of the waves. This sculpture continues upon all subse-
quent volutions. The last volution of an adult specimen is slightly
compressed below the suture, then quite convex. It has ten waves,
and about nine spiral lir?e, but the number of these last is quite
variable on different specimens.

The color is olive in young, blackish in old examples ; interior of
the mouth white, maculated with brown at the position of the
periphery and folds. This marking is also seen on the eroded spire
in some specimens.

Aperture ovate, acute above, slightly exceeding one-third the
total length of the shell. Columella white, regularly arcuate,,
spreading in a brown-tinted callus.

Dimensions. An adult specimen measures: Alt. 78, diam. 28
ram. Aperture, alt. 25, width 18 mm. A younger specimen
measures : Alt. 55, diam. 20 mm. Aperture, alt. 20, diam. 122 mm.

Collected from a spring which gushes from tlie western brow of
the little ridge of the Limon, State of Tabasco, Mexico, by Prof.
Jose N. Rovirosa.
11

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

This ssena? to be a very distinct species when compared with the
typical forms of the described Mexican Pachychili ; but these, like
all Melauians, are so variable that it is scarcely desirable to mul-
tiply species until fuller collections are made. It is here associated
with Lea's Melania polygonata because that species is the first
described of the particular group of forms to which the pi-esent
species or variety belongs.

March 15.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Thirty-three persons present.

A paper entitled "Greenland Lepidoptera," by Henry Skinner,
M. D., was presented for publication.

The death of Dr. Sereno Watson, a correspondent, March 9,
aged sixty-six years having been announced, the following preamble
and resolutions received from the Botanical Section, were adopted : —

Whereas — The Botanical Section of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia having learned with profound regret the
death of Dr. Sereno AVatson of Cambridge, Mass., and being desirous
of placing on record its sense of this great loss to Botanical Science
throughout the world : —

Resolved — That we recognize the invaluable results of his
work in the dissemination of a knowledge of American Botany to
which he has given his undivided attention for many years, and
which has made his name famous wherever the study of plant life
is cultivated.

Resolved — That a copy of this minute be forwarded to the
President of Harvard tlniversity and to the Gray Herbarium
at Cambridge with which he was so long associated, and that the
same be offered for publication in the Proceedings of the Academy.

March 22.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Thirty-eight persons present.
The deaths of the following members were announced : —

Thomas Hockley, March 12, John McLaughlin, March 17, and
Andrew J. Parker, M. D., March 18.

1892.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 155

March 29.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Forty-four persons present.

A paper entitled " On the Anatomy of Sagda, Cysticopsis,
jEgista and Dentellaria," by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for
publication.

The following were elected members : —

General John Markoe, H. G. Bryant, Frank Woodbury, M. D.,
Daniel Allen Knight, Jr., Thomas Wistar, M. D., Miss Lucy
Langdon Williams and Miss Jean Fraley Hallowell.

Prof. Carl Glaus of Vienna and Frederick Stearns of Detroit,
Mich., were elected correspondents.

The following were ordered to be printed : —

156 PKOCEEDJNGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

GREENLAND LEPIDOPTERA.
BY HENRY SKINNER, M. D. AND LEVI W. MENGEL.

Four hundred and forty-four insects were taken by the expedition
sent to Greenhmd by the Academy in the summer of 1891.
They were divided among the different orders as follows : Hymen-
optera 25 specimens, Coleoptera 4 specimens, Lepidoptera Rho-
palocera 143 specimens and Heterocera 143. They were captured
by Levi W. Mengel, entomologist to the expedition and Dr. W. E.
Hughes, ornithologist. The specimens are all from the West Coast
and were taken at three principal localities: McCormick Bay,
Herbert Island and Disco.

RHOPALOCERA.

PIERIDJE.

Colias hecla Lef.

Fairly common, although few of the specimens were quite perfect.
Both sexes were represented. There was one beautiful specimen of
the white form of the female, Avhich seems to occur in most if not
all the species in the genus. Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell has suggested
that all these forms of the female in the different species be called
'pallida, and we think the suggestion a good one. Heda, when at rest
on the herbage with its wings over its back and its green undersides
showing, is said to mimic its surroundings in a remarkable
n)anner. This Greenland heda is what jNIr. M'Lachlan called var.
gladalls, to distinguish it from the Lapland form and those found
further south.^

Colias hecla pallida n. var. 9 Ent. News, Vol. 0, No. 3, j)!. 2, fig. 4.

Expands 40 mm. Upper side: Superiors are the same in macu-
lation as in the yellow or normal female, with the exception that there
are but two very minute cream-colored dashes on the wide, black
marginal border. The inner two-thirds of the wing is cream color
with a pinkish tint, obscured by gray near the base. Inferiors
with same niaculation as normal female but in color totally different.
The spot at the outer end of cell is cream color, and the base of the
wing is a steel gray; from this outward to the black marginal
border is dark olive-green obscured with gray. Inside of the mar-

' Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 14, p. 108.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

ginal border the row of spots is obscure cream color. Fringes of all
the wings milk white. Undersides : Superiors nearly the same color
and maculation as above but with a yellow tinge. Inferiors light
olive-green dusted with gray. This is very different from the rich
grass-green underside of the normal form. The spot in the cell has
less red around it and is more silvery than in the yellow female.
It would more properly be called the dimorphic white female form
and is pi'obably the prettiest form of American Colias.

Lycaena aquilio Boisd,
Three specimens.

NYMPHALIDiE3.

Argynnis chariclea Schneid.

Quite abundant and many of them in good condition. Among
them were a few specimens of what Mr. M'Lachlan called var.
obscurata (Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 109). This form was figured
in Eut. News, Vol. 3, pt. 3, pi. 2, figs. 9, 10. Mr. M'Lachlan, in the
paper above referred to, says : " Under this head (chariclea) I feel
compelled to group 20 examples. Never before have I been so
perplexed over a series of an insect of which I had made a serious
study. I may safely say that no two of the twenty individuals are
precisely alike. It would be utterly useless to attempt to describe
the forms ; the only thing that could be of service would be to give
colored figures of both sides of nearly every example." If we had
had a few specimens representing the extremes of variation in this
species we would probably have described two or three new species,
but having a good series with all the mutations represented we can
only conscientiously call them A. chariclea. This is a case where
breeding a large number from the eggs of several known females would
solve the problem so far as the examples of a given area are con-
cerned, but we think some entomologists attach too much importance
to this kind of proof in other directions. A thousand specimens
of the Greenland form of A. chariclea might be bred without find-
ing one that agreed with the European form ; yet this would be no
proof of their being valid species if all their geographical inter-
grades could be found. This species was stated by Doctor Hughes
to also mimic its surroundings, as, unlike C. hecla, it rarely alighted
on the herbage but on the ground and i-ocks which it more nearly
resembles in color.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

HETEROCERA.

BOMBYCIDiE.

Dasychira Groenlandica Wocke, Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, Bd. 2, Abth. I, p.
409. Ent. News Vol. 3, No. 3, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2, 3.

This species was described in 1874 and so far as we know has
never appeared in any of our American lists. An allied species^
Dasychira Rossii, has improperly been placed in the genus Laria.
D. Groenlandica is of a smoky black subdiaphanous color with
strongly marked black neuration of the superiors. The female is a
heavy-bodied insect and in our one specimen devoid of marking.
There were two males which differ considerably but undoubtedly
belong to the same species. D. Rossii has a black border to the
wings entii'ely wanting in Groenlandica.

NOCTUID^.

Plusia parilis Hubner.

There were two specimens of this rare and strongly marked
species.

Anarta Eichardsoni Curtis.

Several specimens of both sexes ; a very variable species.
Anarta Zetterstedi Staudinger.

A number of specimens that present a great amount of variation,
some being a rich velvety black with the white lines strongly
brought out and others ftiintly marked. These presented as great
difficulties as the specimens of Argymiis, no two being exactly alike
and we have no doubt some entomologists would make a number of
species out of them, but there are no missing links in the gradations.

Anarta Besla n. sp.

Expands 21 mm. Upperside: Superiors gray with a yellow
luster, immaculate ; fringes gray. Inferiors same as superiors
except that the fringes are white. Underside similar to the upper
except that there are indications of a white band crossing the center
of both wings from the costa of the superiors to the lower margin of
superiors and there is a faint lunate spot in the middle of the infe-
rior and one above the center of the superior. Thorax, abdomen,
head, etc., above and below, of a dark gray, almost black. This
comes near A. Zetterstedi and may be an extreme form of it.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

GEOMETRID^.

Glaucopteryx polata Hubn.
Glaucopteryx Sabinii Curt,
Glaucopteryx immaculata n. sj).

Expands 22 mm. Uppersitle : Superiors shining silky gray;
immaculate. Inferiors immaculate and several shades lighter in
color than the superiors. Underside of all wings of a uniform
gray of about the same shade as the upperside of inferiors. Anten-
nae pectinated. The remaining portion of the insect is black or
very dark gray. Mr. IM'Lachlan refers to this as a form of G. Sabinii,
but even if it proves to be such, it deserves a name as all varieties
do when one cannot say at once, on inspection, what the species is.
The most noticeable fact about the Greenland Lepidoptera is their
great variability, which is probably owing to the short season in
which they live, and perhaps also to their uncertain appearance,
due, perhaps, to sudden changes of temperature while they are in
the larval or chrysalis condition.

IGO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

CONTEIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF PLANTS, NO 7.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

On THE Vitality of some Annual Plants.

Prof. Tbeo. Holm, of the Smithsonian Institution, is the aiitlior
of a suggestive paper under this title.' He notes a number of spe-
cies generally recognized as annual which frequently furnish bien-
nial or ])erenniai individuals. Such observations are especially use-
ful, for it is deviation from general rule that furnishes us with keys
to unlock the great treasure-box of nature's secrets. If we can show
that annuals are not always annuals, but sometimes become peren-
nials, we have the opportunity to watch the process, and learn as the
work goes on.

Horticulturists must have long known, without giving the matter
serious thought, that annuals become perennials under some circum-
stances. Petunias, Gaillardias, and indeed I can think of no annual
plant of any kind whatever, that the horticulturist cares to preserve,
that he can not preserve from cuttings when he so desires. Even in
the case of those annuals which throw up only a single flower scape,
he plucks off the flower head before the flower buds expand, cuts up
this flower stem into sections, and raises plants which will live
continuously for many years, if annually treated in the same way.
Annuals or biennials will live for many years if the flower buds are
plucked out as soon as they appear. The author of this paper has
seen mignonette six years old that had been treated in this man-
ner. Annual parts of perennial plants also live over when propa-
gated in the same way. Perennial ])hlox, hollyhock and similar
plants are raised from sections of the flower stems which have had
their flower heads taken out a few weeks before they were cut into
the segments desired.

It is worthy of remark just here, that few plants except those
which we distinctly recognize as ligneous, have perennial parts.
The potato lives only through the tubers it makes annually, and
even the strawberry plant will be found to be dead below the addi-
tion of the past year. Gladiolus, lilies, many terrestrial orchids,
and numerous other plants, only live over through the additions of
the preceding year. The older portions die after new portions have

1 American Journal of Science, Vol. XLII, Oct., 1S91.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

been formed. In brief, the power to produce offshoots or stolons is
really the only difference between the annual or perennial herbaceous
plant.

It may now be further noted that, morphologically, there is no
difference between a stolon and a flower scape, — a rhizome or a
permanent flower stem. The strawberry is one of the best illustra-
tions of this. The "Bush Alpine" never makes a "runner" — all
that would be stolons becoming erect flow'er scapes. The transitions
between flower scapes and stolons may be seen at any time by the
careful observer. But the flower scape is an annual, while the
stolons remain over until another season.

We may now consider the causes inducing the annual or the
more enduring conditions. It is now^ well understood that though
the reproductive condition of a plant is a natural outgrowth of the
vegetative, there is a certain antagonism between them. The
husbandman must root — prune, or take off a ring of bark, or practise
some such severe measure, before an extra vigorous tree can l)e
made productive. On the other hand even sound trees have been
led to death's door by overbearing. Annuals die from no other
cause than by the heavy draft on vital power through bearing seed
so early and profusely, with nothing but a single root-stock to
provide nutrition for the whole.

Professor Holm, though he is not clear whether it is climate, soil,
cultivation or other cause, which leads the annual occasionally into
the perennial class, quotes Lange as showing that Carex eyperoldes,
under normal conditions truly annual, is " able to vegetate several
years Avhen it happens to live without flowering." Several years ago
I had a number of plants of the caraway, Carinn C«rti/, transplanted
after they had commenced to push up flower stalks. As the flower
stalks withered, they were plucked out to the base. All the
plants became bushy perennials ! Pi'ofiting by the hint I have
some plants, with the stems annually plucked out, that are now four
years old.

Going back to the strawberry, why does the scape die the same
season, and the stolons endure? Is it not that the stolons, sending
out roots at the end which form leaves instead of flowers, are under
more favorable conditions of nutrition? The scape is drawing
heavily on vitality Avhich the unfavorable conditions of nutrition
do little to sustain.

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

I have little doubt but that any annual may be made perennial
by persistently destroying the flower buds as they appear. When
we see in a state of nature, some few plants survive while numbers
perish the season of their birth we may reasonably look for
some circumstances which in these plants led them to bear seeds less
profusely than others, or to some other condition which aided
the vegetative in its struggle with the reproductive forces.

On Self-pollination in Amsonia Tabern^montana.

To ray mind the number of plants Avhich have their flowers con-
structed for self-fertilization is so large, that it would seem hardly
worth particularizing them but for the industrious work of noting
the opposite characteristics which prevails in our scientific serials.
It seems not fair to true science that only one side of nature's story
should be told. This is why I record some self-fertilizing cases.

It has been left to me to point out that only those plants which
have other means of persistence than by seeds, have flowers which
are wholly dependent on external agents for pollination, — and also
to show that while flowers which have arrangements for self-fertiliza-
tion are abundantly fertile, those which cannot make use of pollen
without assistance, are frequently barren, and are at a sad disadvan-
tage in making their way through the world. So clearly has this
been worked out to my mind, that when a plant is found abundantly
fertile, it is fair to assume that it must be arranged for self-pollina-
tion. In Asdepiadacece, with the large majority of the floAvers
barren, we may theoretically assume insect agency, — with many
abundantly fertile Apoeynacece, Ave may assume self-fertilization.

I have already shown than the Madagascar periwinkle, Vinca
ronea, with every flower fertile in American gardens, is a
self-fertilizer. Another of the same order, Amsonia Tabernce-
viontana, (the form known as A. sallcljolia Pursh), is abundantly
fertile. I watched the flowers this season, satisfied that they would
be found arranged for self-pollination. The plants proved, as usual,
abundantly fertile. On one panicle there were twenty-nine pairs
of follicles that matured ; there were many others that had been evi-
dently fertilized, but failed to reach maturity through lack of
nutrition.

Showy as the blue flowers are, and we might suppose in view of
prevailing speculations, made so in order to be attractive to insects,
the arrangements are such that no insect, not even the ubiquitous

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

thrips can gain entrance t(> the nectary. The mouth of the tube is so
densely matted with hair, that Faux clausa is the term used in the
description of the species by Latin authors. If a pollen- clothed
tongue were thrust through the mass, it would be thoroughly
cleaned, and in like manner the flower's own pollen would be brushed
back, when the insect withdrew its tongue. But a greater difficulty
presents itself The capitate stigma with its surrounding rim, com-
pletely fills the upper portion of the tube. There is no space for
an insect's tongue to get past the stigma. But even could this
rubicon be passed, a dense mass of hair presses close against the
style, and the most powerful insect known to the writer, could
hardly force a passage. The entrance of insects is completely
blocked. To provide for pollination, the anthers curve over and
rest on the stigma, and the pollen on ejection from the anthers, can
do no more than cover the stigma with their own pollen.

In many plants which have flowers that are generally fertilized
by their own pollen, the arrangements will often permit of pollina-
tion from some other; but in the case of this ^msom'o, nothing but
self-pollination is possible.

To those who may not have flowers for comparison, the figure of
this plant in " Botanical Register," Plate 151, will aid in making some
of the above noted points clear.

On a special form of Cleistogamy in Polygonum acre.

In a paper published in the Proceedings of the Academy (1889,
p. 59,) I pointed out that in almost all — probably in all cases, the fer-
tile flowers were pollinized in the bud in all the species of Polygonum
that I had had the opportunity of examining: that they were really
cleistogamous. There are two classes of flowers in the inflorescence.
Many expand and are to all appearance hermaphrodite, w^th all
their sexual organs perfect, but infertile ; another class never opens,
but are invariably fertile.

In May, 1890, I noticed a quantity of P. acre in a swamp in
Chester County, Pennsylvania, with a short and close habit. The
leaves were shorter and broader, and the ochrea shallower than
usual. Small wliite flowers Avere protruding above the sheaths,
and I suspected I had found a new species in the section with
axillary flowers. But on examining P. acre in other localities,
I found, in every case, flowers hidden under the ochrea from even
the lowest axil on the branch. It was the shallowness of the ochrea

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

in the form I found, exposing the flowers, that led to the discovery.
Since then I have examined herbarium specimens from a very
wide range of territory, and find these hidden flowers always with
this species, and in many cases giving such a gland-like character
to the base of the ochrea that it is inconceivable how the production
of these flowers should have been overlooked so long. I gathered
some specimens in the streets of Washington, and showed them to
the members of the American Association in attendance there ; and
Mr. T. H. Kearney, Jr., of the University of Tennessee, has since
confirmed the discovery by a note in the November issue of the
Botanical Gazette. He found them in Knoxville, Tenn., as late as
Sept. 24th. His excellent drawing, accompanying his note, shows the
cleistogene flowers are much closer down among the roots than I found
them. Mr. Kearney could find them in no other species, nor have I
been able to do so. A close examination of many in the large herbar-
ium of the Academy, gave no indications of this tendency in any
other species. As already noted there seems no fertile flowers in any
Polygonum, except from cleistogene flowers at the apex of the
branches. This species has them specially in the axils as well as in
the terminal spikes.

In examining a large number of specimens in herbaria in connec-
tion with this question, it is interesting to note how often P. acre is
confounded with P. Ilydropiper. For all the differences noted in
our botanies, I think they are more closely related than supposed.
I once thought I could easily decide the differences by the seeds,
but I have not unfrequently found flattish seeds in P. acre, that
could not be distinguished from the usual flattish seeds of P.
Ilydropiper. In forms, however, that we would certainly refer to
the latter species, no tendency to the axillary cleistogamous flowers
can be detected.

On the direction of growth in Cryptogamic Plants.

No one has yet been able to present an explanation of the direc-
tion of growth in flowering plants, that will stand the test of
criticism. Growth lias a general upward tendency, though in the
same tree we have varying directions. INTany Conifene have one
perfectly vertical central stem or leader, while the side branches
may be wholly horizontal, or at various angles uniform in each
species. Occasionally individuals will vary from the normal line of
direction, and present angles wholly different from that jjrevailing

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 165

in the accepted characteristic of the species. Then we have the so-
called fastigiate varieties, as in the Lombardy Poplar, — or in trees
with pendulous branches, as in many trees of gardens known as
weeping forms.

To say that branches are geotropic or heliotropic does not teach
us anything, they only repeat the actual fact; nor do any of the
terms commonly used in mathematical or physical explanations of
the supposed cause.

Some observations I have made in connection with mushrooms
are worthy of recording. They do nothing to elucidate the mystery,
but they gain for us the certainty that many partially accepted
conclusions are wrong, and it is always an advantage to be able to
limit the circle in which we have to search.

I found a quantity of edible mushrooms growing on the sides of a
newly made terrace the face of which had an angle of about 34°.
The stipes of the mushrooms pushed out at an exact right angle
with the plane of the slope ; but about midway the stipe bent
upwards, so that the pileus or crown of the mushroom, instead of
being parallel to the slope of the bank had, in a great measure, be-
come horizontal. As the growth of the mushroom is mainly or
only at night, light could have had no influence in determining this
direction of stipe or pileus, — nor, it will surely be conceded, could any-
thing connected with gravitation or the attraction of the earth.

Recently, in a coal mine in Schuylkill County, Pennsylvania, at
some 500 feet beneath the surface, I noted that the same species of
Poll/poms, Agaricus, and other fungi, that grow from the trunks of
dead trees, were here also on the wooden supports of the gangways.
The Agaricus pushed the pileus downward or upward just as the
point of grow'thwas above or beneath a log. Just when the pileus
was about to expand and separate from the stipe, which Avas not
until the stipe had reached its full length, the latter would curve so
that the pileus would be brought into a perfectly horizontal position,
as if the agaric were growing on a piece of level ground. No
special law governed the direction of the stipe. They might grow
horizontally for several inches from an upright log, vertically from
the upper side, or downward from the lower side of a horizontal
log. When the time came for the expansion of the cap, the already
grown stipe would depart from the straight line, and curve so that
the cap would occupy the horizontal position as we see them above
ground. If the cap were to fully expand, or to be in any rapid

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

state of expansion when the curvature of the stipe began, we might
conjecture that it was some action of the pileus or cap that caused
the stipe's curvature, but it was evident that the departure from the
straight line, was nearly or quite simultaneous with the rupture of
the hymen, and that nothing connected with any external circum-
stances influencing the expansion of the pileus had anything to do
with the matter.

When we consider the facts as relating to these cryptogams, and
the facts in connection with the various angles in the branching of
the same species among flowering trees it seems to be a fair inference
that the law which determines the direction of growth has very little,
if any, relation to conditions of environment. If the mystery is
ever solved, it will probably be found among the properties of the
single cell, from which the whole characteristic of the plant is
finally developed.

Tricarpellary Umbellifers,

Dr. Lindley observes (" Vegetable Kingdom ", p. 774) " in some
accidental cases three carpels have been found " in Umbellifers. In
these days when the genesis of families is an active study, departures
from usual characters are of more value than when Lindley wrote.
It is these variations that frequently give the clue to family relation-
ships. It is worth recording that in Eryngium planum Linn., a
species from the north of Europe and Asia, trigynous flowers occur
with some frequency. I rarely examine a head without finding one
such flower, and I have found six in one head. There is usually
one near the largest and longest involucral bract, and they are
generally found in the lower part of the head, in the vicinity of the
bracts.

A plurality in the number of carpels is one of the characters
relied on to distinguish Araltacete from Umbellifers. The trigynous
flowers of this, and probably other Eryngiums show a line of relation-
ship between the two families.

The facts may also suggest a not distant relationship with
Valerianaceoi.

A MODE OF VARIATION IN StELLARIA MEDIA.

Among a number of well developed plants of the common
duckweed growing on a compost heap, it was interesting to note that
no two seemed to be exactly alike. They differed from one another

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

in almost every respect, .some in form of leaf or flower, others in
manner of growth or general habit. One very vigorous grower,
with a loose rambling habit, was compared with one of compact
formal growth. The leaves and general characteristics of each
were precisely the same ; but in one the internodes were eight
inches, while in the compact form they were but four. The whole
diflference in appearance Avas dependent on this single circumstance.

On the Sexes of the Holly.

In Martyn's edition of Miller's " Gardener's Dictionary," published
in 1807, much stress is laid on the fact that the English holly. Ilex
Aquijolmm, is dioecious. Philip Miller say it was discovered first by
his father. It was considered a very important discovery as removing
Ilex from the class Tetrandria, where Linnjeus placed it, and giving
it place in Polygaviia dimcia. In those days botanical facts of this
character had bearing on few other questions than that of classifica-
tion. It is not surprising, therefore, that authors since Martyn's
time have hardly thought the matter worthy of any consideration.
The most cx'itical of all English botanists. Dr. Arnold Bromfield,
in his "Flora Vectensis," giving nearly two pages of close print to a
minute description of every character, passes over the question of
sex by observing ; " the earlier flowers are said to be generally
imperfect, and such as are 4-cleft to generally want the germen
which accounts for the small quantity of berries produced by some
trees which flower abundantly."

In these days when the laws which influence the production of
sexes in flowers, and the various questions arising from dimorphism
and the relation of insects to fertilization have become matters of
paramount importance, the actual condition of the sexual character
in the holly is a matter of considerable interest, deserving much
more critical attention than has been given it.

The description given by English authorities fits exactly the
characters of the male flowers of Ilex opaca. I venture, therefore,
to express an opinion that the Hex Aqulfolium is dioecious like its
American relative. I am inclined to believe, however, that the
dicecisra of closely related species is much more pronounced in the
American than in European forms. This would have an important
bearing on evolutionary studies. It would be worth while for
observers in the old world to note whether any separate plant of
Ilex Aejuifolium has truly hermaphrodite flowers, or even perfect

168 rROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

fruit, on plants which seem to have only male flowers. Supposing
the English holly to liave the same characters as the American,
the female flower, solitary on the pedicel, will easily be distinguished
from the bi- or tri-florous staminate ones.

Twenty Ilex opaca trees on my grounds were carefully examined on
May 30th. Eight of these are purely pistillate plants. Thegynsecium
is large and perfectly developed in every respect, and although there
were apparently four stamens, they were membranous and function-
less. The pistillate flowers were easily recognized by being solitary on
stout pedicels. There w^ere but four or five flowers on each branch,
and one might almost pass a tree without knowing it was in bloom,
unless the flowers were sought for. The male flowers on the other
hand were bi- or tri-florous, and often two common peduncles
arose from the same axis. The stamens were large and the anthers
abundantly polliniferous, the ground beneath the trees being
thickly strewn with the fallen blossoms. The gymecium remains at
the base of the flower in a wholly undeveloped condition. By these
characters one can tell at once, without any critical examination, the
fertile from the infertile tree. It is not improbable that there are
some trees that may produce male and female flowers on the same
tree — may be monfficious, — but these twenty trees, thoroughly
dioecious, would indicate this to be its prevailing characteristic.

A slight jarring of a branch indicates that the female tree may
have their flowers pollinated by the agency of the wind. Honey
bees were, however, busily collecting nectar indifterently from the
flowers of both sexes, and nuiy aid in pollination.

On the Stamens of Ranunculus abortivus.

Of all plants we should hardly expect to find definite stamens in
RanuncAdu^ ; but in R. abortivns I find them uniformly in three
series of five each, 15 in all. The first five mature contempora-
neously with the opening of the flower, and the large full anthers of
this series set, as they should be, alternately with the petals, contrast
so greatly with the undeveloped ones, that our first impression might
be that we were examining a five-stamened flower. In Rannnculus
hulbosus, blooming among these plants, no such striking difference
could be noted. If other species have this peculiarity it might be
useful as a sectional character.

My object in examining the flowers closely was to note their habit
in relation to pollination. As every flower, and we might say every

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1392.

PL. I.

r.anki, dt-1.

BANKS, SPIDERS OF UPPER C/YUGA B/SIN.

P-.QC. ACA.:. NA . SCi.

Banks, del.

BANKS, SPIDERS OF UPPER CAYUGA BASIN.

PROC. ACAD. \A^. SCI. PHILA. 183;

PL.

Banks, del.

BANKS, SPIDERS OF UPPER C/YUGA B/SI

PriOC. ACAO. NA I . 3Ci. -h.i.-\ i89;

Id

Z3 ^^

49a

69

Z9a

Banks, del.

BANKS, SPIDERS OF UPPER CAYUGA BASIN.

PPOC. ACAO. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1892.

PL. V.

Bnnk^, .Icl.

BANKS, SPIDERS OF UPPER CAYUGA BASIN.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1892.

PL. VI.

PUibr7, d«l.

PILSBRY, ANATOMY OF CARACOLUS AND HEMITROCHUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1892

PL. VII.

PILSBRY, NEW UNIOS, ETC.

PROC. ACAD. 'NAT SCI. PHILA. 1892

PL. VIII

PILSBRY, NEW UNIOS, ETC.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1892.

PL. IX.

A. P. Brown, del.

BROWN, SPIRE OF BACULITES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1892.

PL. X.

Ives, del.

lYES, PYCNOGONUM STEARNSI.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 169

carpel, is fertile, we may look for arrangements to insure self-
fertilization. But the anthers do not seem to mature before the
expansion of the petals, and do not appear to be well situated to
pollinate the stigmas. The flowers have no odor to attract insects,
nor do I find after many attempts to discover them, that any insects
visit the flowers. The flower stems droop at night-fall, and I have,
heretofore, thought that, in the act of drooping, pollen falls from the
anthers to the stigmas ; and I meet with no suggestions warranting
a modification of this belief.

On the CHARACTER OF THE StAMENS IN OrNITHOGALUM

UMBELLATUM.

It need scarcely be noted that the floral whorls of Liliaceous
plants are in sets of three, though it is often difficult in the six-
leaved perianth to distinguish the three-petaled from the three-
sepaled series.

In Ornithogalum umbellatum each three are well defined on the
outer and the inner whorl, though there is no difference between the
two except in the smaller size. The filaments are petaloid. and
the outer whorl of three follows the character of the petals in being
of a still smaller size. But when we come to the fourth series, or
interior set of three stamens, they are found to be larger in their
filaments than the three before them.

It is so unusual to find an inner series of stamens more petaloid
than the outer, that the fact is certainly worth recording.

Few of this genus are odoriferous : this is one of the exceptions.

Note on Barbarea in connection with Dichogamy.

So far as I am aware no botanist but myself has ventured
to explain the cause of dichogamy. I have shown that stamens are
called into active growth under a much lower temperature or a
less enduring warm temperature than pistils. Hence a flower which
may be proterogynous under a continuously warm period late in
spring would be proterandrous under the fitful advent of a few warm
days in other seasons.

I have long ago called attention to the fact that the Barbarea
vulgaris is proterogynous while Barbarea prcecox is proterandrous.
At that time I had no clue to the reason for this great difference
between two species so closely allied that botanists have usually to
wait until the fruit is nearly mature before they can positively distin-
guish them.
12

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Both species grow in abundance on my ground and I Lave good
opportunity to observe tbeni. B. vulgaris is confined to the low
ground and B. prcecox to the high dry ground among cultivated
plants. It may be found out of cultivated ground or on waste
places of much the same character as on the former, but I have
never seen it in the thoroughly native condition of J5. vulgaris.

B. vulgaris comes into bloom regularly about the first week
in May with little regard to whether February or March is
fitfally warm, or of a continuously temperate character. B. prcecox,
on the other hand, is so easily excited that while in some seasons it
will be in flower cotemporaneously with the other species, in others
it is nearly over before the B. vulgaris commences to bloom.
Habituated to localities favoring such varying conditions of
temperature, it Avould certainly acquire the proterandrous character,
while the other species under more retardative conditions would
become proterogynous. A habit once formed will, we know, con-
tinue in plants as well as in animals, by inheritance, long after the
causes that induced it have ceased to operate. It is, therefore, quite
likely that though B. prcecox were to find itself growing beside
B. vulgaris in the low and continuously cool atmosphere of a
wet meadow, it would still show for a time much of the proterandrous
character it had formed through its earlier associations with other
conditions.

Though I regard environment as having much less to do with the
formation of what we must regard as permanent specific characters
than is often claimed for it, it is generally conceded to be a great
factor in permanent change. The facts here noted certainly indicate
its influence in producing dichogamy which would undoubtedly
become a fixed character in many instances.

An extremely interesting point in the close study of the two
species is that the proterandrous species is evidently so arranged that
cross-fertilization is well nigh impossible. On the other hand the
proterogynous species seems incapable of using its own pollen
until it has had every chance to receive pollen from other flowers.
In the latter case the pistil pushes its way through the unopened
perianth, exposing the pin-head form of the capitate stigma. The
plants on my ground are in great favor with honey bees, which
seem scarcely to care to visit any other flowers Avhen Barbarea
vulgaris is abundant, and the exposed stigmas can scarcely avoid

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

being freely dusted with foreign pollen by these industrious
creatures.

On the other hand the stigma is much below the anthers at the
time the flower expands in B. prcecox. The pollen is discharged
before the flower opens, and when the stigma is brought up through
the stamens by the elongation of the ovarium, it is found to be
dusted by its own pollen. In this species the flower is surely a self-
fertilizer.

It certainly must be interesting to the biologist to note two
species so closely related, possessing such diametrically opposite con-
ditions as regards the fertilization of their flowers ; and the teleologist
cannot fail to be equally interested, as the facts have an intimate
bearing on the questions he has to discuss. To my mind the chief
value of the facts related lies in the additional proof they afford
that dichogamy, to a great extent, is dependent on the varying con-
ditions that excite advanced growth in stamens or pistils respectively.

It may be added in connection with the subject of the free visit of
honey bees to these flowers, that the flowers have no odor percep-
tible to our senses.

172 proceedings of the academy of [1892.

April 5.
Mr. Thomas Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair.
Fifty-three persons present.

April 12.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Forty-five persons present.

April 19.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Thirty-one persons present.

April 26.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Sixty-five persons present.

A paper entitled "On the Mechanical Genesis of the Scales of
Fishes," by John A. Ryder, Avas presented for publication.
Prof. F. H. Giddings was elected a member.

On the Molars of the Pteropine Bats.—T>R. Harrison A.llen
called attention to the homologies of the cusps of the molars in the
ptero|)ine bats. In Pteropus medius the grinding surface of the
parallelogram-like crown of the first upper molar is traversed its
entire length by a groove which is bounded externally by a thick
ridge and internally by a narrow ridge. The outer ridge forms an
imperfectly developed cusp at its anterior part which is probably the
paracone. The inner ridge is imperfectly divided into two sub-
equal parts, of which the anterior is probably the protoconeand the
posterior the metacone, the heel (hypocone) being absent. These
identifications agree with the cusps as seen in other mammals.
Owing to the great size of the grinding surface it becomes difficult
to understand why the backward extension of the tooth differs from
other types in the form of the primary cusps instead of the evolu-
tion occurring as is the rule by the appearance of the hypocone.

The commissure which constitutes the anterior and the posterior
borders of the tooth are exceptionally well defined and the one last

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

named appears to take the place by adaptation of the region of the
hypocone.

A recent observation on Cephalotes has suggested to the recorder
that it is probable that the hypocone is really present and that the
greater part of the grinding surface may be so named. In this
genus the parts protocone, ])aracone and metacone can be easily
discerned. The protocone according to this identification compels
one to accept the cusp named as protocone as in truth the metacone,
and thus the usual elements of a tritubercular tooth are all accounted
for, and the remaining extended part of the tooth becomes the
hypocone.

By this identification the pteropine molar ceases to be aberrant.
But it must be remembered that tlie process of reduction of the
face which takes place in the pteropines is likely to be accompanied
with the same disposition to tooth variation as is seen in the Steno-
derms among the Phyllostomidce. In this family the molar teeth
are highly aberrant and the commissures at the anterior and pos-
terior borders greatly developed. The question naturally arises why
may not the molar in Cephalotes be acknowledged to be also aberrant
and the cusp named above the protocone be in reality nothing but
a supplemental cusp projected from the anterior commissure and the
parts as defined for the long faced Pterojms be true for all genera ?
On the whole Dr. Allen inclined to the opinion that the statement
first made was the correct one since it permitted the cusj^s to be
named with the least amount of violence to accepted views.

The first molar in both Cephalotes and the related Harpyia
closely resembles the last premolar, so closely indeed as to suggest
that it may prove to be one of the premolar series. But our knowl-
edge of the milk dentition does not permit this identification to be
made with certainty. The transition in all the details is certainly
much more gradual than is usually the case between a molar and a
premolar. In Harpyia at least the first molar as defined in accepted
descriptions lies under and slightly in advance of the infra orbital
foramen, a remarkable position for it when the greatly reduced
facial axis is borne in mind.

A striking peculiarity is seen in the last upper premolar and both
upper molars of Cephalotes in the presence of a longitudinal ridge
on the grinding surface of the tooth back of the paracone. The
ridge lies in the middle of the tooth. It is rudimental in the pre-
molar and the last molar but is trenchant in the first molar.

In the lower jaw' of Cephalotes the teeth present similar
peculiarities to those of the upper with the exception that the longitu-
dinal ridge is absent from the last premolar, is rudimental in the
first and last molar but well developed in the 'second. The single
specimen of Cephalotes examined was a young adult and the pre-
maxillaries were united.

The following were ordered to be printed : —

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

MINERAL LOCALITIES OF PHILADELPHIA AND VICINITY.

BY THEODORE D. RAND, WILLIAM W. JEFFERIS AND

J. T. M. CARDEZA, M. D.

The vicinity of Philadelphia has long been famed for the number
of its mineral localities and the remarkable abundance and variety
of species and specimens. The fact that these have been found chiefly
in mining and quarrying operations of limited extent, many of them
of short duration, added to the fact that the region has rapidly filled
up with a dense population, so that noted localities have been covered
with buildings, while others have apparently been exhausted, led
one of the writers to suggest that those most familiar with the
occurrence of these minerals during the last half century should
publish jointly, and in connected form, an account of the localities
more nearly complete than any now existing.

In doing this each has taken the region with which he is most
familiar, assisted, however, by the others. No mineral has been
mentioned without qualification unless known to one of the writers
to have been found at the locality. It is believed that few omissions
will be found, but the authors will be thankful for further In-
formation from any one knowing additional facts, and such facts will
be incorporated in a subsequent paper with due credit.

The authors desire to express their acknowledgment to Messrs.
Samuel Tyson, John Smedley, Joseph Willcox, Edward D. Drown,
and Lewis Woolman for valuable information incorporated in these
notes.

The Minerals of Philadelphia and the Territory Adjoin-
ing ON THE Northwest. — By Theo. D. Rand.

A large part of Philadelphia is covered with the Delaware River
gravels and clays, but most of the streams have cut through this
covering and have exposed the underlying rocks. Owing to the
demand for building materials many quarries have been opened,
but few of any great extent. The sites of many of these are now
covered by buildings. The rocks underlying the gravels and clays
are gneisses and mica schists, usually with a strike of about N. 60°
E. and a generally northwardly dip ; they are often decomposed to
a considerable depth. Their best exposure is along the Schuylkill
River. Ascending the Schuylkill, the first exposure occurs at Gray's
Ferry: a decomposed, highly feldspathic gneiss, of which the feld-

1892.] NATURAL SCIKNCE8 OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

spar has become kaolin and the mica, in some cases, a vermicnlite.
Mill Creek flows into the Schuylkill River about three hundred
yards above Gray's Ferry, and on its banks some quarrying has
been done in the mica schist, but no minerals were found except
apatite and albite in poor specimens. In the sand of the Schuylkill
above Gray's Ferry, and probably elsewhere, small zircons occur.

On mica schist rocks near Gray's Ferry, exposed in a cut of the
Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore R. R., an efflorescence
proved to be glauberite but it is possible that this may have been
derived from the gunpowder used in blasting.

The mica schists continue about two miles up stream to Fair-
mount, whose bold hill, is composed of a gneiss which appai'ently
rises as an anticlinal through the schists and is exposed by erosion
On the western side of the river this rock was largely quarried.
The first quarry opened was immediately on the river bank. When
the inclined plane was abandoned the Pennsylvania Railroad made
a curved cut throu2:h these rocks extending from about 30th Street
to 34th Street, and a large quarry, or a series of quarries afterwards
merged into one, was opened on the southwest side of the railroad.
Subsequently the bluff" between the railroad and the river was
largely quarried away, leaving an almost vertical wall of some fifty
feet in height. This gneiss, identical with that found on Ridley and
Crura Creeks in Delaware County, contained segregated masses of
coarse orthoclase-albite-muscovite-granite. In this granite most of
the minerals were found. Those identified are as follows :

Orthoclase in fine crystals, nearly all obtained from one highly
quartzose granite bed near the river.

Albite, found with the orthoclase, but usually somewhat decom-
posed, and sometimes wholly converted into kaolin, the orthoclase
remaining unchanged.

Tourmaline, black, in good crystals, sometimes terminated and
sometimes large, but usually very brittle, so that good specimens
were difficult to procure.

Beryl, rare and in small crystals, sometimes much decomposed.

Autunnite occurred in crystals and also as crystalline coatings
loosely implanted on the rock. It was at times quite abundant and
in very fine specimens. It was not usually in the granite but
chiefly occurred in seams in the gneiss.

Chalcolite, perhaps a half dozen specimens wei-e found associated
with the autunnite.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Uranochre, one specimen, probably this species.

Garnet occurred, but the specimens were neither fine nor
abundant. One specimen of transparent or precious garnet was
found.

Clialcopvrite and mahichite in poor specimens.

Bismuthinite, one specimen, Avas found in the granite on the river
bank which afforded the fine orthoclase crystals. It is a small group
of crystals imbedded in tourmaline.

Muscovite, biotite and pyriteand tw^o specimens of hyalite colored
yellow by uranium were found.

Northeast of Fairmount, along the line of the Reading Railroad,
and to the north of the latter was high ground chiefly of gneiss,
probably the same as that at Fairmount but much decomposed. In
the granitic beds of this gneiss good crystals of muscovite occurred.
All this region has long been built over.

Northwest of the Fairmount gneiss occur mica schists and horn-
blende schists which have been quarried along the Schuylkill and
in West Philadelphia. The minerals found in this region are not
numerous. On the left bank of the river about a quarter of a mile
above Fairmount, a promontory of gneiss including some syenite
formerly projected into the river, terminated by a rock covered dur-
ing high water, known as Turtle rock. When the Park drive along
the river was constructed, this rock was covered and the adjacent
bluff partly quarried away. Here a few quite good specimens of
chabazite were obtained, also hornblende in long bladed crystalliza-
tions.

Between Turtle rock and Girard Avenue bridge, bucholzite was
formerly found.

In the mica schists of the tunnel in the Park north of Girard
Avenue, and also in a quarry on Girard Avenue about 38th Street,
menaccanite occurred in rough crystals. At the tunnel Mr. Howard
Parker found a specimen in which three tabular crystals were
curved into concentric semi-circles, the inner one with a diameter of
two inches, the outer of three and a quarter inches. The crystals
were about one-eighth of an inch in thickness with a quartz parting
from 0 to I of an inch ; a separate flat crystal occupied the radius of
the semicircleopposite the three. The exposed ends of these crystals
were broken but they were evidently upwards of two inches in
length alonir the axis of the semicircle.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 177

At the quarry near 38th Street, one specimen contained six
crystals within 3x4 inches, tlie crystals measuring upwards of an
inch in length but being rough except upon the tabular surface.

On the Pennsylvania Railroad, about 3(ith Street, was a small
quarry in mica schist. Here was found a rock formed of garnet in
mitiute crystals of much brilliancy and of a yellowish-red color
under the microscope but of a dark red in mass. It varied from
almost pure gai-net to a gneiss containing minute garnets.

In granitic veins or beds in these schists the mica is generally
muscovite, intermixed with a very dark, nearly black mica, and the
two occur intercrystallized, occasionally in remarkable specimens
some of which are figured in the Keport of the 2nd Geological Survey
of Pennsylvania, Vol. C\ In much of the muscovite, hexagonal
rhombs, invisible or rarely visible to the naked eye, appear under
the microscope. On the northwesterly border of these schists
bucholzite, forming a schist, is abundant, especially near Park
Station, Schuylkill Valley Railroad. In a quarry south of the
Station, and west of the railroad, chalcopyrite, malachite and chry-
socolla occurred in hornblende gneiss interstratified in the bucholzite
bearing mica schists.

Between these schists and the overlying gravel is frequently
found a black friable conglomerate, the cement of which is wad
containing cobalt. It can be found in many places.

Included in the mica schists are strata of hornblende gneiss,
sometimes nearly pure hornblende. Immediately above the old
Columbia Bridge in hornblende gneiss was the well-known laumon-
tite locality. Good specimens were obtained on only two occasions,
the first when an ice-house was built there about 1850 and the rock
was quarried to make room for it and to build it, and many years
subsequently, when the first ice house having burned down, a larger
one was erected in its place. Mehlzeolite was abundant and may
still be obtained, but well crystallized laumontite was rare.
Good crystals, however, were obtained measuring over three-quar-
ters of an inch in length, together with indifferent specimens of nat-
rolite and heulandite and of crystallized quartz.

As an efflorescence on these hornblende rocks alunogen and halo-
trichite occur occasionally, but on the Pennsylvania Railroad at
59th street there was an old quarry in a peculiar pyritiferous gneiss
andfelsite. This quarry was opened for railroad ballast, for which
purpose the rock was used to a considerable extent before its rapid

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

decomposition was kuown. At this point halotrichite was at times
very abundant and in quite large masses, due to the fact that the
rock in question seems to lie in a synclinal, the axis of which rises
rapidly southwestward, forming on the northeast side a series of
nooks protected by overhanging ledges, so that the halotrichite
formed was protected from the Aveather. Associated with this is a
subsulphate of iron, or iron sinter, probably glockerite, also
alunogen.

Pebbles of many varieties of quartz, jasper, basanite, etc., have
been found in the gravel which overspreads a large part of Phila-
delphia.

All the rocks mentioned above have a general northeast and
southwest strike, but there is a belt of very hard gneiss extending
from Frankford to the Wissahickon, with a strike nearly west,
probably rising on the crest of an anticlinal Avave or possibly an in-
trusive mass. This gneiss being hard and quite uniform, with a
straight fracture, makes a valuable building stone, and it has been
quarried at several points, at some quite largely. It varies in text-
ure from a rather coarse granitic or syenitic gneiss to an almost
cryptocrystalline felsite or granulite. Granite segregations are not
common, but they are sometimes large and chiefly of orthoclase. The
largest quarries of this are at Frankford. Here the minerals were
finest and most abundant. Chief among these was stilbite, rarely
in crystalline forms, usually in stellate radiations on the surface of
what the quarrymen call " heads " in the gneiss, that is joint jilanes
at right angles, or nearly so, to the bedding. This was very abun-
dant, many tons of rock covered with it being exposed at a single
blast, and some of it was beautiful, but, occurring as it did on this
hard rock, and on faces at right angles to the cleavage, it Avas'often
difficult to procure specimens in the midst of great abundance.
Fortunately, at times, there were subordinate joints close to the
main one; these, too, would be filled with stilbite and along such
line the rock would split easily. Usually the coating was very thin,
almost immeasurable, but occasionally the joint would widen, and
the stilbite would occur, half an inch or more in thickness. AVith
the stilbite is associated, rarely, apophyllite in fine crystals some of
them half an inch across, usually opaque glassy-white but some-
times colorless and transparent.

Molybdenite occurs imbedded in the gneiss, sometimes in large
masses (one of over a pound weight of pure molybdenite) and also

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

in crystals which for perfection are probably unequalled. One of
about the size of a pea is almost perfect on all sides, having the
prism and two domes. One crystal, nut perfect but showing five
planes, measured 2\ x4 inches, and others, showing all the prismatic
planes, H x 2 inches.

The minerals described occurred in the largest quarry, situated
northeast of Frankford Creek and between Adams and Church
Streets, chiefly towards the northern end of the quarry. In the
gneiss at the extreme south end of this quarry was a bed of ortho-
clase in which was found the randite, usually as a very thin coating
on orthoclase, sometimes in groups of microscopic acicular crystals,
occasionally imbedded in calcite.

Some of the orthoclase of this quarry has a pink tint, due, as
shown by the microscojDC, to minute crystals, probably of gothite.
Tourmaline occurred in poor crystals and also as a rock-like mass
coating the gneiss. Muscovite is found, but in poor specimens ; also
lepidomelane in large cleavable masses. Epidote and sphene, the
latter in minute but perfect crystals, were found rarely.

In a small quarry, adjacent to the above, lying across Church
Street, was a small bed of calcite in the gneiss containing fine
crystals of epidote, some an inch or two long, terminated, and one,
measuring I x 2t inches, showing prism faces only, but those brilliant
and perfect. Crystallized hornblende was sometimes found but was
rare. Hyalite containing uranium was also found.

Beside these the following were found in indifferent specimens : .
Iceland spar, chalcopyrite, bornite, malachite, chrysocoUa, apatite,
fluorite.

On Frankford Creek, above this quarry, there is a granite con-
taining reddish orthoclase and greenish oligoclase.

In a small quarry on Little Tacony Creek west of Frankford
Road apophyllite was found ; the first place at which it was dis-
covered in this vicinity.

In its westward strike this Frankford gneiss is next met with near
Wayne Junction, Germantown. The railroad here crosses the
turnpike, or Germantown Road, and formerly there was a large
quarry in rock very like that of Frankford, except that near the
surface it was much decomposed. This was the locality of the
philadelphite which occurred as the mica in a schist, and also in
small veins in the rock. From the occurrence deeper in the quarry
of precisely similiar veins of hornblende and the fact that the hard

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

hornblende gneiss of the lower part of the quarry seemed to decom-
pose into the philadelphite schist near the surfiice, I think the
philadelphite is due to the alteration of hornblende.

Except sphene and bornite I know of no other mineral found
here. About a quarter of a mile further west in a road-cutting were
large quantities of a feldspar, probably orthoclase containing im-
perfect crystals of a black mica, probably lepidomelane, frequently
five or six inches in length and not over an inch across. Further
west and close to the Wissahickon is the well known McKinney's
quarry to which the attention of mineralogists was first called by
the abundance of apatite. The gneiss here is very regular and of
excellent quality. In a bed of feldspar met with about 1850
rough irregular crystals of apatite, some a foot long, were found
abundantly. Besides this the following were found ; natrolite, heul-
andite, laumontite, hornblende, bornite, chalcopyrite, malachite,
chrysocolla, fahlunite, sphene and a micaceous mineral resembling
philadelphite. Some of the laumontite was colored green by
copper.

Northwest of the Philadelphia mica schists and gneisses, from the
Schuylkill to near Morton Station, southeast of Media, extends an
outcrop of porphyritic gneiss which appears to include some small
schist areas, and this is followed by schists called by Mr. Hall the
Manayunk schists, very similar to those on the southeast of the
porphyry. Both the porphyry and the schists are very barren of
minerals. The porphyry is, of course, full of feldspar (orthoclase)
crystals usually if not invariably twinned, but it is impossible to
detach them from the gangue, and nothing but sections can be had.
In the porphyry, granitic segregations occur, comj^osed chiefly of
a reddish orthoclase making sometimes a graphic granite. Quartz
is much less in quantity than the orthoclase, and mica (muscovite)
even less than the quartz. Rarely in this granite occurs black
tourmaline in poor specimens. Near West Laurel Hill Cemetery
minute sphenes occur in the gneiss which is there very fine grainecl.
Northwest of the bridge of the Reading Railroad over the Schuyl-
kill at the Falls was formerly a large quarry in a gneiss resembling
the Fairmount gneiss, but harder.

On the west bank of the Schuylkill, just above the Park bridge,
is a quarry which at one time was lai'gely wrought. The rock is
not distinctly porphyritic, and is very variable in its different strata,
passing from a highly felspathic gneiss to a mica schist, and from

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

hornblende gneiss to quartzite. This quarry only, among the large
number in the porphyritic rock and adjacent schists, is worthy of the
name of a mineral locality ; no fine specimens were found, but the
following occurred : quartz in modified crystals, epidote, mag-
netopyrite, calcite in dog-tooth crystals, krokidolite,- garnet,
laumontite. and coatings of halotrichite. On one occasion the sap
from a broken I'oot of an oak in the soil over the quarry had trickled
down over the rocks whence the halotrichite effloresced, forming a
black band of native ink. Rhodonite is reported to have been
found in this quarry but I have not seen it.

Northwest of the Manayunk schists is another series, termed by
Mr. Hall the Chestnut Hill schists. Both series contain numerous
garnets but the Chestnut Hill schists contain them in largest quan-
tity. They are very abundant, sometimes crystallized, rarely large,
always dull and usually rough.

In both these schists occur outcrops of magnesian rocks. The
most important of these, mineralogically, except possibly the out-
crops near Media, is that which is known as the steatite belt which
extends from Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia, to Bryn Mawr. It is
well exposed on the Wissahickon but on the Schuylkill, at the
northwesterly line between Philadelphia and Montgomery County,
it has been largely quarried for over a century and has yielded
quite a variety of minerals, as follows: talc, rarely in crystals,
abundant massive and sometimes in beautiful green translucent
specimens ; dolomite, massive very abundant, sometimes good
cleavage specimens associated with talc are obtained ; it occurs
also crystallized in the ordinary form of pearl spar, of which some
beautiful specimens have been obtained, also in six-sided prisms
with terminations, and rarely in a form veiy near a cube ; breun-
nerite, in poor specimens, at the old soapstone quarry on the east
bank of the river, but in crystals quite perfect and more than an
inch across, at the quarry on the west bank ; magnetite in octahedra
in chlorite ; tremolite, actinolite, chlorite, hallite, staurolite, mil-
lerite, bornite, chalcopyrite, malachite, chrysocolla, maguetopyrite,
garnet, apatite, genthite, epsomite, chalcanthite, aragonite, zoisite,
pyrophyllite, barite and one specimen of rutile in dolomite. Asso-
ciated with the steatite is a rock occurring in vast quantity, the
mass being steatite, with apparently nodules of serpentine scattered
through. At times these show the crystalline form of staurolite, and
they are, in part at least, pseudomorphs of serpentine after staurolite.

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1892.

On the right bank of tlie river, besides the breunnerite, asbestus was
at one time found in considerable quantity.

About a half mile above the soapstoue quarry and a quarter of a
mile westward from the river was Rose's quarry, in a hard black
serpentine of the Lafayette belt. Here were found asbestus, ensta-
tite, Schiller spar and antigorite.

On the Wissahickon, the line of demarkation between the INfana-
vuuk schists and the Chestnut Hill schists is obscure. Below Gor-
gas' Lane menaccanite in quartz occurred. Above Gorgas' Lane
was found halotrichite. Near Cresheim Creek antholite in radiated
masses is abundant, also staurolite and kyanite in the mica schists,
in poor specimens, and garnets in great quantity but poor. Very
recently fine kyanite was obtained. AVhere the steatite belt crosses,
near Thorp's Lane, magnetite in octahedra, talc and steatite are
found. Hyalite is found occasionally coating the schists.

On the Schuylkill, the tunnel of the Reading Railroad through
the Manayunk schists at Flat Rock afforded fine specimens of red
stilbite, also lieulandite, beryl and calcite. On the left bank, nearly
opposite the tunnel, were found brown spar and ilvaite. At Hea-
cock's quarry in the Chestnut Hill schists at Jenkintown, North
Pennsylvania Railroad, Mr. Edward D. Drown found an albite
granite containing very minute green crystals which a microscopic
examination proves to be torbernite. This is an interesting dis-
covery.

Northwest of the Chestnut Hill schists is a hill, often of great
l^eight, and almost continuous from Trenton, N. J., to beyond the
Brandywine. This is of Laurentian gneiss. It is, except in one
place, singularly barren of crystallized or rare minerals. This ex-
ception is the well-known Vanartsdalen's quarry near Feasterville, in
Bucks County, where a small bed of limestone is exposed and here
we find many of the minerals found in the Laurentian limestones of
Canada. This is the only observed out-crop of limestone in the
whole length of the Laurentian in this part of the State. The rock
is mostly granular and crystalline and much mixed with other
minerals, particularly phlogopite, pyroxene and graphite. The fol-
lowing minerals have been found: —

Blue quartz, which, while abundant in massive specimens through-
out the whole Laurentian range, was in specimens of unusually
good color at this quarry; orthoclase, massive, of a gray color,
translucent, almost transparent, with the cleavage surfaces very

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

brilliant ; rarely it is l)eautifnlly opalescent, resemblino^ labra-
dorite, or even more closely resembling tbe microcline of Norway ;
muscovite, rare, of a bright emerald-green color ; phlogopite
abundant, but not in good specimens ; woUastonite, massive, at one
time abundant, but usually rare ; garnet, massive, not common ;
pyroxene in its varieties, salite, fassaite ; coccolite abundant ; sphene
in crystals up to an inch in diameter, some quite good, poor speci-
mens abundant; scapolite chiefly in its variety ekebergite, but also
in rough crystals, the former abundant; moroxite ; zircon very
rare, but in beautiful crystals ; molybdenite has been reported from
this quarry but I think graphite has been mistaken for it ; gypsum
in poor specimens formed by the action of decomposing pyrite on
the limestone.

The graphite, phlogopite, pyroxene, etc., occurred in the lime-
stone often in bands an inch or so wide and a few inches long and
remarkably contoi'ted ; so much so, that sections roughly broken
would occasionally closely simulate letters of the alphabet and the
late Mr. Vanartsdalen used to exhibit with much pride the name
" George Washington " in these natural stone letters remarkably
])erfect except in such details as the cross of the A.

In the Laurentian at Trenton and also at Camp Hill near Willow
Grove small zircons occur, also, in many places loose in the soil.
I know of no minerals in this belt elsewhere excej^t the ordinary
constituents of the gneiss: quartz, generally bluish or milky, ortho-
clase, a triclinic feldspar, hornblende, magnetite and garnet, and
also, at one locality near Radnor Station in a trap, labradorite and
hypersthene.

Northwestward of the Laurentian for nearly its whole extent is a
limestone valley in which, or bordering it, are schists, those near the
Laurentian very closely resembling the Manayunk and Chestnut
Hill schists, and in many places near the limestone, unctuous clays
carrying much limonite. In the limestone many quarries have been
opened, some of them large and deep, especially along a line near
the southeastern margin, where a bed of the limestone has been con-
verted into marble. The explorations for iron ore have been more
numerous than extensive, but in some places vast quantities have
been taken out and used chiefly at adjacent furnaces.

At the limestone and marble quarries there is almost nothing of
mineralogical interest : calcite in poor crystals, small quartz crystals,
damourite in sheets and coatings comprise all, with the following
exceptions : —

184 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The most noted marble ({iiarry is at Marble Hall, Montgomery
County, on the Ridge Road about fourteen miles from Philadelphia.
This yielded fine statuary marble and was wrought as an open
quarry to a depth, I am informed, of over three hundred feet; near
by lignite and iron pyrites occur.

It has been suggested that this marble is due to the alteration of
the limestone by the Conshohockeu trap dyke which is near its north-
westerly side. Inasmuch as there is ordinary limestone between
the marble and the dyke and the marble occurs also at a distance
from the dyke as at Potts and Henderson's quarries, this view seems
untenable. At Conshohockeu, in the cut of the Schuylkill Valley
Railroad, the trap dyke was almost if not quite in contact with the
limestone, which showed no change from the ordinary limestone of
the region.

Northeast of this was a suialler quarry in an inferior marble, and
in this was once found a mass of barite of many tons weight almost
indistinguishable from the marble except by its weight. It is a
tradition that it was supposed to be marble until the hoisting tackle
having parted three times successively while attempting to lift a not
unusually large block, an investigation showed that it weighed one
and one-third times the same bulk of marble. Carbonate of
strontia Avas reported from this vicinity, but I think it a mistake.

Mr. Jefferis informs me that in 1837 fine crystals of dog-tooth
spar were found in quantity at Marble Hall.

East of the Schuylkill between the limestone and the Laurentian,
is a stratum of Cambrian sandstone forming during most of its course
a prominent ridge, especially near Edge Hill Station, on the
North Pennsylvania Railroad. In this rock, hematite occurs
abundantly in brilliant cleavable masses, very rarely crystallized.
It is slightly titaniferous, and was found by Mr. Edward D.
Drown, upon land belonging to him near Weldou, to contain rutile
in interesting specimens.

On the right bank of the Schuylkill, just above Conshohockeu,
Montgomery County, a large quarry known as Bullock's has been
wrought for many years in a limestone much mixed with mica and
graphite. The rock is tough and durable and is favorably situated
for quarrying. It cleaves in one direction with facility and in the
others it is divided by joints many feet apart, enabling stones of
almost any size to be readily procured. This renders it the pre-
ferred stone in Philadelphia for heavy foundations and it has been

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

used thus^in[most of the larger buildings for mauy years. Minerals
are rare in this rock. In seams, poor quartz crystals and pyrite
occur, with occasionally small, but very perfect and beautifully
modified crystals of calcite. In one seam, near the river, about
1866, a few remarkable crystals of calcite were found, being perfect
and doubly terminated hexagonal prisms, with trihedral summits.
Aragonite occasionally lines crevices, some specimens being of much
beauty.

Wiiite cleavable calcite occurs. Phyllite was found in this lime-
stone in 186-4 near Plymouth. In the Chester valley fluorite occurs.
At Potts' landing galena is said to have occurred in the limestone.

At the limonite mines adjacent to this limestone belt few minerals
occur other than the limonite and that usually in specimens not
worthy of a place in a mineralogical cabinet. An exception to this
was a mine opened near the Edge Hill furnace on the North Penn-
sylvania Kailroad in which at one time a deposit of geodes of limo-
nite of exceptional quality was met with. At this time, besides the
limonite, which was in beautiful specimens, the geodes were found
lined with fine specimens of gothite, turgite and velvet manganese,
psilomelane and braunite.

In 1855 at Colwell's iron furnace on the northeast bank of the
Schuylkill at Conshohocken, a few very fine specimens of cacoxeniie
were found. This came undoubtedly from the immediate vicinity,
but from what particular spot could not be ascertained, as ore was
hauled to the furnace from many openings.

In a thin stratum on both sides of the Laurentian and near it,
hornstone or chert occurs, at times in large quantity, particularly
northwest of Chestnut Hill, on the Roberts Road southAvest of the
Old Lancaster Road near Bryn Mawr, and on the Mattson's Ford
Road west of Montgomery Avenue, on the line between Upper and
Lower Merion, Montgomery County.

In the township of Upper Merion, close to King of Prussia, quartz
crystals were exposed in a cut of the Trenton Cut-off Railroad, west
of the road to Radnor. About two miles further east on the same
road, and again about a mile from the Schuylkill a quartzose rock
filled with cavities studded with quartz crystals was met with in
great quantity. In a similar, if not the same, rock near Henderson
Station, Chester Valley Railroad, occurred the fossils for which that
locality is noted.
13

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

About half a mile east of Henderson Station pyrite altered into
linionite occurs in good specimens.

Southwest of the Schuylkill, on each side of the Laurentian hill
above mentioned, is a line of serpentine outcrops, beginning on the
northwest side about three miles from the river and extending thence
nearly in a straight line to a point northwest of West Chester.
On the southeast side of the Laurentian there is a very small outcrop
northeast of the Schuylkill. Southwest of the river, but close to it,
is Rose's quarry before mentioned ; thence the belt stretches south-
westward almost continuously through Lower INIeriou, Radnor,
IMarple and Newtown Townships. On this belt few quarries or
mines have been opened, Rose's quarry, as before mentioned, yielded
enstatite, asbestus, Schiller spar and antigorite.

At Rosemont, where the Pennsylvania Railroad passes this belt,
was a quarry, now built over, which afforded a fibrous aragonite.

Where the road from Philadelphia to West Chester crosses the
railroad, about a mile east of Newtown Square, remarkable speci-
mens of stalactitic quartz were once found in digging to lay the
foundation of a stone wall. The cavities were from one to four
inches wide and the stalactites depending, both in the ordinary
form and also in curtain-like sheets, formed specimens of great
beauty. Further southwest, in the same belt, was Moro Phillips'
chrome mine referred to in Dr. Cardeza's notes.

Close by, but probably in a serpentine not connected with the
Laurentian, antholite occurs in quantity and in good specimens.

In the belt northwest of the Laurentian, about one-half a mile
northwest of Radnor Station, a quarry was opened on land then
belonging to John Stacker. In this quarry, and in the vicinity, the
following minerals were found : — asbestus, mountain cork, marmolite,
chromite, chalcedony, cacholong, drusy quartz, deweylite, genthite,
enstatite, dermatin (?), serpentine pseudomorph after asbestus,
quartz pseudomorph after asbestus, pimelite, chrysotile, vermiculite.

In the mica schist of Cream Valley, about a mile northwest of
Radnor Station, crystals of garnet sometimes an inch in diameter
and usually distorted, associated with staurolite are abundant. In
the limestone of the same valley, about a mile north of Radnor
Station, small brilliant cubes of pyrite were at one time abundant,
many of them curiously elongated and flattened.

In the Potsdam sandstone of Cream Valley minute tourmalines
are abundant, occurring occasionally in crystals an inch or more in
length.

1892.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 187

Localities of Chester County. By William W. Jefferis.

Four and a half miles northeast from West Chester in the town-
ship of Willistown, Chester County, there is a vein or bed of mag-
netite in serpentine, some of the specimens showing strong polarity.
This was opened about seventy years ago for chrome ore and some
five hundred pounds were taken out, but not being chromite the
mining was abandoned.

The serpentine continues in a southwest course and is exposed in
West Goshen Township, north of West Chester, for a mile or more.
Three quarries have been ojiened for building stone. In one of
them, on the farm of the late General George A. McCall, is found
chrysotile in small veins.

Ajfew hundred yards west of this is the quarry of AVilliam P.
Marshall, that has furnished many cabinet specimens of aragonite
in small radiated crystals. In seams of the serpentine, dolomite and
marmolite are also found. .

On the adjacent ridge, drusy quartz was formerly very abundant,
also chalcedony and jasper.

At the end of the serpentine ridge, west of Marshall's quarry is a
vein! of compact talc that was worked by an old mineralogist in
1834, with an idea of making pencils and supplying lyceums with
specimens. North of this, on the edge of the serpentine, staurolite
and garnets occur.

Haifa mile further west is Taylor's quarry and from it have been
taken the following minerals: — radiated aragonite (called by the
old mineralogists of 1820, radiated carbonate of magnesia), dewey-
lite, kerolite, asbestus, and chromite in octahedral crystals. In the
road north of Mr. Taylor's house, staurolites and garnets were for-
merly abundant.

On^the farm of Caleb 8. Cope, in East Bradford Township, one
mile west from Taylor's, is found talc, some of the specimens con-
taining yellow actinolite. Epidote in quartz also occurs. A short
distance west from the talc locality is an old quarry of magnesian
limestone which is very fetid when struck.

In the edge of the quarry was found necronite and also cyanite
of a fine blue color, which at one time was quite plentiful in an old
dam breast adjoining.

Gray cyanite in crystals occurs in a bed of mica schist at both
ends of the bridge over[the Brandywine at Cope's in East Bradford
Township. Blue and green cyanite are also found in the rocks

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892,

near and scattered over the fields for the distance of two miles Avest
of the bridge.

On the liill seventy-five yards west of the old Black Horse Tav-
ern in East Bradford Townshi]) (in the road) there is a compact
talc of a very fine quality which was exposed some four feet in
length by two and a half inches in thickness. This appears to
occupy fissures in the hornblende rocks along which there has
been a motion of the adjacent parts evidenced by the slickensided
surfaces of this talc.

In Newlin Township, five miles southwest from the Black Horse
locality, there is a large outcrop of serpentine in which numerous
lumps of corundum have been found, one of them, lying on the
surface, weighed 5,200 pounds. On the north side of the ridge a
number of excavations have been made from which several tons
have been taken in small pieces. In one of thetu was found a vein
or stratum fourteen feet long by seven feet in breadth and fifty-four
feet in* depth, a solid mass of corundum and emerylite ; on one side
of it was a coating of diaspore, three by two feet and two inches
thick, well crystallized on the surface, some of the crystals being
two inches long. The other minerals found there were lesleyite,
pattersonite, gibbsite, indianite, antigorite and spinel. The locality
of corundum was first discovered by the digging of a well on the
hill south of this, the crystals being found in a decomposed albite.
The well was re-opened in 1844 for corundum but was found unpro-
ductive and was discontinued after going down fifty feet. Since
then a shaft has been sunk near by to the depth of one hundred
and fifty feet, with considerable drifting on a vein, and a number
of tons of mineral taken out, said to be from a true vein or stratum.
This is now worked by a Philadelphia company, Avith success.

On the same ridge of serpentine, 500 yards east, a quarry of feld-
spar was opened and several carloads of it sent to the potteries at
Trenton. It was highly cleavable and furnished many fine cabinet
specimens, also large crystals of tourmaline, garnets and muscovite.
One half mile east of the corundum locality, at the end of the
ridge of serpentine, crystals of beryl of green and yellow colors
were found abundantly in the soil ; one terminated crystal weighed
fifty-one pounds. This appeared to come from a vein of quartz and
mica in the serpentine.

A short distance southwest from the corundum works a shaft has
been sunk and a few tons of the mineral taken out. When first

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 189

opened some of the corundiini contained the rare mineral euphyllite.

There are no minerals of any note in the serpentine until we
reach the southern part of the county where sand chrome occurs in
abundance, and thousands of tons have been taken from the soil.
Hallite in hexagonal crystals occurs in a vein in East Nottingham
Township, also a hard asbestus in stick -like masses two feet long.

In West Nottingham Township, crystals of chromite in octahe-
drons, roseite (a variety of jefferisite) staurolite, leelite and raagne-
site occur. Several excavations have been made in search of the
latter mineral and many tons of it were sent to Philadelphia to be
used in the manufacture of epsom salts.

In the adjoining county of Lancaster, one-half mile from the Mary-
land line is the celebrated chrome mine known as " AVoods' mine."
The mine was opened about the year 1885 or 1840, and many thousand
tons of chromic iron have been taken from it. The vein was traced to
the depthof 700 feet, and m some places was 30 feet thick. It has not
been worked for the past ten years, and is now abandoned, and filled
with water and debris. About the year 1858 or 1860 brucite was found
in abundance, finely crystallized ; one of the veins of brucite being
a foot in thickness. The following minerals also were found at
this mine: — zaratite, kammererite, penninite, deweylite, ouvarovite,
picfolite, genthite, baltimorite, dolomite, hydrodolomite, aragonite
in delicate radiated ci-ystals and hematite in very fine cr}Stals with
penninite. All the minerals found within five miles of the mine
have been labelled from Texas, as follows : — williamsite, enstatite,
lancasterite, talc, magnetite crystals in chlorite, green tourmaline,
limonite pseudomorph after pyrite in modified crystals, steatite,
carnelian, jasper, moss agate and drusy quartz.

In the western end of the township of West Town, three miles south
of West Chester is the celebrated Birmingham serpentine quarry,
perhaps better known as Brinton's quarry. The stone has been
used in the principal cities of the United States. The following
occur in the quarry: — clinochlore and jefferisite in finer specimens
than elsewhere ; deweylite, tourmaline, beryl, magnesite, talc,
aragonite, in radiated crystals on the serpentine, covering surfaces
three by two feet or more ; oligoclase, showing fine twinning lines;
magnetite, amethyst, etc. The crystals of clinochlore, are found in
pockets of talc in the solid serpentine, partially decomposed.

There is also an outcrop of serpentine two and a half miles south-
west of West Chester with a vein of aquacreptite through it. This

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

mineral when immersed in water decrepitates with considerable
noise. This locality is in East Bradford township, and amethysts are
found in nearly all the fields within half a mile of it.

Half a mile northwest from the Birmingham quarry is Osborn's
Hill, in which a mine was opened about the year 1835 for manga-
nese, and half a ton of the black oxide taken from a depth of thirty
feet. The vein stone was massive mauganesian garnet containing
crystals of yellow sphene. Tourmaline, in small crystals in quartz,
occurs abundantly, also orthoclase crystallized, on the west side of
the hill.

Very few minerals have been found in the hornblende rocks of
Chester County, the principal ones being zoisite at the old water
works in West Chester, noAV inaccessible ; labradorite, sphene and
sunstone, the latter of great brilliancy, were found at Lamborn's
mill, one-half mile southeast of Kennett Square ; epidote crystals
occurred loose in the soil one mile south of the borough ; sunstone
is also found near Fairville. One-half mile north of Fairville, on
the farm of the late William Dilworth, muscovite crystals occur by
the hundred in the soil northwest of the house, near the woods.

One-half mile south of Pennsville, on the farm of Jacob Swayne,
there is a large deposit of white quartz containing a few crystals of
feldspar, and large crystals and plates of muscovite beautifully
marked by magnetite and containing compressed ci'ystallized quartz,
suitable for the microscope. Some almost perfect crystals from this
place measured eighteen inches by twelve or more. A large quan-
tity of merchantable mica was obtained.

In quarrying for limestone in Chester Valley they occasionally find
openings or small caves filled with stalagmites and stalactites, some
of the latter being a foot or more in length ; a few brilliant crystals
of pyrite are sometimes found in the limestone, also fluorite and
quartz crystals; at the Pennsylvania Railroad quarry. East Cain
Township, ankerite.

In the limestone on the Brandywine Creek, about a mile above
Chadd's Ford, occurs chondrodite, the only locality of this mineral
in the region.

The quarries in West Bradford Township, known as the Poor-
house quarries, were opened nearly one hundred years ago and are
in a magnesian limestone; in it are found the following minerals: —
chesterlite, quartz crystals, rutile in needle-like crystals, some trans-
pai'ent and of a dark ruby color ; tremolite and a yellow damourite

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

in delicate tuft-; or rosettes. Some two miles to the southwest are
the Doe Run lime quarries. These have been extensively worked
for over half a century. In them have been found rutile, tremolite
and fluorite, the latter only as a thin crust of a deep purple color.

In West Marlborough Township, two miles west of Unionville,
are Bailey's lime (piarries, containiuL'' bladed mussite, crystallized
and fibrous tremolite in quantity. Brown and yellow tourmaline
in small crystals have also been found in this township.

Limestone has been quarried extensively near the village of
Avondale in London Grove Township. Aragonite, brown tourma-
line, mountain leather, tremolite and very fine crystals of calcite are
the only minerals found in these quarries.

Some years ago a large quarry Avas opened in the gneiss rocks
at Avondale, known as the Toughkenamon hills, and in it l)right
red iron garnets in dodecahedral crystals were found by the
hundred, some of them being three and one-half inches in diameter,
also good crystals of tourmaline. A small sjiecimen of graphite was
found in this quarry.

Pyrite more or less altered into limonite of a shining dark brown
color in cubic crystals of all sizes up to one and one-half inches in
diameter are found loose in the soil in the township of East White-
land and TredyfTrin in abundance ; these are sometimes pure
limonite.

In the year 1850 an iron mine was opened on the farm of the late
Gen. Trimble, in East Whiteland Township, and at the distance of
ten feet below the surface was found a horizontal vein of wavellite
in stalactites, also radiated .nnd occasionally crystallized. After a
few years the mine was abandoned and the locality lost for a time.
A shaft or Avell has since been dug twenty -five feet, striking one of
the old drifts and from it were, taken a few very fine specimens.
Coeruleolactite was found in abundance when the mine was first
opened, but as it was thought of no value it was dumped into the
excavations left in mining the iron ore and many fine specimens
were lost to science.

Rutile, or the mineral known in Sadsbury Township as money-
stone, is found loose in the soil for the distance of seven miles along
the Chester Valley and particularly near the village of Parkesburg
on the farm of Horace A. Beale where crystals have been found
weighing three quarters of a pound.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Ill Uwchlan Township half a mile north of the Eagle tavern
massive blue quartz is found in abundance. Graphite is now being
mined quite extensively east of the tavern.

A number of iron mines were opened in the vicinity of Kimber-
ton and Yellow Springs, fifty years ago, and many fine specimens of
limonite were found, also a half ton or more of a jet black limonite
known as melanosiderite. A. fine specimen of allophane was found
in one of the mines near, and is now in the Vaux collection. It is
the only one known from Chester County.

A deposit of limonite was found in West Whiteland Township
adjoining the quarry known as Thomas' marble quarry, worked to the
depth of 180 feet in the year 1836, and after a few years abandoned.
The ore is principally of the variety known as pipe iron ore, but
some of it is of a rather different character, for the stalactites or pipes
instead of being radiated in structure were "^ composed of concentric
layers, making a ^ipe within a pipe. The deposit being of a very
limited extent was soon worked out, and now no trace of it remains.

The following minerals have been found at the Warwick mine
holes, at the village of St. Mary's: — magnetite in dodecahedral
crystals; actinolite, in small radiated geodes, and a jet black melan-
ite garnet in geodes, with a reddish mineral, said to be orthoclase.

One mile west from St. Mary's are the old Hopewell mines, the
ore being magnetite crystallized in octahedrons, with an occasional
group of pyrite, and quartz pseudomorph after pyrite.

One-half mile north from the village of Knauertown are the cele-
brated mines known as the Mines of French Creek, being first
worked as Keini's iron mine, afterwards as the Elizabeth copper
mines ; now being mined for iron. The ore is magnetite mixed with
pyrite. Bright pyrite in octahedral crystals with numerous modifi-
cations occurs in the vein or wall of calcite; there is also a vein of
chalcopyrite adjoining the iron ore vein. The chalcopyrite is crys-
tallized where it adjoins the calcite, making the finest specimens of
the mineral known to mineralogists. It also occurs in perfect, iso-
lated tetrahedra. Besides the above the following minerals occur:
calcite crystals, aplome garnet, stilbite, apopliyllite in remarkable
specimens, byssolite, erythrite, hornblende and a feld^^par pseudo-
morph after natrolite.

At the lead mines near PhaMiixville, known as the Wheatley and
Brookdale mine*, the following have been found:— anglesite, cerusite,
pyromorphito, wuU'enite, descloizite, niinietite, galenite, native cop-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

per, chalcopyrite, malachite, azurite, si)halei-ite, calamine, laumonite,
calcite, fliiorite, limouite, native sulphur, oxide of manganese, pyrite,
barite, covellite, quartz and dolomite, melaconite, quartz pseudo-
morph after calcite, ankerite.

Localities of Delaware County. By J. T. M. Cardeza, M. D.

The chief localities for minerals in Delaware County occur in
gneissic beds, many of which are isolated in areas of more schistose
rocks, or in or near the serpentine outcrops Avhich abound in the
central part of the County.

Perhaps the more prolific localities have been in or near the
Townships of Kidley and Middletown.

Ridley Township. East of Chester and north of the River
Delaware, large quarries have been wrought for many years chiefly
in fine grained micaceous gneiss of considerable value for building
purposes and for curbstones. Of these Deshong and Leiper's on
Ridley Creek and Leiper and Lewis' on Crum Creek are most
noted. The gneiss itself contains rarely small garnets and tourma-
line, the rarer minerals occurring in coarse granitic veins, beds
or segregations in the gneiss.

At Deshong's quarry, as at Leiper's on Ridley Creek, the two
being in the same bed, good-sized brilliant garnets have been found
together with beryl in hexagonal prisms one-eighth of an inch to
one and one-half inches in diameter and from one inch to twelve
inches in length, usually pale green and translucent, occasionally
bright green and transparent, and a number Avith fine well
terminated crystals. I have a specimen in my cabinet with replace-
ments of the prism fjaces giving it the appearance of a cylinder.
Small well terminated crystals of yellow beryl were found here.

Beryls, some terminated, altered into a granular white substance
were recently found. I have in my possession a beryl from this
locality, one foot long, two inches in diameter, lying on a bed of crys-
tallized feldspar. Some very fine specimens of tourmaline occur, but
being vexy fragile, are rarely obtained entire ; muscovite is abundant
but poor. Autunnite and torbernite, in good specimens, in coarse
granite, have been obtained ; also more rarely uranochre. Fine crys-
tals of orthoclase of different forms have been found, both singly and
in groups, the crystals from oue-half an inch to six or eight inches
in length. In a pocket was found thulite of a beautiful pink color;
of this there were very fine specimens, some honeycombed and some

19-1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

with a few small crystals. Leidyite, a hydrous silicate of iron, is
found ill grauular masses. I have noticed a similar occurrence at
Jones' Falls, Baltimore. I allude to the presence of chabazite
coated with leidyite and leidyite pseudomorph after chabazite, mak-
ing haydenite. In Deshong's quarry, in connection with the leidy-
ite, are the same zeolites as at Jones' Falls, viz. : stilbite, heuland-
ite and a few small specimens of beaumontite. In this pocket some
small but good crystals of chalybite occurred. Ward's quarry,
about one mile above Deshong's, between the Philadelphia Pike and
the Delaware River, is similar in geological characteristics and is
largely wrought for its stone. Stilbite is found in fine, large radia-
tions.

The quarry of Leiper and Lewis, at Avondale, on Crum Creek,
affords very fine garnets, some as much as two or three inches in
diameter, as well as very brilliant smaller ones, also tourmaline in
terminated crystals, but occurring usually in sections of about one
inch to one and a half inches in length, a stratum of granular quartz,
a quarter inch or less in thickness, breaking the continuity of the
crystal. Good crystallized orthoclase and beautiful crystals of adu-
laria are found in groups in which ai'e sometimes found small, pale
green, or nearly white beryls, well crystallized, with modified ter-
minations. A few terminated yellow beryls have also been found-
Mr. Rand reports having collected in this quarry, chalcopyrite,
malachite, chrysocolla, hyalite of a bright green color, uranochre,
uraninite and bismutite, the last three in very small quantity.
Miss M. A. Holmes reports pink zoisite or thulite. At Folsom is a
small quarry opened for cellar foundation-stone, in which some good
garnets were recently found, one in my possession being as large as
a man's fist. In a quarry near Leiperville, owned by John
Deshong, but not at present worked, owing to the hardness of the
stone (a hornblende gneiss) some j^retty garnets, one-half to three-
quarters of an inch in diameter, were found in a schistose bed in
the gneiss, with also stilbite of a yellow or orange color and in
radiations one and one-half to two inches in diameter.

At Bullen's Lane.on Ridley Creek, a quarry, now owned b3'J:imes
Irving but not at present worked, has yielded some very fine crys-
tallized orthoclase in modified forms, some very fine garnets from
one inch-to one and one-half inches in diameter, crystallized musco-
vite in quartz, looking as if subjected to enormous compressing force,

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

the basal planes being rounded and the crystal being not unlike
stone arrowheads in form.

Chester Township. In the village of Upland on Chester Creek
near Chester, in a quarry formerly worked by Henvis, chabazite of
a red color was found. One specimen in possession of Michael
Bradley of Chester has with the chabazite, pectolite. Some good
crystallized orthoclase of a flesh color was found.

On the Samuel Felton farm, Thurlow, is an altered natrolite in a
schistose rock.

At Ship Creek, a tributary of Chester Creek, near Upland in
Samuel Crozer's quarry, garnets coated with autunnite, and one fine
doubly terminated crystallized oi'thoclase was found.

In Shaw and Esray's quarry, near Chester, have been found
tourmaline, garnet (one as large as a man's fist) crystallized ortho-
clase, beryl, mostly in process of alteration, but good crystals of a
pale green color ; smoky quartz in large crystals. I have one in my
possession, fourteen inches long, one foot wide and about seven
inches thick, two planes of the prism being developed at the expense
of the four remaining. An amethyst of the same size and form was
also found here. Some good amethysts are found of a deep purple
color, also smoky quartz, in crystals six to eight inches long, and
three to four iuches in diameter encrusted with well crystallized
amethysts of good color; also a peculiar feldspar in crystals six to
eight iuches long and four to six iuches across, having the appear-
ance on the surface of having been eroded.

At Cartertown, farm of Peter Green, near Chester, is the old
Chester molybdenite locality on Chester Creek above Upland. A
few crystals of this mineral were found, with a considerable quantity
of the massive mineral, disseminated in quartz, but at present it is
scarce. , Molybdite occurs with it (Rand). In the same vicinity
was sillimanite. A crystal of beryl, of a pale green color, terminated,
four inches long, one and a quarter inches thick, was found here in
a boulder of granular quartz, and is now in my possession. On this
property, on the creek shore, a mine was opened some years ago for
copper, but very little sulphide of copper was found, and the mine
was abandoned as it required constant pumping.

At Bridgewater, on Chester Creek near Upland, in one of the
quarries of John Mullen, in a pocket in the schists, several fine large
crystals of sphene occurred, of a yellow and also of a light green

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

color, some two inches in length. None have been found since, in
spite of diligent search.

Darby Township. On Bethel Custer's farm, Glenolden, are good
blue kyauite in long blades, and sillimanite.

On the Philadelphia Turnpike, below White Horse tavern, in a
ditch on the west side of the road, blades of kyanite occur abun-
dantly, washed out by rains from a schist.

On the farm attached to the White Horse tavern, are gray and
blue kyanite and sillimanite.

In digging the cellar and foundation for a barn, on a farm opposite
the White Horse tavern, several large boulders of kyanite were
found, of a beautiful blue color with blades six to eight inches in
length. Along the little sti'eam emptying into Darby Creek at
Morris' Ferry, many loose masses of kyanite have been w'orked out.
At Morris' Ferry, in the creek at low water, garnets of good quality
have been found in the mud.

Near Landsdowne, smoky quartz, loose in the soil. Mr. Rand
has a crystal measuring nine by seven inches.

Near Darby, titaniferous garnet.

At Upper Darby, in a cutting of the proposed Chester County
Railroad, Babel quartz and modified quartz crystals, orthoclase
crystals.

Nether Providence TotvJiship. On the farm of George Sharpless,
on Providence road above Shoemakerville about three miles above
Chester, a small quarry was opened for stone to i)ike the road lead-
ing to Media, and some remarkable crystals of feldspar doubly
terminated and variously modified were found, some eighteen inches
by twelve inches were taken out, and at present several are in my
possession ; also green mica in pretty specimens. In digging a i)ost
hole opposite the mansion, a pocket of amethyst was discovered.
About a half dozen fine crystals, one and a half to two inches in
size and of a deep purple color were obtained.

Near Swarthmore College, andalusite and black tourmaline, not
terminated, but the whole crystal tapering from the base in a long
cone shape, are found, also orthoclase.

Howard Lewis' farm. Andalusite, tourmaline, yellow beryl.
The andalusite crystals were imbedded in quartz, some very large
crystals were obtained and some remarkably perfect. A group in
the collection of Mr. Theo. D. Rand contains one crystal nearly

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 197

perfect on three of its four prismatic planes, and jierfectly
terminated at both ends.

Upper Providence. On Thomas Reese's farm, orthoclase, cassi-
nite, siinstone and moonstone in striated oligoch^se, corundum.

At Bhie Hill, prase in magnificent specimens, asbestus, chryso-
tile in fibres two, and two and one-half inches in length, actiiiolite,
drusy quartz and chromite in large crystals.

Lower Chichester and Vicinity. On farm of William Trainer, on
a knoll near the Linwood mill dam, were found crystals of ortho-
clase and tourmaline, and large crystals of beryl of a pale green
color, some mottled yellow and green externally and pale green
internally, opaque, two inches in diameter. I have in my possession
a specimen from this place, one foot in length and an inch and a
half in diameter, with another crystal, about six inches long and one
inch in diameter attached to it at right angles, I have also a spec-
imen two and one half inches in diameter with replacements on the
termination. This beryl occurs in a granular quartz, in boulders
one to ten feet below the surface, although large specimens have
been ploughed up on the surface. There is a deposit of good
kaolin near the spring house on the same farm.

In quarry of Benjamin Johnson, garnets.

On Robert Longhead's farm, kaolin.

On farm of ]\Iatthew Boyd, some specimens of blue kyanite have
been found.

Upper Chichester. A few good garnets, of the spessartite variety,
about one inch in diameter, were found in the feldspar quarry of
John B. McCay, on the north branch of Naaman's Creek.

On the same farm, in a wash-out of the Baltimore and Ohio Rail-
road, many fine spessartite garnets were found in a feldspar deposit
which occurred in broken blocks, presenting almost the apoearance
of masonry ; some good sphene of a yellow color, from a half inch to
one inch in length, are also found here.

In the same neighborhood, on the farm of J. B. Okie, amethyst
crystals have been found. Of these one has been cut and mounted
as a gem.

Farm of John Carrol, adjoining that of J. B. Okie, a quarry of
feldspar, for the manufacture of porcelain and for dental purposes,
has been opened.

Near Chelsea, on the farm of Stephen White, green garnet,
gahnite, and flattened garnet, in mica occur.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Aston. Farm of Wm. Haniuim, near Village Green, a large
deposit of asbestus of good quality is found and is about to be mined.

On Judge Tyson's farm, near Village Green, acicular tourmaline.

On Brown's farm, adjoining Judge Tyson's, bronze corundum,
corundum passing into margarite, and margarite pseudomorph
after corundum.

An old and prolific deposit of amethyst was on Chester Creek
near Button's mill. A vein runs across the road which leads from
Judge Tyson's to Button's mill, and large numbers of crystallized
amethysts have been dug out for years and probably by deeper
digging many more can be secured. This amethyst is of a beautiful
purple color. A new road was laid out a few years ago along Chester
Creek from Upland to Button's mills on the east side of the creek, and
on the jNIcCall farm a pocket of fine amethyst of good color was
found. On the farm connected with the Button's mills are boulders
of autholite. On farm of Thomas Pancoast, asbestus.

North of Button's mills some remarkable crystals of muscovite
were found.

At Llewellen, staurolite.

On John Halberset's farm, enstatite, drusy quartz, hornblende.
Near jNIorgan Station, quartz crystals, modified, with implanted
minute crystals of ruby colored rutile.

Bethel Township. On a farm at one time occupied by James
Lancaster a large deposit of granular garnet is now largely mined
by a company for the manufacture of sand paj^er. It is said to be
a very superior article. Some gems have been found here. At
Green's Creek above Chelsea, garnets have been washed out of the
sand of the creek bed. Some fine gems have been cut from garnets
from this locality.

Concord. About one mile above Chelsea, on the farm of Harry
Hannum, a large rock about twenty feet in diameter and about ten
feet high rose up solitary on the lot. This rock consisted of antho-
lite in radiations from three to four inches in diameter. It presented
a peculiar and striking appearance before it was partly blasted
away.

On the Singer farm, antholite and enstatite were abundant, clino-
chlore also occurs.

On Samuel McClellan's farm, asbestus, clinochlore, tourmaline.

On Mary Palmer's farm, bronzite, diaclasite, a beautiful mineral
in yellow fibres one to two inches long. Of this mineral Bana gives

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 199

no American locality. Enstatite and antholite in pretty varieties
are found.

On Kandolph farm. Rose tree, amethyst in the soil, a manganese
sand.

On James Worral's farm, andalusite, fine large crystals, some
large groups. A crystal, nine inches long two and one-half inches
thick, is in the possession of Joseph Willcox. Very fine crystallized
amethyst, two and a half inches by eight inches, and many smaller
ones of a deep purple color, beryl, apatite, tourmaline have also
been found.

Morgan Hunter's farm near the Rose Tree Inn, andalusite, several
fine crystallized amethysts. I have one from this locality three by
three inches of a deep blue color ; amouite after andalusite ; antho-
lite after andalusite.

Middletotvn. On Joel Sharpless' fai-m, a quarry was opened
about five years ago for feldsj^ar and a considerable quantity taken
out, when it was abandoned. A very large deposit of mica, trans-
parent and colorless except for some included magnetite markings,
was found and utilized for stove doors. Beautiful microsco])ic
crystals of quartz occur occasionally between the laminae, also very
pretty flattened crystalline films of quartz. Beryls mostly altered
entirely or in process of alteration, terminated or in terminated sec-
tions, varying from one inch to nine inches in diameter, and from
one inch to fifteen inches in length w^ere found. I have one in my
cabinet, seven inches in diameter and fifteen inches in length, very
little altered, terminated and of a pale green color, but opaque.
Gahnite in small crystals was found, also small flattened green
garnets. Rand reports finding rose quartz near the quarry ; along
the road adjoining Isaac Evans' farm occur orthoclase and mus-
covite.

On Albert Darlington's farm, orthoclase.

On Humphrey Marshall's farm, amethyst in a quartz vein in
hornblende rock, rutile in crystallized amethyst.

On John Tyler's farm. Dismal run, crystallized rutile, sillimanite,
vermiculite in small crystals, ferruginous quartz, prase in mammil-
lary masses.

At Bishop's mill, garnets, some very fine ones, two inches in
diameter, plumose mica.

On Walker Yarnall's farm, cassinite, smoky quartz, some good
specimens.

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892

On Edward Siiiedley's farm, large boulders of corundum, asbestus,
talc, muscovite, translucent across the prisms.

On George Williams' farm, corundum.

On John Smedley's farm, a few fine cry^^tals of corundum.

On Phillip iNIullin's farm, near Black Horse, some fine crystallized
corundum was ploughed up in the soil, and collected after heavy
rains.

In the ditch, on the west side of the road, going towards the
Black Horse, and opposite the Mullen farm, many crystals of corun-
dum have been picked up, w'ashed out after heavy rains.

On a farm opposite P. Mullen's, corundum in albite has been
found. A large pit was sunk and crystallized corundum, of a gray
color and of a good quality for commercial purposes, was obtained.
Many doubly terminated crystals from one to two inches long were
found.

On Ahinam Smedley's farm, corundum, albite, beryl, (some good
ones), columbite, fergusonite, asbestus.

At Mineral Hill, farm of LeAvis Moore, rock chrome, abundant.

In Crump's Mineral Hill serpentine quarry, magnesite, chlorite,
deweylite, talc.

On John Smith's farm, near Black Horse, beryl, of a dark emer-
ald-green color, in good crystals, out of which some gems have been
cut. Albite, vermiculite, tourmaline, sunstone, moonstone, colum-
bite have also been found. A pit was dug for corundum and good
specimens obtained ; fibrous hornblende, actinolite of various shades
of color, and enstatite, have been collected.

Near Institute for Feeble Minded Children, stilbite, drusy quartz,
hypersthene.

At the " old chimney," north of Crump's quarry, was a small
quarry for green feldspar yielding fine cleavage masses of a beautiful
green color; some good crystals were found, but all more or less
weathered. Sunstone, moonstone, columbite, a vein half an inch to
an inch thick of an undetermined black mineral have also been
collected.

On Robert Moss' farm, garnet and stauiolite, in schist.

On AV alter Beatty's farm, hornblende, titaniferous iron.

On William Bonsai's farm, smoky quartz, actinolite, drusy quartz.

On Charles Mills' farm, enstatite, marmolite, asbestus, boulders
containing clinochlore.

On Samuel Jackson's farm, radiated tourmaline.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

On Rev. Mr. Ross' farm, pyrite.

On Samuel Wells' farm, magnetite.

On Mathew Dobson's farm, rutile.

On Jesse Hibbard's farm, near Black Horse, chrome sand in
washings containing good crystals, and rarely brookite. Actinolite
of a deep green color. Moonstone in very fine specimens, stalactitic
magnesite, bronzite, corundum in albite.

On road leading from Lima to Wawa, amethyst.

On Media Railroad, near Williamson school, chrysolite.

On Christian Scherz's farm. Black Horse, a peculiar chromic iron
and hematitic iron intermixed with corundum.

At Edgar Tyson's Black Horse Tavern, on road going towards
Rockdale, one hundred and fifty yards below blacksmith shop,
corundum.

Several mines have been started in Middletown of late years for
iron ore but have been abandoned, the ore not proving abundant.
Some good showy specimens of limonite were found.

At Lenni, at the deep cut of the Media Railroad, vermiculite of a
deep green color, also of a bronze and a white color. Leelite,
lennilite, delawarite and actinolite, also several masses of small
quartz crystals of a pale green color were collected. A serpentine
quarry was opened here.

Edgemont. On Alfred James' farm, beryl.

At and near Castle Rock, enstatite, asbestus, chrysotile, talc,
limonite in fine specimens showing fibres three inches long, ferru-
ginous quartz, some closely resembling compostella quartz, also, in
cavities of honeycomb quartz, microscopic quartz crystals doubly
terminated and bright red in color. Under the microscope the
crystals are colorless and transparent but each contains a minute
red speck which colors the whole to the naked eye. These make
beautiful microscopic objects.

Marple. On Major Jones' farm chromic iron.

On Abby Worral farm, andalusite, some good specimens; in the
public road near the mansion, amethyst.

On Samuel Sharpless' farm, andalusite, tourmaline.

On Albert AVorral farm, tourmaline.

On all the farms passing north, andalusite.

Radnor Totvnship. Moro Philips' chrome mine, chromite, garnet^
sphene, asbestus, steatite, limonite, magnetite.
14

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Passine: north into Radnor enstatite and asbestiform antholite and
antholite containing bronzite and diaclasite are found.

On Mary Palmer's farm in the triangle between the Coopertown-
Newtown road, Roberts road and Chester and Radnor road, antho-
lite is abundant.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

OBSERVATIONS UPON THE BRAIN OF THE GORILLA.
BY HENRY C. CHAPMAN, M. D.

The brain of the Gorilla has been described by Gratiolet', Owen^
Pansch^ Thane*, Bischoff^ and Broca''. It should be mentioned,
howevei', that the brains described by Gratiolet and Owen were in
such a decomposed condition as to admit of but little more than a
very general description, while the brain described by Pansch was
the same that was afterwards described by Thane and BischofF.
Thane, moreoyer, does not appear to have ever seen the brain of the
Gorilla he described, his remarks being based upon copies of the figures
illustrating Pansch's paper. BischofF, however, had the opportunity
of studying the brain itself, the specimen previously described by
Pansch having been submitted to him for examination, at his request,
by Dr. Bolau. Finally, the brain described by Broca differed so
much from that described by Bischoff that the latter wrote to Broca
to say that he believed the brain described by the latter was not
that of a Gorilla at all, but that of a Chimpanzee. It was un-
doubtedly, however, a Gorilla's brain. Since then Pansch has had
the opportunity of dissecting three other Gorilla's brains the exam-
ination of which confirms his previous conclusions, based upon the
brain of the Gorilla studied by BischoflT and himself.

It Avill be seen from the above resume of the literature of the
subject, that the opportunities' of studying the brain of the Gorilla
have been very few. In fact up to the present time, of the few
Gorilla brains that have been obtained, supposing that described by
Broca to have been a Gorilla, only five were in such a condition
when received as to permit of description. It is to be hoped, there-
fore, that the foUowdug brief description of the brain of the Gorilla
obtained in the neighborhood of the Gaboon river by the Rev. R.
H. Nassau and presented by him to the Academy, through the cour-
tesy of Dr. T. G. Morton, together with two others to be mentioned
hereafter, will not be considered as superfluous, especially as it
differs in several respects from the brains previously described.

1 Comptes Rendus, I860.

2 Fullerian lecture, reported in Athenffium, March 23rd, 1861.

^ Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften, Hamburg, 1876,
Jahresbericht iiber die Fortscliriue der Anat. und Phys., 1879.
* Nature, Dec. 14th, 1876.

^ Sitzungsberichte Acad, der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen, Band vii, 1877.
^ Revue Anthropologique, 1878.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The brain, that of a young Gorilla, weighed one hundred and fifty
grammes and measured ninety millimetres in length, seventy-five mil-
limetres in breadth and sixty millimetres in height and was somewhat
smaller than either of the brains previously described by Pansch and
Bfoca. Each hemisphere of the cerebrum of the Gorilla, like that
of man, is incompletely divided by more or less well defined and deep
fissures into the following five divisions or lobes, viz: the frontal,
parietal, occipital, temporal, and central lobes. The fissure of Sylv-
ius, PL XI, fig. 2 S, begins at the base of the hemisphere behind the
origin of the olfactory nerves, and laterally from the optic chiasma.
Passing thence outwardly it reaches the arched lateral surface of the
hemisphere and divides into two branches. The posterior branch, PI.
XI, fig. 2 S', the longest of the two passing obliquely upward and back-
ward terminates in the supra-marginal convolution of the parietal
lobe. The anterior vertical branch, PI. XI, fig. 2 S", the smallest of
the two into which the Sylvian fissure divides, passing obliquely for-
ward and then upward and slightly backward, terminates in that
part of the third frontal convolution which is situated below the
second frontal fissure and in front of the pre-central fissure. The
anterior horizontal branch, the third into which the Sylvian fissure
divides in the brain of Man, and usually undescribed even in special
works upon the brain, while absent in this specimen appears to have
been present in the brain of the Gorilla described by Broca. It
should be mentioned in this connection, that this fissure, regarded by
Broca as being the anterior horizontal branch of the fissure of
Sylvius, was described by Pansch as the anterior vertical branch,
and by BischofT as the orbital branch, both BischoflP and Broca
regarding the slight indentati(>n above but not passing into the pos-
terior branch of the Sylvian fissure, as the ascending vertical branch.
Such an indentation is present, at least in the right hemisphere of
the brain of the Gorilla under consideration, but we cannot attach to
it the morphological significance attributed to it.

The difference in interpretation of this fissure may be due to
the fact of the brains described by Bischoff and Broca diflfering from
each other and from that now described. Within the angle formed
by the anterior and posterior branches of the Sylvian fissure may be
seen, on the right side at least, of the brain of our Gorilla, the fifth
lobe or island of Reil, the operculum leaving it partly uncovered.
On the left side of the brain, however, the operculum fits so closely
into the angle just referred to, that the island of Reil is completely

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES 6f PHILADELPHIA. 205

concealed. The operculum in the brain of the Gorilla, as in that of
jNIan, is formed partly by the lower ends of the two central convolu-
tions where they pass into each other, and partly by portions of the
third frontal convolution and lower parietal lobule. The fissure of
Sylvius, with its posterior branch, separates the frontal and parietal
lobes from the temporal lobe. The central fissure, or fissure of
Rolando, PI. XI, figs. 1, 2 R, invariably present in the human brain as
well as in that of most monkeys, is well marked in the brain of the
Oorilla. Beginning on the upper surface of the hemisphere, slightly
posterior to the middle line, it passes obliquely forward and down-
ward to terminate near the upper border of the posterior branch of
the Sylvian fissure, and is larger in the left than in the right hemi-
sphere. The central fissure divides quite naturally in the Gorilla
the frontal from the parietal lobes upon the upper surface
of the hemisphere. The central fissure in its whole length is
bordered, as in Man, by two convolutions, the anterior and posterior
central convolutions, PI. XI, fig. 2 a, b. The former we regard as
belonging to the frontal, the latter to the parietal lobes. It has
already been mentioned that the lower ends of the two central convo-
lutions, where they pass into each other around the end of the central
fissure, enter into the formation of the operculum.

While this is the case in the left hemisphere, it is not strictly
so in the right one, since the central fissure is not only shorter
on the right side than on the left, but also on account of the pre-
central fissure on the right side being longer than on the left, it
passes down in front of the central fissure and almost reaches the
posterior branch of the Sylvian fissure. The anterior central convolu-
tion, PI. XI, figs. 1, 2 a, may be considered as giving origin at different
levels from above downward to the superior, middle and inferior
frontal convolutions, PI. XI, figs. 2 c, d, e. The superior or first
frontal convolution, PI. XI, fig. 2 c, is separated from the middle
or second frontal convolution, PI. XI, fig. 2 d, by the first frontal
fissure, and the second frontal convolution, PI. XI, fig. 2 d, from
the inferior or third frontal convolution, PI. XI, fig. 2 e, by the
second frontal fissure. It is impossible to say whether the con-
volution, which, passing downward and forward and bending
around reaches the orbital surface of the frontal lobe, should be re-
garded as the continuation of the first or second frontal convolution
or not. That the inferior part of the frontal lobe of the brain of the
Gorilla, Pi. XI, fig. 2 e, should be regarded as homologous with at least

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

part of the third or inferior frontal convolution of the brain of Man,
is shown by the fact that the convolution in question not only "sur-
rounds the end of the anterior vertical branch of the Sylvian fissure,
but its inferior lower part passes as an arched convolution under
the operculum into the island of Reil. As a confirmation of this
view it will be observed that the pre-central fissure, into which the
second frontal fissure runs, PI. XI, fig. 2 d, passes downward between
the anterior vertical branch of the fissure of Sylvius and the central
fissure. The frontal lobes of the Gorilla differ, however, from those
of Man in their anterior poi'tion terminating in a point. The
inferior or third frontal convolution in the brain of the Gorilla
differs, especially from the corresponding convolution in Man, in not
only being relatively smaller but in its orbital surface being hollowed
out to such an extent that the portion of the inferior frontal con-
volution which in man surrounds or is below the anterior branch of
the fissure of Sylvius, is absent. Indeed this should be so if, as we
have just supposed, the anterior horizontal branch of the fissure of
Sylvius is absent. It is hardly to be expected, therefore, that in
addition to the olfactory fissure both the orbital fissure and the
solco cruciform of Rolando' should be present in the brain of the
Gorilla, especially as the fissures on the orbital surface of the frontal
lobe in the brain of Man are variable in form. Only one fissure,
in addition to the olfactory, is present in the orbital surface of
the frontal lobe of the Gorilla's brain, and that resembles in both
hemispheres rather the cruciform than the orbital fissure of Man.

If the interpretation just offered of the convolutions of the
frontal lobe of the brain of the Gorilla be correct, it follows that the
frontal lobe of the brain of the monkeys below the Gibbon must
consist essentially of only two convolutions, the superior and
middle frontal, the inferior frontal convolution being in them
but little developed, as in Macacxis, or absent altogether as in
Cercopithecus. If such be the case then the convolution in monkeys
described by Gratiolet^ as being the inferior or third frontal
must be regarded as being the middle or second frontal con-
volution, the inferior frontal convolution being but little, if at
all developed. The view just oflJered, advanced also by BischofF,*
as to the nature of the convolutions of the frontal lobe in the

^Memorie della R. Accad. delle Scienze di Torino, 1829, T. XXXV.
■'' Memoire sur les plis cerebraux de 1' Homme el des Primates.
^Beiirage zur Anatomic des Hylobates leuciscu-, \>. 78, Miinclien, 1870.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

primates, if correct, has a physiological as well as a morphological
significance when considered in connection with the localization by
Broca and other observers of the centre of articulate language in the
inferior or third frontal convolution. For if the centre of speech be
localized in that convolution, in its absence, though the larynx and
nerves involved be present, the nervous plexus being inconiplete,
speech becomes impossible. The parietal lobe anteriorly is separated
from the frontal lobe by the central fissure, posteriorly from the
occipital by the external and internal occipital fissures and laterally
and inferiorly, at least in great part, from the temporal lobe by the
posterior branch of the Sylvian fissure. The posterior central con-
volution, the most anterior portion of the parietal lobe, may be
regarded as giving origin to the superior and inferior parietal
lobules which, passing backward towards the occipital lobe, are
separated by the parietal fissure, PI. XI, fig. 2.

The parietal fissure begins above and a little beyond the middle
of the posterior branch of the Sylvian fissure and passes upward
and forward, then obliquely upward and backward, and having
nearly reached the top of the hemisphere turns again and finally
passes into the external occipital fissure. Of the three secondary
fissures of the superior parietal lobule, the most noticeable is that
upon the surface of the hemisphere, just posterior to the central
fissure which resembles very much in its form the cruciform
fissure of the orbital surface of the frontal lobe. Of the convolu-
tions entering into the formation of the inferior parietal lobule we
regard those surrounding the terminations of the Sylvian and
superior temporal fissures as being the supramarginal and angular
convolutions.

The mesial surface of the parietal lobe of our Gorilla was not as
well preserved as the remaining parts of the brain, nevertheless that
part of it lying between the ascending branch of the calloso-marginal
and internal occipital fissures was identified as precuneus. The occip-
ital lobe, forming the posterior portion of the hemisphere, is separated
from the parietal lobe raesially and internally by the internal occipital
fissure, and externally and laterally by the external occipital fissure.
There are, however, no distinct boundaries between the occipital lobe
laterally and inferiorly and the parietal and temporal lobes, the
occipital passing continuously into the latter lobes as the occipital
and occipito-temporal convolutions. The internal and external
occipital fissures in the brain of the Gorilla mig'ht be viewed when

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

taken together as correspondiug to the parieto-occipital fissure in
the brain of Man, supposing the latter to be broader and bridged
over by the first occipital convolution. It appears to us, however,
as more probable that the internal occipital fissure alone in the
Gorilla should be regarded as homologous with the parieto-occipital
fissure in Man, the external occipital fissure in the Gorilla corre-
sponding to the fissure described in the brain of Man as the trans-
verse occipital fissure. That the latter view is the correct one is
still further shown by the fact already referred to of the parietal
fissure passing into the transverse occipital fissure, which is often the
case in Man. On the mesial, as well as upon the superior surface,
the occipital is as distinctly separated from the parietal lobe by the
parieto-occipital fissure in the brain of the Gorilla as in the brain of
Man. It should be mentioned, however, that in the brain of the Gor-
illa the parieto-occipital does not reach the calcarine fissure, as is usu-
ally the case in the brain of Man, the two fissures being separated
by a distinct convolution, the "deuxieme plis de passage interne"
of Gratiolet, the " untere immere Scheitelbogen windung" of
Bischoff: That is, the part of the occipital lube described in the
brain of Manas the wedge-shaped convolution or cuueus is divided
in the brain of the Gorilla into an upper and larger, and a lower and
smaller portion. A similar disposition usually obtains in the brain
of the anthropoids and the lower monkeys, though this convolution
may be absent on one side at least, as was observed by the author^
in the case of a Chimpanzee. On the other hand, it should be men-
tioned, as stated several years ago by the author'^ in a comnumica-
tion made to this Academy, that he had observed this convolution,
that is, the " deuxieme plis de passage interne " of Gratiolet, in the
brain of Man, and he takes this opportunity of calling attention to
its presence in the brain of the white man as well as in that of the
negro.

The calcarine fissure in the brain of the Gorilla passed into the
hippocampal fissure, the convolution of the hippocampus being
thereby separated from the convolution of the corpus callosum. In
this respect the brain of the Gorilla agrees with that of the remain-
ing anthropoids and lower monkeys, in which the calcarine usually
passes into the hippocampal fissure. In the brain of the Gorilla
described by Broca, however, the calcarine did not reach the hippo-

1 Proceedings A. N. S., Pnila., 1879. '

2 Proceedings A. N. S., Phila., 1880.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

<;ampal fissure, the convolution of the hippocampus passing continu-
ously into the convolution of the corpus callosum, a disposition
sometimes observed in other anthropoids and monkeys, as in the
Chimpanzee, Gibbon and Spider Monkey, and which, with few ex-
ceptions, obtains in Man. The first occipital convolution, already
referred to as separating the parietal and occipital lobes, in winding
around the transverse occipital and the parieto-occipital fissures,
PI. XII, fig. 3P, forms an arch convex inward, then convex outward,
serving to connect the occipital Avith the parietal lobe, PI. XII, fig.
3 p, and more especially with the supramarginal lobule of the latter.
Hence the various names, annectant, bridging convolutions, premier
plis.de passage externe, obere immereScheitelbogen windung, given to
this convolution as well as that of first occipital convolution.

This bridging or arching convolution is well developed in
both hemispheres of the brain of the Gorilla, that of the right
hemisphere being slightly less superficial than that of the left. On
neither side of the brain, PI. XII, fig. 3, of the Gorilla
can it be said, however, that there exists an operculum,
so striking a feature in the brain of the Chimpanzee and
of the lower monkeys. The second occipital convolution, lying
behind the transverse occipital fissure and outside the first
occipital convolution, passes into the parietal lobe and more partic-
ularly into the angular convolution of the latter. The third occip-
ital convolution, better denned on the right side than on the left
in the brain of our Gorilla, passes from the posterior extremity of the
hemisphere into the second and third temporal convolutions, PI. XI,
fig. 2 u, V. Unfortunately the inferior surface of the occipital
lobe of our specimen was too much altered to admit of exact descrip-
tion. Judging from what remains of it as compared with the cor-
responding part of the brains described by Bischoff'and Broca, the
lateral and median occipito-temporal convolutions must have been
present and well defined. The tempoi'al lobe, while distinctly sep-
arated from the frontal and parietal lobes by the Sylvian fissure,
passes without defined boundaries, as just seen, into the occipital
lobe and consists essentially of three convolutions. The superior
temporal convolution, PI. XI, fig. 2 t, lying between the fissure of
Sylvius and the superior temporal fissure, passes obliquely upward
and backward into the superior marginal convolution. The middle
temporal convolution, lying between the superior temporal and

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

inferior temporal convolutions, passes partly into the angular convolu-
tion and partly into the occipital lobe. The inferior temporal convolu-
tion, PL XI, fig. 2V, lying below the inferior temporal fissure, passes
into the occipital lobe. The fifth lobe, insula or island of Reil,
lying between the frontal, parietal and temporal lobes, is but little
developed in the brain of our Gorilla, much less so than in the brain
of the Chimpanzee described by the author. The insula, while
entirely covered by the operculum on the left hemisphere, is but
partly so in the right. Unfortunately the hemispheres were so
altered on the mesial surface in the hippocampal region as to render
impossible the demonstration of the lateral ventricle with its hippo-
campus major and minor, etc. Inasmuch, however, as the parts in
question were demonstrated by the author in the brains of the Orang
and Chimpanzee, as had been done i:)reviously by others, doubtless
they existed in the brain of our Gorilla. As to the remaining parts of
the brain of the Gorilla the medulla and pons did not present any espe-
cially noticeable peculiarites. The cerebellum, Pl.XII, fig. 4,however,
was not only absolutely but relatively smaller than that of Man or of
the Chimpanzee or Orang, and was entirely covered by the cerebrum,
the posterior or occipital lobes extending beyond the cerebellum to
an extent of several millimetres, and this though the brain had
been lying in alcohol for many months.

The cerebellum was entirely covered, as was also the case in the
two other brains of the Gorilla already referred to as having been
too much altered to admit of description. It was equally well cov-
ered in the brain of the adult Gorilla sent many years ago by the
Rev. Mr. Nassau to Dr. Morton but which was unfortunately in such
a condition in other respects as to render it unfit for description. It
may be mentioned incidentally that the cerebellum of the Chim-
panzee is larger than that of either the Gorilla or Orang, and it
would appear that while it is entirely covered by the cerebrum in
the adult or nearly adult animal, it is partly uncovered by the
cerebrum in the young animal. At least of three Chimpanzees dis-
sected by the author, in the two young animals it was demonstrated
before the brain was taken out of the skull that the cerebellum
was not covered by the cerebrum, and the same condition was
observed in the brain of the young Chimpanzee dissected by Mr.
Arthur E. Brown, Superintendent of the Philadelphia Zoological

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

Garden, as well as in those described by Bischoff/ Muller,"
Giacomini.^ In the third Chimpanzee, a nearly adult animal dis-
sected by the author, the cerebellum was entirely covered by the
cerebrum, and such was stated to be the case in the brain of the
Chimpanzee described many years ago by Marshall/ Of eight
Chimpanzee brains, in six the cerebellum was found uncovered by
the cerebrum, in two covered.

In a previous communication addressed . to the Academy*
it was stated that no one anthropoid ape w-as more closely
related to Man in the totality of its organization than another
and that no anthropoid now known could be regarded as the
ancestor of the other anthropoids, still less as the ancestor of
Man, each anthropoid agreeing in some respects with related forms
and with Man and differing from them in others. A comparison of
the brain of the Gorilla with that of the Orang, Chimpanzee and Man
confirms the conclusion then arrived at. While the fissures and
convolutions are disposed as we have seen in the brain of the Gorilla
in the same manner, generally speaking, as in that of Man or of the
Chimpanzee or Orang, it is nevertheless a low type of brain, being
much less convoluted than the brain of Man or of either of the two
other anthropoids. It might be supposed that this was due to the
fact of the brain just described being that of a young animal. That
such, however, is not the case is shown by the two other brains of
the Gorilla not being any more convoluted, though both of them
were larger and heavier and from older animals,

The brain of the Gorilla further differs from that of Man or of the
Chimpanzee or Orang in the markedly pointed shape of its frontal
lobe, in the absence of the lower portion of the inferior or third
frontal convolution, and in its orbital surface being so concave. With
reference to this portion of the frontal lobe in the Gorilla it may be
incidentally mentioned that the corresponding part in the brain of
the Chimpanzee and especially in that of the Orang, presents the
cruciform and orbital fissures disposed exactly as in Man, the
orbital fissure being readily distinguished from the anterior branches
of the Sylvian fissure. Had all these fissures been present in the
brain of their Gorilla the interpretation of the orbital fissure

1 Gehirn des Champanzee, 1871.

2 Archiv fur Anthropologic, 1887.

3 Aui della R. Accad. Torino, 1889.
* Natural History Review, 1861.

^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Philad., 1880.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1862.

would not have given rise to the discussion between Pansch and
Bischoff already referred to. On the other hand the Gorilla agrees
with the Orang in the superficial disposition of the occipital con-
volutions, the operculum, so conspicuous a feature in the brain of
the Chimpanzee, being absent. If it be permitted in the absence of
living links or sufficient fossil remains to speculate upon the devel-
oj^ment of Man and the anthropoids from lower forms of simian life it
might be inferred from the character of the brain that the Gorilla
had descended from some extinct Cynocephalus ; the Chimpanzee
and Orang from extinct Macacque and Gibbon-like forms, and
Man from some generalized simian form combining in itself the
characteristics of existing anthropoids. The remote ancestors of
such extinct forms, to recede still farther in geologic time, such
as Necrolemur of Filhol, Notliarctus of Leidy, Lhnnotherinm of
Marsh, Anaptomorphus of Cope, the latter the most simian
Lemur yet discovered, resembled, as their names imply, the living
Lemurs of the present day, intermediate forms connecting the extinct
and existing genera having once lived but having now passed away.
Notwithstanding the value and importance of the remains of Meso-
donts, Prosimiseand Lemurs discovered, especially by Leidy, Marsh
and Cope, in the eocene formations of the Rocky Mountains, a much
more complete series of simian remains than is now available must
be placed at the disposal of the evolutionist before even a general out-
line of the geneology of Man and the remaining primates can be
established.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

ON THE ANATOMY OF SAGDA, CYSTICOPSIS, ^GISTA AND

DENTELLARIA.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Sagda (Hyalosagda) similis C. B. Adams. (PI. XIII, figs. A. B. C. D. E.)

The specimens were collected by Mr. C. W. Johnson at Port
Antonio, Jamaica, in April, 1891. They were killed by drowning.

The foot is very long and narrow, measuring length 20, breadth
in the middle, 3 mm. The sides of the sole are subparallel. The
sole (PI. XIII, fig. E, s.) has a central longitudinal sulcus, but is not
tripartite. Above, the foot is granulated.

The jaw (PI. XIII, fig. D.) is delicate, thin and arcuate, having
no median projection. It resembles somewhat the jaw of Microphysa
and Bulhnulus, seeming to be composed of twenty-seven narrow
vertical plates, soldered together, but slightly overlapping on their
outer edges. This shingle-like imbrication is not, however, as
marked as in Bulimulus. The teeth resemble those of Sagda
haldemaniana as figured by W. G. Binney, but they are shorter.

The genital system (PI. XIII, figs. A. B. C.) is elongated. The
female organs (fig. C.) lack dart sac or other accessory glands. The
oviduct of the several specimens examined, contained from four to
six ova, of a short-oval form, measuring 2*4 x 1*8 mm. The egg
shell is hard, brittle and calcareous. The albumen gland (a, gl.) is
narrow. The duct of the spermatheca (sp.) is very long, and is
swollen at its origin. The male organs (figs. A. B.) are peculiar.
The penis sac (p.) is long, and at its apex are inserted the vas
deferens (v. d.), the retractor muscle (r. p.) and a long folded
flagellum (fl.). From the middle of the penis sac springs a curiously
complicated accessory diverticulum (figs. A, B., 2, o.). This organ
is at first of equal size with the penis itself, but it then becomes very
narrow; it again widens into a long, convoluted blind sac. In fig.
A, this organ is seen in its natural position as it lies folded Avithin
the body-cavity. In fig. B. the organ is seen uncoiled to show its
form and length, I do not know that any similar structure has been
observed hitherto. The retractor muscle of the penis seemed to be
attached to the vaginal sac, instead of to the body-wall. This may
possibly be a mistake, however.

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Cysticopsis tenerrima C. B. Adams. (PI. XIII, fig. P.)

The single siDeciinen which furnished the following details was
taken by Mr. C. W. Johnson at Port Antonio, Jamaica, in April,
1891.

The animal is black externally. The foot is short; sole indis-
tinctly tripartite.

The genitalia (PI. XIII, fig. F.) are more like Sagda than any other
form as yet known, and the group must evidently be removed from
the vicinity of Hemltrochus, Avhere it has hitherto been placed. The
female system has the uterus enormously distended with young, which
were twenty-seven in number in the specimen examined. The young
shells are globular, consisting of two whorls ; when dry they are
very iridescent. Those in the upper part are less developed than
the lower ones, and a single ovum, enclosed in a very thin, brittle
white shell, was found. The sperm atheca (sp.) has a long, bifurcat-
ing duct, closely bound to the oviduct, its extreme upper portion
only being free. The penis sac (^.) is long, the vas deferens inserted
near its summit. It terminates in two flagellate organs (^.) the
smaller being short and sickle-shaped. At the lower fourth of the
penis-sac arises an organ comparable to the accessory organ in
Sagda shnilis. This organ terminates in two long flagella (x. x.)
Aegista platyomphala Mlldff. (PI. XIII, figs. G. H.)

A specimen containing the dried animal furnished the jaw and
lingual membrane. The jaw (PI. XIII, fig. H.) is rather strong,
slightly arcuate, and furnished with five or six wide unequal ribs.
These, with the exception of the one nearest the center, are low
and not strongly defined. The cutting edge is weakly denticulated
by the ribs. The superior-lateral portions of the jaw are thin.

The radula (PI. XIII, fig. G.) is short and broad, consisting of 33-
1-33 teeth. The rhachidian tooth (r.) and the inner ten laterals
lack side cusps. The eleventh lateral develops a side cusp. There
are fifteen or sixteen time lateral teeth. The inner marginal teeth
become tricuspid by the bifurcation of the principal cusp ; the outer
marginals are quadricuspid, the side cusp also bifurcating.

The shell furnishing these preparations is Xo. 60,443 of the
Academy collection. Collected by Mr. B. Schmacker. Locality,
Kwangtung(Guangdung), China.

Caracolus (Dentellaria) orbiculata Ft-r. (PI. XIII, fig. T. J.)

The specimens were collected in Martinique by I'Abbe Vathelet,
and transmitted to me by post, alive.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

The jaw of this species has been figured as smooth by Binney, but
as that examined by me difl^ers in having about seven low, unequal,
rounded ribs, I have deemed it best to figure it for comparison (fig.
J.). It is likely that there is considerable variation in this organ,
some closely allied species having a strongly ribbed jaw, others a
smooth jaw, as Binney has demonstrated.

The sole is indistinctly tripartite.

The genitalia are intermediate between those of Lucerna and
Caracolus s. str. The penis has a short flagellate extension beyond
the insertion of the vas deferens (fig. I,/.). The spermatheca duct
is long (sp.)

The genitalia of Caracolus, Lucerna, Dentellaria and Thelidomus
have proved that the reference of all these large, opaque Helices of
tropical America to a single genus (^Caracolus) is a natural arrange-
ment. The classification proposed by me in 1889', mainly npon
conchologic characters, will therefore stand. It is safe to predict
that the South American sections Lahyrinthus and Isomeria will
prove to be essentially similar to Lucerna and Dentellaria in
anatomy.

Explanation of Plate XIII.

Fig. A. Genitalia of Sagda similis, showing the penis and the lower portion of
the female system, p. penis; r. p. retractor muscle of the penis ;_/?.
flagellum; 2. o. accessory organ of the penis; v. d. vas deferens.

Fig. B. View of the lower portion of the penis with its accessory organ, the latter
partially pinned out. Lettering as in fig. A.

Fig. C. Female genital organs of Sagda similis. At 0. are seen eggs in the ovi-
duct.

Fig. D. Jaw of Sagda similis.

Fig. E. Foot of Sagda similis. t. tail, showing granulation, s. sole showing the
median furrow.

Fig. F. Genital system of Cysticopsis tenerrima Ad, /. penis ;y?. flagellum ; r. p.
retractor muscle; v. d. vas deferens x. x. flagellate extensions of the
accessory organ of penis ; g. cl. genital cloaca; sp. spermatheca; a. gl.
albumen gland ; h. d. hermaphrodite duct.

Fig. G. Teeth of Aegista platyottiphala Mlldff".

Fig. H. Jaw oi Aegista platyompkala Mlldff".

Fig. I. Genitalia of Denlellaria orbiculata Fer. Lettering as in Fig. F.

^^Z- J- Jaw of Dentellaria orbiculata Fer.

^ Manual of Conchology, 2d Series, V, p. 75, 76.

216 proceedings of the academy of [1892^

May 3.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Forty-six persons present.

In Memory of Dr. Sereno Watson — The following resolutions
were received from the Botanical Section and unanimously
adopted : —

Whereas — The Botanical Section of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia has learned with profound regret of the
death of Dr. Sereno Watson of Cambridge, Mass., and desirous of
placing on record its sense of this great loss, in consequence of which
botanical science througout the world suffers, therefore.

Resolved. — That we recognize his invaluable services in the dis-
semination of a knowledge of American botany, a work to which
he had given his undivided attention for many years and which has
rendered his name famous wherever the study of plants and plant
life has been cultivated.

Resolved. — That a copy of this minute be forwarded to the
President of Harvard University and to the Gray Herbarium at
Harvard with which he was so long associated, and that the same
he offered for publication in the Proceedings of this Academy.

May 10.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Forty-two persons present.

The deaths of D. B. Cummins, a member, and of Dr. C. A.
Dohru, a correspondent, were announced.

May 17.
The President, General Isaac J. AVistar, in the chair.
Forty-three persons present.

May 24.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Forty-three persons present.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

On the Cephalo-humeral Muscle and the so-called rudiviental Clav-
icle of Carnivora. — Dr. Harrison Allen spoke of some of the
peculiarities of the cephalo-humeral muscle in mammals and invited
especial attention to the presence of a small iibro-cartilaginous disc
in the junction of the cephalo-humeral with the muscles which are
inserted in the bones at the region of the shoulder. This is well
defined in Felts and is identihed as a rudimental clavicle. Dr.
Allen had detected this structure in Herpestis, Taxklea, Cercoleptes,
JBassarls and Frocyon.

The cartilage is either in the form of a flat disc or a minute
scythe-shaped rod, and is constant in lying directly over the
greatest convexity formed by the round of the shoulder. It seems
to give strength to the centre of a muscle-system of which the
cephalic, cervical, pectoral and latissimal sheets are parts. The
identification of such a plate or rod with a true clavicle is doubtful
since in Balantiopteryx (a genus of bats) the structure above de-
scribed is remarkably developed while the clavicle is as well
formed as in any other animal. The long rod-like body is con-
tinuous with a fascicle of fibres arising from the pectoralis and
receives the insertion of the occipito-iJollicalis, The anterior end of
the rod lies in the upper border of the wing membrane and is
continuous with the fibrous tliread which represents the tendon of
tlie occipito-poUicalis as this muscle is defined in the bats generally.
From both the proximal and distal divisions of this muscle delicate
fascicles pass toward the elbow and the entire plan appears to be
associated with the rudiment of the characteristic skin sac. Slight
modification of this arrangement is met with in the allied genus
Rhynchonycteris.

Comparison of this arrangement with that seen in the common
brown bat (Adelonycteris fuscvs), the noctula bat (^NoctuUnia
noctula), and the false vampire ( Vampyrus spectrum) showed that
the part taken by the rod in Balantiopteryx is the tendon of a
pectoral muscle-fascicle which is inserted into the occipito-j)ollical
muscle as it crosses the shoulder, while in the group of the Molossi
the muscle-fascicle is fleshy throughout its entire extent, but on
the whole preserving the same relations. Thus the fibro-cartilage of
Balanteopteryx is represented by fibrous tissue in AdeloHycieris and
both these in turn by muscle in the Molossi. Dr. Allen believed
that it was inexact to speak of a clavicle and of this rod as things
which were equal. The clavicle acts with the scapula in supporting
the head of the humerus but in no wise limiting or determining its
movements, while the rod is always over the outer aspect of the
shaft of the humerus below its head and here acts as a check to
abduction of this bone.

15

218 proceedings of the academy of [1892.

May 31.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.

Twenty-nine members present,

A paper entitled "A Catalogue of the- Fishes of Greece, with
notes OQ the Vernacular Names now in use and those employed by
Classical Authors," by Horace Addison Hoffman, assisted by David
Starr Jordan, was presented for publication.

Henry Redmond, M. D. and J. F. Sachse were elected members.

Edw. J. Miers, of London, was elected a correspondent.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

ON THE MECHANICAL GENESIS OF THE SCALES OF FISHES.
BY JOHN A. RYDEPv.

Fourteen years ago the present writer suggested that the slow
metamorphosis of the forms of the crowns of the teeth of mammalia/
in the course of a vast number of successive generations, might l)e
ascribed to the continuous, slow and cumulative action of mechanical
strains and pressures in definite directions, resulting in the produc-
tion of permanent stresses and consequent changes in the forms of
the crowns, especially of the molar series. The evidence since
accumulated from vertebrate palaeontology and anatomy has served
to strengthen the belief tliat such an hypothesis cannot be dismissed
as useless until a better one has been offered in its stead. The pre-
sent paper is an attempt to apply somewhat analogous reasoning to
a somewhat simpler, but no less interesting, problem in morpho-
genesis.

The mechanical hypothesis now to be offered respecting the genesis
of the scales of fishes, accounts for the origin of such scales from a
continuous subepidermal matrix, which may be regarded as a base-
ment membrane. Such a matrix is found to actually exist in some
forms, at an early stage, just beneath the epidermis. It is thickest
on the dorsal and lateral aspects of the body as is seen in sections
of the young of the scaleless Batrachns tau, for example. Such a
matrix also exists in the larval stages of other scale-bearing forms
and may be continuous with the very attenuated basement mem-
brane from which the actinotrichia or primordial fin-rays of embryo
fishes seem to be in part differentiated. Such a matrix is almost
co-extensive with the whole epidermal layer of the young of many
types of fishes, just at the time when the scales commence to be
developed.

The hypothesis further accounts for the arrangement of the scales
in longitudinal and in oblique rows in two directions. The oblique
rows are arranged, as is well-known, in a direction from above
downward and backward and also in the reverse direction from
below upward and backward. That is, the scales may be counted
in rows in three directions downward and forward as well as down-

1 On the Mechanical Genesis of Tooth -forms. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1878.

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ward and backward, and, starting from any scale in any oblique
row, they may be counted either forward or backward longitudinally
or in conformity with the direction of the axis of the body of the
fish. Tills is cons^iicuously the case in Clupeoids and some
Cyprinoids.

In such archaic types as these, approximating the primitive iso-
spondylous condition, it is also found that the number of scales in a
longitudinal row corresponds, on the sides of the body, very exactly
with the number of muscle-plates or somites of the body. It is also
found that the rayocommata or sheets of connective tissue interven-
ing between the successive somites are attached with great firmness

CD O

to the deeper layers of the skin or corium. Such a construction,
together with the peculiar arrangement of the muscle plates at the
time the scales begin to develop conditions the further growth of
the scale matrix. This is affected in such a manner that the whole
of the integument is thrown into definitely circumscribed areolae,
during the ordinary movements of the fish in swimming. The
central portions of each of these areolae are left in a quiescent con-
dition while their margins are wrinkled or folded as a result of the
current action of the lateral muscles of the body. In this wise each
and every one of the dermal and epidermal areolse are circum-
scribed by the action of the fish in the normal act of swimming. In
each of the circumscribed areolse a scale develops; the continuity
of its development with its fellows across the margins of the areola
is prevented by the continual bendings or flexures to which the
dei'mis is there subjected owing to the action of the muscles.

This will be better understood by referring to the accompanying
diagram rei:)resenting the arrangement of the muscular somites of
a Cyprinoid (Carasshis) with their intervening myocommata as
seen from the side when the skin with its scales is removed. Before
proceeding further, however, it may be well to insist upon the fact
that the rows of scales are found to conform to the successive somites.
This is of itself significant. The careful interpretation of the facts
from observation, however, discloses a very remarkable effect due to
the peculiar arrangement of the muscle plates.

As is well known the muscular masses of the sides of the body of
a fish are arranged in the form of two longitudinal trihedral columns
separated along the middle line of the side a to 6 into a dorsal and
venfral half The somites entering into the composition of these
ventral and dorsal masses were at first absolutely continuous across

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

the longitudinal, horizontal septum a, h. If we suppose the somites
of the adult as developed from a continuous embryonic segment
JT m ^ y W w: extending the whole

depth of the body, then
will somites I, II, III,
IV, V etc., in the figure
form two parallel series
of muscular blocks
above and below the
line a, h. Each half
somite is also seen to
present an acute apex
directed backward at
the points c and c'
above and below the
line a, h. The somites

1, II, III, IV and V are therefore sigmoid in outline as seen
from the exterior. The myocommata or connective tissue septa 1,

2, 8, 4, 5, 6 etc., which intervene between the somites, have a corre-
sponding sigmoid arrangement. The sigmoid or :^-shaped myo-
commata and the myotomes, are reciprocally coadapted to each
other in configuration like a nest of :^ :^ ^ :^'s turned upon their
sides. If w^e further supposed that thin and thick-legged :^'s
alternated thus ^:^^^^^ we might suppose the thin-legged
ones to represent the myocommata and the thick-legged ones the
muscle plates or myotomes. The muscular fibres of the thick-legged
^'s run longitudinally from the posterior surface of the myocomma
immediately in front of it, to be inserted into the anterior face of
the myocomma immediately behiud it. The muscular tension is
therefore exerted upon the opposite sides of the myocommata and is
thus propagated along the sides of the body from the head to the
tail, from the first to the last myotome. But the tension upon the
inner face of the skin is alonsr the lines of insertion of the mvocom-
mata 1 dc, 2 dc, 3 de, etc., this will serve to wrinkle the skin not
only along the lines 1 dc 2 dc, etc., but also to cause wrinkles to
appear along the dotted lines, cZ, d! , e and d. In this way it is easy
to see that the whole lateral integument will be thrown into definitely
circumscribed rhomboidal areola) in which separate overlapping
scales s, s, s, s, may appear. The wrinTvles thus produced by the

222

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

tension of myocommata upon the integuments of the body will cross
each other and be reinforced at six points in the zigzag transverse
course of each rayocorama, viz., twice at each of the points c and c'
and along the line a, b, where the middle limb of the -^ rests.

The only point which now remains to be discussed is the imbrica-
tion of the scales. This is also as readily accounted for as the
delimitation of the scale-forming areolie, s, s, s, and their tri-linear
arrangement in three directions in the convex surface of the integu-
ment by means of the mechanical hypothesis here outlined. If we

/ * J «- J- 6 / f f

Fig. 2.

were to make a longitudinal transverse section through a fish along
the plane of the letters c, c, c, or c c' d of Fig. 1, we should get a
section like Fig. 2 in whicii the myotomes M, M, M, etc., Fig. 2
were again found to be V-shaped on either side of the medial axis
or vertebral column c, c, Fig. 2. This proves that the myotomes
are really cones fitting into one another and that jf we suppose the
first one to be inserted into the base of the skull along the line A,
B, Fig. 2, that point becomes the anterior fulcrum or 'point d'appui
of the whole muscular system. The tensions thus developed upon
the skin along the successive myocommata 1, 2, .3 etc., Fig. 2, is
such that the integument would be flexed inward opposite each
myocomma as shown in the next figure, on a larger scale, which
represents the foldings of the integument at the surface of a part
of Fig. 2. Here in Fig. 3, the myocommata m, i', m, i', m, etc.

are seen to be inserted
uj)on the internal face
of the epidermis ep, ep.
The membrane m, m,
m, m, acted upon by
the muscular fibres of
the myotomes IM, ]\[, M,
will have the effect of
pulling the integument
inward in the direction
Fig. 3. of the arrows i' , i', from

the linear points of attachment of the myocommata to the inte-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

guments at i, i, i, toward the vertebral bodies V, V, Y. In this
manner will be developed the imbrication indicated by the heavy
border along the posterior margins of the scales s, s, s, in Fig. 1,
and in Fig. 3, in longitudinal section through the scale sacks or
pockets at s, s, s.

It will be clear that in the case considered the arrangement and
imbrication of the scales is determined by the actions of the
segmentally arranged muscles of the body. In other words, what-
ever has determined the development of somites has also, in the
most clear and direct manner, detei'mined the segmentally recurrent
and peculiar tri-linear and imbricated arrangement of the scales of
many fishes. It may be urged in objection that heredity has
determined the number, arrangement and the development of the
somites and, therefore, the development of the scales is also a sequence
of hereditary influences working thus indirectly. This view of the
case may be admitted without invalidating the conclusion that, given
the growing mechanism here described, the development of the scales
would under any circumstances have been interfered with at the
points where the integument was being continually flexed, wrinkled
or folded as it is around the integumentary areolae wherein the
scales are formed, as has been here proved to correspond with the
facts.

Special types of squamation amongst fishes may require an inter-
pretation different as to details from the foregoing, but it is probable
that such special cases will rather tend to confirm than otherwise
the views developed in this sketch of an hypothesis respecting the
mechanical origin of the arrangement and imbrication of the scales
of fishes. For example, one of the most extreme cases, that of the
sturgeon, shows that the smaller integumentary plates between the
large dorsal, lateral and ventral rows, conform to these lines of
tension of the myocommata upon the integument. An even more
instructive example is that of the common eel in which the scales
are oblong rhombs or parallelograms, arranged with their diameters
in oblique lines, running in two directions conformably with the
tensions, wrinklings and foldings of the integuments j^roduced by
the oblique insertions of the muscles when the latter are brought
into action. Other cases where the scales are very fine might be
urged in objection, especially where several oblique rows of scales
are found to correspond to each somite. Such parallel duplication of
scale rows, however, does not invalidate the principle since the rows

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892..

still conform to the lines of tension of the linear attachment of the
myoconimata to the integuments. The hypothesis may also be
extended so as to consistently consider such forms as the pipe fishes
and other anomalous forms, where sluggish habits coupled with the
almost exclusive use of the dorsal fin in swimming, has rendered
the lateral musculature of the body comparatively subordinate in
function, and which may even lead to secondary fusion of somites
and the consolidation of consecutive pairs or triplets of vertebral
centra into single vertebral bodies.

Two conclusions of prime importance may be drawn from the
hypothesis and the evidence here presented, namely :

1. The scales of fishes bear a segmental relation to the remaining
hard and soft parts, and are either repeated consecutively and in
oblique rows corresponding to the number of segments, or they may
be repeated in rows as multiples of the somites, or segmental reduc-
tion may occur which may affect the arrangement of the scales so as
to reduce the number of rows below the number of somites indicated
by the other soft and hard parts.

2. The peculiar manner of interdigitation of the muscular somites,
as indicated by the sigmoid outline of the myocommata, as seen
from their outer faces, and the oblique direction of the membranes
separating the muscular cones, has developed a mode of insertion
of the myocommata upon the corium which has thrown the integu-
ment into rhombic areolae during muscular contraction. These
areolae are in line in three directions and the folds separating them,
particularly at their posterior borders, are inflected in such a manner
by muscular tensions, due to the arrangement of muscular cones, as
to induce the condition of imbrication so characteristic of the
squaination of many fishes.

1892.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 225

June 7.

Mr. John H. Redfield in the chair.

Thirty-nine persons present.

The death of H. F. Formad, M. D., a member, was announced-

June 14.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair

Thirty-five persons present.

A communication from Edw. D. Cope on the fauna of the Blanco
Beds of Texas was read and referred to the Publication Committee
as a paper under the provisional title " The Fauna of the Blanco
Beds of Texas."

June 21.
Mr. Uselma C. Smith in the chair.
Thirty-one persons present.

June 28.

Dr. Geo. H. Horn in the chair.

Twenty-four ])ersons present.
The following were elected members : —

J. Hunter Ewing, C. A. Hamann, M. D., Henry Whelen and
Francis ]M. Brooke.

The following were ordered to be printed : —

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

A CONTRIBUTION TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE FAUNA OF THE
BLANCO BEDS OF TEXAS.

BY EDW. D. COPE.

Prof. E. T. Dumble, State Geologist of Texas, appointed Prof.
W. F. Cummins to conduct the survey of the northwestern district
of the state, and in pursuance of this order the latter gentleman is
now examining the mesozoic and cenozoic beds which compose and
underlie the Staked Plains. I accompanied this party in the capacity
of paleontologist, having already determined the vertebrate fossils
collected by the Survey's expeditions of last year (see Proceedings
of the American Philosophical Society, first No. for 1892).

The superficial formation of the Staked Plains has been deter-
mined by Prof R. T. Hill to be of late cenozoic age, and the term
Blanco beds has been applied to it b}' Prof Cummins. The exami-
nation of the vertebrate fossils from it led me to state (loc. cit.) that
in age the Blanco formation intervenes between the Loup Fork
below and the Equus bed above, in the series. This conclusion was
based chiefly on the fact of the presence of horses of the genus
Equus {E. simplicidens Cope) in association with mastodons of the
molar dental type of the Tetrabelodon angustidens, an association
not previously met with in North America. In addition to these
species, the presence of a jDeculiar land tortoise {Testudo turgida
Cope), and of a new genus of birds allied to the rails (Crecoides
Shuf.) was established.

I propose to present- to the Academy, a list of the species obtained,
so far, from the Blanco beds by the present expedition, with such
conclusions as may be derived from it.

TESTUDINATA.

Testudo turgida Cope, loc. cit.
Testudo pertenuis, sp. nov.

Founded on a large specimen measuring three and a half feet in
length by three in width, and remarkable for the transverse width
of the vertebral dermal scuta. The carapace is rather flat and
descends steeply posteriorly, the anal marginal bone being some-
what incurved. Margins of carapace flare outwards above the legs.
The plastron has a rather wide lip, with flat base, and straight lat-
eral borders ; its anterior border is lost. The posterior lobe is deeply

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

and widely notched, terminating on each side in a subequihateral
angular prominence. Both carapace and plastron are without
sculpture, the posterior angles of the plastron onl}' being longitudi-
nally grooved below. The vertebral scuta are considerably wider
than long, as is also the anal scutum. Both carapace and plastron
are very thin, not exceeding one-quarter inch in the specimen
described, except at the borders. Measui*ements : Length over all
4-2 feet; width over all 4 feet ; width of penultimate dorsal scute
1-275 feet, length '85 feet ; width of last vertebral scute 1-35 feet ;
width of anal scute 1-5 feet, length -6 feet. Length of penultimate
costal scute -9 feet ; length of last costal -95 feet. Width of lip of
plastron at base '8 feet ; width of anterior lobe at axillae 2 feet.
Width of posterior lobe of plastron at base 2 feet ; width at fundus
of median notch 1-1 feet ; Avidth at apices of angular processes '85
feet ; depth of notch -5 feet. This is the largest species of land
tortoise yet known from North America.

EDENTATA.

Megalonyx, sp.

Teeth and fragments of skull.

CARNIA'ORA.

A canid and three undetermined forms represent the Carnivora.

PROBOSCIDIA.
Mastodon successor, sp. nov.

This species is represented by teeth in collections previously made
by Prof Cummins, and though the characters of these resemble
closely those of the Tetrabelodon angustidens, I did not identify them
as pertaining to that species. From its association with the genus
Equus, I suspected that it would prove to be distinct from the latter ;
and the accession of more material proves this to be the case. It is
a species of the genus Mastodon and not of Tetrabelodon, having
a very short, contracted and elephant-like symphysis. The most
complete specimen is represented by both rami of the lower jaw
with symphysis complete, but lacking angles and condyles ; accom-
panied by a tusk of the upper jaw. The latter is without enamel
band. The second true molars are in place, showing their patterns,
and the third molars have only three crests protruded. Besides

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

the subsidiary tubercles which form the trefoils of the inner side of
the molars there are a few other tubercles closing the valleys. The
second true molars have a narrow fourth cross-crest. jNIeasurements :
Length of left ramus preserved 2.55 feet ; length from anterior
base of coronoid process to apex of snout 1'55 feet; length of sec-
ond true molar '45 feet ; Avidth between second molars "35 feet ;
total width of rami at middle of M. 3-l'4 feet; width of crown of
M. 3 at front crest '35 feet ; diameter of tusk near middle •625 feet.
This species is nearest to the Mastodon andmvi Laurill., but that
species, according to Burmeister, has an elongate symphysis, although
without tusks.

Mastodon cfr. mirificus Leidy.

Rather common.
Mastodon cfr. shepardii Leidy.

One molar obtained.

PERISSODACT^LA.

Equus simplicidens Coi)e, 1. e.

The most abundant mammal and retaining exactly the characters
of the molar teeth as originally defined.

Equus, sp.

Smaller and with plicate enamel.

Equus, sp.

Much smaller than the last, and quite rare ; not determined.

ARTIODACTYLA.

Pliauchenia.

A large species about the size of the existing camel is abundant ;
not determined. PlimiGhenia bones of a species larger than the
last may be referable to this genus. Small Artiodactyla not
determined.

Of the preceding list of fifteen species it may be remarked that
Megdlouyx and Equus are not Loup Fork genera, while Mastodon and
Pliauchenia are such. No species is found in the Loup Fork bed.
On the other hand, Megalonyx and Equus are Equus-bed genera, while
Pliauchenia and Mastodon have not been found in them, although
it is probable that the latter existed. No species is found in that
horizon. The conclusion is inevitable that the fauna of the Blanco
bed is intermediate between the two mentioned, and that it fills an

1892.] NATURAL SCIKNCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

important gap in geologic and paleontologic history. It was a
fauna including species of large size, the relative abundance of
mastodons, camels and horses being especially noteworthy. The
fiict that no trace of rhinoceros has been found is remarkable.

- >

r

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

A CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF GREECE, WITH NOTES ON THE

NAMES NOW IN USE AND THOSE EMPLOYED BY

CLASSICAL AUTHORS.

BY HORACE ADDISON HOFFMAN AND DAVID STARR JORDAN.

The first-named author of the present paper spent a large part of
the spring and summer of 1890 in Greece. Part of this time was devo-
ted to making collections of the fishes found in the markets of Athens
and to the study of the vernacular names now applied by the Greek
fishermen to these fishes. Each fish as obtained was preserved in
alcohol, a number attached to it, and a record kept of the vernacu-
lar name attached to this number.

The persistence of vernacular names of fishes and other animals
is known to be very great, and it may be safely assumed that the
most of these names now heard in Athens are derived from those
applied to the same species in the time of Aristotle. It has been
thought that a study of these names would tend to throw light on
those applied to fishes by classical authors. The fact that no such
collection or comparison of names of fishes has yet been made is
the justification of this paper.

A single catalogue of the fishes of Greece is known to me, that
published by my friend, Professor Apostolides in 1883 (La Peche
en Grece : par Nicolas Chr. Apostolides). This work contains
numerous vernacular names and it has been largely drawn upon in
the present paper.

In this paper is printed a systematic list of the fishes known from
Greece, either on the authority of Apostolides or from my own col-
lection, wuth the vernacular names and such notes on them as I am
able to offer.

No one can be more fully aware than I am, of the unsatisfactory
character of many things in this paper. It was often difficult or
impossible to make out with certainty just what Aristotle meant.
Some terms occurring over and over and evidently having a very
definite meaning to him are obscure to us, and the meanings given
in the dictionaries are only guesses. A good illustration of this is
the word n-o'^iufm, usually translated diaphragm. We have no
right to assume that Aristotle always, or ever, meant by this term
the diaphragm, especially in those instances where it makes him
entirely wrong in regard to the anatomical facts. In those matters

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

"which could be seen by dissection I feel convinced that Aristotle
made the dissections for himself and reported what he saw. He
may not always have seen aright in nice point;;, and he certainly
did not understand what he saw as it is understood in the light of
modern science ; but there is no ground for assuming that he did
not see what would be apparent to any one who took the least
pains to look, even if with unpractised eye. A striking confirma-
tion of the correctness of his observation in matters of anatomy
was aflTorded by the repeated statement that the fid-iiayo^ (Lophhis
piseatorlus) has its gall bladder upon the intestine, not upon the
liver. A dissection of this fish by Dr. Charles H. Gilbert proved
the statement of Aristotle to be correct. I believe that a reading
of Aristotle in the original accompanied by dissections of the ani-
mals in question would bring one to a much better understanding
of his anatomical terms, which are much in need of some such
elucidation.

It is quite otherwise when he comes to the habits of the fishes
and other matters than anatomical knowledge. Here he has to
depend upon the observations of the fishermen and others, and what
he has to say simply records the prevalent beliefs. Of course much
of this fisherman's lore is real knowledge gained from observation,
but it has also a considerable share of myth.

Another great source of difficulty is corruption of the text.
Considering all the time and the vicissitudes that the Mss. of Aristotle
have passed through it is always more or less problematical as to
whether in any given passage we have just what Aristotle said.

For the nomenclature and systematic arrangement of the species,
the identification of my specimens, and for all matters purely zoo-
logical in character I am indebted to Dr. David S. Jordan, at whose
suggestion the work was undertaken. The specimens obtained are
in the museum of the University of Indiana.

Explanatory jS'otes.

1. The following order of statement has been adopted: (1) Sci-
entific name by Dr. Jordan. (2) M. G. (Modern Greek) name or
names heard by me in Greece, if any ; each name followed immediately
by a small figure in parenthesis indicating the number of specimens
secured under that name. (3) A reference to the page of Aposto-
lides' book (La Peche en Grece par Nicolas Chr. Apostolides, Ath-
ens, 1883), where the species is given, followed by the scientific

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

name used by him, and the vernacular name or names given by him.
(4) The similar name or names from A. G. (Ancient Greek) authors,
chiefly Aristotle, references to the places in their works where these
names are found, and a gathering up of the chief things said about
the fish in question, especially anything which might in any way
help to fix the identity of the species.

Explanatory remarks and comments are thrown in wherever in
each case it seems most suitable.

2. Modern Greek names marked with an asterisk (*) were heard
by me in the market at Athens, sometimes elsewhere in Greece, but
do not occur in Apostolides' list.

3. Names marked with a dagger (j) occur in Apostolides, but
were not heard by me in Greece.

4. Names not marked by any sign were both heard by me and
found in Apostolides. They are not marked if the variations in
form are slight and insignificant, even if the forms are not identical.

5. When the names are derived from other sources the source is
given in connection with the name.

6. The references to Aristotle are taken from the Index Aris-
totelicus of Hermann Bonitz, and, as there, refer to the ])age, col-
umn and line of the quarto edition of Aristotle's works issued by
the Royal Academy of Prussia through Georg Reimer, Berlin.

The references to Athenaeus, mostly from the Vllth book, are
given by book and section, Editio C. Tauchnitii, Otto Holtze,
Leipzig, 1887.

7. Species obtained by me in Greece are marked H. The list
which follows is that of Apostolides, the species arranged in
accordance with the views of American authors and the accepted
rules of nomenclature applied to their names.

Family BEANCHIOSTOMATIDJE.

1. Branchiostoma lanceolatum (Pallas).

Apost. 35 (Branchiostoma laneeola or Amphioxus lanceolatus)

Family PETROMYZONTID^.

2. Petromyzon marinus (L).

Apost. 34 (^Petromyzon marinus), f lap-fiv^a, Lat. lanx'peira, rock-
sucker, Eng. lamprey ; 'AaiJ-jivMi. is evidently of Latin and Italian
origin.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

Family SCYLLIORHINIDJE.

3. Scylliorhinus canicula (L).

Apost. 5 {Seyllium canicula), f (txuXc, f ay.ok6(}iapo, dog, dog-fish,
A. G. a/.vXaS, whelp, pup, dog. M. G. (Txu).t(o-j), dog. Aristotle,
axuXiov, name of a fish, 565a 16-26 ; 566a 19.

According to Aristotle the ova of the a/.uUw are grown fast
between the branches of the oviduct about the backbone ; as these
ova increase in size they change their position and move around
into one or the other branch of the oviduct, which is forked and
grown fast to the u-o^wp.a (diaphragm, peritoneum) just as in other
similar fishes. The oviduct of both this and the other Galeodes
has at a little distance from the u-o^atim a kind of white breasts
(oviducal glands) which are not present when they are not preg-
nant. The shells of their eggs are shaped like the tongues (reeds)
of pipes (aukoi), and there are attached to them hair-like ducts.
The other yalzoi breed twice a year, but the av.olw only once.

4. Catulus stellaris (L).

Apost. 5, 6 (Scyllium catulus), f y^J-'^f^'S = xd-o?, cat. Byzantine
and Roman times, xdrza, xdrzo^; Latin, crtfto, Martial 13,69.
I find no ancient application of this name to a fish.

Family ALOPIIDJE.

5. Alopias vulpes (Gmelin).
Apost. 6, f axijKu(l'o.po.

Family CARCHARIIDJE,

6. Carcharias ferox (Risso).
Apost. 6. (^Odontaspis ferox.)

Family LAMNID^.

7. Lamna cornubica (Gmelin).
Apost. 6, t <Txu/.6(^'apt).

8. Isurus oxyrhynchus (Rafinesque).

Apost. 6 ( Oxyrhina spallanzani), f (T-/.v).6(l'apo.

9. Carcharodon carcharias (L).

Apost. 6 (Carc/iaroc?o?i lamia), ^ xapyapia<;,-\ Xdpta. See Athen,
vii, 76. Athenaeus quotes several passages from ancient authors
where the name xapyapia^ occurs, and among them the following
from Nicandrus the Colophonian in his " Glosses : " " The xapyapiu's
is called also kdp'.a and axbllaP
16

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The word xa/)/a/)j'«? itself is from -/.dpyapd^, sharp, or sharp-toothed.
The Lamia and Scylla were fierce mau-devouring monsters of Greek
myth.

Family GALEORHINIDJE.

10. Galeus canis (Mitchell).

Apost. 7. (3Iiistelus vulgaris.)

11. Galeus mustelus ;L).

Apost. 7. (Mustelus Iwvis) jolr^ix;.

12. Carcliarliinus giaucus (L).

Aj)Ost. 7. (Garcharlas giaucus.)

Family SPHYRNIDJE.

13. Sphyrna zygaena (L).

Apost. 7 {Zygcena malleus), j %'>yai'M/.. Mentioned by Arist. 506b
10 among long fishes with the gall on the liver. Also mentioned
by Epicharmus, Frag. 30.

I saw some fishermen catch a hammer-headed shark in the Bay
of Eleusis, but all the names I could elicit were zavj^xj (?) possibly
■/.u'^Ui =z. little dog, and aYi)'.uil<apu = fierce fish. '

14. Sphyrna tudes (Cuvier).

Apost. 7 (Zygcena tudes), f -arspiraa, crutch, bishop's stafl[".
Family HEXANCHID^.

15. HeptrancMas cinereus (Gmelin).
Apost. 7. (Heptanchus cinereus.)

Family SQUALID^

16. Squalus acanthias (L).

Apost. 8. (Acanthias vulgaris) f axuXotliapo.

17. Squalus blainvillei (Risso). H. FaXto^^) (j).

Not noticed by Apostolides. Apost. 7 gives yaXrj/x; as common
\\?LYaQ^ox Mustelus Iczv is. raX£(')<^,yaXE:<>£:3rj<} and yalswdrj'^ all occur
quite frequently in Aristotle. 505a 15, 489b 5 and 6, 511a 4-6,
1529a 29, 621b 16, 565b 28, 543a 17, 566a 17, 565a 26, 754b 33,
565b 2ff, 508b 17 (Here yaX.Tj is probably the proper reading, M. G.
ydXca, Lota fluviatalis. Cf. Aelian xv, 11, Bonitz.), 565a 20, 566a
31, 565a 14, 540b 19, 505a 18, 505a 5, 506b 8, 507a 15, 540b 27.

According to Aristotle the yaXein^^re. the long (jeXdyji with uncovered
gills on their sides (sharks), as distinguished from the flat atX.dyr^ with
uncovered gills underneath them (rays). The^aAsoi'areovoviviparous,
produce at the most three young at a time, and admit their oflspring

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

iuto themselves (iuto their mouths) and let them out again. The
TrncxO.n? and akw-zy.i(x<} do this especially, but others do not because
of their roughness. The yahoi have a mouth oj^ening wide (liter-
ally ' breaking back '). T\\Q axaAlia^ (thorny) yakeo'i has its ova
attached to the v-6ZiO!J.a (peritoneum [?]) above the oviducal glands,
and when the ovum descends upon its having been loosed the young fish
is produced. In the same way generation takes jjlace in the ald>-7j^.
But the so-called smooth yalsoi have their ova between the branches
of the oviduct like the ff/.ol'jr^. The ova moving about descend
into one or the other branch of the oviduct and the young are pro-
duced, having the umbilical cord attached to the oviduct, so that
when the eggs are used up these fish seem to have an embryo j ust like
the quadrupeds. In the case of the a/.uUo., Avhich some call v^fifiiai
yaXeoi (i. e. yakeoi dappled like a fawn, fawn-colored sharks), when
the shell of the egg bursts and fiills off the young fish is born. There
are several kinds of yakeot, e. g. aartpuxq, y.z'^Tpv/rfi, d:/.wjOla^, lilo>i,
-o'.y.iAo^, ay.uivM}^, a)M-exia^. See Atlien. vii, 43.

Iq 508b 17 ya}.2oi are mentioned among fishes which have many
pyloric appendages, but this is thought to be a corrupted reading
for y<j.}J/. See above under references.

The yalzoi and yaho^uhi^, as d/.co-r^^ and yjjcu'^, and the flat fishes,
vdpy.Tj, i3d-<iQ, Kz.tuua-0^ and zpoyu)-^ produce their young alive, having
first produced eggs internally. The form of the uterus (oviduct)
must be seen from dissections. The yaXzw^ have it different from
one another and from the flat azhiyr^. For in some cases the
ova are grown fast around the back bone between the branches
of the uterus (oviduct, f3(Tr^/)a), just as has been said in the case of
the <yy.'jU(iy. As the ova increase in size they move around. The
•uterus being forked and grown to the v-6^wij.a (diaphragm, perito-
neum) just as that of others of this kind, the ova come around
into one or the other branch of the uterus (oviduct). Both
the uterus of this and that of the other yaXsoetdsl<; at a little distance
from the u-6'^u)>j.a. have what resembles white breasts (oviducal
glands) which are not present when they are not pregnant.

The ya'umoz:^ all have their gills double and five on each side.
They also have the gall bladder on the liver, and the two parts of
the liver are independent, the beginning not being grown together.
The males differ from the females by having two appendages hang-
ing about the vent.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1862.

18. Oxynotus centrina.

Apost. 8 (Centrina vidpecula), yoopowoil'apo.

The word is M. G. and means hog-fish. So A. G. yjnp'>?, hog,
was used as name of a fish found in the Nile. Strabo 823, Athen.
312 A. (vii, 88).

I saw the ynupow/i'ul'apo in the market at Athens and heard the

name from the market men, but the specimen was too large to be

preserved.

Family SQUATINID^.

19. Squatina squatina II. * pr^rj. (j), * aupaiV/la (J.

Not noticed by Apostolides ; pbri (v. 1. /uVa), Arist. 543b 9,
540b 11, 746b 6, 543a 14, 565b 25, 1529a 16, 697a 6, 620b 30 31,
506b 8, 566a 20 22 27, 622a 13.

The /5tV>j is one of the aeXdyji, has the gall on tlie liver, has a large tail
and copulates belly to belly. It breeds twice a year, in autumn and
again about the setting of the Pleiades, producing seven or eight young
each time. It allows its young to pass in and out (of its mouth).
The phri seems to cross with the /5«ro9 and produce the fish called
/>:vwo«-«c. This has the head and fore parts of the /5aro9 but the
rear parts of the ph-q, as if born from both. Like the oi>o9, /5ar«9
and 4'^irTa it buries itself in the sand and then waves the filaments
in its mouth. It changes its color to that of the rocks on which it
is, or to that of its other surroundings, so that it is not easily seen.

Athen. vii, 89, says the Xziooa-itq (smooth [ia-oq') is also called

Family RHINOBATID^.

20. Rhinobatus columnae (Muller k Henle).
Apost. 8. t KaX/Avt..

Family TORPEDINID^.

21. Torpedo torpedo (L).

Apost. 8 (Torpedo marmorata), -f poudtaarpa, from M.G. p.oudcd!:<o,
to benumb. Compare ancient vdpxrj, Aristotle, 506b 9, 505a 4,
540b 18, 566a 32, 695b 8 9, 696a 27, 1527b 40, 1530a 12, 696a 31,
695b 11, 620b 19 29, 1530a 15, 543b 9, 566a 23, 565b 25, 620b
20 26.

NdpxTj means numbness, torpor, stiffness. The verb '^apxdw means
to grow numb, to be stiff, Lat. torpere.

Arist. gives the following points with regard to the vdpxr/ :

It is a flat aiXfiyoQ and like all such has its gills underneath it
and is ovoviviparous. It has the gall on the liver, has a long spiny

[1892. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

tail. It has its dorsal fins transferred to its belly, where, on account
of its shape, they will be more useful, and its helhj (ventral and
pectoral [?]) fins near the head. It has two fins near (or on) its
tail. For two fins it uses its flat edges. The vfifr/.r, benumbing
(yapxav izoiouaa) the fishes which it intends to catch, taking them
into its mouth in the way which it has, feeds on these. It buries
itself in the sand and mud and captures the fishes swimming up
to it, which it stuns {'^afr/.wj -oiet). A proof that they live in this
way is that they are often caught having in them the •/.sfrrpeo^, one
of the swiftest of fishes, the >dpxrj itself being one of the slowest.
Some persons have been eye witnesses of their mode of capturing
their prey. It is well known that they stun people also. It hunts
little fishes for its food, catching them by rendering them numb
Q/apyjh") and unable to move. The •^dpxrj and pr^r^ spawn a little
before the autumnal equinox. They take their young into them-
selves (their mouths) and let them out again. A large vdpxrj has
been seen with about 80 young in it.

Aristotle frequently mentions it in close connection with rpuycuv,
l^d-o^ and pii'r/, implying that they belong to the same general class.

See also Athen. vii, 95, where the same facts with regard to its
stunning power are repeated. Theophrastus says it can send a shock
even up through a fish-spear to a man's hand.

Family RAJIDJE.

22. Raja clavata (L).
Apost. 8.

23. Raja batis (L).

Apost. 8 {Raia batis), iSart. Hart r= fiar{(^o'^) is the natural M. G.
equivalent for A. G. [id-i>^.

24. Raja punctata H., /Sarof (J.
Apost. 8 (Rata punctata).

The fidro^ is repeatedly mentioned in Aristotle. 4&9b 6, 489b
31, 505a 4, 540b 8, 565b 28, 566a 28 32, 599b 29, 620b 30, 695b
28, 696a 25, 697a 6, 709b 17, 746b 6.

According to Aristotle the [idroi form one division of the (rskdy-q,
are flat, have a tail (^xipxa^ = tail like that of a quadruped.
The word xipxo? is not applied to the tail of a fish, such as a sunfish,
etc.) ; they have uncovered gills (no opercula), have no scales, but a
rough skin ; they have no fins but " swim by means of their flat-
ness itself," or, as is said in another j)lace, by means of the outer

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

edge of their flatness. They have their gills tinder them, whereas
the ya/.sc6(hj have them in the side. The flat selache with tails, as
the /Sfitrov", rjioyu).! and the like, copulate not only with belly to belly,
but also by mounting with their bellies upon the backs of the
females in those kinds in which the tail is not so thick as to be in
their way. Of the flat fish the [id-oq and Tpoym-j do not receive
their young into themselves because of the roughness of the tail.
Some fishes lie quiet in the sand, others in the mud, keeping only
the mouth above. The T.eTj>fv.i>'., {id-oc and (rzlayjLl^rj lie hid during
the wintriest days. The o-mi^, fidrof, il<-7,Tza. and {>b-ri bury themselves
in the sand, and when they have made themselves invisible they
wave (^paddsijtrat) those things in their mouths which the fishermen
call " rodlets " {paCdia) or little wands. None of the other fishes
have been seen uniting in copulation with others not of their
own kind ; but the /u'v/j and fidrn^ alone seem to do this ; for
there is a fish called pvjdoaTo^, because it has the head and fore-
parts of the [jdzifi but the hind parts of the /'iVry, as if born from
both of these. The yolzai and yiutotuJslis, as the dlm-riz and xua*^,
and the flat fishes, '^dp/.r^, fidra'i, Xzidoo-nq and zpoywj, are vivi-
parous, having produced eggs (internally), i. e. are ovoviviparoiis.
Bari'i also occurs in Aristotle. It may be merely a feminine form of
/3«'-ro9 used as a name of female [idni'i. 1527b 41 43, 565a 22 27,
567a 13. " The ay.uXia and [ja^ioz^ have shelly arrangements in Avhich
is found an eggy fluid. The form of the shell is like that of the
tongues (reeds) of wind-instruments (pipes, anXui'), and there are
hair-like ducts attached to the shells. In the case of the n/.oAia,
which some call M^Spiai yaXzoi, the young are produced whenever
the shell breaks from around them and falls off"; but in the case of
the (i(i-iDt^ whenever they lay the eggs the young comes forth from
the shell, which has been broken off" from around it." 565a 22fl^.
(The above passage is obscure and possibly corrupt. I do not
understand the distinction made in the latter part.)

In 567a 13 Aristotle says that the female seal has a pudendum
like that of the ffanV.

25. Raja miraletus H., (reXdyi (,).

Apost. 9 {Raia miraletus). -^Xdyt, according to Apost., is a collec-
tive name for all species of rays.

Arist. (riXMyt)Q, commonly in plur. aiXdyr^, 511a 5, 6'95b9, 489b 2,
516b 16, 655a 23, 732b 1, 754a 23, 476a 2, 732b 22, 520a 17, 538a
29, 540b 6, 755b 2, 598a 12, 591a 10, 697a 7, 516b 15, 516b 36,

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

655a 23, 696b 3 6, 697a 8, 517a 1, 476a 2, 489b 6, 505a 13 5,
695b 4, 489b 30, 676b 3 4 5, 520a 17 18 19, 564b 20, 718b 35,
733a 10, 754a 33, 733a 8 11, 537a 30, 535b 24, 538a 29, 540b 19
10 12, 621b 25 28, 570b 32, 4S9b 16, 718b 33, 754a 23 32, 564b 15
16, 492a 27, 503b 3, 511a 4 7 9 12, 516b 15, 475b 20, 676b 2, 718b
32, 732b 1, 754a 23, 755a 12, 755b 2, 676b 2, 566a 24, 570b 32,
566a 15, 565b 30, 566a 26, 571a 1, 540b 14, 755b 8 12, 539a 29,
505a 26, 489b 6, 540b 17, 505a 3, 517a 1, 540b 6 8 10 12 17, 565b
28, 489b 30, 565b 24-31, 695b 9, 1527b 40 44. Cf. also aeXaym.hi^,

liXayo^ is a term much used by Aristotle in a broad sense to
include a wide variety of fishes. leXa/ax^g is also used, whether
as equivalent to fjiXw/o? or in a still more comprehensive sense, is
not clear. Pliny ix, 24 (78), says : " There is another kind of fiat
fishes which have cartilage for the spine (pro spina), as the rrn'cp,
pastinacce, sqxiatince, torpedo and those which the Greeks call by the
names hovis (l^oo?), lamia, aquila (asro?), and ra7ia (^dzpayo^), in
which number are also the sr/rta^i although these are not flat (^/ojii).
All these collectively Aristotle called asXAyji, he first having given
them this name. We (Latins) can not give them a distinctive
name unless we may be permitted to call them cartilaginous (carti-
laginea)."

I gather the following points from Aristotle: Any animal is
called a (yi).ayo^ which, being without feet and having gills, is vivi-
parous (or ovoviviparous). All the askdyr^ except the [id-payoq are
externally viviparous, having first produced eggs within themselves
(i. e. are ovoviviparous).

Their uterus, or oviduct, is forked and extends to the o-oZoJiia
(diaphragm, peritoneum).

The fJz/.dyri are fidzo^i, Tfi'jyw'yi, pi'-'T^, ,jul>^, Id'j.ta, d.£z6^, •^dfi/.r^, fld-pa-

yoi; and all the yahwo-i}. They have uncovered gills ; some are
elongated in form, e. g. the yakzui; others flat, e. g. the jSd-o'.. Some
of the (Jz Adyrj do not have fins, viz., the flat ones and those having
tails, such as iSdrois and t/jo/w'^. These swim by means of the " flat-
ness itself." But the [-id- pay u^^ has fins, and so do all which do not
have the flat parts thin. Some are rough, others smooth. The
viviparous fishes, such as the (jzXdyr^, have cartilaginous bones (are
yoydpd/.a-Ala), but the oviparous ones have a spine like the back-
bone (pdyii) of quadrupeds. The liver of the ffskdyvj becomes fatty
and an oil is melted from it, although the <Tt)yi.yq themselves are
very free from fat both in their flesh and abdomen.

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

They sleep at times so that they are eveu caught with the hand ;
they take their young into their mouths, except the ^dTpayo<s, are
purely carnivorous, and most of them have no pyloric appendages ;
the female is larger than the male, and the males can usually be dis-
tinguished from the females by two appendages hanging near the
vent.

All the <7c)M.y6drj have at the same time ova in great numbers
above near the t3-«^w,aa, some larger and others smaller, while they
already have embryos below. They are rough and without scales.
They lie toi'pid during the wintriest days.

Galen vi, 737, derives the name (rikayoii from ai/M^, a bright
light or blaze, or shining. He says : " The skin of such creatures
is rough and shining in the night, wherefore also some say they have
been named (jOAyui. from having nihi^ (a phosphorescence).

26. Raja undulata (Lacepede).
Apost. 9.

27. Raja fuUonica (L).

Ajiost. 9 {Raja chagrined).

Family AETOBATIDJE.

28. Aetobatis aquila (L).

Apost. 9 (^Myliohatis aquila). f -^^""s" = eagle, Lat. aquila.
Arist. 540b 18 mentions asT6<s as one of the azlayi]. Compare
Plin. N. H. 9, 78, aquila.

29. Aetobatis bovina (GeoflFrey St. Hilaire).

Apost. 9 (Myliobatis bovina). XeXtdav(x^ in some parts of Greece.
XeXtdiha^ the swallow, is also a common M. G. name for Trigla
hirundo, as I found in the market at Athens.

Family DASYATIDJE.

30. Dasyatis pastinaca (L).

Apost. 9 ( Trygon vulgaris), f Tpoydrj at Paros, f ij.oo-rpooCa at
Chalcis. Arist. 598a 12, 1527b 40, 695b 9 28, 489b 31, 540b 8,
565b 28, 566b 1, 540b 8, 620b 24. Athen. viii, 21. Lat. Trygon,
Plin. 9, 155.

Tpuyui-j as a bird is the turtle-dove. The fish called zpuyw'j,
says Arist., is a flat friXayo^ with no fins, but swimming by means
of its flat parts, has a rough tail, does not admit its young into its
mouth, is pelagic, buries itself in the sand.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

Family MANTID^.

31. Mobula edentula (Briinnich).

A post. 9 (C'ephaloptera giorna).

Family CHIM^RIDJE.

32. Chimaera monstrosa L.
Apost. 9.

Family ACIPENSERIDJE.

33. Acipenser sturio.

Apost. 10 (^Acipenser sturio), j (Tzoop'.ir^'. at Corfu.

Family SILURIDJE.

34. Silurus glanis (L).

It is not known that this species really occurs in Greece.

35. Parasilurus aristotelis (Agassiz).

Apost. 81 (Silurus glanis). f D.avo^. called f yooXurM')'^ (g(oo)l-
(y)an6s) at Larissa, where it is caught in the Peneus River.
rXavu^ at Vrachori. Aristotle 505a 17, 490a 4, 506b 8, 568b
15fF, 608a 3 4, 568a 22 b 22, 568a 25 b 14, 569a 3, 621a 21 b 2,
602b 22 24.

This species is identified by Apost. with the /'/a>:9 "of Aristotle.
Agassiz and Garman refer Aristotle's account to Parasilurus aris-
totelis, found in the Acheloiis River, in Acarnania, Greece.

The y.opdu?M^, says Aristotle, swims with its feet and tail,
and, to compare a small thing to a great, has a tail like the ^Awi'f^.
Some fish have four gills, each double except the last, as for
instance z:'//';. -ip/.r^. ;'/«vjc, y.u-pi'Mn;. The j/A'h^; has the gall on
the liver. The ;'/.«>££? and -ip/.ai emit the bunch of eggs {ju -/.hrnjji)
united just as the [iarpayoi do. The larger yhhti^ lay their eggs in
the deep places, some even a fathom deejD, but the smaller ones lay
them in more shallow water, usually near the roots of a willow or
some other tree ; also near the reed and the ^poov (some kind of a
weed). The growth of the yMwi^ from the egg is very slow, wherefore
the male watches them forty or fifty days that the offspring may
not be devoured by the little fishes which happen along. The egg
of the y/.fh'.g is, when laid, as large as a grain of vetch. No pesti-
lential (universal?) disease attacks the fishes of rivers and ponds,
but peculiar diseases fall on some of them, as the yM>ii especially.

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

because it swims near the surface, becomes star-struck in the time
of the dog-star ; it is also stupefied by loud thunder. The y/Myei'; in
the shallows are destroyed in large numbers by being struck by
the dragon-serpent. The river and lake fish are best after the emis-
sion of the eggs and semen, when they recover their flesh. The
ykfhi'i is not good while pregnant. In all the rest the males are
better than the females, but the female ^Aavj^ is better than the male.
Of the river fishes the male y'Ad-yi'i bestows much care upon its
young. The female departs when she has laid her eggs, but the
male, remaining where most of the eggs collect, keeps guard over
them, affording no other assistance except preventing the other
small fishes from seizing the offspring. It does this forty or fifty
days until the young, having grown, are able to escape from the
other fishes.

Family CYPRINIDJE.

36. Cyprinus carpio (L).

Apost. 30-31 {Cyprimis carpio and collari), called j -/.arcTtra in
Thessaly.

37. Carassius auratus (L.)

Apost. 31 {Carassius auratus), f xozztvo^'vY'"; red-fish = t/f/''^"''^"
il'apo, gold-fish. Ko/.y.ivd'i is used of a light or yellowish-red, even
of a yellow color, e. g. ■/.ir/./.vMwi too aiiyob is yolk of the egg.

38. Barbus meridionalis (Risso).
Apost. 31.

39. Tinea tinea (L).

Apost, 31 ( Tinea vulgaris).

40. Leueiseus eephalus (L).
Apost. 31 {Squalius eephalus).

Family CLUPEIDJE.

41. Harengula aurita (Cuv. & Val.) II. * (Pfn/rcra d), Mfj-fir^j. (,).
Apost. 31 {Sardinella aurita), f f fV^a, -\ flfiiffna, j ijdfioslotjjha

(mother of the sardine) ; ■\ ■/.i--a at Corfu. Arist. 621b 16, 1528a
40. Athenaeus vii, 137.

Aristotle speaks of the Ofnrrna as one of the more bony fishes.
Athenaeus says .\V/./z;V}£9 and the like, fljiifrnat, rfHy^tdsQ, kpir'.ii.m.
Dorio mentions the river (-^//{Vro-a and calls the '/"-yii -ptyiaQ.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

Plainly d^piaaa (f^inyta)^ ~f"-'/M ^^^ rrnyiaQ are all derived from
Opi'^ (gen. zit'.yo'i) hair. (pji'Maa and cr;Wa are corruptions oi' Optiraa.

42. Harengula phalerica (Risso).

Apost. 31 {Meletta phalerica), f -«--«/:'>a. A doubtful species.

43. Clupeapilchardus (L). H. lafj'Ji/.a (.^, *"/'■/-"' ^" (i)-

Apost. 32 (Alosa sardma), aapdi/M. lapdlla is It. sardelli. This
would seem to be connected by derivation with Lat. sarda, Plin.
32, 151 and 46; Sardina Col. 8, 17, 12. la/iorj and ffafidrj'yrj, Galen.
lapdr^o?, Arist. 1531a 8, Athen. vii, 137.

Athenaeus says A'a/.xtds^ and the like, Ofiiaaa'., zpr/ldz'?, kphttjAn.
Epainetus, in his work on fishes, says yalxideq, which they also call
<Tap8tv()t. Aristotle calls them (the yal/.idz^ or Ipinixoi) rrapdrjot.

It is evident from the above that the names yaA/.{<h?^ (rapolvoc,
Opiffffui and TpiyOhg were used for fishes similar to one another.
This corresponds to the M. G. use of d^piana (^Harengula aurlta),
(TapoiAa and Tp'.y'.u^. 6pi(7(ra and Tp'.yids^, M. G. rptyto'f, are derived
from Opt:, Gen. ~p'-y/>i, hair, and doubtless refer to the fine hair-like
bones of the sardines. Sardelli, sardinelli, (rapdtvoc, may be dimin-
utives from sarda, and all these words obviously are derived from
Iap3<o, the A. G. name of Sardinia. Cf. Athen. iii, 92 for rrapda
resemble the xoUa^ in size.

For rpiyto^ cf rpiyia^ and -/>t/:'9 Arist. 569b 26, 598b 12, 543a 5,
1528b 1. The Tpvyia^ breeds twice a year. From the Phaleric
y.wolri<; are produced p-spopdihg, from these zptyioz^, and from these
rpryiat. The zpiyiat are caught only as they swim into the Pontus,
but they are not seen coming out of it. Whenever one is caught
in the neighborhood of Byzantium the fishermen cleanse their nets
thoroughly, because it is not customary for it to swim out (i. e.
they cleanse their nets because the catching of one is so unusual a
thing as to be considered an evil omen and contaminating).

The reason for this is that they swim up the Ister (Danube) to
where it splits and then come down into the Adriatic. This is
proved by the fact that there the reverse happens ; for they are not
caught going into the Adriatic, but only swimming out.

Athen. vii, 137, rptytds'^. Aristophanes Knights, 662. Tp'.yidt<:
a hundred for an obol (3 cents).

44. Clupea alosa (L).
Apost. 32 (Alosa finta).

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

45. Clupea rufa (Lacepede).
Apost. 32 {Alosa vulgaris).

Family STOLEPHORIDJE.

46. Stolephorus encrasicholus (L). II. * Fab/x)'} (j.

Apost. 32 (Eagraulis encrasicholus), -\ yo.il'i. Tay/x)? means proud,
haughty, both in A. G. and M. G.

Family SALMONIDJE.

47. Salmo fario (L).

Apost. 33 {Trutta fario), f -i^-<><><fi..

Family SYNODONTID^.

48. Synodus saurus (L). H. I/.aiiiJ.'k (.,).

Apost. 32 (Saurus fasciatiis), (T/.o.f);i.('fi. I find nothing correspond-
ing to it in the A. G.

49. Aulopus filamentosus (Bloch).
Apost. 32.

Family PARALEPIDIDJE.

50. Paralepis coregonoides (Risso).
Apost. 32.

51. Paralepis sphyraenoides (Risso).

Apo,st. 33.

Family ANGUILLIDiE.

52. Anguilla anguilla (L). H. Mh d)-

Apost. 33 {Anguilla vulgaris), yjh, f <T»o6)j)!WTdjn (spit-nose or
awl-nose) at Missolonghi, f ylaSi-aa at Sciathus.

.Xih is i)lainly the M. G. form of the A. G. iyyi'/M^. Arist. 489b
27, 534a 20, SOSa 15, 506b 9, 507a 11, 517b 8, 538a 3 13, 696a 4
b 22, 1529a 37, 567a 20 21, 569a 6 8, 504b 30, 520a 24, 570a 3 15
24, 505a 27, 696b 22, 708a 4 7, 707b 28, 741b 1, 570a 13, 591b 30,
709b 12, 762b 23 28, 608a 5, 520a 24, 1529a 24-35, 569a 8, 538a
11, 592a 3-27. The lyxilo^ is elongated and smooth, has only two
fins, these fins towards the gills, has four single gills on each side,
has the gall on the liver, has a gullet {(rzon.ayi,^), but this gullet is
small, has but little fat about the stomach and caul, is neither male
nor female, and does not engender anything from itself, as none of

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

them has ever been found with eggs in it. What they call a differ-
ence of male and female in the ly/i/.o?, in that the so'called male
has the head larger and longer and the female small and pug-nosed,
is not a difference of sex but of species. All male fishes have -milt
(dopog) except the iy/J?.^^, but this has neither eggs nor milt. The
iyX^^'^i passes from the lakes into the sea. They are not produced
either from copulation or eggs. In some marshy lakes when the
Avater has all been drained off and the mud has been scraped out
the eels (iy/i^.s'.'^) make their appearance again w'hen the rain water
collects. They are not produced in the dry places, neither in the
permanent lakes, for they live and are nourished by the rain water.
Some persons suppose they are produced from the little worms
found in some iy/jAsc^. This is not true, but they are produced
from the so-called " entrails of the earth " (earth-worms), which
originate spontaneously in the mud and moist earth. Some (eels)
have already been seen coming out of these (earth-worms), and
others may be seen in those pulled to pieces. But in the sea and
in rivers such things are produced, especially where there is putre-
faction, in the sea weed of the sea, and about the margins of rivers
and ponds where the heat is intense.

The iy/Jhj^ requires pure water and soon suffocates in foul water.
The eel-raisers (i//j/j)Tf>6<^<i'.) keep the w'ater constantly flowing in
and out of their tanks. Those who fish for eels (iy/J/.si'^') stir up
the water. The iy/J/.E'.g which have died do not come up and float
on the surface like most fish, for they have the stomach (y.ouia)
small. (Possibly y.oO.ia, literally hollow, here means swimming
bladder.) A few of them have fat, but most of them have not. They
live five or six days out of the water, more when they are northern,
fewer when southern. If transferred in spring from the lakes to
the tanks they die, but not so in the winter. They do not endure
violent changes of temperature, dying if plunged into cold water.
Some live seven or eight years. The river Ijyilt'.^ take food,
devouring one another and plants and roots, and whatever they
find in the mud. They feed mostly at night, but duriug the day
they retire into the depths. Those which men call the females are
the better ; but they call them so by mistake, they being of different
species.

The word ty/J/Lw} is at least as old as Homer (II. 21, 203 and 353),
and is probably cognate with the Latin anguilla and English eel.

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Family CONGRIDJE.

«

53. Ophisoma balearicum (De La Roche). H. * ZaXou-apdo-i (,).

Not seen by Apostolides. If the word is genuine Greek it must
mean foam-leopard or storm-leopard, from Ca/yy (^«/«v), surging,
foam, storm, and -dpdo'i.

64. Leptocephalus conger (L). H. Muoyypi (j).

Apost. 34 {Conger vulgaris, variety Conger niger), i).ouYYpi,
t <'^!><'>TY"- ^t Missolonghi. The yi'iyyiKoi of Aristotle 489b 27, 590b
17-19, 505a 27, 505a 14, 696a 4, 708a 3, 507a 10, 506b 18, 571b 1,
571a 28, 599b 6, 707b 28, 591a 6 10 18, 610b 15-17, 598a 13.

All those fishes which are long and smooth, as the lyyjkvq and
yi'iyyiKi^, have only two fins. Some fishes have two gills on each
side, the one single and the other double, as e. g. the yoyyfxx; and
ffxdpd^. Some of the yoyyixn hav^e the gall upon the liver, others
below, separated from it. A few of the fishes have a gullet {a-oij.-
"/"O' ^^ 6- S- ^'^® yjyypo? and ty/i/.o^, and these have it small. (For
(STi)i).ayo<i = olfjowayo^ cf. 495a 18 b 19, 496a 2.) Only those fishes
which lay the crumbling spawn (jo (I'aOvfiw wov') have thin scales
(le-ide^'). For the y>'>yyfi(»} does not have such spawn, neither does
the ii.niiavMj. nor the lyyjhj^. The yoyypoi also have egg-masses (y-oi]-
imzo?), but the egg-mass is not very apparent on account of the fat.
It has a long egg-mass just as serpents have. But when placed
upon the fire it makes its nature evident, for the fat smokes and
melts but the eggs jump and crackle when squeezed out. And
besides, if a person feels and rubs them with his fingers the fat
feels smooth, but the spawn rough. Now some ytiyypoi have fat but
no spawn, while others, on the contrary, have no fat and much
spawn, as has just been described. The -/.diiafjot (Spiny lobsters?)
overpower the yoyypoi ; for on account of the roughness of the
y.dfiaGiii the yoyypoi do not slip away from them. The y''>yyi>'n^
however, devour the -oXo-ixh?, for the -oXu-ods^ cannot manage
them on account of their smoothness. Some Tro/.o-ads'^ have their
arms (^Tzhy-dya^, coils) eaten off" by the yoyy/xn. The p.njiarm, op<f6<i
and yoyypo? also hibernate (^(fioXohmv, lie quiet or torjiid). Fre-
quently the xeffrpeli and the yoyypoc live when the tail has been
taken away up to the vent. The y.^fTrptn^ is eaten ofi" by the labrax
and the yi'>yypu^ by the p.opav^a. ' The battle is to the stronger against
the weaker, for the stronger devour the weaker. Some of the fishes
change their places from the open sea to near the land and from the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

land to the opeu sea, avoiding the extremes of cold and heat. The
xpoyth'^^ (TsAdy-fj, y<\\\iQ yoyypoi^ -/(iv^ri, ^/?6i(9/)ti/(v9 and ^/'.ayxof are pelagic
{TzsAdyKii) ; but the (fdyiiu!.^ (jxaf/Tztoc^ black y'^yypoc, fj.opa'.'>ac and
■/.('//.y.uyt'i- change from one place to the other. Some of the long
and thick fishes, as the iyyilu^^ T'''TTl"''ii etc., do not have the fins on
the belly (i. e. the ventral and anal fins). They all eat one another
(except the x^crrpsu'i'), and the yoyypoc especially do so. Some have
only two fins, as the yoyy/io^^ iy/JXu'?, and a certain kind of y.zffT/>-ui.
Latin Conger cf Plin. K A. 9, 72, 9, 57, 9, 87, 9, 185. Also
ganger, 32, 147.

Family ECHELIDJE.

55. Echelus myrus (L).

Apost. 34 (^Myi'us vulgaris).

Family OPHISURIDJE.

56. OpMsurus serpens (L).

Apost. 34 (Ophisurus serpens), f ciSc r/)^ {k/.).d(7(jr,'i^ serpent of the
sea. Arist. {^a)ATTun o>c:9, 505b 8 10, 621a 2.

The sea serpents {daXdrrun o<peii) are in other respects similar
in form to the land serpents, but they have the head more conger-
shaped ; there are many kinds of the sea serpents, and they have
every sort of color. They are not found in very deep places.

In the second reference Aristotle seems partly to contradict the
above, saying, the sea serpent's color and body are similar to those of
the yoyypoq except that it is of a duller color and more violent in its
movements. If it is caught and let go it quickly goes down into
the sand, boring through it with its beak. It has a sharper mouth
than the serpents.

Family MURJENID^.

57. Muraena helena (L). H. IpApva (J.

Apost. 34 (^Miirmia helena), apip^a and f (jphpz-Mj.. A. G. both
apJjpavMx and phpavML. Arist. 707b 29 31, 489b 28, 540b 1, 517b 8,
540b 34, 696a 6, 1530a 9, 591a 12, 598a 14, 543a 25 29, 504b 34,
505a 15, 696a 6, 506b 16, 599b 6, 540b 1, 543a 20 23 24 28,1530a
10, 1530a 8, 610b 17. Athen. vii, 90.

IpJjpavm is identical with the form apbpsva given by Apost.,
as both spellings would be pronounced exactly the same in M.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

G. Ip-ip'Mx, the usual M. G. form and the only one which I heard,
is plainly a corruption of the same word.

According to Aristotle the p.u(iav>a is a long fish, does not have a
crumbling egg-mass, has no scales, eats flesh only, is alternately
pelagic and littoral, lies torpid for a season, is stronger than the
yoyYpoq and eats off the tail of the Y''>y'C [>'>■?-, has no fins, and uses the
sea as serpents do the land ; {%. e. moves through the sea iu the same
way as serpents move over the ground); its gills are not articulated
like those of other fish; it has four single gills on each side, has the gall
bladder on the entrails and is long like a snake ; they copulate by twin-
ing around one another and bringing belly to belly like snakes, spawn
at any and every season, lay many eggs, and the young grow rap-
idly. "The (T;j.op(i>^ and the (Tij.nf>a'./a diflfer, for the (r/wpar^a is varie-
gated and weaker, but the (riwpo'i is of uniform color and strong,
and it is colored like the pine tree and has teeth both within and
without. People say, just as they say other things, that the one is
male the other female. These come out on the dry land and are
caught there frequently.

According to Athenaeus, Theophrastus says the iy/jAU'^ and
p.bpavja can live a long time out of water, because they have small
gills. Dorio says the river phpatva has, like the 6'A<t/.u<;, only one
spine. Some people claimed that the p.npaiva came out on land and
held intercourse Avith snakes, from which Avere engendered ven-
omous popatvat.

Atheu. vii, 91, p.opo'?. There are two kinds, one black and the
other reddish, but the black ones are best. Lat. Mancna.

In ancient writings the p.hpuMa^ yoyxpoii and iyyiXwi are regularly
mentioned together showing that there was some considerable
resemblance to one another, and that they were regarded as all
belonging to the same general class. In connection with the cur-
rent report noted by Aristotle to the effect that of pope <} and pupatva
one was male the other female, it is interesting to note that the same
belief is current among the fishermen of Greece of the present day.
I was told in the market at Athens that Muroena Helena was the
female and Gymnothorax unicolor was the male of the same species,
both called frpipva.

58. Gymnothorax unicolor (De La Roche). H. IpJpva (^).

Not noticed by Apostolides. Said by the Greek fishermen to
be the male, while Murcena Helena is considered the female (rpifiva.
For ancient references to the ap.op<wm or pupaiva see Murcuna
Helena.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

Family ESOCIDJE.
69. Esox belone (L). 11. Zafiyd'Mi (J.

Apost. 32 {Belone ams.), ^ tisXovida, Zapycha. Aristotle makes
frequent mention of a fish called iishhrj. Bskovida would be a
natural M. G. equivalent for this. See Arist. 610b 6, 506b 9,
543b 11, 571a 2&, 567b 18, 755a 33, 616a 32.

BsX6>7j = needle. Cont. Lex. gives also j^eXo'^cth and iSsX/ryt as
names for the needle-fish.

From Aristotle I glean the following statements with regard to
the /3c/(>>55 :

It is a long fish (i, e. not flat) and has the gall bladder on the
liver. It spawns in winter. When it is time for it to spawn it
bursts open and so the eggs come out ; for this fish has a sort of
division (partition) under the belly and intestine (//rpov') just as
the snakes called zoif/.vMu have. After it spawns these parts grow
together again. Its eggs are spread around it just as in the case of
the spiders, for the female [ithh^i lays them attached to herself, and
if any one touches them they scatter. The ^shhai run in shoals. The
halcyon seems to make its nest chiefly from the bones of the [i^lu-^T].

See Athen, vii. Ill, where fiz.)M./yj ^^^ fmifi^. Vide under -/.a-po-
Xidpa, ffaxxopniwa, Syngnathus acus.

Zairyfha. Cont. Lex. '^apyd'^ri and aapywja., needle-fish. lapydyTi
in A. G. means a braid, a basket. Arist. 610b 6, has (TupyrMi^ men-
tioned among fish found in schools. This may easily be a mistake
for (jo.pSvM)<s. Ia.pyvM)i; occurs also in Athen; vii, 313 and 321. The
name seems to be a derivative of <rapy6^. Cf. also Athen. viii, 52,.
^aei^ or {izh'r/r^^ called also d6k£wy^<;.

Family EXOCCETIDJE.

60. Scombresox rondeletii (Cuv. & Yal).
Apost. 32.

61. Exocoetus volitans (L).

Almost. 32 (Exoccehis volitans), /jhdovoc/mpoQ^')^ swallow-fish. The
specimen sold me under the name yehSwoil'apoQ^') was Dadylop-
terus volitans, Apost. 15, also given as /sh8o'/u(/'apo by Apostolides.

Family SYNGNATHIDJE.

62. Hippocampus hippocampus (L).i H. 'A/jrydxi (j).

Apost. 11 (Hippocampus brevirostris), dJ.oydx:, little horse. This
would seem to be the fish called l--(')xa;j.-o<} by the ancients. Aris-

^Apostolides records also Hippoca/npus guUulaius Cuvier — probably an error
in identification, as the American species is unknown in the Mediterranean.

17

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

totle does not mention the l--u-/.ai).-i><i. The word was used by the poets
as the name of a sea monster, half horse and half fish, on which the
sea gods rode. As the name of a fish it seems to occur only in late
writings. Its stomach was regarded as a poison of peculiar power
and also as possessing medicinal and magic powers. See Menand.
Incert. 211, Strabo 384, Philostratus 774, Dioscorides 2 3, Aelian
K A. 14, 20, Plin. N. H. 32, 58 67 83 93 109 113 139 149, 30, 26.
The references in Pliny refer chiefly to the use of the Hippocampus
and its ashes as a medicine. In none of the references which I
have examined in either Greek or Latin is there anything given,
so far as I can see, which helps to identify the animal. The only
reason, so far as I know, for identifying it with the sea horse is the
mythological use of the term and the fact that the first part of the
name is undoubtedly Z--"?, horse. To y.dij-oq occurs as the name of
a sea monster in Lycophron 414. Kajj-ri = caterpillar. kdii.-zM
v' z«/j'-~ = to bend. These words may all be connected in origin
and meaning.

"h-o-zAiJ-iov, Epicharmus 16, Ahr,

63. Siphonostoma acus (L). H. /lar/xv.w/m (j).

Apost. 11 {Syngnathus acus), xa-uup^uda, j <Tu:/./.upd(pa (sack-
needle).

"Pafii (Gen. pa^{dog), needle, occurs as the name of a fish in
Athen. vii. 111. In a quotation from Epicharmus occurs the
expression o'^vpuyyoi pawuh^, sharp-billed pacpuhi;. Dorio says " the
/3eAo^)j which they call pa<pi<s" needle. Arist. in the fifth book of
Parts of Animals calls it fie/j'r^rj, but in his work on animals or
fishes, having called it po.(pi^, he says that it is toothless. Speusip-
pus calls it flslu'^Tj. Cf. Peh)vi8a.

64. Typhle typhle (L). H. Ko.zpoUbpa (J.
Apost. 11 {Siphono stoma argentatum').

65. Syngnathus aequoreus (L).

Apost. 11 (Entelurus anguineiis) may be some other species
instead of S. cequoreus.

Family MUGILIDiE.

66. Mugil cephalus (L), H. KifaAog (J.

Apost. 27 {Mugil cephalus), xi<paX()<i, fyoouh at Chalcis ; at
Missoloughi the males are called f (jretpddca, the females j pTtd^sg,

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

Ki(raAo>i is common in Arist. See 543b 15, 567a 19, 570b 15, 591a
13-30, 602a 4,1529b 17. The >ccV«^^"i^ according to Aristotle, is
one kind of xsfTTpso^. It begins to be pregnant in November or
December and is pregnant thirty days ; it has scales and is ovipar-
ous, feeds on mud or slime ; like all the xsffrpsl^ it is not car-
nivorous ; these (the xe^rr/^e??) are the only fishes which are not
carnivorous, and have never been caught with any flesh in their
stomachs. The fishermen never use flesh bait for them, but use
barley-cake. The zcffr/ycif all feed on sea-weed and sand. The
z^^aAo?, which some call /sAwi/, is a littoral fish. The -/.icpaXot feed
on mud, and for this reason they are heavy and slimy. The winter
is beneficial to most fishes, but not so to the zso-r/jeu? and 7.i(paXo<i.
The z^f a/o? especially suflfers from the rain and cold in winter.
Their eyes become white and the fishes become blind and light in
weight, and finally die. In the shallows at Nauplia and elsewhere
many have been caught blind when there came severely cold
weather. The eyes of many were white. Athen. vii, 77-79 under
the heading -/.taTpzo^ has many references to the -/.ifahi^, which is
regarded as one kind of xscrrpsu^. He says that Dorio in his work
on fishes describes the marine division of the x£(TTp£i^ but does not
consider the viYer xsa-psn^. He makes the kinds of marine xearpso^
to be xicuXog and vr^TTig.

Hesychius, under the word xi<puAt)t, says some of the xsffTpel'^ are
so called.

There is some confusion in regard to the relation of the xi<paXf)c
and x£(7rpsl?, but in general the xiipakoi are sjwken of as a subdi-
vision of the xz(7Tpe'><;. In some places, however, they seem to be
distinguished from one another. A'eazpso? seems to have been used
in a double sense, at times in a broad sense including the xicpaXoc,
and again in a more restricted sense.

67. Mugil capito (L). H. A'icpaXo? Q.

A.post. 27 (3fugil ccqnto), -f /.u/idds^ at Chalcis, j iSeXdvtfrsg at
Aitolico. For ancient use of xicpaAo? y. sub. Mugil cephahcs. A
fish seems to have been called Xaya>?, the hare, in ancient times,
but I can fiind nothing definite about it. Lepus marinus, the sea
hare, is very common in Pliny, where it is represented as exceed-
ingly venomous. Vide Plin. 9, 155, 32, 9. The name most like
ftsXavifTe? are i^sAo'^rj and fikiv\io<s. Of the latter Athen. vii, 29, says
it resembles the xo>i1'.6<; in appearance.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

68. Mugil saliens (Risso).

Apost. 27 {Mugil saliens), f iJ-ocv^dpi, at Missolonglii and Chalcis.
•j" KsfaXdds? at Volo. For xe^aXdde? compare /.i^a/ji'^. "j" Mu^vApt
would be natural M. G. form of p.o:or^. found in A. G. writings.
Arist. 570b 2, 543b 15. Written also ffpuztov. The name is from
fj.'j^u, mucus, slime ; usually the mucous discharge from the nose.
According to Arist. the ;/£/wv, (xd/iyo?, ((r)/y.6ra»v and y.icpahx; are
different kinds of ■/.sfTrpeu'S. Athen. vii, 77, under x£<rrp£i')<^, has as
one kind /xocrvo?. This is an inferior kind of xsa-rpeu?, the yJ^aXo?
being best.

69. Mugil labeo (Cuvier).

Apost. 27 (3Iugil labeo), fydryrpo^. -f llXarapida at Chalcis. Fdu-
rpo? is obviously from ya/jzrjp, belly, and may mean big-bellied fish.,

70. Mugil chelo (Cuvier).

Apost. 27 (3f'agll chelo), -f/jAco^ca. Arist. 543b 15, 570b 2,
1529b 17 19, 591a"23.

Of the xsffTpei?, says Aristotle, the /£/«Jv£9, the adpyoi;^ the one
called <TiJ.'):ojv and the xi(f(j.h><; begin to be pregnant in December.
The xl<paAu'i, which some call yeXwv^ is littoral, but the -spaia? is
not.

See also Athen. vii, 77.

71. Mugil curtus (Yan-ell).

Apost, 27 (Mugil curtus), called at Missolonghi -f paopdxc, black,
when small, and -f Xsuxuvog, white, when full grown. This is a
doubtful species, unknown to us.

It seems evident that Mugil is the xsffrpao? of Aristotle and other
A. G. writers, and that the xi^a?ui?j pbSiov and yskwv are species
under this.

Family ATHEBINIDJE.

72. Atherina hepsetus (L).

Apost. 27 (Atherina hepsetus), oMpvm. Arist. mentions the
af^tpbri 570b 15 and 571a 6 ; also MepvMi^, 610b 6. He says it lays
its eggs near the land, rubbing its belly on the sand. The dJizpv^oi
are gregarious, i. e. they go in shoals.

73. Atherina boyeri (Risso). H. '^»?£/>£Va Q.
Apost, 28 {Atherina boyeri).

1892,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

74. Atherina mochon (Cuvier A Yal). H. \ii>£piya (j).
Not noticed by Apostolides.

Family SPHYRJENIDJE.

75. Sphyraena sphyraena (L). H. .1"~)7:^«^- (J.

Apost. 28 {Sphyrcena spet), /.onr^^o^ and f f^f'JponvoL, the fffjpacva
of Aristotle, 610b 5. Tlie (rcpupacva is gregarious.

Athen. vii, 122. The Attic Greeks call the ij<f'\na'.va y'.i/7Tpa.
Speiisippus says that the -/.ifizpa (or <r<fupa'.-Mi) [izhhri and ftaupiq are
similar.

Family XIPHIIDJE.

76. Xiphias gladfus (L.)

Apost. 21 (Xiphias gladius), f r;cr;oi\ Hesychius gives |:g'£w«' as
equal to ^'.(fia<;. The name is derived from |tV?) sword, and means
sword-fish. For cKsia^ see Aristotle 1530a 17-21, 505b 18, 506b
16, 602a 26 30.

Arist. says of the :'.(f''aq : It has eight double gills on each side,
and has the gall on the entrails ; in the dog-days it has beside its
fins a sort of little worm called (narpn<i, like a scorpion, as large as
a spider. These cause them such pain that at times the ctf :«? leaps
out of the water like the dolphin, and at times they even fall into
boats.

Athen. vii, 96, says that Aristotle says : " The ^'.(fia'? has the under
part of its beak short but the upper part bony and large, equal to
its whole size. This is called the sword (ItVO* but the fish has no
teeth."

Family ECHINEIDIDJG.

77. Echeneis naucrates (L).
Apost. 22.

78. Remora remora (L).

Apost. 22 {Echeneis remora).

Family OORYPHJENIDJE.

79. Coryphaena hippurus (L.)

Apost. 21 (Coryphcena hippurus'), J ).ap.-ouya, ^ p.a'jah.a.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Family TRICHIURIDJE.

80. Trichiurus lepturus (L).

Apost. 22 {Trichiurus lepturus), '\ (j-aHin^uiiiu^ blade-fish.

81. Lepidopus caudatus (Euphrasen).

Apost. 22 (Lepidopus argenteus), f T/J"? at Patras and f J?.'.axax at
Corfu.

Family SCOMBRIDJE.

82. Scomber scombrus (L).

Apost. 19 {Scomber scomber), tjy.nuiJ.Cp''.

83. Scomber colias (Gmelin). H. IyMij>if,pi{^^ axopfipi (J, * Zfrr^po^- (j).

Apost. 19 {Scomber colias), y.o'Ato^.

The specimen which I bought as /.o'a'j'x; got lost, so that although
1 secured the name I can not be sure of the species to which it was
attached.

Arist, (jy.upfjpo^, 610b 7, 597a 22, 571a 14, 571a 12, 599a 2. The
Gx6iJ.6poi copulate about April and spawn about July or iiugust.
The weaker animals always migrate first at each extreme of heat or
cold, the ay.6pf)poi before the Ou'^xa, and the quails before the cranes.
Frequently when the south wind blows against the y.oXia'. and ayiip.-
6poi as they are swimming out of the Black Sea, they are caught
below more than about Byzantium. koUai^ ay.upMpoi and -r^katiudzq
run in schools. Athen. vii, 116. Hicesius says the ay.op.^pot are
less in size than the yjikiai, but more nutritious. Arist. y.aMu.'i, 610b
7, 543a 2, 598a 24. The most of the xoXiai do not migrate into the
Pontus but pass the summer in the Propontis and spawn, while
they pass the winter in the Aegsean. The xoUat are caught when
they are passing into the Propontis, and in smaller numbers as they
pass out. They are best in the Propontis before they spawn. The
axopftpoi and y-oliai (are gregarious) go in schools.

Athen. iii, 92. The adp^a. is like the yM/Jji.<; in size.

84. Gymnosarda alliterata (Rafinesque).

Apost. 19 {Thynnus tliynnina), -f zo-^iva at Chalcis.

The tunny {(Jnwo?, fem. Ouv^a and Oowt'?), is probably mentioned
oftener than any other fish in A. G. writers. Arist., Ow'^o^, 488a 6,
505a 27, 591a 11, 537a 21 23, 543a 12, 571a 12 8, 607b 32, 607b
28, 599b 9 sq., 602a 31, 543a 1 b 3, 571a 15 14, 598b 19, 597a 22,
557a 27, 598a 18, 602a 26, 1531a 30, 844a 29. Oo^^t^, 591b 17,
610b 4, 1528b 6, 543a 9, 543b 12, 598a 26, 571a 10 15 18.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

I glean the following points concerning the tunnies from Aris-
totle : The Oirr^in are migratory and run in schools, are smooth,
purely carnivorous, and have the net thrown around them some-
times while asleep ; the female has a fin called dipo.jitu'i under the
belly, but the male does not have it ; they are at times burst by
their fat. They live tw^o years. The fishermen think this is proved
by the fact that when the 0wA8e<i failed one year the Onwot also
failed the next year. They seem to be a year older than the -r,Xa-
[j.bdei. The Of'r/'MH and (t/mij/iixh copulate about the first of April
and spawn about the last of June or first of July. They lay their
eggs in a sort of sack. The growth of the Ow'Ade'i is rapid,
AVhen they spawn in the Pontus (Black Sea) there come from the
eggs what some call (y/.n (>(>'') An.'., but the Byzantiaus u.n'^ioz:'? (growers),
because they grow (jj-b'^dyo)) in a few days. They go forth (out of
the Pontus) in autumn with the Ow^-^ide^, but return in the spring,
being already -rj/.a/j.ud£<;.

An old OuwM)f has been caught whose weight was fifteen talents
(1350 lbs.), and whose length was five cubits and a span (about 8
ft.). The old ones are not good even for salt fish. The (h'j>-^(i[ lie
torpid in the depths of the sea in winter, and are plumpest after
this hibernation. They begin to be caught about the beginning of
summer (the rising of the Pleiades), and are caught last at the set-
ting of Arcturus (winter solstice? ). The Ouwoi, most of all fishes,
take pleasure in warmth and come to the sand near the land for the
sake of the warmth, because they warm themselves and swim on
the surface. They spawn in the Pontus (Black Sea) and nowhere
else, and but once a year. The Ouwo^ is good to eat again after
Arcturus (probably the rising of Arct., about Sept. 15), for during
this season it ceases to be afflicted with the olfrroo^^^ because of which
pest it is inferior during the summer. The Ob'^'^m and cc<ftm are
infested by the <n(7Tpu^ about the dog-days. At that time they both
have by their fins a sort of little worm called olfrz/io'^, like a scor-
pion and as large as a spider («,"«/'-"/ v"). These cause them such
pain that the ?:v^c«? leaps out of the water at times no less than the
dolphin. The Oowids'i and -rjla/jMs'? enter the Pontus in spring and
pass the summer there both for food and spawning. They come out
straightway after the Pleiad (probably the setting of the Pleiades,
about Nov. 10). If the wind is a southern one they swim out more
slowly, but if northern more quickly, because the wind is then
for wafting them on. They swim into the Pontus, keeping close to

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

favorable the land on their right, but they swim out of it keeping close
to the land on the lejV The rry.o/j.dfx,'. are weaker than the fh'woL
and migrate earlier. The ^y^-i^viV spawns in summer about the
month Hecatombpeon near the vernal equinox. It lays a sort of
sack filled with many small eggs.

The above are, so far as I can make out, the main points which
Aristotle reports concerning the Ouwoc and OovvctJs?. Whether they
are the same, the latter merely referring to the females, is not alto-
gether clear. It will be noted that some of the above statements
are obscure and others contradictory, at least apparently so.

85. Albacora thynnus (L).

Apost. 19 (Thynnus thynnus), pMidrr/.d. -f Fotpoi} at Leucas,
f ;'/«y-.V.s- at Zante. .I/«iV/.r!xo means May (-fish). I saw this fish
in the market at Athens and heard this name, but the fish was too
large to take a specimen of it, the specimens which I saw being, if
my memory serves me right, some five or six feet long.

86. Gymnosarda pelamys (L).

Apost. 19 {Thynnus brachypterus) , f ofr/.wo^f and -f -/.o-wxi^ in the
Gulf of Volo. Ao-i/ya^ = a knocker, pounder, pestle. Aristotle
has o7>z/r>£9 (o/'z'J?), 543b 5. He says they spawn in the open sea.

Athen. vii, 98, has vpxo'M)'? as name of a fish. " Dorio, in his work
on fishes, says that the opxov„t crossing over from the sea about the
Pillars of Hercules come into our waters, wherefore most are caught
in the Spanish and Tyrrhenian Seas (the sea west of Italy was
called Tyrrhenian). From there they scatter throughout the rest
of the (Mediterranean) sea. Hicesius says that those caught at
Gadeira (Gades, Spain) are fattest, and next to these, those caught
in Sicily; but those which are far from the Pillars of Hercules are
poor, because they have swum for a greater distance." Aelian, Nat.
An. i, 40, speaks of the o/r/jr^n^ as a monstrous (xr/TOJorj^^) fish very
skilful in getting the hook out of its mouth when caught. Accord-
ing to Sostratus, Athen. vii, 66, the o/>xmi/o9 is simply a Ow'^o^ grown
very large. So also Archestratus, Athen. vii, 63.

87. Sarda sarda (L). II. llaAa/j.noa (^).

Apost. 19 (Pelamys sarda), -aXa/jj'xJa. Aristotle has the name
TnjAa/zu?,— uo^>s^ 488a 6, 610b 6, 543a 1, 543b 2, 598a 26, 571a 19,

'■'Probably meaning on what is their left as they go in ; for he proceeds to say
that some persons assigned as the reason for this that they have keener vision in
the right eye ihan the left, implying that they always keep the right eye towards
the land.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

571a 11. The -rj^a/wSs^ are migratory and run in schools. The
Tzr^Xa/iudsg, OuvyiSc^ and a;j.{a'. run into the Pontus (Black Sea) in
the spring and pass the summer there, spawning about the mouths
of streams. The young of the (hr^'^Oh^ are of rapid growth. In
the autumn they go out of the Pontus with the ^'jwiVk? and are
then called <TX(>p(hj/Mc (or ayc;V?£9). The next spring they return,
being already grown to be -rj?M,'j.i)Se^.

The general belief of the fishermen from whom Aristotle derived
his information seems to have been that the -7j/«,af';«ci- were simply
half-grown tunnies. The first year they were TxapdOXac, the second
year -rjXap.uds'^ and the third year Ouwtds^ or Onwoi. Athen. vii,
66, reports that Sostratus says the -ry/a,a'X- is called Omvi^, and
when it gets larger Oowo^, and still larger opy.u'M)^. Cf. Strabo 549,
xopdo'/.Ti^ Ob'r^r^, -■f^Xa.p.ix;. Pliny, 9, 47.

Family CARANGIDJE.

88. Trachurus trachurus (L). H. * Kovjil'. (J.

Apost. 19 (Trachurtis trachurus'), (raupiot. ho/.dh in M. G. means
hone or little hone. Arist. (528a 9, 761a 21) uses /.ir/yuui'^ as name
of the snail. For ao-vpio'. see under Trachurus mediterraneus.

89. Trachurus mediterraneus (Stemdachus). H. Io.opio'. Q,^ (To.ji.-ir^to'i (^^.
Not distinguished by Apostolides. r«u/jo9 = lizard, is used as

name of a fish by Aristotle 610b 5. It is gregarious. In Athen.
vii, 120, the name is given as that of a fish, and it is substan-
tiated by several quotations, but nothing is given which would help
to identify the fish. Athen. vii, 122, says Speusippus represents the

-/.i(jTpa, Ihkw-q and (Taopii (aCC. (laopioa?) as similar. laopiSi is a

regular M. G. form of (jabpo'i.

90. Decapterus suareus (Risso). H. '^ ho/jiX'. (^^.

Apost. 20 (Caranx suareus), aaupio'. y.wriyo'i, hunter aaopH^i.

91. Naucrates ductor (L).

Apost. 20' (Naucrates ductor), f -/.ou/Myi>L>!:iK:.

92. LicMa glauca (L). H, Atzffa Q.
Apost. 20 (Lichia glaucus), /.iraa.

93. LicMa amia (L).

Apost. 20 (Lichia amia), f r^-'f'f'y t yi'Jf'h"-, t r"!'-^'H>^, t ^-oofapi.
r6p.(po<i (a bolt, pin or spike) and its diminutive yop.edpuiv were

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ancient names for a fish. They are found in Tzetzes and Oppian or
their scholia. See L. & S. under the words. Compare ^-yofapi,
Pomatomus saltatrix.

94. Lichia vadigo (Risso).
Apost. 20.

Family POMATOMID^.

95. Pomatomus saltatrix (L). U. ^^FoydfuQ.

The common Blue-fish of America ; not noticed by Apostolides.
This name is probably the same as youcfdfn reported by Apost. 20
as common name for Lichia amia, where see. The man who sold
me the specimen probably did not distinguish it from Lichia amia.

The names are no doubt shortened from YoiJ-fpaptov, a diminutive
of yoij.fd'?. This is proved by the existence of yoixcpapt as a paral-
lel form (see Lichia amia). Both y6ij.(fii<i and yoiifpapw^ occur in
Tzetzes and Oppian (or their scholia) as the name of a fish.

L. & S. give yoiupdpurj =■ -/.s(jTpsv(s and refer to Tzetzes ad Lyco-
phronem 664, and Schol. Oppii^n H. 1, 112, 3, 339, and a gloss,
y6p.(po<i iyj}u<i. Tup.fpoq means a bolt, pin or spike.

Both yniLfpoq and its diminutive yoii.ipapurj were clearly used as
names of a fish or fishes ; but the authority of Tzetzes, a Byzan-
tine Greek of the Twelfth Century, A. D., or of a late scholiast on
Oppian is not sufficient to prove that it meant -AznTpzo^.

Family ZENIDJE.

96. Zeus faber (L). H. lap-yipo (,).

Apost. 21 {Zeus faber), (7a\'-iip<>Q,(T(w^r,iiprj<;, ■\ yjn(JTi'nl'o.po (Christ-
fish). The first three forms of the common Greek name seem to
be corruptions of the French or Italian for Saint Peter.

97. Zeus pungio (Cuv. k Val).
Apost. 21.

98. Capros aper (L).
Apost. 21.

Family STROMATEIDJE.

99. Stromateus fiatola (L).
Apost. 21.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

Family CEPOLID^.

100. Cepola taenia (L). II. */:/>«<77a//;wa (J.
Apost. 22 (Cepola rubescens), '\ rfriizuuXa.

The name Cepola tcenia has priority over C. rubescens. J.

Family TRACHYPTERID^.

101. Trachypterus spinolse (Cuv. &YaI).
Apost. 23.

102. Trachypterus trachypterus (L).
Apost. 23 {Trachypterics falx).

Family SERRANIDJE.

103. Dicentrarchus labrax (L). H. Aaof>d/.c (^).

Apost. 17 {Labrax lupus), la6f)dxt (for all species of this genus).

Aristotle XdCpa^ 489b 26, 534a 9, 537a 27, 543a 1 b 11, 567a 19,
570b 20, 591a 11 b 18, 601b 29-31, 607b 26, 610b 10, 1530a 1-4.

The IdCpa^ has scales and is oviparous, as all fishes with scales
are, is carnivorous, has two fins on its back and two on its belly,
has an especially acute sense of hearing, is often speared in day-
time while sleejiiug, spawns twice a year, once in summer and once
in winter, spawns chiefly " where rivers flow," has a stone in its
head, and in consequence of this is especially apt to suflTer in winter,
being frozen to death and cast ashore. They are not good for food
when pregnant. The labrax and cestreus, although most hostile
to one another, flock together at certain seasons. For frequently
not only those of the same species flock together but also those
Avhose food is the same or similar, if it is plenty. Athenaeus, vii,
86. The labrax has a tongue that is bony and grown fast, and a
triangular heart. It is the most intelligent of fishes, being quick to
see a means of escape. Its name is derived from /.dfjin)^, violent,
greedy.

104. Dicentrarchus punctatus Bloch.

Apost. 17 {Labrax piinctahis and L. lupaster).

105. Serranus scriba (L). H. TUp/.a (J.
Apost. 17 {Serranus scriba), ~ip/.at.

Aristotle -c>-/j, 505a 16, 508b 17, 568a 20 22, 599b 8, 1528a 12.
According to Aristotle the -ip-zr^ has four gills on a side, double
except the last, just as is true also in case of the y-iyj-q, yXd'^i^ and

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

xuTz/n'^o^. It has many pyloric appendages, spawns in the stagnant
parts of rivers and lakes, among the reeds ; the eggs cling together
in a large bunch and the fishermen gather them by unwinding them
from tlie reeds.

The yJ.yha, yM—oifut and -iir/.at are given as -sTpaioi, or rock-
fishes, and are said to hibernate and nest in pairs.

Athen. iv, 13. "Flowery-colored Tzipxrj" Vii, 110. Speusip-
pus says that the -ifi/.r^, y/vrja and (fuy.i'i are similar. Epicharmus
calls them " gleaming." There was a proverb " The -ifr/.r^ follows
the lu'/jhiinim^" Aristotle says that the (fuxi'i is thorn-crowned and
variegated in color, but the -ifr/.ri belongs to those which are
adorned with lines and have bands on their sides.

106. Serranus cabrilla (L.) H. -Vr/.>/*9 (,J.

Aj^o&t. 11 {Serranus cahrilla), y/vMi^. C?. ydwo. and ya-'-^r^. Aris-
totle 598a 13, 591a 10 b 6, 1528a 15, 538a 19 21, 567a 27, 755b 21,
760a 9. Most of the fishes are male and female, but concerning
the ifto^'ijK-M)^ and y/iyvri there is a doubt, for all of these which are
caught have eggs in them. The y/vrMu are purely carnivorous ;
they often throw out their stomachs {y.oiXiai) when pursuing the
smaller fishes, because the stomachs of ,fishes are near to their
mouths and they have no gullet {nTotj.ayo'i). The ydwfi is pelagic.
Athen. vii, 134. Epicharmus in the Marriage of Hebe says :
" Wide-gaping ydwru and monstrous-bellied o-^m.'" Aristotle calls
it (the yiy-'ri'), variegated with black and red (or salmon) and
adorned with lines, because it is adorned with dark lines.

The names ydyo^ and ydwq mean the gaper, v//«v, to gape.

107. Paracentropristis hepatus (L), 11. ^ hail'ofiohla (j).
Apost. 17 {Serranus hepatus), -ipy.a.

108. Mycteroperca rubra (Bloch). H. '^ Mor;y.ay-d.T.()^() {^.
Not noticed by Apostolides.

109. Epinephelus gigas (BrUnnich.) 11. 'P(><f('>^ (,).

Apost. 18 (Epinephelus gigas), fxxfoi and f ofupM^. Aristotle
591a 11,598a 10,599b 6,543b 1,1530b 27. Aristotle has the
forms of,(r,',^ and oiicw^. According to him this fish is of very rapid
growth, is littoral, lies torpid for a season (in winter), and is purely
carnivorous.

Aristophanes, Wasps, 493, speaks of the oixpoi as found in the
markets of Athens.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

Athen. vii, 97, (jp<f(0'? and o[>(fij<i. It is sharp-toothed and soli-
tary. It is a peculiarity of it that the seminal ducts are not found
in it and that it can live a long time after it is cut up. It is one of
those which lie torpid during the stormiest days, aud is more fond
of being near land than out in the open sea. Numenius calls it the
very rough of/oo^}. Cf. also Athen. viii, 51.

Aelian Nat. An. v, 18, says: The ofxpu)^ is a sea fish, and if you
should catch one and cut it up you Avould not see it dead immediately,
but it still partakes of motion, and for no little time. They like to
stay in holes throughout the winter. Cf. also Ael. Nat. An. xii^ 1.

110. Epinephelus chrysotaenia (Doderlein). H. -rrjfta (^^

Not seen by Apostolides. Cf. Apost. 17, Polyprlon cernium.

111. Polyprion cernium (Cuvier).

Apost. 17, (TTTJfia.

112. Anthias anthias (L).
Apost. 18 (Anthias sacer).

Family APOGONIDJE.

113. Apogon imberbis (L). H. haXDypirira (^^.

Apostolides 18 (^Apogon imberbis). Cf. Apostolides 27, Chromis
castanea.

Family SPARIDJE.

114. Diplodus vulgaris (GeoflFrey St. Hilaire). H. -o.f)yu<; (J, * ff/.apoydi'-
dapo, (j), * dS/.'.d^ (j), (T-dp()<i (J.

Apost. 23 (Sargus vulgaris), (rapyo^, ■\ yapa7.i8a. Aristotle (y<'i.pYu<i
(or V. 1. aapyoq), 543b 14 15 16, 570a 32 b 1 3, 543a 7 b 8, 591b 19
21, 1528a 24.

The ffdpyoi spawns twice a year, in spring and in autumn ; it is
pregnant about thirty days in the month of December, The (jdp-
yu<i, ys/.cuv, -/J<pa/.o? and ffpo^tuv (or fjL'j^co-^) are different kinds of xs^-
rpslg, i. e. sub -classes of the ■/.t(jTpsu<;. The adpyn^ feeds after the
-piyXri. The <ra^;'Ivy£ (sargus-like fishes?) run in schools. Athen.
vii, 93, says that Aristotle says the spotted-tailed fishes are iJ.e?Mvoopu<;
and <Tdpy<)<;, and they are much lined and dark-lined. Num. in Hal.
says : " To land, a napyo^, most ' line-jerking ' of fishes." Lat. sargus.
Plin. 9, 65 and 162. Ov. Hal. 105. -/.dpo? and a-dpu^ are also

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

found in Aristotle. Vide sub S. rondeletti and S. vettda, Aposto-
lides 23.

I/.aitoyaidapo is compounded of T/.dpo'i and M. G. ydidapu, donkey,
and meeins scarus-don key.

115. Diplodus sargus (Gmelin).

Apost. 23 (Sargiis rondeletti), cr-dpog.

The specimen sold me as (x-dpo? was Diplodus vulgaris. I am
inclined to think that the names (rapyo^, fj/.dpoi^ and a-dpog are used
indiscriminately for any and all species of Diplodus.

Aristotle, 508b 17, has (T-dpo<}, but a vario lectio is a/.dpo^;. He
says the (T-dpog (or (Txdpo? if we follow the other reading) has many
pyloric appendages. Athen. vii, 114, mentions the a-dpo's and cites
several passages from ancient writers in which the (T-dpog is named.
One is from Epicharmus, in which (r-dpoq can not be a mistake for
(i/.dpog, as both names occur connected by and, viz., " We fished for
a-dpui and (jy.dpii'.r Cf. also Athen. vii, 52.

116. Diplodus vetula (Cuv. & Val.).

Apost. 23 (Sargus vetula), f (r/.dpo^ cf. (Ty-apoyaioapo, D. vulgaris.

I/.dpog is common in ancient writers. Arist. 1531a 28, 621b 16,
1531a 10-17, 505a 28, 662a 7, 505a 14, 508b 11, 591a 14, 508b 12
17, 591b 22, 675a 3, 1528a 32, 621b 15.

According to Aristotle the (7/.dp<i<i has two gills on each side, one
single and the other double, has its stomach shaped exactly like
an intestine, seems to ruminate just as the quadrupeds do, is a bony
fish, is the only fish whose teeth are not sharp and pointed, and is
consequently with good reason held to be the only one that rumi-
nates.

Athen. vii, 113, under n/.dpn<;, quotes Aristotle as saying that it is
(not) sharp-toothed, and solitary and carnivorous; it has a small
mouth and tongue, not grown fast much, etc. A passage plainly
corrupt. To make any sense out of it at all we must assume that
the negative near the beginning of the quotation has dropped out,
and replace it. Otherwise it contradicts what Aristotle has repeat-
edly said elsewhere, and even contradicts the latter part of the
passage itself, where it is said that the a/.dpoq is fond of seaweed
and is baited with this.

The statement that the <T/.dpog chews its cud is made repeatedly in
Aristotle and other ancient writers.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 263

Nicander of Tlayatira says there are two kinds of <Ty.di>i>'., one of
which is called o'^ia^, donkey-colored, the other aloXo?, brilliant.

This suggests a/.apoyaidapo, ' scarus-donkey,' a name given to one
of my specimens of Diplodus vulgaris. Moreover the names secured
by me under D. vulgaris indicate that at the present time the names
(Txdpog, (T-dpo^ and (Tdpyoq are all used more or less indiscriminately
for all the species of Diplodus.

Scams is frequent in Latin writers. Plin. 9, 62. Ov. Hal. 9,
119. Hor. Sat. 2, 2, 22, etc.

117. Diplodus annularis (L).

Apostolides 23 {Sargus annularis), f (roookop.izrj'i at Corfu. -o5-
6la (or aouoli) = awl, spit (for roasting meat). Mizo^ = thread.
The resemblance to a derivation from these words may be acciden-
tal.

118. Charax puntazzo (Gmelin). H. OoyavMi (J.
Apost. 23 {Charax puntazzo), ooyai^^a, ouavm.

119. Pagellus erythrinus (L). H. AoHpfyi (J, * /y-aAaj (j).

Apost. 23 {Fagellus erythrinus), /MUpi-^t, hJ^piWip:. For name
Xui^pb: see under Spams pagrus.

120. Pagellus acarne (Cuvier). H. * Mouap-oula (J, iioopixovpa (J.
Apost. 24 (Fagellus hreviceps).

121. Pagellus mormyrus (L). H. 3L)up,'j.o'jpa Q.

Apost. 24 (Pagellus mormyrus), [loupp-oupa. A. G. popiiopo?.
Aristotle 570b 20.

Cf. Athen. vii, 94. Oppian, Hal. 1, 100, Latin mormyr. Ovid,
Hal. 110. Plin. 32, 152. Ovid speaks of Pictce mormyres, painted
mormyrs.

There is frequent mention of the name, but apparently nothing
that would help in identifying it.

122. Pagellus centrodontus (De La Roche).
Apost. 24.

123. Sparus pagrus (L). H. ^ayypt Q, luf^pt'^c (J.

Apost. 24 (Pagrus vulgaris and Pagrus orphus), f pepr'^dvi, a
Turkish word equivalent to the Greek ipofipv^o^. Apostolides gives
<payyp'. as common name for Dentex macropthalmus, and /.ui^pr^t for
Pagellus erythrinus. ^ayypi may be M. G. equivalent for A. G.

26-i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ifdyiws^ Aristotle 598a 13, 601b 30, 1529a 41, 1531a 37. The
(fdy/x)'} alternates between the open sea and near the shore, has a
stone in its head, and consequently suffers much in winter, is car-
nivorous, solitary, has a triangular heart, and is at its prime in
spring.

Athen. vii, 133. Speusippus, in the second book of his " Eesem-
blances," says the ^dy/xi^, iiioHpi'^d^ and i'i~az<i'$ are similar.

Latin Phager, phagrus, pager, pagrus ; hence, Spanish Purgo,
English Porgy, corrupted to Pogy. Plin. 32, 150, 9, 57, 32, 113.
Ovid. Hal. 107. See Bonitz's Index to Aristotle s. v. i/>'jf/fnv<»^, fin.

Under one of my specimens I noted that the tips of scales and
ends of fins and tail Avere crimson.

Aoi'^fH'/i is undoubtedly M. G. form of ipod-plvo'i. Ao&pr^i or /y"/-
P'.ydfn (Apostolides, bottom of p. 23) = IXuf^phtDv or khjiipv^dpup/,
diminutive of t/jjUpr^i^ = iput^pi'Mt^. The only possible question is
on the last equation. The interchange of the liquids I and r is,
however, a quite common phonetic phenomenon, though not, so
far as I know, occurring elsewhere in passing from A. G. to M.
G. Perhaps h'j^ypw, gore, is from IpoUpu^ and M. G. /Mf^ptdZu) =
epoi'ifndZu).

The fish ipofi-p'vM}^ is frequently mentioned in Aristotle.

Aristotle, 538a 19-21, 567a 27, 598a 13, 741a 36,750b 30, 755b
20, 760a 8, 1511b 37, 1528b 1, 1529a 39.

According to Aristotle the ipod^pvM)'? is a j^elagic fish, and of both
it and the ydwrj the male had never been seen. He says the most
of the fishes are male and female, but concerning the ipoi'iprMi<}
and ydy^-q there is a doubt, for all which are caught have eggs
in them. Again he says of those called ipof^p'iyoi no male has
ever been seen, but only females, and these full of eggs. But we
have not yet trustworthy observation on this point.

The name means red or reddish, and the color of the fish must
have justified the name.

124. Sparus aurata (L). H. T(n--<iupa (j).

Apost. 24 {Chrysophrys aurata and Chr. crassirostris), f /poa-
o<pa, zai-Tzobpa, j -/.oTda at Corfu, p.api(Ja at Missolonghi. Tffi--
-oopa resembles somewhat the A. G. h-oopo?, horse-tail, which
Aristotle says has the most rapid growth of any fish. See Aris-
totle 543a 21 23, 599b 3. According to Cont. Lex. zal-wpa is a

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

M. G. name for the refuse of grapes when the juice has been
pressed out. For ;i.ainoa see Smaris.

Xpoao(pa is perhaps the A. G. ypuaowfio^;. Aristotle 598a 10,
591b 9, 489b 26, 508b 20 21, 543b 3, 570a 20, 598a 21, 537a 28,
599b 33, 602a 11. The yj>!ja(><fpu<i (literally " golden brow") has
two fins on its back and two on its belly, has few pyloric appen-
dages, one more and another fewer, is frequently speared in the
day-time while sleeping, spawns chiefly where rivers flow, spawns
in the summer, is littoral, is found in the lagoons of the sea,
hibernates and suffers in winter.

Alhen. iv, 13. Matro says: The //)'3<j-o^/)y9, which is the most
beautiful among all fishes. Athen. vii, 136. A large and favorite
food fish.

125. Spondyliosoma cantharus (Gmelin). H. ^ Ixa^'Mpt (j).

Apost. 24 {Cantharus griseiis and C. brama), f dayAd^apoii, -\ fiayi-
owi) in Corfu. I/.aHapi is the common name for Ccmiharns among
the men of the fish market. This is a clipped diminutive from
(Txd<'hxp(><i, (7v.atk'i.pi{<i'J). Such diminutives are exceedingly common
in the colloquial language of modern Greece, being diminutives in
form only, and not in meaning.

lu modern Greek (T/.ri.Uapi>q and a/.fvAapix; means a beetle, just
as ancient y.d-Ahj.p»^ (see Contopoulos Lex. s. v.). So also M. G.
<r-/.dihLpn^, no doubt, equals ancient y.wAapo^ as name of a fish. For
initial ^ cf. {ly/.dpwji^ptiq and {a)/.i-apy<v> in Horn, where the fact
that a short vowel is not read long before these words shows that
they originally lacked the initial <r. Cf. also y.d-^ero<s for o-zaTrero?,
zvtV and ffzvjV', yj'j'^i^ and M. G. (T/.('r/r,, yn-zuj and M. G. Txn-~co, etc.
Forms with and without initial a before /7. are common, as /xjz//<59
and rTfj.i/.pO'f, ,'j.tAa^ and (t/j.I/mS, etc. For omission of the nasal
before a mute cf. yo/j.cdpc and ytufdpi.

Arist. 598a 10, speaks of the y.d.'Aapo'i as a littoral fish of solid
flesh. According to Oppian it delights in rough rocks. Op. Hal.
iii, 340.

126. Spondyliosoma orbiculare ( Cuv. k Val.). H. * ly.aMp: (^), * ffxd^a-
P"i G).

Apost. 24 (^Cantharus orbicularis). Iy.aMp'. =r^ A. G. y.dvd^apo<5.
See under Spondyliosoma cantharus.

127. Scatharus graecus (Cuv. & Val). II. Ixa&dp'. (J.

Kot noticed bv Apostolides.
18

2<)6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

128. Box boops (L.)- H- ^''^"" d)-

Apost. 23 {Box hoops), f iim-a and yau-a. lim^ or [ioo.^, now
used as scientific name for this genus occurs in Aristotle 610b 4,
1528a 20. He says that they are found in schools. Those (?)
marked on the back OMmnyiifj-zo.) are called [joj:, but those mnrked
obliquely {ri/MUny (>'>■'' "^ fii'e called ■/.(>).ia<; {fj/.olia^'). See Athen-
aeus vii, 27, where a number of references to the /Ja)^ are given
from different authors. It was a favorite food fish. Athenaeus
derives its name fioa^ from the word yS'f-yj', a cry or shout, and
defends this form of the name and derivation against Aristo-
phanes of Byzantium, who says: "We wrongly call the fish fiwxa
(/5tti|), and ought to call it [ioin-a {'{i!('noi^<), since being a little fish
it has large eyes. It should be fiowtl' = having the eyes of an
ox." [:i6u)(l' is compounded of fino'i, stem, /5(>(F) and w^'-, and
appears in Homer in the feminine f )rm [iom-t'S as a common epi-
thet of Hera. The word means ox-eyed, large-eyed. If this is
the fish now called ftCo-a the authority of Aristophanes of Byzan-
tium prevailed. At any rate, the /5tt)| was a small fish with large
eyes, having peculiar markings on its back, running in shoals, and
admired by epicures.

129. Boops salpa (L). H. -«/-« Q, yo-a (J.

Apost. 23 {Box salpa), (ral-a. Aristotle naX-ri. 1528a 4, 1531a
1 2 3, 534a 9, 62lb 7, 598a 20, 570b 17,543a 8, 543b 8.

The na/.-r^ has an especially acute sense of hearing, is enticed
by malodorous bait such as dung, spawns in autumn in some
places, but in most places in the beginning of summer, feeds on
dung and seaweed, may be caught with pumpkin, spawns in the
lagoons of the sea, is not carnivorous ; it is much lined and red-
lined, i. e. marked by many red (orange?) lines, has jagged teeth,
and is solitary; it is best in harvest time. Athen, vii, 118, The
adX-ri is variegated in color. Whence Mnaseas, who com[)iled the
work entitled " Sports," was called -aA-// by his acquaintances
on account of the brilliant variety of the collection. There is a
similar fish in the Red Sea called <Tir/>ai//.arcf^% having golden
bands extending across all its body as Philo reports in his " Met-
allicon."

130. Oblada melanura (L). H. Ms/.avnopt (J.

Apost. 23 {Oblada melanura), /j.-?.ay(r)pc, black-tail. Aristotle
.591a 15, 1528a 24, 1511b 37, 1512a 3, /j-sXayuopoi. It feeds on sea-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

weed. The !).t)jhoopo<; and <raj>Yoi are spotted on their tails (have
a spot on their tails), and are much lined and dark-lined. Athen.
vii, 93. Hicesius says it is like the ci-irp')^.

Epicharnuis mentions together (raiiyv/Di and /j.z^.oyou/xn. Latin
Mekuiarus, Ennius, Ovid., Plin., etc. Op. Hal. 1, 98.

There are many references which mention the ij.zh'vjtiufn)^, but
they add nothing to our knowledge of it. The meaning of the
name so well de.-,cril)ing the fish, and the fact tliat it is still in
common use for this species establish its identity.

131. Dentex dentex (L). H. IwaypiHa (,).

Apost. 24 {Dentex vulgaris), (TU'Mxy//i<^a. Aristotle fru^aypt^ (gen.

ffO'/ayii'jJd'}, acc. (TUyaypcSa). 505a 15, 5061) 16. The (ru'^aypi^ has

four single gills on each side, and the gall bladder on the entrails.
Athen. vii, 121, (ru-Miypidt^. Epicharmus mentions these in "Mar-
riage of Hebe " and " Land and Sea."

132. Dentex macrophthalmus (Bloch).

Apost. 24 {Dentex macroplithahnus), <payypi. Cf. Sparus pagriis.

133. Maena maena (L).

Apost. 24 25 {Mcena vulgaris, Osheckii and Jasculum, the two
latter doubtful species).

134. Spicara smaris (L). II. Mapcdu (J, * p.avMUjXa (J, * '=VM)uXa (?)

G): */>i/"-«(,).

Apost. 25 {Smaris vulgaris and Chrysalis), f crpapi^, f p.api^. In M.
G. <u = £, so that p.ahdula {p.ivauXa), ^i'/nuAa and [j.iXw>a {iiikow^a)
are evidently all modifications of the same name. Mapida is the
regular M. G. equivalent for A. G. p.api'i or irpapi^. Mav/ouXa
suggests pa'.^ti, found in Aristotle as name of a fi-h. 610b 4,
607b 10-21, 570b 15-30, 569b 28, 1529a 7, 607b 10. The //«£>£?
spawns after the winter solstice and is the most prolific of fi-hes.
It is good when pregnant. The form of the female is rounder,
that of the male longer and flatter. When the female is beurin-
ning to be pregnant the male is black and variegated in color.
At this time they are called rpdyot (he-goats) by some. They
run in schools. Ip.api^, Aristotle 607 b 22. The ffpapi^ changes
its color in like manner with the pa'yii, [)eing lighter in winter
and darker in summer. Tiiis is most evident around the fins
and gills.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Op. Hal. 1, 109. Along the sedgy shore beneath the green
plants I'eed /mryide?, TpdyiH, dfispvmi, (T/j-apirJe? and /S/^vvo?, etc.
Epichar., frag. 35; Athen., vii, 92 and 137.
Speusippus says that the fjoo.^ and (jimpi^ are like the p.oMi'i.

136. Spicara alcedo (Risso). II. * Zippoukhi.
Apost. 25 (Smai'is alcedo).

136. Centracanthus cirrus (Rafinesque).
Apost. 25 (Stnaris maurii).

Family PERCID^.

137. Perca fluviatilis (L).

Apost. 17 {Perca fluviatilis), f -iazpixfa.

Family MULLIDJE.

138. Mullus surmuletus (L). H. M-app.-i>!rH (Barbouni) (j).

Apost. 15 (^Mullus surmiilleius) f r/ny/is?, p-apCoo^^i, ~=.rp('i(l'apo,
■}■ ratyapoXia.

Apostolides identifies this witli the ancient -piy'/^rj. Aristotle
1531a 26, 598a 10-21, 570b 22, 610b 5, 1531a 32, 621b 7, 1531a
32-33, 591a 12, 508b 17,591b 19,557a 26,1531a 34, 621b 21,
1511b 39, 1512a 3, 570b 22-25, 543a 5, 1531a 24 33.

According to Apostolides the names r/ny/rs" and p.Taj.pp.TanrH are
common to all species of the Mullus. M-app-uwi is an Italian
name. The same fish is common in both Italian and Greek mar-
kets under this same name. It is perhaps the same as the fish
which the Romans called Barbus. Ans. Morell., 94, 134, of. Cic.
Par. 5, 2, 38, Barbatulus mullus, and id. Att. 2, 1, 7, Barbati mulli,
bearded mullets.

According to Aristotle the rpiyXrj (or zpiyXa) has many pyloric
appendages, is the only fish that breeds three times a year, is
especially infested with fish lice, feeds on sea-weed, shell-fish and
mud; it lives near the shore, is found in the lagoons, runs in
schools and eats flesh, but is not exclusively carnivorous.

Athen. vii, 125. The rpiyXri is sharp-toothed, gregarious, all
spotted (?), and moreover carnivorous. When it has produced
young (spawned) three times it is barren, for it gets little worms
in its uterus which devour the eggs (or young y(h(}<i). Speusip-
pus says the y.('r/.y.ij'= , yzhod)-^ and rpiykrj are similar. They are called
red-colored and yellow -colored.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

Athenaeus gives many other references to the rpiyX-q, but appar-
ently they throw no light upon the identification of the fish.

139. Mullus barbatus (L).

Apost. 15 (Mallns barbatus), f zrccaAdrks- at Chalcis.

140. Mullus fuscatus (Rafinesque).
Apost. 15.

Family SCI^NID^.

141. Dmbrina cirrosa (L).

Apost. 18 ( Uiiibruia cirrosa), a/.tu^, Cf. Corvina nigra = Sciaena
umbra.

Aristotle has (T/.ia'..>a 601b 30. He says : " Those fish which
have a stone in the head, as ypi'iiu^, /ASpaE, a-/.i(u\>a and (pdypix^
suffer most in the winter. Athen. vii, 121, shows that the (t/Jju-mi
was also called ay.ui.hiq by Epicharmus and (T/.t>i.<hnq by Numenius.

Latin Sdaena and Sdadeus for the female and male respect-
ively. Plin. 32, 151. I/.'.<'ti and (t/.'ji.vm/. both seem to be from
oxid, shadow ; Latin, Umbra.

142. Sciaena aquila (Lac).

Apost. 18 (Scicena aquila), /lo/.o/.o-i, f z,oav;oc at Chalcis.

143. Sciaena umbra (L). H. MuA,iyy>-t (J, * aapa>1>ho (,), <T/.'.<',q (J.
Apost. 18, 19 (Corvina nigra), f (T/.tuq /.aXiay.ooda. According to

Apostolides 'vjhiy.u-: is common name for Scicena aquila. For ffxjo?
see Umbrina cirrosa, Apost. 18.

Family LABRID^.

144. Labrus bergylta (Ascanius).

Apost. 25 (Labrus bergijlta), ythiodiazq, yjlltfi, y^O.tih, y (fuy.<'n}'apo
and -zTpo^'apo ^I. G. names for the Labrus. <Puy.oi/'ap(i, r^ <puxo?-
fish, may be referred to A. G. (pny.rj^ and cr>y.'\:. The names are
manifestly from (fuxo?, sea-weed. Aristotle 567b 20 19, 591b 16,
607b 20, 1528a 10, 607b 18, 591b 13.

The small fuy.tth<; spawn twice a year, the male ((puzr^'i) differs
from the female (<f'>y.cq) by being darker and having larger scales.
They feed upon the sea-weed ((fny.D^), eat no flesh except that of the
xapi'hg (shrimps), change their color, being variegated in the
spring but white during the rest of the year, and are the only
sea-fishes which make a nest and lay their eggs in the nest. It

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

is a small fish, one of the rock-fish (-erpuhn ; observe M. G. name
-ez/jot^'apa), crowned with spines, belongs to the -Ezpahn Avhich are
called sot't-fleshed, such as the xo(T(To<fot, 7.iyXai^ -ipxai, -/.(uSiut, etc.
For x^doo, etc., see Crenilabrus pavo.

145. Labrus livens (L.) H. Adpizpiva (,).
Apost. 25 (Lubriis mernkt).

146. Labrus viridis (L). II. Ihrpuil'apo (j), * (joohiop-apoo^ (J,

Apost. 25 (Labrus viridis, etc.). According to Apostolides all
species of the geuus Labrus are called by the names yjliibSt(7s.Q,

j^clAoc, ytihiTj^ (fijy.i'jil'apo and -ZTp(nl<apo.

147. Labrus bimaculatus (L.)
Apost. 25 {Labrus mixtus, etc.).

148. Symphodus ocellaris (L). II. * Aa6atpu'$ (J, "^ <j<fiyya (J, sphinx.
Apost. 25 {Crenilabrus roissali).

o

149. Symphodus ocellatus (Forskal).

Apost. 25 {Crenilabrus ocellatus).

150. Symphodus mediterraneus (L). II. * 2j/5j'vry (J.

Apost. 26 {Crenilabrus mediterraneus). I can not find fTsXrj>7j,
moon, given as name of a fish in any book, ancient or modern.
The nearest approach is (niu/S^va, given by Cont. Lex. as common
name of the bivalve Ensis siliqua, called razor-fish and spout-fish
in English according to the Cent. Dictionary. The word aiiu/S^'^a
also means spout-fi;^h, being from ancient ffiu?.rj'^, a spout or gutter.

This name is used by the ancients as name of a bivalve, and
this is no doubt the same as is now called <Tou/Sj>a. See Aristotle
683b 17, 528a 17 22, 5'18a 5, etc.

151. Symphodus tinea (L). H. * XecXouaa („), yzdoTj (J.

Apost. 26 {Crenilabrus pavo), '\ y/'ai'Mx, -\ Xa-i'^a ;).ai>prj (black)
and psydhi at Chalcis.

XslXoi; means lip, Latin labrum, w'hence the name Labrus.
Apostolides gives /el/"? and yzdou as common name of Labrus in
all species. Xedatxra is clearly the same as yjdMo. My three spec-
imens were obtained on different occasions and probably from
diflferent parties, making it evident that yjd.ov is used for Sxjmphodus
as well as for Labrus.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILABELPHIA. 271

152. Symphodus melops (L).

Apost. 25 ( Crenilabrus melops).

153. Symphodus cinereus (Bonnaterre),
Apost. 25 (Crenilabrus massa).

154. Symphodus melanocercus (Risso).
Apost. 25 (Crenilabrus cceruleus).

o

155. Symphodus soma (For^kal).

Apost. 26 (Coricus rostratus).

156. Ctenolabrus suillus (L). H. * h'o-paCdvo'i (j).
Apost. 26 (Ctenolabrus rupestris).

157. Julis julis (L). H. * Ta-.rfho (,).

Apost. 26 (Julis vulgaris and J. giofredi),^ ynlo^. According to
Apostolides this is the ancient hiolo^. Aristotle 610b 6 gives iiiu)U^
(Latin Jalis) as name of a fish found in schools; fou-^.o? = down,
hair, beard ; also a centipede. Cf Athen. vii, 70 and 20.

158. Thalassoma pavo (L).

Apost. 26 (Julis pavo), j yaiza-xivpi, f (fidij.noka at Patras, and
•{■ ^/sad'avr/'f at Ti ikeri. rair^i-j is a Turki.-^h word meaning a silken
cord, a string (Cont. Lex.). Faizavoupt would accordingly mean
string-tail.

159. Xyrichthys novacula (L).

Apost. 27 (Xyrichthys novacula), j xarspydpo^ and f y-i>c, accord-
ing to locality. The former means rogue, one condemned to work
in the galleys (y.d-zpya). K-hi is M. G. for A. G. xr^iV (gen. x-v^u^i),
a comb. Kzziq in A. G. was used as name of a bivalve, a cockle
or scallop, often mentioned in Aristotle. According to Cont. Lex.
the modern atIh is used in same way, the sea comb.

Family POMACENTRIDJE.

160. Chromis chromis (L). H. '^ l/.<iJki.p'. (j).

Apost. 27 (C/t?'OHitS castanea),'\ y.a'/.i'rypria and y.aAoypizaa. hah')-
ypr^a means a nun. KaXaypi-aa would seem to be another form for
the same, although the lexicon (Cont. Lex.) gives it as meaning
tomtit. -y.ii.Hdpt. is probably a mistake here, the man who sold it
me supposing it to be Cnntharus.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Family TRACHINIDJE.

161. Trachinus draco (L). H. Apa/.av^a (.J.

Apost. 13 {Trachinus draco). According to Apostolides Spar.aiya
is coraaion name for all species of the genus Trachinus. In A. G.
dpdxavMi'xs feminine of o/)'/z<«v, a serpent or dragon. The kindred
word Spax"f^t'?, also a feminine of (ipd/M'^, occurs as name of a fish
in a fragment of the comic poet Ephippiis, who flourished in the
early part of the Fourth century, B. C. Also in a fragment of
Mnesiniachus. Aristotle 598a 11 uses <lodxcov as name of a fish
which lives near the shore (i. e. a littoral fish). A fragment of
Epicharmus also contains dpdxcw^ as name of a fish. Vide Athen.
vii, 28.

162. Trachinus vipera (Cuv. & Val).
Apost. 13.

163. Trachinus araneus (Cuv. & Val).
Apost. 13.

164. Trachinus radiatus (Cuv. & Val).
Apost. 13.

Family URANOSCOPID^.

165. Uranoscopus scaber (L). 11. -1:/^"^' d)-

Apost. 13 ( Uranoscopus scaber), /:';/>"v', /"Orrrov and j xudxn'^'. Iden-
tified in Apostolides with the xa/Mmyup.o^^ of Aristotle. For xf>U'.6-
vop.o? see Aristotle 598a 11, 5()6b 10, 1529b 9.

According to Aristotle the xa/J.'.M'^opo^ it a littoral fish with the
gall on the liver, and has the largest gall-bladder of any fish in pro-
portion to the size of the fish.

Aelian, N, A. 134, says: "Concerning it (the fish called xalXim-
yupo?) Aristotle says that it has a large gall-bladder attached to the
right lobe of the liver, and that it carries its liver in its left side."

According to Athenaeus, vii, 16 and 17, there seems to have been
considerable confusion among the names «>///«?, xaX/.{/'^0'i, xaXXtmw-
p.og and k'hii/'." Pliny says (32, 146) : Callionymus or Uranoscopus.
(32, 69). The same fish (Callionymus) is also called Uranoscopus
(sky-gazer), from the eye which it has in its head. Athen. viii, 52.
Otjpr/y(i(Ty.a~()^ and the one called ayvo?, or also xaXXi6wp.(i<}, are heavy
as food. Cf. A. G. xoxxo':, sub. yjh/^o'^uil'apo {Dnctylopterus voli-
tans).

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

Family CEPHALAGANTHIDJE.

166. Cephalacanthus volitans (L). II. XshoirMJi^'apo (J, swallow-fish.
Apostolides 15 (Dadi/lopterus volitans), yihoo^M'til^apo. Aposto-

lides identifies this with the yMy./.ij'= of Aristotle. But may it not
be the sea yjhd(u.> spoken of by Aristotle 535b 27 ? He says : " The
zr/vrs' when they rush ah)ng, re-;ting upon the water (which people
call living), make a whizzing sound, and the sea swallows («? OaXdiz-
Ttat yjhDo,';^') do the same, for these fly in the air not touching the
water."

Cuvier identifies this sea swallow with Dad. volitans. Compare,
however, Trigla hirundo, still called yiX'.i^oMi., the swallow.

Of the r.iy/.y.o:, cuckoo, Aristitle (oiJSa 15 and 535b 20) says : " It
makes a sound like the cuckoo, whence it gets it name." The /.i'ia-
yjjys^ are both pelagic and littoral (alternately). Vide Plin. Hir-
undo, 9, 82 and 32, 149. Athen. vii, 84.

There is nothing in any reference that lean find to show that the
xoxy.u^ was a fli/iiifj fish. According to Apostolides 13 Uranoscopus
scaber is called y.oJ'yy.d?, M. G. for cuckoo. May not this be y.oy.xu^'i

Family TRIGLIDJE.

167. Peristedion cataphractum (L). II. "^ K^pozo^'apo (^), horn-fish.
Apost. 16 {Peristefhion cataphradum), y.a.-m.'-q.

Two specimens sold me under the name y.n-wjTj in the market at
Athens turned out to be Trigla Uneat.a and Trigla lyra.

168. Trigla lineata (Gmelin). 11. l\a-6ri^ (,).
Apost. 16 {Trigla lineata).

169. Trigla cuculus (L).
Apost. 16 (^Trigla pint).

170. Trigla milvus (Lacejiecle).
Apost. 16 {Trigla cuculus).

171. Trigla gurnardus (L).
Apost. 16.

172. Trigla lyra (L). 11. Ka-w^fj (,).
Apost. 16 (Trigla lyra).

173. Trigla hirundo (Cloch). 11. XsXtdo'.^a (,).

Apost. 16 {Trigla corax).

AsM'Jo'/a is M. G. for A. G. y^?u(Td>y, swallow. Aristotle 535b
27. The sea swallows («f OakdzTia'. yzhdo'^z.^) fly in the air, not

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1892.

touching the sea, for they have their fins broad and long. See
Cephalacanthus volitans, called x^hdoWxpapo. Cf. also Myllohatis
bovina, Apostolides 9.

174. Lepidotrigla cavillone (Lacepede).
Apost. 16 (Trigla cavillone).

Family SCORP^NIDJE.

175. Scorpaena scrofa (L.) H. Ixop-co^ (.J.

Apost. 16 (Scorpcena scrofa), f /r/.a/j-r^a. According to Aposto-
lides (T/.dji-u')^ is common name of S. parens. Ix<ip7zi<ig = scorpion.
As name of a fish Aristotle, 1531a 20, 508b 17, 593a 7, 598a 14.
It has many pyloric appendages, breeds (spawns) twice a year, alter-
nates between the open sea and the shallow water along the shore ;
the (T/.(ip-{d£'$ breed in the open sea (rd -iAayoi').

Athen. vii, 115. Num. "Red ijy.(i/>-i<)'i." Hicesius says: "Of
the (TXDp-int one kind is pelagic the other littoral ; the former is a
fiery red, the latter blackish. Epicharmus calls the (7/j>p-i(><i -ouiloq,
variegated. It is solitary and eats seaweed. Aristotle mentions
ay-oprdoi and (T/.np-ioz'i in different places. It is not clear whether
he means the same fish by these two names. That we have fre-
quently eaten both <r-/.(>p-avja and ff-Aop-im and that the flavors and
colors are different, no one is ignorant. Archestratus, in his
" Golden Words," says : " Buy the small (7v.i>p-i»^, but beware of a
big one." Athen. viii, 52. The tawny, pelagic (T/.<>p-i'n are more
nutritious than the large ones of the shoal water near shore.

176. Scorpaena porcus (L).

Apost. 16 (Scorpcena porcus), (r/.opruo'i and -\ yd{fTri^\

Family OALLIONYMID^.

177. Callionymus festivus (L). II.
Not noticed by Apostolides.

Family GOBIIDiE.

178. Gobius niger (L).
Apost. 15. .

179. Gobius jozo (L). H. hiofUo^ (3).

Apost. 14 (Gobius jozo), -/.wfiu'i^, ■^yioCu'i^. According to Aposto-
lides /.foftuj^ and yojfnii^ are common names for all species of the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

genus Gobius. Aristotle y.o,St>>,^, 610b 4, 598a 11 16, 508b 16, 569b
23, D21b 13 19, 567b 11, 591b 13, 601b 22, 835b 14. The xojSco^-
has many pyloric appendages above the stomach, spawns near the
land on the rocks, the bunches of eggs are flat and crumbling ; it
feeds on mud, sea-weed, sea-moss, etc. ; lives near the land, gets fat
in the rivers, and is found in schools. The white xmSto^, found in
the pAiripus of Lesbos, never leaves that lagoon for the open sea
as the other fishes found there do. Latin Goblo and Cobio, Plin.
Gobius, Ovid., Hal. 12, 8. Martial 13, 88.

180. Gobius guttatus (Cuv. & Val).
Apost. 14.

181. Gobius auratus (Risso).
Apost. 14.

182. Gobius paganellus (L).
Apost. 14.

183. Gobius cruentatus (Gmelin).
Apost. 14.

184. Gobius capito (Cuv. & Val).
Apost. 14.

185. Gobius minutus (L).

Apost. 14 {Gobius quadrimacidatus). •

Family BLENNIID^.

186. Blennius pavo (Risso). H. ^ Ilaizaydkoii (J, an Italian word mean-
ing parrot.

Apost. 13 {Blennius pavo), j (TuAtdpsg.

187. Blennius sanguinolentus (Pallas).
Apost. 13.

188. Blennias gattorugine (Bloch).

Apost. 13 {Blennius gattorugine), '\ aoMapa, slobbering;

189. Blennius ocellaris (L).
Apost. 14.

190. Blennius pholis (L).
Apost. 14.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

191. Blennius trigloides (Cuv. & Val).
A post. 14.

192. Blennius galerita (L).

Apost. 14 (^Blennius montagnei).

193. Cristiceps argentatus (Risso). H. Fw-a (,).
Apost. 14 {Cliuiis argentatus). For yw-a see Box.

194. Tripterygion tripteronotus (Risso).
Apost. 14 (^Tripterygion nasus).

Family OPHIDIID^.

195. Ophidion vasalli (Risso). H. ^ FcXafn or ^ /'JAfn (j).

Apost. 28 (Ophidium vassali). XOAin may be a diminutive from
yjTlo?, lip.

196. Ophidion barbatum (L).
A})ost. 28.

Family GADIDJE.

197. Gadus callarias (L).

Apost. 28 {Gadus morrJma, the young of G. callarias). f 3[no-
fxio'Mi at Chalcis. Rare, ac^^ording to Apostolides, but the identifi-
cation must be doubtful.

198. Phycis phycis (L). II. '^ llir^rr/.c Q.

Not seen by Apostolides. H(i>zr/.i, M. G. for mouse.- Cf. Aris-
totle, o -,r,Tcy.d^- ,aDs^, fiOOb 13, 632b 9.

199. Pollachius poutassou (Risso). II. * Tat-'/A/.t (j).
Apost. 29 {Merlangus poidassov), 'fyu'iSdUfx'x/'apDv.

The name yaiSouiioil'apir^ is modern, meaning donkey-fish. Fat-
doupo? = yddajxi'i = ass, donkey. The ancients called a certain
fish I'l'Mx;. ass. Dorio, in Athenaeus vii, 99, .«ays some ])ersons call
the ovii'i (i. e. the fish ox*?) yddo?. Epicharnius in his IMarringe of
Hebe says : " Wide-gi\.[nng /dvv(xi and monstrous-bellied ovot." See
Aristotle 599b 33, 601a 1, 620b 29, frag. 307, lo30a. Aci-ording
to Ari.stotlo the 0V09 has a mouth opening wide (lit. breaking back),
like the yuhoc. It leads a solitary life, is the only fish which has
its heart in its belly, has stones in its brain like mill-stones in form,
and js the only fish which lies torpid in the warniest days under the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

reign of the dog star, Sirius, the other fishes going into this torpid
state in tlie wintriest days. The 0^09, /Saro?, <;'7"a and /JiVr/ bury
themselves in the sand and after they make themselves invisible
they wave the things in their mouths which fishermen call little
rods or little wands {paS8ia^.

200. Merluccius merluccius (L). II. M-axaXdpo (J,

Apost. 29 (Merhicius vidgarh), ij-ay.a?udp()<}. Cont. Lex. /y.;r«za/«o9.
Turkish word meaning stock-fish. J/-az6e/Jry9 (Turk) = grocer. Also
written l3uxa/Mog and /5ax«/ij9.

201. Mora moro (Risso).

Apost. 29 {Mora mediterranea).

202. Molva elongata (Otto).
Apost. 29 (Lota elongata).

Family PLEURONECTID.^.

203. Pleuronectes flesus (L).
Apost. 29 (Flesus passer).

204. Psetta maxima (L).

Apost. 30 (Rhombus maximiis), "^ xaXxdvc.

205. Bothus rhombus (L).
Apost. 30 (Rhombus Icevis).

206. Platophrys podas (De la Roche). H.

Apost. 30 (Pleuronectes candidissimus and Bothus rhomboides).

207. Eucitharus linguatula (L). II. D.uxTffa [^) .

Not noticed by Apostolides. For ylwaaa see under Solea solea.

208. Solea theophila (Risso).
Apost. 29 (Solea lascaris).

209. Monochirus variegatus (Donovan).
Apost. 30 (Mlcrochirus variegatus).

210. Monochirus hispidus (Rafinesque). H. * Kail'wpa.
Not recorded by Apostolides.

211. Monochirus ocellatus L.
Apost. 29 (Solea oculata).

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

212. Solea solea (L). 11. riiixyaa (J.

Apost. 29 {8ole(jij vulgariii), ykmrTaa, tongue, f A'oj/j.azioa at Nau-
pli:i and Mis^solonghi. I found jhwaaiL a common name for any
kind of sole. Ancient writers used fiiioyAuxraix;, ox-tongue, as name
of a kind of fi-h. Tlie name is quoted by Athenaeus from various
writers. Athen. iv, 13, Matro. "A fSiinyXajruruii whicli dwelt in the
foaming brine (sra)" Vii, 30. " The roughit-h [iiinyXuxTcnii;" The
-/.u'^oyXuxrffD'i (dog-tongue) differs from the ftnoyhimtyo^. The Attics
call it v'' '/'"«• Vii, 139. Speusippus says that the v'''7'^'^«, /^'"'V'''"^''''''"?
and rai'Ai/. are similar. BouyXwrraa?, 4'^""- and fio^ are given at the
end of a list of fishes, the liijt being quoted from Aristotle. Doric
names fidoylwntTd'i and 4<7,rTa as beh)nging to the flat fishes. The
Romans call the ^/^T-ra p6tjf)a<}^ which is also a Greek name. Oppian
Hal., i, 99.

It is plain from the above that the (iouykojaao^ and (i>7~a were
much alike, if nut the same.

Family BALISTID^.

213. Batistes carolinensis (Gmelin).

Apost. 12 (^Balides capriscus), "f /j.<r^o/_(nf)<i?, lone-pig.

Family MOLIDJE.

214. Molamola (L).

Apost. 11 (^Orthagoriscus mold).

215. Ostracion trigonus (L).
Apost. 12.

A We.«t Indian species, said by Apostolides to have been taken
at fekiathos, which is proi)ably an error.

Family LOPHIIDJE.

216. Lophius piscatorius (L). 11. ^^'^ lk(T/.fv^8f)iTX.a or ^ Trsffxa'^Tptr^a (2).

Apost. 14 (Lophius piscatorius). Probably of Italian origin,
meaning Msher. -\ XXda/M at Chalcis, '\ ay-Xtii-du and '\ fSarpayoil^apo
at Patras. T\\Q f:!rir[ir/.yi>^ 6 dXcsn^ (the fisher frog) of Aristotle. See
Aristotle .50oa 6 b 4, 50Bb 16, 5()4b 18, 5(Job 29, 670b 30, 620b 11
ff, G95b 14, 6;)6a 27, 749a 23, 754a 23 fi; 755a 9, 835b 13, lo27b
41-43,5401)18.

A ri-totle says with regard to the ftdrjxiyo'i: "Inasmuch as the
flat front part is not fleshy, nature has compensated for this by

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

adding to the rear and the tail as much fleshy substance as has
been subtracted in front." The [-idrpayuq is called the angler. He
fishes with the hair-like filaments bung before bis eyes. On the
end of each filament is a little knob just as if it had been placed
there for a bait. He makes a disturbance in sandy or muddy
places, hides himself and raises these filaments. When the little
fishes strike at them he leads them down with the filaments until he
brings them to his mouth. The i3dTf>o.y_(>i is one of the azhr/jj. All
the az/Ayq are viviparous or ovoviviparous except the iidrpayj>q.
The other flat a^hb/j] have their gills uncovered and underneath
them, but the ^drpayo^ has its gills on the side and covered with
skinny opercula, not with horny opercula like the fish which are
not asXaywdrj. Some fishes have the gall bladder upon the liver,
others have it upon the intestine, more or less remote from the liver
and attached to it by a duct. Such are [id-payoq, t)Mnl\ (TU'^ayin^,
(jp.hpav^a and '^icpia^. (Proved true of Lophius piscatorius by a
dissection by Dr. C. H. Gilbert.) The ftdrpayo^ is the only one of
the asXdyri which is oviparous. This is on account of the nature
of its body. For it has a head many times as large as the rest of
its body, and spiny and very rough. For this same reason it does
not afterwards admit its young into itself. The size and roughness
of the head prevents them both from coming out (i. e. being born
alive) and from going in (being taken into the mouth of the par-
ent). The fidzpayo^; is most prolific of the ff^Xdyrj, but they are
scarce because the eggs are easily destroyed, for it^lays them in a
bunch near the shore.

280

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

INDEX OF GREEK TERMS.

'J^/£vv>j'c 249

aSXtd'i 261

(iy^ii^ 272

ayiiioil'aixi 234

azT<Ji 239

«.?£/>iv« 252, 253

«i9£/y£V7j 252, 268

dd'Efn'^(i<i 252

axavi'^ia^ yu/.£(><} .... 235

dXoydxc 249

dloj-s/.io.'i 235

dkmnric 235, 238

diua 257

dvd^ia<i 272

affxfv'/afxi's 265

dffrepia^ 235

avhii 233, 238

ab^ideg 255, 257

dffapsu'i 255

Bayiouvo 265

/9ar:' 237

fiariov 237

fiarii 238

/9«ro? .... 235-239,277
(idrpaxo^ . 278,279,231,239,

240, 241

fiaTpayotl'apo 278

iSsAdvtffz'? 251

l3sX6'.7i . . 249,251,253,257

fisXo'.c 249

fisk,r.i,Ja 249

l^ao'.Oh 249

/?A^vv<,9 251, 268

IS,'m^ 266, 268

^<iuyXw<7(Tii<i 278

i9«D? 239

lioojil' 266

/5/"'^"^ 241

/?«)-- 266

fiuy-a 266

rdtJafxii; 276

?'««5"9 276

ydiddvpa^ 276

ya'idiiupoij'afti) 276

yairaviiupt 271

r^^ 234

yaXr/j^ 234

yaXeoetdrj^ . . 234, 235, 238

yaXe,'>q . . . 238, 234, 235,

. . . 238, 239, 276

yaXia . 234

yaXe6drj^ . . 234, 235, 237,

238, 239

ydtTTpuQ: 252

yard's 233

yabp(i<s 244

yddpt 276

yy.ufdpt 257

yXMfjiraa 244

yXd'As . . . 241, 242, 259

yX(vy6<i 241

yXauy.d? , . 247

yXdU-ia'i 256

yX(0(7(Ta 277, 278

ydSuXi 250

yoyypos . . . 246, 247, 248

ydp.(pdpt 257, 265

ydpfdindM .... 257, 258

ydiLfixs 257, 258

yd-a 266

yduXia'^(')<i 241

youTza 266

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

281

youp(>uvo(/>ap<)
You(fdf)i .
yoipapi

. . 236

257, 258

258, 265
. . 256

Ypa6a'^a.<i 271

ybh)<i 271

YU)6t6<s 274

ym—a 276

Apd/.avja 272

8pa7.at.>['i 272

dpdxu)'^ 272

Spoyya 246

^EyyeXoTpofoi 245

lyxao<; . . 244, 245, 246, 247,

248

ekoii' 272, 279

ipirtpMi 242, 243

ipuf^pivo^ . 247,260,263,264

ZaXi)u~apSoi^ 246

^apydva 249

t:ip^ouna 268

^'jyacva 234

"H-aro^ 264

dakdmat •j^tXido-.'z:^ . . . 273

daXdmot o(fS'.'i .... 247

Oopoii 245

dpiffffa 242, 243

Owva 254

Oijv'.rj 257

Oo^'A^ . . 254, 255, 256, 257
Ony-M,^ . . 254, 255, 256, 257

"//.'«xa9 254

lXw<s 254

louXi^ 271

r«y/l«9 271

t-rzo/.drj-inv 250

l--,uafj-o? .... 249, 250

'l-TZoUpag 264

Ka6u)pa<s 270

xaXxdvt 236, 277

19

xaXXiyi^uq

y.aXXim\>op.o<i

/.aX-oyp-qa

xaXoypizffa

xd/j.—Tj

xdij—o<i

xd'jf^apo<i

/.a-(D\)-f]

xdpa6o^ .

xapi<i .

xapyapia^

xdpyapo^

xarspydpoq

xaroupXida

xa-paSdyo<i

xarpoXidpa

xdrza

xdzii^

xdrzo'i

xail'orj.ouXa

xa(l'(i)pa .

xv^Tpivy^<;

xiizTza

xzpaz6(l>a.pi>

xipxoq

xiazpa

xzarps.o<i .

xe<pa)yi.d£<}

xifaXoq .

xiyXf] . .

xoCkia

xoxdXc

xoxdXuov .

xoxxtyo^ .

xi>xxr/6(l'apo

xoxxu^

x()X{a<s

xoXio?

. 272
. 272
. 271
261, 271
. 250
. 250
. 265
. 234
. 273
. 246
. 269
233, 234
. 234
. 271
. 250
. 271
. 250
. 233
. 233
. 233
. 260
. 277
. 235
. 242
. 273
. 237
253, 257
252.258,261,237,
246, 247, 251
252, 269
250,251,252,261
241, 259, 260
245, 260
. . 257
. . 257
. . 242
. . 242
247, 268, 272, 273
243, 254, 266
... 254

282 PROCEEDINGS OF

xoTzavo'i 256

xopdulfj 257

XOpduXo? 241

XUTTU<po? 260

xo-ffa 264

xoox(Ks 272

xouXaynoZoti 257

xpavto'^ 269

xpoaraXrjda 259

xTsc? ' 271, 273

xrivi 271

x>jri!J.a 241, 246

xt}'^()yX(o<>fT()-i 278

XUTZpVM)^ 241, 260

xfxov 235, 238

xio6t6^^ .... 1b\,TiA,21b

x(i)6'iT(.<s 243

Aaftfx'v/.i 259

Xd6pa'= 259, 269

Xaycd(h^ 251

kayii)^ 251

Xdiua 233, 239

kaiJ—ooya 253

Uimpiva . . . 270, 232, 242

Xaiziva 270

Xst66aro<; . . 235, 236, 238

Xsto^ 235

Xemds^ 246

XsUXWiK^ 252

XriTzaiva 270

Xiraa 257

Xv/n^o^i 272

Xour^iXi 253

Xouzaoq 272

k(iU(pdpi 257

Xof^pid%u} 264

Xuf^pv^dpi .... 263, 264

XonpvH 263, 264

Xud^pw 264

Maiazixo 256

THE ACADEMY OF

ij.avxtuXiL .
l}.w>dXia .
tj.apiiJo.
p.api'S .
/j.auf/dxt .
p.eXa'jiiupt
lJ.eXd'^oup()^
p.iXcova .

p.z/j.Sfidds^

i ^ '

] /j.£pr,rv/c .

i

ijMVdyt'.pd^

pAr/i'r/dipn^

popiiopiiq

l).<i(7/.(iy.rd.~oiJ

i iwoyypi .

! iJ.()u8id(TTpa

\ poufiiKinpa

1 IJAIUpOO'^O.
I iJ.dUfTp.OUAO.

: pobrpoufta
!).7:(j.x(j.Xd.ji»
ii-ay.aA'.dpd^

p.—IJ.piL~dU'>i

' iJ~d(f£^ .

lJ.uXdXd~l

p.u^t'Mi.p'.

p.O^lVd'}

popaiva

p.dpo<i

P-!J^ .
NdpXTj

vsSptat yaX.so
Ei'^ouXa .

^KfLd'i

Oiffofayui}

260

[1892.

267, 268

. . 267

. . 253

264, 267

. . 267

. . 252

266, 267

, 261, 266, 267

267

243

263

278

278

263

260

246

236

263

276

263

240

277

277

263

268

250

269

252

252

. 252, 261

246, 247, 248

... 248

. 276, 278

. 235-239

. . . 251

. 235, 238

... 267

253, 255, 279

... 253

... 246

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES

olffrpo'} 253, 255

d'^iffxog 248

o.«9 . 277, 236, 238, 260, 276

S^upuy^oi pa^tdsi; . . . 250
opxui 256

o>xuv«9 256, 257

3p<f<k .... 246, 260, 261

3p<f6? 260, 261

ouacva 263

ouyatva 263

<)bpa'jO(T/.o-o<; 272

oVt? 247

Uakaixuda 256

T:a~aydX<)<; 275

TzaitTzaXiva 243

Tzarzpi-aa 234

TzeXdycoi 247

Tzspaia<i 252

Tzipyji 259

Tzipy.ri .... 241,259,260

-ea/.w^dpirffa 278

Tziarpixpa .... 244, 268
Trerpaloc 238, 260

Tzerp^i/'upo . . . 268, 269, 270
TTTiXapo? . . 254, 255, 256, 257

■Kkarapida 252

rAartr^a 242

7r/£zrava9 246

n<nxiXo<i 235

Tzubjzod^g 246

Ttwriy.i 276

'PaCdBoezai 238

^a6dia 238, 277

pafi^ 249, 250

/5«;fJ9 239

ytJcVa 236

yo'cV, 236-239,277

yfjjvwoarfy? .... 236, 238

^6p.6<t'i 278

po(f6'} 260

OF PHILADELPHIA.

283

latvTZiiprj? 258

ffaxxopdcfa 250

aaXu'i.pa 275

aaXuipt^ 275

ffdX-a 266

ffdX-Yj 266

(jai).~a'^i<'t^ 257

258

aap-yipo

25?

aav-'.lpoi; 258

aapa6dvo 269

ffapyd'^a 249

aapYivo<i . . . . 249,261,267

napyi,^ .... 249,252,261,

.... 262,263,267

(xdpda 243

(Tdpd-q 243

ffapdrj-^rj 243

aapdiXa 243

aap8a> 243

(Tap8£Xoij.dyo. 242

aap,rvM,<; 243, 249

257
257
257

257

240

234-239, 240, 247, 279

238

240

. 238, 239, 240, 279

(TsXriVfj 270

ffxaikipt 265, 271

(TxdfMp()<; 265

(Txdvi^apo<; 265

(jxapiJ.o<i 244

axapoydidapn . . 261,262,263
axdpo^ . . 246, 261, 262, 263

Gxdp()<; aloXog 263

ffxdpo^ 6via<} 263

(7xta8ei'j<i 269

(TauptOi .

(TaupiHi xovTiyo'i

(Taupi<i

(Xaupo^

(TiXu'S . . . .

ffsXdyrj
azX.d.yj.
asXdyia .
(TsXaycudrj?

284

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

ffxcaf^i'g . . .

... 269

ffxiaiva . .

... 269

ff/.t<)<i

... 269

ff/uo'^ xakcaxouda

... 269

CxX£!J.7ZOU

... 278

ax<iXio.<} .

... 266

Gx<t!i.6f)i . .

. . . 254

(7x<'i;i.6po<i

254,255,256

(T/M/Tj ....

... 265

ffxiipduXai

. 255, 257

<j-/.6j)7za.iva

... 274

axopitiva ,

... 274

ffX(ip~ioi^ .

. . 247, 274

ffX(lp-{<l<} TTOCXcXog

... 274

ffXOpTii'S .

... 274

(rxoupSpi .

. . . 254

(TxOXa^ .

... 233

(TXuXtdV .

233, 235, 238

axoXi ....

... 233

axbXXa

. . . 233

ffxuXoil'apo .

. 233, 234

axupyog .

. . . 235

ffxunru} ,

... 265

(7 pap eg . . .

. . 267, 268

ffpipva

. . 247, 248

ffpo^wv .

. . 252, 261

ap.upaiva

247, 248, 279

ap.bpzva . .

... 247

ap-upog

. ... 248

aopaoXXa

. ... 236

(TouSX(>p.{Trji;

. . . 263

aou6Xop.uTdpi .

... 244

ffouXylva .

... 270

aooX^iii)p.~ap8o<i

... 270

ffTtafh'xf'apo .

... 254

(TTTapog . . . .

261,262, 263

ffrrjpa

... 261

arttpddia

. . . 250

ar6p.a'^og

244, 246, 260

ffTOUplOVt

... 241

arpwp.aTSU'S 266

(JU'^aypida 267

aovaypig .... 267, 279

atpiyya

(Tifupatva

(TojX.rjV

270
253
270

Taenia 278

ravrdvo 271

TovcVa 254

rpdyoi 267, 268

rpiyXe? 268

rptyXrj 261, 268

rpc/Ja? 242, 243

rpiyuig 243

rptyig 242, 243

rpuyd>v . . 235-239, 240, 247

T(T7,p()g 254

raiyapnXia 268

TffiTzXdxi 276

rainttoXa 259

TfftTZ-DUpa 264

TvipXivai 249

'r-i,^,Lop.a . . . 230,233,235,

.... 239, 240

bfTzipa 235

0ayypi 263, 267

<fdyp„^^ .... 247, 264, 269

<pidp.tiuXa 271

(fidi T-^9 OaXdffffTjg . . . 247

<pc(T(Ta 242, 243

cfpt^aa 242, 243

foxri^ 269

fuxig 260, 269

ifux,'>il'apo .... 269, 270

<f(oXl>U(7l.V 246

XaXxi8eg 242, 243

ydvva 260

yjhvri . . . 247, 260, 264, 276

ydvog 260

yapaxtda 261

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

285

yd<pTTi<s 274

)(^a<pi 244

Xtthxi 269, 270

X^dou 269, 270

XzcXoutra 270

Xih 244

X^hd6-^a 240, 273

Xs?ud„>u<l>apo . . 249, 273, 274
X^hdw'^ .... 268, 272, 273
X^hmdiffi^ .... 269, 270
yj)^d>'> .... 251,252,261
X^fMiia. 252

ytXdpt.

. . 276

yXdaxa

. . 278

X^npitq . .

. . 236

y(i'^dpay.(i'j{^a

. . 239

XP'.TT('j(l'apo .

. . 258

XP<> !>-'■'>

. . 269

ypuaoipa

264, 265

ypbffixppv^ .

. . 265

Xpoffoil'apn .

. . . 242

ywij.arida

. . . 278

^FaHvpw w6v

. . 246

(I'rjrra . . '

286

, 238, 277, 278

286 proceedings of the academy of [1892.

July 5.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Fifty-four persons present.

July 12.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.
Fifteen persons present.

July 19.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.
Eleven persons present.

July 26.
Mr, Benjamin Smith Lyman in the chair.

Six persons present.

August 2.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.
Ten persons present.

August 9.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.
Nine persons present.

August 16.
Mr. Charles Roberts in the chair.
Seventeen persons present.

1892.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 287

August 23.
Mr. Charles Roberts in the chair.

Eleven persons present.

A paper entitled " Autosporadic Seeds in Oxalis stricta," by
Ernest Walker, was presented for publication.

The death of Edw. C. Knight, a member, July 21, 1892, was
announced.

August 30.

Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.

Nineteen persons present.

AVilliam Bringhurst, M. D. was elected a member.

Carlos Berg, of Buenos Aires, was elected a correspondent.

The following was ordered to be printed : —

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

THE ATJTOSPORADIC SEEDS OF OXALIS STRICTA.
By Ernest Walker.

The effective metliod this plant has of scattering its mature seeds,
in which it proves to be a decided "touch-me-not" seems hitherto
to have escai^ed observation. In Gray's Manual, and other like
works, the seeds are spoken of as having a " loose and separating"
coat, but the part this envelope plays in dehiscence and in the dis-
tribution of the species is not mentioned.

In May, 1891, I made some careful observations, and the follow-
ing memoranda: —

As the seeds of Oxalis stricta L. attain maturity, the erect loculi-
cidal capsule becomes flaccid. In this condition the least distur-
bance, as the touch of the hand or shaking by the wind, causes
the seeds to be expelled with considerable force, and thrown two
or three feet. Sitting for a few minutes by a plant, the tick of the
seeds as they were continually projected could be distinctly heard. To
place a capsule in the palm of the hand, and press it, suggested the
bursting of pop-corn.

The shooting of the seed was done so quickly that it was some
time before I could make out the manner in which it was j.ccom-
plished.

The active agent is the outer coat of the seed. This consists of
a translucent, shining, membraneous envelope stretched tightly over
the seed. When it bursts, it suddenly and elastically turns inside-
out ; after which it becomes flaccid.

This coat is thicker in a line along the ventral margin of the pen-
dulous seed, or along the edge which is next the axis of the cap-
sule. The rupture is naturally along the opposite edge. Doubling
back against the axis of the upright capsule gives this membra-
neous coat, or spermoderm the power to project the seed.

Placing some of the seeds under a lens and puncturing the coat
with a needle the rupture was found to occur at other parts than the
margin, or at any point the coat might be pricked. In this instance
the envelope not having a "back-stop" was often thrown farther
than the seed.

When in the capsule the position of the seeds is such as to throw
them not only outward but slightly upward. They are cast farther
than if projected horizontally. Some seeds were found as far as
three feet from the capsule from wliich they were thrown.

1892.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 289

September 6.
Dr. Geo. H. Horn iu the chair.
Fifteen persons present.

September 13.
Mr. UsELMA C. Smith in the chair.
Thirty persons present.

On the Foramen viagnum of the Common Porpoise, and on a
Human Lower Jaw of unusual size. — Dr. Harrison Allen
invited attention to two skulls of the common porpoise (^Tursiop
tursio) and demonstrated that the foramen magnum in both speci-
mens received no portion of the basi-occipital bone. The exoccipi-
tal bones meet in the median line and the posterior border of the
basi-occipital bone lies fully one-half an inch in advance of the
foramen. The arrangement of i)arts thus proved to be an excep-
tion to the general statement admitted by leading authorities,
namely, that the Mammalia are characterized by the lower border
of the foramen magnum being foimed by the basi-occipital element,
and by the occipital condyle not being composed entirely by the
exoccipital.

Dr. Allen also invited attention to a human lower jaw of unusual
size from the Sandwich Islands. As compared with the lower jaw
of an English skull the following measurements will prove of
interest.

Sandwich Islands. England.

INCHES. INCHtS.

Height of ascending ramus 3? 2?

Width of ascending ramus Its I5

5

2

_8_
10

Length of horizontal i-amus 3 2t;

Goniosymphysal length 41 3°

Width of horizontal ramus at

first bicuspid Its ^ts

Width of horizontal ramus

opposite last molar ItV 1

Symphysal height li Ij

Coronoid height i

Interironial width 3? 3?

Condyloid height "z ?

fr^

It will be thus seen that the greatest contrasts in size between an
average bone and the one exhibited are to be found in the rami,
and the least contrasts, and in most features none at all, in the pro-
portions of the processes and iu the width between the angles.

290 ' proceedings of the academy of [1892.

September 20.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.
Thirty-six persons present.

A paper entitled " A Revision of the North American Creodonta
with notes of some Genera which have been referred to that Group,"
by AV. B. Scott, was presented for publication.

September 27.
^Ir. Chas. p. Perot in the chair.
Two hundred and two persons present.

Greenland Explorations. — Mr. R. E. Peary, U. S. N., made an
informal and preliminary report on his exploration of Greenland
during the last twelve months. He announced that he had been
able to carry out almost to the letter the plan submitted to the
Academy, the merits of which this society, whose practical interest
made fruition possible, was the first to recognize. He had traced
the nortliern limit of the interior ice cap of Greenland and settled
the northern extension of the main land-mass. He had completed
the surveys of Davis Strait and Inglefield Gulf and he had availed
himself of unique opportunities of studying the Arctic Highlanders,
a tribe of about two hundred and thirty souls separated from the
rest of humanity by the sea and by impassible glaciers, but whose
acute ability to obtain their two great necessities: something to eat
and something to wear, is not excelled in the world.

Mr. Peary then returned to the Academy the flag presented to
him at the setting out of his expedition. It is the only flag which
has been carried across the northern boundary of Greenland,
or has floated over the east coast above the 77th parallel.

Prof. Heilprin read the preliminary report of the Relief
Expedition, which will be published in detail at a later date.

The following were elected members : — J. Liberty Tadd, George
S. Wolf and N. V. Ball, M. D.

The following was ordered to be printed : —

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN CREODONTA WITH NOTES

ON SOME GENERA WHICH HAVE BEEN REFERRED TO

THAT GROUP.

BY W. B. SCOTT.

The Creodonta form an extremely heterogeneou.s group, very
difficult to define and still more difficult to classify and subdivide.
This difficulty arises partly from the imperfection of the available
material, but more especially from the lack of diagnostic characters
which are common to all the members of the order and from the
minute steps of gradation by which they shade into other groups of
allied unguiculates and even ungulates. Creodonta were among the
earliest fossil mammals which were accurately studied and they were
then referred to the carnivores. Laurillard, Pomel and others,
however, regarded them as marsupials, and Aymard and Gaudry
following this example, have called them Sous-didelphes. In 1875
Cope proposed the name of Creodonta for the group which he
regarded as a suborder of the Insectivora, but in 1877 he named
this comprehensive order the Bunotheria, referring to it as suborders,
the Creodonta, Mesodonta, Insectivora, Tilludonta and Tteniodonta.
The creodont division has not found universal acceptance, Filhol
regarding them asCarnivora, Wortman as Insectivora and Lydekker
as a suborder of the Carnivora, Nevertheless, they cannot be in-
cluded among either the insectivores or the carnivores without unit-
ing these groups, and it is therefore most convenient to regard them
as an order.

The number of genera which should be referred to the Creodonta,
the families into which they should be grouped, and their mutual
relationships are matters of great obscurity and difficulty, and opinion
on the subject has been both conflicting and fluctuating. The reason
for this lies largely in the imperfect condition of the available
material, the few genera, whose structure is at all completely under-
stood, being for the most part members of highly diflferentiated side-
lines, which have but little importance in estimating the character
of the group as a whole. More especially is this true of the Puerco
genera, which are known almost exclusively from teeth, together
with a few scattered bones, and as the trigonodont (tritubercular)
plan of molar tooth is so universal in that formation, the discrimina-

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

tion of genera, families and even orders from teeth alone is
excessively difficult. It may well be the case that several genera
which are now refei'red to the creodonts, really belong to very
diH'erent orders. Pantolestes, for example, was regarded as a
creodont until the discovery of the foot-structure showed it to be an
artiodactyl. For an opportunity to study the Puercu creodonts, I
am indebted to Professor Cope, who, with his accustomed liberality,
has placed his unique collection at my disposal. I would also exjDress
my thanks to Professor Osborn who, by kindly sending me the
advance-sheets of his paper on the Wasatch fauna, has enabled me
to incorporate his very interesting observations upon certain genera
of that formation.

It would be quite superfluous to recapitulate here all the various
schemes of classification which have been proposed for the creodonts,
and I shall therefore mention only those presented by Cope and
Schlossei-. Originally Cope' excluded Mesomjx and Hytenodon from
the group and recognized but three families ; the Amblocionidcs,
with Amblodonus and "perhaps Palceonidis ; " the Oxycenidcn, Avith
Oxycena, Stypolophus, Pterodon, and perhaps Pair lofe lis ; the Arcto-
cyonidce with Arctocyon and probably Miacis and Didymidis.
In 1884, Cope proposed a new j)lan of division between the Creo-
donta and Insectivora, assigning to the former the genera with tri-
tubercular molars and dividing the group, thus greatly enlarged,
into eight families ; Mesouychidoe (including Amblodonus) Hycuno-
dontidce, Chrysoehlorididce, Leptididw (or Centdidce), Mythoinyido',
(or Potamogalidoi), Talpidce, OxyrEiiidce (including Palceonidis) and
Miacidce. In his great work on the Tertiary Vertebrata (1885) the
same author removes the existing families of insectivores and the
genus Hycenodoii from the creodonts, but retains provisionally the
Leptididce, from which the Ardocyonidce. are i-emoved, and places
PaloEonidis in the Amblodonidm. Schlosser^ places the Centeiidce,
Talpidce, Chrysoehlorididce and Potamoc/alidce, together witli the
extinct genera, Leptidis, Idops, Mesodedesaud Diacodon amoug the
Insectivora, refers the Miacidce to the Carnivora and divides the
Creodonta into five families: (1) Ardocyonidcv with Ardocyon,
Hyodedes, Heteroborus and Mioc.loenus. (2) Proviverridce with
Deltatherium, Triisodov, Diddphodus, Stypolophus, Qiiercytherium,
Proviverra and Cynohycenodon. (3) Oxycoiidce with Pterodon,

1 Rep. U. S. Geogr. Surv. W. lOdth Mer. Vol. IV, Pt. II, pp. 87ff.
■^ Die Affcn, Lemuren, etc , d. Europ. Tert.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

Oxi/ccaa, Protopsalis and Hrjcenodon. (4) Amhhjctonidce, with
Amb/yetonus aud Pakeonidis. (5) Meson ycliidoi, with Mesoiiyx,
Dissacus, Scij-cothraustes, Patriofelis and Thereutherium. Later in
the same work (1889) he modities this arrangement by removing
the Miaeidce from the Carnivora and erecting them into a special
group, "Creodonta Adaptiva." I regard Schlosser's sclieme as, on
the whole, a very natural one and have adopted it with some modi-
fication.

For the reasons already explained, the following classification of
the Creodonta must be regarded as merely tentative, a provisional
attempt to arrange the genera by jiliyla or lines of divergence,
which can be but imperfectly expressed by rigid definitions, even if
these lines were much more clearly and completely understood than
is the case at present. It may seem that I have unduly increased
the number of genera, and that many of these are but vaguely
defined. But it should be remembered that in the Puerco, and to
a somewhat less degree in the Wasatch, the pattern of the teeth is
similar throughout many difi'erent groups, and minute differences of
tootli-structure must be employed when we have reason to believe
that they indicate important differences in the general character of
the animal. This is illustrated by Panto lestes, an artiodactyl, which
was regarded, and with good reason, as a creodont. With our
present materials a rigid system is impracticable, because it leads to
the unnatural association of forms really very different. But at
the same time, it must be admitted that such vagueness is most
undesirable and may lead us quite astray. Hence, the emphasis
laid upon the provisional character of the scheme.

In the following table of families and in the enumeration of the
genera under those families, the problematical and doubtful forms
are omitted from consideratiim and will be discussed at the close of
the paper. It must not, however, be inferred from this, that all
those genera which are enumerated belong unmistakably to the
creodonts ; merely that they very probal)ly do so.

I. Fourth upper {)remolar not forming a well-developed secto-
rial ;' sectorials present, if at all, in more than one pair.

1. Superior molars tritubercular, not trenchant; cusps erect and
acute; inferior molars luberculosectorial, with trigonid moderately
elevated above the talon and not forming a shearing blade ; pre-

^ Oxyana and Palaonictis form a partial exception to this statement.

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

raolars simple and trenchant, P4^ with a deuterocone, and p* some-
times witli deuteroconid Oxycl^enid^.

2. Superior molars more or less completely quadritubercular; tri-
gonid of lower molars very little or not at all higher than talon ;
paraconid much reduced or absent; all cusps low and massive; pre-
molars high and acute Arctocy'Onid^..

3. Superior molars tritubercular, with low, massive cusps, but
sometimes having a well-developed hypocone on 51 2 ; trigonid much
higher than talon, but not forming a shearing blade; paraconid
reduced ; premolars high and acute TRiisODONTiDiE.

4. Superior molars tritubercular, not trenchant ; inferior molars
with metaconid rudimentary or absent; talon trenchant, lacking
entoconid. Astragalus deeply grooved, except in Dissacus

MESONYCHIDiE.

5. Superior molars tritubercular and somewhat trenchant; para-
and metacones closely approximated, and with a cutting crest poste-
rior to the latter ; inferior molars with elevated trigonid, forming a
trenchant blade PROViVERRiDiE.

6. Para- and metacones of superior molars connate or indistin-
guishably fused, protocone reduced or absent; posterior cutting
ridge much enlarged ; inferior molars with metaconid and talon
reduced or absent; the proto- and paraconids enlarged, flattened
and forming an efficient sectorial blade Hy^nodontid^,.

7. Superior molars without or with only rudimentary posterior
cutting ridge ; para- and metacones very high and pointed and well
separated ; inferior molars with reduced talon, well developed meta-
conid ; proto- and paraconids enlarged, flattened and forming an
efficient sectorial blade. Face shortened PALvEONiCTiDiE.

II. Fourth upper premolar and first lower molar forming the
single pair of sectorials; superior molars tritubercular, inferior
molars, except the first, also tubercular MiACiDiE.

OXYCLJENID^, Fam. nov.

Superior molars tritubercular, not trenchant; cusps erect and
acute ; inferior molars tuberculosectorial, with trigonid moderately
elevated above the talon, but not forming a shearing blade ; pre-
molars simple and trenchant, £4 with a deuterocone and p* some-
times with deuteroconid.

The genera associated to form this family are known almost
entirely from the dentition, and their relationship with one another,

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

even their ordinal position, is very obscure, the teeth being of that
generalized and primitive character to which all taammalian types
of dentition converge, as we trace them back in time.

OXYCL^NUSi Cope.
Syn. Mioclttnus Cope,- in part.

Only upper dentition known. The anterior premolars form sim-
ple, compressed and trenchant cones; on 1^4 there is also a well
developed deuterocone. The molars are simply tritubercular, with
small, erect and acute cusps. ^2 is the largest of the series, espe-
cially in the transverse direction. The para- and metacones arise
close to the outer side of the crown, the latter somewhat nearer to
the median line. The protocone is the largest of the elements.
There is no distinct hypocone, merely a thickening of the cingulum
at that point, which is most marked in m^. Minute but very dis-
tinct proto- and metaconules are present. M3 is very much reduced
in size and more oval than triangular in shape, but preserves all the
cusps.

One species: 0. {Mioclcenus) cuspidatus Cope. Puerco.

CHRIACUS3 Cope.
Syn, Pelycodus Cope, in part.

The dentition of this genus is very much like that of the primitive
lemuroids, to a genus of which some of the species were originally
referred. The character of the symphysis, the spacing of the inferior
premolars and the presence of the paraconid, being the only impor-
tant differences. The upper premolars have compressed and acute
protocones and on P3 ""^^ 4 are well developed deuterocones. The
upper molars are triangular in shape and much extended trans-
versely ; "^1 has a small hypocone and '^ a hypocone and an addi-
tional cusp io front of the protocone, which in accordance with
Osborn's system of nomenclature, we may call the protostyle; ^ is
the smallest of the series and has neither hypocone nor protostyle.
The anterior lower premolars are simple and spaced apart, but P4
has a deuteroconid and heel. In the molars the trigonid is much
higher than the talon and the paraconid is reduced ; the talon also
has three cusps, of which the hypoconulid on m^ is in some species
enlarged and carried on a distinct fang.

1 Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 1883, p. 312.

^ Tran>. Am. Phil. Soc, Vol XVI, Pt. II, p. 320.

^ Ptoc. Am. Phil. Soc, 1883, p. 313.

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Two species certainly belong to this genus, C. (Pelycodus) pelvi-
dens Cope and C. truncatus Cope, both from the Puerco. In addi-
tion we may provisionally refer to it three other species, of which
the upper dentition is unknown, but whose lower teeth agree closely
with those of the typical species ; these are : C. {Deltatherinm)
Baldwini Cope, and C. stenops Cope, from the Puerco, and C. {Pely-
codiis) angulatus Cope, from the Wasatch.

PKOTOCHRIACUS, gen. nov.
Syn. Chriacus Cope, in part.

This genus is closely allied to Chriacvs, but differs from it in a
number of details. P* has no distinct deuterocone; the upper
molars are less extended transversely, the hypocone is smaller and
the protostyle absent. In the lower molars the trigonid and talon
are of nearly equal height. Two species: P. (Chriacics) priscus
Cope, and P. {Chriacus) simplex Cope. Puerco.

EPICHRIACTJS, gen. nov.
Syn. Chriacus Cope, in part.

In this genus the upper molars resemble those of Chriacus but
the last lower premolar has all the elements of a molar, though
not fully developed. The trigonid rises considerably above the
talon. The third molar in both jaws is very much reduced. The
mandible is long and slender. The humerus has a thin, broad and
low trochlea with large epicondylar foramen and very prominent
supinator ridge. The ulna has a long olecranon and the sigmoid
notch is very oblique to the line of the shaft. The astragalus is very
peculiar; the trochlea has a remarkably limited antero-posterior
extent and is nearly flat transversely, but very oblique, high on the
external and very low on the mesial side, where there is a depression
for the internal malleolus of the tibia. The ectal calcaneal facet is
very large and widely separated from thesustentacular fiicet, which is
very narrow ; the neck is very slender and directed obliquely
distally and inward.

One species: E. (Chriacus) schlosserianus Cope: Puerco.

PENTACODON, gen. nov.
Syn. Chriacus Cope, in part.

Upper teeth unknown. Anterior lower premolars very small
and simple in construction, p* is large, with large heel and very distinct
deuteroconid. The molars increase in size from the first to the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

third, which is very large proportionately ; its talou is remarkable
for the entire absence of the entoconid; the bypoconid and hypo-
con ulid form very acute cusps upon the external and posterior
borders of the talon respectively, the valley of which thus opens in-
ward without obstruction.

One species: C. {Chriacus) inversus Cope: Puerco.

LOXOLOPHUSi Cope.
Syii. Chriacus Cope, in part.

The superior molars are tritubercular with very minute hypocoue,
and are remai'kable for their autero-posterior as compared with their
transverse extent. The lower molars have a high trigonid with all
three cusps well developed and basin-shaped talon with elevated
hypoconid.

One species: L. hyattianus Cope (Syn. Chriacus hyattianus^ Cope,
Loxolophus adapinus^ Cope). Puerco.

TRICENTES* Cope.
Syn. Miochenus Cope, in part.

This genus is very closely allied to Protochriacus, but differs in
the absence of Pj_. The premolars are compressed, acute, very high
and simple, except Rj which has a small deuterocone. M; anH ^
have a nearly quadrate shape, produced by the well developed
hypocone and are surrounded by a stout cingulum. M3 is the
smallest of the series, the hypocone is absent and the metacone
reduced. The canine is large and separated from P2 by a consider-
able diastema. Inferior dentition unknown. The face is very
short and the anterior edge of the orbit is over the space between p*
and '"j. The forehead is fiat, the supraciliary ridges short and con-
verging rapidly to form the sagittal crest.

Two species may certainly be referred to this genus : T. (Mioclw-
7ius) buccidentus Cope and T. crassicollidens Cope, Puerco. A third
species is doubtful, viz., ? T. (Mioclcenus) suhtrigonus Cope, in which
the number of upper premolars is not known, but the tooth struct-
ure agrees closely with Tricentes. Puerco.

lAmer. Naturali'^t, 1885, p. 386.

2 Loc. cit., p. 385, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, Vol. XVI, Ft. II, p. 204.

3 Am. Nat. 1885, p. 386.

* Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 1883, p. 31G.

* Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, loc. cit., p. 304.

20

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ELLIPSODON. gen. nov.
Syii. Tri'ceiites Cope, in part.

The systematic position of this form is entirely obscure; it agrees
with Tr'icentes in having but three upper premolars, but differs
entirely in the construction of the molars. The premolars are
relatively broad and massive, almost as in MlodcBnus ; P4 is esj^e-
cially broad and has a very large deuterocoue. The molars are
oval in shape and have no hypocone ; '^ is the largest of the series
and '^ very greatly reduced and forms a mere oval-shaped rudi-
ment, without recognizable elements. Inferior dentition unknown.

One species : E. (Triceiites) iiuequidens Cope. Puerco.

Though technically Chriacvs and its allies, so far as their struct-
ure is at pi'esent known, belong among the creodonts, their general
aspect is very similar to that of the Eocene Primates and it is diffi-
cult to resist the suspicion that they will eventually prove to be
primitive ancestral forms of that group.

ARCTOOYONID^ Cope.

Superior molars more or less completely quadritubercular ; tri-
gonid of lower molars very little or not at all higher than talon ;
paraconid much reduced or absent; all cusps of molars low and
massive, premolars high and acute.

CLJENODON, gen. nov.
Syn. Mioclicnus Cope, in part.

In the present state of knowledge it is very difficult to justify the
separation of this form from the European genus ^rctoc?/on and yet
the identification of genera from different continents upon insuffi-
cient materials is quite as apt to lead to erroneous conclusions in
questions of geological correlation and zoological distribution, as
the opposite course is to cause confusion from a systematic point of
view. In view of this choice of evils, I have provisionally sug-
gested a new name. A not unimportant difference from Arctocyon
is the less completely quadritubercular character of the upper
molars. From Hyodectes it differs in the greater simplicity of the
molars and lack of secondary tubercles, as well as in the less
extreme reduction of m^, while it may be distinguished from Hetero-
borus by the presence of p^, which is absent in that genus. In Cl(je-
nodon the upper molars are subquadrate in outline, with fairly well
developed hypocone. M2^is the largest of the series, 1^ the smallest.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

The anterior lower premolars are small and feeble ; p^ is implanted
by a single fang and is separated by a diastema from p^, which has
two roots. J\ is much the largest of the series and consists of a
high, acute and trenchant cone with a strong cingulum, which forms
minute anterior and posterior basal cusps. The lower molars are
longer and narrower than the upper; the talon is larger than the
trigonid and the paraconid is much reduced or absent. M^3 has a
distinct hypoconulid. The mandible is long and stout, with regu-
larly curved inferior border and large, deeply marked masseteric
fossa. The zygapophyses of the lumbar vertebrie display the invo-
luted and interlockiug shape characteristic of the creodonts. The
manus is pentadactyl, plantigrade, and remarkable for the very
slight degree of interlocking of the metacarpals. The fibula is
very stout and forms an exceedingly massive external malleolus.
The astragalus is much like that of Arctocyon, but has a longer,
narrower and somewhat flatter trochlea and, as in that genus, is
perforated by a foramen.

Two species are clearly referable to Chtnodon : C. {Miodcenus)
Jerox Cope, and C (^Miocl(jenus) corrugatus Cope. A third species,
C {Mioclcenus) protogonioides Cope, cannot be technically separated
from it, but the general appearance of the teeth is so different from
those of the typical species as to justify the suspicion that more com-
plete material w'ill cause its removal to another group. In j)artic-
ular, its resemblance to ? Trie.entes subtrigonus has been noted by
Cope.

TETRACL^NODON, gen. nov.
Syn. MioL-lienits Cope, in part.

Superior dentition unknown ; the inferior molars are like those of
Clcenodon, but the premolars are very different. The anterior ones
are relatively larger and more massive; p^ is a stout, compressed
cone and has a minute anterior basal cusp (paraconid) and a small
heel, which forms two basin-like depressions, divided by a median
ridge. P* has all the elements of a molar, with a massive protoconid
and small para- and deuteroconids ; the heel is low and composed
of two cusps (meta- and tetartocouids). The molars are constrncted
as in Cl(E)iodon, but are less rugose than in either of the undoubted
species of that genus. The humerus has a broad and flattened head,
small tuberosities and wide, shallow bicipital groove. The deltoid
ridge is very prominent and runs far down the shaft, which is stouter
than in Arctocyon. The trochlea is higher, thicker and narrower

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

than ill that geuus, and the supinator ridge less prominent ; the ent-
epicondyle is very large and is perforated. The distal end of the
radius is narrow and flattened, and the facets for the scaphoid and
lunar are separate!}' marked, a very unusual feature among creo-
donts. The ilium is strongly trihedral and very little expanded ;
the inferior surface is broad and the spine prominent.
One species: T. (3Iiocl(jeniis) fioveriamis Cope. Puerco.

ANACODONi Cope.

This genus was founded upon the inferior molars and referred to the
Condylarthra. Osborn", however, who has obtained more extensive
material, regards it as a creodont and member of the present family.
According to him, the molar formula is P^ M.f and the dentition
presents the following pecularities : " (1) The enlargement of the
second molar in both jaws, the smaller size of the first and third and

the very marked reduction of the entire premolar series (2)

The degenerate condition of the cusps of the molars and the forma-
tion of innumerable secondary tubercles or crenations. (3) The
probable presence of a wide diastema." ^ has trito- and deutero-
cones and the tetartocone is represented by a low ridge, distinct
from the cingulum, and thus has the constitution of a molar. The
upper molars are of a broad oval shape, with very low main cusps,
small hypocone and very much wrinkled and tuberculate surface.
P« and 4 are small and have only a low heel in addition to the proto-
conid. M* has an enlarged hypoconulid.

One species: A . w'sidejis Cope : Wasatch.

TRIISODONTID^, Fam. nov.

Superior molars tritubercular with low, massive cusps, sometimes
having a well developed hypocone on ^2 ; trigonid of lower molars
much higher than talon, but not forming a shearing blade, para-
conid reduced ; premolars high and acute.

TRIISODONi Cope.

This genus has many suggestions of affinity wMth the Meso-
nychidce, from which it differs in the less reduced and simplified den-
tition. The upper teeth and the anterior lower premolars are not
known. The canine is large and of oval section, without cutting
edges. P* is small and p* very large, with very high, acute and

1 Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 1881, p. 181.

2 Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, pp. 115-118.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

trenchant protoconid and a talon of two trenchant cusp?, of which
the external is much the higher and more acute. Seen from the
outer side, this tooth closely resembles the corresponding one of
Dissacus, differing only in the presence of the tetartoconid. In the
molars the trigonid rises considerably above the talon and is com-
posed of a high, sharp and massive protoconid, of a small, low
metaconid, and a still smaller and lower paraconid ; the two latter
cusps are on the same antero-posterior line and, in m^ at least, are
not visible from the external side. The talon consists of a high and
sharp hypoconid with trenchant anterior edge and internally three
very much smaller cusps, representing the hypocouulid, entoconid
and a tubercle in front of the latter to which no name has been
given. This crenulate inner border of the talon is highly charac-
teristic of the genus.

Three species : T. quivirensis Cope, T. bleulminatus Cope and
T. (MiocJcenus) heUprinlanus Cope. In his last publication'^ Cope
refers the T. heilprinianus to a subgenus (Goniacodon) of Mio-
dcetius, but the talon of the only known tooth agrees best with that
of Triisodon.

GONIACODON- Cope.
Syn Mioclcenus Cope, in part ; Triisodon Cope, in part.

Though established only as a subgenus of Mioclcenus, this group
of species should be raised to full generic rank ; it is closely allied
on the one hand to Triisodon and on the other to Sarcothraustes,
the distinction between the three being frequently a matter of much
difficulty. The species are of moderate size, smaller on the average
than those of either of the allied genera. The anterior upper pre-
molars are small and simple. ^ is implanted by three fangs (at
least in G. levlsanus) but has no distinct deuterocone. P^ has a
very high, acute protocone and well developed deuterocone. The
upper molars are triangular in shape with low, conical cusps and
m^ has a fairly well developed hypocone. P* has a small talon,
divided into minute outer and inner cusps. The lower molars are
the characteristic feature of the genus ; the trigonid is moderately
elevated above the talon ; the proto- and metaconids are of nearly
the same size and very closely approximated, forming a twin cusp

1 Amer. Naturalist, 1881, p. 667.

2 Trans. Am. Pliil. Soc, Vol. xvi, Pt. II, p. 321.
^ Loc. cit.

802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

which is cleft but a short distance below the apex ; the paracouid
is very small, depressed and submedian in position, i. e., standing in
front of the space between the ]n-oto- and metaconids. The talon
is basin-shaped and consists of hypo- and entoconids which may be
of nearly the same size (G. rusticus) or the former may be much
the larger ((x. levisanus). A minute hypoconulid is also present.
M* is much reduced.

Three species: G. (Trusodon, 3Iioelcenus) levisanus Cope, G.
{Miocl(znus) gaudryanus Cope, and G. (Trusodon, Mioclcenus)
rusticus Cope. Puerco.

MICROCL.a:NODON, gen. nov.
Syii. Aliocluiiiis Cope, m part.

Known only from lower molars, which are much like those of
Gonincodo)), es])ecially in the constitution of the trigonid, but the
talon is very ditterent and agrees with that of Deltutherimn and
Pentacodon in the absence of the entoconid and large size of the
hypoconulid, especially in m^ ; tiie valley is thus widely open on the
inner side.

One species: 3f. (^Tri'isodon, Mioclcenus) assurgens Cope. Puerco.'

SARCOTHRAUSTESi Cope.
Syn. MiocLvmis Cope, in part.

The largest Puerco Creodouts are to be found among the species
of this genus-. The superior molars, so far as they are known, and
the lower premolars agree closely with those of Goniacodon, the
only differences being their larger size, more massive cusps, thicker
and more prominent cinguluni, especially at the antero-external
angle of the crown. ^3 is oval in shape and I'educed in size, having
lost the metacone. The anterior lower premolars are remarkable for
their small size and simple construction, but jr* is very much larger
and higher and has a large talon, divided into inner and outer
cusps. The lower molars differ from those of Goniacodon in the
composition of the trigonid; the protoconid is much the largest
element, the para- and metaconids are greatly reduced and placed on
the same fore and aft line, as in Tri'isodon, but the talon is very
different, consisting of hypo- and entoconids and small hypoconulid,
which may or may not be much enlarged on m^^ the size of which
tooth is very variable in the different species. The skull has a
very small cranial cavity and a very high occipital crest, which is

1 Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 18S1, p. 193.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 803

archeil from side to side and continued forward into an extremely
prominent sagittal crest. The zygomatic arches are heavy and pro-
ject strongly from the skull ; the glenoid cavity is deeply concave,
with prominent pre- and post-glenoid crests. The mandible varies
much in size and proportions among the difterent si)ecies, being in
some long and slender and in others very massive, but in all the
ascending ramus is of remarkable antero-posterior extent, the dis-
tance from the condyle to in^ exceeding the length of the molar pre-
molar series. The condyle is ])laced low down and there is a short
hooked angular process. The masseteric fossa is large but shallow,
especially so in the larger species.

In his latest paper^ on the Puerco fauna Cope classifies Sareo.
thraustes as a subgenus of MiocUmiis, a view which is obviously unten-
able, as the affinities of the genus are much more nearly with the
Mesomjchidce, in which family Schlosser has included it.

There are five well marked species o^ Sareothraustes, all of which
are from the Puerco beds : S. antiquus Cope, IS. coryphceus Cope, S.
bathygnathus Cope and S. ( Conorydes, Miocleenns) crassiciispis Cope.

MESONYCHIDJE Cope.

Superior molars tritubercular, not trenchant ; inferior molars with
metaconid rudimentary or absent; talon trenchant, lacking ento-
conid. Astragalus deeply grooved, except in Dissacus, and articu-
lating with the cuboid.

The long continued existence of this family, throughout the entire
Eocene and into the White River Miocene, brought with it numbers
of important changes in dental and skeletal structure, so that char-
acters diagnostic of the entire family are difficult to find, and yet
the close relationship and succession of the various genera are so
clear and obvious that it is impracticable to place them in more than
one family.

DISSACTJS2 Cope.

This, the oldest member of the series, is in many respects closely
similar to Goniacodon and Tn'isodon, but with important differences.
The dental formula is unreduced, but the upper premolars have
already attained a considerable degree of complication. P3 is much
elongated antero-posteriorly and has a small deuterocone ; P4 is com-
pletely molariform, having a distinct tritocone in addition to the

1 Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, Vol. xvi, Pt. II. p. 3:^0.
2Amer. Naturalist, 1881, p. 1019.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

large deuterocone. The upper molars are very simple and consist
of a large crescentic protoeone, and low, compressed para- and meta-
cones, the latter somewhat the smaller of the two. In the lower jaw
pi is very small and simple, implanted b)^ one fang. P^, s and * are
all alike, except in size, which increases posteriorly; these teeth
consist of a high, acute, trenchant and recurved protoconid, and a
low cutting heel, but with no paraconid, except for a rudimentary
one on p*. In the lower molars the protoconid is greatly enlarged,
compressed, acute and with cutting edges ; the metnconid has almost
com])letely fused with the protoconid, from which it is separated
only by a very shallow groove ; the paraconid is much reduced and
forms a low anterior basal cusp; the talon consists of the hypoconid
only, which has a trenchant upper margin. The mandible is slender,
with long symphysis which reaches to p^. The posterior thoracic
and lumbar vertebrae have the characteristic creodont feature of
involuted zygapophyses. In the humerus the en tepi condyle is less
prominent than is usual among creodonts, but retains the foramen ;
the trochlea is low, but distinctly convex. The ulna has a long
olecranon. The head of the radius is transversely oval and displays
three humeral surfaces. The astragalus is very slightly grooved,
and the trochlear surface extends to the middle of the neck ; distally
there is a distinct facet for the cuboid, separated from the navicular
surfiice by an angle; the body of the bone is pierced by a foramen.
The calcaneum has a long tuber calcis and rather small sustenta-
culum. The proximal end of the cuboid exhibits separate facets for
the calcaneum and astragalus. The feet were plantigrade and
pentadactyl.

Three species have been referred to this genus : D. tiavajoviits Cope,
and D. carnifex Cope are from the Puerco and D. leptognathns
Osborn is from the Wasatch, but being known from a single molar
only, is provisionally placed in this genus.

PACHY^NAi Cope.
Syn. Mesonyx- Cope, in part.

If, Cj-, P|, M|. The incisors are small, the canines very robust.
Pi is small, single-rooted and separated by a short diastema from

1 Rep. Vert. Foss. New Mexico, U. S. Geog. Surv. W. 100th Mer., 1874,
p. 13.

■' Mesonyx ossifragus, Tert. Vert. p. 362.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

P2 which is somewhat larger and has a tritocoiie; Pa is similar but
larger and P4 is completely molariform, but the triiocone is smaller
than the protocone. The molars have very massive cusps and
exhibit a reduction of the metacone in favor of the paracone ; ""3
is the smallest of the series and has lost the nietacone entirely.
The lower incisors are reduced to two small teeth in each ramus. P^
is small and single rooted, separated from the canine by a short space;
p2 aiidT^ are larger and have a well developed cutting talon, while p*
is the largest of the series and rendered completely molariform by
the addition of a paraconid. The molars differ from those of Dis-
sacusm the entire absence of the metaconid, or perhaps it would be
more correct to say that it has become completely fused with the
protoconid. The skull has a very long cranium and short face, the
zygomatic arches are extremely long, massive and widely expanded.
The mandible has a slender liorizontal ramus and extremely broad
ascending ramus, ending in a bluntly rounded and slightly everted
coronoid ; the angle is truncate and not continued into a distinct
process; the symphysis is unusually long. The limb-bones of this
genus, as described by Cope, show a remarkable disproportion between
the length of the fore and hind legs. The humerus is very short and
stout, with a very prominent deltoid crest, which extends nearly the
whole length of the shaft; there is no distinct intertrochlear promi-
nence; the entepicondyle is very prominent and pierced by a fora-
men. The ulna is long in proportion to the humerus and has a
strikingly long olecranon. The radius has a transversely oval head
and massive distal end. The femur is long and stout, the tibia long
and rather slender. The astragalus is well grooved and has a large
cuboidal facet which is nearly half as wide as that for the navicular,
a character unknown among creodonts, except in this family. The
metapodials are short, the phalanges depressed, the unguals flat-
tened and almost hoof-like.

The species of this group were the largest of the Eocene flesh-
eaters and must have presented an exceedingly curious appearance
when in life from the disproportion between the great head, exceed-
ing that of the largest grizzly bears in size, and the small weak feet,
as well as that between the length of the fore and hind limbs.

Two species : P. {Mesonyx) ossifraga Cope and P. gigavtea Osborn.
"Wasatch.

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

MESONYXi Cope.
Syn. Sy)ioplothermt)i- Cope, DroniocyoTv" Mar>h.

I have elsewhere^ given a very full acount of the osteology of
this genus, and shall therefore devote but a small space to it here>
emphasizing especially the points in which it differs from Pachymna'
The dental formula is If Ct Pf Mf. The u])per molars differ from
those of Pachycena in the equal size of the para- and metacones,
and P^ is even more completely molarifbrm, all three cusps being of
nearly equal size. In the lower jaw the premolars, except p^, have
assumed the niolar pattern by the addition of the paraconid and
trenchant talon. The molars differ from those of Pachycena in the
reduction of the paraconid and enlargement of the talon, and in
the simplification of m^, in which the paraconid is rudimentary or
absent and the talon very small. The humerus lacks the entepi-
condylar foramen and has a remarkably well developed trochlea,
which is high, thick and with very large intertrochlear 2:)rominence,
so as to resemble the corresponding part of a perissodactyl. The
ilium is like that of the bears and much more expanded than in any
other known creodont. The hind limb does not much exceed the fore
limb in length. The feet are digitigrade and tetradactyl, the meta-
podials symmetrically arranged as in the hytena and the metacar-
pals very completely interlocked. In this genus the size of the
head and length of trunk are very great, as compared with the
length of the limbs and feet.

Three species of the genus have been described : M. obtusklens
Cope (Dromocyon vorax Marsh), M. (Syiioplotherium) lanius Cope,
which are from the Bridger, and M. ulnteiisis Scott, from the Uinta,
a much larger species. To these may be provisionally added a
fourth which was obtained by the Princeton expedition of 1890 in
the White River bad lands of South Dakota. The specimen con-
sists of a fore leg, unfortunately not associated with teeth and there-
fore its reference to this genus cannot be considered final, though
there can be little doubt that it belongs to a member of the family.
The species may be named and described as follows:

TMesonyx dakotensis, t^p. nov.

Size greater than that of either of the Bridger species, less than 31.
uintensis. The distal end of the humerus is broader and more flat-

1 Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 1872, p, 460.

2 Loc. cit. p. 483 ; referred to Mesonyx, Tert. Vert. p. 358.

3 Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts 3d Ser., Vol. XII, 1876, p. 403.
* Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. IX, no. 2.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

tend thau in M. obtusidens, the trochlea lower and wider with more
rounded and hemispherical intertrochlear ridge ; the entepicondyle is
more prominent, but has no foramen, and the supinator ridge less so.
The ulna and radius do not differ in any important "respect, except
size, from those of the Bridger species, the greater transverse breadth
of the shaft of the ulna and the shorter and broader olecranon. The
manus is also constituted very much as in 31. ohtuside7is, but the
ulnar side of the carpus, and especially the cuneiform, is broader.
The metacarpals are even shorter in proportion and nic. V more
slender and displaced more to the ulnar side of the unciform. The
following measurements exhibit the proportions of the various parts
of the fore limb in the two species.

lU

Humerus, width of trochlea,
Ulna, length.
Ulna, length olecranon.
Ulna, width, distal end,
Radius, length,
Radius, width proximal end,
Radiu?, width distal end,
Metacarpal II, width prox. end,
Metacarpal III, width prox. end.
Metacarpal IV, length,
Metacarpal IV, width prox. end.
Metacarpal V, length.
Metacarpal V, width prox. end.

This species, so far as it is at present known, is of no particular
morphological importance, but geologically it is of much interest, as
adding another to the increasing list of White River genera of
ancient type which justify Cope's comparison of that horizon with
the Oligocene of Europe.

PROVIVERRID.a: Schlosser.
Syn. Leplictid(£ Cope, in part.

Superior molars tritubercular and somewhat trenchant ; para-
and metacones closely approximated and with a cutting crest pos-
terior to the latter ; inferior molars with elevated trigonid, forming
a trenchant blade.

btsidens

. 31. dakotensis.

M.

M.

.027

.039

.207

.208

(approx.)

.048

.035

.015

.015

.160

.167

(approx.)

.023

.030

.024

.028

.014

.008

.011

.015

.065

.060

.010

.012

.050

.051

.014

.009

308 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

DELTATHERIUMi Cope.
Syn. Lipodedes- Cope.

II Cr Pf Ma. This genus has already become quite specialized
through the loss of one premolar in each jaw and the complication
ofp*. 1^2, the most anterior premolar, is simple, compressed and
with cutting edges. 1% is more pyramidal in shape and is supported
by three fangs, though it has no deuterocone, which is well developed
on P4. The molars are triangular in shape, with only a slightly
thickened cingulum representing the hypocone; rnj is the largest
and "la the smallest of the series. The para- and metacones are some-
what a[>proximated and are moved mesially from the outer edge of
the crown ; from the metacone is given off a short, curved, tren-
chant crest which runs to the postero-external angle of the crown,
and at the antero-external angle there is a small parastyle ; the
conules are rudimentary or absent. In ^3 the metacone is rudi-
mentary and has no posterior crest. The anterior lower premolars
are simple, but lu has become almost molariform, with well devel-
oped trigonid formed by the addition of the para- and deuteroconids,
but the heel is rudimentary. The lower molars are very primitive;
the trigonid retains all the elements and the meta- and paraconids
are on the same fore and aft line, so that there is only a beginning
of a shearing blade; the talon has become trenchant through loss of
the entoconid. The skull has a very long and narrow cranium, with
cerebral fossa of small capacity ; the face is short and the orbits
placed far forward, much in advance of the very deep post-orbital
constriction ; the nasals and parietals do not lie in the same plane,
the profile of the skull rising somewhat at the forehead ; the sagittal
crest is very long and high ; the occiput is low and broad and the
occipital crest strongly developed.

One species : D. fundaminls Cope, (Syn. Lipodectes penetrans
Cope). Puerco.

SIN0PA3 LeiJy.

Syn. Limnocyon^ Marsh, in part, Stypolophu^ Cope, Prototomus^ Cope,

TriacoJoti^ Cope.

In view of the imperfect condition of Leidy's type and the meagre
description which he gave of it, I have hesitated long in adopting

lAmer. Naturalist, 1880, p. 338.

2 Loc. cit. 1881, p. 1019.

» Proc. AcaH. Nat. Sci., 1871, p. 115.

* Am. Journ. Sci. 3rd Sen, Vol. IV, 1872, p. 126.

5 Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 1872, p. 446.

"Rept. Vert. Foss. New Mexico, 1874, p. 13.

' Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 1872, p. 460-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 309

his name. There can, however, be no doubt that all of the above
names refer to the same generic group, and I have taken the name
tirst proposed, though our knowledge of the structure of these forms
is entirely due to Cope, who has described and figured them with
great fulness. Cope^ separates Stypolophus from Sinopa on the
ground that in the latter the last lower molar has a rudimentary talon,
but in this group this character is too variable to be of generic
significance, though, of course, it often is so in others. The teeth
are unreduced in number. The anterior upper premolars are quite
simple except that Ps has a small deuterocone and is implanted by
three fangs. ^ has the composition of the sectorial among the
Car'nivora, consisting of large proto- and deuterocones with a small
tritocone forming a trenchant blade. But for its small size, this
tooth would be called a sectorial ; there is also a thickening of the
cingulum at the antero-external angle of the crown, forming a
minute protostyle. The first and second upper molars are alike,
except in size, "^ being the larger ; they are much extended trans-
versely, the para- and metacones are closely approximated and a
well developed trenchant crest runs from the latter to the postero-
external angle of the crown, which is longer and more prominent
than in Deltatherium and not, as in that genus, continuous with the
metacone, but separated from it by a cleft. The shifting of the outer
cusps inward from the external margin of the crown, which has
already commenced in the Puerco genus, is very marked in Sinopa.
The conules are rudimentary or absent, but ^ has a minute and
i^ a very large parastyle. ^3 is much reduced, especially in the
antero-posterior direction, having lost the metacone, while the para-
cone has moved inward nearly to the middle of the crown. The
inferior premolars are simple ; p^ is very small, single-rooted and
isolated by a diastema both in front of and behind it ; the other pre-
molars are twofanged and form acute compressed cones; p^ is with-
out accessory cusps, p^ has a small posterior and p* both anterior
and posterior basal cusps. M^ is conspicuously smaller than the
others, but has the same construction ; the trigonid is very high,
especially the j^rotoconid ; the paraconid is more on the same fore
and aft line with the protoconid than in Deltatherium and the two
together form a correspondingly more efficient shearing blade; the
talon is much reduced, especially in m^, but retains its basin shape,
formed by the hypo- and ento-conids ; the hypoconulid is lost. In the

^ Tertiary Vertebrata, p. 289.

o

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

skull we observe the loug, narrow cranium, which has but small
cerebral capacity, with very marked post orbital constriction, prom-
inent sagittal and occipital crests and long zygomatic arches. The
roof of the cranium and that of the face lie in nearly the same plane ;
the face is short and tapering ; the anterior nares are terminal in
position and overhung by the tips of the nasals, which project beyond
the premaxillaries. The mandible is long and slender, with very broad
ascending ramus and high, recurved and blunt coronoid process;
the masseteric fossa is very large and deep and the angular process
long and prominent.

The neck is of moderate length, the lumbar vertebrae stout, with
well developed anapophy^;es, and the tail long. The astragalus is
nearly flat in some species, moderately grooved in others; it has a
long neck, with rounded, narrow head, which displays a small facet
for the cuboid. The calcaneura has a long and slender tuber ealcis
and a small sustentaculum, and above the distal end is considerably
expanded, as in the plantigrade carnivores. The cuboid is very high
and narrow : the calcaneal facet is transverse and the astragalar nar-
row and oblique. The carpus is low and the scaphoid and lunar
separate.

Sliiopa is very abundantly represented in the Wasatch and
Bridger, not less than thirteen species having been described, rang-
ing in size from a weasel to a fox. S. rapax Leidy, S. (Limnocyon)
verus Marsh and S. (Limnocyo7i) agilis Marsh, S. (Sfypolophus) jnm-
gens Cope, S. {Stypolophus) inseetivorus Cope, S. {Sfypolophus)
brevlcalearatus Cope and S. {Trlacodon, Sfypolophus) aculeatus Cope,
are from the Bridger ; S. (Prototomus, Stypolop)hus) viverrinus Cope,
S. {Prototomus, Sfypolophus) secundarius Cope, S. (Prototonms,
Sfypolophus) nndtkmspis Cope, S. (Prototomus, Sfypolophus) sfren-
uus Cope and S. {Sfypolophus) hlans Cope, are from the Wasatch,
while S. ivhitice Cope {Stypoloph^is sfrenuus Cope, in part, Sfypolo-
phus whifice Cope), has been found in the Wasatch and Wind River
beds. Sinopa exlmia^ Leidy probably does not belong to this genus
and Schlosser has referred it to the Primates. Lhnnocyon riparms'
Marsh likewise must be removed from the genus, as in it m^ and ^
are described as being tubercular.

' Cont. to Ext. Vert, Fauna of Western Territories p. 118.
^ Am. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, 3rd Ser., Vol. IV, p. 203.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

PEOVIVEERAi Rutimeyer.

This genus is very similar to Sinopa, differing from it only in the
structure of the last upper premolar (Pj) which is as simply con-
structed as in Deltatheriuvi and consists of a triangular, trenchant
protocone, a large, conical deuterocone, with no trace of either tri-
tocone or protostyle. To this European genus may be provisionally
referred a species from the Bridger beds, ? P. americamis sp. nov.
(Syn. Sinopa rapax Osborn, Scott and Speir non Leidy) which dif-
fers from its European congener merely in size, so far as the very
imperfect specimen will admit of comparison. The specimen con-
sists only of a jaw fragment containing P3 ^"d ^ which may possibly
represent a Bridger species of Didelphodus, but the general fades of
the tooth agrees better with Proviverra. The dimensions of P4 are:
ant. -post, diameter, 7 mm., transverse, 7 mm.

DIDELPH0DTIS3 Cope.
Syn. Deltatheriitni Cope, in part.

This genus resembles Proviverra in the structure of the teeth,
especially of P4, but appears to have lost Pi, giving the formula
I| Ct P'I mi. From Sinopa it differs in the simple canine-like
shape of £2, the presence of a deuterocone on P3 and of a corre-
sponding element on p*, and the less reduction of ^3. An impor-
tant difference from both genera consists in the much less pro-
nounced development of the posterior cutting crest on the upper
molars. The premolars are all notably high and acute.

One species : D. (Deltatherium) absarokoi Cope. Wasatch.

PAL^ffiONICTID^.
Syn. AmbloctonidcB Cope.

Superior molars without or with only rudimentary posterior cut-
ting ridge; para- and metacones very high and pointed and well
separated ; inferior molars with reduced talon and well developed
nietaconid ; proto- and paraconids enlarged, flattened and forming
an efficient sectorial blade. Face much shortened.

PAL5:0NICTIS* de Blainville.

The discovery of this genus by Wortman in the Wasatch beds in
1891 is one of very great interest and importance, both geologically

^ Eocjine Saugethiere, p. 80.

2 Pal. Rept. of the Princeton Scientific Expedition of 1877, p. 18.

3 Amer. Naturalist, 1882, p. 463.
^ O.iieographie, Viverra, p. 76.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and morphologically. The advance sheets of Osborn and Wortman's
paper enable me to give a brief account of it here. The dental
formula is If Cx PI M|. The superior premolars increase regu-
larly in size from before backward. f\ is small, simple and one-
rooted ; P2 is also small and has an incipient deuterocone, repre-
sented by an elevated and crenulate internal cingulum ; on Pa ^"d ^
the deuterocone is distinct and supported on a separate fang ; p* has
three external cusps, a high protocone, a smaller tritocone which
forms a trenchant heel, and a small protostyle ; the tooth thus has
all the elements of the feline sectorial, ^i is large and strictly tri-
gonodont ; the cusps are all very high and acute, the para- and
metacones show no tendency to coalesce and there is no posterior
trenchant crest given off from the metacone. ^2 is very small, a
mere oval rudiment, with no distinguishable elements. The ante-
rior lower premolars all have a compressed, pointed and trenchant
protoconid and a small posterior basal cusp, and p^ has an anterior
cusp in addition. In the molars the proto- and paraconids are flat-
tened, brought into nearly the same antero-posterior line and form
an efficient shearing blade, but retaining a well developed meta-
conid ; the talon is small and basin-shaped and on m^ very much
reduced.

The cranium is long and the face much shortened ; the orbits are
large and situated far forward ; the anterior nares are very large
and the muzzle abruptly truncated. The mandible has a short,
deep and massive horizontal ramus and a very broad ascending
ramus, which terminates in a blunt coronoid ; the chin is abruptly
rounded and the symphysis short. The physiognomy of this skull
is strikingly feline in character.

One American species : P. occidentalis Osborn : Wasatch.

AMBLOCTONUSi Cope.

The only known specimens of this genus are so much mutilated
that an accurate account of it cannot be given. According to
Osborn^ the dental formula is P| ML The external upper incisor
is much enlarged and the canines are of great size. ^ is triangular
in shape, with veiy large deuterocone, a trenchant tritocone and a
small protostyle. ^ differs from that of Palceonictis in the reduction

1 Syst. Cat. Vert. Eocene of New Mexico, U. S. Geog. Surv. W. of 100th
Mer., 1875, p. 7.
^ Loc. cit.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

of the protocone, tlie close approximation of the para- and meta-
cones and the elevation at the postero-e.xternal angle of the crown,
simulating the trenchant ridge of the Proviverridce and Hycenodon-
tidce. This tooth strongly suggests a doubt as to the propriety of
referring this genus to the present family, which cannot be decided
until more perfect specimens are obtained. P* is very nearly molari-
form, but does not appear to have a deuteroconid. The composition
of m^ cannot be determined, while in^ appears to have lost the meta-
conid and the talon is rudimentary or absent.
One species : A. sinosus Cope: Wasatch.

PATRIOFELISi Leidy.
Syn. Limnofelh''- Marsh, in part, Oreocyon^ Marsh.

Only the inferior dentition is known ; the dental formula appears
to be : It,, Ct Ps M2. The premolars are very massive and hyaena-
like, and have a posterior basal cusp. P* is the largest of all the
cheek-teeth (i. e. in the type species) and is nearly molariform. M^
appears to have a large sectorial blade and a talon, and ni2, which is
larger, to have neither metaconid nor talon. The mandible is quite
feline in shape, but the horizontal ramus is relatively heavier and
the masseteric fossa not so deep ; the ascending ramus is not so broad
as in Paldeonidis, indicating a shorter cranium and zygomatic arches.

The type species is P. tdta Leidy (Limnofells, Oreocyon latidens
Marsh) from the Bridger. A second species, also from the Bridger,
is referred to this genus provisionally, ?P. leidyanus Wortman, but
the compressed character of the teeth renders the reference very
doubtful.

HY^NODONTID^.

Syn. OxyeznidcB Cope.

Para- and metacones of superior molars connat6 or indistinguish-
ably fused, and posterior trenchant blade very large; protocone
reduced or absent. Talon of inferior molars and metaconid reduced
or absent on one or more teeth ; proto- and paraconids enlarged and
flattened forniinor a shearinj; blade.

The members of this family form one of the most aberrant of the
creodont groups and display a great many stages in the reduction

1 Proc. Acid. Nat. Sci.. lS7(l, p. l<t.

2 Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 3rd Ser., Vol. IV, 1872, p. 203.
'Loc. cit., p. 4U6.

21

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and simplification of the molar teeth, so that the fiimily definition can
be framed only in the most general terms. On tlie other hand, the
succession of the genera is so close and the steps of change so
gradual, tluit it seems impracticable to subdivide the group unless
each genus be given family rank. The connection of this group
with the Proviverridce is very close and the line of separation between
them arbitrary rather than natural.

OXY^NAi Cope.

If Ct P| M|. The incisors are small, except h which is very
large and separated by a diastema from the great tusk-like canine.
£1 is small and single rooted ; tlie other premolars increase in size
and complexity posteriorly ; P2'^"^ 3 have developed the deutero-
cone, and P4 is a well developed sectorial, with very large deutero-
cone and trenchant tritocone, which with the protocone forms a very
effective shearing blade, nearly as large as the first molar. M^^ is the
exaggeration of a condition already found in Sinopa and its allies;
tbe protocone is somewhat reduced, the para- and metacones very
closely approximated and the posterior cutting crest greatly en-
larged, forming a sectorial blade. Mj is transversely extended and
very short antero-posteriorly ; it appears to consist of a small para-
cone and very broad protocone. In the lower jaw pi is one rooted ;
p2 and 3 have high protoconids and low, pointed talons ; p* is similar,
but larger and the heel is trenchant. The molars consist of a
sectorial blade, formed by the enlarged and flattened proto- and
paraconids, with a well developed metaconid ; the talon is low,
small and basin-like, with continuous margin. The relative size of
the molars varies ; in some cases n>i is the larger and in others in^.

The researches of Cope, and latterly those of Osborn and Wort-
man, have given us almost a full account of the skeleton of this
curious genus. The skull is quite feline in appearance, with short
face, broad and truncate muzzle and large anterior nares, the
zygomatic arches are prominent, heavy and moderately long, and
the jugal sends up a strong post-orbital process, partially enclosing
the orbit. There is a long and prominent sagittal crest and the
cranial walls are thick.

The posterior thoracic and lumbar vertebrse display the creodont
type of zygapophyses, and the tail is long and stout.

1 Rep. Vert. Foss. N. M., U. S. Geog. Surv. W. of 10i)th Mer., 1874, p. 11.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

The humerus has tuberosities of no great size, but the deltoid
ridge is remarkably long and prominent ; the trochlea is low but
broad and has a rounded surface for the capitellum of the radius;
the entepicondyle is relatively small, but retains the foramen. The
head of the radius is discoidal and the distal end is expanded and
bears a carpal facet which is very feline in shape. The distal end
of the ulna has also very much the same form as in the cats. The
carpus is low and broad, with separate scaphoid, lunar and central
elements. The metacarpals, five in number, are stiikingly small and
weak, as compared with the size of the skull and teeth ; they are,
however, interlocked in the same elaborate manner as in the cats.
The phalanges are depressed and the unguals small, compressed and
claw-like, but cleft at the free end.

The pelvis differs from that of the typical creodonts in having
an expanded ilium and wide, flattened ischium. The femur has a
wide and flat proxfmal end, and prominent first trochanter, but the
digital fossa is small and shallow. The tibia has abroad, overhang-
ing head and the shaft is deeply grooved on its posterior face ; the
astragalar surface is nearly flat and the inner malleolus prominent.
The astragalus has a very slightly grooved trochlea, large neck
and convex head, which is directed obliquely inward ; distally there
is a facet for the cuboid. The calcaneum is short and heavy and
especially remarkable for the great obliquity of thecuboidal surface.
The navicular is broad and very shallow and is obliquely placed
with reference to the axis of the foot. The cuboid is a remarkable
bone and its shape is characteristic of the entire family ; the prox-
imal surface is unequally divided between a large surface for the
calcaneum and a smaller one for the astragalus which meet at right
angles ; this gives the cuboid a very oblique position and causes the
axes of this bone and of the navicular to form an acute angle,
instead of being parallel. This divergence is to some extent compen-
sated by the very large wedge-shaped ectocuneiform. The position
of the tarsals here described produces a divergent, radiating arrange-
ment of the metatarsals, which like the metacarpals, are all present,
but are weak and slender.

Three species : 0. forcipata Cope, 0. lupina Cope and 0. morsi-
tans Cope. Wasatch.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

PROTOPSALIS Cope.i
Syn. ? Li?unofeiis^ Marsh.

The name Limnofelis is of older date than Protqpsalis, but was
founded upon such imperfect specimens that no generic characters
can be derived from them. The probability that both name^ refer
to the same thing is given by the fact that both are very large
animals, referable to the Hycenodontidce and occurring in the
Bridger beds.

The number of teeth in this genus is not known ; an anterior lower
molar (mi ?) resembles that of Oxycena, having a nietaconid and
fairly large basin-shaped heel; m- ? however, is strikingly like the
inferior sectorial of the cats, except for the greater height and nar-
rowness of the protoconid ; the metaconid has disappeared and the
talon is a minute rudiment. The skeleton, so far as it is known,
closely resembles that of Oxycena, but the bones are much larger,
more massive and with more prominent processes for muscular
attachment. The cuboid is very peculiar ; the calcaneal surface is
even larger and more oblique than in Oxyccna and is slightly con-
vex, while the astragalar facet, which in the Wasatch genus is nearly
plane, is in Protopsalis deciiledly concave from before backward.
The metapodials are relatively stouter than in Oxycena.

One species : P. tigrinus Cope (Syn. ? Limnofelis Jerox Marsh).
Bridger.

HEMIPSAL0D0N3 Cope.

This, the largest of known creodonts, is nearly allied to Pterodon,
but distinguishable from it by the character of ni^, which in the
latter has a rudimentary trenchant heel, but in the former the talon
is larger and basin-shaped, with continuous margin, as in Oxycena ;
the metaconid is probably absent. This is the only molar the con-
struction of which is known, but the number of teeth in the mandible
is known to be : I3 Ct P? M3. The canine is exceedingly power-
ful and the jaw very mas.-ive ; the chin is deep and abruptly rounded
and the symphysis very long, extending to p*. The femur is very
like that of Protopsalis, but has a much longer neck and small
hemispherical head ; the second and third trochanters are not very
prominent and the latter is 2)laced low down on the shaft ; the

1 Amt-r Naturalist. 1880, p 745.

2 Am. Joitrn. Sci. and Arts, 3rrl Ser., Vol. IV, 1872, p. 202.
' Amer. Naturalist, 1885, p. lt)3.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

rotiilar trochlea is short and narrow and the condyles differ from
those usually found among creodouts in being closer together, of
more unequal size and projecting more strongly backward.

One species : H. grandis Cope, from the White River beds of the
Cypress Hills, N. W. Territory, Canada.

HY.S;N0D0N Laiser & Parieu.

The dental formula of this genus is: If Ct Pt M|. The upper
premolars have high, acute and simple crowns, except p4, which has
both deutero- and tritocones, though they are considerably reduced,
as compared with those in Plerodon and Oxycena. The upper
molars are greatly simplified by the entire loss of the protocone and
the fusion of the pai'a- and metacones, though they can still be dis-
tinguislied on ^ ; the posterior crest, on the other hand, is greatly
developed and thus these teeth form effective sectorials; |]^2 is con-
siderably the larger of the two. The inferior premolars are likewise
simple, having, in addition to the very high and acute protoconid,
a more or less well developed posterior cusp. iVP is much the
smallest of the series, and consists of proto- and paraconids, with a
rudimentary talon, the metaconid having disappeared ; in m^ the
talon is still further reduced ; the proto- and paraconids form a
trenchant blade; m^ is still larger and has no trace of the talon ; it
closely resembles m' of the cats.

The skull is typically creodont, with some remarkable specializa-
tions. The cranium is long, narrow, of small capacity and with
very marked post-orbital constriction ; the face is rather short and
the large orl)its placed very far forward ; the upper contour of the
skull is nearly straight, parietals and nasals lying in nearly the same
plane. The occiput is low and broad, with small paroccipital pro-
cesses closely applied to the still smaller paramastoids. The
frontals enclose large sinuses. The nasal chamber is very high and
in consequence the mesethmoid is even larger than in the carnivo-
rous marsupials ; the vomer is likewise very long and high and the
ethmo-turbinals are well developed and complexly folded. The
jugal is rather slender and is applied to the maxillary quite close to
the level of the molars. The palate is very remarkable ; the pala-
tines are much elongated and in contact almost throughout their
length, forming a tube, which opens far back, as a narrow slit,
between the hinder end of the palatines and pterygoids ; in one spe-
cies (H. leptocephalus) the opening is pushed still farther back by

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

the junction of the pterygoid plates of the alisphenoids. The cra-
nial foramina are very much as in the dogs, but there appears to be
one important and constant difference between the American and
European species of the genus, in that the latter possess an alisphe-
noid canal, which the former have not. In the American forms the .
horizontal ramus of the mandible is long and slender, gradually
deepening posteriorly, and forming a very long symphysis with its
fellow ; the coronoid is more or less triangular in shape and the con-
dyle is placed very low ; the angle terminates in a short hook.

The skeleton, which is very con)pletely known, differs from that
of Oxycena only in details and need not be described here, far-
ther than to mention the large articulation between the fibula and
the calcaneum. The American hya?nodonts have the scaphoid,
lunar and central bones all separate, while in the European species
they are coalesced.

Four American species of Hycenodon have been described : H.
horridas Leidy, H. crucians Leidy. H. cruevtns Leidy, H. lepto-
cephalus Scott, all from the White River.

MIACIDJE Cope.

Fourth upper premolar and first lower molar forming the single
pair of sectorials ; superior molars tritubercular, inferior molars,
except m^, also tubercular.

The members of this family which form the connecting link
between the Creodonta and the Carnivora, so far at least as their
dentition is concerned, are, unfortunately, as yet very imperfectly
known, no complete skull or well })reserved feet having been
discovered.

DIDYMICTISi Cope.

I| Ct pi Ml. The anterior upper premolars are simple, com-
pressed and trenchant cones, without accessory cusps, but P4 is a
fully developed sectorial, the proto- and tritocones forming the
blade ; the protostyle, which occurs in the cats and viverrines, is also
indicated. M^ is quite large, with the three primary cusps present,
though the raetacone is much reduced and the metaconule has dis-
appeared, and there is no hypocone ; the antero-external angle oi
the crown is greatly extended and there is a very broad cingulum.

1 Syst. Cat. Vert. Eocene N. M., U. S. Geogr. Surv. W. IdOth Mar., 1875,
p. 11.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

M, is much smaller tbau m, and in some species is greatly reduced ; it
is of simple tritubercular pattern, without hypocone or conules. The
lower premolars are much compressed and have posterior cusps.
Ml has an extremely high trigonid which, however, forms but a
primitive sectorial blade, as the paraconid retains its internal posi-
tion and the protoconid is but little enlarged, except in height, con-
spicuously exceeding in this respect the other two cusps which are
of nearly equal size. Consequent on this arrangement the shear-
ing surface is anterior rather than external ; the talon is low and
basin-shaped. ^ is very much smaller than ^i and has a tubercu-
lar crown, but, as Cope has pointed out, this tooth is clearly derived
from a tuberculo-sectorial, all the elements of the trigonid being
still preserved as small but acute cusps, which rise slightly above
the level of the talon.

The skull, so far as it is known, is of the ordinary creodont type,
with short tapering face, orbits far forward and deep postorbital
constriction. The mandible has a long and narrow horizontal
ramus, with very narrow symphyseal portion. The lumbar vertebrae
have the creodont type of zygapophyses ; the metapophyses and
anapophyses are small. The humerus has small tuberosities, a wide
bicipital groove and very prominent deltoid ridge ; an entepicondy-
lar foramen is present. The ulna has the very high olecranon so
general among creodonts; the sigmoid notch is deep, but the
humeral facet small; the shaft is very broad. The radius has a
transversely oval head, which occupies most of the humeral trochlea.
The carpus is very low, the scaphoid and lunar separate, and the
unciform shaped as in the viverrines (e. g., Arciictis). The pollex
is short and relatively rather stout, the other metacarpals much
more slender; though proportionately much weaker, the general
character of the metacarpals and phalanges is quite like that in the
viverrines, and the interlocking of the metacarpals is similar.
No. II touching the magnum and No. Ill the unciform though
not by extended surfaces. The ungual phalanges are compressed and
sharp and very like those of Cynogale, without the cleft at the tips
which occurs in nearly all creodonts.

The ilium is short and prismatic. The femur has a slender com-
pressed shaft and a very large 2nd and small but distinct ord tro-
chanter. The tibia is long and slender, Avith gentle sigmoid curva-
ture ; the astragalar surface is but obscurely grooved and the large
malleolar process has an articular surface upon the distal end. The

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

astragalus in some species is slightly grooved, in others not at all;
the neck is long, the head narrow and not articulating with the
cuboid. The calcaneum is short and stout, with very small sustenta-
culum and prominent process for the cubo-calcaneal ligament. The
cuboid is like that of Cynogale, but is without the distinct excava-
tion for the navicular. Tlie metatarsals, probably five in number,
are very slender and interlocked much as in the viverrines.

Eight species: D. lidydemmms Cope and D. primus Cope, are from
the Puerco ; D. jyrotenus Cope, D. leptomylas Cope, D. dawkinsianus
Cope, D. massetericxis Cope and D. curtldens Cope, are from the
Wasatch, while D. aliidens Cope is from the Wasatch and Bridger.

MIACISi Cope.
Syn. ? Vulpavits'- Marsh, Uintacyori^ Leicly.

Vulpavus is an older name than Miacis, but being founded solely
upon the upper tubercular molars, it cannot be used, for the exact
generic reference of the tubercular molars is at present impractic-
able.

The dental formula of the mandible is : I-r Ct Pt M3. The in-
cisors are closely crowded together and the second one is pushed back
out of the Hue of the other two. P^ is single rooted and in some
species is isolated by a diastema both in front of and behind it, in
others the dental series is uninterrupted. In mi the trigonid is of
moderate height, and through the flattening of the protoconid a more
efficient sectorial blade is formed than in Dldymictis ; the talon is
basin-like, with distinct hypo- and entoconids. M^ is a " tuber-
cular " molar, but retains all the elements of m^. M^ is very small
and is sometimes implanted by one fang, sometimes by two.

The mandible, the only known portion of the skull, varies from
the long and slender jaw of 3/. edax to the relatively short, deep and
thick jaw of il/. hathygnaihus, with its steeply inclined and abruptly
rounded chin ; the masseteric fossa is deep and the angular process
a short hook. A few skeletal fragments of M. bathygnaihus have
been found, but as the relations of that species to the others, are
very far from clear, the description of these will be omitted.

Six species : 31. parvlvorus Cope, M. {Ulntacyon') edax Leidy, M.
( Uintacyon) vorax Leidy, and 3L hathygnatlius Scott, are from the
Bridger horizon. M. canavus Cope has been found in the Wasatch

1 Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. lH72. p. 470.

2 Am. Journ. Soc. and Arts, 3rH Sen, Vol. TI, 1871, p. 124.

3 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1872, [1873], p. 277.

Proc.Acad.Nat.Sci.Phila. 1892.

Plate XI

Geo.S.HaiTris&SoiiB Lith-Phila..

CHAPMAN, BRAIN OF GORILLA.

Proc.Acad.Nat.Sci.Phila. 1892.

Plate Xn

ijeo.3 HaiTTis&Soivfl LitK-Pkfla.

CHAPMAN, BRAIN OF GORILLA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1892.

PL. XIII.

Pllibry, del.

PILSBRY, ANATOMY OF SAGDA, CYSTICOPSIS, ETC.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

and Wind River, and M. brevirostris only in the latter beds. A
very doubtful species is the ? M. (? Ampliicyoii) vulpinus Scott and
Osborn, from the Uinta Eocene, which is too imperfectly known for
certain reference.

VIVERRAVUSi Marsh.

This genus is very inadequately known, but appears to differ from
the other members of the family in the mandibular formula : P3
Mf- M2 and 3 are tubercular, but the trigonid retains all three cusps and
rises considerably above the level of the talon. The premolars are
much compressed and the mandible long and slender.

Three species : F. gracilis Marsh : ? V. nitidus Marsh, V. (Limno-
cyoii) riparius Marsh : Bridger.

THIN0CY0N2 Marsh.

Not improbably this genus is identical with the preceding one.
The mandibular formula is given as : I^ Cx Ps M, ; m^ and^ are
tubercular and the angle of the mandible is said to be reflected.

One species : T. velox Marsh, Bridger.

Genera Incert^ Sedis.

Under this head will be discussed a number of forms which have
been referred to the Creodonta, but the nature of which is very pro-
blematical.

MIOCLiENUSs Cope.

In his latest paper on the Puerco fauna, Cope refers to this genus
no less than twenty-six species, which range in size from that of a
black bear to that of a squirrel. The presence in one horizon and
locality of so many species of a single genus and with so great a
range of size, is, on the face of it, highly improbable, and I believe
the genus, as at present constituted, to be an unnatural one. For
structural reasons, I have subdivided the group into many genera,
some of which have been described above, and others remain to be
mentioned. The name Mioclcemis should be restricted to those forms
which agree with the type species, M. turgidus, in the extremely
broad, low and massive premolars, which equal or exceed the molars
in size ; these are : M. turgidus Cope, M. opisthacus Cope, M. zitte-

1 Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 2nd Ser., Vol. IV, 1872, p. 127.

2 Loc. cit., p. 204.

3 Amer. Naturalist, 1881, p. 830.

22

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

lianus Cope and 3f. turgidunculus Cope, all from the Puerco. The
systematic position of the genus is very doubtful, for such premolars
are quite unknown among the creodonts, and are entirely like those
of the condylarthrous family, Pert/jii/c/wdoe. Indeed, if. opisthaciis
was at one time referred to Hemithlceiis^. On the other hand, the
structure of the molars is quite different from that of any of the
typical Condylarthra, and if, as Schlosser has suggested, it becomes
necessary to refer Mioclcenus to that group, it will form a very dis-
tinct family of the order.

PEOTOGONODON gen. nov.
Syn. MiodcEnus Cope, in part.

To this genus I refer as a type species the M. pentacus which Cope
provisionally incorporated with Iliocloenus, though directing atten-
tion to the resemblance of its inferior molars (superior unknown) to
those of the phenacodont Protogonia, from which it differs in the
simplicity of p^, which has no deuteroconid. Certain specimens, how-
ever, show rudimentary indications of it. I think there can be no
doubt that this genus is referable to the Phenacodontidce. A second
species, P. (Mioclcenus) lydekkerianus, the structure of p* in which is
not known, probably belongs to the same genus. Puerco.

PARADOXODON gen. nov.
Syn. Chriacus Cope, in part.

This curious form, the systematic position of which is altogether
uncertain, is known only from inferior molars, though the alveoli of
the premolars indicate that these teeth were extremely compressed
and recall in their proportions those of the primitive artlodactyls ;
the molars also suggest relationship to that group. The latter
increase in size from the first to the third and the trigonid rises very
little above the talon. In mTi the proto- and metaconids are of
about the same size and on the some transverse line ; they are both
compressed and the protoconid shows a tendency to become cres-
centic ; the small paraconid is placed immediately in front of the
metaconid from which it is separated by a slight notch, while a low
ridge connects it with the protoconid ; the hypoconid is also some-
what crescentic, the entoconid lower and more conical. In m^ the
trigonid is curiously asymmetrical, which is caused by the backward
inclination of the metaconid, the larger size of the paraconid than

1 Tert. Vert., p. 407.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

in ml and the greater prominence of the ridge connecting this ele-
ment with the protoconid ; the hypoconid is somewhat crescentic
and the entoconid reduced, the valley opening inward in advance
of that cusp ; the hypoconulid is much enlarged and carried on a
distinct fang. It would require but relatively little alteration to
convert this tooth into one of true selenodont pattern.

One species : P. ( Chriacus) rutimeyeranus Cope. Puerco.

CARCINODON gen. nov.
Syn. Mioclcenus Cope, in part.

This genus is almost certainly unguiculate, bnt whether creodont
or insectivorous is not clear, the character of the lower molar teeth
somewhat resembling those of the Wasatch Diacodon. P^ and *
have high and pointed protoconids and minute posterior basal cusps.
The inferior molars increase in size posteriorly and when viewed
from the side, the trigonid is seen to curve forward and the talon
backward, which gives the crown a claw-like shape. The proto- and
metaconids are joined for most of their height and of equal size,
and the small but elevated paraconid is placed close to the latter,
but connected with the former by a crest ; the talon is a deep basin,
with elevated margin, upon which the hypo- and entoconids and
the hypoconulids appear as small tubercles. In m^ these elements,
especially the latter, are enlarged.

One species : C. {Mioclcenus) filJwlianus Cope. Puerco.

The species, Mioclcenus (Beltathernmi) interruptus Cope, 3L min-
imus Cope and 31. (Hyopsodus) acolylus Cope should, for reasons
already stated, be removed from that genus, but are too imperfectly
known for proper reference. The latter {M. acohjtus) may possibly
be a forerunner of the Wasatch artiodactyl, Pantolestes.

Another group of problematical genera is that constituted by
Onychodectes^ Cope, Conoryctes' Cope and Hemiganus^ Cope, which
are distinguished, among other things, by the remarkable thinness of
the enamel which covers the molars. It is probable that these forms
should be removed from the creodonts and as Cope has suggested,
brought into relation with the tillodonts.

1 Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, Vol. XVI, Pt. II, p. 317.

2 Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 1881, p. 486.

3 Amer. Naturalist, 1882, p. 831.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

October 4.
Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.

Twenty-eight persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: —

"The Batrachia and Reptilia of North Western Texas," by E. D.
Cope.

" On a Collection of Batrachia and Reptilia from Washington and
British Columbia," by E. D. Cope.

" Notes on a Collection of Shells from the State of Tabasco,
Mexico," by Henry A. Pilsbry.

Geology of the Isles of Shoals. — Mr. Theodore D. Rand
remarked that Hitchcock, in his Geology of New Hampshire,
devotes but a few lines to these islands, stating that their geology
has been neglected.

They are evidently the remains of a single island eroded by the
Atlantic Ocean and are composed of gneissoid rocks with a number
of trap dykes.

The rock is chiefly a coarse orthoclase-muscovite gneiss, of which
the orthoclase constitutes probably eighty per cent, the quartz less
than twenty and the muscovite probably not over two per cent.
Inter-stratified in this coarse gneiss is a fine-grained variety contain-
ing much more mica and usually of a dark gray color. In some
places this contains serpentine veins of orthoclase, in this as well as
in otlier respects resembling our Manayunk schists and gneisses.
Garnets, while not entirely absent, are quite rare, and the rock very
rarely apj^roaches a schist. The strike is pretty uniform, about N.
70 E., while the dip varies, though usually 70° to 90° N. W.
Through these rocks pass numerous joints, many of them very
irregular. Along these joint-planes erosion has taken place leav-
ing a very rough and irregular surface, the remaining rock being
hard and not much disintegrated.

Crossing the islands in a general northeast and southwest direc-
tion are trap dykes of varying width, from one to ten feet. These
form special lines of erosion, and are invariably lower than the
adjacent gneiss, though apparently much harder. All exposed
masses seem fresh and undecom posed.

Most remarkable among these is one at the southeast end of Star
Island. It is about six feet across and extends at an acute angle
from the south to the east shore. Its strike is N. 35 E., its dip 85°
to 90° N. W., with two sets of joints, one parallel to the dip, the
other nearly coincident with the stratification of the adjacent gneiss.
At each end the dyke was deeply eroded and the adjacent gneiss in

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

great masses had fallen in, forming at one point one of the places
of historical interest known as Betty Moody's Cave. The length
of this dyke from shore to shore is probably five hundred feet, but
of this about two hundred feet have been eroded to sea level. In
the middle the trap is about ten feet below the gneiss walls; to the
south it descends by a series of steps quite abruptly and between
vertical walls of the gneiss probably fifty feet to the sea.

The present erosion continuing, this southeast end of the island
will be cut off entirely and form a separate island of the group.
At other points the same action may be seen.

Two phenomena were observed for which no easy explanation
offers. The dark, fine-grained gneiss was usually rather regularly
inter-stratified in the more abundant coarse granitoid gneiss, but at
a number of points it was observed abutting upon the gneiss in the
direction of the strike, but without the slightest evidence of a fault.
At one point on Appledore Island there was a stratum of the dark
variety, thirty feet wide ; suddenly, and almost at a right angle,
twenty feet of this were replaced by the coarse granitoid rock, while
the remaining ten feet went on as before. A clue to the explanation
was seen on Appledore, where a stratum of the fine-grained was
separated from a larger mass of the same of darker color by a foot
or two of the coarse feldspathic rock, which also bounded it on the
further side. This stratum had, in about forty feet, five constric-
tions, narrowing it from three feet or more to hardly as many inches
in one place.

The other feature was "a form of erosion which he had never before
seen. On the horizontal or slightly inclined surfaces of the nearly
vertical, fine-grained gneiss were numerous holes, from the size of a
small pea to that of a cherry. The gneiss was hard and undecom-
posed. These pits were roughly globular and were generally larger
below than at the opening. They appeared to enlarge and coalesce,
thus breaking down the rock, bearing a slight resemblance, on a very
small scale, to the pot holes of a river bottom. These were high
above the sea. They appeared somewhat as if a mineral, like gar-
net, had weathered out, but there are no such minerals in the rock,
and the holes show no evidence of such ; they are quite rough on the
inside and hence have not been bored. Their position is such that
only ocean spray and rain water could reach them. They are quite
abundant.

On the Permanent and Temporary Dentitions of certain Three-toed
Horses. — Professor Cope described the changes in the characters of
the superior molars of Protuhippus placidus Leidy, resulting from
age and wear, and the characters of the dentition of colts of Proto-
hippus and Hippotherium. He pointed out that in stages of wear
up to middle life P. placidus is the Hippotherium gratum of Leidy,
and that then the protocone fuses with the paraconule, and the ani-
mal becomes a Protohippus. . He had not observed this to take

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

place in any other species referred to Hippotherium. In both these
stages the enamel borders of the lakes are more or less plicate, and
the posterior loop of the anterior lake is present. With further
wear the plications, including the loop, disappear, when the molars
agree in their characters with Protoluppus parvulus Marsh. These
observations were based on specimens from the Loup Fork beds
of Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado and Texas, where the species is
abundant.

The speaker exhibited the molar dentitions of three colts from
Wyoming and Texas, and a part of one from Colorado, all from the
Loup Fork beds. He showed that these represent the genera
Merychippus, Parahippus, Hypohipjjus, and Anehippus of Leidy,
and six species of the same author. He thought it probable that
Anchipqms belongs to a colt of Hippotherium, and Parahippus and
Hypohippus to Protohippius, while he was not certain as to the
reference of the type of Merychipptis (31. insignis). He pointed
out that the characters of the individual temporary molars differ in
the different teeth of the series, and also differ at different stages of
wear. As with the permanent dentition, in some species the tem-
porary molars are always simple, while in others the enamel borders
are more complex. In the latter case the pattern becomes more
simple in some respects with prolonged wear. He was able to
correlate the temporary and permanent dentitions of Protohippus
perditus Leidy with certainty, and those of P. jxichyops Cope and
P. mirahilis Leidy with much probability.

Professor Cope further pointed out that the temporary dentition
in these three-toed horses is more simple than that of the adult, in
some cases resembling very closely the permanent dentition of the
ancestral Anchitherium in molar structure. In this the horses
difl^er from the higher Artiodactyla, where the temporary molars
are equally complex or more so than the permanent molars.

October 11.

Mr. Charles Morris in the chair.

Forty-three persons present.

A Hyena and other Carnivora from Texas. — Prof. E. D. Cope
stated that he had during the past season while exploring the eastern
front of the Staked Plains of Texas with a party of the Geological
Survey of that State under Prof W. F. Cummins, obtained the
remains of some interesting Carnivora from the Blanco or Pliocene
beds. One of these is a hyena nearly allied to the genus Hyoina,
and the first species of this family found in America. It, however,
differs from the typical genus in having a fourth premolar in the
lower jaw, and probably in having a shorter blade of the sectorial
tooth in the upper. He proposed the name Borophagus for the
genus, and for the species the name diversidens. The third premolar

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

is very large and robust, greatly exceeding the fourth in dimensions.
The latter is low and molariform ; the inferior canine is large. The
measurements are as follows. Transverse diameter of canine
alveolus 13 ram. ; do. of posterior alveolus of pm. iii, 13 mm. ; diam-
eters of pm, iv ; longitudinal 4 mm. ; anteroposterior 10 ; transverse
8. Diameters of pm. iii; longitudinal 17 mm.; anteroposterior
(partly restored) 28 ; transverse 15. The species is as large as the
spotted hyena and Avas the scavenger of the Blanco Fauna.

Another interesting carnivore is a weasel of a new genus and
species, Avhich it was proposed to call Canimartes eumminsii after its
discoverer. The genus Canimartes is allied to Mustela, differing
only in the presence of two superior true molars. Metaconid of
inferior sectorial well developed ; talon of the same, trenchant. The
species is as large as the fisher.

A third carnivore is a cat, provisionally referred to the genus
Felis under the name of i^. hilliaims, after Prof. Eobert T. Hill the
well-known geologist. This cat is about the size of the cheetah, and
has large canine teeth without grooves, and the feet are shorter than
in modern cats.

On Hippa emerita. — Dr. Benjamin Sharp exhibited dried
specimens of Hippa emerita Linn, and called attention to the method
of preparation. The animals, as soon as possible after capture and
while yet alive, were placed in a 50% solution of corrosive sublimate
and allowed to remain there for two days. They were then taken
out, washed for a moment in pure water, and then dried. The
advantage claimed was that the colors are very well preserved,
which would not be the case had they first been placed in alcohol.
He further called attention to the habits of this species, popularly
known as the " mole crab," or " sand flea " and spoke of the mistake
which some authors had made in stating that the animal burrowed
into the sand head first. A. F. VerrilP says: — "but this species
\^Hippa talpoidea~\, burrows like a mole, head-first, instead of back-
Avard." A. Heilprin" remarks: — "the animal [^Hippa emerita^ is a
remarkably rapid burrower, pushing itself head downward by means
of its anterior or thoracic feet." Dr. Sharp called attention to the
fact that the posterior pair of thoracic feet are bent upAvards over
the posterior part of the carapace and resemble, on superficial
obserA'ation, antennae. This has probably caused the posterior part
of the animal to be mistaken for the anterior. He had carefully
obserA'ed the method of burrowing of these animals during the last
summer. The posterior feet AA'ere employed in loosening the sand
by their rapid motion ; the other limbs working forward push the
aninial backAAard into the sand, a method of progression common,
more or less, to all decapods. He further called attention to the

■ — ■ •

1 Report of the Invertebrates of Vineyard Sound, etc., Washington, 1873,
338 and 339.

-The Animal Life of our Sea Shore, Philadelphia, 1888> p. 95.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ovoid shape of these animals, claiming that this was an advantage
in enabling them to escape from some of their enemies, the birds,
for example, finding the same difficulty in picking them up as is
encounted in using the forceps for the same purpose on the specimens.

October 18.
Mr. Chas. p. Perot in the chair.
Forty-seven persons present.

A New Marine Gasteropod from Neiv Jersey. — Mr. H. A. Pilsbry
exhibited a series of specimens of a large species of Chrysodomus,
belonging to the subgenus iSipho, which he had received from Messrs
Witmer Stone, Chas. LeRoy Wheeler and John Ford. He stated
that the specimens were cast upon the shore during severe gales from
the south east,- and were evidently derived from a submarine
stratum which was disturbed and broken up at those times. Asso-
ciated with the Chrysodomus were examples of Buccinum undatum,
TJrosalp'inx cinereus of extraordinary dimensions, and Chrysodomus
(Sipho) Stimjysotiii, the latter being well developed and typical in
sculpture. The age of the deposit cannot definitely be settled at
present, but the evidence at hand indicates that it is post-pliocene.

The following descrijDtion of the new species was offered :

Chrysodomus (Sipho) Stonei (PL XIV, figs. 1, 2, 3,). Shell
obese-fusiform, rather thick and solid, with strongly convex whorls
separated by deep sutures. Sculpture consisting of strong spiral
cords, equal on young specimens and on the spires of adults, but
which alternate with smaller intermediate cords on the body-whorl
in full grown specimens. A young shell, therefore, has about 20, an
adult 40 spirals upon the body-whorl. The aperture is oval ; the
canal is strongly curved to the left and backward.

Length 72, greatest diam. 45 mm.; length of aperture and canal
51mm. The largest individual measures, length 100, breadth 64,
length of aperture 78 mm. Both of these, as well as all specimens
seen, have lost several of the earlier whorls ; so the length of a
perfect individual would be proportionately greater.

The more prominent features of this species are the swollen form,
deep sutures, the strong spiral sculpture, and the strongly recurved
canal.

The localities from which specimens have been obtained are as
follows: Point Pleasant, N. J. (Witmer Stone) ; Sea Isle City, N.
J. (John Ford, Oct., 1892) ; Cape May, N. J. (C. LeRoy Wheeler,
1891.)

Prof. A. E. Verrill of Yale College very kindly compared spec-
imens of this species with the collection under his charge (a collec-
tion vastly richer than any other in mollusks of the north-west
Atlantic.) He writes as follows :

1892.] NATURAL SCIEKCE8 OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

" I have made a careful comparison of the Sipho sent by you with
our series.

" It difters notably from anything we have, and is probably, as you
suppose, an undescribed species, unless described as a fossil. We
have specimens of the ventricose varieties of S. Stiynpsoni, which
equal this in stoutness, and nearly equal it in curvature of the col-
umella, but the whorls are less ventricose, the shoulder less swollen,
the sutural region less deep, and the sculpture is very much finer."

Comparisons have also been made by myself with the Atlantic
Siphos in the U. S. National Museum, and of course with the recent
and fossil series in the collection of the Academy.

Diachcea Thomasii, a Neiv Species of Myxomycetes. — Dr. Geo. A.
Rex presented specimens of a species of Diachcea which he con-
sidered new^ and undescribed.

This species was first found by Mr. Lancaster Thomas at Cran-
berry in the mountains of AVestern North Carolina, and later by the
speaker at Linville higher up in the same mountains. In both
cases the Diachcea was first found in the plasmodial stage. Owing
to the altitude of these places, 3,200 and 3,800 feet respectively, the
temperature even in July and August frequently falls at night nearly
or quite to the lowest point compatible with the life of the Plas-
modium or with its further development to maturity. By careful
protection, however, perfectly mature sporangia were developed.

The sporangia are beautiful and conspicuous, hence the speaker
was inclined to believe the species local in its habitat, else it could
not have escaped attention up to this time in view of the increasing
interest taken by students in the study of these forms. The species
may be described as follows:

DiACH.EA Thomasii n. sp. Plasmodium ochre yellow, immature
sporangia pure white, mature sporangia of a metallic lustre either
silvery or gold bronze partially iridescent ; growing either singly or
in clusters, stipitate or sessile, globose when stipitate but flattened
beneath when sessile; 2 to f of a mm. in diameter. Stipes variable,
usually short but sometimes equalling the diameter of the sporangium,
thick, rugose, dull ochre yellow in color, containing lime. Columellas
ochre yellow, rough, penetrating from i to * the height of the
sporangia, varying from bluntly conical to cylindric-clavate in
shape, containing minute round or oblong granules of lime. Spores
brown, 11-12 p- in diameter, with a peculiar warting, the entire
epispore, when examined by a medium power lens being sparsely
covered with minute papillae associated with from six to eight large
scattered warts or papillse apparently, which are resolved however
by a sufficiently high amplification into clumps of from five to eight
minute, closely aggregated papillje.

Capillitium sparse, brown violet in color composed of rigid, straight,
tapering threads arising from the columella and base of the
sporangium, joined by a few lateral branches in the middle and near

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

the ends into a loose open network ; threads from 3-7 /x in thickness
at basal point of attachment tapering to a point at their attachment
to the sporangial wall,

Hypothallus ochre yellow, calcareous, thick and continuous when
the sporangia are sessile, but scanty when they are stipitate.

October 25.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair.

Sixty persons present.

The following were elected members : —

Wm. L. Du Bois, Ann May Whartenby, John T. M. Cardeza, M. D.,
Samuel Castner, Jr., Mary Vaux, George M. Woodward, Aldrich
J. Pennock, Philip P. Calvert, Thomas Earle White, Ralph F.
Cullinan, John A. Shulze and George Vaux, Jr.

The following were ordered to be printed ; —

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

THE BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA OF NORTH WESTERN TEXAS.

BY E. D. COPE.

The present paper is based on collections made along the eastern
border of the Staked Plain of Texas, between Big Spring (on the
Texas Pacific R. R.) on the south, and the Salt Fork of the Red
River, near Clarendon (on the Denver and Fort Worth R. R.) on
the north, a distance of about 250 miles. The collections were made
incidentally to geologic and paleontologic explorations conducted by
a party of the Geologic Survey of Texas, which was under the direc-
tion of Mr. William F. Cummins. While attached to this party, I
picked up such specimens as came in my way, and a good many
others were obtained by Mr. Cummins and by Mr. William L.
Black of the party.

The region traversed presents great variety of landscape, plains
alternating with hilly country, and in some cases with bad lands.
Water issues at many points from beneath the superficial cenozoic
beds of the Staked Plains, forming the head tributaries of the
Colorado, Brazos and Red rivers. This water, however, generally
soon disappears beneath the sand that fills the beds of the creeks and
rivers, or appears only in pools. Under such circumstances it is
frequently impregnated with saline and alkaline salts. The springs
are generally the resort of the numerous cattle that graze in this
region, and jvhen this is the case, are so contaminated by their presence
as to be unfit for human use. Dead cattle were common in the few
flowing streams at the time of my visit, so that it became necessary
to dig for a supply of water which should be partially relieved of
impurities by filtration. The best water, apart from a few protected
springs, was obtained from artificial reservoirs filled with rain water
which are made by the owners of cattle-ranges for their stock. In
these, turtles, batrachians, water-snakes, are not uncommon. The
route of the expedition followed theeasternescarpnient of the Staked
Plain, but at times crossed its spurs, or entered its limits for twenty
or thirty miles.

The total number of species enumerated is thirty-three. These
are distributed as follows. Batrachia : JJrodela, 1 species ; Salientia,
7 species. Reptilia : Testudinata, 5 species ; LacertlUa, 8 species ;
Ophidia, 12 species. A comparatively small number of species are

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

found on the level surface of the Plain ; the greater number being
derived from the region bordering it on the east, or the two great
canyons which traverse it. These are the Canyon Blanco, from
which issues the principal head stream of the Brazos ; and the
Canyon Paloduro, which is traversed by the Prairie Dog head of the
Red river. The Tule Canyon is a branch of the latter.

This paper may be regarded as supplementary to one published
as Bulletin No. 17 of the U. S. National Museum in 1880, "On
the Zoological Position of Texas."

■'o

BATRACHIA.

URODELA.

Amblystoma tigrinum Green.

This species is extremely abundant, according to Mr. Cummins, in
some permanent lakes on the Staked Plain near the Tule Canyon.
Numerous specimens were obtained at this locality, but I could not
find this or any other species of salamander elsewhere throughout
the region explored, although I examined carefully a number of
suitable localities. Mr. Cummins had previously obtained specimens
from a well which was sunk in the Staked Plain near Canyon Blanco,
and which either had a subterranean origin, or they were hatched
from eggs carried to the locality, as the latter was without water prior
to the sinking of the well. I obtained a specimen at Big Spring
which was said to have been taken in the neighborhood.

SALIENTIA.

Bufo debilis Girard.

This species is rather abundant throughout the region traversed.
It is frequently found in the grass, where its green color aids in
concealing it. When in the water, its cry is like that of B. lentig-
mosus americanus, but is more feeble, and very " nasal."

Bufo cognatus Say.

First seen near the head waters of the Brazos, but not common
south of Tule Canyon.

Bufo lentiginosus Shaw. var.

A large specimen was obtained near Clarendon. The head is one-
fifth the length, as in B. I. ivoodhousei, but the cranial crests are as in
B. I. americanus. Not seen south of this point.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

Acris gryllus Lee.

Common wherever there is water.
Chorophilus triseriatus olarkii Baird.

Less abundant than the preceding, but found throughout the
entire region as far north as explored. The spotted coloration is
constant. They sit immersed in the water, with the head projecting,
uttering their cry, as they inflate the enormous vocal sac, to which
the head appears to be but an appendage. The voice differs from
that of the form triseriatus in its more rapid utterance, and the
greater distinctness of the rising inflection at the end.

Spea hammondii bombifrons Cope.

Abundant near Canyon Tule (Cummins); not seen elsewhere
except near Clarendon, where I took one from the mouth of a
Heterodon nasicus.

Rana virescens brachycepbala Cope.

Found everywhere at water ; the only species of the genus.

REPTILIA.

TESTUDINATA.

Cistudo ornata Agass.

Abundant on high land. Observed in cojuila in May.
Chrysemys elegans Wied.

Found in all permanent springs, and along streams, often where it
has little concealment owing to the shallowness of the water. It
often lies partly hidden in mud, and in deeper water, bites the fisher-
man's hook.

Chelydra serpentina L.

Reported by Mr. Cummins from the head waters of the Brazos.
Kinosternum flavescens Agass.

An abundant species in the region traversed, and represented in
my collection by an adult male, and two adult and one young
females. The characters are in general those of the C. flavescens
Agass., but in some respects it differs from the type specimen. The
carapace, though depressed, is a longitudinal oval, the posterior
lobe of the plastron is wider than long, and the inguinal region is
but shallowly grooved. It agrees with C. flavescens in having
the superior anterior angle of the antepenultimate marginal scutum
produced upwards so as to notch deeply the penultimate costal

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

scute, and in having but a narrow line of contact between the first
and second vertebral scuta. It differs from the type of the species
in having the pectoral scuta cut off from contact with each other by
the posterior direction of the humero-pectoral sutures, which reach
the pectoro-abdominal, a character present in all of the adults. It
results from this that the gular scute does not extend half way to the
end of the median humeral scuta, as it does in the type specimen-
Posterior lobe of plastron notched posteriorly. One inguinal and
one axillary scutum, in contact with each other. Penultimate
marginal scutum twice as high as the last one posteriorly, and
encroaching on the pygal and [last costal plates. Nuchal plate
small; no trace of dorsal keels, muzzle oblique, the apex projecting.
The color of the carapace is olivaceous, and of the plastron brownish-
yellow or yellowish-brown. The skin is lead-colored except the jaws,
chin, throat, and anterior face of fore legs, which are light-yellow-
Male with numerous rather obscure small brownish spots on sides of
head and maxillary region. Length carapace 6 , 140 mm. ; width
95 mm. length of plastron 110 mm. Length carapace 9 102 mm.;
width 76 mm. ; length plastron 92 mm.

This species is especially abundant in the artificial "tanks" of the
cattle ranges, and in temporary pools of rain water. Its muzzle
may be frequently seen projecting from the water, and it is an active
swimmer. As the pools approach desiccation these turtles make
their way over land to other localities. The male in my possession
was an inhabitant of a small pool at which we camped for two days,
but he took his departure for a more permanent habitation on
the day that we left. AVe overtook him on the road, still covered
with fresh mud.

Trionyx emoryi Agass.

Abundant in all permanent water.

LACERTILIA.

Eumeces obsoletus B. & G,

Not seen living by me, but obtained at Big Sjoring near which
place it was said to have been caught.

Cnemidophorus gularis gularis B. & G.

Cope, Transac. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1892, p. 43-5.

The common swift of the country, very abundant, and showing no
variation of color. We did not see it north of Holmes' creek, which
is a tributary of the Red River south of the Prairie Dog creek.

1892,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

Cnemidophorus grahamii B. & G.

Two specimens of this rare species were obtained by Mr. W. L.
Black near the Tule Canyon. The pattern of coloration is like that
of C. tessellatus tessellatus, or C. gularis scalaris, except that it has
a median dorsal zigzag light stripe.

Holbrookia maculata B. & G.

Abundant everywhere, but chiefly on the open prairie.
Holbrookia texana Trosch.

Abundant in rocky ground.
Crotaphytus coUaris Say.

Abundant, generally in rocky ground.
Phrynosoma cornutum Harl.

Abundant, especially on the Staked Plain. Not seen north of
Clarendon.
Phrynosoma modestum Gird.

Rather abundant as far as Clarendon ; Tule Canyon. General
Pope sent this species to the National Museum from the Staked
Plain, and once from the head-waters of the Colorado, of Texas, but
I had no expectation of finding it so widely distributed on the east-
ern side of the Staked Plain. It is a species of the Sonoran fauna,

OPHIDIA.

Contia episcopa episcopa Kenn.

From the Colorado to the Salt Fork of the Red River ; not very
common. In life the vertebral line is orange colored.

Contia episcopa isozona Cope.

One specimen from Tule Canyon ; W. L. Black.
Ophilobus getulus sayi Holbr.

One specimen from Tule Canyon ; W. L. Black.
Pityophis sayi sayi Schleg.

The largest snake of the region and generally distributed.
Bascanium flagelliforme Catesby.

The most abundant snake of the country. Although bellig-
erent when attacked, this species soon becomes perfectly tame, and
seems to be subject to some kind of hypnotization. The head is
held rigidly forward at an angle with the body, and it is difficult to
make it modify the position.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Heterodon uasicus nasicus B. & G.

Found to be abundant in sandy soils from the heads of the Brazos
as far north as we went.

Heterodon platyrhinus Latr.

One specimen from Tule Canyon ; W. L. Black.
Eutaenia proxima Say,

Specimens nearly as black as Mississippi valley specimens, from
Tule Canyon ; W. L. Black.
Eutaenia elegans marciana B. & G.

Tule Canyon ; W. L. Black.
Natrix fasciata transversa Hallow.

Common throughout the entire region, and constant in its char-
acters.

Crotalophorus catenatus edwardsii B. & G.

One specimen from Quana, Hardeman Co. on the upper Red
River ; W. L. Black.

Crotalus confluentus confluentus Say.

Abundant on the Staked Plain as far south as Canyon Blanco,
and on the lower country on the head-waters of the Red river. This
rattlesnake is abundant in prairie dog villages, as it protects itself
by retreating quickly into their holes when approached.

Crotalus adamanteus atrox B. & G.

At the foot of the Staked Plain about the heads of the Colorado.
Not met with on the Plain, or north of the region mentioned.

Observations.

The preceding list is remarkable from the absence of any species
of the genus Sceloporus, of which none were seen by the expedition.
This is due to the scarcity of timber, where they are generally found
in Texas. The terrestrial species of Mexico and of the Great Basin
do not appear to occur in this region.

Another peculiarity is the great scarcity of individuals and species
of Eatcenia. I saw but one specimen during the expedition, and
this I did not obtain.

As the point of junction of the Texan district with the Central
and Sonoran Regions, the country explored deserves especial atten-
tion. Enough is, however, not yet known of the distribution of
many of the species found within the political limits of Texas to

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 337

enable us to reach final conclusions. It is, however, evident that
the boundaries of the zoological district of Texas do not extend east
of Dallas.

The only exclusively Texas forms of the above list are the follow-
ing : Chorophilus triseriatus clarkii Bd., Kinosternum flavescens^
Ag., Trionyx emoryi Ag., Holbrookia texana Trosch., Phrynosoyna
cornutum Harl., Contia episcopa episeojia Kenn., Natrix fasciata
transversa Hallow., Crotalophorus catenatiis edivardsii B. & G. ;
that is, four species and four subspecies. Species of the Louisianian
district: Ophibolus getulus sayi Holbr. and Eutoenia proxima.
Species of the Sonoran region and Texan district, three: Bufo dehilis
Gird., Crotaphytus collaris Say, Crotalus adamanteus atrox B. &
G. Species of the Sonoran entering the list : Cnemidophorus gularis
gularis B. & G., Phrynosoma modestum Gird. ; two species. Species
of the Central Region are more numerous, viz.; Biifo cognatus Say,
Spea hammondii bombljrons Cope, Chrysemys elegans Wied., Hol-
brookia maculata B. & G., Pityophis sayi sayi Schl., Heterodon
nasicus nasieus B. & G., Crotalus confluentns confluenius Say ; total,
three species and four subspecies. Synoptically the results may be
tabulated as follows.

species subspecies
Texan, 4 4

Central, • 4 2

Texan and one other region, 6 7

Other species of the list not included in these figures, have a still
wider distribution.

It seems from the above, that the region explored is the meeting
ground of species of several different regions, as its geographical
position would indicate.

^ This species may also occur in the Sonoran region.

23

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF SHELLS FROM THE STATE OF
TABASCO, MEXICO.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The Academy has received during the past summer, several
parcels of land and fresh-water mollusks collected by Professor
Jose N. Rovirosa, mainly in the State of Tabasco, Mexico. As a
portion of them are of considerable interest, the writer has drawn up
the following list.

Glandina ghiesbreghti Pfr.

San Juan Bautista, Tabasco.
Streptostyla nigricans Pfr.

Mountains of Poana, Tabasco.
Eucalodium compactum n. sp. (PI. XIV, fig. 4.)

Shell cylindrical-tapering, solid, having a short, closed umbilical
chink; the cuticle thin, evanescent, very pale straw colored ; com-
posed of 9 narrow, somewhat convex whorls, which are rather
strongly striated, the strice arcuate, irregular in places, and from one-
half to one-third of a millimeter apart except on the last whorl where
they are closer ; last whorl angular in front of the upper angle of
the aperture, becoming well rounded but retaining a trace of the
peripheral angle on its latter half. Aperture oblique, irregularly
ovate ; j^eristome continuous and free from the preceding whorl,
well expanded ; columella having an obsolete fold. Internal axis
having a strong spiral fold. Alt, 53, diam. 19* mill.

Tabasco, Mexico.

Cylindrella morini Morel.

Mountains of Poana, Tabasco.

AmpuUaria ghiesbreghti Reeve.

San Juan Bautista, Tabasco.
Chondropoma rubicundum Morel.

Mountains of Poana, Tabasco.
Cyclophorus maleri Crosse & Fischer.

Mountains of Poana, Tabasco.
Cyclotus dysoni Pfr.

Mountains of Poana, Tabasco.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

Helicina ghiesbreghti Pfr.

Mountains of Poana, Tabasco.
Helicina oweniana Pfr. var.

A rather aberrant variety, but in all j^robability this species.
Poana, Tabasco.

Helicina tenuis Pfr. var. chiapensis Pfr.

Poana, Tabasco.
Tlnio semigranosus Busch.

Rio Tulija, Tabasco.
Anodonta globosa Lea.

A very large specimen, measuring 182x136x92 mill.

San Juan Bautista, Tabasco.

The splendid work of Crosse and Fisclier upon the genus Pachy-
cliihis enables me to readily classify the specimens collected by
Prof. Rovirosa; the illustrations of the varieties of P. glaphyrus
are especially valuable.

Pachychilus glaphyrus Morelet.

This species is an exceedingly variable one, more so perhaps than
any other Mexican Melanian. The American student, however,
will readily call to mind cases of equal variability among the species
of our Southern States. The material sent by Prof Rovirosa com-
prises a number of varietal forms not before made known.

P. glaphyrus Rovirosai Pils.

This was figured and described under the name P. (polygonaius
var.?) Rovirosaiin the Proceedings, 1892, jx 153, PL VIII, figs. 9, 10.
I was at that time not aware of the fact that Morelet's name glaph-
yrus antedated that given by Lea, polygonatus. This form is allied
to P. glaphyrus typical, and to the var. scamnata, but it is distinct
from both. The form is notable for its stout, straight-sided spire,
non-impressed sutures, and the unsculptured young.
P. glaphyrus var. Wween polygonatus and immanis. (PI. XIV, figs. 5, 6.)

The two specimens figured are of the same size but differ in sculpt-
ure. One (fig. 6) is smooth above and below, having a strong sub-
spinous keel at the periphery, and a smooth, acute keel below it.
Upon the earlier whorls of the spire there are longitudinal waves,
and two spiral cords above the peripheral keel, which diminishes
in size. The base has no spirals. The other specimen has the

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

entire body-whorl spirally lirate (liri^ on body-whorl 9, on penulti-
mate whorl 3) and strongly plicate.

P. glaphyrus potamarchus. (PI. XIV, fig. 7.)

This is one of the largest forms of Pachychilus known, and it is
the most aberrant of the glaphyrus stock. The shell is rather
slender and acutely conical, the outline of the spire being straight.
The aperture is ovate, narrowed above, and one-third the length of
the shell. Whorls 10-11 remaining, several of the earlier being
lost by erosion. The microscopic sculpture is the same as in var.
Rovirosai. There are no traces whatever of the waves or folds so
prominently shown by the other varieties of glaplnjms, and the
spiral cords are also completely obsolete, or indicated by the faintest
traces on the base. The color is olive-green or olive-brown.

Alt. 99, diam. 33 mill.

Alt. 87, diam. 29 mill. Tabasco, Mexico.

This variety differs from the pyramidalis of Morelet in being
larger and smoother, lacking altogether the chestnut colored spirals
of that form.

P. chrysalis Brot.

The specimens are large (alt. 60, diam. 27 mill. ; alt. of aperture
25 mill.) and have nearly perfect apices. They were collected at
Ixtacomitan, Chiapas, where they are called " Shote." There can be
little doubt that P. larvatus Brot is a synonym of chrysalis.

P. corvinus Morelet.

The specimens were collected at the Montanas de Poanji, Tabasco.
They differ from Crosse and Fischer's figures in having the callus
at the upper termination of the inner lip much heavier.

Pachychilus n. sp.

This is a form resembling closely in contour and sculpture the P.
subexarahis C. & F. and also P. largillierti Phil., but differing from
both in possessing an extremely heavy deposit of callus at the upper
termination of the inner lip. The specimens were collected on the
mountains of Poana, state of Tabasco. As none having the cuticle
preserved are at hand, I refrain from giving a full description or
name.

Potamanax subgen. nov.

Shell solid, oval with short conic spire, spirally sculptured or
banded. Aperture ovate, acute above, broadly rounded below;

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

outer lip not sinuous ; inner lip more or less heavily calloused,
not notched at the base. Operculum few-whorled, with basal nucleus.
Type P. Rovirosai Pils.

This group has the sculpture of Hemisinus but differs from that
genus in the entire, un-notched basal lip. The columella callus is
much like some species of Pachychilus but the operculum is very
different from that genus. From both of these groups it differs in
the short, ovate contour of the shell. The description of the oper-
culum is taken from Melania brevis d'Orbigny of Cuba, which I con-
sider congeneric.
P. Rovirosai n. sp. (PI. XIV, figs. 8, 9.)

Shell oblong-conic, very solid, whitish, encircled by numerous nar-
row smooth spii'al line of a dark brown color, and somewhat
alternating in size. Spire conical, apical whorl eroded ; whorls 5
remaining, slightly convex, the last whorl large, regularly convex.
Aperture a little less than half the length of the shell, ovate, angular
above; outer lip regularly arcuate; inner lip strongly calloused.

Alt. 20, diam. 12 mill, (old specimen.)

Alt. 16 J, diam. 91 mill, (young specimen.)

Two specimens are before me, collected by Prof Rovirosa at the
mountains of Poana, State of Tabasco. The older individual (PL
XIV, fig. 8) is considerably worn ; the other is perfect but not
whollv adult, and neither contains the operculum. The species is
allied, apparently, to the Cuban Melania brevis Orb., but is
decidedly longer, and the lira; are much stronger.

The relationship of Potamanax to Hemisinus in sculpture and
operculum is obvious, and has caused me to regard it as a subgenus
rather than a distinct genus ; but the total lack of a basal notch or
truncation is a character usually considered of generic importance.

Explanation of Plate XIV.

Figs. 1, 2, 3, Chrysodormis (Sipho) Stonei Pils.

Fig. 4, Eucalodium eompactum Pils.

Fig. 5, 6, Pachychilus glaphyrus var.

Fig. 7, P. glaphyrus var. potamarchus Pils.

Figs. 8, 9, Potamanax Eovirosai Pils.

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

November 1. »

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Nine hundred and twenty persons present.

A paper entitled " Eclogse Botanicse, Part I," by Edw. L. Greene
was presented for publication.

The following report, succeeded by a lantern exhibition of a
collection of illustrative photographs with comments, was read by
the author : —

REPORT OF THE OPERATIONS OF THE NORTH
GREENLAND EXPEDITION OF 1891-1892.

To the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia : —

I beg to submit the following Report of the North Greenland
Expedition of 1891-92.

The history of the inception and organization of the expedition is
familiar to the Academy, and I need not revert to it here.

The incidents of the upward and return voyages are also in the
Academy's possession through the reports of Professor Heilprin, the
commander of the two auxiliary expeditions, and my report to the
Academy from McCormick Bay, July 29th, 1891. I shall refer to
these briefly to make this report cover from start to finish.

The " Kite" with the members of my own expedition : Dr. F. A.
Cook and Messrs. Verhoeff, Gibson and Astrup, and my colored
boy Henson, besides Mrs. Peary and myself; and Professor Heil-
prin's party : Drs. Sharp, Holt, Hughes, Burk and Keely, and
Messrs. Ashhurst, Mengel and Kennealy, moved out of her Brooklyn
dock at 5 P. M., Saturday, June 6th, 1891, and steamed up the East
River amid the general salutes of the shipping. On the afternoon of
the 11th, she entered Sydney, Cape Breton, to coal, and left again on
the evening of the 12th for Godhavn, North Greenland, via the Strait
of Belle Isle. After a vexatious delay of four days, in the ice which
was jammed in the Strait, the expedition arrived at Godhavn on
the morning of the 27th. Remaining liere until the afternoon of the
29th, to enable the members of the party to examine this interesting
locality, the "Kite" started northward again. Upernavik was
reached early in the morning of the 1st of July, and was left early
in the afternoon of the same day.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

The next morning found us at the Duck Islands, where a supply
of ducks was laid in, and at night we got under way for the passage
of Melville Bay. Up to this time no ice had been met since leaving
the Strait. By midnight our further progress was arrested by the
ice, and not until July 23rd did the " Kite " get free from it off
Conical Rock.

In the meantime I had had the misfortune to have both bones of
my right leg broken just above the ankle, by a blow from the iron
tiller while the Kite was ramming her way through the ice. This
accident occurred on the 11th of July, and from that time until July
27th (when I was carried ashore strapped to a plank), I lay upon my
back in the cabin.

Early Saturday morning, July 25th, after futile efforts to force a
passage through the ice which still stretched unbroken across Inglefield
Gulf, the "Kite" swung around into McCormick Bay, on the north
side of Omenak or Murchison Sound, and two boat parties were
immediately sent out to reconnoitre the shores of the Bay for a house
site. This was soon selected, and the work of erecting the house
commenced at once. Fortunately, all the frames had been cut and
fitted while we were fast in the Melville Bay ice, before the accident
to my leg, and the remainder of the work was comparatively plain
sailing.

Monday afternoon I was transferred to my tent on shore, close to
the house where I could supervise the work. Two days later, on the
29th of July, all my supplies having been landed, I turned the
"Kite "over to Professor Heilprin, and early the next morning
(Thursday), she steamed south. During this time, the crew of the
" Kite " and Professor Heilprin's party rendered my party much
assistance in the work on the house. Saturday the roof was com-
pleted, and I was carried in, to escape a furious storm of wind and
rain. Tidal and meteorological observations were commenced at
once.

On the 12th of August, my house being completed as to the
exterior, I sent Gibson, Dr. Cook, Verhoeff and Astrup in the
" Faith," Gibson in command, with instructions to go to the great
loomeries of Hakluyt Island, and obtain a supply of birds for our
winter use; then to search the shores of Northumberland and Her-
bert for natives, and bring me back a hunter and his family. If no
natives were found here, Gibson Avas to cross Whale Sound to the
settlement of Nettiulume. In six days the party i-eturned, Gibson

344 PROCEEDINGS OF TflE ACADEMY OF [1892.

having successfully carried out all my instructions. The coiistruc-
.tion of a winter stone wall about the house was then commenced, the
work on this being varied by seal, deer and walrus hunts, and
reconnoissauces of the neighboring ice caps by Astrup, on his ski.

Between September 7tli and 30th two attempts were made, first
by Astrup, Gibson and Verhoeff, then by Astrup and Gibson, to
carry out my plan of establishing an autumn advance depot of
supplies across Prudhoe Land at the southeast angle of the Hum-
boldt glacier. In the last attempt, the men penetrated an estimated
distance of thirty miles, when they were stopped by the condition of
the snow. During their absence, I was moving about in the boat,
most of the time gathering in deer. Matt, and my native hunter
Ikwa, bagging fifteen. After the return of the men from the inland
ice, a hunting party was kept almost continually in the field until
the middle of November, when the score amounted to thirty-one.

The land had long since been shrouded with snow, and the Bay
frozen over. The long winter night Avas now upon us, the sun
having disappeared on the 26th of October ; we settled down in
comfort and security, with a well stocked larder, to pass lightly
through it. Constant occupation, first in the little fittings about
home, then in the construction of ski and sledges, varied by daily
exercise, the visits of the natives, and the pleasant breaks of Thanks-
giving and the Christmas holidays, congenial companionship and the
best of food, carried us quickly through the somber darkness. Never
was there a happier Arctic family than ours ; the first sound to greet
my ears from the boys' apartment in the morning was a laugh, and
a laugh was the last thing 1 heard at night.

The return of the sun about the middle of February was marked
by a storm of hurricane intensity. The thermometer rose to plus 41°
F; rain fell in torrents, partially flooding RedcliflTe, and even up on the
ice cap, 2,600 feet above the sea level, where Dr. Cook, Astrup and
myself had gone to greet the sun, rain fell for several hours. Early
in March hunting parties were again sent out, and added ten more
deer to our stock. Just after this, nearly all of my party and
several of the natives then gathered about the house, were attacked
by the grippe. April 18th, I started with Mrs. Peary, Gibson and
my native driver for a round of calls among my Eskimo neighbors,
and a tour of the unexplored recesses of Inglefield Gulf From the
settlement on Northumberland Island, Gibson returned to Redcliffe

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

with a load of dog food and several dogs which I had purchased;
Mrs. Peary and myself went on.

The round of Inglefield Gulf was completed in six and a half
days, during which time I discovered and named over thirty glaciers,
at least ten of which are of the first magnitude. I doubt if any
other known region shows glacial phenomena of such magnitude and
variety as the shores of this body of water. On the last day of April,
Dr. Cook, Gibson and Astrup, with five natives and eight dogs,
started to the head of McCormick Bay, to get the inland ice supplies
up the bluffs. May 3rd, I followed them with Matt and twelve dogs,
leaving Verhoeff at Redclifie to continue his meteorological and
tidal observations, in which he had become intensely interested.
Four days later, INIatt returned to Redcliffe. A week of hardest
work was consumed in transporting my supplies up hill and down
hill, across the succession of great ice domes intervening between
the shore and the edge of the true inland ice, fifteen miles distant.

On the 15th of May, the actual start may be said to have been
made. My course was northeast true, which, assuming the charts to
be correct, should enable me to clear the heads of the Humboldt,
Petermann and Sherard Osborne indentations. Advancing on this
course, much to my surprise, I found myself almost immediately on
the divide, at an elevation of somewhat less than 5,000 feet, and
gradually descending toward the Humboldt Glacier Basin. Hardly
had I lost sight of the Whale Sound land before the distant peaks of
the Rensselaer Harbor coast rose into view.

After a gradual descent to an elevation of about 3,500 feet the sur-
face of the ice became nearly constant as to elevation across the
Humboldt Glacier plateau.

On the 24th of May, at a distance of 130 miles from McCormick
Bay, all my boys having volunteered to accompany me, I selected
Astrup as my companion for the long journey, and Gibson and Cook
returned to Redcliffe. Two marches beyond this we began climbing
again and on the last day of June had passed out of the Humboldt
depression, and from the plateau southeast of Petermann, at an
elevation of 4,200 feet, looked down upon the head of that Fjord and
the great glacier discharging into it. Still ascending, we reached
the summit at an elevation of 5,700 feet, June 5th, and then began
descending into the St. George and Sherard Osborne depressions.
Unfortunately, the next two marches were made in cloudy weathen
and I got too deeply into the depression, and too near the center of

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ice movement. As a result, about ten days were lost in getting out
again, and back on to the crevasse-free level heights farther inland.

Again setting my course to the north and northeast everything
went smoothly until the 26th of June. On this day I was dis-
couraged to see the land, which had been occasionally visible in the
northwest, rise into view to the north, and then northeast. Then
the northwest entrance of a Fjord came into view, and we could
trace its course southeasterly just beyond the nearer mountains of
the land north and northeast. I changed my course to east, when I
was soon confronted by the land and the Fjord beyond. Then I
turned to the southeast, and travelled in that direction until the first
of July. A wide break in the land beyond the Fjord opened out
to the northeast, and I immediately headed for it. Land was
reached just before midnight of the 1st. On the 4th of July Astrup
and myself, having travelled some twenty-five miles over the coast
land, came out upon a vertical cliff about 3,500 feet higb, and saAV
below us the white expanse of the great bay into which the Fjord
debouched. This bay opened out to the northeast, and its distant
northern shore was free of snow and ice. In honor of the day, dear
to all of us, I named this bay Independence. Just to the east of my
observation spot, a huge glacier flowing due north discharged into
the bay. At its narrowest part, where vertical cliffs squeeze it
together, this glacier is ten to twelve miles wide, but the periphery
of its fan-shaped face in the bay, is not less than twenty miles in
extent. This glacier I have named the Academy Glacier.

July 7th, we were back at the edge of the inland ice, and on the
8th began our uneventful return journey. Bearing more to the
south into the interior, in order to avoid the obstacles near the coast,
in four marches we were on the great central plateau, cloud-capped
and deep with snow. Here, at an average elevation of about 8,000
feet, we travelled for two weeks, then bearing to the westward, came
down to the 5,000 feet level east of the Humboldt Glacier, and thence
parallel to the outward route to the head of McCormick Bay. Just
before midnight of August 5th, we met Professor Heilprin and his
party, some ten miles from the edge of the ice, and early in the
morning of Saturday the 6th, we touched the shore of McCormick
Bay.

Monday, the " Kite " steamed down to Redcliffe. The next day
I started up Whale Sound in one of my boats to get some tents and
sledges which I had purchased of the natives. A continuance of

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

stormy weather detained me eight days on this trip, and when I
returned I found that YerhoefF was missing. A vigorous and
systematic search was at once instituted and prosecuted by the
members of Professor Heilprin's and my own party, assisted by the
crew of the "Kite," and all the able-bodied male natives at Ked-
clifFe. The results of the search, the finding of minerals left by
Verhoefl'and his tracks leading to a great glacier where all further
trace of him was lost, are already familiar to the Academy. August
24th, the "Kite" left McCormick Bay, and September 23rd the
North Greenland Expedition had the pleasure of setting foot upon
native soil again in Philadelphia.

The principal geographical results of the Expedition may be
briefly summarized as follows:

The delineation of the unknown shores of Inglefield Gulf, and the
imperfectly known shores of Whale Sound.

The delineation of the northern extension of the great Greenland
inland ice cap, and the determination of the northern limit of the
main Greenland land mass. The existence of detached ice-free land
masses of less extent to the northward.

The rapid convergence of the Greenland shores above the 78th
parallel.

The determination of the relief of an exceptionally large area of
the inland ice.

The discovery of a large number of glaciers of the first magnitude.

Geological results go hand in hand with the geographical ones,
and are comprised in the additions to our knowledge of the inland
ice, and the large series of views showing the physical characteristics
of the ice-free land, both in the north and about Whale Sound and
Inglefield Gulf These will, in due time, be placed in the hands of
the Academy. All this material bears directly on the problem of
the great ice age.

In the field of ethnology, the expedition has had exceptional
opportunities and has obtained unique material. Dr. F. A. Cook, the
ethnologist of the expedition, has obtained a complete census of the
isolated little community of Smith's Sound Eskimos, with the rela-
tionships of every individual, and anthropometrical measurements
of seventy-five individuals.

With Dr. Cook's assistance, I have photographed the same seventy-
five, and shall obtain complete sets, consisting of front, side, and
rear elevations of between fifty and sixty individuals of both sexes

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and all ages. I feel that this material will answer the interesting
question, " Whence came these strange people? "

The mineralogical, botanical, and ornithological material is,
perhaps, of not more than usual interest, though there are some rare
specimens in the latter department, obtained by Mr. Gibson. Field
notes, and lists of specimens in these branches, will be sent the
Academy as soon as they can be put into shape.

The meteorological and tidal observations by Mr. Verhoeff are
among the most complete and painstaking ever made in the Arctic
regions. These will be put in the Academy's possession as soon as
practicable. An independent set of four-hourly tidal and weather
observations, kept by each officer of the watch, will prove of value
in connection with the above.

While I have found no time, as yet, to digest and discuss with
care my own observations of the inland ice, I feel justified in advanc-
ing even now, the following statements for the information of the
Academy :

The inland ice of Greenland between the 78th and 82nd parallels is
identical in all its characteristics with the inland ice under the 70th
parallel east of Disco Bay.

The great glaciers of the northern and northwestern Fjords, of
which the Academy Glacier is a magnificent example, have all the
external features indicating resistless force and high velocity common
to the glaciers of Disco Bay and Omenak Sound, as well as those of
Inglefield Gulf.

Under normal conditions the wind of the great ice cap is always
blowing from the interior outward and downward, perpendicular to
the general trend of the coast.

In all discussions of those agencies which tend to balance the
annual precipitation and prevent the rapid increase of the interior
ice cap, the agency of the wind, ceaselessly hurrying the snow from
the interior to the coast land-ribbon where it can melt, must be
placed on a par with the agency of the glacier, in evaporation and
sub-glacial liquefaction.

As regards methods and .equipment, and their bearing upon future
Arctic work, it may be claimed that the North Greenland Exi^edi-
tion has demonstrated that an itinerary upon the inland ice of Green-
land may be laid out and carried into effect with nearly, it not quite,
the same precision as the time-schedule of a freight train on any of
our great railroads; and Professor Heilprin has shown that, with a

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

proper vessel, the dates from here to Whale Sound may be counted
upon with as much certainty as those for any sea voyage of equal
length. It has also been demonstrated that any portion of the
Greenland coast can be commanded by two or three properly
equipped men.

The report would be incomplete without an acknowledgment of
my obligations to the members of my party: To Verhoeff, not
only for his generous financial assistance to the enterprise, but for
his absorbing interest and painstaking work in the field of meteoro-
logical and tidal observations entrusted to his care. To Gibson,
strong and alert, quick with rifle and gun, the ornithologist and
Nimrod of the party. To Dr. Cook, patient and skilful surgeon, in-
defatigable worker, earnest student of the peculiar people among
whom we lived ; he has obtained, I believe, a record of the tribe, un-
approachable in ethnological archives. To Astrup, a young Her-
cules, fit descendant of the Vikings, almost a boy, yet with all a
man's grit and endurance, his handsome face was never other than
a pleasant sight to me, even under the most accentuated circum-
stances of monotony and fatigue. To Matt, my colored boy, a hard
and faithful worker, and second only to Gibson in the trophies of
the hunt. He deserves more credit, perhaps, than any other in
joining the expedition, belonging, as he did, to a race supposed to
be ill fitted for cold regions, and leaving behind him a young bride.
To Professor Heilprin, and the members of the Kelief Expedition, I
am under obligation for many an act of courtesy, and many an hour
of pleasant companionship.

Finally, I desire to thank the Academy most sincerely for the
quick and efficient interest and assistance with which it honored my
project less than two years ago, and for its jealous care for the safety
of the expedition, resulting in the despatch of the " Kite " northward
last summer, thus relieving my party of the last possible element of
serious hardship. I assure the Academy that my personal gratifica-
tion in having been enabled to carry out the plans of the expedition
to the letter has been enhanced by the feeling that this good fortune
is equally gratifying to my fellow members.

R. E. Peary,

Civil Engineer, U. S. Navy.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

November 8.

The President, General Isaac J, Wistar, in the chair.

Fifty-four persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : —

" Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants, No. 8." By-
Thomas Meehan.

" Preliminary Outline of a New Classification of the Helices."
By H. A. Pilsbry.

Note on the Geology of Mt. Desert Island. — Dr. Henry C.
Chapman exhibited remains of a Brachiopod, Spirifer mucronota,
of an Ophiuran, Ophioden sericetim, and Yoldia glacialis given by
Charles S. Dorr, Esq., of Boston, to the Academy The specimens
were obtained from clay in digging a well at " Old Farm," Bar Har-
bor, Mount Desert, Maine. Dr. Chapman stated that as far as he
knew, with the exception of the remains of lowly organized forms
of marine life found in the clay at Seal Harbor, these were the
first fossils found at Mt. Desert. He referred incidentally to the
discontinuity of the granite axis of the island, the intervals
between the mountains being more or less filled up with water as
seen at Jordan's Pond, Long Pond, Echo Lake, etc. Allusion
was also made to the difiiculty in determining the relative age of
the flags, argillaceous shales and arenaceous schists deposited
upon the flanks of the island, as at Bar Harbor, Schoonerhead and
elsewhere. This is owing to the fact that in all such cases the deposits
lie directly upon bed rock and are never superimposed on each
other.

November 15.

Mr. Lewis Woolman in the chair.

Fifteen persons present.

Diffuse pigmentation of the epidermis of the oyster due to
prolonged exposure to the light : regeneration of shell and loss
of adductor muscle. — Prof. Ryder re])orted on behalf of Prof
il. C. Schiedt that oysters which had the right valve re-
moved and exposed to the light in this condition, in a living
state for a fortnight or so, developed pigment over the whole of the
epidermis of the exposed right mantle and on the upper exposed
sides of tlie gills, so that the whole animal from this cause assumed
a dark-brown color. Animals so exposed not only attempted to
reproduce the lost valve and hinge, but also partly succeeeded in so

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

doing, even reestablishing the insertion of the diminutive pedal
muscle upon the inner face of the imperfectly reproduced right
valve, which was deformed owing to the lack of support of the right
mantle, because of the removal of the original right valve. As a
consequence the right mantle was rolled up at the edge, and this
deformation of the mantle was reflected in the attempted regenera-
tion of the lost right valve. The pigment developed during expos-
ure to light in the mantle and gills in oysters with the riglit valve
removed which were kept alive in the aquaria at Sea Isle City by
Prof. Schiedt was wholly confined to the epidermis as it normally is
at the mantle border in the unmutilated animal in nature. The
inference to be drawn from these facts is that the development of
pigment in the mantle and gills was wholly and directly due to the
abnormal and general stimulus of light over the exposed surface of
the mantle and gills, due to removal of the right valve, and that the
mantle border, the only pigmented portion of the animal, is pig-
mented because it is the only portion of the animal which is
normally and constantly subjected to the stimulus of light.

Oysters which had the right valve removed were found to live
13erfectly well in the marine aquaria at Sea Isle, and would no
doubt have survived till now had Prof. Schiedt been able to con-
tinue his experiments there. The most remarkable results obtained
as a consequence of these experiments were that the adductor
muscle was soon attacked by bacteria and destroyed by putrefac-
tion while the great ganglion underlying it remained uninjured.
The pericardiac cavity was also torn open, exposing the heart
completely, in some instances. In these cases the heart continued
to beat and propel the blood through the other organs of the body
as if nothing untoward had happened. The maximum rate of
pulsation of the heart noted was 52 per minute, which is much
greater than the rate hitherto reported.

The anus was also retracted into a new and more anterior
position, owing to the loss of support which it had suffered in con-
sequence of the sloughing away of the adductor muscle. Whether
the adductor muscle thus sloughed away would ultimately be repro-
duced was not determined, since the experiments were interrupted
before the animals had time to present evidence of such regeneration
of the lost muscles.

These experiments open up a most suggestive line of investi-
gation upon other univalve and bivalve mollusca, viz : experi-
mental researches as to the eflect of removing the valves and
exposing them to the light. Many other species, both marine and
freshwater, might obviously be experimented upon with very in-
structive results as respects the questions raised by the present
communication.

The hermaphroditism and viviparity of the oysters of the Nor
ivest coast of the United States.— Fuof. J. A. Ryder also reported

ih-
on

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

behalf of Prof. R. C. Schiedt, of Franklin and Marshall College,
Lancaster, Pa., the hitter's discovery of the fact that the oysters
native to the northwest coast of the United States are hermaphro-
dite and viviparous. Specimens from the coast of Oregon and
Washington show that the same condition exists in the reproductive
follicles as in those of O&trea edulis of Europe. The presence of
eggs and of spermatoblasts and spermatozoa in the same follicles
is the invariable rule. The ova, like those of 0. edulis, are much
larger than those of 0. virginica, though perhaps not quite so large
as the former. The embryos are fertilized in the gill and mantle
cavities, where they undergo development.

These northwest-coast oysters also resemble the oysters of Europe
in that they are small and have little or no indication of purple
pigment on the impression or point of insertion of the adductor
muscle, which is so conspicuous a feature in Ostrea virginica of our
eastern coast.

On the cause of the greening of the oyster and its presumed
algous endoparasiies. — Prof. John A. Ryder also reported on
behalf of Prof. Schiedt and himself the fact that living oysters
from which the right valves had been removed, also became green
about the heart as soon as green alga3 appeared on the sides of the
aquaria in which the oysters were kept at Sea Isle laboratory. Our
experience, unlike that of Prof. Decaisne and others in France, was
not conclusive as to the cause beiug the bluish green pigment,
phycocyanin, absorbed from certain diatoms. On the contrary,
the forms of algse present were diatoms, desmids and the spores of
Ulva, and, possibly, round-celled unicellular forms, so that it
became impossible to decide from which species, used as food, the
pigment was derived that discolored the affected heart of the speci-
men observed to become tinged.

Prof Schiedt now informs the speaker that some of these marine
algre which are believed to have caused the discoloration of the
oysters at Sea Isle, he has kept alive in a small aquarium filled
with sea water, at Lancaster, for over two months since he left the
sea- side laboratory.

The occurrence of these unicellular alga^ of various kinds in
association with the abrupt appearance of the green color in some
one organ of the oyster, as happened at Sea Isle City, opens up the
query whether the singular brownish green bodies so often
observed by Prof Ryder in sections of the connective tissues of the
oyster are not endoparasitic algte, which are in some way genetically
connected with some of the forms that appeared in association with
" greened " oysters at Sea Isle. The late Prof Leidy's discovery,
many years ago, of algae in the tissues of fresh-water mussels, is
suggestive in this connection.

1892,] natural sciences of philadelphia. 353

November 22.
Rev. Henry C. McCook, D. D., Vice-President, in the chair.
Fifty persons present.

A paper entitled " The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the
Mammals." By W. B. Scott, was presented for publication.

A Meteoric Stone seen to fall at Bath, South Dakota. — Dr. A. E.
FooTE said he wished to put on record the reception of a meteoric
stone which was seen to fall on the 29th day of August, 1892, two
miles south of the town of Bath, South Dakota. About four
o'clock in the afternoon Mr. Lawrence Freeman and his son were
working in the field when they were alarmed by loud reports,
and looking up, saw the meteoric stone fly through the air
and fall about twenty rods from where they were. It seemed
to be followed by a cloud of dust or vapor. The stone had
penetrated the hardened prairie to the depth of sixteen inches and
was at once dug up, and was found to be so warm that it was neces-
sary to wear gloves to handle it. The weight of the meteorite is
461 pounds. It was probably originally about one pound heavier
but lost three fragments just before reaching the earth. Internally
and externally it mucli resembles the stones from Winnebago
County, Iowa, both the chrysolite and the iron being disseminated
through the mass in fine grains. Preliminary tests by Mr. A. P.
Brown, of the University of Pennsylvania, showed the presence of
both nickel and cobalt in the iron. It is a somewhat remarkable
fact, that although this region is sparsely settled, the number of
observed falls for a period of several years has been extraordinarily
great in proportion to the whole number of falls observed during
the same period. The noise of the explosion was so great that it
was heard, not only in the town of Bath, but in Aberdeen, a town
much more distant, and was described in the Aberdeen paper as
reseinbling distant cannonading. The annexed affidavit contains
the statement of an eye witness.

Affidavit of Charles Freeman, Bath, South Dakota, November
18, 1892.

'• Be it known that on this 18th day of November, 1892, person-
ally appeared before me, Henry T. Root, a Notary Public for South
Dakota, Charles Freeman, of the town of Bath, Brown County,
South Dakota, who deposes and says, that on the 29th day of
August, 1892, while at work on his father's farm, on Section 32 of
the town of Bath, he saw a meteoric stone fall near where his father,
brother and himself were working and that they then proceeded to
dig up the aforesaid meteoric stone and did bring it in the evening
of the same day to the store of J. D. Mason, in the town of Bath,
where it has since remained, and that he has this day boxed and

24

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

shipped the aforesaid stone to Dr. A. E. Foote, of No. 4116 Elm
Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Signed, Charles Freeman."
This interesting specimen will remain permanently in Phila-
delphia.

November 29.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Sixty-four persons present.

The Committee on the Hayden Memorial Geological Award
reported that the medal and the interest arising from the fund had
been this year voted to Eduard Suess of Vienna.

Report of the Committee on the Hayden Memorial

Geological Award.

The Committee appointed by the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia to recommend the award of the Hayden Memorial
Medal and accompanying fund, for the year 1892, have the honor to
report to the Academy that they have selected Prof. Eduard
Suess of Vienna, as their choice for the distinction which the award
confers.

Prof. Eduard Suess was born in Loudon, Aug. 20th, 1831,
and is, therefore, but little beyond the prime of life. He studied
in Prague and in Vienna, becoming in 1852 assistant in the Hof-
mineralienkabinett of Vienna, professor of geology in 1857, and
shortly afterward general adviser to the Water Commission. Under
his guidance the present splendid system of w^ater supply, from a
natural reservoir located in the Raxalp, was introduced into the
Austrian capital. From 1863 to 1873 Prof. Suess was a member
of the Common Council of Vienna; in 1869 he was elected a mem-
ber of the Lower Austrian Diet, and in 1873 a representative to
the Imperial Reichsrath where he distinguished himself as a
brilliant orator and leader of the " Left."

For upward of forty years Prof. Suess has been an indefatigable
worker in the domain of geology and paleontology, and it can be

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

justly said of him that there is scarcely a paper prepared by his
pen during this period which does not possess more than ordinary
merit. To a mind richly stored with facts is added a perceptive
and reasoning faculty which is as broad and far-reaching as it is
brilliant, and from which have emanated many of the more lumi-
nous conceptions which inseparably belong to the " new geology."
The Suess-Neumayr theory of mountain construction, which rec-
ognizes a one-sided thrust as the dominant motor of orographic
flexures — a view, however, that has not yet been accepted by all
geologists — is principally the creation of his mind ; to him, like-
wise, must be credited the conception, or at least the elaboration of
the hypothesis, that the earth is undergoing a process of continuous
sectioning ( Verstuchelung), i. e., of having its superficial parts
dropping in blocks toward the planetary center. Prof. Suess is a
firm non-believer in secular movements of elevation and depression
of the continental areas, and an equally firm upholder of the doc-
trine of oceanic instability, recognizing that the relative changes in
the position or levels of the land and water are due primarily to differ-
ential movements of the oceanic surface. This conception, which
has only recently been entertained by English and American geolo-
gists, has long since served as a starting point with many of the
foremost geologists of the continent of Europe.

Among Prof. Suess' numerous papers may be mentioned
"Bohmische Graptolithen " (1852); "Der Boden der Stadt Wien"
(1862) ; " Ueber den Losz " (1866) ; " Charakter der Ostreichischen
Tertiarablagerungen " (1866); "Ban der Italienischen Halbinsel"
(1874) ; " Die Entstehung der Alpen " (1875) ; "Die Zukunft des
Goldes" (1877). Prof Suess' most extensive work is the " Antlitz
der Erde," of which two volumes have thus far appeared (1885-
1888). This work shows the impress of the master on almost
every page, and for breadth of scholarship can find a fitting place
only between the " Cosmos " of Humboldt and the " Origin of
Species" of Darwin.

Angelo Heilprin, Chairman.

Persifor Frazer,

J. P. Lesley,

Wm. B. Scott,

Benj. Smith Lyman,

Committee.

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The following were elected members —

Charles Coulter, William De Cou, Henry C. Ford, William E.
Meehan, William A. Shryock, Edw. S. Scranton, Jos. G. Harrison,
Edw. Coles, Wm. Wynne Wister, Jr., Mary Pearsall, Anna W.
Fearsall and Ellen W. Longstreth.

C. Lloyd Morgan of Bristol, England, and John Baird of Man-
chester, England, were elected Correspondents.

The following were ordered to be printed : —

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

ECLOG^ BOTANIC^, NO. 1.
by edward l. greene.

1. New or Noteworthy Thistles.

Eighteen years have now elapsed since Professor Asa Gray pub-
lished his " Synopsis of North American Thistles."^ In that paper
about thirty species were enumerated, six of which were described
as new ; and four of these six were Californian. But the vast field
of Californian botany had been only very imperfectly explored at
that time ; and thistles are plants which collectors, for obvious
reasons, neglect. During the lapse of these eighteen years, however,
more than a half-dozen new thistles have been recognized in Cali-
fornia. Two of them have already been published by the present
writer ; and the diagnoses of the rest are now to be given.

Dr. Gray, in following Bentham and Hooker as to the jDroper
name for the genus, seems not to have acted wisely; for the Cnicus
of the ancient Fathers of Botany is Cartliamus tinctorin^, while the
Cnicus of Linnaeus has for its type species what is now commonly
known as Cevtaurea benedida ; so that whether the initial date for
genera be 1753 or 1700, Cnicus is not free for application to this
vast genus known to us as Thistles, the Latin name of which must
be either Carduiis or Cirsium. These two will be retained, or else
the latter genus will be merged in the former, according as the gen-
era be considered distinct or inseparable. I regard them as insep-
arable, and therefore employ that name which has the sanction of
Linntean usage, and has been adopted by M. Baillon.

Carduus crassicaulis.

Very stout and tall, 4 to 7 feet high : stem an inch in diameter
below, strongly striate throughout, simple up to near the summit,
there becoming somewhat thyrsoid-paniculate, with 3 to 7 short-
peduncled heads, H to 2 inches high: herbage permanently hoary-
lanate : leaves small, pinnately parted, the segments spinose-tipped
and the whole margin spinulose-ciliate : involucral bracts rather lax,
linear-lanceolate to lanceolate-acuminate, all tipped with a slender
straight spine, the outer and middle ones with pectinate-spinescent

1 Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. X, pp.
39-48, 1874.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF " [1892.

margins: segments of the whitish or junkish corolla about as long
as the throat.

Abundant in low, grassy, and occasionally inundated river bot-
toms of the lower San Joaquin, near Lathrop, California. A very
well marked and probably rather local species, flowering in May.
Carduus callilepis.

Stem and leaves unknown : head pedunculate, depressed-globose,
barely an inch high : bracts of the involucre in many series and
closely imbricated, the outer broadly obovate, all except the inner-
most exposing round-ovoid tips with deeply lacerate scarious or
semi-cartilaginous margins and an abrupt short rigid erect terminal
spine; the veiy innermost with lanceolate scarious-margined and
fimbrillate tips : flowers small, ochroleucous, the limb of the corolla
only a third as long as the throat.

Western California ; probably Humboldt Co., the material very
scanty, but indicating a very pronounced and remarkable species,
with involucre more like that of a Ceutaurea than of any other
known Carduus.

Carduus hydrophilus.

Rather slender and freely branching, 4 or 5 feet high ; herbage
Avhen young, pale with a fine and close arachnoid tomentum, in
maturity green and glabrate : leaves deeply pinnatifid into uniform
3-lobed segments: heads, numerous, little more than an inch high,
glomerate in twos and threes at the ends of the numerous and pan-
iculate Avidely spreading branchlets: involucre ovate, the somewhat
appressed-imbricate scales pluriserial, rather firm, with a green and
glutinous ridge toward the summit, and ending in a short, slender,
erect or slightly spreading spine : corollas deep rose-purple, the limb
about equalling the throat : pappus bristles very delicately and
sparsely long-plumose below, naked at the aristiform or clavellate
tips.

Very common in the brackish marshes of Suisun Bay, California,
where it grows within reach of tide water, and is associated with
the equally local Cieuta Bolanderi, and flowers in July.

Carduus occidentalis Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vii, 418.

Very stout, 1 to 3 feet high ; the lanceolate pinnatifid leaves
densely white-tomentose beneath, only hoary-lanate or arachnoid
above ; heads 2 inches high, or larger, on long and stout peduncles ;
bracts of the involucre in very many series, all linear-subulate, ascend-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

ing, spinose-tipped (the spine straight), all connected by a more or
less heavy induraent of arachnoid, very fine hairs ; flowers deep red ;
segments of the corolla little surpassing the throat; pappus short,
the very slender plumes naked at tip, and scarcely dilated.

Abundant on sand dunes near the sea, iu western California, at
San Francisco, and southward to Santa Barbara and the outlying
islands. A remarkable and maritime species with which the next
has needlessly been confused.

Carduus caadidissimus.

Stout, erect, 2 or 3 feet high, densely and permanently white arach-
noid-tomentose throughout; leaf-outline as in the last ; heads few,
on shorter and stouter peduncles, 2 inches high, but narrower than
in the last ; outer bracts of the involucre with dilated and closely
appressed base and squarrose rigid linear-acerose spinescent tip, all
densely arachnoid-tomentose ; flowers crimson ; pappus an inch long,
plumose almost throughout.

Common on dry hills in extreme northern California, thence south-
ward, but in the interior only, though coming out to the seaboard
at Santa Barbara. Keadily distinguished from C. occidentalis by
its dense white tomentum and very different involucre and pappus.

Carduus venustus.

Stoutish, 3 feet high, sparingly branching ; lower leaves unknown ;
cauline few and reduced, permanently more or less arachnoid, white
beneath ; heads large, 2 inches high and broad, terminating long
pedunculiform branches; involucre glabrate, the very numerous
bracts with closely appressed base and long, squamose, rigid, green
lanceolate subulate and rather abruptly short-spinescent tips; cor-
ollas bright crimson, the segments longer than the throat ; j^appus-
plumes barbellate above the plumose part, the tips scarcely dilated.

This belongs to the hills of the inner Coast Range of California,
from Vacaville southward. It is our most beautiful thistle, and
appears to have been made a part of the aggregate Cnicus occiden-
talis in the Synoptical Flora of Gray, though it is more strictly an
ally of C. Californicus (which is the C. lilacinus Greene, Bull. Calif.
Acad, ii, 404 = Carduus Californicus).

Carduus undulatas Nutt., Gen. ii, 130.

This very widely disseminated thistle of western North America,
is either excessively variable, or else an aggregate embracing many
species. The original station for it, as a specific type, is " calcareous

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

islands in Lake Huron," and botanists of the middle sections of the
Union would do well to collect again the type. Its real characters
cannot be made out from Nuttall's diagnosis, except as compared
with eastern species. Gray's description does not pretend to
define the plant of any one locality, but is made loose enough to
cover that vast aggregate of specimens which he had from all parts
of the country between the Great Lakes and the Pacific, and from
Manitoba to Mexico. Such a collection exhibits forms very distinct
in general appearance, and enough of them to make five or six
fair geographical species without much character of flower or fruit,
though with good habitual marks, and some vegetative characters.
The Lake Huron type was low and "few flowered," and had bifid,
spiny, overlapping lobes to its leaves, which were tomentose on both
sides ; a large subglobose involucre, with appressed lanceolate acu-
minate bracts, the spinescent tips of which are presumably spread-
ing or reflexed. The heads, in all the western representatives of
the aggregate, are ovate rather than subglobose, and have the spin-
escent tips of the scales as above described. The pappus of the
marginal flowers is only barbellate, while in all the rest in the head
it is plumose ; but this it has in common with many other American
species. Some of our most striking western plants of this aggregate
may be recognized under C. undulatus, as follows :

Var. Douglasii. Cirnum DouglasiiT). C, Prodr. vi, 643 (1837).

Stout, probably not tall ; heads rather numerous, not large, short-
pedunculate; leaves white beneath, and nearly so above, with a
close arachnoid tomentum, deeply pinuatifid, amplexicaul ; heads
about 1 inch high, the ovate and ovate-lanceolate bracts closely
appressed, with a glutinous spot below the short-spinescent tip ; seg-
ments of the corolla shorter than the throat. From Oregon to mid-
dle California, in the wooded regions of the coast Range, on rather
open ground, hillsides, etc. This is presumably the type of C.
Douglasii and very ^wssibly of specific rank.

Var. megacephalus (Gray, as Cnicus).

This has few and quite large heads, and a very ample thin foli-
age not strongly spinescent. It appears to be a tall plant, and is from
the interior of Washington and northern Idaho. Mr. Leiberg's n.
654 is doubtless a good type of this. It is also possible that this
rather than the preceding may be the true Douglasii.

/

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

Var. Nevadensis.

Of middle height, but widely and paniculately branching, the
small heads solitary or glomerate at the ends of the branches;
leaves green and glabrate above, hoary-arachnoid beneath, the lobes
rigidly spiny ; bracts of involucre closely appressed except the
slender-spinose tips. At the eastern base of the Sierra Nevada,
California, near Truckee, etc., collected by the writer in 1883.

Carduus Mohavensis.

Stoutish, branching, 3 to 5 feet high, whitish throughout, with a
minute and close tomentum ; leaves of lanceolate outline, narrow
and with lobes not overlapping, beai'ing few and rigid spines, the
middle cauline decurrent on the stem for one-third their length,
and all except the very lowest manifestly decurrent ; heads few and
terminal, small, round-ovate ; ovate involucral bracts somewhat
arachnoid, tipped with spreading spine of their own length or
longer ; segments of the reddish corolla as long as the throat ;
anther tips attenuate-subulate; pappus of marginal achenes merely
scabrous, of the others only sparsely plumose and that near the
base.

At Rabbit Springs, in the Mohave Desert, 1886, S. B, Parish, n.
1,834; distributed as C. undulatus, from which its conspicuously
decurrent foliage and different pappus at once distinguish it.

Carduus Rusbyi.

Probably very tall, rather slender, paniculate above, with many
small ovate heads ; radical leaves long-petioled, 1 to 2 feet long, 4
inches wide, siiiuate-pinnatifid, only sparingly and rather softly
spinescent, pale beneath with a thin tomentum, glabrate above, in
texture quite thin ; floral leaves very small, each lobe and tooth
bearing a stout long spine ; ovate bracts of involucre appressed,
coriaceous, tipped with a long stout spreading spine ; flower appar-
ently whitish ; segments of the corolla little surpassing the throat ;
anther-tips attenuate ; outer achenes with scarcely barbellate bristles.

Southern Arizona, 1883, Dr. H. H. Rusby. Sj^ecies remarkable
for the strong contrast between the soft and scarcely armed lower
leaves and the excessively spiuose floral ones.
Carduus Bernardinus.

Rather slender, leafy below, bearing at summit 1 to 3 long pedun-
cled subglobose heads ; leaves of linear or lanceolate outline, sin-
uate-toothed or lobed, and with few small spines, equally white-

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

tomentose above and beneath ; heads an inch high and nearly as
broad ; ovate-acuminate, weakly spinescent involucral bracts rather
closely appressed, their margins distinctly ciliolate ; reddish corollas
with remarkably wide cylindrical throat and similarly wide linear
and cuspidate segments of about equal length ; anther-tips with an
abrupt long mucro ; pappus bright-white, that of the marginal achenes
barbellate, of the others strongly plumose.

At an altitude of 4,500 feet in Little Bear Valley, of the San
Bernardino Mountains, southern California, S. B. Parish, 1884, n.
1,686. This was distributed as C. Californicus ; but the flowers can-
not have been examined by Dr. Gray ; or scarcely the involucral
bracts. It is a most excellent species.

The following species of the western United States and Mexico
are in my herbarium, without a nomenclature, under Carduus, and
I here transfer them.

C. Americanus. Cnicus Americanns Gray, Syn. Fl. 398.

Colorado to California.

C. Parryi, Cnicus Parryi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, x, 47.

Colorado to Utah.

C. scopulorum. Cirsium eriocephaluni Gray, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1863, p. 69, and
Cnicus er-iocephalus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad., 1. c.

Colorado to Montana.

C. edulis. Cirsium edulis Nutt., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vii, 420. Cnicus edulis
Gray, 1. c.

Oregon and California.

C. Neo-Mexicanus. Cirsium Neo- Mexicanutn Gray, PI. Wright, ii, 101, and Proc.
Am. Acad, x, 10, under Cnicus.

New Mexico.

C. Andersonii. Cnicus Andersonii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, x, 44.

Sierra Nevada of California,

C. Arizonicus. Cnicus Arizonicus Gray, 1. c.

Arizona,

C. Rothrockii. Cnicus Kothrockii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, xvii, 220,

Arizona.

C. quercetorum. Cnicus quercetorum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 40.

Coast Range hills, in Western California.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

C. fontinalis. Cnicus fontinalis Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad, ii, 151.

Cr^'Stal Springs, San Mateo County, California.

C. amplifolius. Cnicus amplifolius Greene, Pittonia, i, 70.

Coast Kauge, California.

C. Grahami. Cirsium Grahami Gray, PI. Wright, ii, 102, and Proc. Am. Acad, s,
42, under Cnicus.

Arizona.

C. ochrocentrus. Cirsium ochrocentrum Gray, PI. Fendl. 110, and Proc. Am.
Acad, xix, 57, under Cnicus.

Southern California to western Texas, and Colorado.

C. Breweri. Cnicus Breweri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, x, 43.

California and Oregon.

C. raphilepis. Cnicus raphilepis Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. ii, 252.

Southern Mexico.

C. acantholepis. Cnicus acantholepis Hemsl., 1. c, 251.

Mexico.

C. Mexicanus. Cirsium Mexicanum D. C, Prodr. vi, 6.36. Cnicus Mexicanus,
Hemsl., 1. c.

Southern Mexico.
C. heterolepis.

Stout and tall (8 feet high), parted above into long pedunculate
and monocephalous branches ; leaves a foot long, sessile or short-
petioled, pinnately parted into lanceolate spinose segments, strigose-
pubescent above, white-tomentose beneath ; heads 2 J inches high;
bracts of involucre very unequal, loosely imbricate, the exterior
and middle ones lanceolate and lanceolate-acuminate, pectinate-spin-
ulose and with straight spinose tip; the inner 2 inches long, linear,
thin and almost scarious throughout; segments of the corolla about
equalling the throat ; all the pappus-bristles plumose.

State of Jalisco, Mexico, 1889, C. G. Pringle, n. 2,435 ; distrib-
uted as a Cnicus, with the specific name here continued ; but I can-
not find that any description was published.

C. linearifolius. Cnicus /ineari/olius S. Wats., Proc. Am. Acad, xxvi, 143.

Southern Mexico.

C. velatus. Cnicus velatus S. Wats., 1. c.

Southern j\Iexico.

36-t PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

C. Pringlei. Cnicus Pringlei S, Wats., 1. c, xxv, 156.

State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

C. excelsior. Cnictis excelsior Rob., Proc. Am. Acad, xxvii, 179.

Slender and perhaps very tall ; lower leaves unknown ; cauline
oblong-lanceolate, scarcely either lobed or toothed, but more or less
distinctly spinose-serrulate, decurrent along the stem for at least a
third their length, white-tomentose beneath, hoary above; heads
small, clustered at the ends of slender paniculate branches; bracts
of involucre regularly and closely imbricated, ovate, viscid on the
back below the slender spreading terminal spine; corolla rose-pur-
ple, the segments quite surpassing the anthers and style, but much
shorter than the tube ; pappus sordid, altogether plumose.

C. Potosinus. ,

Near the last, but stouter and perhaps taller ; cauline leaves
ampler, deeply pinnatifid, with sharply spinose lobes, not in the
least decurrent ; flowers and fruit as in the last.

This species and the one preceding are in Mr. Pringle's Mexican
collection of 1891, from the State of San Luis Potosi, and are dis-
tributed in one sheet, under the number 3,768. The printed ticket
bears the statement that the plants grow in low lands, and attain a
height of from six to ten feet. In C. excelsior the leaves appear as if
joined to the stem for a third their length -without any tapering from
the point of junction ; a character so remarkable that the two
plants can in no wise be treated as one species.

2. Three New Perennial Lupines.
Lupinus floribundus.

Stems tufted, rather firmly erect (sometimes decumbent at base),
a foot high or more, with several ascending branches, each ending
in a well developed raceme ; herbage more or less villous or hirsute ;
leaves all short-petioled ; leaflets about 7, an inch long or less,
oblong-lanceolate, acutish ; racemes very short-ped uncled, dense
and cylindrical, 2 to 4 inches long, scarcely f inch in diameter, the
flowers very small, light blue ; abruptly fiilcate-incurved keel about
equalling the wings and only 2 or 3 lines long, the banner shorter ;
ovary densely hirsute.

A Avell marked and exceeding pretty lupine of the region of the
middle and upper Bear Creek, in the mountains of Colorado
directly west of Denver, growing in open woods among pines (P.
ponderosa) ; collected by the writer in 1873, 1875, and again in

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

1889, and until recently supposed to be the L. parviflorus Nutt., to
which, however, it can hardly be very closely related.

Lupinus gracilentus.

Stems tufted, erect, slender, leafy, 2 feet high ; herbage green and
not conspicuously pubescent (scantily jjilose or villous under a lens) ;
lowest leaves on slender peduncles, 6 or 8 inches long, and with nar-
row, adnata, long-setaceous-pointed stipules ; leaflets about 7, linear-
falcate, acute, 2 inches long, more or less ; racemes terminal only,
and on long, slender, naked peduncles ; flowers in 4 to 6 distinct
verticils ; calyx-tube slightly gibbous at base ; corolla rather small
(4 or 5 lines long), blue ; keel strongly falcate-acuminate, naked,
slightly surpassing the wings, these longer than the banner; ovary
hirsute; immature pods appressed-villous.

In the Tuolumme Canon of the Sierra Nevada, California, 1889,
Messrs Chesnut and Drew.
Lupinus Covillei.

Erect, stoutish, 2 or 3 feet high, the striate stems leafy up to the
subsessile, long raceme; herbage rather light green, soft to the
touch, with a hirsute pubescence ; petioles about equalling the leaf-
lets, these about 9, linear-lanceolate, 1* to 2* inches long; racemes
elongated, the flowers in distinct verticils ; bracts fully equalling the
flowers, linear-filiform, somewhat persistent; calyx and pedicels
densely hirsute (as also the young pods) ; corolla purple, h inch
long, the banner slightly shorter than the wings ; keel not strongly
falcate, naked, or with a few hirsute hairs below the tip.

Near Farwell Gap, in the Sierra Nevada of California, at an alti-
tude of 10,000 feet, August 30, 1891, Messrs. Coville and Funston,
n. 1,746. The species is also in the State Survey collection, from the
same region, and was evidently mistaken for the far northern and
very different L. lepidus,

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE HISTORIES OF PLANTS, NO. 8.
by thomas meehan.

Euphrasia ofe'icinalis.

Mr. Darwin, in his interesting work on "Cross and Self-fertiliza-
tion of Flowers" (1877), places this pretty little plant in the list of
those which have " become modified so as to insure self-fertilization."
Some additional information on the subject makes it ^Yorth while to
go over the whole matter again.

The flowers are so abundantly fertile that one would at once infer
that it is self-fertilized, but the apparently strong proterogynous char-
acter of the flower leads to a suspicion that this impression is wrong.
The curved style is projected beyondthecoroUabeforethelatterisfully
expanded, appearing like a folded thread of silk, completely closing
the mouth. The stigma at the end of the incurved portion is bent
down onto or under the anthers which present it with pollen before
the flower has fully expanded. So early is the flower fertilized that
the pistil, having fulfilled its function, dies away almost immedi-
ately after the mouth of the corolla fully expands. The flower pre-
sents the remarkable phenomenon of a pistil dried up almost as soon
as the corolla is fully open. It seems evident that the pistil
matures long before the stamens, but the curvature of the style
keeps the stigma in contact with the stamens so that it cannot escape
fertilization. If the pistil were projected in a straight line, as is
usual in flowers, it is more than likely that aid would be required in
securing pollination. It does look as if the expression quoted from
Darwin, that the flower had been modified to ensure self-fertiliza-
tion, is in this instance literally correct.

Notes on Gaura and Oenothera.

Although in a general way, flowers of some species of Gaura and
allied genera are known to open toward evening, and with some
suddenness, so far as I know, no details of the phenomenon have been
recorded. Having plants of Gaura biennis and of G. parviflora
within a hundred feet of each other, under nearlv the same condi-
tions, I spent a week previous to the 20th of August in closely
watching them, with the view of noting any difference in the
behavior of the two closely allied species.

Having come to look on those plants that are abundantly fruitful
as self-fertilizers, I was at first struck with the exceptional fruit-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

fulness of every flower in Gaura parvifiora. On one spike exam-
ined, 148 flowers had bloomed, and each had produced a perfect
capsule. Many more flowerbuds had yet to open. The result of
the observations showed that the plant is absolutely a self-fertilizer.
On every night of my observations the first blossoms commenced
to open at 7.15 o'clock, and by 7.30 all had opened that would open on
that evening. The expansion is so extremely sudden that it is only
with great difficulty that the process can be observed. The eye can
be taken for an instant from one flower to another alongside, and
instantly back again, only to find that expansion has occurred. A
good magnifier is necessary to see the process distinctly. On ex-
pansion the petals stop wdien at a right angle with the axis, but the
sepals fly completely back on a line with the ovarium. Opening
some flowers at 7 o'clock, no pollen is visible, but the anther cells are
ruptured and abundantly pollen-covered at expansion. We may
conclude that this act is simultaneous with the opening. The anthers
. are held to the stigma by the gelatinous pollen, except an occasional
one that is held fast by the expanding petal or sepal, and drawn
over, which also shows that the anther cells rupture at the time of
expansion or a little before. As evening progresses the stamens
draw their anthers more or less away from the stigmas, but they
alone can fertilize the pistils. By a lamp, later in the evening,
small night moths are found about the flowers, and some moth hairs
on many of the glutinous stigmas show that the flowers have been
visited by them. The flowers commence to fade at daylight, the
stamens dropping first, then the pistil, and by 8 A. M. the petals
wither, unless the day be cloudy, when they continue a little longer.
The upper portion of the leaves of this species are vertical, the
result apparently of a continuation of the coiling tendency longer
than in some other plants, and w'ithout any j^hysiological signifi-
cance.

Gaura biennis. — In this species some open at 8 P. M. ; all are
open at 8.30 P. M., that are to expand that evening. They open
by jerks. First there is a sudden flying apart of the sepals, just
enough to show the pinkish-white petals, the openings being not
more than two lines in width. After about three minutes another
efibrt occurs, when both the sepals and petals are at right angles
with the axis. After another rest of about three minutes the sepals
fall back on the ovarium. An effort was made to encourage a
flower to open earlier in the evening by separating the sepals

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

with a pen-kuife, but it had no effect ou the opening of the
flower till the regular opening time arrived. The stamens are
shorter than the style, so that at expansion the anthers are below
the stign^a. The pistil remains erect, and the stam-ens fall without
the pollen coming in contact with the stigma, as far as I could trace.
The pistils droop by morning, when the under surface of the com-
pound stigma is usually found covered with pollen, as if it had
dropped from the anthers. A large number of species of night
moths attend the flowers during the night, and most of the flowers
have moth hair on the stigmas. It seemed probable that insect aid
had much to do with pollinating the flowers.

The lower portions of the spikes are infertile, and this adds sus-
picion that insects are necessary to aid in the work of fertilization,
as they may not have been present or found the Gaura plants till
many flowers had fallen, but nearly all the later flowers are fertile.
Soon after daylight the stamens and style have withered, but the
petals do not collapse till 8 or 9 o'clock, and if the day be cloudy, .
the petals will continue apparently fresh till noon.

Aside from fixing the exact time and manner of the opening of
the flowers of these two species, there is a peculiar interest in the
fact that while the one is undoubtedly a strict self-fertilizer, its near
neighbor seems to be in a great measure dependent on insect agency,
and this remarkable difference is apparently due merely to the fact
that, in comparison with the pistil, the stamens are a little longer
in the one species than in the other.

CEnoihera biennis. — I endeavored to ascertain the exact time and
manner of the opening of the flowers of Oenothera biennis, but
could not manage to catch it at the right moment. An interesting
fact well worth recording, however, is that the anther cells burst when
the bud is comparatively young, long before expansion, covering
the stigma with the flower's own gelatinous pollen. The stigma is
not receptive at this time, but the pollen remains until it is, thus
insuring self-fertilization.

The Carpellary Structure op Nymph^a.

An abnormal flower of Nymphcea odorata from 'New Jersey, sent
to me by Mrs. Edward S. Sayres, of Philadelphia, indicatesthemanner
in which the carpels are formed. The place of the usual radiating stig-
mas was occupied by three petaloid processes, very suggestive of the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

pistils of an Iris. These were recurved as in the annexed diagram,

U which shows a cross section of the three.
From this it would appear that the ovarium
is made up of a number of carpellary
1,.^,^^ leaves of which the midribs form the axis.

In the normal flower the compound ovarv
is usuallv from 12- to 24-celled, according
to Gray's Genera; in this case but three
Transverse section of^taioid carpels wcre attempted. In this genus the

carpels, replacing the normal gyn- ^• ^ . .^ • n ^

(xcmm mNymphceaodoyuia ^lue bctwecn the various floral organs is

very finely drawn. Petals, stamens, aud the carpellary system with
its pistils run closely into each other. Hence the numbers in each
class of organs easily vary. It would not be wholly unexpected to
meet with cases in this or allied genera where the flowers would
have the pistils wholly aborted ; that is, the plants might produce
wholly staminate flowers.

On the Sexual Characters of Rhus.

Exact botany suffers much from the want of care in the applica-
tion of terms, especially illustrated in the use of the words herma-
phrodite, dioecious, polygamous, and jwlygamo-dioecious, by differ-
ent authors in connection with the genus Rhus. There is a section
described as hermaphrodite, in which the mist tree of gardens,
Rhus cotinoides, is placed. But I have shown that this species is truly
dioecious.^ Chapman, in his " Flora of the Southern United States,"
divides the North American sjiecies into two sections, one " Flowers
polygamous," the other " Flowers ditiecious." He j^laces Rhus copal-
Una in the former section, leaving the dioecious section to the poison
Rhus, R. venenata., and R. Toxicodendron. Don, in the " Gardener's
Dictionary," places Rhus copallina in the dioecious section, with the
poison vines of Chapman, while Dr. Darlington, in " Flora Cestrica,"
styles all the species " polygamo-dioecious." As these terms are
employed in the sectional characters, their use is perplexing to the
student. After a careful examination, extending over some years,
I have found no case in which an isolated plant j^roduces seeds.
The plants are all truly dioecious, and the terms hermaphrodite and
polygamous applied to any Rhus are misleading, and should be
abandoned. Often, isolated plants will be found in which the car-

^ Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science,
Vol. XXII, pp. 73-75.

25

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892,

pels appear perfect, but are hollow by reason of not having been
fertilized. In some flowers the stamens appear antheriferous, and
this fact has probably led to the belief in hermaphroditism, but I
have never found one to be polliniferous.

Close inspection this season of some twenty-four plants of Bhus
copallina, led to observations of a novel character, worth
recording. There were twenty-two female, and only two male
plants. There are three pistils in the female flower. One of
these is larger and deeper colored than the other two. These
two finally abort, only a single carpel reaches perfection. The
brown papery anthers are devoid of pollen, and have either no
filaments or very short ones. Between the staminate cycla and that
forming the gynoecium, are glands, seemingly an undeveloped series
of stamens. These exude a great abundance of sweet liquid, which
attracts honey-bees and other insects in large numbers. I have
counted twenty honey-bees at work at once on a single panicle,
many of them falling victims to the soldier beetle, Reduvius novena-
rius, which finds the Rhus a fertile hunting ground.

The male flower is especially distinct from the female in having
no honey glands. The highly polliniferous anthers are on five long
exserted filaments. These filaments are erect, and the anthers
approach, forming a sort of crown, as if to protect the pistils which
are in a depauperate condition beneath. The profusion of golden
pollen is very conspicuous in these male flowers. In the female
flowers the sepals are ovate and spreading, while in the males they
are lance-linear and recurved. The rachis and pedicels are more
slender and longer than in the female.

Considering the abundance of pollen, it would seem almost certain
that at some time or other pollen-gathering bees would visit the
male flowers, but whenever I saw them at work, it was only on the
female plants. The abundance of liquid from the floral glands
seemed an inducement to greater exertion, and watching these
creatures on Rhun copallina, gave me, for the first time, the
impression that there were times when these ever industrious crea-
tures make special effort.

The subject of the relation of insects to flowers naturally thrust
itself on my attention during these observations. Sweet secretions
in these flowers certainly can have no significance as a means of
insect attraction for the purposes of cross-fertilization, or of fertili-
zation of any character. Insects seem to serve no object of the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

plant in any direction whatever, while the female plant has to
depend on the wind for its fertilizing material.

The sap between the bark and the wood, both in this and in other
species of liJtii-^, is very sweet and particularly abundant, and on the
slightest scratch, courses down the branches ; in gathering it
insects almost fight each other. The little exuding through the
glands seems the result of an effort to get rid of a superabundance,
and without any special significance in the economy of the plant.

RUBUS CHAM^MORUS.

Authors have variously characterized this plant. Thus, Don
(1832) notes it as dicecious, Beck (1833) monoecious, while Michaux
(1803) and Torrey (1826) leave the inference that it is hermaphro-
dite. Lightfoot, in "Flora Scotica" (1787), says, "This plant is
dioecious above ground, but, according to a curious observation
made by Dr. Solander, the roots of the male and the female unite
together under the earth so as to render the plant truly monoecious."
Dr. Gray (1867) regards the plant as dicecious. It did not mat-
ter so much, in the past generation, about special accuracy in these
particulars, but in more recent times, when these questions enter
largely into botanical philosophy, more accurate diagnoses are
desirable. Specimens brought to me by botanical friends at Seal
Harbor, Maine, show the plant to run extensively by underground
stolons; one flowering branch with dried flowers producing no fruit,
and another with berries from the same stolon, indicated that
Solander was right in giving it a monoecious character without,
however, the necessity of calling in underground grafting to
account for the phenomena. The male "canes" appear to have
been longer than the fruit-bearing ones. Dr. Gray, in the sixth
edition of the " Manual," makes a subsection in which this species
is placed, the flowers having a 5-lobed calyx. In all the specimens
brought me each had but four lobes. Residents of Mt. Desert Island
call the fruit " baked apple berries."

Dalibarda repens.

No author gives the slightest hint of any irregularities in the
flowers of Dalibarda repens, though its relative on the one side,
Rubns, has a monoecious representative in R. chamceniorus, and on the
other side in Fragaria chilensis, and often in F. virginiana.

Confined to my room, at Seal Harbor, Maine, in August of the
present year, by temporary illness, good botanical friends, and espe-

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

cially Mr. John H. Redfield, brought me generously large amounts
of fresh jjlauts, their daily collections. One of these, which I
had no subsequent opjiortunity to see growing, was Dalibarda
repens. My observations are therefore, wholly from these few plants,
though the facts have been subsequently confirmed by Mr.
Redfield.^

The single flower on the four to five inch scape, was found wholly
staminate, the stamens being very numerous. The scape branched
at the base, having what we might term a pedicel of an inch or so
in length, recurving and bearing small cleistogene buds. These
were found to contain but five short stamens, and the anthers, pol-
liniferous, pressed down on the stigmas. These bud-bearing jjedi-
cels grew into the rotten leaves beneath the foliage, and matured
the seed vessels beneath the surface, just as many violets do,
bringing to mind that Michaux''s name of D. violceoides, was still
more expressive than even that author supposed.

As many of these subterranean seed vessels were ripe, it shows
that cleistogamy commences quite early in the season, how early
has yet to be ascertained. The eai'liest ones, it Avould seem, must
have the flower on the 5-inch scape perfect, as the descriptions given
by authors, no doubt, were drawn from these, and are given as with all
the floral organs perfect. My rough notes, made on the spot, say,
" the female or fertile flowers, with becoming modesty, withdraw into
privacy beneath the ground, while the foppish male flowers seem to
have no office in life to perform but to make a show of themselves."
It may be remarked here, that in many cases of plants bearing
cleistogene and fertile flowers they at some time produce what are
regarded as normally perfect flowers, and these are supposed to be
for the purpose of enabling the j)lant to get a chance to bear cross-
fertilized seed. But so many of these are wholly infertile, while
this Dalibarda is absolutely masculine, that it would seem that the
fact may be capable of some other explanation.

On Some Morphological Distinctions in the Genera of

Ericace.e.

The sub-orders of Ericacete divide naturally into the free or the
adherent calyx with the ovary, but an examination of various mem-
bers of the order indicates a suppression or multiplication of series

^ As these pages are going to press, Mr. Fedfield notes that Dr. Gray has
recorded the finding of Dalibarda repens cleistogene by Mr. Pringle.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

of organs, and the impressment of one set into the service of
another to such a degree that the morphologist will find little in an
original type to divide into sections. Monotropa w?i('/?ora represents
a section where the calyx is free from the ovary. The ovarium
is described as being 10-grooved, but it is evident that this grooving
is the result of ten staminal scales which have become adherent with
the ovarium. To describe the flower properly we might begin with
the 5-carpellate ovary. Though the '" stigma " is usually described
as being single and funnel-form, it would seem that a strictly cor-
rect form of expression, from the morphological standpoint, would
be that there were five stigmas, united by a thin membrane into a
circular, web-like disk. In the flowers before me there are ten
stamens, but these are certainly in two series of five each, one set
rather larger than the other. The upper and larger series alternate
with five of the scales, and press the anthers close up under the fine
stigmatic portions on the edge of the disk, and in this way effectu-
ally secure self-fertilization. The next series of five are shorter,
and always keep the anthers free from connection with the stigmas.
Both series of stamens, however, have the hairy filaments curved in
toward the ovarium as if they also would have become adherent
scales if they had had a fair chance. At the base of the ten sta-
mens, and alternate with them, are ten horn-like processes, evidently
each alternate one being slightly smaller than the other, represent-
inw two series which we may term either abortive stamens or abor-
tive petals, as suits best the morphological view. These, however,
curve outward and downwai'd instead of inward, and should pos-
siblv be classed with the corolliferous rather than the staminal
system which, as above noted, possesses an incurved tendency. From
the apex of these glands, however, a large quantity of sweet liquid
exudes and they might be termed " nectaries," if there were any
separate place for such organs in the morphological type. There
are five petals and it is singular that three of these seem always
to be twisted, folding over each other from right to left while
one petal is usually backed by the two adjoining (imbricate)
plates, the edges of these almost meeting behind the petal which
they enclose. Outside of these we have the remains of five sepals,
varying so much in size that occasionally but two can be recognized.
It will be seen that this conception, as fortified by observa-
tion, makes the flower far less of a departure from the usual types
of Ericaceje, and places the genus more in harmony with its fel-

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

lows. Comparing the points here made with specimens of Gaylussacia
dumosa before me, the stigma may be seen to be disc-shaped, as in
Ptjrola, with, however, ten stigmatic points on the margin of the
disc, indicating a 10-carpellary structure. The ten flat anthers
press closely against the style, and can be safely taken as the ana-
logues of the ten adherent scales through which the pistil seems to
protrude in Monotropa.

Taking up now Pyrola rotundifolia, we find, in the earlier stages,
such a wheel-shaped disc in the stigma as may be seen in Mono-
tropa, but with age they advance beyond the membranous connec-
tive and thus give us the " 5-rayed stigma " of authors.

If we now take up Mone><es xmiflora, the " ten stamens" are found
to be in series. Two of these series consist of three stamens each,
two series of but a single stamen each, but occasionally there are
two stamens in each of the latter sets, which make the full comple-
ment of ten, and we see here the tendency to a suppression of parts
is very strong.

The whole lesson teaches the morphological unity of type in the
sections of Ericaceae to a greater degree than usually supposed,
and that the cohesion or freedom from cohesion of the various
cycles comprising the theoretical foliar system is the chief govern-
ing influence in the formation of genera in the order.

Vitality of Seeds. Lysimachia atropurpurea.

That seeds will live long in the earth in many cases is a general
belief, but too frequently the facts presented are open to objection.
Dii-ect and incontestible evidence is still desirable. I am accus-
tomed to sow seeds for the purpose of botanical examination and
for specimens. In 1886 I had a few plants from seeds of the European
annual, Lysimachia atropurpurea. After a study of the plant no
further seeds were collected. In the winter following, this part of
my garden was given up to building operations, and the earth filled
in, several feet in depth, over where the Lysimachia grew, and on
this large evergreens were planted. Last spring one of these ever-
greens was removed and a hole left, nearly two feet deep. In the
bottom of this hole a Lysimachia plant came up this summer.
There can be no other explanation than that the seeds had been
there six years, as no Lysimachia has been growing in my garden
since.

For some days prior to August 22, I took the plant under close
examination from day to day. That plants do not grow contiuu-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

ously but advance from stage to stage by leaps — making consider-
able rests between the stages — is well illustrated by the flowers of
this plant. After the flower bud has reached a stage ready fof
expansion, it rests for a day but the style continues to grow and
pushes through the closed flower bud to the extent of about two
lines. Then it rests, and the corolla opens and assumes an erect
campanulate form. The stamens grow as the petals lengthen, but
continue growing for a day after the corolla is at rest, continuing till
they exceed the style, the anthers forming a close circle just above
the stigma, when they discharge their pollen over it. As every
flower is fertile, and the plant produces seeds profusely, I surmised
that the flowers must self-pollinate but the advance of the pistil,
with its evidently receptive stigma, so long before the maturity of
the anthers, seemed theoretically against this view\ In a large area
of these flowers, where some plants in bloom would matui'e in
advance of the others, insects might convey the gelatinous pollen to
the exposed pistils on other plants. In this one specimen, however,
there were no insect visitors observed except an occasional sand
wasp, and the effect was only to help the stigma to its own pollen.
This plant was certainly self-fertile, though the conditions seem to
be such that it might be cross-fertilized under favorable circum-
stances.

Campanula rotundifolia.

A large branch of specimens, placed in water for a week, pre-
sented some remarkable variations. The lobes in most instances
were about one-fourth the depth of the campanulate corolla, in
some instances one-third. In one case the corollas on the stem were
cut to fully one-half their length, and the lobes spread so that with
a little more efibrt the corollas would have been rotate ! The flowers
of this species of Campanula are centrifugal, the terminal one
opening first. A number of these terminal flowers were 10-lobed
with ten stamens, still more with six lobes and six stamens, but the
majority were normal with five lobes and five stamens. In one flower
with five lobes, the five stamens had been transformed to petals, and
it is worthy of note that these five were separate and not united into
a monopetalous corolla similar to the outer series. On the same
stalk, another flower had two of the stamens somewhat petaloid
instead of antheriferous. Two other flowers on the same stalk were
normal.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Although the flowers of Campanula rotundifoUa are classed as
proterandrous, the pollen is not ejected from the anther cells till
after the corolla has opened and the hairy pistil has been developed
considerably beyond the line of the anthers, though most of the
genus seem to discharge their pollen while still in the bud. The
stamens wither soon after the anthers have discharged their pollen.
In the flowers in this large branch the stigmas do not exj^and till
the fourth day after flowering. In the quiet atmosphere of the room
and in the absence of all insects that are usually considered aids in
fertilization, there seems to be no pollen on the stigmatic surfaces,
but capsules are all enlarging, and the young seeds swelling as if
the fertilization of the flowers had been perfected. It is difficult to
believe that in some manner fertilization has not taken place. Only
the full ripening of the seed could positively prove this point.
Unfortunately I had not the opportunity to test it.

The variation of the color in the flowers of this branch may be
noted. During the week that I had them under observation,
there may have been between two and three hundred flowers.
Some were nearly white, others of a rosy purple, the majority blue.
The observations were concluded on the 15th of July.

CORNUS CANADENSIS.

Some of the exotic species of Contxs are dioecious, but there is no
record of dioecism in any of the American species. The plant is very
common on Mt. Desert Island. Near Northeast Harbor I spent
several hours, July 27th, examining these plants particularly,
amongst other things, and would frequently find large patches that
were evidently the production of several years by underground
stolons, entirely barren. Other patches would have a single berry
in the central portion of the cyme and all the others barren.
Other patches were abundantly prolific. It is a safe inference that
some plants are monoecious and others wholly dioecious.

As it is well understood, the leaves are really in opposite pairs, the
verticil being formed by the suppression of the internodes and axil-
lary bud.«. One specimen was found in wliich two axillary buds
had produced branches, and these two again produced each two
more from their apices. These four branches were terminated by
four heads of flowers, each with its four milk-white bracts which in
the midst of so many companion plants with numerous red berries
had a unique effect.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

As in the great dogwood, Corinis florida, some of the bracts are
shaded from iight-rose to deep pink, as appeared from some belated
flowering plants.

The so-called "bracts" of these species of Conuts, as I have
noted elsewhere, are not true bracts but merely simulate them.
They are flower bud scales which have taken on renewed growth,
carrying along the earlier formation which, during the winter, acted
as a bud scale and which, in the spring season, gives the dark obtuse
ai)ex to the " bract."

Aralia hispida.

An interesting feature in many plants is that while the inflores-
cence, as a whole, may be centripetal the flowers themselves are
centrifugal. Aralia hispida is a good illustration. While the ter-
minal umbel is the first to flower, the flowers themselves in each
umbel are centrifugal.

Of special interest in this species is the fact that while all the
male flowers have but five stamens, fully one-fourth of the female
flowers have six carpels.

LUZULA CAMPESTRIS.

The appendages at the base of the seeds in some species of
L%izula are well known. It occurred to me to endeavor to ascertain
their special function. No theoretical conception as to their func-
tion or place in the economy of plant life could be satisfactorily
formed. A novel point seemed to be that long after the flower stalk
had become dry, and the valves of the capsules expanded, the seeds
were held in place by the appendage, hanging loosely from side to
side as the capsule might be turned about. While so many plants
have arrangements for projecting seeds from the capsules, it seemed
remarkable that this should be specialized to retain them.

CaKILE AMERICANA.

The flowers being unexceptionally fertile led me to infer that they
were self-pollinate. Examining a large number at Atlantic City in
the middle of June, I found this to be the case. The anthers press
ao-ainst the stigma and cover it with their own pollen before the
bud expands. A remarkable feature in the Atlantic City flowers is
the comparatively small size of the petals, and in a large number
of flowers only a single pair of ])etals are produced, the flowers los-
ing in these cases their cruciferous form. At Seal Harbor, Maine

J

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

a month later, no bipetalous flowers were noticed, but the same fer-
tilization in the unexpanded flower occurred. The Maine j^lauts
have a more zigzag habit of growth, and the leaves are more den-
tate (in many cases pinnatifid), than in the Atlantic City plants.

Hypericum ellipticum.

Generic characters, like those of species, are often found running
so close together that it is difiicult to draw a dividing line. No one
would question the propriety of separating Ascyrum and Hyperi-
cum : Ascijrum, "sepals four, very unequal ;" Hijpericum, " sepals
five, somewhat equal." In this species there are really but four
sepals, but a minute bract does duty as a fifth sepal. The sepals are
almost as unequal as those of any species of A-^curum could be.

Teifolium hybridum.

So much has been said of the relations between insects and the
flowers of clover that more would seem superfluous, but of Trifolium
hybridnm, the Alsike or Swedish clover, few observations have been
specially recorded. Of late years this species has become common
on Mt. Desert Island, at least it is very common about Seal Harbor,
where the unusual beauty and fragrance of the flowers press it
closely on our attention. Observing that every flower seemed fer-
tile, I anticipated self-fertilization, and found that this was the case.
In the unopened bud, just before the expansion of the petals, the
stamens and pistils are of equal length. The anthers press closely
against the stigmatic surface of the pistil and discharge the pollen
therein before the flower opens. After expansion the flattened keel
presses and keejis pressed together the stamens and pistil, prevent-
ing any exposure at any time. The stamens and pistil remain thus
entombed through life, dying eventually in each other's arms. If an
insect or the thumb nail be pressed against the base of the keel the
pistil and stamens are set free, but only to expose the pollen-covered
stigma. Many species of plants have their stamens and pistils so
arranged that, tliough close fertilization is the rule, the use of for-
eign pollen is not an absolute impossibility, though, when we con-
sider how few seeds of a crop ever get a chance to grow again,
the physiological value of an occasional cross on a seed Avhich has
small chance of ever growing is not apparent. But even this
chance is lost to this species of clover as found growing here in
July, for the abundant fertility is certainly due to self-pollination,
and cross-fertilization is wholly out of the question. Bees do not

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

seem abundant in this locality. Only a small species of bumble-
bee was observed at any time, and none visiting these clover flowers.

Lathyrus maritimus.

I have pointed out in previous contributions that when leaf-
growth is arrested to form bud-scales, sepals, or petals, the laminal
portion or blade usually becomes effete, and it is usually the stipular
portions or dilated bases of the leaves that are transformed to do
the protective work. In Lathyriis maritimus this is particularly
obvious, the large stipules being fully formed, and acting as pro-
tectors of the young buds, even before the rest of the leaf-blade is
developed. If no leaf-blade proper were produced at all, and the
axial growth arrested, these stipules would be reduced, and then
properly be termed bud scales.

Many species of Lathyrus are on record as being self-fertilizers.
No note seems to have been made of L. maritimus. At Seal Harbor
every flower seemed fertile, indicating self-fertilization. Unless the
flowers are disturbed the stamens and pistil remain to the last wholly
enclosed by the keel. When, however, a visiting insect presses the
keel downward, the upj^er portion of the style projects considerably
beyond the aj^ex of the keel, but the stamens remain wholly included.
An insect in search of honey, covered with pollen beneath, might
then easily cross-fertilize the flowers, but as the anthers seem never
exposed in these flowers, so far as I could ascertain, there is no pollen
collected by the bee for transmission to another flower. A pecul-
iarity of this species seems to be that the vexillum presses down and
clasps the keel in the earlier stages of anthesis, preventing the
ingress of insects, and it is only in the later stages, after self-fertil-
ization has been fully accomplished, that the vexillum becomes
erect, and the entrance of insects permitted. This species will have
to be classed with those already admitted to be absolutely self-
fertile.

LONICERA CCERULEA,

It is many years since I handed to our good friend Professor Asa
Gray, some evidence, as I supposed, questioning the soundness of
the belief that leaf blade has its primary origin at the node from
which it seems to spring. The sententious reply I shall never for-
get, "nevertheless, I maintain that decurrence is decurrence." For
all the overshadowing eminence of this great and good man facts
continually come before me that seem inexplicable under the

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

accepted hypothesis. It seems to me that the origin of leaf-blade
must be at some indefiuite place below the point of departure from
the axis, and that "decurrence" is simply the effect of an irregular
meeting of the edges of the clasping leaves. In the case of plants
which have the young branches square or flat-stemmed, but round
in their after stages, it would seem that the only way of accounting
for it is by conceiving the union of the edges of the blades as they
clasp the stem.

An examination of some specimens of Lonicera cceni/ea brought
me at Seal Harbor by Mr. Redlield July 22nd, clearly demon-
strated that this was the case. The growth of the present year is
square-stemmed. In cutting the stems across, mid-way between
the nodes, the costa of superposing leaf is clearly seen. The scales,
at the termination of the season's growth suggest this behavior also.
They are boat-shaped, evidently formed from a theoretically dilated
base, and meet by their edges. Later on, incipient leaf-blades may be
seen starting from their terminal points. That with a little modifica-
tion these scales could have been elongated, become united at the
edges, closely clasp the real bark, and then by the formation of leaf-
blade diverge a't the node, seems so plausible that there is little
doubt that this has been the process during the vigorous growing
season.

I have shown elsewhere that the rifting of bark is not a mechani-
cal operation due to the growth expansion of the stem, but that pro-
vision is made in true bark for this rifting by the formation of
suber cells which develoj^ after a certain number of years have
elapsed, and which disintegrate the bark and thus permit the
expansion of the wood beneath. Every ligneous plant has. by a
specific growth of these suber cells, its own special manner of pro-
viding for the opening of its bark. In Lonicera coerulea and similar
plants with square stems, or decurrent leaves on the young growth,
there are none of the suber cells on the external epiderm which truly
formed bark should have. In the specimens brought me the "square "
or external layer had not been thrown ofi'', and by a little help from
the knife, I was able to detach the whole from a branched specimen,
just as if it had been a paper mask. This epiderm, having no cork
cells, has to burst by drying or by the expansion of the woody axis,
and the rupture is down the weakest line of union, namely, where
I have conceived the hypothetical union of the edges to have been.
The square stem is then changed to a round one, the epiderm of

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

Avhich is strewn with minute ovoid nests of cork cells. From the
well ascertained focts as to the manner of bark formation the outer
epiderni could not possibly have been formed in the same manner
as the hypoderm, namely, by the differentiation of the horizontal
cells, but <;ould only have originated from an independent exoge-
nous growth, such as a supposititious enclosure by a clasping leaf-
blade could produce. Aside from these considerations the contin-
uity of the nerves in this intra-nodal sheath Avith the nerves of the
leaf-blade indicated, clearly shows the identity of their origin.

It may be said in brief that while plants, generally, in their first
year's growth, have only two separate systems — wood and a single
layer of bark — a section of Lonicera cceru/ea, and plants constructed
on a similar plan, have three, the outer layer of which, by the absence
of suber cells and other characteristics, clearly is not true bark.
There seems to me little doubt but square-stemmed annual growths
or the appearance of decurrence on growing stems, is due to the
fact that the leaves have really originated below the point from
which they seem to emerge, and that the angularity or decurrence
is due to the more or less imperfect meeting of the edges of these
leaves when clasping the stem.

Raphanus sativus.

The garden radish is admittedly self-fertile, but noting on the
14th of August an unusually large number of the cabbage butterfly
(Pieris rapce), as well as several other Lepidoptera, about them, I
was led to make an extended observation with some novel results.
There were a large number of plants in the row under observation,
and the remarkable difference in fertility in the different plants,
first attracted my attention. In some cases, possibly three-fourths
of the flowers had produced seed vessels, in others, about half, while
some plants had only a few scattered pods. As the plants were still
flowering freely, good opportunity yas afforded to see how far sexual
conditions misht influence these several characteristics. There were
found some remarkable morphological peculiarities worth noting.

In one flower one of the basal glands had developed to a perfect
pistil, which was half the length of the normal one ! As there have
been different views of the nature of these glands, may we not regard
them as undeveloped axillary buds ? In this flower instead of four
long and two short, the whole six stamens were of equal length.

Another flower had but three long stamens, and these a little
longer than the pistil at this stage of blossoming. Of course in this,

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

as in many cruciferis, the capsule elongates after petals and stamens
fall. The two short stamens were normal.

Another flower, in addition to the normal six stamens had two of
the petals antheriferous. There was but a very slight attempt at
petal bearing. It is worthy of note that the insertion- of these
antheriferous petals was much more nearly opposite the glands than
usual, indicating that a disturbance of the spiral growth co-existed
with the abnormal condition of the petals.

Three flowers had a third gland. In one flower the third gland
was only half the size, but in other respects similar to the others ;
in the other two the extra glands were long and hornlike, as if they
were partially developed pistils.

Another flower had three long and three short stamens. Two
flowers were found with three series of stamens, each series of two, of
different length. In these the upper pair curved inward, touching
the stigma by the upper portion, the anthers, however, recurving
from the pistil.

A flower with four glands was another surprise. One of the two
normal ones was unusually large and 5-lobed at the apex. The
two extra glands are between the shorter pair of filaments.

Another had the four long filaments colored like the petals, while
the filaments of the two short were white and transparent.

It is well to note that while the insertion of the short stamens is
always under the normal glands, the extra glands are between the
pairs, indicating that they belong to a distinct cycle from the other
two.

Examining the flower-bud while comparatively young, a unicel-
lular transparent hair is found at the apex of each sepal, which is
early deciduous, leaving a bulb-like base, which might easily
become a " gland " under some morphological change.

The upper portions of the filaments connive, and might without
close examination be regarded a^ united. It may be noted that on
the opening of the flower the lower portion of the sepals separate
first, leaving the upper portions to connive to the last. In some
flowers the sepals remain united to the last, and are monosepalous.

In a number of plants which had only a few seed pods on them,
the anthers were evidently barren. These plants have had these
few fertile flowers pollenized by insects. In other plants the four
long stamens would be barren, while the two short stamens would
have abundant pollen.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

The conclusion left on the mind of the observer was that some
plants of the radish were arranged for self-fertilization, and others
required the intervention of insects, but that this so-called
" arrangement " was brought about through various phases of nutri-
tion affecting the growth of different portions of the plant, and in
which special arrangements for fertilization had no primaiy place.

On the Nature of the Verruca in Some Convolvulace^.

The stems of some Convolvulaceie, notably the one in common
cultivation as " ]Moon-flower " ( Calomjction speciosum Choisy, Ipomcea
Bona nox Linnaeus), are verrucose. No explanation of the nature or
functions of these warty processes has ever been given, so far as the
knowledge of the writer extends. Horticulturists who have given
any thought to the matter have regarded them in the light of
attempts at root formation or as somew'hat akin to the rootlets along
the branches of ivy ; but these have been only passing impressions.
A critical examination, however, shows that they have no central
system, as true rootlets have, nor have they a root-cap, as we find
on genuine fibres.

It occurred to me to note the behavior of Cuscuta, when grow-
ing where it could not readily find a host plant. It produces haus-
toria ready to fasten on its victim when the opportunity might offer.
The structure of these processes and those of Calomjction seem
identical. As it must be conceded that Cuscuta is a genus of
degenerate Convolvulacere, or rather a genus of plants that has
come in the course of ages to be able to live on other plants, it does
not seem improbable that these seeming excrescences on the Calo-
nyction may' be incipient haustoria, and that in the future other
Convolvulaceffi besides Cuscuta may become parasitic. It must be
said, however, that in many examinations I have made where these
supposititious haustoria have been brought into close contact with
other growing vegetation to such an extent, in some instances, as
not to afford room for the usual longitudinal development, the
excrescences have become flattened rather than make any attempt
to penetrate the tissue of the approximating plant. This, however,
may not militate against the supposition that these warty excres-
cences are incipient haustoria, unless the proposition that in plants
environment, or more properly, perhaps, environment to a great
extent, is the leading factor in the evolution of characteristic forms.
Such a proposition, to my mind, implies that the change in form

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

should be responsive at once to the force that induced it. One can
scarcely imagine a change in form to occur in a plant, responsive to
irritation received from external causes by its ancestors hundreds,
perha|js thousands, of generations previous. But if we take the
succession of forms we know to have occurred, and know to have
been evolved from closely related forms, as following in obedience
to some law of growth as yet hidden from us, we can have no diffi-
culty in suspecting that when the fulness of time shall arrive these
analogues of haustoria will have full parasitic functions.

Polygonum cilinode.

In a few instances, by no means common, I found July 12th
at Seal Harbor, Mt. Desert Island, branches of Polygonum cilinode,
which instead of being climbing were sarraentose, and, bending
over, had rooted at the tip and formed a large terminal bud as we
find in some species of Rubus. Many were found of a sarmentose
or trailing habit, with no disposition to climb, though the facilities
for climbing were within reach. In among the ramifications of the
roots of these rooting tips were numerous cleistogene flowers, perfect-
ing sometimes wholly underground. The flowers in the climbing
branches are of two kinds as I have noted in other Polygonums, one
always closed and fertile, the other open, apparently perfect in all
respects, but barren. The inflorescence is formed of continuously
branching axillary buds, and the only check to a further contin-
uance of growth, seems to be exhaustion. The growth ends with
depauperate buds. The species is evidently on the border line evolu-
tionarily speaking between the merely upright and the climbing

species.

Aster tatarica.

This Asiatic species exhibits in its inflorescence a curious mixture
of characters separate in other species. The upper portion of the
panicle is corymbose and comprises about a dozen floAvers, which
are centripetal, the central flower opening first. The flowers are
quite gay with their numerous violet-colored rays. The lower
flowers on the outer branches of the corymb, are, however, rayless;
below this corymb is a conical panicle of a foot or more in length.
The lower branches of this panicle extend six inches or more, and
these lateral branches gradually shorten till they are scarcely an
inch long. These branches are all centripetal in their growth from the
central axis, but the flowers are centrifugal. In all the upper flowers,

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

385

tliose on the shorter branches of the panicle are discoid, as are the
lateral ones on the branchlets.

The explanation seems to involve the question of rhythmic growth.
Rest had been nearly reached at the point represented by the

apex of the cone, when the new flow of growth resulted in the
terminal corymb.

To form the centripetal character of the inflorescence the axillary
buds remain at rest until the branch has reached its final length,
26

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

when the growth wave returns, starting each bud again to develop-
ment in this reflex action. As it is the lower and more slender
pedicelled flowers which are discoid, nutrition has evidently
determined the absence of rays, but whether this point was decided
during the upward or the reflex movement of the growth-wave could
not be determined, though the former seems the most probable.

The annexed figure from the dried specimen on the table shows
the conical growth of the panicle almost to a rest, and the
subsequent resumption of active growth to form the terminal
corymb.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

PRELIMINARY OUTLINE OF A NEW CLASSIFICATION OF THE HELICES.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY\

For several years the writer has been accumulating data bearing
upon the natural classification of the Helicoid land snails. It has
been thought desirable to place before students of this group some
of the general results attained, and to invite their friendly crit-
icism.

It will be understood that the consideration of many important
points, such as the relations of Helices to certain Bulimoid groups,
must be omitted from so brief and synoptical a paper as this ; the
author's aim being simply to place before malacologists the outlines
of a classification essentially modern and essentially original. It
can scarcely be expected that an arrangement in which most of the
traditions of our Fathers in Conchology have been disregarded,
will prove acceptable to all, or, indeed, in all respects worthy of
acceptance ; but it is hoped that it will be found an improvement
on'previous systems.

The anatomical details of numerous groups herein for the first
time described will be figured in the author's more elaborate work
now in preparation, to be issued in 1893.^

The notes given below under each genus must not be taken for
complete generic diagnoses. I hold that for the establishment of
genera the characters of the shell must be taken into account, as
well as those of the genital system and of the jaw and lingual
ribbon. For the formation of groups higher than genera, certain
modifications of the genitalia seem to be most constant and availa-

^The principal authorities consulted are the following :

Binney, W. G., Terr. Moll. U. S. vol. V, etc.

Pfeffer, Georg, Beitr. zur Kenntniss Mex. 1. u. fr.-w. Conch., etc.

Fischer, Paul, Numerous papers in the Jour, de Conch, and Moll. Mex. et
Guat.

Hedley, Chas., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. and Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W.

Hutton, F. W., Trans. N. Z. Institute.

V. Ihering, H., Morphol.u. Syst. des Genit. von Helix. This paper, ihe ers/er
Thiel of which is before me, is a very valuable one and indispensable to the stu-
dent of Pulmonale morphology.

Lehmann, Die Lebenden Schn. Stettins.

Pilsbry, H. A., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888-1892.

Schmidt, A., Des Geschlechtsap. der Stylom.

Schako, G., Numerous papers.

Semper, C, Reisen im Archip. Phil. Landmoll.

Suter, H., Trans. N. Z. Institute.

Tapparone Canefri, C, Annali Mus. Civ. Geneva.

388

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

ble. Before proceeding with the descrij)tions of genera it may be
well to describe briefly the organs to be discussed.

In the accompanying figure, representing the genitalia of Helix

-sp.

Caniisnella platyodon Pfr.

•plaiyodon Pfr., a species of the island of Hainan, the male system
is seen branching toward the right, the feinale system towai*d the
left. The systems unite below, forming the vestibule or atrium,
sometimes called genital cloaca (cl.) ; and they are also united
above ; the hermaphrodite gland or ovotestis, giving off both sper-
matozoa and immature ova which travel through the much convo-
luted hermaphrodite duct or ovisperm duct, to the base of the
albumen gland, where the duct separates into oviduct and vas-
deferens.

The penis (p) is in its simplest form a muscular sack receiving
the vas-dejerens (v. d.) and the retractor muscle (r. p.) at its sum-
mit. There are often developed upon the penis one or more of the
following accessory organs: (1) the appendix,'' a glandular or
flagellum-like organ inserted at the middle or near the base of the
penis sack (see this volume, plate 18, fig. F, at x, x.) ; (2) the
penis-papilla {see p. p. of the annexed figure) seen only by splitting
the muscular penis wall. This papilla is perforated near its base
for the exit of the sperm atophores ; (3) the epiphallus^ (epi.), a,

^See V. Ihering, Morphol. u. Syst. Helix, i, p. 396.

^In the epiphallus the spermatozoa are gathered into variously covered masses, or

spermatophores.
nenstrecke.^

Simroth calls the corresponding organ in the slugs the " Patro-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

slender continuation of the penis backward, extending to the inser-
tion of the vas-deferens, and usually continuing beyond this inser-
tion as a flagellum. The retractor is sometimes situated upon the
epiphallus instead of at the apex of the penis itself, this arrange-
ment being shown in the figure here given. (4) 1\xq flagellum (fl.)
a whip-lash shaped organ inserted upon either the summit of the
penis or upon the epiphallus. The female system consists of the
vagina (v.), which bifurcates to form the spermatheca or receptami-
lum seminis (sp.), and the uterus, a sacculated organ often containing
eggs or young in various states of development. Surmounting the
uterus is the albumen secreting gland, at the base of which the
hermaphrodite duct enters the oviduct and vas-deferens. Besides the
organs above described, the female system in some groups possesses
a dart sack or sacks secreting a dart, and one or two mucous glands,
these organs being inserted upon the vagina. Another organ of
rai'e occurrence is the appendicula, an elongated simple diverticulum
also emptying into the vagina. This diverticulum is supposed by
V. Ihering to be homologous with the appendix of the male system ;
and it is certainly strong evidence of the correctness of his view
that no form yet known possesses both appendix and apj^endicula.
It is further held by him that the dart sack in Zouitidce is the
homologue of the appendix ; but this theory requires before adop-
tion much stronger evidence than has been given.

From the foregoing it will be seen that the following points should
be carefully observed when dissecting the genitalia of Helices:
Shape of the penis and presence or absence of internal papilla and
external appendix ; presence or absence of flagellum or epiphallus ;
point of insertion of the retractor muscle and of the vas deferens.
Upon the female system should be noticed the absence or presence
and form of dart sacks, darts, mucous glands or appendicula ; the
length of the spermatheca duct ; the form of the cceca of the ovo-
testis and whether they are imbedded in the liver or free; and
finally whether the right eye-peduncle is retracted between the
branches of the genitalia or to the left side.

The flagellum, the dart sack and accompanying mucous glands,
and the diverticulum upon the spermatheca duct may be regarded as
structures developed since the differentiation of the Helices from
other stocks ; but the appendix and probably the appendicula, when
present, have been inherited from that primordial stock from which
the Helicidre, Pupidte, Bulimi etc. have diverged. As is sometimes

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

the case witli ancient characters, we find these features retained in
a number of very dissimilar genera.

The characters and value of the jaw as a basis for classification
have been much misunderstood in the past, and even yet there are
a number of unsettled questions concerning it. On some points,
however, we may speak with considerable confidence. One such is
the fact that i/te strongly ribbed type of jaw (odontognath) inter-
grades by imperceptible stages with the entirely smooth, Zonites-like
type (oxygnath). Examples illustrative of this dictum are numer-
ous, the restricted section Caracolus of Eastern Cuba and Haiti
and the section Dentellaria being unquestionable instances of inter-
gradation, some species of each of these groups being typically
oxygnathous, others being jjronouncedly odontognathous. To
W. G. Binney is due the credit of first pointing out the fact and
insisting upon its implications. The writer has confirmed it by
the examination of numerous additional species. It is hardly
needful to say that in many groups of Helices, odontognathy and
oxygnathy are therefore controvertible terms, as far as classification
is concerned, and consequently cannot be used for the separation of
genera or even subgenera, unless supported by other and more
stable characters.*

The jaw composed of a number of separate and similar squarish
plates, more or less overlapping at the outer edges (such as that of
Punctum'), is comparable to an unsoldered jaw of the plaited (or
stegognath) type.

Primarily the Helicoids are divisible into a number of groups, as
follows :

Eggs or young very large at birth (1 to h the diameter of the adult
shell) Group I, Macroon.

Eggs or young smaller or minute at birth.

a. 9 genital system having a dart sack and mucous gland.

Group II, Belogona.^
aa. 9 system lacking accessories ; S system with flagellum
and appendix on penis ; no epiphallus.

Group III, Teleophalla.

^In some species of Dentellaria the sculpture of the jaw is not even constant
as a specific character.

^The terms " Haplogon " and " Belogon '" were proposed by v. Ihering, Mor-
phol. u. Syst. Genitalapparates Helix, i, p. 401, 402.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. 391

aaa. $ system lacking accessories ; $ system having epi-
phalluson penis ; no appendix.

Group IV, Epiphallophora.
aaaa. $ and ^ genital systems lacking all accessory organs.
b. Jaw soldered into one piece.

Group V, Haplogona.*
bh. Jaw composed of 16-24 separate plates.

Group VI, POLYPLACOGNATHA.

Group I, MACROON" Pilsbrj.

Manual of Conchology (2), YI, p. 57, 1890.

Arboreal or ground living Helicoids, reproducing by eggs of
relatively very large size (one-fourth to over one-third the diameter
of the adult shell) and few in number ; sometimes viviparous.
The embryonic shell is correspondingly large, and sculptured differ-
ently from the subsequent growth. Some genera now classed with
the Bulimi may prove to belong here, besides the following :

Genus ACAVUS Montfort.

Oviparous ; genital organs lacking all accessory appendages ;
duct of the spermatheca short. Jaw smooth. Teeth all simply
unicuspid.

Subgenus PYROCHILUS Pilsbry.7

This group will probably prove to be a section or subgenus of
the Ceylonese genus, as Dr. v. Moellendorff has pointed out. It is
still unknown anatomically.

Genus STYLODONTA C. & J.

Viviparous; 9 genital system lacking accessory appendages, but
$ system having a flagellum upon the penis ; duct of the sperma-
theca long. Jaw not ribbed. Median teeth unicuspid, but margi-
nals bluntly trifid.

Distribution : Seychelles Islands.

Genus HELICOPHANTA Fer.

Group II, BELOGONA.

Female genitalia provided with one or two dart-sacks and mucous
glands.

'This name is proposed to supersede Phania Albers, 1860, that term being pre-
occupied for an apparenlly valid genus of Diptera described by Meigen in 1824.
Type , Helix pyrostoma .

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Jaw coarsely ribbed (odontognath), finely ribbed (pyenognath), or
smooth (oxygnath).

The aj^pendages of the 9 system mentioned above are developed
in no other group of Helices.^

Genus HELIX Linne (restricted).
Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1891, p. 313.

Genitalia : 9 system having a dart-sack or sacks containing
darts, a pair of mucous glands or one, the spermatheca duct long
and provided with a long diverticulum ; $ system having a flagel-
lum upon the penis, and rarely an appendix.

Jaw stout, strongly ribbed. Teeth of the radula normal.

Shell various ; animal i-eproducing by many small eggs.

Only in the more highly organized species are all the above
characters of the genitalia developed. In many sections of the
genus several of the accessory organs may be absent. I am dis-
posed to think that in some cases the genital system has arrived at a
simple condition by degeneration or loss of the accessory organs.
It is upon this ground that I admit Cressa West. (Pseudocam-
jjylcea Hesse, non Pfr.) to the genus.

The genus is more numerous in species than any other; and a
large number of subgeneric and sectional groups have been institu-
ted for their classification. The anatomy of a great number of
species has been investigated, and a sufficient basis of facts is known
to enable us to divide the genus into several well-marked subgenera,
all of which are represented in the Paljearctic Region, which has
been, no doubt, the birth-place of this type. As it is not my pur-
pose to enter into the question of the subdivision of this genus
here, I will simply enumerate the leading groups in the several
geographical regions, viz. : (1) Eur-African, (2) East-Asiatic,
and (3) American.

The Eur-Afric.\n area comprises the greatest variety of types,
both recent and fossil, and the genus doubtless originated and
developed its peculiarities therein. The more prominent subgenera
or sections are as follows : Arianta, Campylcea, Elona, Ckilotrema,
Isognomostoma," Pomatia, Eremina, Macularia, Tachea, Iberiis,
Hemicycla, Leptaxis, Plebeeula, Eulota, Fruticicola, Euparypha,
Xerophila, including many sections and a vast number of species,

*v. Ihering holds, I believe cnirectly, that the so-called darts of Zonitidffi are
not homologous with those of these Helices.
»See Pilsbry, Journ. de Conchyl., 1891, p. 22.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

and finally the peculiar forms of the Atlantic Islands : Ochthephila,
Tedula, Craspedaria, etc., etc.

Here, too, belong the tertiary Helices which authors have always
referred to Corydu, Geotrochus, etc., such as H. rugulosa, crepidos-
toma, hohemica, hortulana, etc., etc. The sadly mis-named sub-
genera Dentellocaracolns and Prothelidomns of Oppenheim also
fall into the restricted genus Heli.v, near Macularia and Leptaxis,
Hemicycla, etc. Boettger has criticised Oppenheim on the conchol-
ogy of his " Palaontologisch-Zoogeographische Stiidie." but his
zoo-geographical conclusions and implications are even more erron-
eous. It is time that we heard the last of this habit of going to
the ends of the earth to find subgenera for the European fossil
Helices! With the exception of a few divergent bi'anches which
apparently have left no descendants, all of the European tertiary
Helices belong to subgenera still occupying some part of the Palfe-
arctic realm, or at farthest the Holarctic area. The supposed
Corasia, Chlorcea, Eurycratera, Coryda, Dentellaria, Ohha, thloritis,
Thelidomus, Mesodon, Triodopsis, etc., which have been reported
from the Eocene, Oligocene and Miocene of Europe, belong in no
case to those groups, but, for the greater part to the genus Helix
as above restricted. Many of them can readily be referred to
recent subgenera and sections, such as Camj^ylcea, Gonostoma,
and esj^ecially to that primitive stock called " Pentatsenia " by
Schmidt and Sandberger, from which sprung the Tachea, Macula-
ria, etc., of the recent fauna.

The East Asian area of distribution is in reality connected with
the Eur-African, by way of Siberia, but as the species of the inter-
mediate region are few on account of its at present unfavorable
climatic conditions, the connection is not effective in preventing
divergence of types. We therefore find that the East Asian forms
belong mainly to distinct subgenera or sections. The European
Eidota, however, is very closely allied to Dorcasia (+ Actista) of
Asia ; and the Chinese section Metodontia Mlldff. is scarcely separ-
able from Fetasia (H. bidens, etc.) of Europe, We also find closely
allied species of Vallonia, Carocolina, etc., inhabiting China and
Europe. Besides the above mentioned groups, the following are to
be referred here as sections of Helix : Pledotropis Alb., Aegista
Alb.,^" Cathaiea Moell., Satsuma Ads., Euhadra Pils. (type H. pel-
iomjjhala Pfr.).

i»See Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1892, p. 214, pi. 13, figs. G. H.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

In America, the genus Helix is restricted to the West Coast"
until Mexico is reached, where the species sj^read over the middle
portion also. In South America the species are sparsely distributed.
I/ysinoe is the most prominent subgenus, including the larger Mex-
ican and Californian species. Epiphyagmophora occurs in South
America ; and the West Indian Eurycampta may perhaps belong
here. Among the fossil forms may be mentioned the section Glypt-
erpes Pils., proposed for Helix veterna M. & H.

The writer has elsewhere^^ expressed the opinion that the Ameri-
can forms of true Helix reached this continent from Asia by way
of a land bridge in the region of Beiing Sea.

Subgenus GONOSTOMA Held.

Differs from Helix in the less comj^lex genitalia and the white-
lipped shell.

Genus LEUCOCHROA Beck.

This genus is allied to the restricted genus Helix in genitalia and
dentition ; it differs in having the jaw entirely smooth, with a low
median projection. The characters separating it from Helix are
not great, and have generally been much overestimated. It has
often been said to be near Zonites, but this supposition is utterly
without foundation. The species are maiuly circum-Mediterranean,
the best known being the common L. candidissima.

Genus ALLOGNATHUS I'ilsbiy.
Man. of Conch, (2), iv, j). 121, 149, 1888. Kobelt, Nachr. bl. D. M. Ges. 1891, p. 140.

Genitalia : 9 system provided with two digitate glands each two-
fingered ; dart-sack having a four-bladed dart ; duct of the recep-
taculum seminis bearing a long diverticulum. $ system having
a long flagellum.

Jaw entirely smooth, slightly projecting in the middle.

Radula very large ; teeth all of the same form, Avhich is that of
a semicircularly curved strap.'^

The genital system is that of Helix s. str., resembling Cavipylcea
as much as anything ; but the smooth jaw and especially the
extremely peculiar dentition, are sufficient to give generic rank.

"See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888, p. 193.
i^Check-list of Amer. Land Shells, p. 195.
i^See Schuberth, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

The only species known is A. grateloupi Grsells (grccllsiana Pfr.),
of the Island of Majorca. Probably H. quedeiifehlti Mts. belongs
here, also, as Kobelt suggests.

Genus COCHLOSTYLA (Fer.) Semper.

Genitalia: 9 system having a globular mucous gland united with
the dart-sack ; $ system usually without a flagellum. Jaw strongly
ribbed, rarely smooth. Brilliantly colored shells of arboreal
habits, confined with a few exceptions, to the Philippine Islands."

Genus POLYMITA (Beck) Binney.

Genitalia as in Hemitroclmis. Jaw low, wide, arched, delicately
striated, without ribs or median projection.

Teeth with a long quadrangular basal plate with gouge-shaped
expanded cusp.

Shell globose, brilliantly colored, with simple lip.

This genus holds much the same relation to Hemitrochus that
Allorinathus holds to Helix. The extremely peculiar dentition, first
made known by Binney, is very different from that of ordinary
Helicoids, but is approached by a number of other fruit-eating
arboreal snails. The species are all Cuban.

Genus HEMITROCHUS (Swainson) Pilsbry.
Man. of Conch. (2), V. p. 5. Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1892, p. 129, pi. 6, tigs. F, G.

Genitalia : ? system having a dart-sack and accessory mucous
glands ; duct of the spermatheca long, simple. $ system having a
slender penis at the apex of which the vas-deferens and a long
flagellum are inserted ; retractor penis lacking.

Jaw highly arched, smooth except for some faint vertical striae
in the middle.

Dentition of the normal Helix type.

This group includes the sections Hemitrochus, s. str., Plagiop-
tycha, Dialeuca, Coryda, and perhaps Jeanneretia. Possibly the
continental section Oxychona belongs here. The species are all
West Indian, inhabiting from Jamaica and Haiti northward to the

i*Under Cochlostyla are included the sections enumerated by Semper (Land
Moll. Phil. Arch.), several additional sections propc-ed by myself (Manual of
Conch. (2), vii), and the curious Helix cepoideso^ Lea, formerly classed in Siylo-
donta, but referred to Cochlostyla by Dr. v. MoellendorfT, under the sectional
name Ptychosiylus. This name beinjr preoccupied by Sandberger for a tertiary
genus of Melatiiida:. a substitute must be chosen ; we propose, therefore, to des-
ignate the group Hypoptychus; H. cepoides Lea being the type, and thus far the
only known species.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Bahamas and Florida Keys. The fossil species described by Dr.
W. H. Dall from Florida belong mainly to Plagioptycha.

Genus GLYPTOSTOMA Binney & Bland.

Genitalia : 9 system having an appendicula or a dart-sack
entering the vagina. Vas-deferens entering the penis at its middle.

Jaw very low, broadly arched, having about sixteen strong sepa-
rated ribs. Dentition normal.

Shell depressed, broadly umbilicated, having a simple, thin, acute

lip-

The single species known is G. neivherryammi W. G. Binn., of
San Diego, California. The shell is entirely Patuloid in form, but
not in texture. Its systematic position is doubtful.

Genus ACANTHINULA Beck.

Said to j^ossess a dart-sack and mucous glands, and probably to be
grouped here.

Genus VALLONIA Risso.

This genus of minute shells probably belongs here. A dart-sack
is present.

Group III, TELEOPHALLA.

Female genital system lacking all accessory organs ; male organs
complicated by the presence of a long flagellum and a well-devel-
oped appendix.

Jaw thin, delicately plaited or distantly striated (or smooth ?).

Besides the two genera given below, this group perhajis includes
Pararhytlda Ancey, an oxygnathous group.

Genus SAGDA Beck.

Genitalia : 9 system without accessory organs ; duct of the
spermatheca long. Ova rather large, few in number, with calca-
reous shell. S' system having a long penis at the apex of which
are inserted the retractor muscle, vas-deferens, and a long, folded
flagellum ; and at the middle of the penis is inserted a very long
but simple flagellum-like appendix.''

The jaw is thin, delicate, arched, composed of narrow vertical
plates soldered together. Dentition typically Helicoid. Foot long
and narrow.

Distribution, Jamaica.

i^See Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. P. 1892, p. 213, pi. 13.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

Shell rather glassy, with many narrow whorls and thin, acute,
outer lip.

Genus CYSTICOPSIS Morch.
Man. of Conch. (2) v. p. 5. 7. Proc. A. N. S. P. 1892, p. 214, pi. L3.

Genitalia: 9 system without dart-sack or mucous glands; duct of

the spermatheca very long, having a diverticulum ; uterus much

distended, retaining the numerous young which are born living.

$ system having a long flagellum upon the penis, and a glandular

appendix which terminates in two long flagellum-like processes.

Jaw vertically striated. Teeth normal.

Shell thin, globose, the lip thin, acute, not expanded or reflexed.

Foot short, wide.

Distribution, Cuba and Jamaica.

Group IV, EPIPHALLOPHORA.

Genitalia : 9 system without accessory organs ; $ having the
penis continued into an epiphallus which generally bears a flagel-
lum.

Jaw smooth (oxygnath), or ribbed (odontognath).

The species of this group require much more investigation before
we shall be in a position to correctly classify them. Most of the
large, solid Helices of the tropics and the southern hemisphere
belong here.

Tropical A m e r i ca n f c^racolus.
forms. t

Cam^eneila.

'A feathery glandular f q^j^^
appendix on penis. \

f Chloritis.
Hadra.
sometimes degenerate. ' Planispira.

Papuina.

Australo-M o 1 u c c a n

forms. ^ No appendix ; epiphallus

Genus CARACOLUS (Montfort) Pilsbry.

Genitalia : $ system lacking accessory appendages ; $ system
having the retractor muscle and a long epiphallus inserted at the
apex of the penis, the epiphallus continued as a short flagellum
beyond the insertion of the vas-deferens. Duct of spermatheca
long or short.

Jaw either smooth or stoutly ribbed ; teeth normal.

Distribution, West Indies and Northern South America.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The following sections belong here : Caracolus s. s., Lucerna,
Dentellaria, Isomeria, Labyi'inthus, * * Eurycratera, Parthena,
Polydontes, Tfielidomus, Liochila, and probably Cepolis.

Genus CAMAENA (Alb.) Pils. & v. Moell.
Pilsbry, Manual of Conch. (2) VI, p. 197. MoellendorflF, Nachrichtsbl. d. D. M.
Ges. 1891, p. 195. Pilsbry, /. c. 1892, p. 71.

Genitalia : 9 system having no accessory appendages ; the vag-
ina is bound to the wall of the body-cavity by a thin muscle band ;
duct of the spermatheca very long. $ system provided with a very
muscular penis containing a penis-papilla, and continued above in
an epiphallus and flagellum ; retractor attached to the epiphallus.

Jaw ribbed.

Distribution, South-east Asia, Philippines, etc.

The specimen dissected by me was sent without the shell by Dr.
V. MoellendorfF.

As sections or subgenera of Cctmmna the following may be placed :
CamcBna s. s., Pseudobba, Phcenlcobius and CamcBnella.

Subgenus CAM.ffi;NELLA Pilsbry.

Genitalia as in Camcena, but penis-papilla very large. Jaw
ribbed. Marginal teeth of the radula wide, low, and multicuspid.
Shell (see Manual of Conch. (2) VI, p. 239).

Type Helix 2)latyodon Pfr.

See figure accompanying this paper. The specimens dissected
were sent me by Dr. v. Moellendorft'.

Genus OBBA Beck.
= Obbina Semper.

Genitalia: 9 system without accessory organs ; $ system having
a flagellum and a feather-like glandular a2:)pendix.
Jaw smooth ; teeth not peculiar.
Distribution, Philippines and some adjacent islands.

Genus CHLORITIS Beck.

Genitalia : 9 system without accessory appendages ; d system
having a long epiphallus inserted with the retractor muscle at the
apex of the penis, and continued beyond the insertion of the vas-
deferens as a flagellum.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 899

Jaw stout, Strongly ribbed ; teeth not peculiar, the marginals tri-
cuspid.

Hadra is very closely allied to Chloritis in anatomy and shell,
and should probably be considered a subgenus. The groups
Papxima and Planispira are also near to Ch/oriiis in anatomical
features, and if all were united the group would be about equiva-
lent in value to the other groujis herein called genera. A closer
study of specimens may, however, show differences not known to
me.

Contrary to the general rule, the presence or absence of a flagel-
lum seems to be a character of very trifling import among the spe-
cies of the group Chloritis + Hadra -f Papuina -f Planispira;
the epiphallus also is lacking in some of the species, notably in
Cristigibba. This is a case of degeneration, in all jjrobability,
comparable to the Fruticicoloid forms in which the vaginal appen-
dages are lost, or to the section Canistrum of Cochlostyla.

The shells of some species of Chloritis are very like some ofDorca-

sia, but the anatomical characters very widely separate these two

groups.

Subgenus HADEA Alb.

Genitalia scarcely differing from Chloritis except that the flagel-
lum is frequently lacking. Jaw and teeth similar to those of
Chloritis.

These, like the species of Chloritis, are ground snails.

Distribution, Australia.

This division I formerly considered a genus, but I agree with my
friend Hedley who holds that it is scarcely separable from Chloritis-

Genus PAPUINA Martens.

Genitalia: 9 system without accessory appendages ; $ system
usually having a flagellum upon the penis, but it is sometimes
lacking. Jaw delicate, coarsely ribbed.

Differs from Hadra in the shell, the exclusively arboreal station,
and the more delicate jaw.

Genus PLANISPIRA Beck.

Genitalia as in Papxdna, the flagellum being present in typical
Planispira (zonaria), absent in sect. Cristigibba.

Jaw smooth, ribless.

Differs from Obba in lacking the glandular appendix ; from
Papuina, Hadra and Chloritis in the smooth jaw ; but it will prob-

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ably be found to intergrade with Chloritis in characters when more
species are known anatomically.

Group V, HAPLOGONA.

Genitalia entirely lacking accessory organs ; penis without an
epiphallus; jaw smooth (oxygnath), vertically striated (aulaco-
gnath), or flatly plaited (stegognath). Outer lateral teeth generally
multicuspid. This group may be classified thus :

. , , ^ f A mucous pore on the tail -' Endodonta.

Aulacognath or stegog- i ^ \ Patida

nath; shell with sini- -{ No mucous pore ; aulac- , , " ,
111- I .1 { Ano(;lvpta.

pie, sharp lip. ^ ognalhous. \ Irochomorpha.

Odontognath ; shell hav- f Polygyra
ing reflexed or thick- \ Polygyrella.
ened lip. (. ? Praticolella.

Genus POLYGYRA (Say) Pilsbry.

Proc. Acad N. S. Phila. 1889, p. 193.

Anckistoma, in part, of H. & A. Adams, Tryon, Fischer, ei al.

The genital system lacks all accessory organs, there being no
dart-sack, no mucous glands, no flagellum on penis; the duct of the
spermatheca is short and simple, without an accessory blind sack.

The jaw is strongly ribbed, and there is no median projection on
its cutting edge.

Oviparous, the eggs small, numerous.

Shell helicoid, varying from globose to lens-shaped or planor-
boid ; horn-colored or brown, sometimes banded, the most constant
band supra-peripheral ; striated; lip flatly reflected ; aperture teeth
often wanting, but typically three— 1 parietal, 2 upon the lip ;
axis perforated, umbilicus open or closed.

Distribution, North America. We have every reason to believe
that this group has been in the past, as it now is, exclusively North
American.^*^

Subdivisions. — The group is quite homogeneous, easy transitions
being traceable between the various sections, through species which
are quite intermediate. Sections: Polygyra s. str., Dcedalochila,
Triodopsis, Mesodon, Stenotrema.

In the " Nomencl. and Check-list of Amer. Land Shells" (1888)
this genus was correctly defined, but several groups not agreeing
with my diagnosis were included. These groups were subsequently

^®See Pilsbry, Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris, 1891, p. 22.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

elimiuated by me (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1890, p. 299 ;
The Nautilus, August, 1891, and Jour, de Conch. 1891, p. 22.) and
the genus restricted to its present limits.

Genus ENDODONTA (Albers 1850) Pilsbry.

Shell patuloid, with or without folds or denticles within the aper-
ture; generally horn-colored with radiating or zigzag reddish
flames.

Animal having a more or less developed caudal mucous gland,"
and supra-pedal furrows.

Genitalia unknown, but probably like Patula.

Jaw thin, delicately ribbed (stegoguath) or striated. Central
and lateral teeth as in Patula ; marginal teeth low, wide, having
one or several short cusps ; rarely pseudo-zonitoid.

Distribution, Oceanica, New Zealand, Australia.

The elucidation of this group is involved in considerable confu-
sion. Albers and other early authors give shell characters only, in
defining their groups. Hutton first called attention to the anatomy
of species related to Endodonta, and to the fact that certain of the
New Zealand forms possessed a caudal slime-gland ; and he founded
a family " Charopidce " on this peculiarity, characterizing numerous
generic groups therein. Suter (Trans. N. Z. Institute, 1880-1892)
made certain modifications, and considerably enlarged the limits of
the family, the name of which he changed to " PheiiacohelicidceJ'
The writer made some observations upon the systematic position of
these groups in The Nautilus, Sept., 1892, and grouped all of the
mucous-pore bearing genera under the generic name Gerontia Hutt.
A month later proof-sheets of Mr. Charles Hedley's article upon
Charopidce were received at Philadelphia. This valuable paper
contained a synopsis of all previous publications known to the
author upon the subject, and the fact that E7idodonta,Pitys, Charopa,
etc., possess a mucous tail gland, like Gerontia, etc., was for the first
time brought forward.

A brief review of Mr. Hedley's article appeared in The Nautilus
for October, 1892. Mr. Hedley does not give the same limits to
his Charopidce that the writer gave to Gerontia ; nor would it be
expected, as our papers, his in Australia and my own in America,

''The credit of the discovery that the Patuloid forms (sucli as Charopa) herein
included posse=;>ed a caudal gland, rests with my friend Charles Hedley, of
Sydney, N. S. W., whose <jb ervations both printed and in letters have influenced
lars;ely the limits here given to this group. My former views are shown in the
" Obiervaiions on New Zealand Helices" in The Nautilus for Sept., 1892.

27

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

were written each in complete ignorance that the other was engaged
upon the group in question.

The present genus, therefore, is the product of our independent
labors, and is equivalent to Charojndce Hedley phis Gerontia Pils-
bry. It therefore includes Phenacoheiiciclce Suter and Charopidce
Hutton.

The choice of the name Endodonta for the genus is inevitable, as
it is the oldest proposed. The following groups seem to belong
here :

Endodonta s. sir. (+ Pitys Pse. non Beck).

Libera Garrett.

Diaglyptns Pils. (? ? = Pitys Beck, never defined).

Sim-plicaria Mouss. (== toothless Endodonta').

Maoriana Suter (Huttonella Suter, preoc).

JEschrodo7mis Pils. (= Thera Hutt., preoc).

CharopaAlh.

Gerontia Hutt.

Therasia Hutt.

Calymna Hutt, (plus Amphidoxa Hutt. non Alb.).

Pyrrha Hutt.

Phenacohellx Suter (= Fruticicola Hutt. non Held).

Allodiscus Pils. (= Psyra Hutt., preoc).

Suteria Pils. (= Patnlopsis Suter, non Strebel).

Thalassohelix Pils. (= Thalassia of N. Z. authors 7ion Alb.; not
Thalassia Chevrolat).

Phacussa Hutt.

Genus PATULA Held.

Genital system lacking all accessory appendages. Jaw vertically
striated. Marginal teeth multicuspid.

This genus includes the typical forms of Europe and America
(Discus, Angwisplra, Pyramidula, Gonyodiscus), and also the subgenus
Helicodiscus Morse. Perhaps Zoogenites Morse. Various forms
of this genus are found in most parts of the world, except Ocean-
ica, Australia, etc

Genus TROCHOMOKPHA.
Semper, Reisen im Archip. Phil., Landmoll.

Distinguished from Patula, etc., mainly by the keeled and other-
wise very different shell and the differently shaped marginal teeth
of the radula.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

Genus ANOGLYPTA Martens.
Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), VI, p. 22, 1891.

Genitalia simple as in Trochomorplia ; jaw and teeth also resem-
bling that genus, from which this is sundered mainly on account of
the peculiar shell.

Distribution, Tasmania.

'>

Group VI, POLYPLACOGNATHA.

Genitalia lacking all accessory organs ; jaw composed of numer-
ous separate quadrangular plates ; lateral teeth bicuspid.

Genus PTJNCTUM Morse.

Genital system like Patula. Jaw composed of about 16-19 sepa-
rate quadrate plates. Dentition : central teeth unidentate, laterals
bi dentate.

Shell discoidal, with round, ci-escentic aperture, and thin, acute

lip-

Distribution, Holarctic realm.

Differs from Microphysa, etc., in having the plates of the jaw
actually unsoldered, but connected by a delicate membrane.

Genus LAOMA (Gray) Pils.

Genital system unknown. Jaw composed of 20-24 quadrangu-
lar papillose plates. Central tooth uuicuspid, side teeth all bicuspid.

Shell more or less trochiforra, generally keeled and variegated ;
aperture rhomboidal, lip thin, simple.

Section Laoma s. s., aperture with lamellae within.

Section Phrixgnathus Hutton, aperture without lamellae.

Distribution, New Zealand.

My knowledge of the anatomy of this genus is derived from the
writings of Hutton and Suter. The jaw should be compared with
that of Fhacussa, Therasia, etc. The lateral and marginal teeth
are peculiar and very characteristic.

Genera of Doubtful Position.

Genus STROBILOPS Pilsbry.

Strobila Morse 1864, not Sars 1833.
Strobilus Sandberger et al., not Anton 1839.

Genitalia unknown. Jaw ribbed.

This genus is represented by many species in the middle and
later tertiary of Europe, and by several living species in America,

404

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

extending south to Venezuela. It is therefore, like Vallonia, Zoni-
toides, Papula, etc., a genus of the Holarctic realm.

The New Zealand forms referred to St robila have been separated
under the name Maoriana by Mr. Suter. They are a modification
of Endodonta.

Living Species.

S. labyrinthica Say.

Var. strebeli C. & F.

Var. virgo Pils.

Var. affinis Pils.

Var. morsel Dall.
S. salrini Tristr.
S. hubbardi A. D. Br.
(Syn. H. vendryesiana Gloyne.)

European Tertiary Species.

;S^. wnplicata Al. Braun.

S. elasmodonta Reuss.

S. diptyx Boettg.

S. costata Sandb.

S. labyrinthictila Mich.

S. sublabyrinthica.

(Syn. H. lautrieensis Noul.)
S. monile Desh.
S. pseudolabyrinthica Sandb.
S. duvalii Mich.

Genus AMPELITA Beck.
Anatomy unknown.'*

Genus PEDINOGYRA Alb.
Hedley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 1889, and Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1892.

This genus has characters of groups I and IV, with others ally-
ing it to Panda.

Genus POLYGYRATIA Gray.

Anatomy unknown.

Genus MACROCYCLIS Beck.

This group is still unknown anatomically. A single species, M.
laxata, is known. It may belong to Helix s. str.

Genus SOLAROPSIS Beck.
Manual of Conchology (2), v, p. 177.

This genus rests, at present, wholly upon conchological charac-
ters.

"^^A. .a-jj/^ra has been dissected by the author since this paper was written. It
presents peculiar characters which leave the position of the genus problematic.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

THE EVOLUTION OF THE PREMOLAR TEETH IN THE MAMMALS.

BY W. B. SCOTT.

The mode of evolution of the mammalian molar tooth up to and
from the tritubercular pattern, which has been elaborated by Cope
(No. 1) and Osborn (No. 7) as well as the nomenclature proposed
by the latter for the various cusps or elements which make up the
crown of the mammalian molar, has been very generally accepted
by morphologists. According to this view, the primitive form of
tooth in both jaws is that exemplified by many reptiles, viz., a per-
fectly simple cone. The cusp which represents this primordial
element throughout the various phyla of mammals is called the
protoeone. To this are added, as a second stage, small anterior and
posterior cusps, called respectively the para- and metaeones. This
stage gives a crown composed of three cusps all in the same antero-
posterior line and is exemplified by such genera as Dromaiherium
and Trkonodon. The next step would appear to consist in a shift-
ing of the relative position of the cusps, and now the molars of the
two jaws, hitherto similar, begin to display an important difference.
In the upper jaw the protoeone begins to move inward or mesially,
the para- and metaeones remaining upon the external or lateral
side of the crown, while in the lower jaw the protoconid remains
upon the outer side of the tooth, the para- and metaconids shifting
toward the inner side. In this stage the molar crowns have a tri-
angular shape, the protoeone forming the apex, and the para- and
metaeones the base ; but while in the superior molar the apex is
directed mesially, in the inferior tooth it is directed laterally.
The next stage affects primarily the lower molars and depends
upon the change from the primitive conditio^, in which the upper
and lower molars merely pass each other with a shearing move-
ment, or in which each tooth opposes merely one tooth in the oppo-
site jaw, to the alternating condition, in Avhich each lower molar
opposes two upper ones, or opposes one and shears against another.
The change consists in the addition to the primitive triangle of the
tooth (trigonid) of a low heel or talon, which may subsequently
divide into two cusps, of which the outer is called the hypoconid
and the inner the entoconid. It may, however, be the case that the
hypoconid is first devel()i)ed and the entoconid subsequently added

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

to it. Between these two there generally appears a minute median
cusp, the hypoconulid, which on the last molar may become a large
element, necessitating the formation of an additional fang, but on
the others seldom reaches considerable proportions. In very many
forms the upper molars now add a fourth main cusp, the hypocone,
at the postero-internal angle of the crown. In the tritubercular
stage two small accessory elements are developed in the lines con-
necting the protocone with the para- and metacones, and are called
respectively the proto- and metaconules. We have now arrived at
a stage in which both the superior and inferior molars have six
elements (quadritubercular stage of Cope) to which type the
molars of nearly all the higher mammalia may be traced back,
through successive stages of simplification.

To this scheme of molar development propounded by Cope and
Osborn, the only serious objections hitherto made are those of
Fleischmann (No. 4), who rejects both the nomenclature and the
homologies explained above. Before proceeding to the question of
the evolution of the premolars, it will be necessary to examine the
views of Fleischmann, since any comparison between the two cate-
gories of teeth will, of course, depend upon the homologies of the
molar cusps. " Wenn iiberhaupt eine Ableitung der Siiugermolaren
von einfacheren Formen moglich ist, so miissen die Ausgangsglieder
bei Reptilien gesucht werden. Aber die theoretisch geforderten
Zwischenformen sind uns nicht geuiigend bekannt, und die system-
atische Stelluug der fossilen Thiere, deren Ziihne nach Cope und
Osborn die Bindeglieder der Reptilien-und Siiugethierzahne
darstellen, ist wegen schlechter palajontologischer Urkunden voll-
kommen in's Dunkle gehiillt. Deshalb ist der Versuch der beiden
amerikanischen Forscher wohl als eine Hypothese zu achten, fiir
welche die Wahrscheinlichkeit unseier raodernen wissenschaftlichen
Anschauungen spricl\t, jedoch fehlt ihm jeder exacte Beweis.

" Auch die Annahme, dass alle Glieder des urspriinglichen
Siiugethiergebisses ganz gleichartig entwickelt waren, scheint mir
solange nicht nothwendig aus den jetzt bekannten Thatsachen
abgeleitet werden zu miissen, als nicht die gesamrate Organisation
der Thierwelt der Puercozeit eine einigermaassen sichere Verkniip-
fung mit den lebenden Siiugern gestattet. Bis jetzt ist die
Annahme, alle Ziihne miissen von einer gleichen einfachen Urform
stammen, nur begriindet in unserem Bestreben, die mannichfa-
chen Verhiiltnisse der Thierwelt, wie es eben geht, unter eine^i

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

generellen BegrifF zusamnieiizufassen. Wie einleuchtend auch
das logische Princip der systematiscbeii Einheit fiir jeiie Vermu-
tliuiig sprechen mag, so kann die Natiirforscluing doch nur dann
der lockenden Aussicht folgen, wenn geniigende Beweisghinde die
Speculation zu stiitzen vermogen.

"Wie die Annabme eines urspriinglichen Kegelzahnes als Sur-
rogat einer einstweilen fehlendeii besseren Einsicbt in den bistor-
iscben Bildungsgang zu beurtbeilen ist, so kann man sicb audi die
Umwandlung des triconodonten Zabnes in die trituberculiire Form
nicbt gut vorstellen. Man begreift zwar sebr leicbt, dass dadurcb
den Tbieren ein grosser Vortheil erwacbsen sei, aber welcbe pbysi-
ologiscben Processe die Formtinderung leiteten, ist jetztnocbgiinzlicb
unklar. Cope und Osborn glau ben, die beidenSeitenbcickerseiengegen
den Protoconus verscboben worden. Das ist sicber die einfachste
Hjpotbese ; aber warum am oberen Molaren dieselben nacb aussen,
am unteren Backzabn nacb innen gedrebt worden seien, ist mir
nicbt klar geworden. Ferner babe icb von Osborn keinen Grund
erfabren, der ibn berecbtigt, die Hocker der oberen und unteren
Ziibne direct zu bomologisiren. Wer bei Siiugetbieren verscbie-
dener Ordnungen die Ziibne der oberen und unteren Reibe genau
betracbtet, wird htiufigzu der Erkenntniss gelangen, dass die Seiten
der Zabne einander im umgekebrten Sinne vergleicbbar sind,
d. b. dass der Innenseite eines oberen Molaren die Aussenseite des
unteren und dem Vorderrande des oberen der Hinterrand des
unteren Backzabnes entsprecbe. Diese Tbatsache babe icb
dureb Mabn an den Molaren von Arvicola genauer besprecben
lassen, icb babe micb auch an Vertretern anderer Gruppen von der
Ricbtigkeit derselben iiberzeugt. Wenn man die eben gescbilderte
Lagebeziebung als allgemeines Gesetz fiir Saugerzabne betracbten
darf, dann ist wobl die Annabme Osborn's iiber die Stellung der
drei Koni an entgegenwirkenden Ziibnen (bezogen auf dieselbe
Sagittalebene) ricbtig; aber um ganz consequent zu denkeu, diirfte
man nicbt die am oberen und unteren Molaren nacb vorue stebenden
Hocker als Paraconus bez. als Paraconid bezeicbnen, man muss
vielmebr den Paraconus im Oberkiefer homolog dem Metakonid
des Unterkiefers 3etz;,en." (No. 4, pp. 893-5.)

Tbe paper of Mabn on tbe molars oi Arvicola, referred to above,
presents tbe following reasons for regarding tbe anterior end of tbe
upper molar as equivalent to the posterior end of the lower:

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

" Wenn man die Ziihne im Ober- und Unterkiefer betrachtet, so
springt sofort die Thatsache in die Augen, dass die mit einander
artikiilirenden Zahne nicht gleich gericbtet sind ; denn ira Unter-
kiefer steben die spitzen Eudeu der Molareu nacb vorn, im Ober-
kiefer sind sie nacb hinten gericbtet, und das spitze Ende jedes
Unterkieferzabnes trifft auf das breite Ende seines Antagonisten
im Oberkiefer.

"Die drei Cementleisten liegen, wie bereits erwiibnt, an verschie-
denen Stellen jedes Zabnes, zwei am abgerundeten Ende an der
facialen und iingualen Kante, eine am entgegengesetzteu mehr
spitzen Ende ; das vviederbolt sicb an alien Gliedern des Gebisses.
Also trifft die Seite des Zabnes, welcbe eine Cementleiste besitzt und
im Unterkiefer nacb vorn siebt, auf die Seite des Oberkieferzabnes,
an der zwei bilateral gelegene Cementleisten steben. Man muss
desbalb, um bei der Formvergleicbung der Ziibne zu ricbtigen
Ergebnissen zu gelangen, je eine Zabnreibe des Oberkiefers gegen
die entgegengesetze Reibe im Unterkiefer um 180° dreben, dann
fallen die spitzen und stumpfen Enden aller Molaren auf einander.

" Bei der morpbologiscben Vergleicbung muss man dessbalb das
Vorderende eines Unterkiefermolaren mit dem Hinterende eines
Oberkiefer molaren als entsprecbend anseben. Vergleicbt man
ferner die Form der einzelnen Ziibne, so wird man den friiberen
Beobacbtern beistimmen, welcbe die grosse Abnlicbkeit zwiscben
dem dritten bintersten IMolaren des Oberkiefers und dem ersten
vordersteu Molaren im Unterkiefer bervorbeben. M^ ist in beiden
Kiefern ziemlicb gleicbformig, dessbalb muss M3 des Unterkiefers
Mj im Oberkiefer entsprecben. So liisst sicb auf Grund der anato-
miscben Tbatsacben zunticbst fiir die scbmelzfaltigen Ztihue von
Arvicula die Bebauptung aufstellen, dass die Ricbtung der oberen
und unteren Reibe gerade umgekebrt ist. Durcb tbeoretiscbe
Betracbtung der Entwicklung der Ziihne in einer Einsliilpung des
Hautzabn-Anlagen entbaltenden Ektoderms ist B. Dybowski zu
der iibnlicben Auffassung gelangt, dass die Ziibne des Ober- und
Unterkiefers in der Ricbtung von recbts nacb links um 180° ge-
drebt seien, aber er bat seine Meinung durcb Tbatsacben nicht
als zwingend erwiesen." (No. 5.)

From an examination of the dentition of certain marsupials,
Fleiscbmann reaches conclusions opposed to those of Osborn and
Cope, especially with regard to the history of the talon of the lower
molars, and says of Osborn's view : "Die Betracbtung der von

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP^ PHILAUELPHIA. 409

mil- gegebenen Figuren liisst eine solclie Auifassung direct als hin-
fiillig erscheinen."

To these criticisms it may be replied : (1 ) It is perfectly true tliat the
present state of paljeontological knowledge does not permit the con-
struction of an undoubted phyletic series from the Triassic to the
Puerco, but when the geological and the morphological succession agree
so well, we are entitled to assume, in the absence of any evidence to
the contrary, that the steps of the change are those indicated by
the successive genera of mammals. Nobody has stated that these
steps were of necessity those which the evidence at present avail-
able appears to show ; on the contrary, Osborn has expressly
pointed out another possible method.

(2) The relations of the "entire organization of the animal
world of the Puerco times " to that of the present, are, it is true, far
from clear, and yet the connection of many Puerco genera with
their Wasatch successors is so obvious as to deprive this objection
of any Aveight. The hypothesis that all the varieties of mammalian
molars were derived from a single type of tooth is much more than
a "seductive speculation." For many different groups it has such
a high degree of probability as almost amounts to demonstration,
for no group has it been shown to be untrue, and in those in which
we cannot demonstrate its truth, the necessary phyletic series has
not yet been discovered. On the other hand, the history of the
pi'emolars makes it evident that similar stages of dental evolution
may be reached in different ways.

(3) It is no objection to the truth of a morphological fact that
we cannot give a physiological explanation of it. Indeed, the
lectors of transformation form at present the most actively disputed
questions of biology. But whether or not mechanical (or dyna-
mical) factors of change are admitted as efficient causes of trans-
formation, it is clear that they at least indirectly condition the
result and that mechanically unfavorable changes cannot be per-
petuated. It is not difficult, in a general way, to see why aniso-
gnathism and movements of the jaw other than vertical should
necessitate the reversed arrangement of points upon the crowns of
the upper and lower molars, because they are subjected to opposite
strains. Even in the premolars, where the homologous cones are
not reversed, the reversal of form is as clearly shown as in the
molars, i. e. when the premolars reach a stage of complication
comparable to that of the molars.

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

(4) The considerations which Dybowski (No. 3), Fleischmann
and Mahn advance as showing that the anterior end of the lower
molars is homologous with the posterior end of the upper ones and
vice versa, are derived from the resemblance of form in these parts
respectively and from the assumption that in Arvicola the cement
bands on the teeth are guides to homology. But for purposes of
morphological analysis, resemblance of form is of no value what-
ever, and as Mahn himself points out, the positions of the cement
bands in Arvicola is determined by the necessity of fixing the tooth
in the alveolus without undue compression of the cells of the per-
sistently functional enamel organ. How deceptive mere resem-
blance of form may be, is clearly shown by the facts of premolar
evolution already alluded to; viz., that in those genera which have
molariform premolars, there is the same apparent correspondence
between the outside of the upper and the inside of the lovver pre-
molars, as obtains in the molars. And yet, as will be more fully
shown in the sequel, this correspondence is entirely of form and not
of homology, for in both superior and inferior premolars the proto-
cone remains upon the external or buccal side of the crown.

When the line of argument adopted by Fleischmann and Mahn is
pushed to the conclusion that the third lower molar is the homo-
logue of the first upper molar, it would certainly appear to be a
reductio ad absurdum of the considerations which lead to such a
result. On Mahn's principles the fourth upper premolar of
Castoroides, and not the first molar, may be proved to be homolo-
gous with the last inferior molar. If the equivalence of ^ and m*
means anything at all, it must imply that at some time in the early
history of the mammals, either the upper or lower series was turned
about, end for end, mj now occupying the place originally held
by ^^. Is such a thing conceivable? and if so, what are the steps
by which the change was brought about? Such a shifting could
not be effected by a partial rotation of the upper tooth in one direc-
tion and of the lower tooth in the opposite direction.

The only safe method of determining the homologies of the various
cusps in the protean forms assumed by the mammalian molar and pre-
molar, is that of followiugoutstep by step the changes which take place
in well defined phyletic series. Even embryology, valuable as is the
assistance which it affords, must be used with great caution and in
a general rather than a special way. The shapes taken by embry-
onic teeth are seldom like anything which is known among fossil

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

forms, at least in matters of detail. For example, no one would
infer from the ontogeny of the horse's molar, that it had been
derived from such types of dentition as those displayed by Hyra-
cotheriiim, Aiiehitherlam, etc., and yet if any phyletic series may be
regarded as well established, it is that of the Equidie. Knowing
the phylogeny, we are able to eliminate cenogenetic features and to
show that the ontogeny in no way contradicts the results of pal-
aeontology.

(5) Fleischmann objects to Osborn's homologizing the cusps of
the upper and lower molars. Strictly speaking, of course, an
upper tooth is not homologous with the corresponding lower tooth,
and nevertheless we speak very properly of the upper canine as
equivalent to the lower, etc. In the Trlconodon molar there is no
reason why the anterior basal cusps of the upper molars should not
be homologous with the anterior cusps of the lower molar in the
same sense that the protocone is equivalent to the protoconid. All
that Osborn's nomenclature implies is that in the tritubercular
tooth a certain element represents the anterior cusps of the tricono-
dont molar, and in no way denies the possibility that the primitive
simple coues,(haplodont stage) are reversed in the two jaws. There
is not a particle of evidence, however, for such a reversal in the
haplodont stage, nor is any fact known which could suggest a
rotation of the upper and lower molars in opposite directions, in
stages subsequent to the triconodont. If the series of genera selected
by Osborn really represents the stages of molar development, there
is nothing like rotation, but merely a lateral displacement of the
cusps.

(6) The conclusions which Fleischmann reaches from his exam-
ination of the marsupial dentition are quite inadmissible. Palseon-
tological discovery seems every day to make it more clear, that
the placental mammals are not derived from any marsupials as yet
known, but that placentals and marsupials form two distinct and
divergent series. The objection of uncertain phylogenetic relation-
ship which Fleischmann urges against Osborn's series of genera
applies with more force to any reasoning founded upon marsupial
dentition. In particular, Fleischmann protests against the view
that the talon of the lower molars is something superadded to the
primitive triangle, and unrepresented in the triconodont tooth. But
this objection leaves out of account the fact that the talon can be of
importance only when the upper and lower molar series begin to

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

alternate, so that each lower molar opposes two upper ones ; nor
can the talon be functional until there is some displacement of the
superior protocone and the tritubercular stage is reached, giving a
cusp which the talon can oppose.

In Trlconodon these conditions are not fulfilled. Following
Fleischmann's line of reasoning, it might be shown that the posterior
cusp of the cat's inferior sectorial was the " metamere " and equiva-
lent to the talon, but such a conclusion would be entirely erroneous
as it has been demonstrated that in the cats' molar the talon has
disappeared. Furthermore, the history of premolar development
proves that the talon may be superadded to the primitive triangle,
and that the latter may be complete before the former makes its
appearance. At all events, no conclusion as to such a problem can
be safely drawn from the examination of teeth so far removed
from the primitive condition as are those of Dasyurus.

The mode of origin of the trigonodont (or tritubercular) molar
which has been suggested by Cope and Osborn will be assumed as
correct in comparing the premolars with the molars, an assumption
which is justified by the evidence at present available. In the
absence of any well defined phyletic series of mammals from the
Triassic to the Puerco, however, the theory cannot be regarded as
finally established. The premolars have quite a different history,
and, as I have elsewhere shown (No. 11, pp. 48-9) even when these
teeth have become completely molariform, the elements which
correspond in function and position to those of the molars, are not
homologous with them, the key to these homologies being given by
the position of the protocone.

The premolars do not display quite the same degree of constancy
in the order of succession of their component cusps as do the molars.
For this reason the fourth superior premolar will be taken as the
standard. The primitive form of the premolar is a simple cone,
implanted by a single fang, which is still preserved in several exist-
ing genera and which obviously corresponds to the protocone of the
molars. As early as the Puerco, however, we find that p * in every
known genus is complicated by the addition of a second cusp upon
the inner or lingual side of the protocone, which may be called the
deuterocone. This bicusjiid tooth represents a pattern from which
all the pre:nolar types of the higher mammalia may be simply and
naturally derived by the continued addition of new parts, which in
many groups reach the same or an even greater degree of complication

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

than the true molars. Furthermore, this tooth brings out clearly the
important fact that, while in the molar the protocone has shifted to
the internal or lingual side of the crown, in the premolar it remains
npon the external or buccal side of the crown, just as in the inferior
molars. From this it follows that the deuterocone has no exact
homologue in the molar croAvn, though functionally and in position,
it corresponds to the protocone of the molar, and in the finished
molariform premolar it occupies the antero-internal angle of the
crown.

The relatively simple form of the fourth superior premolar which
has been described, occurs almost universally in the genera of the
Puerco Eocene, while the anterior premolars are, for the most part,
as yet perfectly simple, consisting of the protocone only. In some
genera, however, such as Miockenus, P^ has likewise added a deu-
terocone. In the molars the new complications very generally
make their first appearance upon the first of the series, and then
successively upon the second and third, and so in the premolars P^
is the first to assume new features, and these then advance to the
anterior premolars, the first never reaching the full molar pattern,
even when the others have exceeded the molars in degree of
complexity.

The second stage of premolar development consists in the addi-
tion of a second external cusp, posterior to the protocone, which I
have called the tritocone, and which corresponds to the paracone
of the molar crown (postero-external cusp), but it cannot be
regarded as homologous with that element, because its position with
reference to the protocone is entirely different. This stage of devel-
opment imitates very closely the trigonodont molar, and very
frequently t'liis type of premolar displays the intermediate conules,
either anterior, posterior, or both. In position these conules corre-
spond to the proto- and raetaconules of the molars, but are obviously
not homologous with them. How very gradually this addition of
the tritocone may be eflfected is beautifully shown in the series
formed by placing together the different varieties and species of
Protogonia and Phenacodus. Here the tritocone may be seen in all
stages, from a very minute and scarcely visible cusp, and gradually
enlarging until it reaches the size of the protocone (Phenacodus.)
This trigonodont stage of the fourth upper premolar is very widely
distributed in the middle and upper Eocene, occurring in nearly all
perissodactyls and creodonts. AVith some special modifications it
persists to the present time in the sectorial of the Carnivora, in

414 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

many Insectivora and in some forms of Artiodactyla (e. g. Dicoty-
les.) In many forms this pattern of tooth does not occur in advance
of the fourth premolar, while in others the second and third grad-
ually assume the same structure, as in most of the Eocene perisso-
dactyles. Even in Phenacodus F* is trigonodont, while P^ consists of
the protocone only.

The final step in the conversion of the premolars to the molar
pattern is given by the addition of a fourth main element at the
postero-internal angle of the crown, the tetartocone, which thus
corresponds in position to the hypocone of the molars. The incipi-
ent stages of this element maybe observed in Helaletes (Desmato-
therium) among the perissodactyls and in Agriochcerus among the
artiodactyls, where it occurs as a minute and variable cusp just
posterior to and hardly separated from the deuterocone.

So far as I have been able to observe, the scheme of development

of the premolar crown is quite constant,
and for p^ universally so, and the nomen-
clature which is proposed for the pre-
/^^^^^5^ %v^^>^ molar cusps is intended to express their
^ ^VBP^ \^ order of succession, as they appear in
Fig. I. P*. However, exceptions to this order of

Procamdus occidentalis. succession do occur in the anterior pre-
Third and fourth upper pre" molars. For example, in F^ of Procame-

molars of left side, «/ deutero- , ,, • . ~u' x. • ^4 :

cone; x additional anterior ^««. the inner crescent, which in P_1S
cusp. (After Leidy.) formed by the extension of the deutero-

cone in both directions, is produced by crests from the anterior
and posterior edges of the protocone, which have not yet come into
contact with each other and thus leave a gap opposite the apex of the
protocone. As we shall see later, the posterior ridge in this tooth
probably represents the deuterocone. Again, in Hyracotherium
venticolum v" consists of two cusps, the proto- and tritocones, which
are in the same antero-posterior line and the deuterocone is little or
not at all developed. Other exceptions might be cited.

The development of the inferior premolars appears to be some-
what less regular and constant than
that of the superior. As in the upper
jaw, the complication begins with j? and
^^^- ^- advances anteriorly, but it is worthy of

Hyracotherium venticolum. ^Q^jce that in many forms the complica-

Second upper premolar of left ^ j . ^ j premolars begins

side, /r. protocone; /;•. tritocone. ''"^" ua u iv. ^ I ^ o

(After Cope.) earlier and proceeds farther than in the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

case of the upper teeth. As before, the initial point must be taken
as a simple conical cusp, the protoconid. Most of the existing
unguiculates, as well as some recent and many extinct ungulates
retain more or fewer teeth which depart but little from this type.
In many forms the only addition to the protoconid consists in a
small posterior basal cusp, which the analogy of such Mesozoic
mammals as Amphilestes and Trieonodon justifies us in regarding
as the equivalent of the metaconid of the molars. In many of the
Carnivora a second posterior cusp is added, to which, however, it is
not necessary to give a name, since it is of little importance and
occurs in but few forms. Frequently also an anterior basal cusp,
strictly comparable to the paraconid of the molars, is added and a
stage like that of the Trieonodon molar is attained, consisting
of elements which there is every reason to regard as homologous
with the three primary cusps of the molars. There is, however, a
great difference as to the regularity with which the para- and metaco-
nids are present and in the order of their succession ; one or the
other of them may never appear at all, and while the metaconid is
more frequently present and generally makes its appearance first,
yet this is by no means invariably the case. Another difference
from the molars consists in the ultimate fate of the metaconid in
the molariform premolar, where it becomes either part or the whole
of the talon and always remains on the same antero-posterior line
with the protoconid, instead of shifting to the internal or lingual side
of the latter. In the premolars, therefore, when a cusp occurs
occupying the position taken by the metaconid in the molars, it
cannot be regarded as homolos^ous with that element, but rather
with the deuterocone of the upper premolar and may consequently
be called the deuteroconid. The latter element also varies as to the
relative time of its appearance ; sometimes it is the only element
present in addition to the protoconid (e. g., Pelycodus, Chriacus, Pro-
togonia) or it may be developed after either the para- or the meta-
conid, or it may appear last of all, and in very many cases it is
altogether absent. Yet when it does appear, its homologies are
perfectly obvious.

A fifth element is sometimes added to the premolar crown, pos-
terior to the protoconid, and interior to the metaconid, thus occupy-
ing the position held by the entoconid of the molars. Clearly

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

however, it cannot be homologous with that element, its place with
reference to the metaconid being entirely different. Its homologies
are rather with the tetartocone of the upper premolar, as will appear
when it is remembered that there is not that reversal in the position
of the cusps of the inferior premolars compared with the superior
ones which obtains between the upper and lower molars, the primary
cusp or protocone remaining upon the external side of the crown
in both upper and lower premolars. The tetartoconid is usually
the last cusp to make its appearance upon the crown of the inferior
jDremolar, but there are exceptions to this rule. For example, in
Trilsodon p* consists of a very large protoconid and a lower but yet
large heel or talon, made up of the metaconid upon the outside
and the tetartoconid on the inside ; neither para- nor deuteroconid
is present.

In a former paper (No. 11, pp. 48-9) I gave a somewdiat different
account of the evolution of the lower premolar, in that I regarded
the talon of the premolars as equivalent to that of the molars, and
like it composed of hypo- and entoconids. This seemed to follow
from the fact that the position of the cusps which make up the talon
with reference to the protoconid is the same in both classes of teeth.
An examination of a more extended series of premolars has, how-
ever, convinced me that the external element of the premolar talon
is the equivalent of the metaconid and not the hypoconid of the
molar. If this be true, the internal element obviously cannot be
the entoconid, while its relation to the tetartocone of the superior
premolar is the same as that of the deuteroconid to the deutero-
cone.

If the foregoing description be accepted as correct, it will appear
that, while the inferior premolars may contain three elements
which are homologous with molar cusps, the upper premolars con-
tain but one cusp which can be homologized with a molar cusp,
and, furthermore, that while in the molar crown the protocone is
on the inner, and the protoconid on the outer side, in both sets of
premolars, upper as well as lowei", it retains its primitive position
upon the external side.

The following table will serve to exhibit the correspondences of
position (not of homology) between the molar and premolar
elements when all are present.

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

417

(I ilu)

c/ iV f^r hy

fir*^ mc^ nr^ hy^

A : JA :.

/la-' d'' ia'' fux'^ meJ^ An/'-

Fig. 3.

Diagram to exhibit the relations of the molar and premolar cusps, showing the
fourth premolar and first molar of the left upper jaw and right lower jaw, pr
protocone, a^ deutcrocone, tr tritocone, te tetartocone,/« paracone, 7ne metacone,
/y hypocone,//-'^ protoconid, /rt<^ paraconid, vied metacoiiid, tad tetarioconid,
hyd hypoconid, end entoconid.

UPPER JAW.

LOWER JAW.

Molar.

Protocone
Paracone
Metacone
Hypocone

Premolar.
= Deuterocone
= Protocone
= Tritocone
= Tetartocone

Molar.

Protoconid

Paraconid

Metaconid

Hypoconid

Entoconid

Premolar.

Protoconid

Paraconid

Deuterocouid

Metaconid

Tetartoconid

It now remains to consider the facts of premolar evolution as
they are exhibited by the various orders of mammals. This is pos-
sible as yet for only a small number of groups, the palieontological
evidence as to the others being too incomplete. The following
orders will therefore be omitted ; Monotremata, Marsupialia, Eden-
tata, Tillodontia, Cetacea and Sirenia. In those orders which are
taken into consideration, attention will be chiefly directed to the
extinct forms.

I. PRIMATES.

In this order the Lemuroidea and theMesodonta will be included
for the sake of convenience, these groups all belonging to the same
general series and characterized by great uniformity in the structure
of the teeth.

The simplest type of premolar dentition in this series is presented
by the Puerco genus 3Iixodectes. Of this form only the inferior
teeth are known, and the premolars are remarkably simple; they
consist merely of a high, acute and recurved protoconid w'ith a
rudimentary metaconid as a heel, which can hardly be called a
28

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

distinct element. In AnaptoynorpJnis of the Wasatch and Bridger
the lower premolars are as simple as in Mixodedes, but the upper
ones have added a deuterocone, which is particularly well developed
in p*. The type of j^remolar structure which is most prevalent among
the Eocene mesodonts is exemplified by Hyoprndua, a genus which
is very abundantly represented in the Wasatch, Bridger and Uinta
formations. In this genus the number of the premolars is still
unreduced, being |; the anterior members of the series are of small
size and perfectly simple, but the posterior two in each jaw have
added new elements. In the upper jaw P3 ^^^ i have a crown trans-
versely placed, consisting of a trenchant pyramidal protocone and a
smaller but well developed deuterocone. In the lower jaw p^ has in
addition to the protoconid only a rudimentary metaconid, forming
an inconspicuous heel ; in p* this heel is better developed, and on or at
the internal side of the protoconid appears a small deuteroconid.
In the existiug representatives of the series, there is not very much
advance upon the degree of premolar complication found among
the Eocene mesodonts. In the lemurs there is the remarkable
change first pointed out by Schlosser (No. 10) that the most anterior
lower premolar has assumed the form and functions of the canine,
but it bites behind the upper canine. In the higher primates the
premolar type is that of the human "bicuspid," the crown consist-
ing of two elements only, the protocone and deuterocone. The
lower teeth do not exhibit the metaconid, which, as we have seen, is
imperfectly develoj^ed in some of the Eocene forms.

II. CREODONTA.

In this group there is considerable divergence as to the amount
and kind of premolar development. P 1, 2 and 3 in both jaws
ordinarily remain quite simple, or at most complicated by the
addition of a small posterior basal cusp in the inferior teeth, repre-
senting the metaconid. Sometimes, however, these teeth become
very much more complicated, as in Oxycena and Palceonictis, in
which Pz and 3 have large and well developed deuterocones, and in
Ps a tritocone is added so that this tooth becomes a reduced copy
of the last premolar. Several other genera display a more or less
prominent deutei'ocone on Ps, as foj* example Deltatherium and
Dissacus, and in the lower jaw the metaconid may form a more or
less prominent talon on p^, as in the case in Dmacus, while in
0.^*^/ce?la these cutting talons appear on all the inferior premolars

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419

except the first, increasing in size as we pass from before backward
and thus corresponding with the development of the deuterocone in
the upper premolars. A very similar statement will apply to
I*alceonicti<.

The fourth premolar in both jaws exhibits great variety among
creodonts from a completely molariform to an extremely simple
condition. Taking first the upper tooth, we find in such Puerco
genera as Oxyclcenns and Deltatherlinn, the simplest which occurs
among the creodonts, viz., a compressed, acute protocone, with
trenchant anterior and posterior edges and a conical deuterocone.
From this stage several distinct lines may be traced in as many
diverging directions. Proviverra agrees with Deltatherium in the
construction of this tooth, but in Sinopa (Stypolophus) it is compli-
cated by the addition of a small tritocone and in some species, of
an anterior basal cusp, or protostyle, as well. Sinopa has thus
reached a stage of development of P4 in which all the elements of
the carnivorous sectorial are present, and yet the small size of the
tooth and especially the incomplete development of the tritocone
render the term sectorial inappropriate to such a tooth. In some of
the Hycenodontid(e, however, as Oxycena for example, P4 fully
deserves to be called a sectorial, as the compressed protocone and
enlarged trenchant tritocone form a very efficient cutting blade.
But even here the main emphasis of development is on the first
molar, which is larger and of more functional importance than the
premolar. In this genus. Pa, also has all the elements of a sectorial.
In Hycenodon itself, P4, is reduced in size and importance, m^ being
the largest and most efficient tooth in the series ; the protocone is
large, but the tritocone is insignificant, and the deuterocone so
diminished that in some species it can hardly be said to exist as a
separate element. Palceoiiidi-", though obviously belonging to a
phylum very distinct from that of the hyseuodonts, closely resembles
OxycBua in the condition of the superior premolars.

The Miacid(B alone among creodonts have attained the carni-
vorous type of dentition. The superior sectorial is not, it is true
more efiiciently developed than in Oxycena, but, on the other hand,
the upper molars are tubercular, not sectorial at all. In Didymic-
tis P4 is quite like that of the viverrines, owing to the presence of a
small, but very distinct anterior basal cusp.

A very different type of premolar tooth is that assumed by P* in
the Mesonyclddce. Though the same elements are present as in

420

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Sinopa, their shape and mutual relations are altogether different.
In Dis.iacus, the oldest genus of the family, this tooth has all the
elements of the carnivorous sectorial, but the tritocoue is added in
the form of a conical tubercle, (which is considerably smaller than
the protocone,) and not of a trenchant blade. In Pachycena of the
Wasatch and still more in the Bridger genus, Mesonyx, the gradual
enlargement of the tritocoue gives to the fourth premolar completely
the pattern of the simple tritubercular molars.

Little is known with regard to the superior premolars of the
Ardocyonidce. In Clcenodon {Mlockenus) corrngatus, and presumably
also Aretocyon, Pa is a simple, compressed, conical tooth, supported
by two fangs, and therefore without deuterocone. Ij has a very
high and acute pyramidal protocone, on the anterior and posterior
edges of which the cingulum is so elevated as almost to deserve the
name of cusps. The tooth is implanted by three fangs and yet the
deuterocone is very obscurely marked. If we may provisionally
assign to this family the extraordinary and problematical genus,
Miocloenm, the systematic position of which is altogether doubtful,
we may mention here the curiously thick, low, rounded and
massive premolars, which characterize the genus. 1% has a very
distinct deuterocone, and in Ps this element is more or less distinctly
differentiated. These premolars are very much more like those of
some of the PerijAyehidce than they are like those of any known
creodont.

/ ji J 4 >>

Fig. 4.
Fourth lower premolars of the left side, internal aspect. 1, ? Tricentes subtri-
go7ius / 2 ? Cla:nodo7i protogonioides ; 3 Chriacus stenops ; 4 Epichriacus schlos-
serianus ; 5 Deltatherium fundaminis. prd- protoconid, a'^^' deuteroconidj/aj^par-
aconid, med metaconid. (Cope collection.)

In the lower jaw p^ generally has a heel, formed by the more or
less enlarged metaconid, and thus differs from the anterior pre-
molars merely in its greater size and more developed heel. The
paraconid is rarely added, though it becomes of importance in the
Mesonychidce. In Dlssacns the paraconid is very small, but dis-
tinctly shown on p»andS which have the protoconid remarkably
high and acute. In Pachymna a similar condition may be observed

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

but the protoconid is relatively reduced, and the metaconid
enlarged. In Mesonyx the paraconid makes its appearance on p^
No member of this family develops a deutero- or tetartoconid in
the inferior premolars. In the Mesonychidce, the lower premolars
thus become molariform, bat the resemblance between the two
classes of teeth is due not only to the complication of the premolars
but also to the simplification of the molars, in which the paraconid
is reduced and the meta- and entoconids have altogether dis-
appeared. The elements composing the crowns of the two categories
of teeth are more nearly homologous than is usually the case, the
proto- and paraconids being common to both, but the talons are not
homologous, being formed in the premolars by the metaconid, and
in the molars by the hypoconid.

In the Triisodontidie p^ has a distinct resemblance to the corre-
sponding tooth in the Mesonychidif, but the paraconid is not devel-
oped, and in Triisodon and Sircothraudes the lai'ge, transversely
directed heel is divided into two parts, the meta- and tetartoconids.
In Goniacodon the latter element does not occur.

In Ardocyon and Clcenodon p* is remarkable for its great relative
size, but is very simply constructed, having in addition to the
protoconid merely an obscurely developed metaconid. In Tetra-
clcEiiodon, however, p*" has all the elements of a molar, but the
paraconid is very small, and the talon neither so high nor so complex
as in the molars.

Oiriacus (if we may assign that genus to the Creodonta) presents
an entirely different type of p^ from any which has been yet
described in this group, and one which is much more characteristi-
cally mesodont than creodont. In this tooth the only element
besides the protoconid which is present, is a small but perfectly
distinct deuteroconid upon the lingual side of the crown. Epichria-
cus has in addition to this a very small paraconid. In Deltatherium
the " primitive triangle " (a term which is applicable to the premolars
only by analogy, as it is rarely attained and then only in
advanced stages of differentiation) is almost as completely developed
as in the molars. In addition, there is a rudimentary heel in the
form of a very small metaconid, which, strange to say, has not kept
pace with the development of the deuterocone of P3. Not including
the Me-<OJiychidce, which belong in a somewhat different category,
there are not less than three genera of creodonts, in which
attains more or less completely to the molar pattern, viz., Epichria-

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

CMS, Deltatherium and Tetrachenodon. The later genera of the
Proviverridce have exceedingly simple inferior premolars. In Sin-
opa i? and * have very obscure metaconids, and in the latter there is
an equally obscure paraconid.

In the Ilycenodontidce p* has only a more or less enlarged meta-
conid in addition to the protoconid. In Oxycena the metaconid
forms a large trenchant blade ; in Hycenodon the heel is much
reduced, but the protoconid is greatly enlarged, so that, with the
exception of the canine and m\ p* is the lai-gest tooth in the jaw.
Pterodon resembles Hycenodon in this respect. Quercytherivm,
clearly a member of this family, is remarkable for the massiveness
of its inferior premolars, which almost rival those of Mioclcenus.

Palceonidis has very similar inferior premolars to those of
Oxycena, except for the much greater relative enlargement of p^
In the Bridger genus Patriofelis this enlargement is carried still
further and at the same time the number of inferior premolars is
reduced to three.

THdymictis is remarkable for the antero-posterior elongation of
p3 and* which have small but very well marked para- and metacon-
ids. In p^ the cingulum is raised on the hinder border of the tooth
making a second posterior cusp behind the metaconid.

III. INSECTIVORA.

In many of the existing insectivores the premolars have undergone
considerable modification, but unfortunately we can obtain but little
assistance from palaeontology in attempting to make out the steps
of this modification. Among American genera of this order there
is only one family which is at all well understood, viz., the Leptictidce
and in this group, strange to say, the oldest member yet discovered,
exhibits the most complicated premolar structure. This genus,
Ictop><, has been found only in the AVind River beds at the base of
the Bridger, and in the White liiver, though there can be no
doubt that it existed in the intervening period. In Idops the pre-
molars show an unusual degree of complication for an unguiculate
mammal. In the upper jaw J^ is very small and implanted by a
single fang. Pj is likewise small but is carried by two fangs, and
has a small tritocone, but no deuterocone. In Ps the protocone is
very high, and the tritocone, though distinct, is much smaller ; there
is also a well developed deuterocone, so that all the molar elements
are present, though owing to the disproportionate size of the proto-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423

and tritocones, the tooth cannot be called niolariform. Ij is even
more comi3licated than the molars. As in the latter the two exter-
nal cusps are of equal size, and the deuterocone is much extended
transversely, also a small tetartocone corresponding to the hypocoue
of the molars is present. In addition to these parts there is a small
basal cusp at the antero-external angle of the crown which does not
occur in the molars but which is found on Pi of many creodonts
and carnivores. In the lower jaw j? andVare small and simple, the
former being carried by one root and the latter by two : this tooth
is larger than the corresponding upper one. T^ has added a small
metacouid. T* is molariform, with the metaconid enlarged to a
talon, and para- and deuteroconids added. This tooth is distin-
guished from a true molar only by the greater relative size of the
protoconid. The White River species of this genus, J. dakotensis,
differs from the more ancient one, with respect to the dentition,
only in the fact that the deuterocone of P^ is no longer a conical
cusp, but transversely extended and crescentoid, the proto- and
tritocones are also more nearly equal in size ; in other words the
tooth is now completely molariform, even to a rudiment of the
tetartocone.

In the White River genus, J/e-sof/ecfe.SjP^: is molariform, but Pa has
no tritocone, the tooth consisting of a compressed and trenchant pro-
tocone, and internal to this a conical deuterocone. Cope calls these
teeth P4 and ^ respectively, but this I think is a mistake. At all
events the statement, that, " in Leptictls the last premolar is sectorial
in form consisting of a single compressed longitudinal crest without
internal tuberosity or cusp, " is incorrect. (No. 2, p. 801.)

In the genus Leptictls, also from the White River beds, p., is
without the deuterocone and resemblesthe anterior ^^remolars in every
respect, except that it is slightly larger. £4 is molariform, and Pi^
differs from that of Ictops in being inserted by two fangs. So far
as we can judge at present, the series Ictops, Mesodectes, Leptictis,
would appear to represent successive stages in the simplification of
Ps. Doubtless the same is true of the lower premolars, but the
mandibular dentition of Mesodectes and Leptictis is unknown.

Somewhat similar facts may be observed in comparing some of
the extinct European iusectivores with their nearest living allies.
Thus Schlosser (No. 10. p. 117) regards the genus Parasorex as in
some measure connecting the Tupaiidce and the Macroscelid(B, but
the extinct form has more complex premolars than either of the

424

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

recent families. In like manner Ampliidozotherium, from the
Oligocene, resembles the Ta/puhe in molar structure, and is referred
to that fiiniily, but it has more complex premolars than the existing
moles.

The recent genus Gyrnnura agrees very well with Leptictis with
regard to the condition of the premolars, the last one in each jaw
having the elements of the molar crown.

IV. CARNIVORA.

In this group, the premolars never acquire any very great degree
of complication. In the Pinnipedia the molars and premolars are
very much alike, though this is due rather to a simplification of the
molars than to any complexity in the premolars. These teeth may
either be simple conical bodies, as in the Otariidce and hooded seals
(Gystoj)})ora), with a crown consisting of a simple cusp and
implanted by a single fang ; or, as in the typical Phocidce, both
classes of teeth are assimilated to one type, characterized by the
suppression of the internal cusps, and the addition of sharp basal
cusps on the anterior and posterior edges of the principal cone,
which appears to i-epresent the paracone in the upper molars, and
the protocone in the premolars of both jaws and the lower raolars.
We are, however, as yet entirely ignorant of the phylogeny of the
pinnipedes, and cannot therefore very well determine the homologies
of these elements. The dentition of the creodont family, Memny-
chidce, presents many analogies to that of the true seals, but there
can be no question of a genetic relationship between the two
groups.

Fig. 5.
Fourth upper premolar of left side, external and crown views. 1, Deltatherium
fuiidamniis : 2, Siiiopa ■nj/iiius; 3, Cynodictis gracilis: 4, Felis concolor.
Pr protocone, d deuterocone, tr tritocone, ps protostjle. (1 and 2 from the
*Cope collection.)

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

The premolars of the fissipede carnivores have a different history,
lu the upper jaw the anterior premolars are ordinarily composed of a
compressed and more or less trenchant protocone, and on Pz and 3 a
small tritocone may also be added. According to Schlosser (No. 10
p. 265) the Galeeynns ceiiingensis of Owen is remarkable for the
presence of anterior cusps upon tbese teeth. The fourth or sectorial
premolar is constructed on essentially the same plan throughout the
group, a plan which is already foreshadowed in many creodonts
and fully attained in the Mlacidce. Typically this tooth consists of
three elements, the proto-, deutero- and tritocones, the first and
third of which are more or less compressed and trenchant and form
the shearing blade. But there is much variation in regard to the
relative size and shape of these elements, and consequently in the
efficiency of the tooth as a sectorial weapon. In several groups a
fourth element is added ; viz., a cusp situated at the anteroexternal
angle of the crown. This cusp, which appears to be homologous
with the antero-external buttress or pillar of the perissodactyl
premolar reaches its highest development in the cats, though in the
earliest members of that group, the Nimravidce, it is always small
and sometimes rudimentary or absent (e. g. Dinictis.) The same
element occurs in the viverrines, the hysenas, and the curious cy-
noid genus JElurodon of the Loup Fork has it largely developed.
The dentition of this genus presents some analogies with that of the
hytenas, especially in the massiveness of the premolars. The same
cusp also occurs in the creodont Didymictis. In the Viverridce the
deuterocone is unusually well developed, and in some of the genera
is joined to the protocone by a sharp ridge running outward and
backward. The hyseuas display an unusual complication in that
the outer wall of the sectorial consists of four cusps, an additional
one occurring behind the tritocone.

The derivation of the bears fi-om primitive dogs is now very
generally admitted and the series of genera, Amphicyon, Bemicyon,
Hycenarctos and JJrsus, enables us to trace the successive modifica-
tions of the upper sectorial. In the first named genus, the upper
sectorial is like that of a dog, but somewhat thickened ; in Hemi-
cyon, the tooth has become transversely extended and the deutero-
cone has shifted from the anterior edge to the middle line of the
crown. In Hycenarctos, P* is reduced in relative size, and all the
cusps are lower and more massive, and in Ursiis, the same process is
carried still further; the deuterocone has become almost atrophied,
and the proto- and tritocones are so low and blunt that the tooth

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1892.

no longer deserves the name of sectorial. Among the Miistelid(e, we
find the upper sectorial very variously developed. In most cases it
is constructed as in the dogs. In the otters the deuterocone is
enormously expanded, both transversely and antero-posteriorly.
In Meles the sectorial is small, but possesses a minute tetartocone,
situated midway between the trito- and deuterocones, while in
Taxidea the tooth is large, and the tetartocone acute and promi-
nent and yet the crown does not lose its triangular shape.

In the Procyonidce the upper sectorial has likewise become
degraded to a tubercular condition, very similar to the construction
of the molars, but even more complex. In Procyon there are three
external cusps, the anterior accessory cone, the proto- and tritocones,
the two latter of nearly equal height and conical shape. The inner
side of the crown is nearly as long antero-posteriorly, as the outer,
and is composed of two elements, the deutero- and tetartocones. In
Cercolejytes, Pj, is very similar to that of the viverrine genus Ardic-
tis and is a quadrituberculate tooth of nearly square outline.

The lower premolars of the Carnivora are always more or less
simple and trenchant, though they vary much in respect to thickness,
height, acuteness, etc. They very generally display the metaconid,
and sometimes an additional basal cusp is formed by the elevation
of the cingulum posterior to the metaconid. The paraconid is
seldom developed, but occurs in many of the viverrines; even the
excessively microdont dentition of Eitpleres exhibits it.

V. RODENTIA.

Our knowledge of the phylogeny of the rodents is so incomplete
and fragmentary that little can be said with regard to the evolution
of their premolars. The most striking fact about these teeth is the
great reduction which they have undergone. In several genera
they are altogether absent and in the great majority of species the
formula is x or ^. The most ancient genus of rodents whose denti-
tion is Avell known is Plesiardomys which is found in all the Ameri-
can Eocenes above the Puerco and in the upper Eocene of Europe.
In those animals the premolar formula and the construction of the
clowns are like those of the squirrels, f- In the upper jaw, the first
premolar (p^) is a rudimentary tooth, and the second (P*) is molari-
form ; a tritubercular crown, consisting of two external cusps, the
proto- and tritocones, and the deuterocone internally. It is inter-
esting to observe that this construction of P* corresponds closely to
what we find in many insectivores and creodonts. The inferior pre-
molar also has all the elements of a molar, though their relative

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

427

proportions are somewhat different ; tliere is a high protoconid, a
much smaller deuteroconid and a talon consisting of meta- and
tetartoconids ; the cusps are all connected around the periphery of
the crown by crests which thus enclose a deep central concavity.

The teeth of later rodent genera often attain a very high degree
of complication and when premolars are present they follow all the
stages of molar evolution, at least in the case of the fourth pair,
but materials are wanting to enable us to trace the steps of increas-
ing complexity.

VI. CONDYLARTHRA.

In the family Phenacodontidce some very instructive series may
be observed. The superior dentition of Protogonodon {^MiodiBnus
pe7itaeus Cope) is unknown, but in the lower jaw, the premolars,

even the last one, are simple acute
cones, but rudiments of a deuteroconid
are observable in some specimens, now
larger, now smaller. In Protogonia
this element becomes enlarged and
very distinctly separated from the pro-
toconid, and at the same time a rudi-
mentary metaconid makes its appear-
side, internal aspect. 1 and 2 of ^^^q j^ Phenacodus vortmani, in ad-

Protogofiodon pentacus, 3 of Pro- . , , . i

togoma pliciferao prd ^xo\ozox-{xA, dition to these elements, aparaconid
pad ^z.\2.com.A, vied metaconid, ^'j' jg developed and the metaconid is ele-

deuteroconid. (Cope colleciion.) , i t r> • • ]

^ ^ ' vated. In P. prwiceviis a paraconid

and a very small tetartoconid are added and p^ is now made more
complex by the appearance of the deuteroconid, which is present in
rudimentary form, even on \^K A similar series may be made out
in the upper jaw. ^ is simple in Protogonia and contains only the
protocone, while P* has added the deuterocone. In Phenacodus
vortmani, P* has also acquired the tritocone, and besides this we find
the antero-intermediate cusp, or conule, analogous to and occupying

the same relative posi-
tion as the protoconule
of the molars, though
obviously not homolo-
ofous with that element.
Fig. 7. The occurrence of the

Upper premolars of Condylarthra, right side. 1, conules is one of esj^ecial
p-^ and ^ o^ Phenacodus prinuEvtis. 2, of P.vorl- . ^ A' f

ma7ii, 3, p* of Protogonia siibquadrata, pr, proto- interest, as tCUamg tO
cone, d, deuterocone, tr, tritocone. (After Cope). show that the premolar

Fig. 6.
Fourth lower premolar of right

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

crests in the perissodactyls, where they attain such a high develop-
ment, arise, as in the molars, from the extension of the intermedi-
ate cusps and their coalescence with the internal and external cones.
P^ in this species is also tritubercular, but the deutero- and trito*
cones are very obscurely marked and the tooth is very much smal-
ler than p*. P. primcBvus differs from P. vortmani in the increased
size and quadrate shape of P*, and in the much more distinctly sep-
arated elements of P^

The PeiiptycJitdte have less complex premolars than the preced-
ing family. In Periptychus itself the superior premolars, except
the first, have deuterocones, which have become crescentoid and
thus remotely suggest the corresponding teeth of the true rumi-
nants. The composition of the lower premolars is not altogether
clear, but p^ and -^ appear to have merely a rudimentary crest-like
heel, while p* has a deuteroconid, a rudimentary paraconid and a
heel which consists of meta- and tetartoconids. This tooth, there-
fore, contains all the molar elements, but still it cannot be called
molariform on account of the slight elevation of the heel. Hemi-
thlceus has very simple premolars. Fjind^* consist of the proto- and
deuterocones only. In the lower jaw the first and second premolars
have only the protoconid with no accessory lobes whatever ; the com-
position of p' and * is not known. The different species of Anisonchus
display an advancing degree of premolar complication. In A. gilUanus
P^is a simple massive cone, while P^ and * have well developed deutero-
cones. P" has a thick protoconid and very small para- and meta-
conids, which are hardly more than elevations of the cingulum. In
p* the metaconid is elevated into a considerable heel. The first and
second upper premolars of A. sedorius are not known, but in p'^ and ■*
the deuterocones have become much enlarged and form crescent-
like ridges and minute rudiment? of the tritocone may also be
detected. In the lower jaw p^ ^ and * have the para- and metaconids
Avell differentiated. In A. corniferus all of the superior premolars
are implanted by three fangs, and though it is not certain that p^
possesses a deuterocone, all the others clearly have it. At the same
time not even P* has developed a tritocone. The superior premo-
lars of Haplocomis are known only for two species, H. lineatus and
H. entoconus and both agree in the simplicity of all except P*, which
has the usual deuterocone, but in the former species this element
forms a crescent, and in the latter a conical tubercle. The lower
premolars have metaconid heels of varying degrees of development

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 429

in the different sjDecies, but no deuteroconid ; in H. xiphodon and
H. Uneaius the talon (metaconid) of P'^ and *^ is separated by a
median depression into long external and internal ridges, a ten-
dency which also appears in many primitive artiodactyls.

In all the members of the Periptychidae there is a more or less
decided tendency for the premolars to become very massive and in
many species they are distinctly larger than the molars.

VII. HYRACOIDEA.

The discovery, recently announced by Professor Marsh (No. 6),
of the foot-structure of Menlxcotherium justifies, in my opinion,
the removal of that genus and family from the Condylarthra to the
Hyracoidea. Meniscotherium, low as is its place in the geological
scale, already exhibits a considerable degree of premolar complica-
tion and although we cannot assert that it is the ancestor of Procavia
{Hyrax, see Oldfield Thomas, No. 13), yet it will suffice to show
the stages of dental evolution. P^ is small and simple, implanted
by a single fang; P^ has a similar but somewhat larger crown, and
is inserted by two roots. ^ has a deuterocone of more or less crescen-
tic pattern, while P* is almost molariform. The proto- and trito-
cones are of nearly equal size, are compressed and so joined together
as to make a wall. The deuterocone is a large conical tubercle, and
the anterior and posterior conules are present, thus forming a tooth
which has almost exactly the same construction as "^ which lacks
the hypocone, as P^ does the tetartocone. There is some variation in
the construction of this tooth, in the presence or absence of a ridge
upon the external wall of the crown, marking the separation between
the proto- and tritocones, and also in the condition of the cingulum.

In the lower jaw the premolars are very small and simple. F
has a minute heel and the fangs are fused together. F is similar^
but slightly larger. P^ is molariform and consists of two crescents,
the composition of which is as follows : the protoconid sends a
curved crest inward and forward to what may or may not be the
paraconid, and a straight crest inwardly to the deuteroconid ; the
posterior crescent is likewise formed by two ridges which pass from
the metaconid to the tetarto- and deuteroconids respectively.

In Procavia {Hyrax) the premolars have all assumed a molar
pattern and the lophodont condition is more completely attained,
though in the unworn tooth the separate elements may still be made
out, which show that the premolars are constructed essentially like
the hindermost of the series in Meniscotherium.

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

VIII. PERISSODACTYLA.

A very high degree of premolar differentiation is characteristic
of this group. In all of the existing fjxmilies these teeth have
assumed the molar pattern, a tendency which very early becomes
apparent in the ancestral forms, and even the extinct phyla, such as
the Hyracodontidce, Palceotkeriidce, Titanotheriidce, etc., run through
the same course.

The Wasatch perissodactyls have all advanced beyond the Phen-
acodontidce which are contemporary with them, so far as dental evo-
lution is concerned. In Systemodon the only one of the superior
premolar series which is without additions to the protocone is the
first, and even in that there is a faint anterior thickening of the
cingulum, which represents the pillar or buttress, so conspicuous on
the other premolars. P^ has quite a large deuterocone and a rudimen-
tary tritocone which is barely separated from the protocone; the
anterior pillar is slightly better developed than on p^. Seen from
the external or buccal side, P^ and ^ resemble the molars, having
proto- and tritocones of nearly equal size, and the anterior pillar
largely developed ; internally, however, there is only one cusp, the
deuterocone, which sends out two crests toward the outer wall of
the tooth. These crests a2:)pear to be developed from conules analo-
gous to those of the molars, and in P^ the posterior conule is not
connected with either the deutero- or the tritocone.

The inferior premolars vary somewhat in the different species of
the genus. In S. semihians p3~is very simple, having added only a
small metaconid to the compressed and acute protoconid. P^ has
also two internal cusps, the deuteroconid in front and tetartoconid
behind. The number of cusjds present is thus the same as in the molars
but the small size of the internal elements and the low heel give to
the crown a very different appearance. In S. tapirinus p*~ consists
of two crescent-shaped cusps, the proto- and metaconids, of which
the former rises considerably higher than the latter, but the tooth
possesses no internal elements at all. P^ has a similar crescent-
shaped metaconid, but the protoconid is compressed and pointed.

The genus Isedolophus, which continues this series through the
Bridger and Uinta formations, does not present any modifications
in premolar structure which require special description.

In the White River form Mesotapirns the last upper premolar
has assumed the molar pattern by the addition of a tetartocone and
in the lower jaw p^ and * have the same number of elements as the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

molar crowns, but in their appearance they differ fi'om those teeth,
owing to the much greater prominence of the protoconid.

The existing representative of this line is the tapir which, like
the other recent families of the group, has all the premolars, except
the first, in both jaws of the molar type. This is brought about
merely by the addition of the tetartocone in the upper teeth, and
by the elevation of tlie heel in the lower ones.

In the rhiaoceros series essentially the same steps may be
observed. The most ancient known member of the series, though
perhaps not in the direct line of descent, is the Wasatch Heptodon,
in which the last three upper premolars are composed of the same
elements differing only in size and in the degree of separation of
the tritocone from the protocone. In all of these teeth, the
deuterocone, with its anterior and posterior crests, is present, and in
all there is a well marked anterior buttress, formed by the elevation
of the cingulum, and which on P4 is as large as in the molars. P^
is extremely small. In the lower jaw p^ appears to be wanting, and
the others increase in size and complexity posteriorly. P* has an
anterior crest, composed of the proto- and deuteroconids, and a
basin-shaped heel, of which the outer and inner cusps are only
obscurely indicated. This tooth is, therefore, nearly molariform.
In p3 the deuteroconid is present, but not at all prominent, and does
not form a crest with the protoconid, and the heel is still smaller
and lower than on p*.

The superior premolars of the Bridger genus Hyrachyus, are
essentially the same as those of Heptodon, as are also the inferior
series, except that p' has approximated somewhat more closely to the
molar condition, owing to the greater elevation of the heel. Hela-
letes {Desmatotherkim), however, though contemporary with Hyra-
chyus, exhibits an important advance in the appearance of the
tetartocone on P3 ^"d ^ as a very minute cusp, hardly separated from
the deuterocone. In the Uinta form Amynodon the separation of the
deutero- and tetartocones is complete, but the crests, and especially
the posterior one, are very low. Even in Aceratheriuvi, the White
Kiver rhinoceros, the deutero- and tetartocones are much more
closely approximated than are the analogous cusps of the molars
(proto- and hypocones), and in advanced stages of wear the pre-
molars present a somewhat different appearance from the molars,
seeming to have but one internal element, in which both anterior
and posterior transverse crests unite. In the lower jaw the trans-

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

formation is more complete, p^ — * being altogether like the molars,
though, as we have seen, the elements were already present in
Hyrachyus.

In the later genera of the rhinoceros line, such as Aphelops, Bhi-
nocerus, etc., the last three premolars in both jaws are hardly to be
distinguished from molars. It will be unnecessary to describe the
evolution of the premolars in the Trijdopus-Hyraeodon series, as in
them essentially the same stages may be noted.

Turning now to the Titanotheriam line, we find a very similar
order of events. The most ancient genus which can be referred to
this series is the AVasatch Lamhdothermm, in which P2 ^"^ 3 are tri-
gonodont, consisting of proto-, deutero- and tritocones, with a more
or less clearly defined anterior conule. One important diflference,
however, between the upper premolars and molars should be noted,
viz., that in the former the external cusps are convex, more or less
strongly, on]the outer side, while the external cusps of the molars
are deeply concave on the outer side, and thus form V-shaped
crests. In the lower jaw p^ is very simple; it consists of a high,
acute protoconid, a well developed metaconid and an anterior basal
elevation which may represent a rudimentary paraconid. On p
the metaconid is enlarged and a minute deuteroconid makes its
appearance upon the internal or lingual side of the protoconid.
P* is almost molariform ; the proto- and deuteroconids form a crest
and a very low and inconspicuous tetartoconid is added. However,
neither the anterior nor the posterior V characteristic of the molars
is complete, owing to the rudimentary character of both the para-
aud tetartoconids.

The Bridger genera, Palceosyop-'< and Tehnatherium, aside from their
larger size, have premolars very much like those of Lambdotherium,
only the fourth inferior premolar has the V-shaped crests better
developed through the elevation of the para- and tetartoconids. In
Telmatherium this elevation has proceeded so far that the tooth may
fairly be called molariform. In the upper jaw we observe the same
striking diflTerence between the convex external lobes of the pre-
molars and the deeply concave ones of the molars. Another
change is the reduction or suppression of the conules in both classes
of teeth.

This series is represented in the Uinta beds by Diplacodon, in
which Pi has become like the molars through the addition of the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

tetartocone and the corresponding tooth in the lower jaw is com-
pletely so.

The line ends with the extraordinary genus, Titanotheriuvi, of the
lower White River horizon, in which V2i^^Aa have added the second
internal cusp and thus become molariform, though the difference in
the form of the external cusps becomes even more marked than in
the older genera of the series, for, although those of the premolars
have become somewhat flattened, those of the molars have become
excessively concave and are separated by a very prominent fold of
enamel which projects much more strongly than in Palceosyops.
Another difference between the two classes of teeth is the much
smaller size of the premolars. In the lower jaw, also, pVand * have
become molariform, in a way that is unnecessary to describe, since
it is the same as that already given in the case of p* for Lamhdothe-
rium and Telmatherium.

IX. ARTIODACTYLA.

The members of this group never attain the high degree of homo-
dontism which is characteristic of all the later perissodactyls, and
yet they display a considerable amount of premolar complication
and one which is brought about in very different ways in the differ-
ent groups of the order, there not being the same uniformity in the
steps of differentiation which we have found among the perisso-
dactyls.

The most primitive type of artiodactyl dentition is that of Pan-
tolestes, of the Wasatch, a genus, the true systematic position of
which was made clear only by the discovery of its foot-structure.
Previously it had been referred to the mesodonts and creodonts. In
Pantoledes brachydomus, the only species in which the feet are
known, Pi and ^ have not been found, but Pa and ^ agree in structure,
having one external and one internal cusp, the proto- and deutero-
cones respectively. The lower premolars are extremely simple.
p2 — * are elongated in the antero-posterior direction and have
compressed, trenchant crowns, which are made up of the large pro-
toconid, with minute but distinct and sharp para- and metaconids.

From the Pantoledes type of dentition many divergent lines may
be traced. We may begin our examination with the Oreodontidoe,
an extremely peculiar American family, of which the most ancient
member known is the Uinta genus, Protoreodon. Here the upper
premolars are very simple, having a compressed protocone with

29

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892»

trenchant edges; a deuterocone is clearly marked only on P4, where
it has become crescentic in shape, while P2 ^"<^ 3 have trihedral
crowns, but no distinct internal element. In the lower jaw pi has
become much elevated and pointed, and has taken on the form and
function of a canine, the true canine having gone over to the inci-
sor series, as in the true ruminants. This disposition of pi is highly
characteristic of the family. The other premolars (p'^ — "*) have
neither para- nor metaconids, but compressed, trenchant and acute
protoconids, upon the inner side of which low ridges inclose two
shallow foss?e, one anterior and the other posterior. It is difficult
to homologize these ridges with the elements which we have
described in the premolars of other groups. The later oreodonts
are divided into two very distinct lines, the Agi'iochoerince and the Ore-
odontincp. In the former subfamily the White River genus Agrio-
choeruy displays an unusual degree of premolar complication for an
arliodactyl. In the upper series the anterior three teeth are very sim-
ple and the external surface of the protocone is convex or flattened,
but £3 has a small deuterocone which is somewhat back of the mid-
dle. 1^4 is almost molariform ; the tritocone is somewhat smaller
than the protocone and both are concave on the outer side, though
somewhat less so than the molars. The tetartocone is a mere rudi-
ment. In the lower jaw pi is, as in the other members of the family,
like a canine in form and function ; p'^and^ are simple compressed
cones, while p^ has all the elements of a molar and consists of two
pairs of crescents ; the anterior pair is made up of the proto- and
deuteroconids, and the posterior pair of the meta- and tetartoconids.
In one respect, however, this tooth is different from a molar, in that
the deuteroconid retains its conical shape and in consequence the
anterior valley opens inward in front of it, whereas, in the molar
the metaconid, which occupies an analogous position, is compressed
and flattened and by its extension forward encloses the valley com-
pletely. P^ of Agriochceriis is much like the curious molars of
LopJiiotneryx.

In the Oi-eodontince the premolars develop in somewhat difierent
fashion. I\ is like that of the true ruminants and has a single pair
of crescents, the deuterocone having a completely crescentic shape.
The anterior premolars, when seen from the outside, appear to be
perfectly simple and trenchant, but the inner side of the crown has
a number of ridges disposed as loops and festoons, and which seem
to stand in no very definite relation to the premolar elements here-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 435

tofore described, though in position they correspond to the eres-
centic ridges which in Pi run from the deuterocone to the anterior
and posterior edges of the protocone. The posterior crest is best
developed and on Ps is especially prominent. In the lower series
pi is enlarged, simple and caniniform ; p^* and ^ are smaller and have
compressed, pyramidal protoconids, from the apex of which an
oblique ridge descends internally, ending in an exceedingly minute
deuteroconid ; a small talon is present on jA The last premolar has
the deuteroconid much increased and almost equalling the proto-
conid in height ; the low talon consists of the metaconid and a very
small tetartoconid.

The genera Merychyus and Merycochcerus closely resemble Oreo-
don in the character of their dentition, but have made some
advances in the structure of the premolars. Thus in p^ and ° the
internal crescentic ridges have almost united and so, when some-
what worn, present an appearance not unlike that of Pj. On p^ the
deuteroconid is more distinct and on ^ it is separated from the pro-
toconid by a wider interval, producing a pattern quite like that
seen in the lower premolars of early members of the true ruminant
line.

Leptauchenia exhibits again a different order of events. Pi is
very small and simple ; on P" and ■' the anterior crescentic ridge has
disappeared, while the posterior one is somewhat extended and thus
the crown of the tooth is invaded by a deep narrow valley which
runs backward and outward from the antero-internal angle. The
inferior premolars are simplified and reduced in size ; only p* dis-
plays a distinct deuteroconid and heel. Cyclopidius and Pithecistes
exaggerate the peculiarities of skull structure shown in Leptauche-
nia and it may be presumed that the same is true of their dental
characters, but the valleys are obliterated so early in these teeth
that I can state nothing further than the very obvious fact of a
great reduction in size of the premolars.

In the tylopodan series the premolars of Leptoiragulus are not suf-
ficiently well known to detain us, and we may, therefore, commence
our survey with the White River genus, Poebrotherium. In this form
Pi has a simple and trenchant crown, which is remarkable for its fore
and aft extension. F^ and 3 are of the same general character, but are
even more elongated (antero-posteriorly) and Ps sometimes exhibits
the posterior internal crescentic ridge, though this is variable. P4
is of the ordinary selenodont pattern, composed of crescentic proto-

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and deuterocones. pi has a small and simple crown. The other
premolars are greatly extended antero-posteriorly and are greatly
compressed ; on j?luid"* the deuteroconid is represented by a ridge
which descends from the inner side of the apex of the protoconid,
which is obscurely indicated on p^ but distinct on p^. All the pre-
molars except the first have paraconids.

In ProGameUi-i, of the Loup Fork, the first and second upper pre-
molars are small and simple, in the third an internal crescent is
almost completed by the extension of the anterior and posterior
internal ridges, which have not quite coalesced, and leave a small
gap opposite the apex of the protocone. P4 is of the typical rumi-
nant pattern and resembles that of Poebrotherium. The most pecu-
liar stage of premolar reduction in the cameline series is, however,
that displayed by the Pliocene genera, Holovieniscus and Eschafius,
which have lost all the premolars, except the fourth, of each series.
In the former genus P4 is of the ordinary pattern, composed of an
external crescent, the protocone, and the crescentic deuterocone,
■while in Eschatius this tooth is reduced to a simple cone through
the suppression of the internal element.

In the Tragulina the premolars remain very simple and tren-
chant, with small and sharp anterior and posterior basal cusps,
though P4 is of the typical ruminant pattern. The curious little
White River genus Leptomeryx (if I do not err in referring it to
this group), is remarkable for the complexity of its premolars.
P;; and 3 have elongated and acute protocones with trenchant mar-
gins and well developed conical deuterocones, and on P3 a small
ridge passes from the anterior edge of this element to the outer side
of the crown, enclosing a small valley. In Tragulns the deutero-
cone is the merest rudiment and it should be added that specimens
of Leptomeryx occur with premolars as simple as those of the
recent genus. The lower premolars of Leptomeryx are also more
complex than in Tragulns. F is very small and simple and is iso-
lated by a diastema both before and behind it ; the succeeding
teeth have acute and trenchant protoconids, to which is added on
J? a metaconid, and on pS and^ both para- and metaconids. On the
latter the deuteroconid is represented by a thin crest which runs
back from the apex of the protoconid parallel to its posterior mar-
gin and enclosing a deep valley ; an indication of the same struc-
ture, but not nearly so marked, is visible on p^.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

The main facts of premolar evolution among the Pecora will be
sufficiently explained by a consideration of the series Dicholnme,
Gelocus, Prodremotherium and Palceomeryx, without taking into
account the numerous small variations which occur amonff the
recent forms. Dichohune displays no important advance over Pan-
toledes in the structure of the upper premolars, but the last lower
one (p^) has, in addition to the proto-, para- and metaconids a dis-
tinct tubercular deuteroconid. Gelocus, although a typical rumi-
nant and much nearer to the modern types than Dichobune in
almost every particular of structure, has, nevertheless, made no
noteworthy advance over that genus as regards the character of the
premolars. In Prodremotherium P3 has completed the internal
crescent, but it is important to notice that the deuterocone is eccen-
tric in position and much nearer to the posterior margin of the
<;rown than the anterior. P2 has a rudimentary deuterocone. In
the lower jaw p* has, when seen from the outer side, a trilobate
appearance, the proto-, para- and metaconids being all present ; in
addition to these there is a well marked deuteroconid and a less
distinct tetartoconid which are connected by very short transverse
ridges with the external cusps which stand opposite to them. On
p-iand^ these internal elements are indicated only by faintly marked
ridges. Pakeomeryx has all the upper premolars of the same pattern,
the inner crescent being now completed on the most anterior tooth (P2)
and the deuterocone having assumed a symmetrical position on £3.
The inferior premolars are like those of Prodremotherium, except
that on pSaiid^ the internal cusps and transverse ridges are much
better developed and the enclosed valleys deeper ; p- is somewhat
reduced. From this condition that of the lower teeth in the vari-
ous recent families may readily be traced.

It would not be worth while to describe the numberless minor varia-
tions of the premolars which occur in the various genera of extinct
selenodonts contained in the families of the anoplotheres, anthra-
cotheres, xiphodonts, etc. It will suffice to mention some of the
more salient peculiarities. In the problematical little Hypi^odus of
the White River, the inferior incisors, canines and first two premo-
lars form a continuous series of twelve subequal teeth. Xiphodonthe-
rium has lost the first lower premolar and p^ has become caniniform.

In Rhagatherium P4 is molariform and has five cusps, the ante-
rior conule being present in addition to the four main elements.
P* is exceptional in being like its predecessor in the milk dentition ;

438

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

tlie paraconid is enlarged nearly to the size of the protoconid and
on the inner side a conical cusp is added, the tooth thus consisting
of three pairs of cusps. A similar p* occurs in Dichodon.

Fig. 8.

Fourth upper and lower premolars of leftside. 1, Dicotyhs torquaius ; 2,
Thinohy us lentils ; Z, Perchcerus probiis ; ^, Fantolestes brachystomus. Letters
as in the preceding figures.

Among the Suina the peccaries offer the most interesting series.
The White River and John Day forerunners of that group, Perchoerus
and Thinohyus, have extremely simple premolars ; P4 consists of proto-
and deuterocones only, and in p the only addition is the low and
broad metaconid. In Dlcotyles the last premolars are nearly or
quite like the molars. In P4 the tritocone is first added and then
the tetartocone, the latter not always occurring, even in the recent spe-
cies. In p^ the order of events is similar, first the deuteroconid is
added and then the tetartoconid, the latter element and the meta-
conid being at the same time more or less elevated. The curious
Listriodon, a true pig, exhibits a similar condition ; P4 has devel-
oped a tritocone, equal in size to the protocone, and £3 has a large
deuterocone. On the other hand, p* has added only the deutero-
conid, the talon consisting only of the metaconid.

It might seem at first sight that many artiodactyls presented an
important divergence from the normal scheme of premolar evolu-
tion in the way in which the inner crescent of the anterior
upper teeth is developed, viz., by the coalescence of anterior and
posterior ridges. This is seen in Procamelus, several of the Oreo-
donttdce, in some specimens of Palceomenjx, and other forms. But,
on the other hand, a careful comparison of the various series will
show that the departure from the ordinary course of development
is not so radical as it seems. The posterior crest undoubtedly rep-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

resents the deuterocone and the only difference, therefore, consists
in the fact that the anterior horn of the inner crest is not developed
from the deuterocone, as in P4, but from the front margin of the
protocone or from the cingulum.

X. AMBLYPODA.

The oldest representative of this group is the Puerco genus
Pantolambda, in which the premolars have already attained quite
an advanced stage of differentiation. Except in Pi^ the superior
premolars consist of a crescentic and acute protocone which pro-
jects strongly toward the inner side of the tooth, and a crescentic deu-
terocone. Seen from the outside, the last three inferior premolars
seem to be simple, compressed and trenchant cones with metaconids
which become better marked as we pass from p^ to p*. But in
reality p^ supports a complete anterior V and a broad transverse
talon ; the V is less developed on p^ and very obscurely indicated
on p-. The superior premolars of Coryphodon show no advance
upon those of Pantolambda. The low^r premolars are in gen-
eral like those of the Puerco genus, but the species vary in the
completeness with which the cusps are distinguished. In ButJnno-
don radians the protoconid is concave externally and shows a dis-
tinct cusp on its Older side.

In the Dinocerata the homologies of the cusps in both the molar
and premolar series are exceedingly obscure, owing not only to their
own peculiarities, which are very marked, but also to the lack of
any intermediate links by which to connect them with more typical
forms of teeth. It will, therefore, suffice to say that in this group,
with the exception of Bathyopsis, the first premolar in both jaws
has disappeared and that the remaining teeth in this series have
assumed the molar pattern. The crown is traversed by two ridges
which meet internally and thus form a V which opens outwardly.
Strange to say, this arrangement obtains in both upper and lower
teeth, the usual reversal of pattern not being found.

XI. PROBOSCIDEA.

The phylogeny of the elephants is still an unsolved problem and
we therefore know little as to the homologies of their molar cusps.
From several facts, however, we may infer that their molar teeth were
derived from a quadritubercular form. This condition is retained
in the premolars of Mastodon, upper and lower alike. In Dinothe-

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

rium the cusps have united to form a pair of transverse crests, but
a reminiscence of the tubercular stage is preserved in P3. In this
tooth the posterior crest is complete, formed by the junction of the
trito- and tetartocones, but the anterior crest is unfinished, the deu-
terocone remaining isolated from the protocone.

The foregoing brief survey of the steps of premolar development
in those mammalian groups which enable us to follow it out, shows
very clearly that the premolars follow an order of differentiation
quite at variance with that attributed to the molars, even when the
final results are the same. It also shows that in the fourth upper
premolar the order of succession in the appearance of the cusps is
remarkably constant, while in the other superior premolars and in
all of the lower ones, the order is very much less regular. But
even in these cases the homologies are clearly given by the position
of the new elements with reference to the primary cusp or proto-
cone. Some of the Artiodactyla, however (e. g., Procamelus),
appear to depart altogether from the typical order, in that the inner
crescent of P2 or Pa ( or both) is formed, not by the extension of a
single element, the deuterocone, but by the coalesence of two. Even
in these cases, however, we found reason to believe that the depar-
ture from the normal was less radical than at first sight seemed to
be true, for the posterior element of the crest is with great proba-
bility to be homologized with the deuterocone. Another result
which follows from our survey of premolar development, is the
steadiness with which it is followed out when once undertaken.
The cusps do not apj^ear hap-hazard, or in a tentative way, but
definitely may be traced from the faintest beginnings to the final
result. It is obvious, further, that the same result may be indepen-
dently attained many times in widely separated groups, and by pre-
cisely similar steps. Nothing could be more eloquent of the danger
of constructing phylogenies from the teeth alone. Often, it is true,
they would turn out to be right, but not infrequently they would
lead to the grossest error.

The Milk Dentition.

Palreontology is not fitted to throw very much light upon the
relation of the milk molars to the permanent set, i. e., Avith regard
to the homologies of the cusps, for it is exceedingly difficult to
obtain phylogenetic series of the temporary dentition. Some facts
may, however, be gleaned which are not altogether devoid of value.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

Thus, the genesis of the third upper milk molar (dj) in the Oreo-
dontidcE. shows that in that tooth, at least, the order of succession of
the cusps is different from that which occurs in the premolars, but
on the other hand, the homologies of these cusps, as determined by
their position, is the same as in the premolars. In Oreodon ^3 con-
sists of three cusps, of which the anterior one is extended and tren-
chant and obviously corresponds to the protocone of the premolars ;
I^osterior to this are two smaller crescentic cusps, the outer one of
which is plainly the tritocone and the inner one the tetartocone. In
Merychyus this tooth is rendered molariform by the addition of the
antero-internal crescent, or deuterocone. The order of succession
of the cusps thus appears to be: proto-, trito-, tetarto- and deutero-
cones, and is, therefore, different from that which is typical of the
premolars, though, as we have already seen, there are variations in
the order of development in the different teeth of the premolar
series. For example, in Hyracothermm P^ consists of the proto-
and tritocones only.

Some light is thrown upon the homologies of the elements of the
■characteristic six-lobed last lower milk molar of the artiodactyls
by the curious and problematical little genus Nanohyus. Not that
this genus is of any phylogenetic significance for the artiodactyls,
and indeed its systematic position is quite uncertain ; nevertheless,
it exhibits d* in a very interesting and instructive stage. This tooth
is thus described by Leidy : " Its crown presents the usual greater
breadth than the succeeding pair of those of the teeth behind as in
pachyderms. The crown is trilobate, externally and internally, and
this condition probably corresponds witli three constituent pairs of
lobes, the distinction of which is, for the most part, obliterated by
wearing. The median division of the crown is largest and that in
advance is the smallest. The abraded summit of the former pre-
sents an irregularly transverse quadrate surface of exposed dentine,
continuous with a smaller subreniform tract upon the anterior
division. The posterior division of the crown still exhibits the dis-
tinction of a transverse pair of lobes, of which the outer one is
much the larger." In this tooth the homologies of the elements
are obvious ; the median pair of cusps are the proto- and deutero-
conids respectively, and the posterior pair the meta- and tetartoconids,
while the paraconid and a cusp, as yet not named, internal to it,
form the anterior pair. In Nanohyus, therefore, d* differs from the
typical artiodactyl tooth merely in the relative development of the

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

cusps, which in the latter are all of nearly equal size. This inter-
pretation confirms Riitimeyer's view that cl* in the artiodactyls rep-
resents a molar with a pair of cusps added to it in front and that
the posterior pair do not correspond to the talon of m^.

So far as they go, therefore, the facts of palaeontology indicate
that in the milk teeth the homologies of the cusps agree with those
of the premolars rather than those of the molars.

The foregoing paper had been nearly completed before I received
the valuable and interesting articles of Taeker (No. 12) and Rose
(No. 8), in which the problem of the homologies of the molar and
premolar cusps is investigated from the embryological standpoint.
Taeker has confined his attention to the milk molars and finds that
the homologies of the cusps in these teeth agree with those of the
permanent premolars, so far as these homologies are determined by
position. Taeker had not seen my notes on the premolars and
attempts to horaologize the milk teeth cusps with those of the true
molars, but with the result that the paracone is always the first ele-
ment to appear. I have shown that this element is really the pro-
tocone and consequently the palpeontological and embryological
results are in exact accord. Further, Taeker shows that the order
of succession of the cusps in dj in the recent artiodactyls is the
same as we have found it to be in the Oreodontidce, viz. : proto-,
trito-, tetarto- and deuterocones. Again there is an exact correspon-
dence in the results as to the characteristic d* of the artiodactyls,
except that Taeker gives the name of paraconid to both of the
anterior cusps. Needless to say, this cannot be correct, though it is
not worth while to coin a special term for the antero-internal cusjd.

Rose's investigation brings out the very unexpected fact that in
their embryological development the true molars agree with the pre-
molars and the milk teeth, and that in them also the first element
to appear is the antero-external cusp, which in the upper molars has
hitherto been considered the paracone, but which Rose believes to
be the protocone. The evidence offered is not altogether conclusive
and is open to a different explanation, but should Rose's view prove
to be correct, it would follow that the molar and premolar cusps are
really homologous after all, and the nomenclature which I have
proposed for the latter would be suj^erfluous, while the names now

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443

given to the molar cusps would necessarily be transposed. Space
fo.rbids, however, a consideration of this question here. In one
important respect Rose's views are altogether irreconcilable with the
facts of paliBontology, viz., in supposing that complex mammalian
molars are formed by the coalescence of simple teeth. The series
of genera which appear in successive horizons, and Avhich we may
confidently assume to stand in ancestral rehttions to one another,
display the entire history of the complex premolars and show that
new elements are formed by outgrowth from the old and not by
coalescence. Such a series as that of the horses, for example, is
sufficient to demonstrate this, unless we are prepared to assume that
the apparent connection of the different members of the series is
entirely illusory.

Summary.

1. Assuming the correctness of Osborn's results as to the
homologies of the molar cusps, those of the premolars are differ-
ently arranged. In the upper premolars the protocone forms the
antero-external cusp.

2. Additions to the protocone are typically made in the following
order : (a) the antero-internal cusp — deuterocone ; (b) postero-
external cusp — tritocone ; (c) postero-internal cusp — tetartocone.

3. In the lower premolars the protoconid takes the same position
as in the lower molars, as does also the paraconid, but the meta-
conid forms the external cusp of the talon. The places of the
meta- and hypoconids of the molars are taken by two corresponding
but not homologous elements, the deutero- and tetartoconids respec-
tively.

4. While there is no reason to doubt the homologies of the pre-
molar cusps throughout the series, the order in which they make
their appearance is by no means invariable, especially in the ante-
rior teeth.

5. In certain selenodont artiodactyls (e. g., Procamelus, Oreodon-
tidce) the inner crescent of the anterior upper premolars is not
formed entirely by the extension of the deuterocone, but by the
coalescence of two ridges, one of which extends from the anterior
and the other from the posterior margin of the crown.

6. The homologies of the cusps in the milk molars agree with
those of the premolar elements, but appear to be even more irregu-
lar as to the order in which those cusps are developed. Thus, in dj

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

in the artiodactyls the order is proto-, trito-, tetarto- and deutero-
eones. D* in the same group has a cusp internal to the paracone,
which seldom appears in other types.

7. So far as the homologies of the cusps in the premolars and
milk molars are concerned, the results of paleontology agree exactly
with those of embryology.

List of Papers Quoted.

1. Cope, E. D. The Origin of the Fittest. New York, 1887.

2. Cope, E. D. Tertiary Vertebrata. Washington, 1884.

3. Dybowski, B. Studien viber die Siiugethierzahne. Verb. d. k.

k. Zool.-botanisch. Ges. Wien, 1889, p. .3.

4. Fleischmann, a. Die Grundform der Backziihne bei Sauge-

thieren. Sitzungsberichte d. kon. preuss. Akad. d. Wis-
senschaften zu Berlin, 1891, p. 891.

5. Mahn, R. Bau und Entwicklung d. Molaren bei Mus und

Arvicola. Morphologisches Jahrbuch, Bd. XVI, p. 652.

6. Marsh, O. C. A New Order of Extinct Eocene Mammalia.

Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, 3rd Ser., Vol. XLIII,
p. 445.

7. OsBORN, H. F. The Evolution of the Mammalian Molar to

and ffom the Tritubercular Tyj)e. Amer. Naturalist,
1888, p. 1067.

8. Rose, G. Ueb. d. Entstehung und Formabanderung d. mensch-

lichen Molaren. Anatom. Anzeiger, 1892, Nr. 13 and 14.

9. RiJTiMEYER, L. Beitr. zu einer natiirl. Gesch. d. Hirsche.

Abb. d. schweiz. pal. Gesellschaft, Bd. X.

10. ScHLOSSER, M. Die Affen, Lemuren, etc., d. Europ. Tertiiirs.

11. Scott, W. B. The Osteology of Poebrotherium. Journ. of

Morphology, Vol. V, p. 1.

12. Taeker, J. Zur Kenntniss d. Odontogenese bei Ungulaten.

Dorpat, 1892.

13. Thomas, O. On the Species of Hyracoidea. Proc. Zool. Soc.

London, 1892, p. 50.

1892.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 445

December 6,

The President, General Isaac J. "Wistar, in the chair.

Fifty-eight persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : —

" Notes on Monarda fistulosa." By Thomas Meehan.
" The Phenomenon of Fertilization in the Flowers of Monarda
fistulosa." By Ida A. Keller.

The supposed South Chester Valley Hill Fault. — IMr. Theo. D.
Rand remarked that in the Final Report of the Second Geological
Survey of Pennsylvania, p. 174, the following occurs: "In Mont-
gomery County the North Valley Hill belt of quartzite undoubtedly
continues beneath the Schuylkill, on the same nearly east course,
nearly to the Bucks County line .... runs on six miles into
Moreland township. Here it ends, spooning to a point, and then
sweeping round the east spoon point of the lime-stone ... it
returns westward as the south border of the limestone to the
Schuylkill, at Conshohocken ;" and on the same page in a foot note:

" Here the South Valley Hill begins and runs west into Lancaster
County. We should, of course, suppose that this southern barrier of
the synclinal limestone valley would be made by the quartzite.
But it is made of hydromica slate. Repeated reports have been
made during tlie last fifty years of the discovery of the quartzite
( ' Potsdam sandstone ' ) at various points along the South Valley
Hill; and no doubt specimens of quartzite have been picked up,
and even thin outcrops of thin quartzite beds among the slates have
been seen. But these amount to nothing. They cannot be accepted
as expressing with any certainty the reappearance of the North
Valley Hill belt on the South Valley Hill side of the limestone. It
looks as if the North Valley Hill rocks descend against a great
fault, running along the foot of the South Valley Hill, and are
there entirely cut ofi' by it, probably thrown by it ( in company
with the lower limestone beds, ) high into the air on the Delaware
side of the fault.

" Now it is just at Conshohocken that the Schuylkill River breaks
out of the Chester County Limestone Valley to find its way to the
sea, viz., in the short interval between the east end of the hydrom-
ica belt of the South Valley Hill coming from the west, and the
west end of the southern quartzite outcrop coming from the east.
What does this mean ? Surely it is an added proof of a great
fault ; and of the total diflference of the two formations ; and of the
futility of all endeavors to discover a southerly synclinal rise of the
quartzite along the South Valley Hill."

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

If for CoDslioliocken in the text, Spring Mill, a mile and a half
below Conshohockeu, be read, the facts stated agree with these obser-
vations, but with the statements in the foot note these observations do
not at all accord.

1, The South Valley Hill does not end at Conshohocken ; on the
contrary it extends eastward nearly three miles, as correctly repre-
sented on Mr. Hall's map in Report, Vol. O and apparently ends in a
spoon above the limestone, as in turn does the latter above the Cam-
brian sandstoneand the Cambrian above the Laurentian. This is about
a half mile nearly north of Marble Hall ; the exposures are many
and clear, and the ending is in a very conspicuous hill which com-
mands an extended view westward.

2, The southern quartzite does not end at the Schuylkill. As
this has been repeatedly stated in the reports of the survey, and as
in this last report, the non-existence of the Cambrian south of the
limestone, west of the Schuylkill, is reiterated, in spite of proof here-
tofore adduced before the Geological and Mineralogical Section of
the Academy, he would ask attention to the specimens on the table,
from various localities within the area in which the Cambrian sand-
stone is recognized, and also from the " thin outcrops " which
" amount to nothing" along a line, the direct lineal continuation of
the Barren Hill-Spring Mill outcrops, and at distances from the
Schuylkill of respectively: — GulfH; County Line 2; Stackers
25 ; Hare's 21 ; Fenimore's 3i ; Wayne 4 miles southwest of the
river.

This line is directly south of a line of limestone outcrops, precisely
as is that east of the Schuylkill.

It is true that the exposures are scattered and the stratum narrow,
but, except the specimen from northwest of West Chester, there
can be no doubt that the rock is in place, and as to its absolute
identity, no one who examines the specimens can be in doubt. That
the belt is narrowing westwardly is shown by a com[)arison of the
Barren Hill with the Spring Mill outcrop, besides which he believed
that the schists of Cream Valley belong to the same horizon,
resembling as they do those occurring between the Cambrian sand-
stone of the North Valley Hill and the limestone of the Chester
Valley. These schists are colored on Dr. Frazer's map in C* as
azoic schists, etc., the same color is given the Laurentian north
of the Cambrian, though he could not believe that this was Dr.
Frazer's intention. In one of the areas thus colored, the great
quarries northwest of Pomeroy have been opened, whence much
stone has been obtained for recent work in Philadelphia by the
Pennsylvania Railroad. This rock is the typical Cambrian sand-
stone of the region. There were specimens of it and of the schists
on the table.

The limestone referred to as flanking the Cambrian west of the
Schuylkill, and on its north side, occupies the floor of the narrow
valley, locally known as Cream Valley, deep, with steep slopes near

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

the Schuylkill, but, from the rising of its floor, almost obliterated
beyond Wayne. The limestone is narrow and rarely visible west of
"West Conshohocken, but at points distant respectively as follows :
Gulf 1-2 ; Stacker's 2^ ; and Pechin's 3 miles from the Schuylkill
it appears in place, beyond which occasional sink-holes indicate its
underlying. Northwest of West Chester it once more appears
accompanied by the same schists as form much of the floor of Cream
Valley, and which can be followed the whole distance.

Beyond this, and in almost the same line outcrops are numerous,
accompanied by the same rocks until we reach the great outcrops
near Doe Run in middle Chester Co., where, again, the existence of
the Cambrian south of the limestone is universally admitted.

He could not, therefore, admit the futility of all endeavors to
discover a southerly synclinal rise of the quartzite along the South
Valley Hill, but would submit that if in a lineal distance of about
thirty miles, section lines be drawn a mile apart, and more than one-
half of these show an orderly succession from the outside to the
center, while the others show in part the same with the remainder
concealed by surface soil, the evidence of a simple synclinal is incon-
trovertible. It is only by the assumption that rocks, which anyone
who seeks may find, do not exist, that the necessity of a fault
becomes apparent. It is true that the sandy mica schists, at times
garnetiferous, present a difficulty, but if these be divorced from the
South Valley Hill hydromica schists with wdiich they have no con-
nection, and be regarded as a part of the Cambrian, and the Lime-
stone, also Cambrian, as Walcott's recent discoveries seem to indicate,
the objection vanishes. It is certainly true that in Chester County
the limestones are both underlaid and overlaid with schists and
gneisses, among which, close to, but not in contact with the limestone,
so far as he had seen, occurs at numerous localities the characteris-
tic Cambrian Sandstone with its micaceous parting, its rhomboidal
jointing and its minute and usually disjointed tourmalines. One of
the most remarkable facts is the wonderful uniformity of this rock
from numerous and widely scattered outcrops over an area of more
than fifty miles in length, and ten miles in greatest breadth.
Indeed so exactly alike is the rock that it is impossible to determine
the locality by inspection of the specimens. The specimens shown
to-night verify this.

December 13.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

Thirty-one persons present.

A paper entitled " The Principle of the Conservation of Energy
in Biological Evolution, a Reclamation and Critique," by John A.
Ryder, was presented for publication.

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Mr. Jos. Willcox read a paper entitled " A Theory of the
Origin and Development of the Earth and Heavenly Bodies." (No
abstract presented for publication.)

December 20.

The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.

One hundred and nineteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : —

"The Birds of Bridsh Columbia and Washington, observed
during the Spring and Summer of 1892." By Samuel N. Rhoads.

" Extra Morainic Drift of the Susquehanna, Lehigh and Delaware
Valleys." By G. Frederick Wright.

Prof. G. F. Wright made a communication, illustrated by lan-
tern slides, on the evidence of the existence of paleolithic man in
America. (No abstract presented for publication.)

December 27.
The President, General Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair.
Two hundred and forty-one persons present.
The following were ordered to be printed : —

1892.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

NOTES ON MONARDA FISTULOSA.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

As stated in the class-books, Monarda fistulosa is a variable species.
A plant in my garden, originally from a shaded woodland in East-
ern Pennsylvania, blooms from midsummer continuously till frost.

The midsummer heads are terminal. At the base of the common
peduncle is a pair of leaves with two axillary buds. These make
branches, and the earliest capitulum of the season stands regularly
in the fork made by these brasiches.

But as these secondary branches grow and form pairs of opposite
leaves, only one of the axillary buds in the lower pair pushes into
growth. This one grows with so much vigor, that the capitulum is
pushed to one side, the common peduncle becomes lateral, and the
axillary branch becomes the leading stem.

At the next node the same behavior prevails, but at the third
node both axillary buds develop, the strongest, however, assuming
leadership.

The secondary branches of Monarda fishdosa, though apparently
forming a straight stem, are formed of axillary branches, which,
pushing aside the terminal common peduncles so as to make them
lateral, have taken the position of the leading short or central axis.
How this method of forming " extra axillary " inflorescence is
brought about, I have explained in another paper.^

The flowers are centripetal. It takes several weeks from the time
the central flowers of the capitulum open before those at the base
follow. At this date, October 26th, the flowers begin to open by
expanding the lobes of the corolla about sundown. Between 6 p. m.
and 9 p. m. twelve had opened. By daylight next morning, in the
head I had selected for observation, there were twenty-four. Eest
follows, and nothing more is done in this direction till nightfall
comes again.

The manner of opening is exceptionally interesting. It is well to
examine a flower a day before it would naturally open. The long
hair on the upper lip may be almost termed a beard. By lightly
pulling this beard the flower bud is opened. The stamens are then
seen lying flat on the lower lip, with the lower linear lobe of this

^Proceedings of Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelpiiia, 1889, p. 58,
" On Corvdalis flavula."

30

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

lip turned inward on itself and pressed down on the anthers as
closely as if these latter were in a vise. No pollen seems to have
been ejected from the anther cells.

When the fulness of time arrives and the flower opens, the lips
springing apart, the lower lip forms a tube and tightly enfolds the
filaments. The expansion in different directions of the lips of the
corolla is rapid. In less than one minute there will be a space of
half an inch between them at their apices. The straightening of the
filaments seems to be the chief motor in this movement. The effect
is to draw the filaments wholly from the enfoldment of the lower
lobe. The central lobe of the lower lip, which until this time has
been pressed down on the anthers as already noted, rises at once
when the upper lip has drawn them out, and assumes a vertical j^osi-
tion. This is the last active effort. Rest then follows in all parts
of the flower till next evening, when the little lobe takes another
start and falls to a direct plane with the other portions of the lip.

The stamens in the bud are rather longer than the upper lobe of
the corolla, while the pistil is rather shorter ; hence when these are
enfolded by the upper lip, only the upper portion of the stamens
with the anthers, project beyond the apex of the lip. The anther
sacs seem to burst simultaneously with the expansion of the lips,
and while the whole pistil is enfolded by the incurved portion of
the lip. It would seem that no pollen would reach the stigmas at
this time.

At this juncture the picture is extremely beautiful. In all the
force of expansion the anthers on the separate filaments continue
connected by their lower filaments and become erect, looking, with
a little play of the imagination, as if they had formed a blue basket,
the pollen representing white flowers, the basket held up by the two
arms over the head of an invisible cherub, as seen in some
conventional pictures of a child with flowers. It is not till some
time afterward that the divided apex of the pistil protrudes.

At night-fall the next day the stamens begin to wither. The
anthers consist of two linear cells, end to end, and so close as to be
almost confluent. These two cells do not shrivel simultaneously ;
the upper one goes first. As neighboring genera have but one cell,
this little matter is of interest, as showing the connecting link.
During the withering the viscid matter which caused the adherence
of the pollen, seems to dry, and the pollen, probably still function-
able, is distributed by the winds.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 451

But what is the behavior of the pistil during all this time? It
is wholly enfolded by the involute lobe of the lip, though in a few
instances one of the style branches may slightly protrude at the
apex of the lip ; but the full growth and development is the work
of another day. After the style has grown sufficiently to carry the
branches beyond the apex of the lip, the branches expand, the
larger branch curving backward and forming a complete circle.
It takes about an hour to complete the circle.

I have utterly failed to form any conception as to how the flower
effects fertilization. At the final drying up of the gelatinous pol-
len, when it is then distributed by the wind or insects, it Avould be
possible for some to be carried to flowers with the exposed styles.
But this would involve the later flowers in barrenness, which does
not seem to be the case. INIoreover the condition of the ova
indicates that fertilization is effected in some earlier stage of
anthesis ; and the, so far as my examination now goes, unerring
fertility of every flower, would lead one to suspect self pollination
in some obscure way. Every one of 150 flowers in a single head
was fertile. In grinding up these flowers with finger and thumb
to get at the nutlets 183 perfect seeds were found. This showed
that in some of the flowers the whole number of four seeds in
each had not been perfected.

The results of my week of observation on this plant were so inter-
esting and so puzzling that I was anxious to have the whole subject
reviewed independently of any suggestions of my own. I gave some
material to Dr. Ida A. Keller, a close observer in similar lines of
study with myself, and the results of whose studies will appear
in the following paper.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

THE PHENOMENON OF FERTILIZATION IN THE FLOWERS OF
MONARDA FISTITLOSA.

BY IDA A. KELLER, PH. D.

Although a conspicuous flower aud an irregularly shaped corolla
are apt to lead one to suspect that these are particular adaptations
to aid in securing cross fertilization, yet on the other hand close
observations have shown that these characteristics do not always
imply the desire to attract insect visitors. Nor is the idea that
close fertilization is only resorted to when the arrangements made
to favor cross fertilization have failed in their mission, perhaps as
generally true as is often supposed. The discovery of fertilization
in the bud, recently described by Mr. Meehan in Malva rotundi-
folia tends to confirm this view. Here fertilization, as Mr. Meehan
has shown, takes place in the bud, and the case is not exactly as
described by Prof. Miiller, who says : " As examples of the count-
less ways in which plants revert to self fertilization in default of
sufficient insect visits, I may mention the folloAving: — In some
dichogamic flowers the stigmas curl back upon the anthers or other
parts which still retain some pollen," ^ and as an instance of this he
gives the flowers of Malva rotundifolia. But in the flowers of this
plant examined by Mr. Meehan, the deposition of pollen on the
stigma lobes and the formation of pollen tubes begin before the
stigma lobes are curled backward.

Aside from those cases to which the term cleistogamic is partic-
ularly applied : those in which two forms of flowers are produced, one
form being small, odorless, inconspicuous and closed, in addition to the
ordinary large conspicuous flowers, which are also much less fertile,
numerous instances are known where fertilization takes place in the
unopened bud. The term cleistogamy might with equal propriety
be extended to all cases where fertilization takes place before anthe-
sis, even with the entire absence of any dimorphism, and will per-
haps in time be so extended.

An interesting form showing such close fertilization is found in
the buds of the ordinary flowers of Monarda fistiilosa. The figures
of Plate XV represent diflTerent stages of the opening of the
flower. Beginning with Fig. A, the oldest flower represented, we

iProf. Herman Miiller. The Fertilization of Flowers. Translated by D'Arcy
V. Thompson, p. 591.

1892] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

notice that the corolla is about to wilt, the stamens have shriv-
elled up, but the style projects at full length from below the upper
lip of the corolla ; no pollen was noticeable on the lobes of the
stigma, but the lobes are widely separated. The next younger
flower, B, shows the corolla still fresh, the style not yet quite
exserted, the stamens have wilted, and the stigma lobes are sepa-
rated. The next younger flower, C^ has opened and the filaments,
which have a fold in the bud, are straightening out ; the style is
quite hidden under the upper lip of the corolla. Fig C" represents
the style taken out from the upper lip ; the lobes of the stigma
are closed. Fig. D, the next stage, represents a bud just opened,
and the stamens beginning to protrude.

Fig. E^ represents a closed bud, ready to open. E^ represents
this bud forcibly opened, and E^ shows the anthers united. Fig. F
is about the same as E, but here in F" a portion of the corolla is
removed in such a manner as to expose the relative position of
anthers and style in the closed bud. It was found that the anther
cells had discharged their pollen, that the lobes of the style were
widel}^ separated, and, in the case represented in the drawing, the
longest lobe of the style was actually dipping into the upper cell of
one of the anthers. The style, it will be observed, curves over the
top of the anthers. Its shape at that time is best seen in Fig. F^
which represents the style (upper portion) taken out from the bud
F. Fig. F* represents the same style much more highly magnified,
with the pollen attached to it.

I have noticed pollen discharged in small quantity in extremely
young buds, but at present it is impossible for me to say just at what
period fertilization begins. The stigma lobes are separated at a
very early period. One fact which leads me to suspect that fertili-
zation begins at this early period is the presence of peculiar
masses which strongly resemble the protoplasmic contents of the
pollen grains. These I have represented in C^, the style of C^ highly
magnified. These masses could not be detected in fresh material,
but were invariably found in styles of flowers which had been kept
in alcohol. They are inside of the tissue of the style and usually
found throughout its entire length, although they are more or less
irregularly distributed. To the right of O^ are three pollen
granules, and on comparison with these the yellowish masses in the
style seem as a rule smaller, often more or less disorganized, and
frequently lumped together. A final decision as to the character

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

and significance of these masses can be arrived at only after a more
careful investigation than I have been able to make so far. This
is reserved for some future time.

If it can be taken for granted then that the flowers of Monarda
fatulosa present the phenomenon of close fertilization in the bud,
the question naturally arises, why should the flowers expand,
protrude the stamens, and finally the style? This question must as
yet remain unanswered. In case of the Fumariacece, where, with
the exception of Hypecoum, according to Hildebrand,^ close fertili-
zation is unavoidable, the anthers shrivel up as soon as they have
deposited their pollen on the stigma, while in the case of Monarda
fistulosa they become exserted after they have deposited some of their
pollen on the style, and remain so exserted for a certain period
of time. The same is true of the style. This seems particularly
strange in view of the fact that the style usually wilts very shortly
after fertilization is accomplished, instead of showing the phenomena
of growth and expansion here witnessed. But another observation of
Hildebrand's should here be mentioned. In his experiments on
Esclioltzia californica he noticed that in case of fertilization with
the pollen from another flower, the petals soon fell offhand the style
quickly wilted, while in case of fertilization with the pollen from
the same flower, the petals dropped at a much later period, and
the style remained fresh much longer.^

The above observations on Monarda fistulosa were made in
November ; as the time of blooming of this plant extends over
a long period, it is possible that it may vary in its method
of fertilization at difl^erent times of the year. The species, accord-
ing to Gray, is extremely variable. It is represented in addition to the
type by well marked forms of var. rubra Gray, var. media Gray,
var. mollis Benth. The chief differences being in the flower, inter-
esting variations in the methods of fertilization may be looked for..

T. Hildebrand. Uber die Bestanbungs vorichtungen bei den Fumariaceen.
Pringslieim's Jahrb. fiir wissen. Bot., VII, Band, p. 455.

^Uber die Bestanbungs vorichtungen bei den Fumariaceen Pringsh.'s Jalirb.
fUr wis. Botanik, Bd. VII, 18(59-1870, p. 46f>.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

THE PRINCIPLE OF THE CONSERVATION OF ENERGY IN BIOLOGICAL
EVOLUTION : A RECLAMATION AND CRITIQUE.

BY JOHN A. RYDER.

The present paper owes its existence to the recent discussion of
the principle of conservation of energy in relation to biological
evolution/ at the Rochester meeting of the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, August, 1892, and to
the fact that I had made a similar criticism^ of the views of
Weismann and his followers nearly two years earlier, which was
published in the same journal. My earlier paper, though not
as full and complete a refutation of the erroneous opinions of
Weismann as Dr. Miles' article, anticipated the latter's main line
of argument by almost or quite two years. While this is true,
it affords me great pleasure to find that others are coming for-
ward to criticise, from a scientific standpoint, the very vulnerable
and untenable position of the Neo-Darwinians. While it is a great
satisfaction to be able to hail the advent of new supporters of
Lamarck's doctrine, it may be worth while to call the attention of
students to the original position of Lamarck, and the ease with
which it may be made to conform to the requirements of the doctrine
of the conservation of energy as bearing upon organic evolution.
Li the Introduction to the "Animaux sans Yertebres" (Ed. of De-
shayes and Milne-Edwards, Bruxelles, 1837, Tom. I, p. 14) occur
the following statements of principles.

" First Principle : Every fact or phenomenon of which observa-
tion makes us cognizant, is essentially physical, and owes its exist-
ence or production to some body, or to the relations between
bodies."

"Second Principle: Every movement or change, every active
force, and every effect whatsoever observed in a body, depend
necessarily upon mechanical causes regulated by their law'S."

" Third Principle : Every fact or phenomenon observed in a
living body is at once a physical fact or phenomenon, and a product
of organization."

^Heredity of acquired characters, by Dr. Manly Miles. American Naturalist,
XXVI, 1892, pp. 887-900.

^A physiological hypothesis of heredity and variation. American Naturalist,
January, 1890, pp. 87-92.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Lamarck's laws of metamorphosis or the transmutation of forms,
I have rendered as follows from the same source : —

I. " Life, with its peculiar forces, tends to continually augment
the volume of all bodies which possess it, and to extend the dimen-
sions of their parts, up to the end of the term of life."

II. " The production of a new organ in an animal body results
from a new need which has arisen unexpectedly, and which con-
tinues to make itself felt, and which causes new movements to be
made to which this need gave origin and maintainance."

III. " The development of the organs and their strength of
action are constantly in proportion to the extent or degree to which
they are used."

IV. "The fourth law asserts the hereditary transmission of char-
acters acquired under the operation of laws II and III."

The first law tacitly recognizes growth in volume, with its con-
comitant development of energy, as a factor in evolution, while the
second recognizes the fact of j^hysiological or adaptive response.
The third supplements the second in a most logical way.

The third law recognizes the quantitative nature of adaptive
response in organisms, and has a very wide range of application.
It tacitly recognizes what physiologists must now regard as self-
evident, namely, that adaptation, so far as that process involves the
expenditure of energy, must go on in conformity with the principle
of the conservation of energy, a principle which had not been
develojjed as a scientific conception in Lamarck's time.

The "first and second principles," cited above, have some remark-
able recent parallels. Lamarck here recognizes the laws of motion,
but their connection with the development of energy necessarily
escaped him. It is, nevertheless, instructive to cite here Prof.
Barker's definition of energy, as given in his recent treatise;
"Physics." After some preliminary discussion, Prof. Barker says : —
" Energy may be provisionally defined, therefore, as a condition of
matter in virtue of which any definite portion of it may be made
to effect changes in other definite portions." Now these changes
referred to by Prof Barker have to take place through the develop-
ment of motion, according to mechanical laws. In Lamarck's
" third principle," the logical step is taken which leads from the
"not living" to the " living " forms of the exhibition of energy.
This appreciation, by Lamarck, of the identity of the underlying
causes of the physical phenomena of change, and consequently of

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457

motion, and the development of energy in living and dead matter,
is most remarkable, and indicates that he must have had some sort
of inkling or intimation that tlie energies of living things and dead
things were somehow, and in some sense, to be regarded as kindred
or mutually convertible, as implied by the modern doctrine of the
conservation of force, through a series of intervening anabolic and
katabolic steps, as established by modern physiology. Energy is
thus stored or rendered potential in form in living bodies by a
series of complex chemical processes, in consequence of which
motion, or the liberation of energy as heat, nervous energy, muscu-
lar motion, is rendered possible.

Lamarck's conceptions were, however, much restricted in applica-
tion in his own day. They were evidently most clear to him in
animal forms, where motions were obvious to the unaided eye. In
the study of the microscopic elements, or cells of animals, little had
been done in his time. In fact the science of histology had still to
be developed, while modern animal and vegetable physiology were
still farther removed from him in the future. We can, therefore,
be only the more surprised that the prophetic intuitions of Lamarck
should have been as far-reaching as they have since proved to be.
If, as has been intimated above, we were to grant him the perception
of the great principle of the conservation of energy as viewed at the
present time, his principles would require but slight modification to
conform perfectly to its requirements, as a working hypothesis in the
study of the causation of variations.

We are told by the Weismannians, or Neo-Darwinians, that
acquired characters, or such as have been developed through use —
exercise of function — cannot be inherited. Since all characters
whatever could be acquired only through disturbance of the balance
or equilibrium of the functions and metabolism during growth, and
consequently the relative proportions and normal functional activi-
ties of the parts of organisms, the statement that the effects of vse
and disuse cannot be inherited, will hardly need refutation at this
stage of my argument.

This leads us at once to the essence of the question, namely :
Since all characters had to be acquired, it will naturally be asked,
" How, then, from a mechanical or physical point of view, were
they acquired ?"

Weissmann and his followers formulate an hypothesis of the contin-
uity and variability of an immortal isolated germ-plasm, by means

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892»

of which it is believed that new characters will arise in the course
of germ-development, the favorable or useful variants of which in
the completely developed organisms, Avill be preserved by natural
selection. The further assumption is also made that no character
acquired by the soma, or body of the parent, through use, disuse or
mutilation of its parts, can be transmitted to its offspring. The
antagonism of Weismann and Lamarck are thus seen to be most
perfect.

Weismann, however, has latterly been obliged to admit that it
was " absurd to say that an immortal substance can be converted
into a mortal substance," as pointed out by Prof. Vines. He has
also been compelled, as a consequence, to retreat from his position
declaring the immortal molecular stability of germ-plasm. H&
says : " An immortal, unalterable living substance does not exist, but
only immortal forms of activity as organized matter^ Upon which
Prof. Miles comments as follows: — "The material continuity of
the germ plasma is therefore discarded and replaced with the con-
ception of a mode of motion, manifest in matter that is continually
undergoing metabolic changes."

Weismann is therefore logically driven to entirely abandon his
original position. Dr. Miles' answer to Weismann's position
regarding mutilations is the only sound argument I have met with
in this connection. It is: — "The failure of the effects of injuries
or mutilations to mak^ their appearance in the offspring, cannot be
admitted as evidence to prove the non-inheritance of acquired char-
acters, as the physiological activities of the system [organization of
the species] that are required to produce the morphological peculiar-
ities have not been established, and there can be no tendency of the
organism to reproduce them."

It is now proposed to show that Weismann's hypothesis is ulti-
mately forced to assume, or take for granted, the modernized
Lamarckian theory of the causes of variation, without acknowledg-
ing the appropriation. This is especially true, since he admits the
existence of "immortal forms of the activity of organized matter,"
while rejecting the immortal substance.

Since no mass of matter, living or dead, can change its own con-
figuration, except through the motion of some of its own parts,.
however small, among themselves, it follows that such a change of
configuration signifies the expenditure of energy.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

If any body or mass of matter, living or dead, be placed anywhei-e
in space in order that its configuration may be changed, the neces-
sary energy and consequent motion competent to do so must be
developed : —

(a.) By a physical change in some part of the substance of the
mass itself, or,

(b.) The necessary energy competent to change the configuration
of the mass must be developed in material bodies, external to the
mass itself, or,

(c.) Part of the energy necessary to produce a change in the con-
figuration of the mass must be developed by a physical change in a
portion of the substance of the mass itself, in conjunction or simul-
taneously with an energy, or energies, developed by a mass or body,
masses or bodies, external to itself. These? three are the only possi-
ble conditions.

But, since all masses, living or dead, at the earth's surface are
known to be subject to the action of forces developed within them-
selves, as well as forces developed external to themselves, the third
condition (c) holds for all masses living or dead.

Therefore the conclusion is that no mass at the earth's surface,
either living or dead, can by any thinkable possibility change its
own configuration, except under the condition that a combination of
internally and externally developed forces, agencies or energies
shall cooperate to that end. In other words, there can be no change
of configuration of a body without the expenditure or dissipation
of energy.

Now, for the application of these known principles.

Since variations of configuration, no matter whether they affect
the adult organism or its early stages, imply variations in the oper-
ation of internally and externally developed forces or energies
competent to produce such changes of configuration, it follows that
all changes in the forms of organisms involve the expenditure of
energy. In other words, all variations in the configuration of
organisms must be dynamically caused. This is true for the follow-
ing reasons : No variation in the configuration, either transient or
permanent (and therefore, inheritable) of a living body, can be pro-
duced without the cooperation of internally developed motions,
consequently, of energies, with externally developed energies or
such as are derived from the external world. Whether these coop-
erating energies are measurable or not, it is simply impossible for

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

them not to so cooperate, since life is characterized by a continuous
display of energy. Life is continuous in the material succession
and derivation of its individuals, and thus also continuous as to its
dynamical or metabolic processes, or the display of its energies. It
is safe to say that the continuity of vital energy or the energy of
life, is a far more potent agency in the evolution of organic forms,
than the continuity and variability of germ plasm, assumed by
Weismann. Vital energy and cosmical energy are coexistent and
continuously cooperative. Weismann at last apprehends this.

Therefore, whenever a Weismannian speaks of variations, how-
ever he may assume that they are caused, he is forced to tacitly
imply that energy is consumed or dissipated in their production,
and he is therefore also compelled to tacitly admit the validity of
thd Lamarckian method of reasoning.

If he tries to escape the snare which has been set for him, as
above, he is placed in a still worse and even more compromising
position, viz. : the denial of the validity of the universal principle of
the conservation of energy.

No character whatever, of any living thing, however trivial,
can be acquired without the expenditure of energy and the develop-
ment of motion in some form ; therefore, all characters are so
acquired. Consequently, natural selection can choose only from
amongst characters such as have been thus dynamically produced,
according to Lamarck's original thesis, modified so as to bring it
into harmony with the requirements of modern science, or the doc-
trine of the conservation of energy.

The only way in which a Weismannian, or Neo-Darwinian
can now evade the rigorous fatality of the preceding reasoning, is to
declare that natural selection includes in the scope of its operations
the production of variations. But he is forbidden, and for sound
reasons, to do this by the express denial of any such implication or
application of natural selection, by the great expounder of that
principle, Darwin himself.

Disingenuousness and subterfuge on the part of Weismannians,
have hitherto helped to keep the foregoing disagreeable statement of
the facts in the background, but the primary fallacy of the Weis-
mannians, or Neo-Darwinians, has now been exposed, and shown to
be a sort of biological scare-crow that we may confidently leave to
wind, weather and neglect. The mischief that Weismann has done
in leading gullible people astray, by most ingeniously throwing

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 461

sand into their mental eyes, has not been successfully paralleled in
recent times. Weismann's views, as shown above, carry with them
the implication of the denial of the validity, within the pale of
biology, of the doctrine of the conservation of energy. In that
they do this, they must be characterized as unscientific, since they
are not in harmony with the spirit of modern science.

So great is the importance of the recognition of the principle of
the conservation of energy in the evolution of organic forms, that
it is strange that it has not been hitherto declared that it is the very
foundation upon which all further progress in the investigation of
biological evolution must proceed.

How this principle is to be applied and extended in biological
research, in an experimental way in the future, it is obviously not
now possible to indicate in detail, but that such was the method
according to which Nature proceeded to evolve new forms, seems to
be proven by the fact that organic evolution by superposition has
occurred, as is shown by countless facts. If characters have been
superposed and intensified in their expression, as is beautifully shown
by the evolution of such structures as the nervous system and foetal
membranes, it seems that the interacting energies involved in bring-
ing this about have operated cumulatively. That is, that every
gain of surface for better respiration and nutrition, and combina-
tions of both, set the processes of the development of physiological
energy going at a greater rate of efficiency, which would accelerate
the process of evolution and its morphological possibilities. The
rates at which these energies, internally and externally developed,
shall interact, cannot be determined by natural selection, but by
growth and the motion of parts and particles dependent upon it.

Weismann nowhere in his prolix and tedious essays, except in
one of the very latest answers to his critics, steps aside to con-
sider energy in relation to the problems he is discussing. He is
simply oblivious of the existence of such a thing as energy as affect-
ing the question before him. His facts may or may not have the
value he assigns them, his reason often being of the shallowest and most
commonplace texture, as for example, when he says : " The object
of this process (sexual reproduction) is to create those individual
differences which form the material out of which natural selection
produces new species." In this case he has mistaken an effect for a
cause, and has assigned as the object of sexuality an end or final
cause upon which neither he nor any other man can legitimately

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

dogmatize. This absurd view amounts to the same thing as assert-
ing that organisms have the power to develop physiological pro-
cesses with conscious foresight, so as to avoid harm comiug to their
race ! This is on a par with Balfour's reasoning with respect to the
cause or reason of the existence of the polar bodies, namely, as a
preventive of parthenogenesis !

The criticisms of E. B. Poulton, in a foot-note on p. 425 of
Weismann's Essays, (Eng. Trans.) are similar to those offered long
ago by Dr. C. S. Tomes. .Poulton, like his predecessor, criticises
my views on the mechanical genesis of tooth-forms, without know-
ing what he is talking about, evidently not having read my paper.
He says: " It may be reasonably objected that the most elementary
facts concerning the development of teeth, prove that their shapes
cannot be altered during the life-time of the individual, except by
being worn away." " The shape is predetermined before the tooth
has cut the gum." " Hence the Neo-Lamarckian school assumes
not the transmission of acquired characters, but the transmission
of characters which the parent is unable to acquire!" Anything
more unfair or indiscriminating than the above could not be writ-
ten. I am charged with making statements I never made, and
never had the slightest intention of making. As I am the origina-
tor of the doctrine of the mechanical genesis of tooth-forms, I will
here say in reply that Poulton and Tomes cannot disprove that the
forms of the crowns of teeth of mammals are not altered in shape
in other vxn/s than by wear, or by means of stresses and consequent
permanent strains. If, as I have shown in my original essay, (Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1878,) crystalline bodies can be permanently
bent and strained by persistent stresses, what proof is there to the
effect that even hard enamel caps cannot be so altered in the life-
time of the adult ? Moreover, I have shown that all the changes of
the crown-forms of the molars of the long series of Artiodacty Is, have
conformed with mechanical exactitude to the requirements of the
various degrees of latei'al motion of the jaws, and that where these
lateral motions were absent, lateral crown-modifications were also
absent. In other words, the degree of lateral modification is
correlated with the degree of lateral motion, or sweep of the jaws.
Later evidence has tended to show that the development of new
cusps and roots, in certain cases, takes place at points of maximum
wear in certain teeth in the domestic cat, as pointed out to me by
my colleague, Prof Jayne.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463

This show of logical acumen by my Anglican critic, is useless ;
the facts are so overwhelmingly against him, as respects the evidence
for a mechanical theory of the evolution of the teeth, that there is no
other way in which they can be coordinated. This evidence is
cumulative in amount and character, and is also an illustration of
the cumulative effect of the secular display of a portion of the
energy dissipated by a series of organisms, straining even their
hard parts into new configurations which have became hereditary,
because the soft parts underlying them have been correspondingly
modified and moulded by physiologically developed stresses, which
have become, so to speak, permanently expressed as physiological
strains.^ As yet there is no proof of the slightest scientific value,
that dynamically acquired and thus cumulatively developed charac-
ters cannot be inherited, despite all the evidence, mostly worthless,
accumulated by Weismann, Poulton and others. For the unfair
manner in which the term " acquired character " is used in all sorts of
senses, restrictions and limitations by Weismann himself, see a
criticism* by C. C. Nutting.

In point of fact, every time a new character appears it is self-
evident that energy must be expended in order that the necessary
movement of parts may be effected ; in order that a new form of
the organism, or of some part of it, may be assumed. So far from
its being a fact that dynamicallij acquired characters cannot be inher-
ited, it is an irrefragable fact that dynamically developed characters
are the only ones that can he inherited. How this is accomplished
is a matter for further research.

If refuge is sought in a germ-plasm in which capacities for varia-
tion are assumed to inhere, it must be assumed that it operates
according to a law peculiar to itself, and in defiance of all known
external and physical influences, such as modify or control the
movements of the constituent particles and masses of all other
bodies. Heredity seems to inhere a la Weismann in the germ
plasm, something after the manner of the inherence of " horologity,"
or time-keeping properties in a clock, as long ago suggested by Prof.
Huxley, when he was exposing the untenable position of the advo-
cates of " vitality," as a kind of energy with no affiliations to other
kinds.

^ The words " stress " and " strain " are here used by me in the same sense as
by engineers and physicists.

♦American Naturalist, XXVI, 1892, p. 1009.

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [1892.

Prof. Morse's position that the culture experiments of Dr.
Dallinger in training monads to withstand gradually increased tem-
perature, until endurance of 158°F. was reached, was an illustration
of natural ><electto)i pure and simple, is also an illustration of the
oversight by Neo-Darwinians of the essential energy-factor of the
problem.

Since the monad cultures were kept continuously at a gradually
rising temperature, there must have been continuous and successive
responses in the mechanisms of the protoplasm of the successive
o-enerations to the new conditions, else adaptations could not be
effected. The failure to apprehend the fact of the continuity of
adaptive processes, while the whole burden is thrown upon the dis-
continuous selective process, is most extraordinary. If none of the
monads involved in the earlier stages of the experiment, hadunder-
o-one certain internal changes owing to the persistence of the new
energy-conditions of heat, none would have been modified so as to
be selected as the progenitors of a series of generations, capable of
sustaining even greater extremes of temperature.

The adaptive process in living forms where energy always is con-
tinuously involved, may be fittingly compared to the idea of con-
tinuous number, as understood in the calculus, in contrast to
discontinuous or integral number in ordinary arithmetic, and
tvpical of the discontinuous process of the selection of integers, or
individuals of a race by means of natural selection. This energy-
factor cannot be so conveniently ignored, as it is every time the
Neo-Darwinians assert that the development of new characters is
entirely due to natural selection.

In the paper by the writer, published in 1890, the idea was
advanced that heredity itself must be ultimately interpreted in con-
sonance with the doctrine of the conservation of energy. It was
then stated that a theory of heredity something like the following
would have to be assumed : —

" In the first place, the supposition of a germ-plasma distinct from
the plasma of the parent-body is a needless interjection into the
machinery of hypothesis of biological evolution. It does not
make the matter one whit clearer to suppose that the germ-plasma
is necessary, than to suppose that all of the living p)lasma of any and
every distinct species is an idioplasm, or is specific in so far as that
species is concerned. If we now suppose, as a consequence of the
action of the principle of physiological division of labor, first pro-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

pounded by H. Milne Edwards, that all the plasma, or the whole of
the specific protoplasm or idioplasm of the orgaiiism, becomes physio-
logically differentiated and incajxihle of undergoing embryonic develop-
ment, excejA that of the germ-cells or germinal plasma, as long ago
urged by Professor Huxley, we get the same result as that reached
by Weismanu without involving ourselves in the consequences
which beset his hypothesis. This germinal matter is the only func-
tionless and idle plasma in the parent body, capable of growing and
consequently of multiplying its substance within the parental
organism at the expense of the surplus metabolism of the latter as
a whole. Moreover, the germinal cells are alone capable of detach-
ing themselves, or being detached, from the parental organism as
products of over-nutrition, which have become useless to the life of
the parent, as assumed in my preliminary paper "On the origin
and meaniug of sex." This recognizes the apparent fact of the
setting aside or isolation of the germ-plasma, but does not make
that fact the cause of the stability of species through the continuity
of processes of growth, and the assumed but not empirically demon-
strated isolation of such germ-plasma. My interpretation is in
absolute accord with the requirements of the principles of modern
physiology, while the hypothesis of Weismann and his followers is
in conflict with those principles, and ultimately, as a necessary conse-
quence, with the still more comprehensive principle of the conserva-
tion of energy. Modern physiology, as well as the doctrine of the
conservation of energy, positively forbids us to interpose any bar-
rier between the plasma of the parent-bod}^ and that of the germ cells,
as is done by the promulgators of the hypothesis of the continuity
and isolation of the germ-plasma. To do so robs us of the possibil-
ity of appealing to the agency of the workings of metabolism as the
efficient cause of the modification of the germinal matter. Since
metabolism, and all that it implies, is the only agent to which,
according to modern physiology, we can appeal, without interjecting
gemmules, plastidules, pangens or some other accessory and needless
agency into living organisms, as the efficient agents in the transmis-
sion of hereditary traits, we are restricted in our choice to metabol-
ism alone. In this way only is it possible to get rid of a deus ex
machina in the form of an idioplasm in the sense first implied by
Niigeli, or of the gemmules of Darwin and Brooks, the plastidules
of Haeckel, the pangens of De Vries, or the physiological units of
H. Spencer.

31

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

" The preceding paragraph contains, in essence, my own hypoth-
esis according to which all the facts of hereditary transmission and
variation may be coordinated without losing or rendering unavailable
the advantages which may be derived from the supposition that
acquired characters may be transmitted.

" In my view metabolism itself becomes the means of transmit-
ting the changes in the adult organism, due to the complex interac-
tion between it and its surroundings to the idle, functionless and
passive germ-cells, because it is a demonstrable fact that these are
the only cells in a multicellular organism which have no work to
perform which is of direct benefit to the individual life of that
organism, unless it may be to take up the surplus nutriment not
used by the metabolism of the parent-body in the secular exhibition
of the sum total of its physiological energies, in the struggle for
existence."

According to my view the idioplasmic, or specific molecular
character of the plasma of the germ-cells, in common with that of
the protoplasm of the whole body (which latter always tends to
repair injuries, or even, in lower forms, replace lost parts,) tends, in
virtue of its dynamically acquired specific traits, to repeat the
organization of its parent type, in the course of its development,
not because it is something different from the protoplasm of the cells
of the rest of the body, but because it is wholly unspecialized and
without other physiological differentiation.

The automatic processes of heredity are an accumulated result of
the continuous interaction of internally and externally developed
energies during phylogeny. The exact manner in which these have
been registered and preserved in germinal cells, or in parts of organ-
isms which have the power to reproduce the whole organism, we
cannot yet hope to explain, in that protoplasm itself is a body of
such complexity and capability of transformation, that nothing else
approaches it, as is proved by the chemistry of its bye-products, the
carbon compounds.

We can only suggest that " molecular impressions experienced in
the course of variations in the modes of manifestation of, or disturb-
ances of the balance of the metabolism of the parent-body are sup-
posed upon this view to be transmitted as molecular tendencies to the
idle or passive plasma of the germ-cells. Variations in the molecu-
lar constitution and tendencies of the germinal matter are supposed
to thus arise at different times in the same parent, and that, conse-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467

quently, successive germs may be thus differently impressed. In
this way also the molecular tendencies of the plasma of the germ-
cells of different individuals may be also modified simultaneously or
successively through the effect of enforced changes in the metabo-
lism of multitudes of contemporaneous adult individuals of the same
species, thus leading to a tendency toward concurrent or simulta-
neous variation of offspring in the same or a similar direction.

" It will be seen that this is the only hypothesis which renders the
possibility of concurrent or simultaneous variation within the limits
of a species either conceivable or intelligible. It also lends itself to
an intelligible comprehension of the phenomena of the correlation
of the groAvth of parts, and it is also the only view which holds out
any promise of coordination with the highly ingenious and suggest-
ive hypothesis of Prof. Wilhelm Roux.'"

If we now remember that, as development advances, the influence
of external disturbing agencies diminishes, so that it is far easier to
produce monstrosities or modifications at an early period of develop-
ment than at a later one, we see that the early steps of ontogenetic
processes are far more easily modifiable than the later ones, owing
to variations or distui'bances of the externally and internally
cooperative energies manifested during growth. We thus add an
important qualifying statement to what has preceded, and one that
confirms the preceding in a remarkable way, since it serves to prove
that the less specialized states, of ontogeny are more sensitive to dis-
turbing influences, than the later and more specialized ones.

" It will be at once perceived that my hypothesis of the acquisi-
tion of variations and their transmission is the simplest that has
yet been offered. It interjects nothing hypothetical into our concep-
tion of the physical substratum of living organisms, except the
necessarily unknown and unknowable constitution of the molecular
factors of metabolism, and thus brought into harmony with the all-
inclusive doctrine of the conservation of energy."

Prof. Miles closes his article as follows: — " Questions like these
must be answered, to furnish satisfactory explanation of biological
activities, and theories of nutrition and heredity in which energy is
not recognized as one of the prime factors in every vital process
should be received with caution, and the fallacious arguments based
upon them estimated at their real value."

5Der Kampf der Theile im Organismus. 8vo., pp. VII, 244, Leipzig, 1891.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Following these observations, my own remarks at the close of my
paper of 1890 may be appropriately quoted : —

" In that the doctrine of the isolation of the germ-plasma is in irre-
concilable conflict with the great cardinal principle upon which the
whole fabric of modern physiological science rears its stately propor-
tions, namely with the general theory of metabolism, and, conse-
quently, with the still more imposing and universal principle of the
conservation of energy, we therefore idealize what a colossal fabric
of speculative rubbish must be consigned to the limbo of untenable
and forgotten hypotheses, in what is represented by the misguided
labors of the advocates of the existence of an unalterable germ-
plasma."

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

EXTRA-MORAINIC DRIFT IN THE SUSQUEHANNA, LEHIGH AND

DELAWARE VALLEYS.

BY G. FREDERICK WRIGHT.

In the autumn of 1880, the late Professor Henry Cavvill Lewis
and myself began the exploration of what we supposed was the
boundary of direct glacial action in Eastern Pennsylvania. The
work of field exploration was substantially completed in 1881. Our
report constitutes volume Z in the series published by the 2d
Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, and appeared in 1884.

After accepting with little question the delineation of the terminal
moraine from the New Jersey report for that State, we began work
in Northampton County, Pa., and soon succeeded in tracing a well
marked moraine across the county from near Belvidere, in New
Jersey, to the vicinity of Offset Mountain, in the Kittatinny Range,
a few miles northeast of the Wind Gap. At that time our attention
was not sufficiently directed to the more dispersed erratics and thin-
ner glacial deposits Avhich usually extend in advance of the moraine,
and which, subsequently, Ave came to recognize as the " fringe." The
facts concerning the " fringe " came prominently to light in connec-
tion with ray own further investigations in the western part of
Pennsylvania, and in my own investigation in the States far-
ther west. In my reports on that region I soon ceased to give
special attention to moraines, and confined attention to the border
of the fringe, and in my map in the volume " The Ice Age in
North America," the legend indicating the terminal moraine across
Pennsylvania, gives place in the States further west to one marking
the southern limit of the ice sheet.

In view of these facts it is significant that in his report (p. 201),
Professor Lewis uses this language : " It is possible that traces of
this fringe might be detected in Eastern Pennsylvania and in New
Jersey. In fact, occasional transported boulders do occur upon
several hilltops, just in front of the moraine, in the vicinity of the
Susquehanna and Delaware rivers, and in New Jersey, which I find
it difficult to explain on any theory of a flood, and which may be
of like origin with the fringe as developed farther west. Facts
observed by other geologists in more western States, and published
since this report was written, confirm my impression that this fringe
is destined to play an important part in glacial geology."

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892'

To this I have added, in my volume on the Ice Age referred to,
the statement that in driving over the country, between New
Brunswick and Metuchen, N. J., in company with Professor Cook,
I had observed what I considered unmistakable evidence of this
fringe a few miles south of the well defined moraine. (Ice Age,
p. 136.)

So much it is proper to say to indicate the reasons urging me to
re-examine the field where Professor Lewis and I began work on the
glacial boundary. This is the more important since Professor
Lewis's death has left unpublished a large amount of material in
the hands of his executors, which is at present inaccessible. This
consists of notes collected upon the terraces of the Atlantic rivers,
which he expected soon to publish, and to which he makes occa-
sional reference in Vol. Z, as discussing more fully many topics
barely alluded to in that report. Of his views I had much knowl-
edge, from our constant association in the field. For some
time past reports of phenomena, seemingly inconsistent with the
interpretation which we had put upon the facts, have been gaining
currency, but I have not dared to venture any criticism until a
personal re-examination of the field had been made. This I have
had the opportunity of doing duriug the past season, and I herewith
submit the results for consideration and criticism.

The principal statements which had perplexed me Avere : —

1st, That of Mr. McGee (Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 135, pp. 377, 378,
381), that from Harrisburgto the terminal moraine at Berwick there
are evidences of a submergence during glacial times, which allowed
still water deposits to accumulate 500 feet above the present river
level.

2d, That of Professor Salisbury, that glaciated stones had been
found by him near Sunbury, 600 feet above the river. ( Adduced
by President Chamberlin, Bui. Geol. Soc, vol. I, p. 473. Reitera-
ted by Salisbury, vol. 3, p. 180.)

3d, Statements of Mr. McGee that there is evidence of a land sub-
mergence in the Delaware Valley of at least 400 feet in the vicinity
of the terminal moraine. The evidence of this is principally drawn
from a section of the valley five miles below Belvidere. (Am.
Jour. Sci., vol. 135, p. 379.)

4th, Statements by Professor Salisbury, seeming to imply that evi-
dences of ice occupation are found in New Jersey at High Bridge,
Pattenburg and Monmouth Junction, and in Pennsylvania at Falls-

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

ingtou, a few miles west of Trenton, and Bridgeport, in the valley of
tlieScluiylkill, a few miles west of Philadelphia.

The principal conclusions arrived at by Professor Salisbury are
involved in the following extracts. After having minutely described
the deposits at Pattenburg, High Bridge, Oxford Church and Little
York, N. J., and the excessive oxidation and disintegration which
his supposed extra-morainic drift has suffered at these places ; and
having expressed the opinion that the phenomena most certainly
indicate a glacial period several times older than that with which
the terminal moraine is connected, he goes on to say :

"The phenomena here described as indicating a drift-sheet older
than that represented by the moraine and the drift north of it, are
not confined to Hunterdon and Morris counties. The extent of
the territory over which these phenomena occur is not known,
though many facts concerning its extension are already in the pos-
session of the Survey. The railway cuts southeast of New Bruns-
wick aflbrd similar evidence in this part of the State. Glacial-
striated boulders have also been found between Monmouth Junction
and Deans, along the line of the Pennsylvania railway, and at
Kingston on the Millstone River, three miles northeast of Prince-
ton, though they are by no means common m either place.

" In Pennsylvania there are drift deposits well south of the moraine
in similar situations. Glaciated boulders, imbedded in clay which
presents the general aspect of till, have been found near South
Bethlehem, several hundred feet above the Lehigh River, and at
various other points south of the Lehigh, at distances from the
moraine comparable to those at which the corres|)onding formation
in New Jersey occurs. Drift closely resembling till, and containing
striated rock material, occurs on the west side of the Delaware,
near Fallsington, three or four miles southwest of Trenton, and, with
Mr. C. E. Peet, the writer found similar deposits at Bridgeport, Pa.,
opposite Norristown, still further south. Bridgeport is the southern-
most point at which glacially-striated material has been seen by the
writer. Glaciated boulderets were here taken from clay of such
character that, were the locality known to have been covered by ice,
its reference to till would be fully warranted. Bridgeport is about
fifty miles south of the terminal moraine.

'' It is not intended to convey the impression that every region
where glaciated stone maybe found was necessarily once covered by
glacier ice. The possibility of transportation of glaciated material
beyond the edge of the ice by water, is distinctly recognized. But it
is not believed that water alone, or water-bearing glacially-derived
bergs, could produce all the results which are here recorded.
Neither the structure of the extra-morainic drift, nor its physical
make-up, nor its geographic or topographic distribution, is consistent
with such an hypothesis.

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

"At several points in New Jersey, south of all the localities thus
far mentioned within the State, there are topographic features which
are easy of explanation if ice once extended to the region where
they occur, but which seem to be very difficult of explanation on
any other hypothesis. The features here referred to characterize
the region from Washington, Middlesex county, southwest to Fresh
Ponds and beyond, and also the region east of Trenton, from White
Horse to Hamilton Square. The topography in these regions is
very much like that of a subdued terminal moraine.

"The determination of the southern limit of ice action duringthe
earlier glaciation is likely to be a matter of some difficulty. In its
southern extension the ice reached the region of the ' yellow-gravel '
formation." (An. Rep. of State Geologist for the year 1891, pp. 106,
107.)

It is fair to say that Professor Salisbury informs me that he does
not now think the ice of " the first glacial period extended farther
south than High Bridge and Pattenburg," and would direct special
attention to the paragraph quoted, in which he speaks of the possibility
of transportation of glacial material by water. But as we have to
deal with the report as it stands, it is necessary to call attention to
its natural interpretation as it falls into the hands of the ordinary
reader, in order to correct the errors into which he would be unwit-
tingly led. Such a reader must be informed that when Professor
Salisbury speaks of extra-morainic drift extending to the "yellow-
gravel" (in quotation marks), he does not mean the yellow gravel
as it is marked upon the latest map of the New Jersey Survey, but
some yellow gravel which he has discovered a considerable distance
farther north. In his paper before the Geological Society, however,
he uses language which cannot so easily be explained, saying that
boulder clay similar to that at High Bridge and Pattenburg, and
whose existence must be explained in the same way, is found south
of Pattenburg to a distance fully twenty miles south of the moraine.
In the same paper he also speaks of a locality "fifteen miles south-
west of New Brunswick," where phenomena are exhibited which
present evidences of direct glacial action.

In the light of my investigations this summer, I think I am able
to detect the cause of the conflicting statements of facts by these
eminent observers, and to eliminate some very serious errors of inter-
pretation which one or other of them has brought into the dis-
cussion.

As I had surmised, and repeatedly urged in publications upon the
subject, the cause of the error is to be traced to the undue

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

emphasis which was at first placed upon the terminal moraine as
marking the southern limit of the area occupied by ice during
glacial times. Into this error Professor Lewis and I fell at first
equally with others, though I believe my experience led me to free
nayself from it sooner than most others. The fact is that in Eastern
Pennsylvania, and in portions, certainly, of New Jersey, the
"fringe" does extend a considerable distance beyond the terminal
moraine. In the Susquehanna, the southern limit of the ice was
several miles below Berwick. While the Delaware Valley was
occupied by a lobe of the glacier, which extended in the axis of the
valley to the Musconetcong range, five or six miles southeast of
Easton, and about fifteen miles south of Belvidere, which has here-
tofore stood as the limit. The supposed evidences of a farther
extension of the ice southward are readily explained, in a manner
which I will presently detail. The evidence upon which these con-
elusions are based is as follows :

1st, as to the Susquehanna terraces : I began my investigations at
Harrisburg. Here I had the advantage of the minute local knowl-
edge of Dr. Harvey B. Bashore, of West Fairview, who had been
in correspondence with me concerning the terraces of the vicinity
for more than two years. The terraces are for the most part situa-
ted in the city of Harrisburg, and Dr. Bashore has scoured the
country far and near, and speaks with no ordinary authority upon
the subject. I visited the principal points with him, and am pre-
pared to endorse his concise statement of the case which he has
written out for me at my request.

" The first terrace at Harrisburg is 28 feet above low water (290
A. T.) upon which Front street is mainly built, and is composed of
clay suitable for brick-making, and contains many boulders of large
size (4 to 5 feet in diameter), composed of conglomerate and sand-
stone from the mountain, through which the river has cut a gap a
few miles above. This deposit is distinctly marked on both sides of
the river.

" The second terrace is 46 feet above the river, but it is not plainly
marked. Third street, however, is in a great measure built upon it.
This bed is composed of gravel, which has in it some granite and
gneiss, and contains large and small boulders all rounded, and is
capped by two to three feet of fine loam.

"The third terrace is 90 feet above the river, and forms the plane
of Sixth street and part of Fifth. This deposit, which gives a good
perpendicular exposure of 15 feet, is composed of fine gravel, some
portions of which are granite and gneiss. A few boulders appear in
it, from two to three feet in diameter. All are well rounded, and

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

the whole is capped by from four to five feet of fine clay. Almost
all of the boulders occur in the gravel.

" From this terrace the slope is gradual down to Paxton Creek,
on the opposite side of which a slate hill (Allison Hill) rises very
abruptly, and is covered on the top by the fourth terrace.

" The fourth terrace is 130 feet above the river, 420 A. T. At
Walnut and Herr streets there is a very good exposure showing the
gravel resting upon the slate.

" The thickness of the deposit is about 20 feet, and it is capped by
fine brick clay. The gravel bed, especially at its upper part, pre-
sents a peculiar white appearance compared with the overlying
clay — the line of junction between che gravel and the clay being
very distinctly marked. Some rounded boulders occur in it two to
four feet in diameter, mostly in the gravel. I found one, however,
in the clay. The gravel contains a few pebbles of granite and
gneiss, but none were found more than two or three inches in diam-
eter. Above this point (420 A . T.) I could find no positive evidence
of water action, although I carefully examined all the surrounding
hills and mountains north of Harrisburg."

The occurrence of granitic pebbles in these terraces is of great
significance, since it fixes them as contemporaneous with, or subse-
quent to, the glacial period, for there is no outcrop of this material
anywhere in the watershed of the Susquehanna above Harrisburg.
The only way the granite could have come wthin reach of Susque-
hanna floods was by ice transportation into its headwaters, from
Canada or the Adirondacks. This upper terrace, therefore, corres-
ponds with Mr. McGee's Columbia formation.

In following up the river I went above the first three ranges of
mountains to Dauphin, and drove over Fourth Mountain to Halifax.
Near the mouths of the small valleys occupied by Clark and
Armstrong creeks, there are terrace accumulations up to about 150
feet above the river, composed for the most part of rounded material,
which might have been brought down the creeks. But at higher
levels there were no terraces. This was a drive up the river of
about fifteen miles, and took us gradually over two slopes, reaching
about 900 feet above the river.

We next went up the river to Selinsgrove, about six miles below
Sunbury, and examined the country for a few miles east of the
river. Here we found the rounded pebbles of the terrace deposit
ceasing abruptly at a height of about 200 feet above the river, or
about 650 feet above tide. This corroborates Professor I. C.
White's observations, as recorded in G 7 p. 363 of the 2d Pa.
Report.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475

Then ascending the river to Sunbury, we drove some miles east
toward Kliuegrove, by a route which took us over a typical variety
of high and low laud, then westward some miles back of Shickilimy,
then up both branches of the Susquehanna to Montoui''s Ridge, and
over the higher land intervening. The result was to convince us
that about 200 feet limits the deposits of pebbles which can be in any
way connected W'ith terraces of the present river, and that there
were absolutely no deposits that could reasonably indicate the pres-
ence of land ice over that region at any time. A boulder of gneiss
one foot in diameter is reported from the fourth terrace at North-
umberland, 175 feet above the river. (G 7, p. 336.)

We then ascended the river to Bloomsburg, and drove westward
to join the line of Lewis's terminal moraine near Knob Mountain, a
mile or two north of Orangeville, in Columbia County. Here Ave
found extensive terrace deposits in the valley of Fishing Creek,
risinw something- more than 100 feet above it. We also found con-
siderable deposits of transported boulders on the hills north of
Lightstreet, extending in a practically continuous sheet from
the terminal moraine which Lewis had located on the farm of Wm.
Beck, two miles north of Orangeville. Without much question the
ice extended here on the hills west of the river almost as far south-
west as Bloomsburg, and covered to a height of from 300 to 400
feet above the river, the projection of Montour's Ridge which
extends northeastward from the city. (See G 7, p. 256.)

A drive over the uplands on the east side of the river as far as
Mifflinville, showed that there was nothing which could be attribu-
ted to glacial action over that area until reaching a point about two
miles south of Mifflinville, where a few conglomerate boulders and
some scratched stones appeared about 500 feet above the river. It
is perhaps possible that these may have been derived from the
higher outcrops on Kescopec Mountain, two or three miles to the
east. But they now rest on the surface of Hamilton slate, and are
separated from the mountain by a valley of considerable depth,
eroded by a small creek. So scarce, however, are these remnants of
the ice age that they escaped the eagle eye of Professor I. C. White.
(G. 7. p. 278.) But in view of the abundant signs observed
by him, as Avell as by myself on the other side of the river, I
have little hesitation in bringing the border of the glacial field on
the south side of the river, down to the west boundary of Mifflin
township. Professor White is also probably right in opposition to

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1892.

Professor Lewis in bringing the ice border down to Green Creek on
the north side of Knob Mountain, in Orange township. (G. 7, p.
217.) Thus it appears that the section between Bloomsburg and
Berwick (Am. Jour. vol. 135, pp. .376, 464), upon which Mr.
McGee depends for proof of his Columbia submergence of 500 feet
in this region, is within the attenuated border or fringe, as I had
surmised, and hence fails to prove what he supposed.

On passing over into the valley of the Lehigh, we first drove
from the Glen Summit Hotel to Hazleton, during which we satis-
fied ourselves that there are no glacial deposits much farther south
than the terminal moraine, as there marked by Professor Lewis at
Drums, where a short distance to the south, the outcropping coal
measures form a bold obstructing wall several hundred feet above
the valley of Nescopec Creek. But the region beyond is so broken
up by raining operations, and with the disintegrating debris of the
Pottsville Conglomerate, that I should not put entire confidence in
such investigations as I was able to make.

In the broad anticlinal valley crossed by the Lehigh, between
Mauch Chunk Mountain and Blue Ridge, however, the opportunity
for crucial tests is as good as could be desired. Here we found
that the evidence of direct occupation by glacial ice extended at
most only a few miles beyond the moraine, as marked on Lewis's
map. Extensive drives up the valley of Big Creek, near the
mountain north from Weissport, across the valley both of Big
Creek and Aquanchicola Creek to the Lehigh "Water Gap, as well
as south from Lehighton, up and across the valley of Mahanoy
Creek, demonstrated to my satisfaction that glacial ice had never
extended to within ten miles of the Lehigh at this point. At
Lehighton, however, there is a well defined pebbly terrace rising
about 75 feet above the river. The material is well rounded, and
mixed with yellow sand and clay. These terrace deposits do not
appear above that level anywhere between Lehighton and the
Water Gap, either on the Lehigh or on its tributaries. But on the
gentle slopes of Mauch Chunk and Big Creek Mountains there are
many pebbles which have evidently been brought down in the slow
process of erosion. These are collected at various heights in special
quantity in front of the openings into the mountains effected by the
side streams, and in many cases clearly represent ancient deltas
when the whole drainage was at a higher level.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

East of the Blue Ridge I was joined by Professor A. A. Wright,
who had been spending the summer at Flemington, N. J., and who
at my request had been giving attention to the deposits near by, at
High Bridge and Pattenburg. Hence I will begin with the conclu-
sions concerning those deposits so fully described by Professor
Salisbury and classed by him as glacial. And certainly at first
glance they do look enough like glacial deposits to " deceive if it
were possible the very elect." That in this case it is possible, I
think is proved by the fact that they have probably deceived Pro-
fessor Salisbury. As described so well by him (N, J. Geol. Sur.
1891, p. 103), these deposits show only slight signs of stratification,
and contain, mingled through the clay to a depth of from ten to thirty
feet, many boulders large or small, some of them several feet in diam-
eter, and most of them partially rounded. There are also many
smaller fragments of slate, nearly all of which are scratched. One
well scratched fragment, about two feet long and one and a half
wide, was observed well scratched on one side. At Pattenburg also
we found two or three of the boulders of harder rock somewhat
scratched. But such are very rare, and the rounding was not
quite characteristic of a glaciated region.

A noticeable, and I believe, a crucial fact in determining the
character of the deposit, is that the material is local. The boul-
ders are all of a gneissoid character, such as compose the mountain
which in both places rises several hundred feet above the deposits
directly to the north, and down which boulders of the same sort are
creeping in majestic array in every direction. I did, however, at
High Bridge, note one small pebble which was possibly Potsdam
sandstone. Furthermore these mountain flanks were doubtless once
covered with strata of limestone and slate, such as are still found in
close proximity in the synclinal basins which have escaped erosion.
Hence it is possible, if not probable, that the fragments of slate are
the remains which have escaped absolute destruction by the erosive
agencies which have been so long at work in this whole region.
The scratches might well have been made in the process of creeping
down the disintegrating mountain side, which secures almost exactly
the same mechanical forces as the movement of a glacier does.
Creep scratches engaged the attention of Professor Lewis and
• myself at the outset of our investigations in Pennsylvania in 1881,
and are discussed at considerable length both on p. 96 of vol, Z, in the
account of phenomena at Hickory Run, in Carbon County, and in

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

other places. They were also noticed on the slate rocks at Bangor.
I have taken pains this summer to revisit some of these places, and
am more than ever impressed with the fact that a small scratched
surface, and a limited number of scratched pebbles do not prove a
glacial period. Near Ackermansville, in Northampton County, Pa.,
I observed excellent strise on the slate rock in a railroad cut, made by
the loose material which has slid down the bank since the cut was
opened a year or two ago. I also succeeded in securing well marked
scratches on slate pebbles by an artificial slide which I myself pro-
duced in the bank at Pattenburg.

It is fair to say, however, that we found evidence of the true
fringe of the ice age so near to both High Bridge and Pattenburg,
that it is not much of a strain on the scientific imagination to
suppose that the ice here just crossed over Musconetcong Mountain
and ended for a while at these points. But that this was not the
case, I think is evident from the considerations following: —

1st. The cause already adduced is entirely competent to produce
the results. There is no occasion to introduce a greater cause.

2d. The absence, as just stated, of all material foreign to the im-
mediate locality, demonstrates the local character of the cause.

3d. The appearance of foreign material as an overwash gravel in
the valley of the Musconetcong River, eight or ten miles to the
northwest just beyond Junction, shows that foreign material would
have been brought by glacial ice, had it extended so far. Here
pebbles of the enduring and well defined Medina sandstone, and
Oneida conglomerate, appear to a considerable extent, derived
probably from the moraine to the northeast, in which it has its
headwaters. But on the low summits of the parallel Pohatcong
Mountain, south of Washington, we failed to find any foreign mate-
rial in two cross sections which we made under favorable circum-
stances. In the valley of the Pohatcong, at and below Washington,
however, the foreign material is so abundant and of such size as to
make it probable that the glacial ice overrode Scott's Mountain.
Boulders of the Medina and Oneida sandstones occur here south of
Pohatcong River, in connection with a deposit of large extent of
finer material capped with loam and clay. The railroad also makes
two other good sections in till south of the mountains. From this
point on to the north these characteristic foreign boulders are i
found at frequent intervals on the road leading up the south side of
Scott's Mountain toward Oxford Furnace, to a height of 360 feet

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

479

above the river. These boulders uierease in abundance on the north
side, but ai'e mingled in irregular fashion Avith the disintegrated
material of the gneiss of which the mountain is constituted. It is
this disintegrated local material, both here and at High Bridge and
Pattenburg, I presume, which Professor Salisbury has attributed
to an earlier glacial epoch. Two or three miles farther north begin
the accumulations which have been called the terminal moraine.
It is important to notice that there is continuity in the distribution
■of this foreign material from the moraine southward over Scott's
Mountain into the valley of the Pohatcong at Washington, but that
the continuity seems to be broken at the low ridge of Pohatcong
Mountain.

On going farther west this same continuity in the distribution of
foreign material in front of the moraine occurs down to an equal
and even longer distance south. The Medina and Oneida boulders
are very abundant at Little York, which is near the summit of

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892-

Scott's Mountain, (400 feet above the river Pohatcong. and
600 above the Delaware), and continues to Brass Castle, on
the Pohatcong. On going still fiirther west, we found the
same continuity of foreign boulders extending through Har-
mony over Marble Mountain, a projection of Scott's Moun-
tain, while the plain bordering the Pohatcong Creek was
deeply covered with Medina and Oneida boulders down to the
vicinity of Phillipsburg. These must have been derived from the
deposits which had been brought over from Scott's and Marble
Mountains by glacier ice. Going still farther south on this line
within five miles of the Delaware, we found Medina and Oneida
boulders all along to the summit of a col on Musconetcong
Mountain, two or three miles west of Bloorasbury, and at a height
of something over 500 feet above the river. Here a boulder of
Medina was found measuring 3x25x1 feet. Another still retained a
A'^ery perfectly scratched surface.

The other portions of the mountain here rose about 200 feet
higher than this col, and upon them we failed to find foreign boul-
ders. But on following down a small stream leading south to
another Little York on Hikihokake Creek, bordering the Triassic
shales, which here begin, we found many pebbles of M edina sandstone
distributed about its ancient delta. But they did not extend far out
on the Triassic deposits. A long detour upon these showed that they
were perfectly free from foreign material. Though flanking the
gneissoid rocks of Musconetcong Mountain, which rises several
hundred feet above them, there has been no southern transportation
of material over that area since the original deposition of the
Triassic period. This seems to prove conclusively that glacial ice
once extended within five miles of the Delaware River, as far south
as the summit of Musconetcong Mountain and no farther.

Some facts in confirmation of this inference occur at Pattenburg,
which is just over the watershed to the east, leading into the Raritan
River, and not more than seven miles distant. The supposed glacial
deposit there lies near the headwaters of Mulhockaway Creek, which
in the upper part separates the gneissoid rocks of Musconetcong
Mountain from the Triassic rocks to the south. The Triassic rocks
rise upward of 400 feet above the stream on the south, while the
gneissoid rocks rise about the same height on the north. The
Triassic deposits are here of a conglomerate character, often con-
taining pebbles a foot in diameter, some of which seem to have been

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

derived from the Medina group. Some of these occurred near the
Pattenburg cut, and at first deceived us. But subsequently we
found portions of this Triassic conglomerate in places in the cut, and
satisfied ourselves that there was nothing but local material there.
The gneissoid rocks have worked into the valley faster than the
Triassic, but at the same time the stream has cut down deeper on
the side occupied by the gneiss rock. There has been no inter-
mingling of material as there must have been had glacial ice covered
the whole area. Musconetcong Mountain was the limit of glacial
action east of the Delaware River and west of Bloomsburg.

These inferences are confirmed by the absence of evidences of the
action of land ice in the country on both sides of the river south of
this point. From Riegelsville, near the mouth of the Musconet-
cong River, we drove to Bursonville, several miles out over the
Triassic plateau which there extends beyond the Archjean outcrop,
which rises several hundred feet on the south of the Lehigh, and
where, if there had been any southern transportation by land
ice, the remains would be most likely to be seen. But there was
not the least sign of foreign material to be found. We drove out on
both sides of the river at Lambertville, some distance down toward
Trenton, with the same result. Professor A. A. Wright drove
from Flemington across Sourland Mountain with the same result.

Along the Delaware we found distinct terraces both of Trenton
and Columbia gravels. At Riegelsville the Columbia was well
developed in an extensive terrace, preserved in an ox bow of the
valley at a height of 175 feet. It had all the characteristics of the
Brick Clays and Red Gravel at Philadelphia and other places
below.

In addition to these detours we took the ride along the North
Pennsylvania Railroad, from Bethlehem to Philadelphia, which
passes over Mesozoic deposits for a distance of 25 or 30 miles, and
shows almost a continuous section of the surface soil. There is no
foreign material in it or on it. The same is true in New Jersey in
the sections shown on the railroad from South Plainfield to Flem-
ington, and from Bound Brook to Trenton.

The deposits at Fallsington belong to the Columbia. They are
related to the river level, and are not higher than those at Philadel-
phia. The occurrence of scratched stones in them simply teaches
thatfloatingicecan transport material without effacing all scratches.
At Bridgeport, opposite Norristown, on the Schuylkill River, there

32

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

is a terrace scarcely 100 feet high. I very much question whether
there are any "glaciated" pebbles in it. Certainly the whole
country around through which we drove for a considerable distance,
does not show signs of glacial action. I should say that the occur-
rence of scratched stones in that vicinity conclusively proves that
such striation can be produced by other causes than glacial ice.
The same is, perhaps, true of Professor Salisbury's other isolated
cases at Bethlehem and Sunbury, and probably support my
inferences concerning the deposits at High Bridge and Pattenburg.

The conglomerate boulders between Monmouth Junction and
Deans are not over 100 feet above sea-level, and there is no higher
land between them and the Delaware at Trenton. They may,
therefore, easily have been floated into their present position during
the flooded condition of the lower Delaware Valley, when the depos-
its of Philadelphia red gravel and brick clay (the Columbia) took
place.

The facts already presented concerning the extension of glacial
ice on the east side of the Delaware River for several miles south of
Easton, furnish the key to the perplexing phenomena of the Lehigh
Valley below Bethlehem. The fringe of glacial ice deposits extends
southward to the vicinity of Easton, and westward to the divide
between Bushkill and Monocacy creeks in the vicinity of Nazareth.
The evidence is not yet as complete as I would like, but there is
already enough to give a great degree of certainty.

It is significant that Monocacy Creek north of Bethlehem is per-
fectly free from pebbles — the natural reason being that it has its
course over limestone and slate formations which furnished none.
If these formations had been overrun by glacial ice, this would
not have been the case. On the other hand, Bushkill Creek has
them in abundance. The only difference between the creeks is that
boulders had been scattered over the headwaters of the Bushkill by
the ice, and not over those of Monocacy. That the ice extended
nearly, at least, to the watershed between the creeks seems certain,
from the fact that large boulders of Medina occur in considerable
abundance on the slate hills two miles north of Nazareth, at a height
of about 400 feet above the Bushkill.

The Lehigh, from the Gap to Easton, flows through or across the
Hudson River Slates and Trenton Limestone, which so persistently
border the Blue Ridge all along the Atlantic coast. For some
reason, the surface of the limestone belt is pretty generally from 200

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

to 300 feet lower than the slate. Indeed the limestone is rarely
more than 200 feet above the river. Hence it is within reach of
the regular Columbia deposits. It is therefore difficult to tell
whether the distribution of glaciated material over this area about
Bethlehem and toward Easton was by direct glacial action or by the
aid of water. The extension of the ice past the mouth of the
Lehigh would indicate a good deal of disturbance in the drainage
of the river, and I am inclined to recognize that agency in account-
ing for many of the facts. The terraces at Bethlehem are not over
200 feet above the river. If, however, it be true that Professor
Salisbury has found glaciated pebbles 500 feet above the river on
the mountain south of the city I should grant the extension of the
glacier to that point. But such an extension seems to me improb-
able, from the lay of the land. The glacier which surmounted
Blue Ridge at Offset Mountain, and in its retreat piled up the vast
moraine at Ackermansville, may well have fanned out to cover the
hills north of Nazareth, and it certainly deposited a moraine of
considerable dimensions near Shimerville, about five miles north of
Easton. But it seems unlikely that it could extend as far as Beth-
lehem, and since we have other causes in the field to easily account
for all the facts that appear there, we need not make the supposi-
tion. Floating ice in a river valley gorged as this was both by bergs
from the glacier further up, and by land ice at its mouth, is cause
sufficient, and there is no need of asking for more.

The conclusion of the whole matter is : — 1st, That on the Atlantic
coast, as in the Mississippi Valley, there is usually a fringe of thinner
glacial deposits extending a few miles more or less, south
of any well defined moraine. 2d, That this fringe is lim-
ited in the east branch of the Susquehanna by Montour's
Ridge at Bloomsburg. That all the higher glacial deposits
below that point belong to the Columbian era, and do not
extend anywhere much above 200 feet above the river, while
at Harrisburg they are limited to about 180 feet. 3d, That in the
Delaware Valley the ice extended about six miles past the mouth of
the Lehigh, and for several miles northeastward was limited by
Musconetcong Mountain, and then drew back to the rear of
Pohatcong Mountain. Farther east, however, these mountains both
come again into the range of the ice movement. 4th, That the
lower part of the Lehigh was specially clogged with ice, so as to
increase the floods for some distance up toward the Gap, but the ice

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

did not pass over South Mountain into the Triassic plain of Bucks
County. 5th, That below this moderate fringe there is no evidence
of direct glacial action, but every evidence against it, except possi-
bly at High Bridge and Pattenburg. 6th, The important thing to do
now is accurately to delineate the border of this fringe by the aid
of the easily recognizable transported foreign material. Since last
summer I have been able to determine the limit approximately
a few miles south of Draketown, near German Valley, about half
way between High Bridge and Dover. A few days' work would, I
am confident, determine the line entirely across the State. 7th,
The deposits mentioned by Professor Salisbury at Fallsington, in
Pennsylvania, and at Monmouth and Kingston, in New Jersey,
consist of material which has been distributed by the floods coming
down the Delaware River, while those at High Bridge and Patten-
burg possibly belong to the fringe, but more probably to move-
ments connected with the secular disintegration of the gneissoid
mountain core, at whose southern base they now lie. 8th, That the
facts do not lend support to the theory of a discontinuity between
the drift north of the moraine and that south of it. Instead of hold-
ing with Professor Salisbury that the drift under discussion has "not
had any genetic connection with the moraine, or any time relation
to it, except one of great separation" (N. J. Ann. Rep. for 1891,
p. 105), we should hold that it had both a genetic connection and a
moderately close time relation. It is not true that the extra-morainic
drift is, as Professor Salisbury says, " composed of materials which
are, in some measure, inherently unlike those which compose the
moraine." The drift material is essentially the same. The material
in it " inherently unlike those which compose the moraine, " comes
from the gneissoid rocks with which it is mingled, and which have
been undergoing disintegration for untold ages. The " advanced
stage " of " oxidation, leaching, disintegration," apparent at Little
York and the other places mentioned by Professor Salisbury, is
plainly due to preglacial, rather than to postglacial influences. We
cannot, therefore, with him hold "that this extra-morainic drift
represents the remnant of a drift-covering once more extensive and
more uniformly present than now, and that, ... it was formed
... by an ice sheet which overspread New Jersey much earlier
than that which made the terminal moraine, and the main body of
drift which lies north of it." (N. J. Ann. Rep. for 1891, p. 105.)

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

The following annual reports were read and referred to the Pub-
lication Committee : —

REPORT OF RECORDING SECRETARY.

The Recording Secretary respectfully reports that the meetings
of the Academy have been held Avithout intermission throughout
the year, a sufficient number of members being present every
Tuesday evening, even through the mid-summer months, for the
transaction of scientific business.

The average attendance has steadily increased, amounting during
the twelve months from Dec. 1, 1891, to Nov. 30, 1892, to 64 as
compared with 52 in 1891, and 30 in 1889. This satisfactory
result has been due in part to the interest felt in the ordinary
verbal communications made at the meetings, but in a measure to
the extraordinary attendance secured by issuing postal card notices
of events somewhat distinct from the routine work of the Academy.
Among these may be mentioned an illustrated address on the
exploration of Labrador by Mr. Henry G. Bryant, a paper by the
President on the extent of the coal supply of the world and the
possible consequences of its exhaustion, an account by the Rev. Mr.
Nassau of the character, habits and mode of capture of the gorilla,
and the report by Lieutenant R. E. Peary of the results of his
Greenland exploration.

The attendance on these occasions varied from 137, who listened
to Mr. Nassau's paper, to 922, who were present when Lieutenant
Peary made his report. In addition to these, and in many cases
not of less importance, communications have been made by Messrs
Allen, A. P. Brown, Calvert, Chapman, Cope, Dixon, Foote,
Goldsmith, Hay, Heilprin, Holman, Ives, Koenig, McCahey,
McCook, Martindale, Pilsbry, Rand, Rex, Ryder, Sharp, Willcox
and Wool man.

Ninety-seven pages of the Proceedings for 1891, illustrated by
3 plates, and 325 pages for 1892, illustrated by 13 plates, have
been issued. The third part of the ninth volume of the quarto
journal, consisting of 159 pages and 8 plates, has also been published
and distributed to subscribers and exchanges. The Conchological
Section has continued the publication of the Manual of Conchology,

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

two volumes in continuation of the first and second series of the
work, devoted respectively to Marine Univalves and Pulmonata,
having been completed. They consisted of 420 pages and 126
plates. During the same time the Entomological Section has dis-
tributed 268 pages and 10 plates of the "Entomological News," and
307 pages with 16 plates of the Transactions. As it is through its
publications the Academy is brought into communication with the
scientific world, the record of its activity in this department during
the past year is most gratifying.

Twenty-four papers have been jiresented for publication as fol-
lows :— H. A. Pilsbry 4, Edw. D. Cope 3, J. E. Ives 2, William
B. Scott 2, Thomas Meehan 2, William J. Fox 1, Isaac J. Wistar
1, Carl H. Eigenmann and Rosa S. Eigenmann 1, Henry C. Chap-
man 1, A. P. Brown 1, Witmer Stone 1, Henry Skinner 1, John A.
Ryder 1, Horace A. Hofl^man 1, Ernest Walker 1, and Edw. L.
Green 1. One of these was returned to the author, one was with-
drawn by the author, and the others have either been published or
are in the hands of the printer. The greater number of communi-
cations made verbally at the meetings have been reported by the
authors and printed in the Proceedings.

The edition of the Proceedings of the Academy is 1,000 copies,
90 of which are sent out to subscribers, and 500 to exchanges. Of
the Journal 500 cojiies are printed, 37 are sent to subscribers and.
50 to exchanges.

It is again necessary to urge the desirability of greatly enlarg-
ing the Publication Fund so as to enable the Publication Committee
to secure prompt issue, with creditable illustrations, of all worthy
communications presented to the Academy. Our obligations to
our correspondents increase yearly, and the liberal exchanges for
which, as will be seen by the Librarian's report, we are indebted
to kindred societies throughout the world, still constitute the chief
and by far the most important additions to our library. In this
exchange of the results of brain-work, the Academy cannot afford
to be on the debtor side of the account.

Sixty members and six correspondents have been elected, an
important increase in the former over the accessions of recent,
years. The deaths of ten members and of three correspondents have
been announced and recorded in the published Proceedings. The
following members have resigned : — Otto Luthy, Minford Levis
M. D., Robert Meade Smith M. D., Henry Hartshorne M. D., W.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

S. Aiichinchloss, E. F. Smith, H. LeBarre Jayne, S. N. Rhoadsand
Mi's. E. L. Head. The actual increase in membership, therefore,
at the end of the year is forty-one.

The departure of the expedition for the relief of Lieutenant
Peary, and its return, Sept. 23, accompanied by the exploring party
which had been^left at McCormick Bay, July 30 of the preceding
year, were the events in the current history of the Academy which
attracted most popular attention and interest. The details of the
enterprise, the success of Lieutenant Peary and his associates,
and of the party which went to their relief under the direction of
Professor Heilprin, have been reported to the Academy. It is
gratifying to be able to record that the work of investigating the
geography of Northern Greenland and the region beyond, so ably
carried on by Lieutenant Peary, will in all probability be continued
by him during the coming year, as on the application of the Presi-
dent of the Academy, he has been granted leave of absence for that
purpose by the Navy Department.

The new lecture hall of the Academy, an important addition to
the educational facilities of the society, was transferred by the Board
of Trustees of the Building Fund, Feb. 23. The usual Friday
evening lectures are delivered in it. Its use was granted to
Professor Rothrock for the delivery of the Michaux forestry
lectures, and several of the meetings of the Geographical Club, a
society in close affiliation with the Academy, have been held
therein.

In response to an application from the State Board of Health,
Dr. S. G. Dixon was appointed March 8th as the representative
of the Academy to act in conjunction with the Board in making a
bacteriological exhibition at the coming Columbian Exposition in
Chicago. It is gratifying that the society is thus to be associated
with a representation of a branch of original research which is
certainly second to none in the jn-actically beneficial results to be
derived from its cultivation.

Mr. Jacob Binder was re-appointed Curator of the AVilliam S.
Vaux collections. As Mr. Binder has been, during a portion of the
year, unable in consequence of failing health to discharge the
duties of the position, Mr. W. W. Jefferis was appointed as his
associate. The growth of the collections under their charge is
recorded in the special report prepared by Mr. Jefl^eris.

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

The Hayden Memorial Medal and fund has been awarded to
Professor Eduard Suess of Vienna, the importance of whose
geological work fully merits the recognition recommended by the
Academy's Committee.

The resignation of Dr. George A. Koenig from the Council,
in consequence of his removal to the West, was received and
accepted with regret. By resolution of the Academy, the election
to fill the vacancy was deferred until the annual meeting.
All of which is respectfully submitted.

Edw. J. Nolan,

Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

The Corresponding Secretary respectfully reports that during the
year commencing December 1, 1891, he has received one hundred
and fifty-one acknowledgments of the receipt of the publications of
the Academy from eighty-one Societies, Museums, etc., and seventy-
eight notices of the forwarding of their own publications from sixty-
one Societies, etc. There has been received fifteen applications to
exchange publications and asking for missing numbers of the Aca-
demy's Journal and Proceedings and three notifications to discon-
tinue exchange. In addition, thirty-two letters on various subjects
have been received and seventeen written. Nine circulars and five
invitations to the Academy to participate in congresses, meetings,
etc., have been received and answered. Six notices of deaths have
been recorded.

During the year six correspondents have been elected, and
notices to that effect have been forwarded. The deaths of three
correspondents have been reported. Twenty-five certificates have
been sent to members and six to correspondents.

One thousand three hundred and nine acknowledgments for
gifts to the library, and two hundred and twenty-five for gifts to
the Museum have been forwarded.

Respectfully submitted,

Benjamin Sharp,

Corn'^ponding Secretary.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

489

I have pleasure in reporting that the statistics of the library
during the twelve months from Nov. 30, 1891, to Dec. 1, 1892,
indicate a steady increase in the rate of growth in this dejiartment
of the Academy. The number of accessions amount to 6,111.
This includes 1,108 volumes forming the John Warner library, to
be referred to later. Exclusive of this special gift, the current
accessions include 4,556 pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 413
volumes and 34 maps, making a total of 5,008, as compared with
4,335 of the preceeding year.

They were derived from the following sources : —

Societies, 2,302 Geological Survey of Texas,

I. V. Williamson Fund, . . r,014 | East Indian Government, .
Editors, 939 i Benjamin Sharp,

Authors, 199

U. S. Department of the Interior, 142

Wilson Fund, 75

Thomas Meehan, 42

Geographical Survey of Mexico, 29

U. S. Department of Agriculture, 2G

Charles P. Perot, 24

H. C. Chapman, 15

■Geological Survey of Russia, . 14

U. S. Department of State, . . 14

Pennsylvania State Librarian, . 14

Minister of Public Works of

France, 13

Henry M. Fisher, 10

U. S. Treasury Department, . 8

•Geological Survey of India, . 8

Geological Survey of Finland, . 6

H. A. Pilsbry, 6

Angelo Heilprin, . . • . . 4

Geological Survey of Alabama, 4

TennesFee State Board of Health, 4

Geographical Survey of Canada, 4

State Entomologist of Illinois, . 3

U. S. Lighthouse Board, ... 3

TJ. S. War Department, ... 3

British Museum, 3

Charles E. Smith, 3

Geological Survey of Kentucky, 3

U. S. Coast Survey, .... 3

Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, 3

Bentham Trustees, Kew Garden,
Depaitment of Mines, N. S. W.,
Rev. D. B. McCartee, ....
Ohio State Board of Agriculture,
Geological Survey of New York,
Australian Government, .
Geological Survey of Missouri, .
Geological Survey of Arkansas,
Ohio State Board of Agriculture,
Pennsylvania State Board of

Health,

Trustees of East Indian Museum,
Smithsonian Institution, . . .

W. H. Dall, •

Missouri Botanical Garden, .

C. C. Febiger,

Illinois Department of Agriculture,

Geological Survey of New Jersey,

H. G. Ives,

W. J. Fox, .......

Department of Mines, Nova Scotia,

G. E. Frisby,

Massachusetts Slate Board of
Agriculture,

T. H. Morgan,

Geological Survey of Portugal, .

Geological Survey of Minnesota,

Norwegian Government, . . .

Geological Survey of Indiana, .

E. J. Nolan

3
3
3
3
2
2

2
2
2
2
2
2

3
2

2

490

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Meteorological Service of Canada 1

Iowa Agricultural College, . . 1

Prof. James Hall, 1

Charles M. Befts, 1

Department of Labor, .... 1

Navy Department, 1

H. B. M. Government, ... 1

Robert Walton

Minister of Works, Mexico,
Russian Government, .

S. G. Dixon,

Henry Skinner, ....
J. H. Redfield, . .

They were distributed to the departments of the library as
follows : —

Journals, 4,060

193
138
90
65
57
35
30
29
27

Geology,

Botany, . , . . . .
General Natural History,
Entomology, ....
Anatomy and Physiology,
Conchology, . . . .
Physical Science,
Voyages and Travels,
Mineralogy, . . . . •
Anthropology, . . . .

22

Helminthology,

Ornithology,

Herpetology,

Encyclopedias,

Mammalogy,

Chemistry, , ,

Agriculture,

Medicine, .

Bibliography, .

Ichthyology,

Geography, .

19

12

12

1

9

9

&

6

5

5

One hundred and sixty accessions were on subjects foreign to the
Academy's interests and remain unclassified.

Mr. John Warner, who died in July 7, 1873, bequeathed to the
Academy his library. It consists of 1,045 volumes, and upward of
1,200 pamphlets, forming 63 additional volumes, for the most part
on pure mathematics, physical science and engineering. The will
was made within one month of Mr. Warner's death, the Academy,
therefore having been adjudged by the Courts a public charity,
could not inherit nor could the books be otherwise conveyed to the
society until the coming of age of Mr. Warner's infant daughter, who
on attaining her majority, signified her wish that her father's
desire should be complied with.

The books have therefore been conveyed to the Academy as the
gift of Mrs. Anna L. and Miss Lydia Warner in harmony with the
wishes of the husband and father. The library is specially rich in
Avorks of the last century on pure mathematics, and forms a valuable
addition to the Academy's bibliographic wealth. It has been
arranged in one of the alcove rooms.

Having been again enabled by friends of the Academy to avail
myself during the summer and autumn of the services of Signer E.
Fronani, he has been emj^loyed the greater part of the time on the
arrangement and cataloguing of the Warner library, a work

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

which otherwise could not have been so promptly performed because
of the want of available clerical assistance. Author and subject
card catalogues of the collection have been completed, while an
author catalogue has been prepared for the pamphlets, which have
been arranged in 63 volumes ready for binding.

Two hundred and thirty-five volumes have been bound, including
Andubon's elephant folio work on the Birds of North America,
the plates of which have been carefully cleaned and backed with
linen. A special case for the reception of this work has been
ordered and will be so constructed as to permit the volumes
to be placed flat, an arrangement which has been found by experi-
ence to be desirable for their preservation from injury. There is
still need of a much larger annual appropriation for binding than
the Academy has heretofore been in a position to make.

In the current work of the library I have received satisfactory
assistance from Mr. William J. Fox, to Avhose usual duties has been
added that of promptly acknowledging gifts and exchanges from
societies and individuals.

All of which is respectfully submitted.

Edw. J. Nolan,

Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The yearly reports of the Curators, (the late Professor Leidy being
their Chairman) during the last decade, state substantially that the
collections in the museum were properly arranged and cared for.
Mr. Charles F. Parker, then Curator-in-Charge, said in his report
for the year ending November 30, 1882, that "the various collec-
tions have been carefully examined, and are in good condition."
He died September 27, 1883. Professor Angelo Heilprin was
elected in his place October 2, 1883.

In his report for the year ending November 30, 1883, he stated,
in substance, that the condition of the museum though not "abso-
lutely satisfactory, is yet fairly good when compared to the condi-
tion of similar collections in this country, or even of those pertain-
ing to foreign institutions."

In all his subsequent reports, including that for the year ending
November 30, 1891, he states that all the collections are in " good,"
or in " satisfactory " condition.

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

April 1, 1892, although requested by his fellow-curators to retain
it, Professor Heilprin resigned the office of Curator-inCharge,
which he had continuously filled during eight years and a half, it
is believed, with general approval.

His colleagues then determined to take care of the Museum as an
executive body without compensation. They agreed that the senior
of the Boa;'d should be the Director, and that Professor Dixon
should be his representative and the executive Curator.

A careful examination of the premises, which the by-laws place in
charge of the Curators, was at ouce begun, and continued through-
out the year. Drs. Dixon and Chapman have given much time
and labor to rectifying whatever they considered to be in need
of correction.

Professor Heilprin did not take part in the work, because about
the time of his resignation, he was fully occupied preparing to lead
a party to relieve Mr. R. E. Peary, who under the auspices of the
Academy, started last year, suitably equipped and accompanied, on
an exploring expedition in Greenland. Both parties safely returned
September 24th. Prof Heilprin at once resumed his office of Sec-
retary of the Board of Curators, and devoted much time and labor in
properly disposing of and arranging the mass of material brought to
the Academy by the two expeditions to Greenland.

The Curators began their work in the cellar. They found some
vakiable specimens and much rubbish. It is supposed that, in the
course of the decade, those specimens were placed there to remain
only till space in the museum for their proper exhibition should be
found.

Rooms in the cellar for the use of the taxidermist, one for the
storage of duplicate specimens ready for exchange, and another
for spare shelves, lumber, etc., were suitably appropriated.

Many specimens found astray in library-rooms were properly
placed in the museum. A room in the library is in course of pre-
paration as the office of the Curators, in which will be aranged all
papers, correspondence, etc., pertinent to their duties.

In the museum were found some specimens misplaced, some in a
decaying state and a few quite ruined. Dozens of skulls, which
were covered with a destructive growth, were cleaned and sterilized.

The skilful taxidermist of the Academy, Mr. D. N. McCadden,
has remounted all the mammals, and repaired several valuable

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

specimens. The birds of North America have been remounted, and
many duplicates withdrawn.

The wet preparations, especially those of reptiles and fishes, have
been placed in fresh alcohol.

The positions of some of the cases in the museum have been
changed, making, as is supposed, inspection of their contents more
satisfactory.

Specimens on the walls of the main stairway to the museum have
been re-arranged and labelled. The archreological collection has
been concentrated, and the Vaux collection of minerals is now
daily open to visitors.

Air-tight dark cases for the preservation of duplicate mammal
and bird-skins have been provided, and a germicide has been placed
in all cases containing organic preparations.

Many specimens loaned but not duly returned have been recov-
ered .

At different times during the year the Curators have received
valuable assistance from Professors Cope, Ryder and Allen in iden-
tifying certain species of reptiles, fishes and bats among the wet
preparations.

The labor of the Professor of the lower vertebrata during the year
is notable. He has re-labeled and numbered 403 trays and bottles
containing specimens of 178 species and varieties of 56 genera in the
carcinological collection, and prepared a complete catalogue of the
same.

Lack of space for suitable arrangement and satisfactory exhibi-
tion of our great collections has existed many years. This need will
be supplied in the course of the next year. The erection of an
additional building, now in process of construction, w'ill add about
30,000 square feet to the floor space of the museum. For a large
part of the means to enable the Trustees of the building fund to do
this work, it seems proper to mention here that the Academy is
very much indebted to the ability and steadiness of purpose of
Professor Heilprin, who several times visited Harrisburg, and by
his representation to members thereof, greatly contributed to satisfy
the Legislature of Pennsylvania of the worthiness of the Academy
to receive pecuniary assistance from the State. Possibly, without
the influence of his intervention, appropriations might not have
been granted at the time.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

All account of special collections in the immediate care of the
Sections or Professors of the Academy is not offered here as it is
properly a part of their annual reports. It is believed that all the
collections are in good condition.

Lists of the additions to the museum during the year will be
appended, including those procured in Greenland by Professor
Heilprin with means supplied by the Academy.

Respectfully submitted,

W. S. W. RUSCHENBERGER,

Chairman of the Curators.

REPORT OF THE BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL

SECTION.

This section has held during the year 1892, nine meetings exclu-
sive of those in conjunction with the Academy.

The membership has been increased by one new member, and one
name has been added to the list of contributors.

Many interesting communications have been made, the more
important of which are :

On Actinomyces bovis, by Dr. S. G. Dixon.

A peculiarity in the skull of a Bat, by Dr. Harrison Allen.

Young of Baculites, by Mr. A. P. Brown.

Syphoptychium and Tubulina, by Dr. G. A. Rex.

Films of metallic Gold, by D. S. Holman.

Hippa, by Dr. Benjamin Sharp.

Pinnotheres, by Dr. Benjamin Sharp,

Joint formation among the Invertebrata, retiring address of Direc-
tor Benjamin Sharp.

Additions to the property of the Section have been made as
follows :

By purchase — One Spencer 1 inch objective.
— Two " B " eye-pieces.

By donation — One tV inch objective, from Mr. A, P. Brown.

One Centennial Microscope from the heirs of Dr. R. S. Kenderdine.

About 600 slide preparations from the heirs of Dr. R, S. Ken-
derdine,

About 45 slide preparations from Mr, Harold Wingate.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

About 50 slide preparations from Dr. George A. Rex.
About 25 slide pre2:)arations from other members.

The officers for the ensuing year are : —

Director, Mr. A. P. Brown.

Vice- Director, .

Recorder,

Treasurer,

Corresponding Secretary, .

Conservator,

Mr. Jno. C. Wilson.
Mr. Harold Wingate.
Mr. Chas. P. Perot.
Dr. Chas. SchafFer.
Dr. Geo. A. Rex.

Respectfully submitted,

Harold Wingate,

Recorder.

REPORT OF THE CONSERVATOR OF THE CONCHO-

LOGICAL SECTION.

Since the last annual meeting of the Conchological Section,
specimens have been received from thirty persons ; the entire num-
ber of trays added to the museum being 1,150, a detailed list of
which is hereto appended.

A valuable accession to the museum during the year is the col-
lection of mollusks both dry and alcoholic, dredged in Greenland
waters, by Professor Angelo Heilprin, of the Peary Relief Expedi-
tion. Although they have not yet been studied, the writer has
ascertained the presence of a number of species not before in the
collection of the Academy, of the genera Margarita, Buccinum,
Sipho and other Arctic groups. The specimens being preserved in
alcohol, are in excellent condition for the examination of the soft
parts.

Various correspondents of the Conservator have supplied a con-
siderable number of our desiderata in United States mollusks ; but
the greater number of additions from this country have been through
the American Association of Conchologists. The special exhibit of
American mollusks, being formed by this Association, has been
increased during the year by 443 trays, representing nearly that
number of species. The total number of trays now in this American
exhibit is 1,510, representing 730 recent and 425 fossil species.

From Messrs G. E. and A. H. Verrill, we have received several
rare species from Dominica, W. I., and from Professor Jose N.

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

Rovirosa, a valuable collection of land and fresh-water shells from
the State of Tabasco, Mexico, including a number of new forms ; a
list of these, with descriptions and illustrations of the new species,
is published in the Proceedings of the Academy.

The more valuable accessions from Australasia, have been the
series of New Zealand Chitons, received from Professor F. W.
Hutton, of Christchurch, N. Z. ; the New Zealand gasteropods,
lamellibranchs and brachiopods, received from Mr. G. W. Wright^
of Auckland, N. Z, ; and a series of 34 selected species of Australian
gasteropods from Mr. Billinghurst, for which the same number of
American shells were sent in exchange.

From Dr. O. F. v. Mollendorff, of Manila, Philippine Islands, 35
species of land shells, new to our collection, being with a few excep-
tions, his own new species. Also a series of 20 Oriental Helices in
alcohol, for dissection.

In the museum the land shells have been remounted and system-
atically arranged, as far as they have been monographed in the last
completed volume of the Manual. The arrangement of the marine
gasteropoda is also practically completed as far as the Chitons, the
study of which has not been iinished.

Four cases fitted with shallow trays in lieu of drawers, have been
supplied by the Curators of the Academy, aflfording space for the
systematic arrangement of the limpets and chitons. It is hoped that
equal facilities for the accommodation of the Bulimi will be pro-
vided during the coming year.

The Conservator has received much assistance during the year
from Messrs Campbell, Johnson and Ford; these gentlemen having
re-arranged the cases containing fluviatile gasteropods, which have
been inconvenieutly over-crowded for several years past. The
entire work of determining, labelling and mounting the specimens
of the American Association collection has also been performed by
the same gentlemen.

Respectfully submitted,

H. A. PiLSBRY,

Conservator.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

During the year, ten meetings have been held, with an average
attendance often persons; the largest number present at a meeting
being thirteen, and the smallest eight. The meetings have been
interesting and instructive, verbal communications on entomological
subjects having been made by nearly all the members and associ-
ates. Three new members have been elected and two associates.
Considerable work has been accomplished in the re-arrangement and
care of the collections by the Conservator and some of the members,
and about twenty-two hundred specimens have been added to the
cabinets; this does not include a thousand or more received through
" Entomological News " to be named. Among the most noteworthy
additions were 845 Mexican Coleoptera, presented by Dr. Horn ;
types of Tachinidae, by C. H. T. Townsend; the Stone collection of
spiders, 160 species in 400 vials, by Mr. Witmer Stone; types of
Jassidge, by E. P. Van Duzee ; 35 species of Aculeate Hymenoptera,
by Charles Robertson ; a collection of Japanese and Indian Lepi-
doptera, presented by Mrs. L. Stevens through Dr. H. C. McCook :
American and European Odonata presented by P. P. Calvert
and the insect collection brought home by the Peary Relief
Expedition. The Section has published during the year Vol. 3,
of the Entomological News, with the financial aid and encouragement
of the American Entomological Society. The volume closed with
268 pages and ten plates. The journal will be continued with
32 or more pages a month, and will be regularly illustrated. It is
now just double the size of Vol. 1, which contained 16 pages per
month, and no illustrations. It is the only regularly illustrated
entomological journal in the world.

At the last meeting, on December 12th, the following were elected
to serve as officers for the ensuing year :

Director, Geo. H. Horn.

Vice-Director, .
Conservator,
Recorder,
Treasurer,

Publication Committee,

I. C. Martin dale.

Henry Skinner.

Henry Skinner.

E. T. Cresson.

j J. H. Ridings,
( Philip Laurent.

Henry Skinner,

Recorder.

33

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION.

The Vice-Director of the Botanical Section respectfully reports
that the Section is wholly free from debt, and that the monthly
meetings have been regularly held, except during the three summer
months. Besides the valuable additions to the library and herbar-
ium of the Academy, announced at each meeting, many interesting
addresses have been given by Messrs Meeban, Redfield, Macfarlane,
Brinton, U. C. Smith, Wilson, Martindale and others, some of
which have been published, or will appear, in the Proceedings of the
Academy.

The membership now consists of 32, and the officers elected for
the ensuing year are :

Director, .... Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger.

Vice- Director, .... Thomas Meehan.
Recorder, ..... Dr. Charles Schaffer.
Cor. Secretary and Treasurer, . Isaac C. Martindale.
Conservator, John H. Redfield.

It is a pleasure to note that under the zealous and unremitting
care of the Conservator, Mr. Redfield, the growth of the herbarium
noted annually for some time past, is not only maintained, but
exceeds that of any previous year. No less than 3,934 species have
come to hand, nearly equally divided between the Old and the New
World, and of these 2,087 were species new to the herbarium.

A list of these contributions is given in detail by the Conservator,
and will be found in the list of additions to the museum.

Thomas Meehan,

Vice-Director.

Report of the Conservator. — In presenting his report for the year
now closing, the Conservator of the Botanical Section has the satis-
faction of stating that in no previous year have the contributions to it
been larger or more valuable. With the increased accommodation
which we may hope soon to enjoy, we have every reason to expect a
continued, substantial and healthy growth of a collection so import-
ant to the study of systematic and practical botany.

The contributions during the past year reach a total of 3,934
species. Of these, 284 belong to the lower Cryptogams, 80 being
Mosses, 57 Hepaticse, 16 Lichens, 2 Algse and 129 Fungi. Of the
remaining 3,650 species of Phanerogams and Ferns, 1,269 proved to

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

be new to the herbarium, 39 of them being of newly represented
genera. Of these 3,650 species, 294 are North American, 1,269 are
]\Iexican and South American, and 2,087 are from the Old World.

The usual detailed statement of the contributions will appear in
the list of additions to the museum. In specifying here some of
the more important, the first place must be given to the very large
accession to our representation of the Orient Flora, in the plants
collected by Bornmiiller and Sintenis, in Greece, Macedonia, Asia
Minor, Armenia, Kurdistan and Mesopotamia, and purchased for
the Academy by the liberality of Mr. Charles E. Smith and a
few other friends of botanical science. These amount to 1,226
species, of which 567 are new to us. Dr. Morong's collections in
Paraguay, sent us during the year, amount to 459 species, more
than half being new to us. Pringle's Mexican collections, made in
1891, are of the same carefully selected and well prepared speci-
mens as heretofore, and reach 266 species, 125 being new to us.
Our faithful correspondent, Mr. T. S. Brandegee, of San Francisco,
has sent us 268 species from the peninsula of Lower California, of
which nearly one-half are novelties to us. From the University of
Pennsylvania we have received 148 species, collected by Dr. Joseph
T. Rothrock in Jamaica and the Bahama Islands, in his voyage
made in the winter of 1890 and 1891. Mr. Meeh an has presented
us with another instalment of Baron von Miiller's Australian
plants, amounting to 135 species.

These additions have all been properly mounted and distributed
to their proper places in the herbarium. The labor and time
demanded by this work, have prevented much progress in the
mounting of the older portions of the herbarium, yet something
has been done in this direction, and the work will be continued as
opportunity^may permit.

The botanical collections made in Greenland by the Peary Relief
Expedition, Mr. William E. Meehan, botanist, during the past
summer, are still under study ; they will be included in the report of
next year. Mr. Stewardson Brown, who so carefully studied the
collections made by Dr. Burk during the expedition of 1891, is
engaged upon those of 1892, and reports that the specimens are in
much better condition than those of the former year, the circumstances
attending the collection having been much more favorable.

Respectfully submitted,

John H. Redfield,

Conservator.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

REPORT OF THE MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGI-
CAL SECTION.

The Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section of the
Academy, would respectfully report that meetings of the Section
with the Academy have been held regularly every month during
the year, besides other meetings of the Section.

One hundred and four specimens of minerals and rocks have
been presented during the year by twenty individuals.

The special feature of the year has been a series of excursions by
the Section to various points of mineralogical and geological inter-
est in the vicinity of Philadelphia. These have been most success-
ful ; the attendance has ranged from twenty to upward of fifty.
The interest manifested has been great, and it is hoped that many
young persons have been influenced toward the study of miner-
als and rocks. These excursions have been without expense to the
Section, except for stationery, etc.

Some members of the Section, with the Conservator, and with the
assent of the Curators, are engaged in rectifying the labels of the
specimens in the Academy's collection, quite a number of which
were found to have either wrong localities, or localities too indefi-
nite.

Respectfully submitted,

Theo. D. Rand,

Director.

REPORT OF THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION.

During the past year much important work has been accom-
plished in the re-arrangement of the Ornithological collections, and
they are now in an excellent state of preservation.

The renovation of the exhibition collection of birds has been
begun in accordance with the plan outlined in last year's report,
and with the assistance of the Academy's able taxidermist, Mr. D.
N. McCadden, very satisfactory progress has been made.

The collection of North American birds has been entirely
remounted on walnut or stained stands, and re-labelled in accord-
ance with the American Ornithologists' Union check-list, while the
habitat of each species also appears on the label, which Avill prove
of material aid to those who consult the collection. The whole

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

number of specimens contained in this collection is over 1,400, rep-
resenting upward of 600 species and sub-species of North Ameri-
can birds. Many of the specimens needed to render the collection
complete are contained in the study series of skins, and exan)ples
of these will be mounted during the ensuing year.

The collection of Ostriches and Apteryges has also been thoroughly
renovated during the year, and the specimens of Tyrant Flycatchers
in the museum, numbering about 450, have been identified and
catalogued, representations of all the principal forms having been
remounted and the duplicates reduced to skins for the study series.

Any further work in this direction, however, is rendered impossible
by the lack of suitable cases of drawers in which the collection of skins
may be safely preserved. All the available space is now crowded,
and it is absolutely impossible to find accommodation for the addi-
tions that are being received. In view of the importance of this
need, it is to be hoped that the necessary cases will soon be supplied.

The study collection of skins, now numbering about 6,000 speci-
mens, has at last been catalogued and entirely re-labelled, which
adds greatly to its usefulness. Over 3,000 specimens have been
catalogued and labelled during the past year. For valuable
assistance in this connection the Conservator is indebted to Mr.
Samuel Wright.

The collection of birds' eggs has also been temporarily rear-
ranged, and the North American specimens separated and re-labelled.
Many valuable ornithological specimens have been received during
the year.

Foremost among these is a collection of 46 Arctic birds, secured
by the North Greenland Expedition, and a collection of 76 speci-
mens brought back by the Peary Relief Expedition. These
together with the Arctic birds secured by the West Greenland
Expedition of 1891, form probably the finest collection of Green-
land birds in this country.

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has continued to add
to the beautiful series of nests and eggs of Pennsylvania and New
Jersey birds which was presented last year, and the collection has
doubled in size, containing at the present time, 80 nests and sets of
eggs. Quite a number of groups of birds have been prepared to
accompany the nests, which serve to render the collection more
attractive and instructive. The Philadelphia Zoological Society
has presented numerous valuable birds, which have been mounted

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

or preserved as skins, and further donations have been received
from Dr. S. G. Dixon, I. N. DeHaven, D. N. McCadden and others.

It is gratifying to note the increased interest in Ornithology
among the members of the Academy, due to the efforts of the Sec-
tion and the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, as well as the
appreciation by the visiting public of the improvements and addi-
tions in the Ornithological departments of the museum.

At the annual meeting of the Section, held December 19th, 1892,
the following officers were elected for the ensuing year:

Director, ...... Spencer Trotter, M. D.

Vice- Director, ....
Recorder, ....

Corresponding Secretary, .
Treastirer, ....
Conservator, ....

Respectfully submitted,

AViTMER Stone,

Conservator.

George Spencer Morris.
Stewardson Brown,
Charles E. Ridenour.
Isaac C. Martindale.
Witmer Stone.

REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF INVERTEBRATE

PALEONTOLOGY.

The Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology respectfully reports
that owing to his participation in the organization and accomplish-
ment of the Peary Relief Expedition — a duty with which he was
entrusted by the Council of the Academy and the Academy — he
has been able to give but little, in fact, scarcely any, attention to
his department during the past year. It is believed, however, that
this deficiency in attention has been more than compensated by
the valuable collections which have resulted from the Greenland
Expedition, and which touch largely the departments of geology
and paleontology. Of such collections may be mentioned the series
of blocks of Ovifak iron, the fossils of the elevated terraces of
Greenland, the fossil fishes from Ameralik Fjord, and above all the
extensive series of Cretaceous and Miocene plant remains from
Atanekerdluk. The fossil fishes, the first of the class that have
been obtained in the region, are but few in number, but advice
from one of the Governors of South Greenland, under date of Sep-
tember 17th, indicates that a box-full has been directed to the

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

Academy ; doubtless this supplemental collection will be received
in due time. Only a part of the Arctic collections has been thus
far classified and labeled, the present limitation of space in the
Academy's working rooms rendering the process of arrangement a
laborious one.

Among other valuable additions to the department made during
the year are an extensive series of Tertiary fossils from the Atlantic
and Gulf borders of the United States, for which the Academy is
indebted to Mr. Joseph Willcox; a collection, comprised in 89 trays,
of sub-Carboniferous crinoids from the Burlington Group, purchased
by the Curators from Mr. F. L. Sarmiento ; and an interesting
series of Cambro-Silurian fossils, presented by the late Dr. J. P.
Lundy, from the region of Lake St. John, Canada.

No relief to the crowded condition of the Academy's collections
in the department of invertebrate paleontology has thus far been
found possible, and probably no marked change in this direction
will be effected until the occupancy by the Academy of the new
building, which is now in course of erection.

No lectures in this professorial department have been delivered
during the year, and the undersigned regrets his failure to finish the
preparation of the course which had been intended for the autumn
season, and upon which he hopes to enter during the coming month.

Respectfully submitted,
Angelo Heilprin,

Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology.

REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF THE LOWER

INVERTEBRATA.

The Professor of the Lower Invertebrata respectfully reports that
during the past year he has delivered two lectures, one on " Green-
land," and one on " Death from a Zoological Point of View."

The additions to the museum are noteworthy. They include
the Crustaceans and Echinoderms collected by the West Greenland
Expedition of 1891, together with twelve very fine specimens of
Antedon eschrichti, (a crinoid ), collected by the Peary Relief
Expedition of 1892 ; a collection of Sponges from the Mexican
Expedition of 1890, and sixteen jars of Echinoderms collected by
William J. Fox in Jamaica.

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

There have been further presented about twenty-five species of
Crustacea maiuly from our coasts and from Jamaica.

During the year, work has been carried ou almost exclusively in
the carcinological collection, the specimens having been re-labeled
and a catalogue prepared, which will be published in the next
volume of the Proceedings. At present all the alcoholic and dried
specimens of the Stoniatopoda and Macroura have been examined as
far as the Homaridea, and the dried specimens through the Loricata.
Respectfully submitted,

Benjamin Sharp,

Professor of the Lower Invertebrata.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE WILLIAM S.

VAUX COLLECTIONS.

Owing to the continued illness of the Curator of the " William S.
Vaux Collections," Mr. Jacob Binder, I am unable to state what
additions he had made to the collection during the earlier part of
the year, but since I have been acting as his assistant I have pur-
chased 41 sj^ecimens of minerals, several of them being of special
beauty.

The rooms have been constantly open to the public during the
latter part of the year, an attache of the Academy being in attend-
ance, resulting, it is believed in an increased interest in the science
of Mineralogy.

The collections are in good condition, but not in a suitable room
for exhibition, as the minerals in the greater number of the cases
can be seen only by gas light, which is to be regretted.

Respectfully submitted,

Wm. W. Jefferis,

Act in;/ Curator.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILAI^ELPHIA. 505

The Standing Committee of Council ou By-Laws presented the
following which was ordered to be printed : —

REPORT ON THE JESSUP FUND.

At a business meeting of the Academy, March 27, 18(>0, the fol-
lowing letter was read and referred to a special committee, of which
Messrs. William S. Vaux, Joseph Leidy, Isaac Lea, Robert Bridges
and Joseph Jeanes were the members :

Philadelphia, March 6, 1860.

Isaac Lea, Esq., President of the Academy of Natural Scieiices
of Philadelphia:

Dear Sir: — The undersigned, children of the late Augustus E.
Jessup, believing that it was his intention to leave a sum of money
to the Academy of Natural Sciences, for the purposes stated below,
and desiring to carry out what we have cause to think were his
intentions, propose to pay to the Academy the sum of one hundred
and twenty dollars per annum, to be applied to its publication fund ;
and the further sum of four hundred and eighty dollars per annum
to be used for the support of one or more deserving poor young man
or men who may desire to devote the whole of his or their time and
energies to the study of the natural sciences.

The above sums we propose to pay as long as we feel our circum-
stances to be such as will warrant our doing so, and we look forward
to investing in trust, at some not distant time, the principal of the
sums named for the purpose of creating a perpetual fund for the

above named uses.

A. D. Jessup,

E. A. Jessup,

Clara J. Moore.

At a meeting of the Academy for business April 24, 1860, " the
committee on the communication of Mr. A. D. Jessup, Mr. E. A.
Jessup and Mrs. Clara J. jNIoore, presented a report accepting the
trust, recommending that the President and Curators be constituted
a perpetual committee under the direction of the Academy to carry
out the intentions of the late Augustus E. Jessup as expressed in
said communication ; and that a copy of the publications of the
Academy be presented to each of the above named children of the
late Mr. Jessup, beginning with the volumes now in progress, which
report was adopted and the committee discharged."

At the annual meeting of the Academy, Dec. 25, 1860, the com-
mittee on the Jessup Fund reported, July 1, that the first payment

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

was made, ^60 to the publication fund, and $240 to the Jessup
Fund.

William M. Gabb was appointed Jessup student from June 1,
and C. C. Abbott from August 1, each to receive twenty dollars a
month.

The rules for the administration of the fund, devised by the com-
mittee, were adopted as follows :

1. Applications for benefits from the Jessup Fund shall be made
in writing to the committee (every three months).

2. Benefits from the fund shall not be received by the same per-
son for a longer period than two years Avithout the unanimous con-
sent of the committee.

3. The beneficiaries shall devote one-half of their time, under
the direction of the committee, to the study and management of
the museum of the Academy.

4. Each beneficiary shall receive twenty dollars monthly by au
order from the committee on the Treasurer.

Dr. Leidy, at the meeting of the Academy March 9, 1869,
announced that the trustees of the Jessup Fund would receive
applications of candidates for its benefits.

May 25, 1869, the Academy unanimously adopted a revised code
of by-laws, in which, Chapter iv. Art. 1, it is enacted that "The
Council shall determine who shall be beneficiaries of the Jessup
Fund."

Since that date no legislation on the subject has been had.

From the date of acceptance of this trust until October, 1892, 54
young men and one young Avoman have been beneficiaries of the
fund. Seven of the number have filled or are now filling profess-
orial chairs satisfactorily.

Mrs. Clara J. Moore, November, 1888, generously added 85,000
to the fund. In a letter to the Chairman of the Committee on
By-laws, August 19, 1892, she wrote: "As my father made no
mention of young women, I prefer to give the same amount that he
gave to be applied on the same terms to the support of one or more
young women who may desire to devote the whole of their time and
energies to the study of the natural sciences.

" While I think the amount of twenty dollars a month very
little, I do not wish to influence in any way the decision of those
who are more competent than I am to judge what the objections

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

may be to giving more, but I would suggest that thirty dollars
should be the limit."

Rules for the administration of the Jessup Trust.

1. Candidates for the honor of a place on the list of Jessup stu-
dents must be residents of the United States, of not less than 20
(twenty) nor more than 25 (twenty-five) years of age, and habit-
ually resident within fifty miles of the Academy. But, on the
recommendation of the Board of Curators, the Council may appoint
a candidate who is less than twenty years of age.

2. The Board of Curators shall examine every candidate, and
ascertain his age and place of birth ; his moral and intellectual
character ; his worthiness in all respects of the honor of being
appointed a Jessup student in the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, in order that he may devote his whole time and ener-
gies to the study of the natural sciences under the directions of the
curators of the Academy.

3. Every candidate who, after examination, may be favorably
reported to the Council by the curators, may be appointed a Jessup
student on probation during one month, and if the curators report
that the probation has been satisfactory, the term will be extended
to two years, and may be continued for two additional years at the
discretion of the Council.

4. A Jessup student shall receive from the Jessup fund toward
his support not more than twenty dollars a month, nor during more
than four years.

5. No member of the Academy shall be a Jessup student, and no
Jessup student shall be eligible to membership in the Academy.

6. Every Jessup student who has had the honor to satisfactorily
complete a four years course of study in the Academy shall receive
a certificate thereof, signed by the President and curators of the
Academy.

7. Jessup students shall, in their studies and the occupation of
their time, conform to such rules as the curators may prescribe from
time to time.

8. Written applications to be admitted to the benefit of the Jessup

Fund will be received at any time and considered by the Board of

Curators.

The whole is submitted,

Very respectfully,

W. S. W. RUSCHENBERGER,

Chairman of Committee on By-Latvs.

508

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

The election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the Finance
Committee, to serve during the year 1893, was read with the follow-
ing result :-

Isaac J. Wistar.

Rev. Henry C. McCook, D.D.

Thomas Meehan.

Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Benjamin Sharp, M.D.

Isaac C. Martindale.

Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D.

H. C. Chapman, M.D.

S. G. Dixon, M.D.

J. T. Rothrock, M.D.

President,
Vice-Preddents, .

Recording Secretary,
Corresponding Secretary,
Treasurer, .
Librarian, .
Curator^,

Councillor-^
years.

to serve three

Fina)iee Committee,

Uselma C. Smith.
Charles E. Smith.
Geo. A. Rex, M.D.
William Sellers.
Charles P. Perot.
Charles Morris.
Charles E. Smith.
Uselma C. Smith.
AVilliam Sellers.

ELECTIONS DURING 1892.

MEMBERS.

January 26. — James D. Winsor, H. H. Furness, Jr., Theodore P.
Matthews, Thomas C. Price, Charles W, Johnson, Joseph W.
Hawley, A. Jahn, James S. de Benneville, Charlemagne Tower, Jr.,
Joseph P. Remington, Charles Liebeck, Benjamin Chew Tilghman,
J. E. Ives.

February 23. — Walter Horstmanu, S. Emlen Meigs, John N.
Hutchinson, Charles S. Boyer, A.M., Simon J. Martin.

March 29.— Frank Woodbury, M.D., H. G. Bryant, Lucy
Langdon Williams, General John Markoe, Jean Fraley Hallowell,
Daniel Allen Knight, Jr., Thomas Wistar, M.D.

April 26.— F. H. Giddings.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

May 31. — J. F. Sachse, Henry Redmond, M.D.

June 28. — Francis M. Brooke, Henry Whelen, Hunter Ewing,
C. A. Haniann, M.D.

August 30.— William Bringhurst, M.D.

September 27.— M. V. Ball, M.D., George S. Wolff, J. Liberty
Tadd.

October 25. — John A. Shulze, George Vaux, Jr., Col. Ralph F.
Cullinan, Thomas Earle White, Philip F, Calvert, Aldrich I.
Pennock. George M. Woodward, Mary Vaux, Samuel Castner, Jr.,
John T. M. Cardeza, M.D., Ann May Wharteuby, William L.
DuBois.

November 29. — Charles Coulter, William DeCou, Henry C. Ford,
William E. Meehan, Ann W. Pearsall, Mary Pearsall, William A..
Shryock, Edward S. Scranton, Ellen W. Longstreth, Joseph G.
Harrison, Edward Coles, William Wynne Wister, Jr.

CORRESPONDENTS.

February 23. — Howard Ayers, of Milwaukee, Wis.

March 29. — Karl Claus, of Vienna, Frederick Stearns, of Detroit,
Mich.

3fay 31. — Edward J. Miers, of London, England.

August 30. — Carlos Berg, of Buenos Ayres.

November 29. — John Baird, of Manchester, C. Lloyd Morgan, of
Bristol, England.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

1892.

Archaeology, Ethnology, etc.

J. D. Winsor. Aboriginal implement from Islesboro, Maine.
' C. B. Moore. Shells from Indian mounds of Florida.
J. P. Lundy, M. D. Shells from columns of temple of Jupiter Serapis, Puzzuoli,

Italy, and piece of the floor of same; piece of mosaic from Lake Achelon,

Italy.
Mexican Expedition 1890- Pottery from Cave of Calcehtok, Yucatan.
Miss Verhoetf. Eskimo Timiak from McCormick Bay, Greenland. Obtained

by John M. Verhoeff on Academy's North Greenland Expedition, under

Lieut. R. E. Peary.

Mammalia.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted specimens of Cynocephahis sp., Pha-
cochcenis cethiopicus, Bison bison (calf), Solenodon cubanus, Belideiis sciurens,
Capromys pilorides, Cariacus ruftiius, Cercocebus collaris, Ateles vellerosus,
Ateles geoffroyi, Cercopithectis moiia, Macacus radiatus, Macacus eryikrceus,
Nyctipithenis trivirgatus, Sciurus badging, (2 specimens), Synetheres melan-
urus, (3 specimens) , Macacus cynomolgus, Felis rtt/us, ( female and two kittens) ;
mounted skeletons of Cercocebus fuliginosus, Connochetes gorgon, Belideus
scitireiis ; disarticulated skeletons of Seinnopithecus entellus, Ateles vellerosus,
Cariacus rujinus, Felis rufus, Helarctos eurypsilus, Solenodon cubanus, Nasua
narica ; brain of Cercocebus fuliginosus.

Saml. G. Dixon, M. D. Horns of Indian Buffalo; mounted specimens of Felis
rufus, Monroe Co., Pennsylvania; Opossum with three young; Eskimo dog
" Alika " used on Lieut. Peary's North Greenland Expedition.

C. A. Bradenburg. Mounted specimen and skeleton of Chrysothrix lunulatus.
skin of Macacus erytkraus.

H. C. Chapman, M. D. Disarticulated skeletons of Orang-outang, Chimpanzee,
Panther, Otter, Dog, Opossum, Howling Monkey, Marmoset, Porcupine,
Rabbit, Armadillo, Prairie Dog ; skulls of Deer and Noctilio ; alcoholic spec-
imens of Chimpanzee, Ring-tailed Lemur, Ant-eater.

H. G. Bryant. Skulls of Lutra canadensis and Ursus americanus, Grand River,
Labrador; five Weasel and two Squirrel skins from Labrador.

Rev. R. H. Nassau. Three brains and skulls of the Gorilla, from Kangwe, Ogove
River, West Africa.

Miss Virginia Maitland. Mounted specimen ol Scalops aquaticus.

D. N. McCadden. Skull of Ursus americanus.

Benj. Sharp, Ph. D. Three alcoholic specimens of Noctilio leporinus, from
Trinidad; and alcoholic specimen of Vespertilio nigricans and Saccopteryx
leptura from Tobago.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 511

Raymond Kester. Two mounted specimens of Arvicola riparins from Delaware
Co., Pa.

Herbert Brown. Mounted specimen of Vesperugo serotinus fuscus from Phila-
delphia.

West Greenland Expedition, 1891. Skull of Vulpes /agopus, McCormick Bay.

Birds.

Philadelphia Zoological Society. Mounted specimen of J\hea americaiia ; skins
of Crax fasciolaris, Grtis americana, Xanthoitra luxuosa cyanocapilla, Goura
coronata, Phasianus reevesii, Eclectus roratus ; mounted skeletons of Palame-
dea corniita, Pelecanus fuscus ; disarticulated skeletons of Grus australasiana
and Grus americana ; egg of Aqnila maculata.

Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. 17 nests, 13 mounted birds and 14 sets of
eggs from Pennsylvania and New Jersey, to be incorporated in the " Delaware
Valley Ornithological Club Collection."

Peary Relief Expedition, 1892. 76 bird skins representing 21 species, and 102
eggs representing 15 species, all from West Greenland.

North Greenland Expedition (Lieut. R. E. Peary in command.) 46 bird skins
representing 17 species, from the vicinity of McCormick Bay, Greenland.

I. C. Martindale. Two skins of Urinator iviber, from New Jersey.

I. N. DeHaven. Skin of albino Ammodramus catidacutus, Atlantic City, N. J.

H. C. Chapman, M. D. Skulls o{ Pynchops, Callus and four other birds.

D. N. McCadden. Two skins of Pelecanus fuscus : eight skins of South Amer-
ican birds ; skin of Elanoides forficatus.

H. Skinner, M. D., and Philip Laurent. Three skins, six nests and three sets of
eggs of Junco hyemalis caroliiiensis, from Mitchell Co., North Carolina.

Samuel Wright. Alcoholic specimen of Chicken wiih four legs.

Mrs. F. Meehan Burns. Malformed egg of common Fowl.

Samuel G. Dixon. Skin of Scolecop/iagus carolinus, from Virginia.

Purchased. Twenty-six bird skins from southern United States; mounted spec-
imens of Meleagris gallopavo, Perry Co., Pennsylvania, and Syrnium occiden-
tale, Tacoma, Washington.

Reptiles and Batrachians.

Philadelphia Zoological Society. Alcoholic specimens of Python sebcE, Tupinam-

bis tequixin, Amphiuma tridactyla, Pelophiliis madagascarensis, Corontlla

phocarum ; skull of Tesludo polyphemus ( .'' )
Mexican Expedition 1890. Two jars of lizards from Mexico; eggs of Iguana

( Ctenosaurus cyclut aides. )
Benjamin Sharp, M. D. Alcoholic specimens of Eutcenia sirtalis and Heleredon

platyrhintis from Nantucket, Mass.
H. C. Chapman, M. D. Skeleton of Frog, and skulls of a Terrapin and two

lizards.
I. C. Martindale. Alcoholic specimen oiDrotnicus callilcemus, from Jamaica.
Benjamin W. Richards. Mounted specimen of Chelydra serpentina, from New

Jersey.

512 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1892.

George Bond. Three jars of snakes and one of lizards.
Witmer Stone. Clemniys michletibergii (alcoholic), Delaware Co., Pa.
Miss M. E. Lyndall. Desmognathus fuscus (alcoholic), Overbrook, Pa.
H. A. Pilsbry. Cleiiiiiiys gutlatus (alcoholic), Jamesburg, N. J.
]. T. B. Ives. Heteredon platyrhinus (alcoholic). Cape May Point, N. J.
H. Skinner, M. D., and Phibp Laurent. Aniblystoma punctatujii (alcoholic),
Mitchell Co., North Carolina,

C. R. Johnson. Skin of Red Racer.
U.C.Smith. Anolis principalis {3\co\iQ\\c),Y\ox\A^.
Purchased. Skin of Python seba.

Fishes.

Smithsonian Institution. Alcoholic specimens of Mydophum remiger, M.

punctatum, M. inulleri, Sttnobracliius coccoi and Nannobrachium niacdonaldi.
West Greenland Expedition, 1891. Two jars of fishes from Cape Breton and

McCormick Bay.
Mexican Expedition, 1890. Hippocampus from Silam, Yucatan.
H. C. Chapman, M. D. Skulls of Cod, Pike and Perch and teeth of three species

of fish.
W. J. Fox. Prionotus palinipes (alcoholic), from Townsend's Inlet, N. J.
T. D. Harvey and Jos. L. Grauer. Mounted specimen of Marine Sun Fish

[Mola rotunda), from Anglesea, N. J.
Benjamin Sharp, M. D. Three jars of fishes, Nantucket, Mass.
Thos. A. Walker. Chilomycterus geovietricus (alcoholic).
Capt. Wm. Wyndham. Skull of Arius ( ? ) from Surinam.
J. E. Huffington. Rostrum of Saw Fish, from Gulf of Mexico.

Crustacea.

West Greenland Expedition, 1891. Seven jars of Crustacea.

Benj. Sharp, Ph. D. Hermit Crab, from Naples; Argulus sp. and five jars of

Crustacea, from Nantucket; Hippa emerita, Lepas anserifera, Balatius.

ebitrneiis, and three jars of other Crustacea, from the New Jersey coast.
Frederick Stearns. Pycnogonutn stearnsi Ives, types, San Diego, California.
U. C. Smith. Penaus setiferus and Persephone punctata, Cape Canaveral,

Florida.
J. S. Witmer, Jr. Branchipus vernalis (alcoholic), Lancaster Co., Pa.
W. J. Fox. Callincctes hastatus, Cymothoa sp., from Townsend's Inlet, N. J. ;

8 jars of Crustacea from Jamaica.

D. N. McCadden. Platyonicus ocellatus, Cape May, N. J.

Sister E. Marguerite. Lepas fascicularis (alcoholic). Cape May, N. J.
W. Libbey, Jr. Ocypoda arenaria (alcoholic), Cape May Point, N. J.
Miss M. A. Schively. Anoplodactylus lentus. Woods Holl, Mass.
J. E. Ives. Limulus polyphemtis, abnormal specimen. Cape May Point, N. J. ;
two jars of Crustacea from Atlantic City, N. J.

1892.] >fATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513

ECHINODERMS, WORMS, CORALS, ETC.

West Greenland Expedition, 1891. Seven jars and four trays of echinoderms,
one jar of insects and one of worms, from McCormick Bay, Greenland.

Mexican Expedition, 1890. Twenty-three jars of spiders, scorpions, etc., from
Mexico and Yucatan; collection of dried sponges from Yucatan; two trays of
corals from Vera Cruz.

Capt. John Powell. Thy raster serpentarius, from Vera Cruz.

H. C. Chapman, M. D. Arlxjcia punctulata and Cliona sidphurea (alcoholic),
Eschara and serpuloid tubes, Atlantic City, N. T-

W. J. Fox. Fifteen jars of echinoderms (alcoholic), from Jamaica; worm
tubes from Townsend's Inlet, N. J.

Frederick Stearns. Two trays of echinoderms from the Sandwich Islands.

G. S. Lamson. Anodytes americamis.

Benj. Sharp, M. D. Bipaliiim manubriatum Sharp, type.

Peary Relief Expedition 1892. Twelve jars of Antedon eschrichti from McCor-
mick Bay, Greenland.

C. C. Febiger. Dactylocalyx subglobosus.

Miss M. A. Schively. Amaroecium siellatu7n^ from Woods Holl, Mass.

Miss M. L. Myrick. Chalina oculata, from Nantucket, Mass.

U. C. Smith. Three trays of echinoderms from Cape Canaveral, Florida.

Conchological Section. Five trays of echinoderms and three trays of other
marine invertebrates from New Zealand.

Joseph Willcox. Sponge, Echiuaster spiiinlosum and Luidia clathrala, from
Florida.

Recent Mollusca.

American Association of Conchologists presented through John H. Campbell,

President, 443 trays of American shells.
F. L. Billinghurst ( in exchange ). Thirty-four species of marine shells from

Australia.
A. P. Brown. Five species of fresh-water shells from New Jersey.
Dr. H. C. Chapman. Anoniia and Columbella (alcoholic), from Atlantic City.
T. D. A. Cockerell. Four species of marine and freshwater shells from Jamaica

and Caymen Island, and types of Helix vendreyesiana Ckll.
Conchological Section. Forty species of shells new to the collection.
S. Culin. Two species, Mitra and Ancillaria.
Geo. W. Dean. Boiirciera helidiiifotmis Pfr., from Ecuador.
John Ford. Nine species of shells new to the collection.
Prof. F. W. Hutton. Twelve species of marine shells from New Zealand.
W. W. Jefferis. Uiiio and Palttdina, from Fort Edward, N. Y.
Chas. W. Johnson. Two species of Acanthoplenra.
Dr. O. F. von Mollendorff (in exchange). Thirty-five species of land shells from

the Philippine Islands ; 20 species of Helix in alcohol.
Clarence R. Moore. A very large collection of Vivipara from the mounds and

streams near Lake George, Fla.

34

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892

H. A. Pilsbry. Twenty-five trays of shells and 10 bottles of alcoholic moUusca ;

Twenty species of moUusks from TannersviJle, Catskill Mountains.
J. B. Quintard. One valve of Unio quintardii, the type specimen figured on PI.

VII of this volume.
Geo. D. Ried. LimncEa palustru and Goniobasis virginica from Deep River,

Connecticut.
Jose N. Rovirosa. Twenty-four species of land and fresh water mollusks from

Tabasco, Mexico. (For list see p. 338).
Dr. B. Sharp. Four jaws marine mollusks from Nantucket.
Karl Sharp. Aporrhais occidentalis, Nantucket.
U. C. Smith. Three species of Hydrobiidte from Florida.
L. H. Streng. Nine species from Panama; two from the Sandwich Islands.

E. G. Vanatta. Ten species of Helix, Siiccinia and Zonites from Pennsylvania
and New Jersey.

T. W. Vaughan. Fifteen species of fresh-water shells from Louisiana.

G. E. and A. H.Verrill, Cyclotus amethystiuiis, Heliciiia velutina and Vagiii'

uliis punctatissinms, from Dominica.
Robert Walton. Four species of land shells from Roxborough, Pa.
Joseph Willcox. A large number of recent and fossil mollusks of the United

States.
H. W. Winkley. Four trays of mollusks from Maine and Prince Edward

Island.
G. W. Wright. Thirty species of marine shells from New Zealand.

Vertebrate Fossils.

Mexican Expedition, 1890. Fragment of tooth o{ Elephas primigeimis, Valley of
Tequixquiac.

Benjamin Sharp, M. D. Shark's teeth (Miocene), South Carolina ; Diplomysttis
hiimilh, from Green River, Wyoming.

Samuel G. Dixon, M. D. Two molars of Eqitiis frateriiits; Shark's teeth and four
trays of Mamnialian remains from Bolton Mines, South Carolina.

J. E. Ives. Patella of Eqiius major from Camden, N. J.

J. P. Lesley. Vertebrate remains from Triassic coal beds of Egypt, North Caro-
lina.

F. M. Naglee. Teeth of Carcharodon megalodon. South Carolina.

H. G. Woodman. Slab of Triassic shale, with foot prints and ripple marks,
Frenchtown, N. J.

Invertebrate Fossils.

Conchological Section. Nine trays of fossil Helices from Miocene of Germany.
Rev. J. P. Lundy. Twenty-five trays of Cambro-silurian invertebrate fossils from

Lake St. John, Quebec, Canada.
Homer Squyer. Hemiaster humpJireysaniis, Cretaceous, Montana.
K. A. Peneeke, M. D. Three trays of fossil land shells, from Steiermark,
Germany. Lewis Woolman. Fossiliferous pebbles from Barnegat, N. J.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

W. J. Fox. Fossil corals from Jamaica.

H. A. Pilsbry. Twelve trays of Cretaceous fossils, from Farmingdale, N. J.

Joseph Willcox. Sixteen trays of invertebrate fossils.

Sanil. G. Dixon, M. D. Fossil corals from Bolton Mines, South Carolina.

Purchased from F. L. Sarmiento. Eighty-nine trays of fossil crinoids and four

of other invertebrate fossils, principally from Burlington Co., Iowa; seven

trays of cretaceous fossils from Brazil.

Plants.

W. G. Warden and Chas. E. Smith. Four hundred and twenty-eight species of
phanerogamic plants, sixteen lichens and twenty-six fungi, collected by
J. Bornmiiller in Pontus and Galatia, Asia Minor, in 1890.

Charles Schaeffer, M. D. Hough's American Woods, Part II., embracing twenty-
five species in twenty six sets of sections, with descriptions, keys, index and
title page.

In exchange for duplicate set of Sullivant's Musci Alleghenienses : — Two hundred
and seventy-five species of plants collected by Dr. Thomas Morong in Central
Paraguay in 1888-90.

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Botanical Division. Twenty-four species of
Hepaticse, collected in Georgia and Florida by Prof. L. M. Underwood ; thir-
teen species of Hepaticae, collected in California by the same ; two species of
Peronospora, from District of Columbia and Illinois.

Prof. N. L. Britton, Columbia College Herbarium. Seventy-one species of plants
collected in British Guiana, by Jenman in 1888.

Prof. Jose N. Rovirosa. Fifty-one species of plants collected by him in Tabasco
and Chiapas, Mexico.

Edwin Faxon, Jamaica Plains, Mass. Series of specimens illustrative of the
Sphagna of New England, consisting of seventeen species in twenty-seven
forms and varieties, supplementing series received in 1891.

Thomas Meehan. Twenty-one species of plants collected by Mrs. Meehan at
Lake Worth, Florida ; one hundred and thirty-five species of Australian plants,
and two marine Algas, received from Baron Ferdinand von Miiller; seventy-
nine species of plants, mostly cultivated and exotic.

J. Bernard Brinton, M. D. Twenty-five species of plants collected on Merritt's
Island, E. Florida, by A. A. Baldwin in 1892 ; eight species mostly from
Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

W. W. Jefferis. Ten species of phanerogams and ferns, and thirty-six mosses
from the Swiss Alps ; twenty species of plants from the Swiss Alps.

Roberts Le Boutillier. Catase/um viridi-flavutn H, a cultivated orchid, native
of Mexico : Cypripedium beUatulum, a cultivated orchid, na.tive of Asia.

John H. Redfield. One hundred and sixty-four species of plants collected by Dr.
Thomas Morong on the Pilcomayo River, Paraguay, in 1888-90; ten species
of North American plants ; thirteenth and fourteenth Decades of Under-
wood's Hepaticje Americans; polished section of the wood of Cercocarpus
Udifoliiis (Mountain Mahogany so-called), collected in Utah by the late Dr.
C. C. Parry ; two hundred and sixty -six species of plants collected by C. G.

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1892.

Pringle, in the Mexican provinces of Jalisco, San Luis Potosi and Michoacan in

1891.
University of Pennsylvania, through Prof. Joseph T. Rothrock. One hundred and

forty-eight species of plants, collected by him in Jamaica and the Bahama

Islands in the winter of 1890-1891.
Edward Rand and John H. Redfield. Thirty-one species of plants from Mount

Desert, Maine, continuing the series illustrative of the flora of that island.
S. N. Rhoads. Thirty-one species of plants, collected by him in the Santa

Catalina Mountains of Arizona, June, 1891.
Thomas Meehan, John H. Redfield and others. Four hundred andsixty-one species

of plants collected by P. Sintenis in Asia Minor, Armenia and Kurdistan, in

1888-1890, determined by Stapf and Haussknecbt; three hundred and

thirty-seven species of plants collected by Sintenis and Bornmiiller in Macedo-
nia and Greece in 1891.
West Greenland Expedition 1891, under charge of Prof. Angelo Heilprin.

Twenty-seven species of Mosses, collected by Dr. W. A. Burk,and determined

by Mrs. N. L. Brilton and Messrs. Brotherus and Watnstoff.'
Ellis and Everhart. Twenty-eighth Century of North American Fungi, received

in exchange for duplicate earlier Centuries, from Estate of Dr. George A.

Martin.
Benj. Sharp, M. D. Fruit of Gru-gru Palm {Aiphniies coraUiiia Wendl.),

from Tobago, W. I. ; Spines or excrescences from a tree in the same

island.
W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D. Photograph of a gigantic Live Oak in ■\Iagno-

ha Cemetery, Charleston, S. C.
Isaac C. Martindale. Abnormal growth of Polyporin liicidits, a fungus grown

under the floor of an old building at Black River Falls, Wisconsin, collected by

Dr. Lucy A. Armadale.
A. C. W. Beecher, M. D. Capsule of a species of Martyiiia, probably M. Ititea.
Miss Nuttall. Seeds oi AdenopeUis Colliguaya, inhabited by larva of Carpocapsa

saltaii ix.
Miss Maud G. Waring through Thomas Meehan. Seventy-one species of plants

from vicinity of Bloomfield, San Juan Co., New Mexico.
Herbarium of Harvard University. Six hundred and ninety-two species of plants

from Estate of the late John Ball, President of the London Alpine Club, col-
lected for the most pait in Southern Europe by himself.
Geo. W. Holstein. Ten species of plants collected by him in the Staked Plains

of Texas.
Prof. Thos. C. Porter. Eighteen species of plants from vicinity of Easton, Pa.
T. S. Brandegee. Two hundred and sixty-eight species of plants collected by

him in the peninsula of Lower California, 1890 to 1892.
Alexander McElwee. Cylisns scoparim Link, from near Media, Pa.
Mrs. Mary B. Conard. Brassavola acaulis Lindl. (?) a cultivated orchid, native of

Panama.
Henry C. Chapman, M. D. Branch of Citrus trifoliaia L. with ripe fruit, from

Zoological Garden, Philadelphia.

1892.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

Fossil Tlants.
W. W. Jefferis. Arihrophyciis hiirlani, Niagara Falls, N. Y.

Minerals, Rocks, etc.

W. W. Jefiferis. Two large crystals of Muscovite, Pennsburg, Chester Co., Pa.,
Hypersthene, Lake George, N. Y. ; Iron Pyrites, Falls of French Creek, Pa. ;
Drusy Quartz, Concord, Delaware Co., Pa. ; Diaspore, Chester, Mass. ; Quartz,
Lewis Co., N. Y. ; Siderite in Limonite, Center Co., Pa. ; mass of botryoidal
Quartz, Yellowstone Park ; nineteen trays of other minerals and rocks.

Theodore D Rand. Randite, Frankford, Philadelphia ; Native Magnet, Sugar-
town, Pa, ; limestone in serpentine, Copesville, Pa.; Bauxite, Arkansas; six-
teen trays of other minerals.

H. G. Ives. Nodule of Pyrite, Germany; Actinolite, Delaware Co., Pa.; Corun-
dum, pseudomorph after Spinel, Franklin, N. J. ; Alunogen, Philadelphia.

U. C. Smith. Twelve trays of minerals ; Ringing Rock from Schwenksville, Pa.

W. Kennedy. Fulgurites, S. Vineland, N. J.

Joseph Willcox. Phosphorite, Cypress Co., Florida.

Alfred O. Deshong. Three trays of minerals, Leiperville, Del. Co., Pa.

Edwin MacMinn (in exchange). Eleven trays of minerals from Snake Hill,
Jersey City, N. J.

S. W. Morton, M. D. Quartz, Rondout, N. Y. ; Banded Agate and Smoky
Quartz.

Heirs of the late John Warner. Nine bottles of earths.

West Greenland Expedition, 1891. One large meteorite (Tellurite? ) and four
small specimens from Ovifak, Greenland.

D. N. McCadden. Iron concretion, Cape May, N. J.

Benjamin Sharp, M. D. Fragment of stalactite, from Tobago.

C. S. Welles. Moonstone and limestone, from Media, Pa.

W. W. Potts. Pyrite and Lignite, Montgomery Co., Pa.

W. H. White. Massive Siderite, Montgomery Co., Pa.

H. C. Borden. Chabasite and Bucholzite, from Philadelphia.

H. C. Chapman, M. D. Fragment of boulder from Mt. Desert, and specimen of
clay.

Abraham Meyer. Nine trays of rock specimens from Lycoming and Tioga Co.,

Pa.
A. E. Foote, M. D. Chrysoberyl, from Greenwood, Maine.
John Ford. Bucholzite, Philadelphia.
Joshua Hunt. Calcite, Avondale, Pa.
Lewis Woolman. Concretions in clay, Camden, N. J.
J. D. Winsor. Two weathered rocks, Islesboro, Me. •
F. Graff. Stibnite, Japan.
Ignace Domeyko. Nine trays of minerals fiom Chili, Bolivia and the Argentine

Republic.
H. G. Bryant. Labradorite, N. W. River, Labrador.
Mrs. A. M. Thacher. Crystalized Stalactite, Weirs Cave, Virginia ; and Quartz

Crystals, Middlesex, Herkimer Co., N. Y.

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1892,

J. E. Richardson. Joesite, from Trondhjem, Norway.

Microscopy, etc.

Miss Gertrude J. Kenderdine. Microscope and complete outfit; dissecting micro-
scope and 100 slides.

Christian Febiger. Collection of about 10,000 slides of Diatoms, and specimens
of diatomaceous earths, made by Col. Christian Febiger.

INDEX TO GENERA, ETC.
1892.

Acanthias

Acanthinula

Acavus '

Accipiter

Aceratherium

Acipenser

AcipenseridK

Acris

Acrosoma

Acusta

Adelunycteris

Admestina

Aegialitis 105, 113,

Aegista 314,

Aelurodon

Aeschrodomus

Aetobatidse

Aetobatis

Agalena

Agalenidre 14,

Agancus

Agelaius 108,

AgriochoerinEe

Agriochoerus 414,

Agroeca

Ajaja •.

Albacora

Alle

Allodiscus

Allognathus 394,

Alopias

Alopiid;e

Alosa 243,

Amaurobius

Ambloctonidae

Ambloctonus 292,

Amblypoda

Amblystoma

Ammodramus 109, 112,

Ampelita

Amphicyon

Amphidozotheiium

Amphilestes

Amphioxus

Amphispiza

Ampullaria

Amsonia

Amynodon

234 [ Anacodon 300

396 ! Anaptomorphus 212, 418

391 Anarta 168

114 1 Anas lOl, 112

431 Anchippus 326

241 Anchitheiium 326, 411

241 Ancyloceras 141

333 Anguilla 244

49 Anguillidie 244

393 Anisonchus 428

217 Anodonta 339

78 Anoglypta 400, 403

150 Anthias 261

393 Antrostomus 106

425 Anyplisena 22

402 Aphelocoma 119

240 Aphelops 432

240 Apocynacese ; 162

27 Apogon 261

23 Apogonidse 261

165 Aquila 114

120 Aralia 377

434 Araliacese 166

434 , Arconaia 132

23 Arctictis 426

101 Arctocyon 292,420,421

256 Arctocyonidfe 292-298, 420

146 Ardea 102, 113

402 Arenaria 105

395 Argiopa 49

233 Argynnis 157

233 Argyrodes 31

244 Argyroepeira 50

29 Arianta 392

292 Artiodactyla 433

312 Arvicola 407

439 Asclepiadace;Te 162

332 Aster 384

152 Astia 78

404 Atherina 252

425 Atherinidcc 252

424 Altida; 13. 73

415 Attus 76

232 Aulonia 73

120 Aulopus 244

338 Auriparus 111. 125

162 Baculitcs 136-141

431 Balantiopteryx 217

519

520

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Balistes 278

Balistid^L 278

Barbarea 169-171

Barbus 242

Bascanium 335

Bassans 217

Bathmodon 439

Bathyopsis 439

Bathyphantes 44-46

Batrachus 219

Belogona 390, 391

Belone 249

Blenniidiv 275

Blennius 275, 276

Bombus 134, 135

Bombycidae 158

Boops 266

Boiophagus 326

Botaurus 1(12

Bothus 277

Box 266

Branchiostoma 232

BranchiostomatidK. 232

Bubo 116

Buccinum 328

Bufo 332, 337

Bulimulus 213

Buteo 105, 114

Cakile 377

Calcaiius 15]

Callionymida; 274

Callionymus 274

Callipepla 114

Calonyction 383

Calymna 402

Cama?na 397, 398

Cama;nella 397, 398

Camctnella 388

Campanula 375, 376

Campylrea 392, 393, 394

Canipylorhyncus 124

Canimartes 327

Canislrum 399

Cantharus 265

Capros 258

Caracolina 3i)3

Caracolus 128, 214, 390, 397, 398

Carangidas 257

Carassius 220, 242

Carcharias 233

Carchariida- 233

Carcharinus 234

Carcharodon 233

Carcinodon 323

Cardellina 124

Cardinalis 110, 121

Carduus 357-364

Carpodacus 120

Carthaimis 357

Carum 161

Cathaica 393

Catharista 105

Cathartes 105, 114

Catherpes 124

Catulus 233

Centaurea 357

Centetidse 292

Centracanthus 268

Centrina 236

Cephalacanthidn; 273

Cephaloptera 241

Cephalotes 173

Cepola 259

Cepolidse 259

Cepolis 398

Cepplius 145

Ceralinella 31-33

Ceratinopsis 33

Ceicoleptes 217, 426

Cercopithecus 206

Ceithia 125

Ceryle 106, 112, 116

Chaetura 107

Charadrius 105

Charax 263

Charopa 4(!ll, 402

Charopida' 401, 402

Chelidon 110, 122, 152

Chelydra 333

Chilotrema 392

Chimceia 241

ChimEeridae 241

Chloritis 393, 397, 398, 399

Chloixea 393

Chondestes 109, 120

Chondropoma 338

Chordeiles 107, 116

Chorophilus 333, 337

Chriacus 295, 415

Chromis 271, 333, 337

Chrysochlorididce 292

Chrysodomus 328

Chrysophrys 263

Cicurina 26

Cistudo 333

Clfenodon 298, 420, 421

Clivicola 110, 122

Clubiona 20-22

Clupea 243, 244

Clupeida 242

Cnemidopliorus 334, 337

Cnicus 357

Coccyzus 106

Cochlostyla 395

Ccelotes 24-26

Colaptes 116

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

521

Colias 156

Colinus 105

Columba 112, 114

Columbigallina 112, 114

Conger 246

Coiigridie 246

Coniferce 164

Conory ctes o 23

Contia P,35, 337

Contopus 1U8, 118

Corasia 393

Coriarachne 57

Cornicularia 34

Cornus 376, 377

Corvus 119, 152

Coryda 393, 395

Corypiitena 253

Corypha;nida 253

Coryphodon 439

Craspedana 393

Crecoides 226

Crenilabrus 270, 271

Crist iceps 276

Cristigibba 399

Crotalophorus 336, 337

Crotalus 336, 337

Croapshytus 335, 337

Crotophaga 106

Cr y p t u s 134

Ctenolabrus 271

Cuscuta 383

Cyanocitta 119

Cy baius 23

Cyclophorus 338

Cyclopidius 435

Cyclosa 49

Cyclotus 338

Cylindrella 338

Cynocephalus 212

Cynohyasnodon 292

Cyprinida; 242

Cyprinus 242

Cyrtonyx 114

Cysticopsis 214, 397

Cy stoph ora 424

Dactylopterus 273

Dadalochila 400

Dalib.irda 371, 372

Dasyatida; 240

Dasyatis 240

Dasychira 158

Dasyurus 412

Decapterus 257

Deltatherium, 292, 3(18, 418, 419, 421

422

Dendrocygna 112

Dendroica Ill, 123, 152

Dendryiihantes 74, 75

Dentellaria 215, 390,393, 398

Dentellocaracolus 373

Dentex 263, 267

Desmatotherium 431

Diacha-a 329

Diacodon 292

Diasj;lyi)tus 402

Dialeuca 395

Dicentrarchus 259

Dichobune 437

Dichodon 438

Dicotyles 414, 438

Dictyna 27-29

Didelphodus 292, 311

Didymictis 292, 318, 419,422, 425

Dinictis 425

Diplacodon 432

Diplodus 261-263

Diplostyla 43

Dipcena 31

Dissacus 303. 418, 420

Dolerus , 133

Dolomedes 73

D orcasia 393

Drassidas 14

Drapetisca 44

D rassus 19

Drexelia 127, 128

Dromatherium 405

Dryobates 106, 116

Dysderidae 13

Echelida; 247

Echelus 247

Echeneis 253

Ecliineidida; 253

Ellipsodon 298

Elona 392

Embernagra 109

Empidnnax 119, 153

Endodoma 400, 401, 402

Engraulis 244

Entelurus 250

Epeira 49, 127

Epeiridse 14, 49

Epiblemum 78

Epichriacus 296, 421

Epinephclus 260

Epi])halIopliora 391, 397

Epiphragmophora ... 394

Equus 226, 227, 228

Eremina 392

Ereunectes 104

Ericaceae 372

Erigone 41

Eris 77

Ero 30

Erynguim 166

Eschatius 436

522

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Escholtzia 454

Esocidce 249

Esox i 249

Eucalodium 338

Eucitharus 277

Eugenes 117

Euhadra 393

Eulota 392, 893

Eumeces. 334

Euparypha 392

Eu ph rasia 366

Eupleres 426

Eurycampta 394

Eurycratera 393

Eurycrateria 398

Euryopsis 31

Eutsenia 336, 337

Exocoetidae 249

Exoccetus 249

Exolytus .... 134

Falco 105, 114, 150

Felis 217

Flesus 277

Fragaria 371

Fruiicicola 393

Fulica 113

Fulmarus 149

Gadidffi 276

Gadus i 276

Galecynus 425

Galeus 234

GallorhinidcTe 234

Gallinula 113

Gaura 367

Gavia 148

Gaylussacia 374

Gelochelidon 101

Gelocus 437

Gcococcyx 106, 116

Geothlypis Ill, 124

Geotrochus 393

Gerontia 401, 402

Glandina 338

Glaucopteryx 159

Gly pt er pes 394

Glyptostoma 396

Gnaphosa 19

Gobiidre 274

Gobius 274, 275

Goniacodon ....301, 421

Gonostoma 393, 394

Gorilla 203-212

Grammonota 34

Guira 121

Gymiiosarda 254, 256

Gy mnoth orax 248

Gymnura 424

Habia 121

Habrocestum 77, 78

Hadra 397, 399

Hahnia 27

Haplocomus 428

Haplogona 391, 400

Harporhynchus HI

Harengula 242, 243

Harporhy n cus 1 24

Harpyia 173

Hasarius 77

Hecla 156

Helaletes 414, 431

Helicina 339

Helicodiscus 402

Helicophanta 391

Helix 129, 388, 392-395

Helminthophila 123

Helophora 44

Hemicycla 392, 393

Hemicyon 425

Hemiganus 323

Hemipsalodon 316

Hemithlaeus 428

Hemitrochus 129, 214, 395

Heptodon 431

Heptranchias 234

Herpestis 217

Heteroborus 292

Heterodon 333, 336, 337

Hexanchidse 234

Himantopus 104

Hippa 327

Hippocampus 249

Hippotherium 325

Holbrookia 335, 337

Holomeniscus 436

Homalattus 80

Hytena 326

Heysenarctos 425

Hyaenodon 292, 317, 419, 422

Hyaenodontidffi 292-313, 419, 422

Hyalosagda 213

Hydrochelidon 101

Hyodectes 292

Hyohippus 326

Hyojisodus 418

Hypecoum 454

Hypericum 378

Hypisodus 437

Hypochilidce 13

Hypochilus 13

Hypoptychus 395

Hyptiotes 52

Hyrachyus 431, 432

Hyracodontid?e 430

Hyracoidea 429

Hyracotherium ' 411, 441

Hyrax 429

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

523

Iberus 392

Ichneumon 134

Icius 76, 77

Icteria Ill, 124

Icterus 109, 120

Ictops 292, 422

Ilex 167

IfK)mcea 383

Isectolophus 430

Isognomostoma 392

Isomena 215, 398

Isurus 233

Jeanneretia 395

Julis 271

Ji'nco 120

Kinoeternum 333, 337

LabridK 269

Labrus 269, 270

Labyrinthus 215, 398

Lacertilia 334

Lagopus 150

Lambdotherium 432, 433

Lamna 233

Lamnidse 233

Lanius 110, 122

Laoma 413

Laria 158

Larus 101, 149

Latliyrus 379

Lepidopus 254

Lepidotrigla 274

Leptictidre 292, 422

Leptictis 423

Leptocephalus 246

Leptomeryx 436

Lepiotragulus 435

Leptauchenia 435

Leptaxis 392, 393

Lepus 251

Leuciscus 242

Leucochroa 394

Libera 402

Lichia 257, 258

Limnotherinm 212

Linyphia 41, 42

Liochila 398

Listriodon 438

Lonicera 379-381

Loph ii da; 278

Lophiomeryx 434

Lophius 231, 278

Lophocarenum 35-38

Lophomma 35

Lota 277

Loxolophus 297

Lucerna 129, 215, 398

Lupinus 364, 365

Luzula 377

Lycasna 157

Lycosa 64, 68

Lycosidre 13, 64

Lysimachia 374

Lysinoe 394

Macacus , ... 206

Macrocyclis 404

Macroon 390, 391

Macroscelidse 423

Macularia 392, 393

Mffina 267

Malva 4,52

Mantidse 241

Maoriana 402

Marptusa 79

Mastodon 227, 228, 439

Megalonyx 227, 228

Magascops 106, 116

Melanerpes 106, 116

Melanta 154

Meleagris 105, 114

Meles 436

Meletta 243

Melopelia 126

Melospiza 109, 121, 152

Meniscotherlum 429

Merychippus 326

Merycochoerus 435

Merychyus 435, 441

Meriangus 276

Merluccius 277

Merula 126, 152

Mesodectes 292, 423

Mesodon 393, 400

MesonychidEe, 292-303,419,421, 424

Mesonyx 292, 303, 420, 421

Mesotaprus 430

Meta 12, 49, 127

Metodontia 393

MiacidiE 292-294.318, 419, 425

Miacis 292, 320

Micaria 14

Microclfenodon 302

Microneta 46-48

Micropallus 116

Microphysa 213

Micropus 117

Milvulus 107

Mimeius 30

Mimus Ill, 124

Miocleenus 292-295, 321,413, 422

Misumena 57

Mixodecies 417

Mobula 241

Mola 278

Molida; 278

Molothrus 108, 119

Molva 277

524

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Monarda 449-4o-4

Moneses 374

Monochirus 277

Monotropa 373

Mora 277

Mugil 2o0

Mugilid?e 250-252

Mullidse 268

Mullus 268

Muiaena 247

Muirenidse 247

MustelidiE 426

Miisielus 2.^4

Mycteroperca 260

Mygalid;^; 13

Myiarchus 107, 118

Myliobatis 240

MythomyidK 292

Nanohyus 441

Natnx 336, 337

Naucrates 257

Necrolemur 212

Nemalus 133

Neon 80

Neoplianes 29

Nephila 127

Nimravidse , 425

Noctuida; 158

Noctulinia 217

Notharctus 212

Numenius 104

Nycticorax 104

Nyctidromus 106

Nymphalidse 157

Nymphaea 368

Obba 393, 397, 398

Oblada 266

Ochthephila 393

Ocyale 73

CEnotheia 368

Onychodectes 323

Ophibolus 335, 337

Ophidii 335

Ophidion 276

Ophiidae 276

Ophiocten ;-{50

Opliisoma 246

Ophisurida; 247

Ophi>urus 247

Oreodon 435, 441

Oreodontidfe, 433, 434, 438, 441-443

Ornithogalum 169

Orthagoriscus 278

Ostracion 278

Ostrea 350, 352

Otariidae 424

Otocoris 108, 119

Oxahs 288

Oxytena 292, 314, 418, 419, 422

Oxysenida; 292

Oxyclaenidas 294

Oxyclpenus 295

Oxychona 395

Oxycloenus 419

Oxynotus 236

Oxyptila 57

Oxyrhina 233

Pachyi-ena 304, 420

Pdchychilus 153, 389

Pachygnatha 51

Pagellus 263

Pagrus 263

Palaeomeryx 437, 438

Palaeoniclidte 294

Palffionictis 292, 311, 418, 419, 422

PalKosyops 432, 433

Palaeotheriidre 430

Pandion 106

Pantolambda 439

Pantolestes 292, 433. 437

Papuina 397, 399

Parabuteo 105

Paracentiopristis 260

Paradoxodon 322

Parahippus 326

Paralepidida; 244

Paralepsis 244

Parasilurus 241

Parasorex 423

Pardosa 68-71

Parthena 398

Parus Ill, 125

Passarina 121

Passerina 110

Patriofelis 292, 313

Patula 4(10, 401, 402

Pediiiogyra 404

Pelamys 256

Pelycodus 295, 415

Pentacodon 296

Perca 268

PercHcerus 438

Percida; 268

Periptychidre 420, 428, 429

Periplychus 428

Pevistedion 273

Peristethion 273

Petasia 393

Pelrochelidon 110

Pctrjmyzon 232

Petromyzontidre 232

Peucaea 109, 121

Phacussa 402, 403

Phainopepla 122

Phalacrocorax 101

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

525

PhalKnoptilus 116

Phalaropus loO

Phania 391

Phenacodonlida; 427, 430

Phenacodus 413, 4*27

Phenacohelicidre 401 , 402

Phenacohelix 402

Pliidippus 73

Philivus 74

Philodromus 59-64

Phocidae 424

Phol comma 31

Phrixgnathus 403

Phrurolilhus 22

Plirynosoma 335, 337

Phycis 276

Phy llostomidse 173

Pieridas 156

Pieris 381

Pinicola 152

Pipilo 121

Piranga 110, 122

Pirata 71

Pithecistes 435

Pityophis 335, 337

Pitys 401

Plagioptycha 129, 395, 396

Planispira 397, 399

Platophrys 277

Plebecula 392

Plectotropis 398

Plectrophenax 151

Plesiarctomys 426

Pleuronectes 277

PleuronectidK 277

Pliauchenia 228

Plusia 158

Poecilochroa 19

Poebroiherium 435, 436

Polioptila 112, 125

Pollachius 276

Polyborus 105, 114

Polydontes 398

Polygonum 163, 384

Polygyra 128, 4(!0

Polygyratia 404

Polygyrella 400

Polymita 395

Polyplacognatha 391, 403

Polyporus 165

Polyprion - 261

PomacentridDe 271

Pomatia 392

Pomatomidae 258

Pomatomus 258

Potamanax 340

Potamof^alida; 292

Praticolella 400

Procamelus 414, 430, 438, 440, 443

Piocavia 429

Procyon 217, 426

Piocyonidw 426

Prodremctheiium 437

Proboscidea 439

Progne 110, 122

Proslhesima 17-19

Prothelidomus 393

Pi otocli riacus 296

Protogonodon 322. 427

Protogonia 413, 415, 427

Ptotohippus 325

Protopsalis 293. 316

Protoreodon 433

Pioviverra 292, 311, 419

Proviverridae 292-294, 307

Psaltripaius 125

Pselta 277

Pseudogryphus 114

Pterodon 292, 422

Pteropus 172

Punclum 403

Pycnogon um 142

Pyrocephalus 108, 119

Pyrochilus 391

Pyrola 374

Pyrrha 402

Pyrrhuloxia 110, 121

Quercytherium 292, 422

Quiscalus 109

Raja 237-240

Rajida? 237

Rallus 104

Rana 333

Ranunculus 168

Raphanus 381

Recurvirostra 1 04

Regulus 125

Remora 253

Rhagatherium 437

Rhinobaiidae 236

Rhinobatus 236

Rhinoceros 432

Rhombus 277

Rhus 368-371

Rhynchonycteris 217

Rhynchops 101

Ri>sa 149

Rubus 371, 384

Runcinia 59

Sagda 213-215, 396

Saitis 78

Salientia 332

Salmo 244

Salmonida^ 244

Salpincles 124

Sarcothraustes 302, 421

526

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

Sarda 256

Sardinella 242

Sargus 261-263

Satsuma 393

Saurus 244

Saxicola 152

Sayornis 118

Scaphites 140

Scatharus 265

Sceloporus 336

Sciccna 269

Scitenidiie 269

Sciurus Ill

Scomber 254

Scombresox 249

Scombrida; 254

Scorp^na 274

ScorpsenidcC 274

Scylliorhinida; 233

Scylliorhinus 233

Scyllium 233

Seiranida^ 259

Serranus 259, 260

Setophaga 124, 152

Sialia 126

Siluridje 241

Silurus 241

Simplicaria 402

Singa 49

Sinopa 308, 419, 420, 422

Siphonostoma 250

Sitta 125

Smaris 267

Solaropsis 404

Solea 277, 278

Somateria 149

Sparidffi 261

Spams 263, 264

Spatula 101

Spea 333, 337

Speotyto 112

Spliyraena 253

Sphyraenidce 253

Spliyrna 234

Sphymidse 234

Spicara 267, 268

Spinus 120

Spirifer 350

Spiropalpus 34

Spondyliosoma 265

Squalidre 234

Squalus 234

Squatina 236

SquaiinidEe 236

Steatoda 31

Stelgidopteryx 110. 122

Stellaria 166

Stemony phantes 43

Stenotrema 400

Stercorarius 146

Sterna 101

StolephoridK 244

Stolephorus 244

Stomateidce 258

Stomateus 2o8

Streptostyla 338

Strix 112

Strobila 403

Strobilops 403

Sturnella ]08

Stylodonta 391, 395

Stypolophus 292, 419

Suteria 402

Sympliemia 104

Symphodus 270, 271

Synageles 80

Synemosyna 80

Syngnathidae 249

Syngnathus 250

Synodontidre 244

Sy nodus 244

Syrnium 106, 115

Systeniadoii 430

Tachea 392, 393

Tachycineta 122

Talpidre 292, 424

Taxidea 217, 426

Tectula 393

Tegenaria 26

Telmatherium 432

Testudinata 333

Testudo 226

Tetrabelodon 226, 227

TetracltEnodon 299, 421, 422

Tetragnatha 51

Thalassia 402

Thalassohelix 402

Thalossoma 271

Thargalia 15-17

Theleophalla 390, 396

Thelidomus 215, 393, 398

Therididte 14, 30

Theridium 30

Therasia 402, 403

Thinocyon 321

Thinohyus 438

Thomisidse 14, 52

Thryothorus Ill, 124

Thynnus 254, 256

Tibellus 59

Tinea 242

Titanoeca 29

Titanotheriidae 430

Titanotherium 432, 433

Tmarsus 59

Tmeticus 38-41

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

52'i

Torpedinida; 236

Torpedo 236

Totanus 104

Trachela 22

TrachinidEe 272

Trachinus 272

Trachurus 2o7

Trachypterus 259

Trachypterida; 259

Tragulus 436

Tricentes 297

TrichiundiE 254

Trichiui us 254

Triconodon 412, 415

Trifolium 378

Trigla 273

TriglidiE 273

Triisodon 292, 300, 421

TriisodontidK 294, 300, 421

Tringa 104

Tringo 150

Trionyx 334, 337

Triodopsis 393, 4(i0

Tripterygion 276

Trochilus 107, 117, 118

Trochomorpha 400, 402

Troglodytes 125

Trutta 244

Trygon 240

Tupaiida; 423

Turdus 125

Tursiops 289

Tyrannus 107, 118

Typhle 250

Uloborus 52

Umbrina 269

Unio 131, 339

Uranoscopidte 272

Uranoscopus 272

Uria 146, 152

Urodela 332

Urosalpinx 328

Ursus 425

Valerianacese 166

Vallonia 393, 396

Vampyrus 217

Vinca 162

Vireo Ill, 122

Viverravus 321

Viverridae 425

Xerophila 392

Xiphias 253

Xiphiidse 253

Xiphodontherium 437

Xyrichthys 271

Xysticus 52-57

Yoldia 350

Zenaidura 105, 126

Zenidae 258

Zeus 258

Zonites 394

Zonitidse 389

Zoogenites 402

Zygccna 234

Zygoballus 80

GENERAL INDEX.
1892.

Additions to the Museum.

Allen, Harrison, M. D. On the Molars
of Pieropine Bats, 172. On the ce-
phalohumeral muscle and the so-
called rudimental clavicle of Carniv-
ora, 217. On the foramen magnum
of the common Porpoise, and on a
human lower jaw of unusual size.
289.

Banks, Nathan. The spider fauna of
the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin, 11.

Bates, Henry Walter, announcement of
death of, 129.

Biological and Microscopical Section,
report of, 494.

Botanical Section, report of, 498.

Brown, Amos P. The development of
the Shell in the coiled stage of Bacu-
lites compressus Say, 127, 136.

Bryant, Henry G. Address on the
Grand Falls of Labrador (no abstrac
10.

Chapman, Henry C, M. D. Observa-
tions on the brain of the Gorilla, 10,
203. Note on the geology of Mt.
Desert Island, 350.

Conchological Section, report of the,
495.

Cope, Edw. D. A contribution to a
knowledge of the fauna of the
Blanco Beds of Texas, 225, 226.
The Batrachia and Reptilia of North-
western Texas, 324, 331. On a col-
lection of Batrachia and Reptilia
from Washington and British Colum-
bia, 324. On the permanent and
temporary dentitions of certai'i Three-
toed Horses, 325. A Hyiena and
other Carnivora from Texas, 326.

Corresponding Secretary, report of, 488.

Cummins D. B., announcement of
death of, 216.

Curators, report of, 491.

Dohrn, C. A., announcement of death
of, 216.

Dougherty, Wm. H., announcement of
death of, 153.

Elections during 1892, 508.

Entomological Section, report of 497.

Foote, A. E., M. D. A meteoric stone
seen to fall at Bath, South Dakota,
353.

Formad, Henry F., M. D., announce-
ment of death of, 225.

Fox, Wm. J. Report on the Hymen-
optera collected in West Greenland,
10. 133.

General Index, 528.

Greene, Edward L. Eclogce Botanicae,
No. 1, 357.

Hayden Memorial Geological Award, re-
port of CoiTimittee, 354.

Heilprin, Angelo. Appointment as
Leader of Peary Relief Expedition,
10. Report of Peary Relief Expe-
dition, 290. Report of Professor of
Invertebrate Paleontology, 500.

Hockley, Thomas, announcement of
death of, 154.

Hoffman, Horace Addison and David
Starr Jordan. A catalogue of the
Fishes of Greece, with notes on the
vernacular names now in use and
those employed by classical authors,
218, 230.

Index to Genera, 519.

Ives, J. E. A new species of Pycno-
gonum from California, 128, 142.

Jefteris, Wm. W. Report of the Cura-
tor of the William S. Vaux Collec-
tions. 502.

Jessup Fund, report on, 504.

Keller, Ida A. The phenomenon of
fertilization in the flowers of Mon-
arda fistulosa, 452.

Knight, Edw. C, announcement of
death of, 287.

Librarian, report of, 489.

McCook, Rev. H. C, D. D. Drexelia,
a new genus of spiders, 127.

Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to
the life-histories of plants. No. 7:
On the vitality of some annual plants ;
On self-pollination in Amsonia taber-
na?montana ; On a special form of
cleistogamy in Polygonum acre ; On
the direction and growth in crypto-
gamic plants ; Tricarpellary Umbelli-

528

1892.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

529

fers; A mode of variation in Slellaria
media; On the sexes of the Holly;
On the stamens of Ranunculus abor-
tivus; On the character of the stam-
ens in Ornithogalum umbellatum ;
Note on Barbarea in connection with
dichogamy, 160. Contributions to
the life-histories of plants, No. 8:
Euphrasia officinalis; Notes on Gaura
and CEnothera ; The carpellary struc-
ture of Nymphaea; On the sexual
characters of Rhus ; Rhus chamae-
morus; Dalibarda repens ; On some
morphological distinctions in the
genera of Ericaceae ; Vitality of
Seeds, Lysimachia atropurpurea ;
Campanula rotundifolia; Cornus
Canadensis; Aralia hispida ; Luzula
campestris ; Qakile Americana; Hy-
pericum ellipticum; Trifolium hy-
bridium ; Lathyrus maritimus : Loni-
cera ccerulea ; Raphanus sativus , On
the nature and verrucse in some Con-
volvulacere; Polygonum cilinode;
Aster tatarica, 350, 366. Notes on
Monaida fistulosa, 449. Report of
Botanical Section, 498.

Miller, Andrew H., announcement of
death of, 127.

Mineralogical and Geological Section,
report of, 500-

Nassau, Rev. R. H. Notes on the
Gorilla (no abstract), 10.

Nolan, Edw. J., M. D. Report of
Recording Secretary, 485. Report
of Librarian, 489.

Officers, Councillors and Finance Com-
mittee for 1893, 608.

Ornithological Section, report of, 503.

Parker, Andrew J.. M. D., announce-
ment of death of, 154.

Peary, R. E. Greenland Explorations,
290. Report of the operations of the
North Greenland Expedition of 1891-
1892, 842.

Peary Relief Expedition, authorization
of, 10.

Pilsbry, H. A. Anatomy of West
Indian Helices, 128. New and un-
figured Unionidae, 131. A new
species of Pachychilus, 153. On the
anatomy of Sagda, Cysticopis, ./Egis-
ta and Dentellaria, 1.55, 213. Notes
on a collection of shells from the
State of Tobasco, Mexico, 324, 338.
A new Marine Gasteropod from
New Jersey, 328. Preliminary out-
line of a new classification of the

35

Helices, 387. Report of the Concho-
logical Section, 495.

Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology,
report of, 500.

Professor of Lower Invertebrata, report
of, 501.

Rand, Theodore D. Geology of the
Isle of Shoals, 324. The supposed
South Chester Valley Hill Fault, 445.

Rand, Theodore D., William W.
Jefferis and J. T. M. Cardeza, M. D.
Mineral localities of Philadelphia and
vicinity, 174. Report of Mineralogi-
cal and Geological Section, 500.

Recording Secretary, report of, 485.

Redfield, John H. Report of Botani-
cal Section, 498.

Rex, Geo. A., M. D. Diachoea
Thomasii, a new species of Myxo-
mycetes, 329.

Report of the Biological and Micro-
scopical Seciion, 494.

Report of Botanical Section, 498.

Report of the Conchological Section,
495.

Report of Corresponding Secretary, 488.

Report of the Curator of the Wm. S.
Vaux Collections, 502.

Report of Curators, 491.

Report of the Entomological Section,.
497.

Report of the Librarian, 489.

Report of the Mineralogical and Geo-
logical Section. 500-

Report of the Ornithological Section^
503.

Report of Professor of Invertebrate
Paleontology, 500.

Report of Professor of Lower Inverte-
brata, 501.

Report of Recording Secretary, 485.

Report on the Jessup Fund,

Rhoads, Samuel N. The birds of South-
eastern Texas and Southern Arizona
observed during May, June and July,

1891, 98. The Birds of British
Columbia and Washington observed
during the spring and summer of

1892, 448.

Ruschenberger, W. S. W., M. D. Re-
port of Curators, 491. Report on the
Jessup Fund, 504.

Ryder, John A. On the mechanical
genesis of the scales of fishes, 172,
219. Diffuse pigmentation of the
epidermis of the oyster due to pro-
longed exposure to the light : regen-
eration of shell and loss of adductor

530

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1892.

muscle, 350. The hermaphroditism
and viviparity of the oysters of the
northwest coast of the United States,
351. On the cause of the greening
of the oyster and its presumed algous
endoparasites, 352. The principle of
the conservation of energy in biolog-
ical evolution : a reclamation and
critique, 447, 455.

Scott, Wm. B. A review of the North
American Creodonta with notes on
some genera which have been re-
ferred to that Group, 290, 291. The
evolution of the premolar teeth in
the Mammals, 405.

Sharp, Benjamin, M. D. On the
Hippa emerita, 327. Report of Cor-
responding Secretary, 488. Report of
Professor of Lower Invertebrata, 501.

Skinner, Henry, M. D. Report of En-
tomological Section, 497.

Skinner, Henry, M. D. and Levi W.
Mengel. Greenland Lepidoptera,
154, 156.

Standing Committee for 1892, 9.

Stone, Witmer. Birds collected by the
West Greenland Expedition, 128,

145. Report of the Ornithological
Section, 503.

Tryon, Edw. K., announcement of
death of, 9.

Walker, Ernest. The autosporadic
seeds of Oxalis stricta, 287, 288.

Watson, Sereno, announcement of
death of, and resolutions, 154.

Willcox, Jos. A theory of the origin
and development of the earth and
heavenly bodies (no abstract), 448.

Wingate, Harold. Report of Biologi-
cal and Microscopical Section, 494.

Wistar, Isaac J. Remarks on the
quantity, rate of consumption and
probable duration of North American
coal and the consequences to air-
breathing animals of its entire con-
sumption, 10, 82.

Wm. J. Vaux Collections, report of
Curator of, 502.

Wright, G. Frederick. Extra Morainic
drift of the Susquehanna, Lehigh
and Delaware Valleys, 448, 469.
Evidences of the existence of paleo-
lithic man in America (no abstract),
448.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHIlA. 1892.

PL. X!V.

PILSBRY, TABASCO MOLLUSCA, ETC.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1332.

PL. XV.

KELLER, MONARDA FISTULOSA.

PROCEEDINGS

I

.^faileufg of Jatutal id^iife^

PHILADELPHIA.

189^.

PABT I, JAJ\^UARY-MARCH.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

John H. Redfield, Edw. J. Nolan, M. D.,

Thomas Meehan, Angelo Heilprin,

Charles E. Smith.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

d

\..

PHILADELPHIA:

ACADExAIY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.

1892.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Eight volumes of the New Series of the Journal and Parts 1 and 2 of volume IX (Quarto)
have been issued — 1847 to 1888. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per part to
subscribers; and to others $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains "The
Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian
Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M. D., LL. D.

The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be
obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Society, published in octavo, 1841 to
1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to
members ; and to the public, $30.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1.857 (of which
fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3
per volume separately. ; and to the public, $3.75 per volume.

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871
(of which twenty-one volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1891), is jiublished at $5 jjer annum,
payable in advance, to. subscribers ; single volumes, $6.25.

American Journal of Conchology, 1865 — 71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing 2500
pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a
thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $42 for the set. Separate
yolumes, $10 each.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed :
Description op Shells of North America, with 08 colored plates. By Thomas Say.

1830-34. $10.50.
Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illustrations

of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with duplicate

plates, colored and tinted, $20; colored edition, $13.50; plain edition, $8.50. Only

one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold.
Monograph op the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S.

Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 2

vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40 ; with colored

plates, $25; with plain plates, $18.

Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired.
Synonymy of the Species op Strepomatid.'E (Melanians) of the United States, By

Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, .$2 ; paper, $1.75.
List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs

and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75.
Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75.
Complete AVritings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque. Edited

by AVm. G. Binney .and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50.
Obskrvations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. AVith

Index. Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic

Plates. $60,

Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. E.ach vo'ume separately, $5.
Synopsis of the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5.
Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3.
Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2.

Same, plate alone. 50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers — All the publications of the Society will be supplied to
Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent on the prices charged to the public.

Application to be made to Edward J. Noi.an, M. D., at the Hall of the Academy,
Logan Square.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mrs. Emma W. Hayden has given to the Academy of Natural
Sciences in trust the sum of S2,500 to be known as the Hayden
Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of her husband, the
late Prof Ferdinand V. Hayden, M. D., LL. D. According to the
terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the balance of the interest
arising from the fund are to be awarded annually for the best pub-
lication, exploration, discovery or research in the sciences of geology
and paleontology, or in such particular branches thereof as may be
designated. The award and all matters connected therewith are
to be determined by a committee to be selected in an approi>riate
manner by the Academy. The recognition is not confined to
American naturalists.

CONTEIS^TS.

Standing Committees for 1892

Banks, Nathan. The Spider Fauna of the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin. (Plates I,
II, III, IV and V.)

WiSTAR, Isaac J. Remarks on the Quantity, Rate of Consumption and Probable
Duration of North American Coal and the Consequences to Air-breathing
Animals of its entire combustion. .........

Rhoads, Samuel N. The Birds of Southeastern Texas and Southern Arizona
observed during May, June and July, 1891. ......

McCooK, Rev. H. C. Drexelia, a new Genus of Spiders. . .

PiLSBRY, H. A. Anatomy of West Indian Helices. (Plate VI.)

PiLSBRV, H. A. New and Untigured Unionidse. (Plates VII and VIII.)

Fox, William J. Report on the Hymenoptera collected in West Greenland.

Brown, Amos P. The Development of the Shell in the Coiled Stage of Baculites
compressus Say. (Plate IX.)

Ives, J. E. A new Species of Pycnogonum from California. (Plate X.) .

Stone, Witmer. Birds collected by the West Greenland Expedition.

PiLSBRV, Henry A. A new Species of Pachychilus. (Plate VIII.)

Skinner, Henry, M. D. Greenland Lepidoptera .

MEEHA.N, Thomas. Contributions to the Life-Histories of Plants, No 7. On the
Vitality of some Annual Plants. On Self-pollination in Amsonia Tabernje-
montana. On a special form of Cleistogamy in Polygonum acre. On the
Direction of Growth in Cryplogamic Plants. Tricarpellary Umbellifers. A
Mode of Variation in Stellaria media. On the Sexes of the Holly. On the
Stamens of Ranunculus abortivus. On the Character of the Stamens in
Ornithogalum umbellatum. Note on Barbarea in connection with Dichogamy.

11

82

98
127
128
131
133

136
142
145
153
156

160

PROCEEDINGS

lfn(U«ljj of latutal mmt$

PHILADELPHIA.

189^.

FART II, APRII-OCTOBER.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

John H. Redfield, Edw. J. Nolan, M. D.,

Thomas Meehan, Angelo Heilprin,

Charles E. Smith.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

PHILADELPHIA:

ACADEMY OF NATURAL vSCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.
1892.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Eight volumes of the New Series of the Journal and Parts 1, 2 and 3 of volume IX (Quarto)
have been issued — 1847 to 1892. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per part to
subscribers; and to others !!;12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains "The
Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian
Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M. D., LL. D.

The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be
obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, published in octavo, 1841 to
1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to
members; and to the public, $30.

The Second Series op the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which
fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3
per volume separately ; and to the public, $3.75 jier volume.

The Third Series or the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871
(of which twenty-one volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1891), is published at .$5 per annum,
payable in advance, to subscribers ; single volumes, $6.26.

American Journal of Conchology, 1865^-71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing 2500
pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a
thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to .$42 for the set. Separate
volumes, $10 each.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed :
Description op Shells op North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say.

1830-34. $10.50.
Monograph op the Terrestrial Mollusca op the United States. With illustrations

of all the species. By Geo. W. Thyon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with duplicate

plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, .$13.60 ; plain edition, $8.50. Only

one hundred cojiics printed, which have been mostly sold.
Monograph of the Fresh "Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S.

Haldeman, 1840-44. AVith Continuation to 1871. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 2

vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40; with colored

plates, $25; with plain plates, $18.

Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired,
Synonyjiy op the Species of StrepomatiDjE (Melanians) of the United States. By

Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75.
List op American Writers on IIecent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs

and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75.
Monograph of the Otider Pholadacea and other Papers. IBy Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75.
Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology op C. S. Rafinesque. Edited

by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50.
Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With

Index, Nos.-l, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic

Pl.ates. .$60.

Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each vo'ume separately, $5,
Synopsis op the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5.
Contriblttions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3.
Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large. folio, text and plate. $2.

Same, plate alone. 60 cents.

Notice to Booksellers— All the publications of the Society will be supplied to
Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent on the prices charged to the public.

Application to be made to P'dvvard J. NoijiN, M. D., at the Hall of the Academy,
I.ogan Square.

Novet>iber, iSgz.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mi's. Emma W. Hayden has given to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia in trust the sum of $2,500 to be known as
the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of her
husband, the late Prof Ferdinand V. Hayden, M. I)., LL. D. Ac-
cording to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the balance of
the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded annually for the
best publication, exploration, discovery or research in the sciences of
geology and paleontology, or in such particular branches thereof as
may be designated. The award and all matters connected there-
with are to be determined by a committee to be selected in an
appropriate manner by the Academy. The recognition is not
confined to American naturalists.

CONTENTS.

PAGE.
Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the Life-Histories of Plants, No. 7. (Con-
tinued) 169

Allen, Harrison, M. D. On the Molars of the Pteropine Bats 172

Rand, Theodore D., William W. Jefferis and J. T. M. Cardeza, M. D. Mineral

Localities of Philadelphia and Vicinity, . 174

Chapman, Henry C, M. D. Observations upon the Brain of the Gorilla. (Plates

XLXn.) 203

PiLSBRY, Henry A. On the Anatomy of Sagda, Cysticopsis, Aegista and Dentellaria.

(Plate XHI.) . 213

Allen, Harrison, M. D. On the Cephalo-hunieral Muscle and the so-called rudi-

mental Clavicle of Carnivora 217

Ryder, John A. On the Mechanical Genesis of the Scales of Fishes. . . . 219
Cope, Edw. D. A Contribution to a Knowledge of the Fauna of the Blanco Beds of

Texas 226

Hoffman, Horace Addison and David Starr Jordan. A Catalogue of the Fishes

of Greece, with notes on the Names now in use and those employed by Classical

Authors 230

Walker, Ernest. The Dehiscence of Oxalis stricta L. 288

Allen, Harrison, M. D. On the Foramen magnum of the Common Porpoise, and

on a Human Lower Jaw of unusual size. ........ 289

Peary, R. E., U. S. N. Greenland Explorations 290

Scott, W. B. A Revision of the North American Creodonta with Notes on some

Genera which have been referred to that Group. ...... 291

PKOCEEDINGS

;^fa(Kniig of latiitn! %(m(t%

PHILADELPHIA.

189^^.

PART III, OCTOBER-DECEMBER.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

JoHX II. Redfield, Edw. J. Nolan, M. D.,

Thomas Meehan, ANGEto Heilprin,

Charles E. Smith.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

PIITLADELPHIA:
Ar.ADKMY "!- -NATURAL ftrT-RXPTfi

ir;AX PQTTARE.

--'.):

V;

_:=^6

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Eight volumesof the New Scries of the Journal and Parts 1, 2 and 3 of volume IX (Quarto)
have been issued — 1847 to 1892. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per part to
subscribers; and to others $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains "The
B.xtinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian
Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M. D., LL. D.

The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be
obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48.

The First Series op the Proceedings of the Academy, published in octavo, 1841 to
1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1850, may be obtained at $24 to
members ; and to the public, $30.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which
fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3
per volume separately ; and to the jniblic, $3.75 per volume.

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871
(of which twenty-two volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1S92), is jniblished at $5 per annum,
payable in advance, to subscribers ; single volumes, $6.25.

American Journal of Conchology, 1865 — 71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing 2500
pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a
thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $42 for the set. Separate
volumes, $10 each.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed :
Description op Shells op North America, with 68 colored plates. . By Thomas Say.

1830-34. $10.50.
Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illustrations

of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with duplicate

plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50 ; plain edition, $8.50. Only

one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold.
Monograph of the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S.

Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 2

vol.*., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40; with colored

plates, $25 ; with plain plates, $18.

Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired.
Synonymy op the Species op Strepomatid^ (Melanians) of the United States. By

Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75.
List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs

and Dates of Publication, By Geo. AV. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75.
Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75.
Complete A¥ritings on Recent and Fossil Conchology op C. S. Rafinesque. Edited

by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50.
Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. AVith

Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred line lithographic

Plates. $60.

Same, A^ols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each vcVune separately, $5.
Synopsis op the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5,
CoNTRinuTioNS TO Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3.
Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2.

Same, plate alone. 50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers — All ihe publications of the Society vvill be supplied to
Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent on the prices charged to the public.

Application to be made to Edward J. Nolan, M. D., at the Hall of the Academy,
Logan Square.

Febr^iary, i8gj.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mrs. Emma W. Hayden has given to tlie Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelj)liia in trust the sum of $2,500 to be known as
tlie Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of her
husband, the late Prof Ferdinand V. Hayden, M. I)., LL. D. Ac-
cording to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the balance of
the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded annually for the
best publication, exploration, discovery or research in the sciences of
geology and paleontology, or in such particular branches thereof as
may be designated. The award and all matters connected there-
Avith are to be determined by a committee to be selected in an
appropriate manner by the Academy. The recognition is not
confined to American naturalists.

0O]S[TENTS.

Scott, W. B. A Revision of the North American Creodonta. (Continued.) . . 321

Rand, Theodore D. Geology of the Isles of Shoals 324

Cope, Edward D. On the Permanent and Temporary Dentition of Certain Three-
toed Horses. ............. 325

Cope, Edward D. A Hyrena and other Carnivora from Texas. .... 326

Sharp, Benjamin, M. D. On Hippa emerita. 327

PiLSisRY, Henry A. A New Marine Gasteropod from New Jersey. (Plate XIV,

Figs. 1,2, 3.) 328

Rex, Geo. A., M. D. Diachcea Thomasii, a new Species of Myxomycetes. . . 329
Cope, Edward D. The Batrachia and Reptilia of North Western Texas. . . 331

PiLSBRY, Henry A. Notes on a Collection of Shells from the State of Tabasco,

Mexico. (Plate XIV.) .338

Peary, Robert E. Report of the Operations of the North Greenland Expedition of

1891-1892 342

Chapman, Henry C, M. D. Note on the Geology of Mt. Desert Island. . . 350

Ryder, John A. Diffuse Pigmentation of the Epidermis of the Oyster due to pro-
longed exposure to the light: Regeneration of the Shell and loss of Adductor

Muscle 350

Ryder, John A. The Hermaphroditism and Viviparity of the Oyster of the North-
west Coast of the United States. ......... 351

Ryder, John A. On the Cause of the Greening of the Oyster and lis presumed

Algous Endoparasite?. 352

FoOTE, E. A., M. D. a Meteoric Stone seen to fall at Bath, South Dakota. . . 353
Report of the Committee on the Hayden Memorial Geological Award. . 3.H

Greene, Edw. L. Eclogse Botanicre, No. 1 • 357

Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the Life-Histories of Plants, No. 8: Euphrasia
officinalis; Notes on Gaura and CEnothera; The Carpellary Structure of
Nymphrea; On the Sexual Characters of Rhus; Rubus cham?emorus; Dali-
barda repens 371 ; On some Morphological Distinctions in the Genera of
EricaceK; Vitality of Seeds, Eysimachia atropurpurea ; Campanula rotund-
ifolia; Cornus canadensis; Aralia hispicia; Luzula campestris; Cakile ameri-
cana; Hypericum ellipticum; Trifolium hybridum; Lathy rus maritimus;
Lonicera ccerulea; Raphanus sativus ; On the Nature of the Verruca in some

Convolvulaceae; Polygonum cilinode; Aster tatarica 366

Pilsbry, Henry A. Preliminary Outline of a New Classification of the Helices. . 387
Scott, W. B. The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the Mammals. . . . 405
Rand, Theodore D. The Supposed South Chester Valley Hill Fault. . . .445

Meehan, Thomas. Notes on Monarda fistulosa 449

Keller, Ida A., Ph. D. The Phenomenon of Fertilization in the Flowers of Monarda

fistulosa. (Plate XV.) 452

Ryder, John A. The Principle of the Conservation of Energy in Biological Evolu-
tion : a Reclamation and Critique. .....•••■ 4oO

Wright, G. Frederick. Extra Morainic Drift in the Susquehanna, Lehigh and

Delaware Valleys. .....••••■• 4o9

Report of the Recording Secretary. ..-....■•• 48o

Report of the Corresponding Secretary 48o

Report of the Librarian. .....••••■■ ^oH

Report of the Curators 4J1

Report of the Biological and Microscopical Section. 4J4

Report of the Conservator of the Conchological Section 495

Report of the Entomological Section. 49/

Report of the Botanical Section. 4Jo

Report of the Mineralogical and Geological Section 500

Report of the Ornithological Section. ^J^O

Report of the Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology -jO-

Report of the Professor of the Lower Invertebrata 503

Report of the Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections 504

Report of the Jc^sup Fund ^^^

Officers, Councillors and Members of the Finance Committee for 1893. • • • 5U8

Elections during 1892 ^^}f

Additions to the Museum. '^j^

Index to Genera. .....•.•••••• '^'^

General Index ^~^